Effective February 1, 2017, HHSC no longer determines eligibility for Refugee Medical Assistance (RMA) and benefits provided to Unaccompanied Refugee Minors (URM's) under Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) or Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 11-2; Effective April 1, 2011
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before the Application process begins, staff deliver an up-front Texas Works message to the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) applicants explaining that:
Staff must consider and determine which messages are appropriate for a particular applicant.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an applicant needs help completing the application packet, a volunteer or staff member must help. Anyone helping the applicant complete a paper application must initial the completed sections or sign the form showing that a volunteer or staff person helped complete the application.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applications must be given to anyone who requests the form. Each household has the right to file an application on the same day the household contacts the office during office hours. The local office must ensure that a person can obtain an application packet within 15 minutes of coming into the office.
Staff must advise the household that an applicant does not have to be interviewed before filing the application. The household may file an incomplete application as long as the form contains the applicant's name, address, and signature as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application.
| Program | Ways to Request an Application* | Ways to Submit an Application | Applications |
|---|---|---|---|
| TANF |
|
|
|
| SNAP |
|
|
|
| Medical Programs |
|
|
|
* Staff must give the applicant an application on the same day it is requested. If a household contacts the local office by telephone and does not wish to come to the designated office to file an application on the same day of the request and prefers receiving the application by mail, staff send an application packet on the same day of the telephone request. For written requests, including those received electronically or by fax, staff mail an application packet on the same day the request is received.
The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) must accommodate reasonable requests to receive communications by alternative means or at alternative locations. The individual must specify in writing the alternate mailing address or means of contact, and include a statement that using the home mailing address or normal means of contact could endanger the individual.
Note: Individuals applying for Medical Programs may also use the Marketplace-only applications explained in A-113.1, Application Forms. These applications can be submitted to HHSC in person, by fax, by mail, or via an account transfer explained in A-118, Coordination with the Federal Marketplace.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The online application on YourTexasBenefits.com integrates HHSC programs into one single application flow. Applicants only see the questions relevant to the programs they request. A PDF copy of the application information is created for applicants and staff to view.
YourTexasBenefits.com can be used to apply for the following benefits:
Form H1010 integrates Texas Works programs into one single application.
The addendum to Form H1010 — Form H1010-M, Applying for or Renewing Medicaid or CHIP? — captures the information needed to make an eligibility determination for Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP).
Form H1010 can be used to apply for the following benefits:
Form H1205 can only be used to apply for health care benefits.
Form H1205 can be used to apply for the following benefits:
The online Marketplace application is a single interactive application based on an applicant’s selections. In addition, there are three paper applications for the Marketplace:
Since these applications do not contain additional questions that were included on Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, send out Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request any additional information necessary to make an eligibility determination.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The advisor must avoid the appearance of impropriety or conflict of interest when determining eligibility. The advisor is not allowed to work on a case if the individual is a relative (by blood or marriage), roommate, dating companion, supervisor, or someone under the advisor's supervision. The advisor may never work on a case in which the advisor is a case participant or an authorized representative (AR).
The advisor:
The advisor must consult with the supervisor if the individual is a friend, acquaintance or coworker. Generally, the advisor should not work on cases involving these individuals, but the degree and nature of the relationship should be taken into account. In remote areas where it is impractical for another person to process the application, the unit supervisor should be contacted to determine the best method to process the application.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Give special handling to applications and redeterminations submitted by Texas Works and Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities employees.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Facility work is the primary assignment for Outstationed Worker Program (OWP) staff. Staff will process workload following the OWP Hierarchy order below:
Staff follow the most current business processes found in the Eligibility Operations Procedures Manual to complete this workload.
The file date is the date HHSC receives the application from the contracted facility.
Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Individuals residing in a homeless shelter may be potentially eligible for SNAP, regardless of the number of meals the facility provides, if the homeless shelter is an approved institution. A homeless shelter is an approved institution if it is either:
Staff must verify if the homeless shelter is an approved institution, if questionable.
Individuals residing in homeless shelters that are not approved institutions are potentially eligible for SNAP only if the facility provides half of their meals or less as described in B490, Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized.
Homeless households must meet the same household composition, income, and resource standards as other households. If the household pays for room in a shelter, staff must consider the payments as shelter expenses.
Related Policy
Nonmembers, A-232.1
Prepared Meals for Homeless, B-462
Homeless Shelter Standard, A-1427
Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A pregnant woman who enters the state prison system is sent to the Texas Department of Criminal Justice women's facility. Before the baby is born, the prison social worker assists the pregnant woman to arrange for a responsible individual to pick up the baby from the hospital. The pregnant woman is sent to a prison section of the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) in Galveston a few weeks before she is due to deliver, unless an emergency occurs earlier. If an emergency does occur, she will deliver at a closer facility when necessary. Before releasing the baby from the hospital, UTMB requires the individual who picks up the baby to complete an application for Medicaid. Designated Texas Works advisors ensure that the baby is certified for Medicaid using special application processing procedures and follow-up activities.
The designated advisors coordinate Medicaid certification by other advisors in special situations when the newborn needs to be added to an active case. Upon request by the designated advisors, which must be documented in the case record, an advisor must certify the newborn:
State law requires Medicaid coverage for Texas newborns for at least 28 days after birth and possibly longer if the child is hospitalized at that time. If the hospital followed required procedures before releasing the baby, but the baby does not meet eligibility requirements for Medicaid, the designated advisor and State Office Data Integrity (SODI) staff certify the baby for TA 62, MA - State-Paid Coverage. Examples of not meeting eligibility requirements are:
Related Policy
Documentation Requirements, A-190
Medical Programs, A-240
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
For application processing related to FDPIR, refer to the policy in B421, Food Distribution on Indian Reservation (FDPIR).
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
For application processing related to joint Supplemental Security Income (SSI)-SNAP applications, refer to the policy in B420, Joint SSI-SNAP Applications.
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For application processing related to SNAP-Combined Application Project (CAP) and SNAP-SSI, refer to the policy in B475, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP), and B474.1.1.1, SNAP-Supplemental Security Income (SSI) Caseload.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For application processing related to SNAP-CAP, refer to the policy in B475, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For application processing related to MTFCY, staff should refer to policy in B474.1.2, Medical Programs, 2; and Other Medical Programs, Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
For application processing related to Medicaid for children placed in the custody of or released from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department or Juvenile Probation Department, refer to policy in B-543, Child Placed in a Juvenile Facility, and B-546, Notification of Actual Release from a Juvenile Facility.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For application processing related to MBCC, staff should refer to policy in B474.1.2, Medical Programs, 4; and Other Medical Programs, Part X, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC).
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
For application processing related to FFCHE, refer to policy in Other Medical Programs, Part F, Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For application processing related to FFCC, refer to policy in Other Medical Programs, Part E, Former Foster Care Children (FFCC).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When the household submits an application online, a process formats the information entered on the online application and imports certain data into TIERS. The process creates the PDF file of the application that is stored in the image repository and is viewable in the State Portal.
TIERS edits the data passed by YourTexasBenefits.com. The fields must contain valid characters and be valid values to be imported into TIERS. Dates must be in the correct format, fields that are numeric must contain only numbers and data must be in accepted ranges for fields with values such as Yes or No, or ZIP codes.
Applications that do not contain required data or have data that may be invalid may be rejected. When an application is rejected for electronic processing into TIERS, the system creates a non-SSP Application Registration Task List Manager (TLM) task.
Applications that are valid and accepted as electronic input into TIERS have an Application Registration TLM task created for them. The task is routed to the appropriate office based on Type of Assistance (TOA) and individual ZIP code for the clerk to perform the Application Registration process task.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Clerks select the Application Registration task and review the application. Staff will perform Application Registration using certain pre-filled data from the online application that was entered by the individual. All online applications must have Application Registration processed even if the case is approved. It is important to associate the online application to the existing case.
A logical unit of work (LUW) is in Application Registration; Self-Service Application Search. Clerks search for the self-service application using any of the fields in the search area. The search results will be displayed by the head of household name even when the search was not on the head of household.
After successful Application Registration, an appointment or process task will be created for Data Collection, depending upon the programs requested on the online application.
The Application T number is changed to a case number upon clicking Submit in Application Registration.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When performing Data Collection, the data entered in the online application is displayed for the advisor either as:
Click on the C icon in the Details page to access the comparison pop-up.
The comparison pop-up window displays the current data in TIERS and the data from the online application to allow the advisor to select the correct data to use in Data Collection.
The advisor may choose to:
These comparison windows are displayed on most Data Collection pages through Resources. There is no YourTexasBenefits.com information or comparison windows in the Program, Income or Expenses pages. The advisor must complete the Data Collection driver flow.
A screen is added in the driver flow just before Run Eligibility. This screen is a summary screen that displays each LUW with YourTexasBenefits.com comparison data and the status of that data. Once the case is disposed, all YourTexasBenefits.com comparison data that was not resolved or processed will be marked completed by the system.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC and the federal Marketplace coordinate eligibility determinations for Texas Works Medicaid and CHIP. Information provided by the applicant or verified for the applicant is sent through an interface between the Marketplace and HHSC. The two systems — the Marketplace and HHSC — transfer an applicant’s information from one system to the other. The transfer of application information is referred to as an account transfer. An account transfer is the way in which a client’s information moves between the Marketplace and HHSC.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Marketplace sends the individual’s or household’s information electronically to HHSC via an account transfer when:
Applications sent via account transfers from the Marketplace are received by staff in the same manner as an application from YourTexasBenefits.com.
When an application is sent to HHSC via an account transfer, a PDF is populated with information provided by the applicant on the Marketplace application, along with a “Verifications” section that provides information on any verifications performed by the Marketplace. Advisors should enter the information provided on the PDF into TIERS.
Individuals cannot be required to provide the same information more than once, regardless of whether they apply through the Marketplace or through HHSC. This applies to any information provided on an application, as well as any verification materials provided by the applicant.
Related Policy
Verifications Provided by the Marketplace, A-118.1.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A non-Modified Adjusted Gross Income (non-MAGI) account transfer is an account transfer that is sent from the Marketplace to HHSC when the Marketplace has identified that an applicant may be eligible for Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) because the applicant reported being age 65 or older, having a disability, or being blind. In order for an individual to apply for MEPD programs, they must submit an MEPD application, Form H1200, Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits.
Advisors must deny the application as “Filed in Error” and send the applicant Form H1200 if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For Marketplace account transfers, the PDF also includes a “Verifications” section. Advisors should use the verification section as follows:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When HHSC determines that a client is ineligible for Texas Works Medicaid or CHIP (due to Texas eligibility requirements), or that the client is only eligible for TP 56, Medically Needy with Spend Down; TP 32, Medically Needy with Spend Down-Emergency; or three months prior Medicaid, HHSC transfers that individual’s account information to the Marketplace to be assessed for eligibility for other health care coverage programs. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informs the client that they have been transferred to the Marketplace.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The head of household or authorized representative (AR) for a case may each choose at any time to receive most eligibility correspondence electronically rather than through the mail. By selecting this option, applicable forms and notices are posted to the client’s or AR’s YourTexasBenefits.com case account, and the client or AR receives a cell phone text message or email reminder each time a new form or notice has been posted to their account. Clients may print a copy of the correspondence from their account or request that a paper copy be mailed to them. Any forms or notices that are not available electronically will continue to be mailed to the client.
Once a head of household or AR has opted to receive electronic correspondence through their case account on YourTexasBenefits.com or by indicating that preference to staff through 2-1-1 (Option 2), a confirmation cell phone text message or email reminder will be sent to the client. The head of household or AR must enter the code provided in that confirmation message in their YourTexasBenefits.com case account in order to confirm their choice to receive electronic correspondence. Once confirmed, Form H1013, Electronic Correspondence Confirmation Letter, will automatically be mailed to the head of household or AR to further confirm the selection and to provide instructions about how to opt out of receiving electronic correspondence.
After a failed delivery of a text or email alert, the client is automatically unsubscribed from electronic correspondence. The eligibility system then automatically prints and mails to the client a paper copy of the correspondence that failed to reach the client with the original generation date, attached to Form H1015, Electronic Correspondence Failed Delivery. The client will receive future correspondence through the mail. However, the client may opt to subscribe again to receive electronic correspondence and start over the confirmation process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The head of household or AR for a case has the ability to choose the language in which certain forms and notices are generated from the eligibility system. The head of household or AR can select their primary household language from the following options:
* Clients who select Vietnamese as their primary household language will receive correspondence in English, and the eligibility system will automatically attach to the form or notice the Vietnamese Translation Interpreter Form, which directs clients to translation services.
Once a primary household language is selected, both the head of household and AR will receive correspondence in that language.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Applications must be signed before certification.
An application is valid if it contains the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of:
An application is valid if it contains the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of:
An application is valid if it contains the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of:
Note: Applicants are not required to live at the same physical address to apply for each other if they have a tax relationship as explained in A-240, Medical Programs. For example, a non-custodial parent may apply for Medicaid and CHIP on behalf of their child if the parent expects to claim the child as a tax dependent on their federal income tax return.
A new application is not required when a household has an active Medicaid type program and requests to add another child for whom a new EDG is needed. Add the child to the case as explained in B-641, Additions to the Household. Exception: Do not add additional children to a case where a denied EDG was reinstated due to the child’s release from a juvenile facility. The household must submit an application for the additional children. To identify these EDGs, view the Individual – Medicaid History page for the active child. If the Juvenile Placement History field indicates "Yes", the EDG has been reinstated.
This policy does not apply when there is no existing Children's Medicaid EDG. For example, do not add a child when the only other child is certified for Medicaid because the certified child receives SSI. A separate application is required to initiate benefits for the child being added.
Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Filing the Application, A-122
Application Signature, A-122.1
Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170
Medical Programs, A-240
Children's Medicaid Redetermination Expectations, B-123.6
Denied EDGs, B-474.7
Additions to the Household, B-641
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a representative from a licensed residential child care facility applies for an independent child who does not live in the county, staff should accept and process the application.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A duplicate application:
Example: If a household submits an application for SNAP on January 2 and later submits one or more additional applications for SNAP that are different from the one the household filed on January 2, and are not needed for a redetermination of any active program, the additional application submitted is considered a duplicate application.
If an office receives a duplicate application while staff are in the process of making an eligibility determination (an application or redetermination) based on the original application submitted, staff must:
The advisor processing the original application must:
If an office receives a duplicate application and the applicant has already been certified for assistance based on another application previously submitted, staff must review the duplicate application to determine if the household is applying for programs other than what the household is currently receiving and if any redeterminations are due.
If the household is applying for different types of programs, the application is not a duplicate application and must be processed as a new application for assistance.
If the household is not applying for a different type of program and there are no redeterminations, office staff must:
Staff are not required to create a T number for TIERS cases and/or dispose of a duplicate application as "filed in error." If staff erroneously create a T number, staff must deny/dispose the T number as filed in error, in addition to other required actions listed above.
Note: If the office that receives the duplicate application does not normally process reported changes, staff may mark the application form as a duplicate application and route it to appropriate staff following local office procedures.
Advisors who process the duplicate application as a reported change must review the application to determine if any changes are indicated and take the following action. If no change is indicated on the duplicate application, the advisor must:
If a change is indicated on the duplicate application, staff must follow the procedures outlined in B600, Changes, when processing changes reported on the duplicate application.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An identical application is one or more exact copy of an application previously filed by an applicant.
Example: If a household faxes in an application on January 2 and later submits an exact copy of the same application, which includes the same signature and date of the application the household previously submitted, the newly submitted application is considered an identical application.
If an identical application is received, staff must write "Identical Application" on the front page of the application and route the application for imaging. The vendor will image the identical application and add it to the electronic case record. No other action is needed.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Staff should encourage households to file an application the same day the household or its representative contacts the office in person, by telephone, fax, or mail, and expresses interest in obtaining assistance. Staff should explain how to file an application. Application forms are also available at YourTexasBenefits.com and can be downloaded, printed, and electronically submitted.
The file date is the day HHSC receives an application form containing the applicant's name, address, and appropriate signature. This is day zero in the application process. Staff use this as the file date to determine eligibility for the programs the household requests upon filing the application through the time of the interview.
For electronically filed applications, the file date is the date the applicant clicks the “Submit Application” button in YourTexasBenefits.com.
Exception: For all applications received outside of business hours when HHSC is closed, including weekends and holidays, the file date is the next business day.
The household must file another application form to apply for additional programs after the interview is held, even if the case was pended and is not completed at the time of the request for a new program. Exception: If the household requests three months prior Medicaid coverage according to policies in A-831.2, Eligibility for Three Months Prior Coverage, staff use a previously filed application with a file date that corresponds with the three-month prior period as a basis for determining eligibility.
Once an application is filed, staff must take the following actions:
See special procedures in this section to determine the file date for TP 40, TP 40 Continuous Coverage and TP 45 Retroactive Coverage.
Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Receipt of Application, A-121
Documentation Requirements, A-190
The file date is the date the advisor determines eligibility, if an application form is not used.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
The file date is the date the advisor is notified about the child's unpaid medical bills.
Related Policy
TP 45 Retroactive Coverage, A-833
The file date is the date a contracted facility accepts the application. If the application is not forwarded to HHSC within three business days, the file date is the date the HHSC office receives the application.
The file date is the date an individual submits an application to any HHSC office. The application must be faxed or mailed to the correct office the same day it is returned.
For electronically filed applications, the file date is the date the applicant clicks the “Submit Application” button in YourTexasBenefits.com. For applications received outside of business hours when HHSC is closed, including weekends and holidays, the file date is the next business day.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The applicant is required to provide a signed application form before being certified.
If the agency receives an application without a signature and the application has not been date-stamped, the application is considered invalid. Return the application with a letter and a pre-paid envelope explaining that the application must be signed before the agency can establish a file date.
If the agency accepts an application without a signature and the application has been date-stamped, the date the application is received is considered a valid file date. Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, along with the signature page requesting a signature. If the applicant fails to provide a signed application by the final due date, deny the application for failure to provide information.
If the Eligibility Support vendor receives an unsigned application the application is considered invalid. Within one business day, return the application to the household with a letter and a pre-paid envelope explaining that the application must be signed before a file date can be established.
If the Eligibility Support vendor accepts an application without a signature and it is not identified as such before data entry or the data entry date is more than one business day after the receipt date of the application, the file date is the receipt date of the application. The missing signature is treated as missing information.
Applications submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com by the applicant or authorized representative (AR), are considered electronically signed.
Exception: Do not consider the application electronically signed when a non-applicant or non-AR completes and submits the online application for the household. In this situation, a pre-populated application is mailed to the household requesting a written signature from the applicant.
For certain programs, an applicant or AR may complete and sign an application by phone:
|
Program |
Complete Application by Phone |
Sign Application by Phone |
|
SNAP |
No |
No |
|
TANF |
Yes |
No |
|
Medical Programs |
Yes |
Yes |
An applicant or AR who requests to apply for all programs by phone is informed that the option to complete and sign an application for all programs by phone is not available. The customer care representative directs the applicant or AR to submit an application online through YourTexasBenefits.com, by mail, by fax, or at a local office.
The applicant or AR completes an application over the phone by providing their information to the customer care representative. However, the applicant or AR does not have the option to sign the application by phone. The customer care representative enters the information provided by the applicant or AR through YourTexasBenefits.com and a pre-populated application is mailed to the household requesting a written signature from the applicant or AR.
The applicant or AR does not have the option to complete or sign the application by phone.
The applicant or AR may complete and sign an application over the phone by:
The customer care representative enters and submits the information provided by the applicant or AR through YourTexasBenefits.com.
Note: TW Advisors, MEPD Specialists, and other HHSC staff cannot accept telephonic signatures.
Applications signed and submitted over the phone by the applicant or AR, are considered signed by phone except in the following situations:
Correspondence is sent based on the following actions taken by the applicant or AR:
|
Action |
Correspondence |
| Applicant or AR signs the application by phone |
|
|
Applicant or AR declines to sign the application by phone |
OR
|
Notes:
Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170
All Programs
If the applicant signs the first page of Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits, but not the last page, the application can still be used to establish a file date. The applicant must still provide a signature for the last page to be certified.
If a signed first page of Form H1010 is received, send Form H1020 requesting a signature on the last page of Form H1010 by the final due date. Deny applicants who fail to provide a signed last page of Form H1010 for failure to provide information.
Note: If the applicant only provides a signed last page of Form H1010, do not require an additional signature for the first page of Form H1010.
If an applicant signs and returns only Form H1010-MR, MAGI Renewal Addendum, with no corresponding application, the application is considered invalid. Make an attempt to call the applicant and inform them to file an application. No action is taken on Form H1010-MR, MAGI Renewal Addendum, without a corresponding application.
If the applicant returns a signed application without Form H1010-MR, the application is considered incomplete. Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, with Form H1010-MR requesting the necessary information to make a determination based on Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules. If the applicant fails to provide a completed Form H1010-MR by the final due date, deny the request for failure to provide information.
Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Receipt of Application, A-121
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Provide the individual with an appointment on Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, on the same day the individual submits an application unless the individual is interviewed on the same day. An appointment is required even if the application is filed with only a name, address and signature.
Exception: Staff sends Form H1830 no later than the next business day if the individual submits the application by mail or in an office drop box.
This policy applies to all new applications and untimely SNAP applications that are filed after the last day of the last benefit month.
Note: Staff should attempt to schedule the interview on a date and time that accommodates the needs of the household, such as after working hours if the only adult is working.
When scheduling a telephone interview, staff enters the individual’s telephone number and the appropriate time, using one-hour increments. For example, a telephone interview will be conducted between 1 p.m. and 2 p.m. Local offices may choose to establish a shorter time increment.
There is no interview requirement for Children's Medicaid or Medicaid for Pregnant Women. Staff must process the application unless the individual requests an office appointment.
Exceptions:
Related Policy
Interviews, A-131
Explanation of Benefits, A-1531.4
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must perform Application Registration (App Reg) within one workday after the file date when application registration is required.
To prevent overpayments or incorrectly providing benefits, staff must take the following action before registering an application:
Perform inquiry on all household members applying for benefits listed on the application for assistance. Use Social Security numbers (SSNs), case name search, and/or available case or EDG numbers to determine case status.
| If inquiry shows … | then … |
|---|---|
| no record, | follow established local office procedures for processing applications. |
| an individual record, | check case/EDG status (active or denied). If the case is active, determine if the individual is currently active on another case in the same program. If the individual is:
|
| a SNAP-CAP or SNAP-SSI case record, | check for CBS status in TIERS inquiry. SNAP-CAP will be listed as FS-SNAP under Current EDG Affiliations in case inquiry results and under Current Eligibility in individual inquiry results. SNAP-SSI will be listed as FS-SSI under Current EDG Affiliations in case inquiry results and under Current Eligibility in individual inquiry results. Follow established local office procedures applicable to the specific case situation. |
Staff must review the application for assistance to determine if the household is requesting a telephone interview due to a hardship.
Note: Staff use Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, to register applications and to obtain a unique EDG number when:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The individual may voluntarily withdraw an application any time before certification.
If someone other than the head of household, spouse, a responsible household member, or an AR requests a withdrawal, staff should contact the household to confirm the withdrawal.
Related Policy
The Texas Works Message, A-1527
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Presumptive eligibility (PE) provides short-term medical coverage to pregnant women, MBCC applicants, children under age 19, parents and caretaker relatives of dependent children under age 19, and former foster care children. PE provides full fee-for-service Medicaid with the exception of pregnant women. Pregnant women receive ambulatory prenatal care only.
Qualified hospitals (QHs) determine PE for all groups except MBCC.
Qualified entities (QEs) determine PE for pregnant women and MBCC applicants. For MBCC applicants, only QEs that are also Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Breast and Cervical Cancer Services contractors may make MBCC PE determinations, following the process outlined in X100, Application Processing.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
The following groups can receive presumptive eligibility coverage:
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
TIERS performs automated file clearance for each individual determined presumptively eligible if the individual has a 100 percent match in TIERS or if there is no match for the individual in TIERS. For individuals for whom TIERS cannot perform automated file clearance, TIERS triggers an alert to create a TLM task for staff to manually do file clearance for the individual. TIERS routes manual file clearance tasks to the Out-stationed Worker Program (OWP) queue for assignment and processing.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
When TIERS cannot automatically perform file clearance for an individual whom a QH/QE has determined to be presumptively eligible, an OWP advisor needs to take action. TIERS creates the task "Process a File Clearance Failure for Presumptive Eligibility" and sends it to an OWP advisor based on the applicant's ZIP code.
To complete the task, the advisor:
The advisor can also manually clear the task. When an advisor searches for an application on the Self Service Application Search page, the SS Application Search Results section displays a Determine PE link if a PE individual on the case requires manual file clearance. TIERS displays the Presumptive Eligibility Individual — Summary page when the advisor clicks the link.
Once the advisor completes file clearance, TIERS notifies TLM to close the QH/QE PE task.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
The TLM routes applications for regular Medicaid from individuals whom a QH/QE has determined to be presumptively eligible for Medicaid to an OWP advisor for processing. If the QH has an OWP advisor, the TLM assigns the application to that advisor for processing. If the QH does not have an OWP advisor or a QE submits the application, the TLM routes the application to the regional OWP queue.
Process the applications using current policy and application processing time frames. See B112, Deadlines. If both a PE task for file clearance and a regular Medicaid application exist for the same person, clear the PE task first.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Use standard verification requirements when processing an application for regular Medicaid from an individual determined presumptively eligible. See C900, Verification and Documentation.
Related Policy
Verifications, C1113.4
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The medical effective date for PE is the date that the QH or QE determines the individual is presumptively eligible for Medicaid.
Note: An individual is not eligible for PE coverage if the individual is currently certified for Medicaid, CHIP or CHIP perinatal.
If the individual does not apply for regular Medicaid, PE coverage ends the last day of the month after the month of the PE determination (see scenario 1 below).
If the individual submits Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, or Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, HHSC determines whether the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. If the person is not eligible for regular Medicaid, the individual's PE coverage ends the date that HHSC determines the individual is ineligible (see scenario 2 below). If the person is eligible for regular Medicaid, the person’s PE coverage ends when HHSC makes the Medicaid eligibility determination, following cutoff rules.
If an individual is Medicaid-eligible during the application month, the individual receives Medicaid from the first of that month through the PE MED. Regular Medicaid coverage for the ongoing period starts once the PE period ends (see scenarios 3 and 4 below). Exception: Since PE for pregnant women provides only limited prenatal services, ongoing Medicaid coverage overlays the PE coverage (see scenario 5 below).
Examples:
| PE Scenarios | |
|---|---|
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 6–18 Presumptive on February 2. Her mother does not submit an application for regular Medicaid. The child’s PE coverage ends on March 31. |
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children Under 1 Presumptive on April 4. Her father submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on April 20 that the child is not eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on April 20. |
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 1–5 Presumptive on March 6. His mother submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on March 15 (before cutoff) that the child is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends March 31. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective March 1 to March 5 and April 1 through ongoing. |
|
A former foster care child is determined eligible for MA-FFCC Presumptive on May 9. He submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on May 22 (after cutoff) that the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends June 30. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective May 1 to May 8 and July 1 through ongoing. |
|
A woman is determined eligible for MA-Pregnant Women Presumptive on June 4. She submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on June 10 that the woman is eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on June 30. Regular Medicaid overlays her PE coverage with an effective date of June 1. |
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Pregnant women are allowed one PE period per pregnancy.
For all other PE groups, an individual is allowed no more than one period of PE per two calendar years. Example: An individual receives PE for children ages 6–18 in June 2015. He cannot receive another period of PE until January 2017.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Appeals and fair hearings do not apply to PE.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Refer hospitals and entities that are interested in becoming qualified to make PE decisions to the PE website.
Refer a person with questions about their PE coverage dates to the QH/QE that made the PE determination. For questions about services covered by Medicaid, tell the person to call the Medicaid help line at 800-335-8957.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Qualified hospital/qualified entity staff use the following forms in the presumptive eligibility process:
Related Policy
Qualified Hospital/Qualified Entity Policy and Procedures for Presumptive Eligibility Determinations, C1113
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
State Office Data Integrity (SODI) uses the Provider Referral Process when a hospital, birthing center, or Federally Qualified Health Center (FQHC) submits a referral directly to SODI for a newborn whose mother is Medicaid eligible. The provider does not submit a claim for payment to the claims administrator for the child at this time.
SODI researches eligibility files. After verifying the mother's Medicaid coverage, which can be retroactive, SODI creates a TP 45 EDG for the newborn.
Coverage for the child begins with the child's date of birth (DOB). The last month of coverage is the month the child turns age one, unless one of the following situations occurs.
The computer generates and sends the following documents for each EDG:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A task is created when a TP 45 EDG is established and the TIERS case contains an active SNAP or TANF EDG. The advisor must take the following actions once the advisor claims the newborn alert task.
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| the newborn is a mandatory member of a TANF-certified group or SNAP household, | process to add the child to the TANF or SNAP EDG as explained in B641.1, Adding Newborns to the Case. |
| the child is not a mandatory member of a TANF-certified group, but the child's mother or caretaker provides additional information about the child (name, SSN, etc.), | add these changes to the TP 45 EDG. |
| the newborn's siblings are included in the MAGI household composition for a TP 43, 44, or 48, | take no action on the siblings' EDG until additional information is requested for the siblings. At that point, request verification of tax status and relationship for the newborn. If the mother provides verification of relationship for the newborn, add the newborn to the siblings' budget groups. |
| the child becomes ineligible for TP 45 before the child's first birthday, | deny TP 45 for the child, using the appropriate denial code. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Medicaid provider sends a claim for a newborn child with the child's mother's claim to the claims administrator. If the claims administrator cannot find the child on HHSC's eligibility files, the claims administrator suspends the child's claim and sends an exception notice to State Office Data Integrity (SODI). SODI checks the child's mother's Medicaid eligibility. If the mother received Medicaid at the time of the child's birth, including a retroactive determination, SODI follows procedures in the Provider Referral Process to provide Medicaid coverage for the child.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Field staff must perform TIERS inquiry before providing coverage for a newborn when there is no evidence of SODI TP 45. Staff should inquire by the newborn's mother's individual number and look for a process date that is after the child's DOB.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See A-113, Application Requests and Submissions, for how to apply for Medical programs for children.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When individuals come to a local eligibility office to inquire about health insurance for their child(ren), the front desk clerk must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying a child for any type of Medicaid program, advisors must perform an inquiry to determine whether the child applying for Medicaid is already enrolled or pending enrollment in Medicaid, CHIP, or CHIP perinatal.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
When taking action on an application, the following procedures must be applied:
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| The child applying is not active in CHIP or pending CHIP enrollment, | test for Medicaid eligibility. Follow the policy for assigning the MED*. |
| The child applying is active in CHIP and the CHIP end date is the application month or the following month, | test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:
|
| The child applying is active in CHIP and the CHIP end date is later than the month following the application month, | test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and processing is:
|
| The child applying is pending CHIP enrollment with a start date the first day of the next month, | test for Medicaid eligibility for the three months prior, if the application indicates unpaid medical bills. Test for ongoing Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:
|
| The child applying is pending CHIP enrollment with a start date later than the first day of the next month, | test for Medicaid eligibility for the three months prior, if the application indicates unpaid medical bills. Test for ongoing Medicaid eligibility. Follow the policy for assigning the MED. |
| The child is active in CHIP, the application indicates she is pregnant, and the CHIP end date is in the application month, | test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the CHIP end date. |
| The child is active in CHIP, the application indicates she is pregnant, and the CHIP end date is in the month following the application month or later, | test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:
|
| One child in the family applying is active in CHIP and another is not, | test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, follow the applicable guidelines given in the preceding scenarios, for each child. |
| * See A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage, to apply the MED. | |
After determining a child is ineligible for Medicaid, TIERS will test eligibility for CHIP.
When the head of household does not provide their date of birth (DOB) and/or Social Security number (SSN), the following steps are taken to obtain the information:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income Above the Limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40)
When a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is above the income limit for TP 40 applies for Medicaid for her newborn and HHSC hospital-based staff have information from the applicant or the hospital that the newborn is medically fragile and that the newborn is admitted into the NICU, HHSC hospital-based staff must certify the newborn using the following process:
Income at or Below the Limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40)
When HHSC hospital-based staff have information from the applicant or the hospital that a newborn born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP 40 is medically fragile and that the newborn is admitted into the NICU, HHSC hospital-based staff must certify the eligible mother for Emergency Medicaid and the newborn for TP 45, effective on the newborn's date of birth. The CHIP perinatal mother must submit Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal — Emergency Medical Services Certification, to the hospital. HHSC hospital-based staff must process Form H3038-P.
Upon receipt of Form H3038-P, HHSC hospital-based staff must:
Related Policy
Adding a New Child, D1433.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CHIP good cause is explained in D1723.6, Good Cause Exemptions for Children Subject to the 90-day Waiting Period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CHIP good cause is explained in D1723.6, Good Cause Exemptions for Children Subject to the 90-day Waiting Period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff use any valid application or renewal form to determine three months prior coverage for Children's Medicaid. Do not require Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage, if the family provides enough information to determine eligibility for prior months. If the family does not provide enough information and cannot be reached by telephone, staff sends Form H1113 with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request verification. Note: Three months prior coverage does not apply to CHIP. See D1723.5, Coverage Start Dates, to determine when CHIP coverage begins.
Staff must not delay certification of ongoing eligibility to determine if any child is eligible for prior coverage.
Related Policy
Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A pregnant woman may apply for health care coverage using applications and ways to submit an application explained in A- 113, Application Requests and Submissions.
When a pregnant woman applies for health care coverage, she will first be tested for TP 40 coverage. If ineligible for TP 40, TIERS will determine whether the woman is eligible for CHIP or CHIP perinatal.
CHIP perinatal coverage provides services to unborn children of pregnant women, regardless of age, who are at or below the program income limit and are ineligible for:
CHIP perinatal households are exempt from the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying a pregnant woman for any type of health care coverage, advisors must perform inquiry to determine whether the pregnant woman is already certified for Medicaid or enrolled or pending enrollment in CHIP or CHIP perinatal.
Searching by the woman's last name and date of birth may increase the possibility for a match.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When taking action on an application, apply the following procedures.
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| the woman is active in CHIP perinatal and the application indicates she is due in the application month, | test for Medicaid eligibility.* If eligible, and she is:
|
| the woman is active in CHIP perinatal and the application indicates she is due in the month following the application month or later, | test for Medicaid eligibility.* If eligible, and it is:
|
* When a woman enrolled in CHIP perinatal submits a new application, they must be tested for Medicaid coverage. When processing a change for a woman certified for CHIP perinatal, TIERS will automatically test for Medicaid eligibility. A new application is not required.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
CHIP perinatal (TA 85) covers labor with delivery charges for households with income above the income limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP40), but not for households that qualify for Emergency Medicaid coverage (women who do not meet citizenship requirements, and whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP40). These Medicaid-eligible households must submit Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal — Emergency Medical Services Certification, to apply for Emergency Medicaid to pay for these charges. A woman certified for TA 85 with household income above the TP40 income limit cannot be certified for Emergency Medicaid to cover the labor with delivery charges.
A child born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP40 and who receives Emergency Medicaid to cover labor with delivery charges is enrolled in Medicaid instead of CHIP perinatal.
Thirty days before the expected due date, TIERS generates and sends Form H3038-P with Form H1061, Birth Outcome Letter, to the household. If the household has not reported the child’s birth by 30 days after the expected due date, TIERS sends a Form H1062 , Birth Outcome Reminder Letter, and a second Form H3038-P with instructions for getting Form H3038-P completed and signed by the medical practitioner, along with a self-addressed postage-paid envelope. The household must return Form H3038-P to HHSC.
Upon receipt of Form H3038-P:
Staff must not certify the mother for Emergency Medicaid or the newborn for TP 45 if the household has not returned Form H3038-P within 60 days from the date of the expected pregnancy due date. Reopen three-month prior applications for people who return Form H3038-P after 60 days from the expected pregnancy due date.
Note: For newborns admitted to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU), process both the Emergency Medicaid coverage for the mother and the TP 45 for the newborn.
CCC Staff Process
CCC is assigned a task to process Form H3038-P. Staff must:
The file date for the TP 45 is usually the date Form H3038-P is received if it includes the newborn's information. Birth outcome information can also be received via the newborn interface or from the person by phone or in writing. When birth outcome information is received after Form H3038-P has already been submitted to the HHSC, a second task is assigned to CCC to process TP 45 coverage for the newborn.
When CCC staff receive a task that includes Form H3038-P dated more than 60 days after the pregnancy due date, CCC must stamp "Received (Date) CCC" on Form H3038-P, to indicate the form was provided after the 60 days from the pregnancy due date. CCC staff must return Form H3038-P along with an application and a letter informing the person that they must apply for Medicaid. The person is instructed to complete the application and return it to the nearest HHSC office or appropriate out-stationed worker, if an out-stationed worker is housed at the hospital where the delivery took place.
Out-Stationed and HHSC Eligibility Office Staff Process
The chart below explains procedures staff must follow to determine appropriate action.
| If an applicant… | then staff must: |
|---|---|
| provides Form H3038-P only, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of the delivery, | fax Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839. |
| provides an application requesting Medicaid only, provides Form H3038-P, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery, | follow policy for receipt of duplicate or identical application and fax Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839. |
| provides an application requesting Medicaid and other benefits (SNAP, Medicaid, TANF), provides Form H3038-P, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery, |
|
| provides an application and Form H3038-P stamped with “Received (Date) CCC,” | process the request for Medicaid following normal application procedures. |
| was not active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery, | process the Emergency Medicaid request per existing policy and certify TP 45 if appropriate. |
Notes:
Related Policy
Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2
Receipt of Identical Application, A-121.3
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) Process, A-126.3.1
Verification Sources, A-621
Verification Sources, A-761
Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, A-831.2.1
Deadlines, B-112
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must request Data Broker reports as required in C-820, Data Broker.
Related Policy
Permissible Purpose, C-824
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Conduct the interview with the applicant or the applicant’s spouse (if the spouse is a member of the household) to determine eligibility.
Exceptions:
Note: The spouse (or other responsible household member for a SNAP interview) does not have to sign the application to be interviewed. Staff must not exempt the household from any program or verification requirements due to interviewing an AR or conducting a phone interview.
Related Policy
Authorized Representatives, A-170
SNAP Programs, B-474.1.1
Staff must conduct a phone interview if the household meets any of the following criteria:
A household meets the hardship criteria if no responsible household member can come to the office for any of the following reasons:
Staff may conduct a phone interview for all households who provide a phone number (including households with a member disqualified for an intentional program violation [IPV]), unless the household requests a face-to-face interview.
Applicants and recipients are required to complete a phone interview unless the person requests a face-to-face interview. Applicants and recipients cannot be required to complete a face-to-face interview.
No interview is required to apply for or renew Children's Medicaid. Schedule an interview only if the person requests an interview.
When a family contacts HHSC to request an application for Children's Medicaid, offer the option to start the application process by phone. The family can complete the application process by phone, but must provide or return a signed Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, with any other required verification to complete the process.
Exceptions:
Related Policy
Scheduling Appointments, A-122.2
General Reminders, A-1510
Compliance Requirements, A-1531.5
Processing Children's Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123
Interviews are not required at application for TP 40 or TP 36. Schedule an interview only if the household requests an interview.
Provide continuous coverage for a pregnant woman without Form H1010 or an interview if she meets the criteria for continuous Medicaid coverage.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
If the office initially schedules a phone interview and the person subsequently requests a face-to-face interview before the phone interview appointment time, staff must allow the household to receive a face-to-face interview and must not treat it as a missed appointment.
Staff must ensure that an interpreter or translation service is available if the applicant or recipient indicates the need for such services on an application.
When conducting a phone interview, staff must offer the applicant reasonable assistance in obtaining any required verification.
Staff must indicate in TIERS, in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, to mail Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to applicants who are interviewed by telephone, if a voter registration application is requested. If the request checkbox is marked Yes, TIERS automatically mails Form H0025 to the household.
If the person declines to register to vote, staff must mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, and ask the person to sign and return the form. Staff must also indicate in TIERS, in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, that the person declined, and document that H1350 was mailed to the person.
Related Policy
Joint TANF-SNAP Applications, A-160
Missed Appointment, B114
Processing Redeterminations, B122
Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, C932
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Provide retroactive TP 45 coverage for the newborn child without Form H1010 or an interview with the child's mother if the household meets the criteria for TP 45 retroactive coverage.
Related Policy
TP 45 Retroactive Coverage, A-833
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must provide notice to the household before making any home visit. Application and redetermination interviews must be scheduled in writing. Notification of other home visits may be:
The notification should include the time (at least whether morning or afternoon) and date of the visit. Advisors should route the notification for imaging to add to the electronic case record or document the specific information in TIERS Case Comments. If regions have specialized staff that conduct home visits, the documentation may be maintained in a separate location as long as it is accessible if needed.
Home visits to collateral sources do not have to be scheduled in advance.
No one should be denied for refusing to agree to a home visit unless there is no other sufficient and reliable verification available.
Related Policy
Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, C932
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC is required to provide interpreter and translation (written or verbal) services to applicants and recipients with Limited English Proficiency (LEP). Consider an individual with LEP even if they do not request an interpreter on the application if the individual indicates they would like to speak a language other than English during the interview. HHSC is also required to provide an effective method to communicate with applicants and recipients who indicate they are deaf or hearing impaired. Applicants and recipients may indicate on an application or during an interview that they need interpreter services.
Revision 17-4; Effective October 1, 2017
Local offices must set up procedures to ensure that interpreters and translators are available for applicants or recipients who indicate the need for such services on an application.
To meet the requirement for applicants and recipients who indicate they are Limited English Proficiency (LEP), offices can use:
Advisors use the following methods for interpretation only after exhausting all local and regional resources:
To meet this requirement for applicants and recipients who indicate they are deaf or hearing impaired, offices can:
Note: In situations where an interpreter services vendor is not available, staff may use handwritten notes back and forth with the hearing-impaired individual as long as the notes are an effective means of communication with the individual.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must inform applicants/recipients about the availability of translation (written or verbal) services regarding written materials HHSC sends to them by following the two processes below, when applicable.
When staff verbally communicate with LEP applicants/recipients at application, redetermination (including desk reviews) and change actions, staff must ensure that applicants/recipients understand the eligibility action (Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action) being taken and the requirements for the application process (including any missing information being requested). Providing a verbal explanation to all LEP applicants/recipients in their preferred language regarding the eligibility action being taken and/or missing information being requested meets this requirement.
Note: This requirement is not applicable for desk reviews and change actions when staff process the case action without talking with the applicants/recipients.
The Vietnamese Translation Interpreter Form is automatically attached to applicable eligibility notices when clients select Vietnamese as their primary household language.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
During the interview, the interviewer must:
Advisors must take the following actions and provide the following referrals and information during the interview:
Determine whether applicants experiencing family violence are exempt from providing information about a member of their MAGI household composition because they fear physical or emotional harm by that person, as explained in A-241.4, Family Violence Exemption.
TP 08
Determine whether applicants must provide information on parent(s) living outside of the home to meet medical support requirements, or if applicants meet a good cause exemption, as explained in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| TANF | SNAP | Medical Programs | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Household Composition | X | X | All Medical Programs* |
| Citizenship | X | X | All Medical Programs* |
| Social Security number | X | X | TPs 08, 40, 43, 44, 48, 56 |
| Age | X | - | TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 43, 44, 45, 48, 56 |
| Relationship | X | - | TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 43, 44, 45, 48, 56 |
| Identity | X | X | All Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36* |
| Residence | X | X | All Medical Programs* |
| Thrid-Party Resources | X | - | All Medical Programs* |
| Domicile | X | - | TP 08, TA 31 |
| Deprivation | X | - | |
| Resources | X | X | TP 56 (children) or TP 32 (children) |
| Income/Deductions/Budgeting | X | X | All Medical Programs* |
| School attendance | X | - | TP 08 |
| Work registration | X | X | |
| Management | X | X | TP 08, TA 31 |
| Responsibility Agreement | X | - |
* TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 40, 43, 44, 45, 48 and 56.
Note: For medical programs, the eligibility factors noted above do not necessarily apply in all cases.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
| Step | Eligible Persons | With Income | Type Program Code | Type | Program |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | People ages 18 through 25 who have aged out of foster care in Texas and were enrolled in Medicaid on their 18th birthday | Not Applicable | TP 82 | MA | Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) |
| 2 | People ages 18 through 20 who have aged out of foster care and:
|
At or below program FPL | TP 70 | MA | Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) |
| 3 | Pregnant Women | At or below program FPL | TP 40 | MA | Pregnant Women |
| 4 | Pregnant women who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible | At or below TP 40 FPL | TP 36 | MA | Pregnant Women - Emergency |
| 5 | Newborn children of Medicaid-eligible mothers up to age 1, including mothers receiving TP 36 for the delivery | Not Applicable | TP 45 | MA | Newborn Children (Deemed) |
| 6 | Children under age 1 | At or below program FPL | TP 43 | MA | Children Under Age One |
| 7 | Children ages 1 through 5 | At or below program FPL | TP 48 | MA | Children 1–5 |
| 8 | Children ages 6 through 18 | At or below program FPL | TP 44 | MA | Children 6–18 |
| 9 | Children ages 1 through 5 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible | At or below TP 48 FPL | TP 33 | MA | Children 1–5 - Emergency |
| 10 | Children ages 6 through 18 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible | At or below TP 44 FPL | TP 34 | MA | Children 6–18 - Emergency |
| 11 | Children under age 1 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible | At or below TP 43 FPL | TP 35 | MA | Children Under Age One - Emergency |
| 12 | A parent or caretaker relative caring for a dependent child under age 18 or who meets school attendance requirements who receives Medicaid | At or below program FPL | TP 08 | MA | Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid |
| 13 | Nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible as a parent or caretaker relative of a Medicaid-eligible child | At or below TP 08 FPL | TA 31 | MA | Parents and Caretaker Relatives - Emergency |
| 14 | Parents, caretaker relatives and children receiving Medicaid who receive denial due to new or increase in earnings | Above the limits for TP 08 | TP 07 | MA | Earnings Transitional |
| 15 | Parents, caretaker relatives and children receiving Medicaid who receive denial due to new or increase in spousal support income | Above the limits for TP 08 | TP 20 | MA | Child Support Transitional |
| 16 | Uninsured women ages 18 through 64 diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer and presumed eligible for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) | Not Applicable | TA 66 | MA | MBCC Presumptive |
| 17 | Uninsured women ages 18 through 64 diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer | Not Applicable | TA 67 | MA | MBCC |
| 18 | Children under age 19 and pregnant women | Above the limits for TPs 40, 43, 44, and 48 FPL | TP 56 | MA | Medically Needy with Spend Down |
| 19 | Nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible as a pregnant woman or child under age 19 | Above the limits for TPs 40, 44, or 48 FPL and at or below program limit | TP 32 | MA | Medically Needy with Spend Down - Emergency |
| 20 | Children under age 19 ineligible for Medicaid due to income | Above the limits for TPs 43, 48, or 44 FPL, and at or below program limit | TA 84 | CI | CHIP |
| 21 | Unborn children whose mother is ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP due to income or immigration status | Above the limits for TPs 40 and 36, and at or below program limit | TA 85 | CI | CHIP - Perinatal |
| 22 | Former foster care youth ages 21 through 22 attending school of higher education who:
|
At or below program FPL | TA 77 | Health Care Benefits | Health Care - FFCHE |
| 23 | Children under age 1 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a Qualified Hospital (QH) | At or below TP 43 FPL | TA 74 | MA | Children Under Age One - Presumptive |
| 24 | Children ages 1 through 5 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a QH | At or below TP 44 FPL | TA 75 | MA | Children 1–5 - Presumptive |
| 25 | Children ages 6 through 18 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a QH | At or below TP 48 FPL | TA 76 | MA | Children 6–18 - Presumptive |
| 26 | Parents and caretaker relatives presumed to be eligible for TP 08 by a QH | At or below TP 08 FPL | TA 86 | MA | Parents and Caretaker Relatives - Presumptive |
| 27 | Former Foster Care Children presumed to be eligible for Medicaid by a QH | Not Applicable | TA 83 | MA | FFCC - Presumptive |
| 28 | Healthy Texas Women | At or below program FPL | TA 41 | MA | Healthy Texas Women |
| 29 | Pregnant women presumed to be eligible for TP 40 by a QH or Qualified Entity (QE) | At or below TP 40 FPL | TP 42 | Pregnant Women - Presumptive |
Notes:
Related Policy
Income Limits, C-131
Qualified Hospital/Qualified Entity Procedures for Presumptive Eligibility Determinations, C-1113
Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs, C-1114
Type Programs (TP) and Type Assistance (TA), C-1150
Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE), Part F
Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY), Part M
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC), Part X
Healthy Texas Women, Part W
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See A-240, Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before completing the interview, advisors must ensure that the applicant:
Advisors must also ensure that:
Advisors must provide the applicant with Form H1805, SNAP Food Benefits: Your Rights and Program Rules.
Before completing the interview, if requested, ensure the applicant:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A complete list of documentation requirements for determining eligibility can be found at the conclusion of each eligibility section within the Texas Works Handbook. TIERS Data Collection pages handle a vast majority of the required documentation for case records. For the remaining small percentage of documentation still required by policy, staff must include the information in TIERS Case Comments. For documentation that is not captured within the Data Collection pages, a comprehensive guide, The Texas Works Documentation Guide, has been developed. This documentation guide outlines the requirements for documentation that must be entered in TIERS Case Comments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the applicant cannot furnish all required proof during the interview or with the application, advisors must allow the household at least 10 days to provide the information. The due date must be a workday. Advisors must determine what sources of proof are readily available to the household and request that information first as sufficient proof. B-115, Pending Verification on Applications, includes more information on verification procedures.
Advisors must provide the applicant Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, explaining:
Advisors should attach to Form H1020 the page of Form H1020-A, Sources of Proof, that corresponds to the verification requested.
The advisor must not request additional verification if verification is available through electronic data sources.
TP 40
Advisors should not allow 10 days for the applicant to provide verification if doing so exceeds the 15-workday processing time frame and verification can be postponed.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After obtaining all required proof, the advisor must dispose the application and give the applicant Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, detailing the decision.
Advisors must provide the individual with the Notice of Privacy Practices or Notice of Privacy Practices (Spanish) at initial certification and after breaks in certification of one or more months.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The policies and procedures included in the handbook are rules for determining eligibility. It is impossible to provide examples for all policy situations. When staff encounter rare and unusual situations, HHSC encourages them to use reason and apply good judgment in making eligibility decisions. The "prudent person" principle allows staff to make reasonable decisions based on the best available information using:
Staff should document the rationale used to make a decision and any applicable handbook references.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
All expedited applications are screened using the expedited screening questions on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance. HHSC staff screen applications received in the local office. Vendor staff screen applications sent to the Document Processing Center by fax or mail. An automated system screens applications submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com.
Applicants who meet the test for expedited services are entitled to:
Exceptions: In the following situations, applicants may not get benefits in this time frame:
Additionally, applicants may not get benefits in this timeframe in late determinations for expedited service. These are households that:
Notes:
Expedite applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to a pregnancy. These applicants are entitled to:
Note: An interview is not required when processing a TP 40 application.
Related Policy
Application Signature, A-122.1
Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1
Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830
ABAWD Referral Process, A-1831.1.2
Counting Months Toward Time-Limited Eligibility, A-1950
Regaining Eligibility, A-1960
Residents of Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) Facilities, B-441
Residents of Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-442
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants are entitled to expedited service if they meet one of the following criteria:
An individual who reapplies within the last month of a current certification period is not eligible for expedited service.
All applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to a pregnancy are eligible for expedited processing.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household may receive expedited certification any number of times if the household:
Exceptions:
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
| Yes | No | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | Does the applicant's Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, and statement indicate eligibility for expedited service based on eligibility criteria in A-141, Expedited Eligibility Criteria? | Go to step 2. | Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures. |
| 2. | Did the applicant already receive SNAP this month? | Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures. | Go to step 3. |
| 3. | Did the applicant receive expedited service before? | Go to step 4. | Go to step 5. |
| 4. | Did the applicant provide all postponed verifications from previous certification, or did HHSC certify the applicant under normal 30-day processing since the last expedited certification? | Go to step 5. | Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures. |
| 5. | Was the SNAP EDG denied at redetermination for a missed appointment or for failure to provide requested information, and is it still within 30 days of the last benefit month? | Stop, this application is a duplicate application. Follow reuse of application policy. | Go to step 6. |
| 6. | Does the applicant or AR being interviewed have proof of identity? | Go to step 7. | Not eligible for expedited service until he provides proof. |
| 7. | If an applicant age 18 to 50 has already received the maximum number of benefit months without meeting the work requirement, did the applicant verify that the applicant is exempt from or meets the 20-hour-per-week work requirement (even if the AR applies)? | Go to step 8. | Not eligible for expedited service until he provides proof. |
| 8. | Issue benefits today. Postpone all other verification that is:
|
All applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to pregnancy are eligible for expedited processing.
Related Policy
Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2
Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B111
Delays Caused by Households, B122.3
Denied for Missed Appointments, B122.3.1
Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification, B122.3.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See A-140, Expedited Service.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Include household members for the initial month, or initial two months if household members are receiving a combined allotment. This is true even if the household members fail to provide or apply for an SSN at the interview or if State Online Query (SOLQ) does not validate a member’s SSN at the interview. Follow policy outlined in A-413, Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), if the SSN does not validate at the interview.
Disqualify people who fail to provide or apply for an SSN without good cause or do not provide information to clear the discrepancy related to a SSN validated with verification code F or X before the next monthly issuance. See A-410, General Policy, for rules for children age six months or younger and good cause.
Certify a pregnant woman by the 15th working day from the application file date to meet expedited processing timeframes even if:
Deny the woman’s eligibility if by the postponed verification due date she fails to:
Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1
General Policy, A-410
Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), A-413
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors should register the applicant being interviewed for work unless:
Advisors should register other household members if possible. Advisors should postpone registration for the initial month if it cannot be completed within the expedited time frames.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Household members whose citizenship/eligible alien status is questionable can receive expedited benefits with the household. These household members must provide verification of citizenship/eligible alien status before the next month's benefits are issued or be disqualified.
Citizenship/eligible alien status must be verified using policy in A-350, Verification Requirements, for pregnant women who declare to be a U.S. citizen or declare to have an eligible alien status. If a pregnant woman does not provide proof of citizenship or alien status and:
Related Policy
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Accept the individual’s (pregnant woman’s, case name’s or AR’s) verbal or written statement of pregnancy as verification, unless questionable. The woman’s statement would be questionable if the information provided regarding the due date is discrepant, such as the pregnancy start month and pregnancy end month are less than or more than nine months apart or if the woman reports a pregnancy with overlapping start and end months.
The individual’s statement of pregnancy must provide the following information:
If questionable, advisors must verify pregnancy by using:
The verification must be from an acceptable source such as:
A physician, nurse, advanced nurse practitioner or other medical professional must sign Form H3037 or another document for it to be considered verification from a medical source. If another medical professional completes the form, the advisor must ensure that information about the supervising physician is provided.
Staff must use the following procedures when certain information regarding pregnancy is not provided on an application for benefits.
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, A-870
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must assign usual certification periods even if staff postpones verifications. See A-2324, Length of Certification, for certification period policy.
Advisors must issue the second month's benefits as a combined allotment as explained in A-150, Combined Allotment Policy, if the household applies after the 15th of the month and benefits are prorated.
If an applicant provides the minimum information required to process the application, the advisor may certify the application before the 15th workday and allow postponed verification.
Advisors must deny the application no later than 15 workdays if:
Advisors must reopen applications denied because there was not enough information provided if the information is received within 60 days of the file date.
Advisors must use the date the information is provided as the new file date, and follow the expedited processing guidelines.
Note: An interview is not required when processing a TP 40 application.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating:
TIERS identifies and holds benefits for the second month for households not issued a combined allotment or the third month for combined allotment households. See A-150, Combined Allotment Policy.
| If the household furnishes the postponed verification and the ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| second month is on hold, | enter the information and dispose the SNAP EDG within five days or by the first workday of the second month, whichever is later. |
| third month is on hold (for combined allotment situations), | enter the information and dispose the SNAP EDG. |
If the household provides postponed verification that results in lowered or denied benefits, see B116.1, Information Received During Expedited Application Processing.
If the household does not provide postponed verifications within 30 days of the application date, advisors must:
A household denied for failure to provide postponed verification must submit a new application to receive benefits if the household does not provide the postponed verification by the 60th day from the file date. If the household provides the verification by the 60th day, advisors must reopen the application using the date the household provided the verification as the new file date.
An individual receiving adequate notice of adverse action as noted above cannot receive continued benefits pending appeal.
Advisors must provide Form TF0001, stating the:
If the individual does not provide verification by the 30th day following the file date, the advisor must initiate adverse action. Advance notice is required. The individual must reapply if the verification is not provided by the expiration of the adverse action.
If the individual provides verification by the 30th day following the file date but does not meet eligibility requirements, the advisor must provide advance notice of adverse action and deny ongoing coverage.
Note: Advisors must not deny the EDG if the individual is eligible in the application month or one of the three prior months.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The expedited processing procedures apply to migrant or seasonal farmworkers except for the following:
At recertification, advisors disregard income from a new source in the first month of the certification period if that income will not exceed $25 within 10 days after the individual's usual issuance cycle.
Notes:
The policies in this section apply to income determinations for destitute applicants at initial and later certifications but only in the first month of any certification period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All applications for Medicaid from active duty military members and their dependents applying for coverage are eligible for expedited processing.
Active duty refers to military members who currently are serving full time in their military capacity. A military member is defined as someone in the:
When an application for Texas Works medical assistance is received and includes an active duty military member, staff should take the following action on or before the 15th workday of the application file date:
Military status is self-declared. Additional verification is not required.
Advisors should use processing time frames stated in B-112, Deadlines, if the household did not provide all required information and verification with the application.
The expedited processing requirement does not apply to TP 56 (Medically Needy with Spend Down) or to Emergency Medicaid for ineligible aliens, and only applies to applications and untimely reviews/renewals.
A household is not eligible for expedited processing if the military member is on active duty because of training as a member of the Reserves, National Guard, or State Military Forces.
When an application consists of a pregnant member and an active duty member, advisors use TP 40 expedited application processing time frames.
Advisors provide expedited processing for a Medicaid application if the budget group includes the needs of an active duty member even if the active duty member is not included in the certified group.
Advisors must not pend an application if the household:
When an interview is scheduled timely within 15 workdays, but the applicant requests to reschedule the interview, staff should attempt to accommodate the rescheduled appointment within the 15-workday time frame. If, at the household’s request, the interview is rescheduled after the 15-workday time frame, staff should document the reason for not scheduling the appointment within the required time frame.
Note: For requested interviews, if the applicant requests to be rescheduled, staff should inform the household that an interview is not required and that the processing of the application can begin without an interview. Staff must not deny an application if the household fails to show for the appointment when an interview is not required.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must issue benefits for the month of application and the following month at the same time if:
Note: For applicants who meet expedited criteria, advisors issue a combined allotment within expedited time frames, even if postponing verification.
Inform households receiving combined allotments:
TIERS identifies and issues benefits to households eligible for a combined allotment and holds the third month's benefits if the combined allotment certification has postponed verification.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A household in which all members are applying for or receiving TANF and/or TP 08 may apply for SNAP at the same time the household applies for TANF and/or TP 08. The advisor then conducts a single interview.
Exception: Conduct the unfinished TANF and/or TP 08 interview later if necessary to meet the SNAP expedited processing time limits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When TANF eligibility is uncertain, advisors must:
If TANF is approved later, advisors should process it as a reported change and add the TANF benefit to the SNAP budget as soon as possible. (See A-1324.18, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF].) Advisors should adjust the certification period to expire when the next TANF periodic review is due. Advisors should send or give the applicant Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, with the new certification period stated. Exception: One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF), A-1324.11.
If the TANF application is denied later, the advisor should continue SNAP eligibility based on the original application.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
An applicant, person receiving benefits, head of household (HOH), or someone with legal authority to act on their behalf (e.g., legal guardian or power of attorney) may designate a person or organization as an AR.
An AR must be verified using one of the following:
If a person or organization submits an application on behalf of an applicant and indicates they wish to be the AR and the application is not signed by the applicant, send correspondence to both the unverified AR and the HOH on the case to request the verification.
For the AR to be verified, either the AR or the HOH must return the completed Form H1003 within 10 days (or 30 days from the file date). All missing information listed on the Form H1020 must also be returned timely. If the AR verification is not received by the due date, do not designate an AR.
The AR designation is effective from the date the AR is verified until:
Requests to end the designation of an AR must include the signature of the applicant, the recipient, or the AR as appropriate.
Note: An AR is not automatically a personal representative.
An AR is designated at the case level to have access to all benefit information for that case. A verified AR may:
The applicant, recipient, or AR may also request that the AR receive the recipient’s Medicaid or CHIP ID card and enrollment-related agency correspondence.
During the interview, obtain the AR’s complete mailing address if not included on the application form. Record the AR’s address on the TIERS Data Collection page, Household - Authorized Representative. If the applicant cannot provide a complete mailing address for the AR during the interview or an interview is not required for the program type, do not pend the case. Record the household’s mailing address as the AR’s address in TIERS.
When an applicant or recipient and their designated AR have the same mailing address, correspondence will only be sent to the AR.
When an applicant or recipient has a legal guardian, correspondence will only be sent to the guardian, even if the applicant or recipient and the guardian have different mailing addresses.
Applicants, recipients, or ARs who have chosen to receive eligibility correspondence electronically, will continue to receive them electronically.
People disqualified for SNAP benefits because of an administrative disqualification hearing or a nonmember living with the household may serve as an AR only if:
HHSC employees involved in certification or issuance of SNAP benefits and retailers authorized to accept SNAP benefits may serve as an AR only if the unit supervisor gives written approval.
Related Policy
Electronic Correspondence, A-119.1
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Personal Representatives, B-1212
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213
Telephone Contact, B-1213.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A grandparent (including great- or great-great- grandparent) may represent the household in the application and review process upon the grandparent's request and when the advisor determines that the incompetent or incapacitated individual is not using TANF for the child's benefit. In these situations, the individual's signature and designation of the grandparent as AR in writing is not required on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits. If the grandparent is designated AR, the grandparent is also designated protective payee.
Related Policy
Receipt of Application, A-121
Receipt of Application from Residential Child Care Facility , A-121.1
Verification Requirements, A-180
Documentation Requirements, A-190
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The AR must be informed about the household circumstances. The individual is liable for any overissuance resulting from inaccurate information that the AR gives, except in situations when drug/alcohol treatment centers or group living facilities act as AR for a SNAP household.
The AR must be an adult.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
For residents of drug and alcohol treatment (D&A) facilities, a facility employee must serve as an AR to apply for the household and to use the benefits.
Residents of group living arrangements (GLA) may apply:
For GLA’s, the AR designated to use SNAP benefits may be a different person from the AR who applies for the household.
Related Policy
Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
D&A/GLA Facility Responsibilities as Authorized Representatives, B-445
Authorized Representatives, B-453
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An advisor who suspects an AR of acting against the household's interests must report the circumstances to the advisor's program manager.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an eligibility determination has been requested for multiple programs and the programs allow the same verification sources, the advisor must use the same verifications for all applicable programs. For example, if an individual is applying for SNAP, TANF, and Medical Programs, and the advisor accepts a wage verification for SNAP, the advisor must not request additional verification of the wage for TANF or Medical Programs if the source used was an acceptable form of verification for TANF or Medical Programs.
Advisors make the eligibility decision in each program when all verifications are received for that program.
Related Policy
Data Broker, C-820
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Staff must verify that the caretaker is not using TANF benefits for the child's needs when the grandparent requests to be designated AR. If the caretaker requests the grandparent's removal as AR, staff must verify that the caretaker intends to use TANF benefits for the child's needs.
Staff must verify the nonprofit status of homeless shelters, if questionable. See IRS documentation that proves the nonprofit status under Section 501(c)(3) of IRS regulations.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use the following sources to verify when a grandparent requests to be designated as an AR or when the caretaker requests that the grandparent be removed as AR:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the date and method by which advance notice of a home visit was provided and the date and time of the visit. An imaged copy of the appointment notice provided to the individual is sufficient.
Advisors must document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
When a household requests additional programs after filing an application, advisors must document the requested program and the date of the request.
Advisors must document the rationale used to make a prudent person principle decision and any applicable handbook references.
Advisors must document that Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant, AR, or representative payee under the Agency Use Only section of the application.
Advisors must document on the application and on Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, in the Agency Use Only section the actions taken when an applicant or individual notifies the local office of the decision to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025.
Advisors must document information to support the eligibility decision in enough detail that others can understand all computations and advisor decisions explained in C940, Documentation.
For all interviews, staff must document:
Advisors must document when a designated Texas Works advisor requests that a child born to a woman in prison be certified for TP 43.
Advisors must document the specific reason for designating an AR.
When the grandparent requests to be the AR, the following information must be documented:
The following information must be documented:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
Registering to Vote, A-1521
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The composition of a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) certified group:
Some persons are required members of the TANF certified group. The individual may not choose to exclude a required member from the certified group. If the individual fails to provide available verifications for a required member, assistance is denied for the entire certified group.
A TANF-State Program (SP) certified group must contain both an eligible:
Note: Households are eligible for TANF-SP if the budget group contains:
Related Policy
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361
A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480
A Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) unit is one person or a group of people who live:
Exception: A separate household status is allowed to a person (along with the person's spouse) age 60 or over who lives with others but cannot purchase and prepare food separately because of permanent incapacity, provided that required household members are not excluded. To allow separate household status, the gross income of the other household members (without the elderly person and spouse) must be less than 165 percent of the Federal Poverty Income Limit for the number of other persons.
The elderly person must:
Note: All required members are always included, as described in A-231, Who Is Included, in the elderly person’s household. For example, the elderly person’s spouse or children under age 22 are always included in the same household unless elderly members have their own SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) EDGs.
Related Policy
Who Is Included, A-231
Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments, A-1323.4.3
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361
Students in Higher Education, B-410
Joint Supplemental Security Income (SSI)-SNAP Applications, B-476
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition is used to determine whose needs, income, and expenses are considered in determining an individual’s eligibility for medical programs. Each MAGI household composition is determined on the individual level. Individuals living at the same physical address may have a different MAGI household composition. MAGI household composition is based on federal income tax rules.
Exception: Medically Needy with Spend Down has certain exceptions for determining MAGI household composition and income explained in A-1359, How to Determine Spend Down.
An individual does not have to file a federal income tax return to apply for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a court terminates the relationship between a biological or adoptive parent and child, a legal parent/child relationship does not exist between the two individuals.
If a biological or adoptive parent’s parental rights to a child are terminated, that parent no longer has a legal parent/child relationship to that child, nor to any of the child’s children who are born after the date the parental rights were terminated.
Example: Amy’s parental rights to her child Julie are terminated when Julie is 16. Julie already has one child, Jill, at the time Amy’s parental rights are terminated. Subsequently, Julie has a second child, Bill. As a result, Amy no longer has a legal relationship with Julie or Bill, but she retains her grandparent relationship to Jill.
Note: A parent whose parental rights have been terminated is not considered the natural parent of their biological child.
Relationships that existed between the child and other relatives of the biological parent are not interrupted or terminated. The only relationship terminated is that of the parent that relinquished his or her parental rights. Example: The child's biological or adoptive grandparents, siblings, aunts, uncles, and cousins still have the same relationship to the child they had before the parental rights were terminated.
Related Policy
Child Support and Medical Support Referrals, A-1122.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A legal parent/child relationship is created when an individual adopts a child. The adoptive parent/child relationship creates the same relationships with the adoptive parent's relatives that are created with a biological parent/child relationship. Example: When a grandparent adopts a biological grandchild, the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF
Adoption household composition is determined by the advisor using the following steps:
| Step 1 |
Identify all eligible children for the applicant/recipient. |
|
Step 2 |
Include all eligible children in the certified group. |
|
Step 3 |
Include all siblings of the children included in Step 2 if they are eligible children and cannot be certified separately from their sibling. Include a minor's child at the caretaker/payee's request. |
Example 1
If a household consists of the applicant, the applicant’s two biological children, ages 15 and 17, the 15-year-old's baby (age 1) that the applicant has adopted, and the 17-year-old's 2-year-old baby, the advisor must:
| Step 1 | Identify eligible children:
|
| Step 2 | Include in certified group:
|
| Step 3 | Include in certified group at the applicant's request:
|
Example 2
If a household consists of the applicant, adopted child (biological grandchild), and the adopted child's half-sibling, not related to the applicant, the advisor must:
| Step 1 |
Identify eligible children:
|
| Step 2 | Include in certified group:
|
| Step 3 | N/A – there are no optional eligible children. |
Note: For TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48 or TP 56, the half-sibling can be considered an independent child when determining the child’s eligibility for Medicaid. See A-910, General Policy.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
The following are always included in the TANF certified group:
An eligible legal parent is a legal parent who meets TANF requirements and lives with an eligible child. This includes a parent who is absent solely because of employment or active duty in the U.S. military. See A-1040, Deprivation Based on Absence from the Home. This includes parents receiving foster care or adoption assistance services for themselves, but not the child(ren).
Exception: See No. 6, Minor Parents, below.A sibling is a brother or sister of an eligible child, including legally adopted and half-brothers and sisters. Siblings must be certified together if they meet all TANF requirements. If an unborn child will be a required member of the certified group, a special review is set for the first day of the month after the expected delivery month.
Note: Half-brothers/sisters who do not meet the degree of relationship to the caretaker are not eligible to receive TANF benefits but can be certified as an independent child on a separate Medicaid EDG. See A-910, General Policy.
Example: The household consists of a grandparent, two grandchildren and a half-sibling to the grandchildren. The two grandchildren can be certified for TANF and Medicaid because they meet the required degree of relationship to the caretaker. The half-sibling does not meet the required degree of relationship to the caretaker and cannot be certified for TANF. The half-sibling can be certified as an independent child on a separate Medicaid EDG.
Exception: The stepparent may be certified as caretaker if the stepparent wants to be included and the legal parent has a disability. The stepparent and legal parent who has a disability are certified for TANF-SP when the stepparent is included in the certified group.
Related PolicyInclude the stepparent in the certified group only if the stepparent wants to be included and:
Certify the stepparent and legal parent with disabilities for TANF-SP when the stepparent is included in the certified group.
If the legal parent and stepparent live in the home and have mutual children, they must all be included in the same certified group.
Related Policies
If a member of the TANF-certified group temporarily enters a nursing facility, the individual’s needs are left in the TANF budget during the nursing facility stay or until the individual is certified for Supplemental Security Income (SSI). The individual should be referred to the Social Security Office for an SSI eligibility determination.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The following are not included in the TANF-certified group:
A payee is a relative who meets relationship requirements and lives with, supervises, and cares for an eligible child. The payee is authorized to receive the TANF benefits for an eligible child but is not a member of the certified group because the person is a:
Note: A payee who chooses not to be included as a caretaker on one EDG may be a caretaker on another TANF EDG for other related children.
A protective payee must be selected to receive and manage the TANF benefit if the caretaker is not using the TANF payments for the children's benefit.
The protective payee must be someone who can help the person spend the household's TANF benefits properly. The person receiving TANF must agree to the person designated as the protective payee unless the:
The protective payee cannot be a:
The protective payee situation must be re-evaluated at each complete redetermination. For EDGs with a:
Note: When designating or continuing a protective payee, notify the person and allow an opportunity to appeal.
A representative payee is designated if a person is unable to receive and manage the household's TANF or Medicaid benefits because of incapacity or incompetence. The representative payee must be knowledgeable about the family members and interested in the family’s welfare. The person must designate this representative in writing if physically or mentally capable of doing so.
The representative payee may be the authorized representative who assisted in the eligibility process.
A legal parent is disqualified from the certified group if the person:
Note: A legal parent is permanently disqualified for a felony drug conviction (not deferred adjudication) for an offense that was committed on or after April 1, 2002.
A child is disqualified from the certified group if the child:
If the disqualified member wishes to apply for Medicaid, determine which medical program applies to the disqualified household member. If all eligibility requirements are met, the member is certified on the appropriate medical program.
A TANF family member is removed from the grant when the person is certified for SSI. The Social Security Administration (SSA) notifies HHSC via an interface when a TANF recipient is determined eligible for SSI.
If a TANF recipient enters a state supported living center for persons with intellectual disabilities, the person’s needs are removed from the TANF grant. If the recipient is the caretaker or payee, the grant continues for the remaining eligible children in another eligible person's name.
A household's application or ongoing benefits are denied for any month in which a certified or disqualified legal parent is participating in a strike.
Related Policies
Authorized Representatives, A-170
TANF, A-220
Temporary Absence from the Home, A-920
General Policy, A-1210
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Use of TANF Benefits, A-1553
When the Person Signs Form H1073, A-2128.1
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
When an eligible child lives with a relative other than the legal parent, the child is certified on:
Each other-related child (other than siblings) is certified on a separate EDG.
Exception: Other-related children are certified on the same EDG if:
A child's TANF must not be denied because of the income or resources of a:
When an EDG is denied because of the income or resources of a non-parent relative caretaker:
Note: Households that include a non-parent caretaker are not eligible for TANF-SP.
See B-480, A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, for more information on the action to take when some members must be denied while others remain eligible.
Related Policy OTTANF, A-2411 Grandparent Payments, A-2412 Documentation Requirements, A-2470
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following must be included in the TANF-SP EDG:
If the household is ineligible for TANF-SP because they do not meet other TANF eligibility requirements such as income or resources, the family unit must remain as one filing unit even when stepchildren are included. In this situation, the advisor must determine whether the household meets eligibility requirements for the Medical Programs.
If an active TANF-SP EDG is denied because of earnings or the removal of the 90 percent earned income deduction and the household is receiving TP 08, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will deny both the TANF-SP and TP 08 EDGs and create:
Related Policy
Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-840
General Eligibility Information, A-841
TP 07 Transitional Medicaid, A-842
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Each other-related child living in the family (see A-223, Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs) is certified on a separate EDG unless the child or other members are ineligible separately. If the child or other members are ineligible separately, the other-related child in the TANF-SP EDG is included. The advisor must ensure that the other-related child has the opportunity to continue receiving TANF when the TANF-SP EDG is denied.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
The following people must be certified as a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) household if they live together:
Note: Spouses are considered to be living together even when one spouse:
Exception: SNAP-CAP participants are certified on separate EDGs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
The following are not included in a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)-certified group:
Related Policy
Foster Care and Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) Payments, A-1326.4
Prepared Meal Services, B-460
Determining Whether an Individual Who Receives Residential Assistance Is Institutionalized, B-490
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The following are people who would be required SNAP household members but are disqualified. They cannot participate during their period of disqualification. However, the disqualified person’s circumstances, including income and resources, are considered in determining the household's benefits.
The person's statement is accepted as verification of a felony drug conviction.
When the criminal history report in the Data Broker system indicates the person was convicted on or after Sept. 1, 2015, for an offense involving a controlled substance, discuss the situation with the person. If they claim not to be the person indicated on the criminal history report, but the identifying information on the report (name, date of birth, physical description) leads staff to believe the report is correct, or the person disagrees with other information provided in the report (such as the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor):
Related Policy
Absence of Proof of Alien Status, A-313
Failure to Comply, A-420
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Noncooperation with E&T, A-1844
After the Three Months of Time-Limited SNAP Eligibility, A-1951
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
IPV Disqualification Penalties, B-912
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
The following individuals may be certified for medical coverage if they meet all eligibility criteria:
MAGI rules are used to determine financial eligibility for certain Medical Programs. MAGI rules are based on Internal Revenue Service tax rules.
The following criteria are considered when determining the MAGI household composition for Medical Programs:
An individual’s tax status must be designated before their MAGI household composition can be determined.
Tax status is based on the individual’s self-declaration for what he or she plans to report on his or her federal income tax return for the taxable year in which eligibility for Medical Programs is requested.
Individuals must be designated as one of the following:
Note: For MAGI household composition purposes, an unmarried individual who intends to file a joint tax return is considered a taxpayer filing separately. An individual who is unmarried is not considered a taxpayer filing jointly.
Note: An individual who is both a taxpayer and tax dependent is considered a tax dependent. Example: A college student who plans to file his or her own federal income tax return and expects to be claimed by his or her parents will be considered a tax dependent.
Individuals have a tax relationship to one another if they:
Individuals do not have a tax relationship to anyone if they:
Individuals are not required to live at the same physical address in order to apply for each other if they have a tax relationship, as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application.
Domicile requirements explained in A-900, Domicile, apply to TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid. A parent/caretaker relative must reside with a dependent child to receive TP 08 benefits.
A child entering a state hospital may qualify as an independent child. The child may qualify even if ordered by the court into a state hospital. A child is considered an independent child if court ordered into a state hospital because the parent/caretaker relative no longer has care and control. If the parent/caretaker relative admitted the child voluntarily into a state hospital, verification of whether the parent/caretaker relative still has care and control to determine independent child status is required.
An inquiry should be performed prior to certifying an independent child. The child is certified as an independent child if all eligibility criteria are met. The coverage continues for 12 months, even if the child is released from the state hospital. If a child is released from the facility prior to the end of the 12-month period, the address change is processed and coverage is continued.
A custodial parent is established based on physical custody and who has legal authority to claim a child as a tax dependent specified in a court order, binding separation agreement, divorce agreement, or custody agreement.
Family relationships that impact household composition include:
The tax status of the individual impacts how the family relationship is used in determining MAGI household composition.
Notes:
A household cannot choose to exclude a child from the budget group when determining eligibility for Medical Programs.
The policy in A-241, Budget Group, and A-242, Certified Group, is used to determine whom to include in the budget and certified group.
Related Policy
Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Verification Requirements, A-940
Documentation Requirements, A-950
Applications for Babies Born to Women in Prison, A-116.3
Eligibility Requirements, A-521
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Medical Programs
The following individuals are included in the taxpayer’s MAGI household composition:
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
If a tax dependent meets any one of the following exceptions, staff must use the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent rules explained in A-241.1.4, Non-Taxpayer/Non-Tax Dependent’s or Tax Dependent with an Exception MAGI Household Composition, (not the tax dependent rules) to build the tax dependent’s MAGI household composition:
For a child claimed as a tax dependent by both parents who are filing jointly, with one parent living outside the home, the child does not meet the third tax dependent exception. Staff must build the child’s MAGI household composition using the tax dependent rules explained in A-241.1.3, Tax Dependent’s MAGI Household Composition.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an individual is a tax dependent and does not meet a tax dependent exception previously listed, the following individuals must be included in the tax dependent’s MAGI household composition:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an individual does not plan to file a tax return nor plans to be claimed as a tax dependent, the individual is considered a non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent. All tax dependents who meet an exception – Tax Dependent Exceptions – will build his or her MAGI household composition using the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent rules.
The following individuals must be included in the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent’s or tax dependent with exception’s MAGI household composition if living together:
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
The expected number of unborn children are included in the MAGI household composition of:
Note: When including the expected number of unborn children in the MAGI household composition, the pregnant woman is not required to be certified on a medical program.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-910
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Who Is Included, D-321
Who Is Not Included, D-322
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must use the MAGI household composition policy explained in A-241.1, Who Is Included, when determining eligibility for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must use MAGI household composition policy explained in A-241.1, Who Is Included, when determining eligibility for Medical Programs.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
A child is considered institutionalized if the child is residing in a facility:
A child is not considered institutionalized if the child is residing in a facility that is a:
Related Policy
Children Placed in a Non-Secure Facility, B-474.1.2.1.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals may not be able to or may not want to provide information about a member of their MAGI household composition because they fear physical or emotional harm by that person. Individuals who are pended for missing information about a MAGI household composition member who may be a family violence offender can contact HHSC to request the family violence exemption by calling 2-1-1 or visiting a local office.
Advisors must ask the individual requesting the family violence exemption, at the time the exemption is requested, if they want to be designated as the head of household for the case. Advisors must also confirm the address that should be used for agency correspondence and offer to set up an alternate address if needed. Individuals experiencing family violence must be allowed to provide an address for agency correspondence other than the address on the case with the offender.
If the individual wants to pursue the family violence exemption, advisors must determine whether the individual has existing approved Office of the Attorney General (OAG) good cause for TANF or TP 08 as explained in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must send the contact information for the nearest family violence shelter to the individual pursuing the family violence exemption using Form H1071, Family Violence Exemption for Medicaid and CHIP. Form H1071 informs the individual how they can claim the family violence exemption and is sent along with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
The individual must contact the family violence specialist and explain the need to claim the family violence exemption. After the family violence specialist makes the recommendation, the family violence specialist completes Form H1706, Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption, and may mail or fax the form to HHSC, or send the form back with the individual to HHSC. Only a family violence specialist can recommend the exemption using Form H1706. Form H1706 is due 10 days from the date Form H1020 was sent (or 30 days from the file date, whichever is later).
Once the family violence exemption has been established by a family violence specialist, advisors do not need to re-evaluate the exemption. If the individual contacts HHSC to indicate that they no longer wish to receive the family violence exemption, advisors should update the page by indicating that the exemption has been withdrawn by the client.
The individual continues to receive the family violence exemption until there is a break in eligibility for all MAGI EDGs on the case. If an individual wants to pursue the family violence exemption again after a break in eligibility, advisors must follow the referral process explained in this section.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Medical Programs
Each EDG will have one individual in the certified group.
TP 08
Parents and caretaker relatives caring for a dependent child who receives Medicaid.
TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36
Pregnant women, children under age 19, and parents and caretaker relatives who are ineligible for ongoing Medicaid because they are non-immigrants, undocumented aliens, or certain legal permanent resident aliens who do not meet the citizenship eligibility requirement but meet all other eligibility requirements. Only a person with an emergency medical condition is certified.
TP 40
Minor or adult pregnant woman unless disqualified from Medical Programs for not complying with TPR or SSN requirements.
TP 43
Children under age 1.
If the child is hospitalized on the child’s first birthday, eligibility is continued through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.
TP 44
Children age 6 to 18. Children are eligible through the month of their 19th birthday.
Note: A child should be certified for TP 48 rather than TP 44 the month of the child’s sixth birthday.
If the child is hospitalized on his 19th birthday, eligibility is continued through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.
TP 45
Children under 12 months old whose mother was eligible for and receiving Medicaid at the time of the child's birth. The mother's eligibility for the child's birth month can be determined retroactively.
TP 48
Children age 1 to 5. Children are eligible through the month of their sixth birthday.
Note: A child should be certified for TP 45 (or 43) rather than TP 48 the month of the child’s first birthday.
If the child is hospitalized on the child’s sixth birthday, eligibility continues through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.
TP 56
The following individuals should be certified for TP 56 if they meet all other eligibility criteria:
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Fugitive status for people who are fleeing felons or violating their probation or parole must be verified.
There are no verification requirements for household determination. See A-500, Age/Relationship; A-900, Domicile; and A-1000, Deprivation.
Verify out-of-state disqualifications for felony drug convictions.
Verify the following:
The individual's statement is acceptable verification of a felony drug conviction.
The individual's statement about who buys and prepares meals, is acceptable unless questionable.
An elderly person with disabilities claiming separate household status must provide verification of:
In order for an advisor to determine a person’s MAGI household composition, each individual on the application must provide his or her tax status, which will identify the individual as a taxpayer, tax dependent, a non-taxpayer or non-tax dependent. Additionally, applicants must provide the following information on their tax relationships to one another:
Note: For a pregnant woman, if tax status information is not available and the client cannot be reached, the advisor can create a Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40) EDG and certify the pregnant woman by postponing verification of tax status, as explained in A-145.1, Postponed Verification Procedures. TIERS will use the non-tax payer/non-tax dependent household rules to build and pend the TP 40 EDG for the tax status information. Advisors must verify tax status for a TP 40 EDG after certification if the tax status was not verified by the client during the eligibility determination.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
An out-of-state human services agency can verify intentional program violations and felony drug convictions.
Fugitive status for fleeing felons and probation or parole violators can only be verified by law enforcement with a:
For fugitives who are fleeing felons, the arrest warrant must also contain one of the following National Crime Information Center (NCIC) codes:
Note: Staff must not pend for, or attempt to obtain, the verification of fugitive status for fleeing felons or probation or parole violators from the household. Verification of fugitive status is provided to HHSC by law enforcement when they are actively seeking to apprehend individuals.
An out-of-state human services agency can verify time limits.
Compliance with parole or community supervision for people with a felony drug conviction on or after Sept. 1, 2015 can be verified using:
Subsequent felony drug convictions while receiving SNAP can be verified using:
The client’s statement is an acceptable verification source for MAGI household composition, including a person’s tax status and tax relationships.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
TANF and TP 08
An explanation of persons living in the home who are not included on the EDG must be documented for TANF and TP 08. See A-540, Documentation Requirements; A-950, Documentation Requirements; and A-1080, Disability Verification, for documentation requirements for relationship, domicile and deprivation.
TANF
The following must be documented:
The following must be documented:
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
U.S. citizens and certain legally-admitted alien residents are
eligible for benefits if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
A person born in the 50 states, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico,
Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, America Samoa, Swain's Island or Northern
Marianna Islands is considered a U.S. citizen.
A person born abroad to at least one U.S. citizen parent may claim derivative citizenship. See How to Verify Citizenship, A-351.4.
Exception: Undocumented aliens applying for Emergency Medicaid do not have to meet citizenship status eligibility requirements.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Before certifying any alien resident, the advisor must ensure that the individual is legally admitted by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) to reside in the United States and meets the definition of a "qualified immigrant" as specified in A-311.1, Definition of Qualified Immigrant. See A-352, Verification of Alien Status.
The advisor must use the alien's USCIS document(s) and the charts in A-340, Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts, to determine the programs for which the alien is potentially eligible. The advisor may check USCIS documents for expiration dates. An expired document is not acceptable. Advisors must disqualify aliens who do not have acceptable alien status.
Exception: If the individual’s USCIS document is expired and the Systematic Alien Verifications for Entitlements (SAVE) response shows the individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident – Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted To response is Indefinite, the individual meets alien status criteria. These individuals must not be disqualified.
Notes:
Related Policy
Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents, A-355
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The USCIS defines a qualified immigrant as an alien in one of the following categories:
Lawful Permanent Resident (LPR) — lawfully admitted for legal permanent residence in the U.S. This category also includes Amerasians admitted under Section 584 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriation Act of 1988.
Asylee — granted asylum under Section 208 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA).
Refugee — admitted to the U.S. under Section 207 of the INA.
Parolee — paroled into the U.S. under Section 212(d)(5) of the INA for at least one year.
Deportation (or Removal) Withheld — deportation is being withheld under Section 243(h) of the INA, or removal is withheld under Section 241(b)(3) of the INA.
Conditional Entrant — granted conditional entry under Section 203(a)(7) of the INA as in effect before April 1, 1980.
Battered Alien — a battered spouse, battered child or parent, or child of a battered person with a petition pending; (See A-343, How to Determine Eligibility for Battered Aliens).
Cuban or Haitian Entrant — admitted under Section 501(e) of the Refugee Education Assistance Act of 1980.
Trafficking Victims – victims admitted under the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000.
Iraqi and Afghan Special Immigrants (SIV) – special immigrant status under 101(a)(27) of the INA may be granted to Iraqi and Afghan nations who have worked on behalf of the U.S. government in Iraq or Afghanistan. The Department of Defense Appropriations Act of 2010, PL 111-118, 120 enacted on December 19, 2009, provides that SIV are eligible for all benefits to the same extent and the same period of time as refugees.
Note: All of the above are listed in A-340, Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An illegal alien is one who has received a final deportation order. Advisors must report applicants who are illegal aliens to USCIS in writing. The supervisor must sign a written notification and send it to the nearest USCIS office, which can be found at https://egov.uscis.gov/crisgwi/go?action=offices.type&OfficeLocator.office_type=LO.
Except for using the SAVE Verification Information System (VIS), advisors may contact USCIS on behalf of an alien only at the individual’s written request. If the alien does not wish to contact USCIS or give the advisor permission, the advisor must advise the household that the household may be certified without the alien (that is, disqualify the alien).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must disqualify a household member from the certified group if the member does not have or refuses to provide proof of alien status. The remaining members of the group are certified if they meet all eligibility requirements.
Related Policy
TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3
If the applicant cannot provide proof of eligible alien status for a child, the child is considered ineligible rather than disqualified.
If the applicant cannot provide proof of eligible alien status after the period of reasonable opportunity explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity, the applicant is ineligible for benefits.
Household members are included in the budget group even if the member does not have proof of alien status. See A-241.1, Who Is Included.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Advisors must re-verify the alien's USCIS card if the:
Advisors must allow an alien 10 days to update the card with the USCIS. If the individual cannot provide an updated document or proof within 10 days, the alien is disqualified until the individual provides a valid USCIS card or proof of application for a new card.
Exception: If the individual’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows the individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident - Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted To response is Indefinite, the individual meets alien status criteria. These individuals must not be disqualified.
When a certified alien's USCIS document expires before the periodic review date, the advisor must schedule a special review the month the document expires.
Advisors must set the certification period to end the same month the USCIS document expires or schedule a special review for the month the document expires.
For streamlined reporting (SR) households, the advisor must not set a special review for the month the document expires. A document that expires during the SR certification period does not cause an individual to lose eligibility. The advisor may assume that the household will renew the document upon expiration and re-evaluate at the next certification.
Related Policy
Alien Status Policy, A-311
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A public charge is defined by law as an alien who has applied for and received public cash assistance for income maintenance, such as Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) cash assistance, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) or institutionalization for long-term care at government expense, such as nursing home care.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an immigrant inquires, staff must inform the individual that receipt of TANF cash benefits places the immigrant at risk of being considered a public charge and the individual may lose his or her immigrant status.
Exception: According to USCIS, the following individuals are exempt from public charge:
If an immigrant inquires, the advisor must assure the individual that receipt of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and/or medical program benefits does not place the immigrant at risk of becoming a public charge.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are other public assistance programs that immigrants may apply for that do not result in public charge considerations. These programs
include: Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children (WIC), immunizations, prenatal care, testing and treatment of communicable diseases, emergency medical assistance, emergency disaster relief, housing assistance, and child care.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A sponsored alien is an individual who has been sponsored by a person who signed an affidavit of support (USCIS Form I-864 or I-864-A)on or after December 19, 1997, agreeing to support the alien as a condition of the alien's entry into the U.S.
A sponsor is someone who brings family-based or certain employment-based immigrants to the U.S. and demonstrates that he or she can provide enough financial support to the immigrant so that the individual does not rely on public benefits.
If necessary, advisors use the SAVE system to verify whether an alien has a sponsor. The SAVE system, through additional verification, can provide the sponsor's name and address.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
For cases involving aliens and their sponsors, the alien is responsible for getting all verification from the sponsor and sponsor's spouse.
Request the following information from the alien if not otherwise available through Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlement (SAVE) or Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) inquiry or case documentation:
The income and resources (if applicable) of an alien's sponsor (and the sponsor's spouse if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support, USCIS Form I-864) must be counted (deemed) as belonging to the sponsored alien, regardless of actual availability when determining the sponsored alien's eligibility and benefit amounts.
Deeming of the sponsor’s income and resources (if applicable) to the sponsored alien lasts until the:
Sponsored aliens not subject to sponsor deeming are:
If the sponsored alien fails to provide sponsor verification by the required date in B-115, Pending Verification on Applications, the alien's application is denied.
Note: Resources of an alien sponsor must only be verified if resources are counted for that program, as explained in A-1245.
If the sponsored alien fails to provide sponsor verification by the required date in B-115, the sponsored alien is disqualified until the alien provides the proof. If eligible, remaining household members may participate while the alien is disqualified. If the disqualified alien later provides the proof, the advisor processes it as a reported change. The Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is denied if the household fails to provide proof of the disqualified alien's own income.
Related Policy
Resources of an Alien's Sponsor, A-1245
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361
Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A veteran is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if the veteran is:
Individuals who served in the Philippine Commonwealth Army during World War II, or as Philippine scouts following the war, are veterans for purposes of eligibility.
Related Policy
Verification of Veteran Status, A-353.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An active duty military member is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if currently on full-time duty in the U.S. Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps or Coast Guard. It does not include full-time National Guard duty.
Active duty training as a member of the Reserves, Army National Guard, or Air National Guard does not establish eligibility for the individual. The advisor must determine that training is not the reason the reserve member is on active duty.
Related Policy
Verification of Active Duty Military, A-353.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A spouse is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if the individual is currently married to a veteran or active duty military member. A minor unmarried dependent child under age 18 is eligible.
Related Policy
Verification of a Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of a Veteran or Active Duty Military Member or Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member, A-353.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To meet the alien eligibility status as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active-duty military member, the spouse must not have remarried, and the marriage to the veteran or active duty military member must fulfill one of the following requirements:
Related Policy
Verification of a Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of a Veteran or Active Duty Military Member or Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member, A-353.3
If a currently certified surviving spouse remarries, the spouse retains eligible alien status through the end of the current certification period.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
LPRs admitted prior to Aug. 22, 1996, meet the alien eligibility requirement by having 40 qualifying quarters of social security coverage. LPRs admitted on or after Aug. 22, 1996, meet the alien eligibility requirement by having 40 countable qualifying quarters of social security coverage, if five years have passed since the legal date of entry. An LPR does not have to meet the 40-quarter requirement, including the five-year wait, if any of the following apply.
The alien:
LPRs with 40 qualifying quarters meet the alien eligibility requirement. An LPR does not have to meet the 40-quarter requirement if the alien:
Related Policy
Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For purposes of establishing eligibility through the use of the 40 "qualifying quarters" requirement, LPRs are credited with quarters of earnings for the:
Note: All of the quarters earned by the LPR's parents through the quarter the LPR turns age 18 are counted.
When determining whether to credit the quarters to an individual's spouse, the advisor must count quarters earned:
Quarters earned by divorced spouses for either ex-spouses do not count. LPRs who divorce after certification retain their eligible alien status through the end of the current certification period. This also applies to stepchildren.
Until the quarter a child turns age 18, to meet the 40-quarter requirement, a child may use quarters earned by:
Related Policy
Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
An alien's eligibility is based on the USCIS status and other criteria as shown in A-341, SNAP Alien Status Eligibility Charts, and A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
| If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an … | and the USCIS document provided is a/an … | then the alien is … |
|---|---|---|
| Refugee |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Asylee |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Deportation Withheld |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Cuban/Haitian Entrant |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Haitian Orphan |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Amerasian |
|
eligible from date of entry. |
| Victim of Servere Trafficking |
|
eligible up to four years from date of entry or until the law enforcement extension expires. |
| Afghani or Iraqi Special Immigrant | Passport with a stamp noting that the person has been admitted under a special immigrant visa category IV with one of the following codes: SI-1 or SQ-1 for the principal applicant; SI-2 or SQ-2 for the spouse of the principal applicant; SI-3 or SQ-3 for the unmarried child under age 21 of the principal applicant; and a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) stamp or notation on passport or I-94, showing date of entry. For those special immigrants who are adjusting their status to LPR status in the U.S. *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes:
These special immigrants also may demonstrate nationality with an Afghani or Iraqi passport. Note: The entry date for an Afghani special immigrant must be Dec. 26, 2007, or later. An Iraqi special immigrant's entry date must be Jan. 26, 2008, or later. |
eligible from date of entry. |
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
Note: The category of aliens listed in Chart A are eligible for SNAP benefits from the date they adjust to any of the specific statuses listed in the chart. For example, once an alien is granted asylee status, they are potentially eligible for SNAP benefits.
Use the following chart to determine the eligibility of these particular qualified aliens. Their eligibility is indefinite regardless of their date of entry into the U.S.
| If the alien was admitted as a … | and the USCIS document provided is an … | then the alien is eligible if the alien … |
|---|---|---|
| Parolee |
|
|
| Conditional Entrant |
|
|
Use the chart below to determine eligibility for Legal Permanent Residents.
| If the qualified alien was admitted as a … | and the USCIS document provide is an … | then the alien is eligible if the alien … |
|---|---|---|
| Legal Permanent Resident |
|
Note: To qualify for SNAP as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active duty military member, the surviving spouse must not have remarried. |
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
| If the alien was admitted as a … | and the USCIS document provided is an … | then the alien is … |
|---|---|---|
| Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S. |
|
eligible. |
| Hmong or Highland Lao tribe member when the tribe assisted the U.S. Armed Forces during the Vietnam War, or their spouses, unmarried dependent children and the unmarried widow(er)s of those who are deceased |
|
eligible if the immigrant:
|
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
Staff should use the following chart to determine eligibility for qualified aliens who were admitted into the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996.
| If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an … | and the USCIS document is a/an … | then the alien is … |
|---|---|---|
| Refugee |
|
|
| Asylee |
|
|
| Deportation Withheld |
|
|
| Cuban/Haitian Entrant |
|
|
| Haitian Orphan |
|
|
| Amerasian |
|
|
| Parolee |
|
|
| Conditional Entrant |
|
|
| Legal Permanent Resident |
|
|
| Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S. (follows Legal Permanent Resident in Chart A) |
|
|
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
Staff should use the following chart to determine eligibility for TANF and Medicaid for qualified aliens admitted into the U.S. on or after August 22, 1996.
| If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an … | and the USCIS document provided is a/an … | then the alien is … |
|---|---|---|
| Refugee |
|
Notes:
|
| Asylee |
|
Notes:
|
| Deportation Withheld |
|
Notes:
|
| Cuban/Haitian Entrant |
|
Notes:
|
| Haitian Orphan |
|
Notes:
|
| Amerasian | *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes: AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, AM-6, AM-7 or AM-8 |
Notes:
|
| Afghani or Iraqi Special Immigrant | A passport with a stamp noting that the individual has been admitted under a special immigrant visa category IV with one of the following codes:
*I-551 annotated with one of the following status codes:
Note: The entry date for an Afghani special immigrant must be Dec. 26, 2007, or later. An Iraqi special immigrant's entry date must be Jan. 26, 2008, or later. |
Notes:
|
| Victim of Severe Trafficking |
|
eligible up to four years from date of entry or until the law enforcement extension expires. Note: Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status. |
| Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S. |
|
eligible. |
| Member of a federally recognized Indian tribe | Letter — A letter or other tribal document that verifies membership of a federally recognized Indian tribe as defined in United States Code (U.S.C.), Title 25, Chapter 14, Subchapter II, §450b(e) | eligible. |
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
Note: Click on the federal regulatory language hyperlink for a list of the Indian tribes recognized by the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs.
Staff should use the following chart to determine eligibility for all LPRs applying for TANF and adult LPRs applying for Medicaid who were admitted into the U.S. on or after August 22, 1996.
| If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an … | and the USCIS document provided is a/an … | then the alien is … |
|---|---|---|
| Legal Permanent Resident |
Notes:
"Processed for *I-551, Temporary Evidence of Lawful Admission for Permanent Residence, valid until ______, Employment Authorized." |
not eligible. Note: A qualified alien retains the refugee eligibility period even if they have adjusted to LPR status. Exceptions: An LPR meets the eligibility requirements if the LPR:
|
| Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S. |
|
eligible. |
| Member of a federally recognized Indian tribe | Letter — A letter or other tribal document that verifies membership of a federally recognized Indian tribe as defined in 25 U.S.C. §450b(e) | eligible. |
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
Notes:
Certain additional qualified immigrant and non-immigrant children ages 18 and under who are lawfully residing in the U.S. may qualify for Medicaid regardless of their date of entry.
Staff should use the following chart to determine eligibility for qualified immigrant and non-immigrant children.
Note: The documents, immigration statuses, or both listed in the chart are not all inclusive. All lawfully residing children with a valid immigration status are eligible. Follow your policy clearance request procedures for questions about documents or immigration statuses not listed in this chart.
Exceptions:
| If the qualified immigrant and non-immigrant's USCIS document is a/an … | then the qualified immigrant and non-immigrant is eligible if the annotation is … |
|---|---|
| I-94 |
|
| I-797C, or USCIS referral notice, or hearing notice or order from an immigration judge | 241(b)(3):
|
| *I-551 Note: If the LPR loses the *I-551, the LPR may present either an I-94 or a passport with the following annotation:
|
Any status code that appears on the *I-551 is acceptable. |
| I-766 |
|
| I-797 |
|
| Visa |
|
| USCIS letter | An individual who is a spouse or child of a U.S. citizen, whosevisa petition has been approved, and who has a pending application for adjustment of status as described in 8 CFR INA Section 103.12(a)(4) |
| USCIS letter | Individual under Deferred Enforced Departure pursuant to a decision made by the president |
| Letter | A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada |
| USCIS document | Family Unity beneficiaries pursuant to Section 301 of Pub. L. 101-649, as amended |
| USCIS document | An alien who is lawfully present in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands under 48 U.S.C. §1806(e) |
| USCIS document | Individual who is lawfully present in American Samoa under the immigration laws of American Samoa |
*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature. See A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.
People eligible for emergency Medicaid are aliens residing in the U.S. who do not meet the citizenship requirements for TANF or Medical Programs. These people are non-immigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent resident aliens.
Advisors must not follow the SAVE verification procedures explained in A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents, for aliens certified on Emergency Medicaid.
Notes:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Qualified aliens with a battered alien status do not need to be credited with 40 qualifying quarters of social security coverage, nor do they have a seven-year limited eligibility period.
Advisors follow the steps in the chart below to determine whether an alien claiming battered status is potentially eligible for SNAP.
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
Note: Once the alien has provided proof that
identifies him/her as a self-petitioning battered alien, the alien meets the definition of a "qualified alien," as defined in A-311.1, Definition of Qualified Immigrant. |
Go to Step 2. | Stop — The alien is not eligible. |
|
Go to Step 3. | Stop — The alien is not eligible. |
|
Stop — The alien is not eligible. | Go to Step 4. |
|
The alien is eligible if the alien meets all other eligibility factors. |
Stop — The alien is not eligible. |
* Examples of acceptable USCIS documents include:
Follow the steps in the chart below to determine if an alien claiming battered status is potentially eligible for TANF and/or Medical Programs.
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Can the alien provide USCIS documentation* that identifies the alien, the battered alien’s child or the parent of a battered alien child as the self-petitioning spouse and/or child of an abusive U.S. citizen or LPR? |
Go to Step 2. | Stop — The alien is not eligible. |
| 2. Is the battered alien living with the spouse, ex-spouse, parent or other family member who abused or battered the alien? | Stop — The alien is not eligible. | Go to Step 3. |
|
3. Did the alien:
|
The alien is eligible if the alien meets all other eligibility factors. | Stop — The alien is not eligible. |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Items used to verify citizenship for TANF can be used for SNAP and vice versa. Items used to verify citizenship for Medical Programs can also be used for TANF and SNAP. For Medicaid Programs, only verification sources listed in A-358.1, Citizenship, can be used to verify citizenship.
Advisors verify citizenship for all household members applying for benefits. Individuals are allowed 10 days to provide proof. Advisors must document the type of proof provided. Advisors do not reverify citizenship at complete or incomplete reviews unless questionable.
If the applicant or recipient refuses or fails without good cause to provide proof, the individual is disqualified until proof is provided.
Related Policy
TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3
Advisors must verify U.S. citizenship for certified members if questionable or if a regional requirement.
If an individual fails to provide verification of citizenship for Medical Programs, the claim of U.S. citizenship is not considered questionable for SNAP based solely on this reason.
A person with a questionable claim is disqualified until proof of citizenship is received.
Related Policy
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3
Before certifying an individual who has declared that they are a U.S. Citizen, the advisor must verify that the applicant or recipient is a U.S. citizen. Once verified, citizenship does not need to be verified again unless questionable.
Applicants requesting three months prior Medicaid coverage must provide citizenship verification before prior coverage can be provided.
Exception: Current Medicare and SSI recipients are exempt from the verification requirement. Individuals who are receiving Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI) based on disability, and who are in a 24-month waiting period to receive Medicare, are considered Medicare recipients for the citizenship and identity verification requirement.
Related Policy
At Application, A-611
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Medicaid applicants who declare themselves to be U.S. citizens or declare to have an eligible alien status, but for whom verification of citizenship or alien status is unavailable, must be allowed a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of citizenship or alien status. Reasonable opportunity is defined as the 95-day period a person is allowed to provide this verification beginning the day the Form TF0001 is generated.
At application and when adding a person during a redetermination or change, if the person does not provide proof of citizenship or alien status and:
Form TF0001 informs the person that verification of citizenship or alien status is required within 95 days and lists the names of each person who must provide citizenship verification. The period of reasonable opportunity begins the day Form TF0001 is generated.
All new applicants must be given a period of reasonable opportunity even if they have received a previous reasonable opportunity period.
The reasonable opportunity period may be triggered under the following conditions:
The day the reasonable opportunity period expires (the 95th day), TIERS generates an alert that creates a task. If verification of citizenship or alien status has not been provided, deny the person. 30 days advance notice of adverse action is provided to the household after informing them of the denial of ongoing benefits using Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Related Policy
How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required, A-2343.1
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Reasonable Opportunity after a Medicaid Suspension and Reinstatement, B-533
Reasonable Opportunity to Provide Citizenship and Alien Status Verification, D-441.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36
If an applicant has an SSN, use SOLQ or WTPY to verify citizenship.
The system attempts to verify citizenship using SOLQ through Electronic Data Sources (ELDS). If the SOLQ system is unresponsive or unavailable due to system failure, advisors must attempt to verify using WTPY.
If the SSN is verified, WTPY provides a response code for verification of citizenship. Advisors follow the steps in the chart below to determine the required advisor action for each response code. These response codes are only provided for Medicaid or CHIP requests.
| If the WTPY response code is… | then staff must … |
|---|---|
| A SSN is verified, there is no indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is consistent with SSA data, |
|
| B SSN is verified, there is no indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is NOT consistent with SSA data, |
|
| C SSN is verified, there is indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is consistent with SSA data, |
|
| D SSN is verified, there is indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is NOT consistent with SSA data, |
|
If unable to, Advisors should attempt to verify citizenship using the Birth Verification System (BVS).
After allowing reasonable opportunity, if the recipient refuses or fails to provide proof, the advisor must deny the individual until proof of citizenship is provided.
SOLQ or WTPY responses may also include information on the receipt of SSI or RSDI. Advisors can find more information on the treatment of RSDI and SSI income explained in A-1324, Government Payments.
If the WTPY system is unresponsive or unavailable due to system failure, advisors must not deny or delay certification of Medicaid or CHIP coverage for failure to verify SSN or citizenship. Advisors must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Good cause exists when the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) determines that circumstances beyond the individual's control prevent proving U.S. citizenship. The individual's statement that proof is delayed is acceptable.
At initial application and when adding a person, good cause is allowed until the next complete review. The individual must be advised that the verification must be provided by the next complete review or the individual will be disqualified.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must disqualify and refer an individual to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors may refer to A-358.1, Citizenship, for common sources used to verify U.S. citizenship. For Medical Programs, advisors use the most reliable level of verification available from the sources listed as acceptable for Medical Programs. An affidavit is used only as a last resort when other verification is not available.
Advisors should explore derivative citizenship for any applicant born abroad to at least one U.S. citizen parent. If the applicant claims derivative citizenship, the applicant must provide a Certificate of Citizenship issued by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services.
Related Policy
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
If the applicant cannot obtain the requested proof but can reasonably explain why it is not available, the advisor must obtain an affidavit signed by someone who knows the applicant's history. The advisor should advise signers that the affidavit is a sworn statement; signers can certify only those facts of which they have personal knowledge. The affidavit must state that the signer:
Through supervisory channels, the advisor must ask the regional attorney to make a determination if the applicant:
Verification requirements do not apply for undocumented aliens in the Emergency Medicaid certified group.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Advisors must verify alien status by:
Advisors pend the EDG to allow an alien to update the alien's status with USCIS. An alien who does not have acceptable status is disqualified. If a certified alien’s document expires before the next redetermination, the alien’s immigration status must be re-verified following policies and procedures in A-313, Absence of Proof of Alien Status.
Advisors use the SAVE VIS:
Notes: If the alien’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows;
SAVE does not contain information about victims of severe trafficking or nonimmigrant alien family members. At application, advisors must call the trafficking verification toll-free number at 866-401-5510 to confirm the validity of the certification letter or Derivative T Visa and to notify the Office of Refugee Resettlement of the benefits for which the individual is applying.
Medicaid and CHIP applicants or recipients who declare an alien status, but for whom verification of alien status is unavailable, must be allowed a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of alien status as explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.
TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36
Do not follow the SAVE VIS verification procedures.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify an individual's eligible veteran status by:
Note: Discharge certificates that show character of discharge as anything but "honorable" are not acceptable. A character of discharge "Under Honorable Conditions" is not an "honorable" discharge for purposes of eligibility.
If the veteran does not have proof of discharge status, the veteran is referred to the Veteran's Administration to obtain verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals who claim they are currently on active duty in the military must provide a:
If the active duty military member does not provide proof of active duty status, the advisor must request other forms of proof.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must verify whether an alien meets the eligibility requirements as:
To verify, advisors may use one of the following methods:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify 40 qualifying quarters for LPR applicants or household additions that must meet this requirement. Advisors use the WTPY 40 Quarters Verification System to verify covered wages. Once verified, this information does not have to be reverified.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
SSA does not complete the posting of covered earnings quarters for any one year until the following year (around August). Example: Quarters earned in 2012 may not be posted on the WTPY system until August 2013. These quarters are referred to as “Lag” quarters.
A response from SSA on the 40 quarters verification request takes approximately 48 hours to receive.
Advisors base the quarters of covered earnings on the calendar year’s total earnings. Each year, the amount of income needed to earn a quarter changes. State office advises staff of the change each year.
For 2012, an individual must earn $1,130 to earn one quarter. If the individual earned at least $4,520 for 2012 ($1,130 x 4), the client has four qualifying quarters for the year.
Note: Advisors must not allow credit for an incomplete or future quarter. Example: The quarter of July to September 2012 cannot be counted until October
2012, even though the individual earned enough income by March 2012 to receive credit for three quarters in 2012.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Non-covered wages are those earned by an individual whose employer was not required to pay into the Social Security system (such as certain city, federal, school or religious organization employees).
If the LPR cannot meet the 40 qualifying quarter requirement using covered earnings verified by the SSA, advisors must then obtain sufficient income verification from the individual's employer to determine the earned quarters for the period in question.
Use the chart below to determine if the individual has earned sufficient money to earn a quarter.
| 1984 | $390 | 1995 | $630 | 2006 | $970 | 2017 | $1,300 |
| 1985 | $410 | 1996 | $640 | 2007 | $1,000 | ||
| 1986 | $440 | 1997 | $670 | 2008 | $1,050 | ||
| 1987 | $460 | 1998 | $700 | 2009 | $1,090 | ||
| 1988 | $470 | 1999 | $740 | 2010 | $1,120 | ||
| 1989 | $500 | 2000 | $780 | 2011 | $1,120 | ||
| 1990 | $520 | 2001 | $830 | 2012 | $1,130 | ||
| 1991 | $540 | 2002 | $870 | 2013 | $1,160 | ||
| 1992 | $570 | 2003 | $890 | 2014 | $1,200 | ||
| 1993 | $590 | 2004 | $900 | 2015 | $1,220 | ||
| 1994 | $620 | 2005 | $920 | 2016 | $1,2060 |
Example: A former custodian worked for a school district from 2008 through 2011. The school district did not pay into the Social Security system. The advisor requested that the former custodian provide verification of their earnings for this particular period.* They brought a statement from the school district verifying their wages showing they earned $9,000 for 2008. Using the chart above, the income required to earn a quarter for 2008 is $1,050. This person can be credited with four quarters for 2008 ($1,050 x 4 = $4,200).
*If HHSC already has proof of income earned, advisors do not request that the individual provide additional verification.
Note: Credit for an incomplete or future quarter is not allowed.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Federal law requires that quarters earned on or after January 1, 1997, cannot be credited if the person who earned the quarters received means-tested public benefits.
When determining the total amount of quarters earned by an LPR,
advisors do not allow any quarters earned after January 1, 1997, if the
person received TANF, SNAP, Medicaid or SSI benefits for the quarter.
The WTPY system response does not reflect receipt of these benefits.
The SSA defines a quarter as a period of three calendar months:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ensure that the alien's LPR status has been verified. |
| 2 | Determine whose quarters of earnings have to be verified. |
| 3 | Obtain a consent of release before verifying quarters of coverage through the WTPY system or SSA. Use one of the following forms: Note: A consent form or signature is not required for spouses or parents who are deceased.
Example: A husband, wife and their four children have applied for SNAP benefits. Both spouses and two of the children are LPRs (advisor has verified LPR status). The husband has worked in the U.S. for about six years, and the wife has worked about five years. The advisor must verify the quarters of earnings for both spouses. Since the husband was the one who signed the application, he does not have to sign Form SSA-3288; however, a signed Form SSA-3288 is required for the wife. The advisor must also complete Form H1079, Qualifying Quarters of Social Security Earnings, for both spouses. |
| 4 | If the household signed Form SSA-3288, submit Form H1079 to the appropriate WTPY data entry staff with the following information:
If the household signed Form SSA-513, send the completed form to the following address: |
| 5 | If you are awaiting the verification from SSA's WTPY system (normally WTPY provides a response within 48 hours), issue Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and pend the EDG. If you sent Form SSA-513, disqualify the individual until you receive the response from SSA. |
| 6 | Use the WTPY or Form SSA-513 response to determine how many countable quarters are in the SSA records for the LPR, spouse and parent. Verify any recent earnings through the employer or case record if not yet posted on the WTPY system or not listed on Form SSA-513. Compute the quarters of covered earnings. |
| 7 | Disallow any quarters in which the wage earner received TANF, SNAP, Medicaid or SSI after January 1, 1997. |
| 8 | If the LPR:
|
| 9 | If the individual disagrees with SSA's records for quarters of covered earnings, provide the individual with Form H1020. On Form H1020, explain that HHSC will certify the LPR if proof is provided that SSA was contacted to resolve the record of earnings. Provide the LPR copies of the WTPY response(s). If the LPR needs to resolve a disagreement about a parent's or spouse's SSA record, advise the LPR that the spouse or parent must go to SSA to reconcile the individual's record. The LPR can resolve the SSA records for a deceased spouse or parent. |
| 10 | If the LPR contacts SSA to resolve the disagreement, SSA provides the individual with a document or Form SSA-7008, Request for the Correction of Earnings. The document or Form SSA-7008 verifies the action being taken to resolve the disagreement about the individual's SSA record. When the LPR provides the verification, submit the verification for imaging. Consider the LPR an eligible alien for TANF, SNAP and Medical Programs for one of the following time periods:
Note: On a denied application, if the LPR provides the needed proof by the 60th day after the file date, reopen the application using the date the LPR provided the information as the file date. |
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
The Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) program's Verification Information System (VIS) is a web-based application that provides alien status information using the applicants' alien registration number.
The SAVE System provides the following types of responses:
If the alien’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows the individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident - Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted is “Response is indefinite,” they meet alien status criteria.
Use the SAVE Verification Information System:
Exceptions:
When SAVE does not contain information about victims of severe trafficking or non-alien family members, call the trafficking verification toll-free number at 866-401-5510 to:
SAVE does not normally contain information about American Indians born outside of the U.S.
Related Policy
American Indians Born Outside the U.S., D-8420
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Supervisors complete and route Form 4743, Request for Applications
and System Access, to the regional security officer for employees who
need access to the SAVE system.
Advisors must follow these steps to access the SAVE system:
Note: If the response is Temporary Resident/Temporary Employment Authorized, the alien does not meet eligibility requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To request additional verification:
Select Display Case Summary List to open the Case Summary List page. The list displays the Case Status for cases that require action, cases in process, and closed cases. Click the Verification Number to view the Case Details. The user is able to print the case details, request additional verification, and close the case.
When the system is unable to verify the immigration status with the information provided by the user in the automated additional verification request, or the document appears counterfeit, altered, or expired, staff may use the manual process in A-355.4, How to Request Additional Verification – Manual Process.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
If staff are unable to verify an alien's immigration status through primary verification procedures, use SAVE to request additional information from USCIS by requesting a Data Broker Combined Report through TIERS or the Data Broker Portal.
Once a request from USCIS is obtained for verification of immigration status, the information received must be processed. Staff receive one of the following responses from SAVE via the Combined Report in TIERS or in the Data Broker Portal:
For the first level verification, staff enter the information provided by the person into TIERS. Once the information is entered and SAVE is requested, SAVE will return an immediate response back indicating if the information entered was able to be verified with USCIS or if more information is needed.
If the information entered can be verified on the first level verification, staff will see the alien status, category code, and entry date. If the information entered is unable to be verified against USCIS records, then staff will have to proceed to second or third level verification responses to correctly verify the person’s citizenship and alien status.
For second level verification and third level verification responses, Data Broker automatically requests additional verification from SAVE. Once obtained from SAVE, staff receive an email from the Data Broker vendor notifying them that the verification requested has been returned from SAVE.
For second level verification responses:
For third level verification responses:
Note: SAVE only populates alien sponsor information into TIERS for the additional verification response. This is unlike initial verification that populates the response data for the applicant in the appropriate ELDS tables on the TIERS Alien/Refugee-Details page.
Related Policy
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The date on the alien's immigration document often represents the alien's first date of entry into the United States. In some instances, an alien may be present in the United States without a qualified status. The individual may then depart and then return to the U.S. as an LPR. For these aliens, the date on their immigration document reflects the date of entry with LPR status, rather than the alien's original date of entry.
Advisors use immigration documents to verify date of entry. Advisors must allow aliens with a USCIS document showing an entry date on or after August 22, 1996, who claim to have entered before that date, an opportunity to submit evidence of their claimed date of entry. This evidence may include pay stubs, a letter from an employer, or a lease or utility bill in the alien's name.
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
The USCIS maintains a record of arrivals to and departures from the country for most legal entrants.
To verify continuous presence in the U.S., submit the Form G-845, Verification Request, and Form G-845S, Supplement Verification Request, electronically through the Data Broker system to the USCIS.
Other entrants, including aliens who entered the U.S. without USCIS documents, must provide documentary evidence showing proof of continuous presence, such as a letter from an employer, a series of pay stubs, or utility bills in the alien's name spanning the period in question.
Note: The alien does not have to remain continuously present in the U.S after obtaining qualified immigrant status.
Related Policy
How to Request Additional Verification – Online Process, A-355.3
How to Request Additional Verification – Manual Process, A-355.4
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP Verification Sources:
Alternate Sources
Note: Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless previously certified using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. See C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, for information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.
Citizenship and Identity Verification
Verification sources are divided into two levels: Level 1 and Level
2. Level 1 sources establish both citizenship and identity. Level 2
sources establish citizenship only.
| Level 1: Verifies Citizenship and Identity |
|---|
| SOLQ/WTPY |
| U.S. passport |
| Certificate of Naturalization (DHS Forms N-550 or N-570) |
| Certificate of U.S. Citizenship (DHS Forms N-560 or N-561) |
| State Data Exchange (SDX) for denied SSI recipients when the denial reason is for any reason other than citizenship |
| Evidence of membership or enrollment in a federally recognized tribe |
| SOLQ/WTPY and documentation on reason for Medicare denial |
| Inquiry reflecting a current or denied TP 45 Medicaid EDG |
| CHIP-P inquiry reflecting a current or denied CHIP-P case for the child |
| Level 2: Verifies Citizenship Only |
|---|
| If using a source from Level 2, the individual must also provide an additional source from the Medicaid and CHIP identity verification sources. The same source that was used to verify citizenship cannot be used to verify identity. Identify verification from A-621, Verification Sources, is required. |
| A U.S. public birth certificate showing birth in one of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico (if born on or after January 13, 1941)*, Guam (on or after April 10, 1899), the Virgin Islands of the U.S. (on or after January 17, 1917), American Samoa, Swain's Island or the Northern Mariana Islands (after November 4, 1986)* |
| BVS inquiry |
| Report of Birth Abroad of a U.S. Citizen (FS-240) |
| Certification of Birth Abroad (FS 545 or DS-1350) |
| U.S. Citizen Identification Card (Form I-179 or I-197) |
| Northern Mariana Identification Card (I-873) |
| Final adoption decree showing the child's name and U.S. place of birth |
| Evidence of U.S. civil service employment before June 1, 1976 |
| U.S. military record showing a U.S. place of birth (Example: DD-214) |
| SAVE for naturalized citizens |
If a child has not yet received a Certificate of Citizenship, N-560 or N-561, evidence of meeting the automatic criteria for U.S. citizenship outlined in the Child Citizenship Act of 2000, which includes:
|
| Hospital record of birth showing a U.S. place of birth |
| Life, health, or other insurance record showing a U.S. place of birth |
| Religious record of birth recorded in the U.S. or its territories within three months of birth, which indicates a U.S. place of birth, showing either the date of birth or the individual's age at the time the record was made |
| Early school record (preschool or day care) showing a U.S. place of birth |
| Federal or state census record showing U.S. citizenship or a U.S. place of birth |
| Institutional admission papers from a nursing facility, skilled care facility or other institution showing a U.S. place of birth |
| Medical (clinic, doctor, or hospital) record, excluding an immunization record, showing a U.S. place of birth |
| An affidavit signed by another individual who can reasonably declare to the applicant's citizenship, regardless of blood relationship to the individual and under penalty of perjury, and that contains the applicant's name, date of birth, and place of U.S. birth. The affidavit does not have to be notarized. Use only as a last resort when other evidence is not available. |
* Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless certified previously using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, includes information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.
American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN)
Individuals can self-declare AI/AN status. Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, and Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, include a general question asking whether anyone in the household is an American Indian, Alaska Native, or member of a federally recognized tribe. In some instances, Yes may be selected on the application for this question, but information is not provided by the applicant in Appendix B, American Indian or Alaska Native Family Member (AI/AN), identifying the member of the household composition for Medical Programs to whom the status applies. If the name of the individual claiming AI/AN status is not provided, AI/AN status is considered not verified.
Related Policy
Providing Verification, C-930
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October1, 2015
Advisors must document the:
Advisors must document the verification number from the SAVE inquiry in case comments.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
Advisors must document the proof of citizenship, if questionable.
Advisors must document proof of citizenship.
Advisors must document the alien's:
When using a verification source from Level 2, the advisor must document the reason Level 1 was not used.
Copies of the document used to verify citizenship must be legible and non-questionable.
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification, unless they meet one of the criteria in this section.
Exception: Undocumented aliens are not required to apply for an SSN.
Non-applicants are not required to provide an SSN or proof of an application for an SSN. When non-applicants provide an SSN, advisors may attempt to verify the SSN using the procedures explained in A-440, Verification Requirements. If verification is not available through electronic data sources, verification of the non-applicant’s SSN must not be requested from the applicant.
Children age six months or younger are not required to provide proof of an application for an SSN. Newborns may receive benefits with the household without providing proof of an application for an SSN for the later of:
Applicants eligible for expedited service may receive initial benefits without providing or applying for an SSN. Initial benefits can include the first two months if receiving a combined allotment.
Applicants who cannot provide required proof to apply for an SSN may receive the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) for each month they have good cause. Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the individual's control prevent the individual from securing proof required to obtain an SSN.
Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45
Applicants do not need to provide an SSN if they meet any of the following good cause reasons:
TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36
Undocumented aliens applying for Emergency Medicaid are not required to provide an SSN.
TP 45
SSN requirements do not apply to TP 45.
If a TP 45 child has an SSN, advisors enter the SSN at Application Registration or during Data Collection in the Individual Information page. If the child does not have an SSN, advisors may refer the parent or caretaker to the SSA to complete Form SS-5, Application for Social Security Number.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
| If the applicant ... | then ... |
|---|---|
|
|
|
Note: Follow policy in A-412, Action at TANF and Medical Program Redetermination — Forms SSA-5028 or SSA-2853, for action to take at the next periodic review for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Medicaid recipients. |
| provides an SSN, |
|
| provides an SSN but indicates the name and/or date of birth on record with SSA is not correct, |
|
| provides an SSN but wants a replacement for a lost card, |
|
* If the applicant cannot provide an SSN because the applicant is a documented alien without work authorization, refer the applicant to the local SSA office using Form H1106.
Explain the following to applicants applying for an SSN:
When an applicant takes Form H1106 to the SSA office, SSA:
Follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply, if the applicant does not return Form H1106 with entries made by SSA, or another receipt or letter, verifying that an application for an SSN was submitted for each applicant by the 30th day after the file date, or later, to allow at least 10 days.
If the applicant cannot complete the SSN application process in a timely manner, explain the procedure for claiming good cause. If the applicant claims to have good cause for not complying in a timely manner, determine whether good cause applies. The application is not pended for SSA's response if good cause applies.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-410
Action at TANF and Medical Programs Redetermination, A-412
Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), A-413
Failure to Comply, A-420
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Provide the person with Form H1106, Enumeration Referral, at the next complete review when:
Inform the applicant that the form must be returned within 60 days. Explain to the person the consequence of noncompliance.
The complete review must not be pended for the return of Form H1106. Set a special review for the end of the 60-day period. Follow procedures in A-420, Failure to Comply, for noncompliance if:
If an SSN is provided at the next complete review, enter the SSN during Data Collection and run SOLQ if it is not automatically invoked by TIERS. Follow policy in A-413, Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), if SOLQ
TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48
Follow the procedures above, but do not set a special review. Check for compliance at the next review.
Related Policy
Social Security Number (SSN) Validation, A-413
Failure to Comply, A-420
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
A person’s SSN is verified when all the demographic information provided by the person matches the information available in SOLQ. When the information matches, TIERS will display the SSN as validated. If the SSN is not verified, TIERS will display in the SOLQ screen the reason why the SSN is not verified.
SSN Verified
A person’s SSN is verified when SOLQ provides one of the following SSN Verification Codes:
When a person’s SSN is verified via SOLQ, but information provided by the SSA indicates that the person is deceased (code X) or that the name does not match (code F), the person’s identity is questionable. Clear the discrepancy prior to disposing the case action. If the person does not provide the information needed to clear the discrepancy, follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply, to either disqualify or deny the person. Exception: When processing expedited SNAP benefits or Medicaid for Pregnant Women, certify the person with a validated SSN with verification code F or X if unable to clear the discrepancy by viewing case documentation or contacting the household by phone. Postpone verification needed to clear the discrepancy to meet expedited processing timeframes.
SSN Not Verified
If the person’s SSN is not verified via SOLQ, review the information on the application and other supporting documents and update any information entered incorrectly. After making corrections, manually invoke SOLQ to re-run the verification process.
If the person’s identity is not questionable and the SSN remains unverified after re-running the SOLQ verification process, attempt to contact the person by phone to clear the SSN discrepancy. If unable to clear the discrepancy by phone and:
If the person:
If the identity of the person is questionable, request information to clear the discrepancy. If the information is not provided or does not clear the discrepancy, disqualify or deny the person.
If unable to verify a person’s SSN via SOLQ, the monthly SSA interface will attempt to validate the SSN. If not validated by the monthly interface, TIERS generates Alert 268, Social Security Administration Unable to Verify SSN (RG-83), or Alert 269, Social Security Administration Reports a Duplicate SSN, to address the discrepancy.
Related Policy
Social Security Numbers (SSNs), A-144.1
Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1
Failure to Comply, A-420
SSN Discrepancy Clearance Procedures, A-432
Questionable Information, C-920
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an application is certified but a member is disqualified, notification of the individual’s disqualification is included on the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Exception: Advisors follow policy in A-410, General Policy, for applicable exceptions for SNAP.
Related Policy
TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, A-1362.2
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3
Advisors must disqualify a required member of the certified group who fails to comply without good cause.
Exception: Advisors must deny the application/EDG if the:
Advisors must disqualify an applicant who fails to comply.
Exception: Follow policy in A-410 for the following situations:
Advisors must deny an individual's eligibility if the individual fails to comply with the SSN requirements explained in this section. Denying eligibility for an individual who does not comply with SSN requirements does not impact the eligibility for any other individuals applying for or receiving Medical Program benefits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
If a member is disqualified at application and later complies, the individual is included effective the month after being notified of the compliance.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The proof required to get an SSN is shown in the table below, except for special situations that are listed in A-431, Special Situations. The proof needed depends on:
| If the applicant is a/an ... | applying for ... | then the applicant must furnish proof of ... |
|---|---|---|
| U.S. citizen born in the U.S., | an original SSN, | age, identity, and citizenship. |
| U.S. citizen born in the U.S., | a duplicate SSN, | identity. |
| U.S. citizen born outside the U.S., | an original SSN, | age, identity, and citizenship. |
| U.S. citizen born outside the U.S., | a duplicate SSN, | identity and citizenship. |
| alien, | an original SSN, | age, identity, and lawful alien status. |
| alien, | a duplicate SSN, | identity and lawful alien status. |
Note: To correct/update SSN information, the applicant must provide proof required for a duplicate SSN as well as proof showing the new information.
The documents must be originals, or copies made by the custodian of the record, such as a county clerk or registrar. SSA will return all documents submitted to SSA.
A birth certificate is the preferred proof.
If no birth certificate is available, a U.S.-born citizen may furnish:
If no birth certificate is available, a foreign-born U.S. citizen may furnish a:
Proof of lawful alien status:
Proof of identity must contain enough information to identify the applicant, such as name, age or date of birth, address, signature, and physical description. Examples of acceptable documents are:
| Identity card | Adoption record |
| Work identification card | Medical record/vaccination record |
| Driver's license | Insurance policy |
| U.S. passport | School record/report card |
| Marriage or divorce record | Voter registration |
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The following situations require special handling.
| Example: Vietnamese name on I-94: | Nguyen | Thi | Mai |
| - | last | first | middle |
| Enter on Form H1106: | Thi | Mai | Nguyen |
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
If an SSN is not verified via SOLQ, the monthly SSA interface attempts to verify a person’s SSN after certification. If a person’s SSN cannot be verified during the interface, or a duplicate SSN is found, TIERS generates either:
Upon receipt of Alert 268 or Alert 269, research the case and contact the household to clear the discrepant or duplicate SSN. If staff are unable to clear the discrepant or duplicate SSN and the person does not have good cause for not providing a SSN, TIERS sends the household the following correspondence, allowing a 60-day period for the discrepancy to be cleared:
SSA staff will assist the person in completing an application to correct or update their Social Security records and will provide them with Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for a Social Security Number, as proof.
If the person’s SSN has not been validated by the 60th day from the date the TF0001 and Form H-RG83 are sent, staff are prompted to review the case via Alert #796, Reasonable Opportunity Period has Expired for EDG #.
If the person fails to cooperate in clearing the discrepancy with the SSA or if the SSN has not been validated, follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply to disqualify or deny the person. Note: This 60-day period is different from the reasonable opportunity period that Medicaid applicants are allowed to provide verification of U.S. citizenship or an eligible alien status, where that verification is unavailable when the person applies.
If TIERS shows the SSN as verified, but the SSN needs to be corrected, send a memorandum with the correct SSN to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to make a change:
SODI Section, Data Base Support
P.O. Box 14930, MC Y92-2
Or fax to Data Base Support at 512-706-7140.
Or send the request to the Data Integrity email box at HHSC_DI_Biographical Corrections@hhsc.state.tx.us.
SODI staff notifies the staff member by memo when the change is made.
Related Policy
Failure to Comply, A-420
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Verify that a household member applied for a SSN when the applicant cannot provide an SSN. Refer to A-410, General Policy, for applicable exceptions, by program.
SSNs are verified through:
Follow policy in A-351.2, Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, for verifying SSN using SOLQ or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY).
If unable to verify the SSN using SOLQ or WTPY:
Follow policy in A-410 to verify all good cause reasons to providing an SSN.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For SSN discrepancies or SSNs that cannot be verified through the SSA interface, SOLQ, or WTPY, the applicant must provide one of the following:
Acceptable proof of application of an SSN includes:
Form H1106, completed by the Social Security Administration, is the acceptable verification source for not providing an SSN due to ineligibility to receive an SSN or eligibility to receive an SSN only for a valid non-work reason. Advisors must review the response provided by the SSA on the Form H1106 to determine which good cause reason the applicant meets.
Acceptable sources of verification for a well-established religious objection include:
Note: If the source of verification for a religious exemption is questionable, advisors must contact their supervisor who will coordinate with the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) regional attorneys to ensure the documentation is sufficient.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In the Data Collection/Individual Demographics-SSN/Armed Services page, the advisor must enter the date the individual was given Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for an SSN, or Form SSA-2853, Message From Social Security, or the date the applicant returned Form H1106, Enumeration Referral. For EDGs with an individual currently being enumerated, the advisor sends the following documents for imaging:
Advisors must document that the SSA enumerated the individual or was unable to do so.
Documentation, C-940
Advisors must document good cause claims according to A-410, General Policy.
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For age requirements, see household composition:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
A child must live, or be expected to live, in the home of one of the relatives (either biological or adoptive) listed in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 4, Caretaker.
A child must live with, or be expected to live, with both legal parents, or one legal parent and a stepparent.
Note: This also includes legal parents or stepparents who are disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, Who Is Not Included, No. 4, Disqualified Members, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements.
To qualify for TP 08 or TA 31, a person must be a:
The caretaker must be a:
*A stepparent of a dependent child is considered within the degree of relationship for TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, and TA 31, Parent and Caretaker Relative Medicaid - Emergency. The relationship to the dependent child remains even if the legal parent and stepparent are divorced or the legal parent is deceased.
The spouse of a caretaker relative may also be eligible for medical coverage if they live with the caretaker relative who cares for the dependent child receiving Medicaid.
Example: A grandfather is the caretaker relative of his granddaughter. The grandfather applies for Medicaid for himself, his granddaughter, and his spouse who lives with him. If the granddaughter is eligible for Medicaid, both the grandfather and his spouse may be eligible for TP 08.
A dependent child is a person who:
To be eligible for these programs, a child can:
A child whose mother is eligible for and is receiving Medicaid coverage when the child is born, or whose mother is eligible for and receives Medicaid coverage retroactively for the time of the child’s birth, is eligible for TP 45 coverage. The Medicaid coverage for the newborn can continue through the month of the child’s first birthday if the child remains in Texas, even if the child does not reside with the birth mother.
Related Policy
Guide for Determining Relationship, C-1441
Guide for Determining Extended Relationships, C-1442
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A legal parent-child relationship exists between a child and:
If there is no other legal father, a legal parent-child relationship exists between a man and a child if one of the following conditions exists:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If Birth Verification System (BVS) records do not establish relationship or the applicant cannot provide proof of relationship shown in A-531, Verification Sources, the advisor must use alternative ways to determine relationship. See A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The advisor must examine all available proof such as (but not limited to) school records, court records, birth records, health records, insurance policies, refugee's voluntary resettlement agency (VOLAG) or the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) records, or other sources of proof that provide the same information. The advisor should offer reasonable assistance if the individual has difficulty obtaining the information.
Advisors must obtain supervisory approval of the evaluative conclusion.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A biological father may receive TANF, TP 08, or TA 31 if the biological father proves relationship. If the father cannot provide acceptable proof, the advisor must make an evaluative conclusion to establish relationship for the father and child. The OAG uses the automated child support referral to locate the mother and establish paternity of the biological father. The OAG notifies the advisor via Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, that paternity is established or excluded. If paternity is excluded, advisors must process an overpayment claim for the period of time the household erroneously received benefits as specified in B-700, Claims.
Proof of a court determination of paternity is required if, at the time of the child's birth, the child's mother was married to another man who is presumed to be the child's legal father.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To qualify for TANF or Medical Programs, a caretaker relative must establish required relationship to the child as specified in A-221, Who Is Included, following the steps below:
The caretaker relative must provide acceptable proof of relationship between:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the age and relationship of each child to the adult claiming the relationship before certifying or adding the child to the cash grant and/or before certifying the adult for Medicaid. Advisors use BVS inquiry for someone born in Texas and who is at least 46 days old but less than 19 years old.
See A-531, Verification Sources. If these verifications are not available, make an evaluative conclusion. See A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion.
Related Policy
Birth Verification System, C-860
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Age and Relationship
Age
Alternate Age Sources
Relationship
AlternateRelationship Sources
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document proof of age or relationship and the basis for the evaluative conclusion or enter on the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Individual Household page and the Relationship page.
Advisors must document the following:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.
Related Policy
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Advisors must verify the identity of all individuals requesting benefits. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.
If questionable, advisors verify the identity of the person interviewed.
Related Policy
Verification of Citizenship, A-351
Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed.
If the authorized representative (AR) applies for the household, the advisor must verify the identity of both the AR and the person the AR represents.
Exception: If necessary to meet expedited service time limits, advisors only need to verify the identity of the AR being interviewed.
Related Policy
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed if not previously verified.
Advisors must verify the identity of each individual requesting benefits during the redetermination if identity has not been previously verified using a source from the Medical Programs list in A-621, Verification Sources, or a source from the Medical Programs list in A-358.1, Citizenship, that verifies both identity and citizenship. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.
Related Policy
Verification of Citizenship, A-351 Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of a person receiving a Lone Star Card and/or personal identification number (PIN) (initial issuance or replacement).
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
Birth records and other official records are preferred sources of verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Note: Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless certified previously using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. See C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, for information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.
Copies of the document used to verify identity for individuals requesting benefits must be legible and non-questionable. Submit the document for imaging.
A-358.1, Citizenship, includes the sources that verify both identify and citizenship for Medical Programs.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document how the identity of the person interviewed was verified.
Advisors must document how the identity of each individual requesting benefits was verified. Copies of the document used to verify identity must be legible and non-questionable. Submit the document for imaging.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Applicants must live in Texas to be eligible for benefits. The household is not required to have a permanent dwelling or fixed residence.
Individuals who live in Texas (other than for migrant or itinerant work) meet the residency requirement if they are living in Texas intending to remain in Texas. People who live in Texas for a temporary purpose do not meet the residency requirement.
The person's residence becomes questionable when the post office returns Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) correspondence or benefits as undeliverable.
Migrant and itinerant workers meet the residency requirement when applying if they:
People who live in Texas for any purpose other than a vacation meet the residency requirement, regardless of the length of time they have been here or plan to stay.
Related Policy
Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
A person cannot participate in more than one state in any month.
When an applicant recently received benefits in another state, verify the last month the benefits were issued.
The following links may be used as resources to contact agencies in other states to verify that a new Texas resident's benefits have ended in another state.
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Agencies:
National Directory of SNAP Agencies
Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Agencies:
https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/by-state/by-state.html
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) Agencies:
https://www.acf.hhs.gov/about/contact-us
New Texas residents may receive overlapping Medicaid coverage. See A-822, Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents, to determine the correct medical effective dates (MEDs) for these persons.
Residents in an approved shelter for battered persons may participate twice during the month of application if they participated first with the person who abused or threatened them with abuse.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals keep their residence status when they move within Texas.
A person cannot participate as a member of more than one household in any month.
Residents in an approved shelter for battered persons may participate twice during the month of application if they participated first with the person who abused them or threatened them with abuse.
Related Policy
Household Composition, A-200
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A certified individual becomes ineligible if the individual moves to another state:
If the individual returns to Texas within 90 days and states that the move was not intended to be permanent, the advisor must:
A household is not eligible for benefits issued for a month after the household leaves Texas.
When a household member notifies HHSC that the household moved out of Texas, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is not required. If the household has not yet moved, the advisor must issue Form TF0001 to provide adequate notice. The EDG is denied effective the end of the month they move, if possible.
Related Policy
Canceling Benefits, B-330
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals do not lose their residence status when they temporarily leave Texas.
An individual can be absent from Texas for any length of time. Advisors must review the situation every three months to determine the individual's intent to maintain Texas residence. The individual must reasonably explain:
An individual is a resident of Texas unless there is substantial, factual evidence that proves otherwise. When the advisor determines that the individual is no longer a resident, the individual is denied.
A person is not eligible for SNAP in Texas for any month the individual is out of Texas the entire month.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the actual physical address of a household at each application and redetermination.
Exceptions:
Note: Residence verification is a requirement for TANF and categorically eligible TANF-Non-Cash (NC) households. Refer to B-472, Special Treatment for Households Meeting Categorical Eligibility Criteria.
When an applicant recently received benefits in another state, the advisor must verify the last month the benefits were issued.
When the advisor cannot verify residence with readily available evidence, the advisor must:
When residence is difficult to verify because of unusual circumstances, the advisor must document all efforts to verify and certify the EDG.
Note: If residence for any household is questionable, the advisor may require the household to provide a source of verification that is more reliable, such as one of the primary sources of verification listed in A-761, Verification Sources. The advisor cannot restrict verification to a specific source from that list.
Advisors must determine that the household intends to remain in Texas at each application and redetermination.
Advisors must postpone residence verification if trying to meet expedited service time frames.
Self-declaration is acceptable as verification of residence.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following are acceptable verification sources to verify the household's current address:
Exception: Self-declaration of residence is acceptable when certifying a child for TP 56, MA - Medically Needy with Spend Down.
The individual's statement of intent to remain in Texas is acceptable.
Self-declaration.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the individual's:
For temporary visits outside of Texas, advisors must document:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Applicants may receive Medicaid during the three-month period before the month they apply for Medicaid. See A-831, Three Months Prior Coverage, for eligibility criteria and application procedures.
Some former individuals on TP 08, TP 43, TP 44, and TP 48 remain eligible for Transitional Medicaid after their eligibility is denied. See the chart that follows for more information.
| Reason for Denial | Type Program | Who Is Covered? |
|---|---|---|
| Alimony/Spousal support | TP 20 (A-850, Alimony/Spousal Support Transitional Medicaid Coverage) | The household |
| New or increased earnings | TP 07 (A-842, TP 07 Transitional Medicaid) | The household |
Most adopted children receive Medicaid through the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS). DFPS works with the Interstate Compact on Adoption and Medical Assistance (ICAMA) to facilitate the timely delivery of Medicaid coverage when a family moves or the adoption involves an interstate placement. If an adopted child is receiving Medicaid in another state, the parent must contact the originating state to coordinate and transfer Medicaid coverage information to Texas. If an adoptive parent has any questions about the adoptive child's Medicaid, advisors should inform them to contact their local DFPS office for assistance.
Individuals receiving some Texas Works Medicaid types of assistance may also qualify for the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) Medicare Savings Program types of assistance, MC – QMB (TP 24) or MC – SLMB (TP 23), if they meet the eligibility criteria. See policy in the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities Handbook, Q-2000, Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries (QMB) — MC-QMB.
Individuals may receive QMB and the following types of assistance:
The above programs cannot be dually eligible for SLMB. Even though these programs may meet SLMB eligibility requirements, the Medicare Part B premium is already paid. An individual can be dually eligible for MA – MN with Spend Down (TP 56) and SLMB.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Regular Medicaid eligibility begins the day a person meets all eligibility criteria. It is usually the first day of the application month if all eligibility criteria are met.
The following are situations when the medical effective date (MED) may not be the first day of the application month:
If the only child of a parent or caretaker relative eligible for TP 08 dies before certification, process an application for Medicaid for a deceased person. Certify coverage for the child through the date of death and for the parent or caretaker relative through the remainder of that month.
Medicaid for a pregnant woman does not begin before the first day of the month her pregnancy begins. The applicant’s (pregnant woman's, case name's, or authorized representative's [AR's]) verbal or written statement is an acceptable source of verification for the start month, the number of expected children, and the anticipated date of delivery.
If the applicant’s (pregnant woman's, case name's, or AR's) statement is not available, use one of the verification sources in A-870 to obtain the pregnancy start date and anticipated date of delivery.
If information is requested but not returned by the 15th business day from the file date, deny the application. Reopen the application if the person provides verification by the 60th day from the file date.
Exception: Pregnancy verification is not required if the:
A pregnant woman remains eligible through the second month following the month her pregnancy terminates if all other eligibility requirements are met and countable income is below the income limits in:
Example: A pregnant woman applies for Medicaid in May 2020. Her expected delivery date is December 2020. She has unpaid medical bills in February 2020 and meets all other eligibility requirements. She does not have any unpaid medical bills in March or April 2020. Certify her for Medicaid from February 2020 through February 2020.
After determining a pregnant woman is eligible for TP 40, the woman remains eligible even if the budget group's income increases above the income limit.
If a woman is certified for expedited benefits, but postponed verifications prove she is not eligible, provide advance notice of adverse action and deny her coverage.
Before providing initial TP 45 coverage for a newborn child, verify that the:
Note: A newborn child born to a mother who received Emergency Medicaid coverage at the time of the child's birth is eligible to receive TP 45 coverage from the date of birth through the end of the month of the child's first birthday.
The MED for the initial certification is always the child's date of birth.
Before resuming coverage for a newborn who has been denied TP 45, verify that the child resides in Texas.
Related Policy
Provider Referral Process, A-125
Medicaid coverage for children or pregnant women with spend down begins the first day the household meets spend down.
The applicant meets spend down by submitting or having a provider submit medical bills to the Clearinghouse.
The Clearinghouse:
Note: The Clearinghouse may discover a discrepancy while processing a spend down EDG. Processing is put on hold and the EDG is referred to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to research. SODI sends a memo to field staff asking for information to clear the discrepancy. Respond quickly to these requests so that the Clearinghouse can complete the spend down process.
Medicaid eligibility begins on the start date of the emergency medical condition verified by the attending practitioner on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification.
Related Policy
Pregnancy, A-144.5
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Verification Requirements, A-870
How to Determine Spend Down, A-1359
Spend Down EDGs, A-1532.1
Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B-111
Medicaid Reinstatement, B-530
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The type of coverage determines how recipients access Medicaid services. There are two types of coverage: fee-for-service and managed care.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Fee-for-service, also known as Traditional Medicaid, allows access to any Medicaid provider and self-referral to specialists. The provider submits claims directly to the claims administrator for reimbursement of Medicaid-covered services.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Medicaid managed care is health care provided through a network of doctors, hospitals or other health care providers who contract with a managed care organizations (MCO). The state pays the MCO a capitated rate for each member enrolled, rather than paying for each unit of service. The providers submit claims directly to the MCO for reimbursement of Medicaid-covered services.
Medicaid managed care programs include:
Medicaid managed care is available statewide. Information concerning the medical and dental managed care plans with contact information for each plan is located at hhs.texas.gov/services/health/medicaid-chip/provider-information/managed-care-organization-dental-maintenance-organization-provider-services-contact-information.
Texas Works Medicaid recipients must enroll in managed care. Exceptions (not comprehensive):
MAXIMUS:
If a recipient does not choose a plan or a main doctor by the deadline provided in the enrollment packet, MAXIMUS assigns a plan and a main doctor. They then mail the information to the recipient.
Members of federally recognized Indian tribes are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care but may choose to participate voluntarily.
At all Medicaid applications and redeterminations, identify and determine if the person qualifies for this exemption. If this information is not available, do not designate the person as exempt. Do not pend the application or delay the eligibility determination for this information.
TIERS refers newly certified recipients to MAXIMUS to initiate their enrollment into managed care. MAXIMUS staff is available in some local eligibility determination offices. A recipient can call the MAXIMUS Helpline at 800-964-2777 to initiate enrollment, to request a plan change, or to disenroll from managed care if they are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.
If a recipient has difficulty accessing medical services in a managed care plan, refer the person to the Medicaid Managed Care Helpline at 866-566-8989. The Medicaid Managed Care Helpline advocates for managed care recipients who are having trouble accessing the medical and dental care they need.
Related Policy
Office of the Ombudsman, B-1420
Managed Care Plans, C-1116
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must determine the correct MED for applicants who:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
|
1 |
If the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid the last day of the month the recipient moved from the state or later, then go to Step 2. If the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid the day the recipient moved from the state, then assign an MED = date the applicant became a Texas resident. |
|
2 |
Did any member of the certified group incur Medicaid-reimbursable bills after they moved to Texas? If yes, then verify the effective date of denial in the losing state. Go to Step 3. If no, then verify the effective date of denial in the losing state. Assign an MED = first day of the month after the month the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid. |
|
3 |
Will the losing state pay for the bills incurred in Texas after the day the person became a Texas resident? If yes, then assign an MED = first day of the month after the month the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid. If no, then assign an MED = date the applicant became a Texas resident. |
Note: If the applicant is unable to provide a contact person in the losing state, the advisor must contact the appropriate state Medicaid director's office. See C-1111, State Medicaid Agencies, for telephone numbers.
When a Texas Medicaid recipient moves to another state, staff from the gaining state may contact the local office about effective dates of denial and coverage of bills incurred in the gaining state. Texas Medicaid pays for Medicaid-reimbursable services provided out-of-state if the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC identifies fee-for-service and managed care individuals who:
These clients may choose one pharmacy and/or one main doctor to be their designated provider for Medicaid services.
The duration periods of lock-in status are as follows:
For individuals with enrollment lock-in status, HHSC issues a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card printed with "Lock-in Doctor" and/or "Lock-in Drug Store" on the front of the card, along with the name of the doctor and/or drug store. If an individual with lock-in status prints a Medicaid card from the YourTexasBenefits.com, the same information is displayed.
Staff must verify current lock-in status when issuing Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification. To verify an individual’s lock-in status, the advisor may access the individual’s Lock-In Enrollment page from the Individual – Summary page’s hover menu. If an individual is in lock-in status, the Lock-In Enrollment page will display the provider name and begin date of the status.
Individuals are removed from lock-in status at the end of the specified period if their use of medical services no longer meets the criteria for lock-in status.
Advisors refer individuals with questions regarding their lock-in status to the HHSC Office of Inspector General (OIG) at 1-800-436-6184.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must issue Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification, to an eligible Medicaid individual only if the individual:
The individual may not have a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card if the individual:
Before issuing Form H1027-A, staff must verify the individual's current eligibility, enrollment lock-in status and managed care enrollment by accessing the Individual – Summary and Individual – Medicaid History pages. If inquiry is unavailable, advisors must follow regional procedures.
Issue Form H1027-A for current eligibility if the most recent medical coverage period on the Individual – Summary and Individual – Medicaid History pages:
If an individual is in enrollment lock-in status, "Yes" will display after Lock-In on the Individual – Summary page. Advisors select Lock-In Enrollment from the hover menu over the individual's client number. The Individual – Lock-In Enrollment page provides information regarding the provider(s) to which the individual is currently or was once locked in.
If an individual is currently in lock-in, advisors issue a separate Form H1027-A for the individual and print LIMITED and the name(s) of the provider(s) to which the individual is locked in. Form H1027-A generated in TIERS is printed with "LIMITED" in the "Type of Coverage" field.
If an individual is in a managed care service area, "Yes" will display after Managed Care on the Individual – Summary page. Select Managed Care from the hover menu over the individual's client number. Advisors select the Individual – Managed Care page to view the individual's plan to which the individual is enrolled.
Advisors must issue Form H1027-A for everyone on the case in the same managed care plan by printing the appropriate managed care program name (e.g., STAR, STAR Health, STAR+PLUS) and the name and telephone number of the plan. This information is in C-1116, Managed Care Plans.
After staff verify eligibility, enrollment lock-in status and managed care enrollment, advisors complete, sign and date Form H1027-A. The unit supervisor or other second party must approve the form indicating he verified eligibility and lock-in status.
Form H1027-A is not used if the most recent medical period:
Form H1027-A instructions include detailed information for completing the form.
The advisor must issue Form H1027-A if the person has a completed Form H1266, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Approved, showing the date the person is approved for coverage.
Form H1027-A instructions include detailed information for completing the form.
TA 62
State Paid Medicaid coverage shows in the Medicaid History screen when the individual was not eligible for Medicaid and staff have issued Form H1027-A in error. State Paid Medicaid is 100 percent state-funded.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
TIERS automatically denies the EDG effective the last day of the last benefit month if an application received date is not entered by that date.
Related Policy
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342
Emergency Medicaid
Medicaid eligibility for Emergency Medicaid ends the date the person's condition is stabilized as verified by the attending practitioner (or other practitioner familiar with the patient's case) on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification.
Women certified for Medicaid for Pregnant Women – Emergency (TP36) are not eligible to receive two months post coverage once the pregnancy terminates.
Related Policy
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Medicaid eligibility for pregnant women ends on the last day of the second month following the month the pregnancy terminates.
If the pregnancy terminates early because of molar pregnancy, abortion or premature delivery, deny the coverage effective the last day of the second month following the month the pregnancy terminated. If the pregnancy ends in a month later than expected, change the end date to reflect the new termination date.
A woman whose Medicaid for Pregnant Women coverage ends prior to the end of the original certification period is automatically tested for other types of assistance using current case information without requiring a new application, if the EDG was not denied for the following reasons:
If a woman meets the criteria, TIERS automatically determines eligibility for another type of assistance. If eligible, she receives a new certification period which begins after the TP 40 EDG ends.
Related Policy
Denial of an Application, A-2341
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342
A child is continuously eligible for the first six months of the 12-month certification period. If a household fails to report required information at application that causes a child to be ineligible for Medicaid, deny the EDG and send a fraud referral to the OIG. This does not apply if the household provides verification required by policy. For example, the household applies for Medicaid for a child, provides one pay stub, and is determined eligible. If providing more income verification would result in the child being ineligible, do not deny the Medicaid EDG. The child remains continuously eligible for the first six-months of the 12-month certification period, because policy requires only one pay stub to verify income for a child's Medicaid EDG.
EDGs with end dates do not require an action to close the EDG when the individual does not return a renewal form. These will close effective the last day of the last benefit month of the certification period. Note: Independent children residing in state hospitals are continuously eligible for the first six months of the 12-month certification period, even if the child is released from the state hospital. If a child is released from the facility prior to the end of the six-month period, process the address change and continue coverage.
A child is eligible through the last day of the month of the child’s:
When a child ages out of the current type of assistance during the continuous eligibility period, TIERS:
When a child ages out of the current type of assistance during the non-continuous eligibility period, TIERS denies the TP 43 or TP 48 EDG and opens a new EDG for the next type of assistance if the modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) is equal to or below the corresponding Federal Poverty Level (FPL).
If the MAGI is more than the FPL for the next type program, the child’s eligibility for CHIP is tested. If ineligible for CHIP, the child is referred to the Federally Facilitated Marketplace (FFM).
Exception: Children aging out of TP 44 are eligible through the last day of the month of their 19th birthday.
If a child is ineligible for the next type of assistance or turns 19, the child may continue to receive Medicaid if the child:
Verify the child’s hospitalization and update the child’s living arrangements to “hospital” to prevent TIERS from denying the child’s coverage.
Verify the hospitalization each month and update the child’s living arrangement when the hospitalization ends.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
Medical Programs Administrative Renewals, B-122.4
Processing Children’s Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123
A child's eligibility terminates the last day of the month of the child's first birthday. Deny the TP 45 EDG before the child's first birthday if the:
Notes:
Related Policy
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Recipients of TANF must comply with the Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA), including cooperating with child support requirements and participating in the Choices program, unless exempt. TP 08 coverage is terminated if an individual receiving both TP 08 and TANF is sanctioned for failure to comply with the Choices PRA requirements.
Individuals certified for TP 08, but not TANF, must cooperate with medical support requirements. Failure to cooperate with the requirements result in the termination of the individual's TP 08 coverage.
Notes:
Related Policy
Sanctions for Noncooperation, A-1141
Personal Responsibility Agreement, A-2100
Choices, A-2121
Child Support, A-2122
When to Start a Full-Family Sanction, A-2141
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
When a person is certified for ongoing Medicaid benefits, a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card is mailed, which should:
The Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card is plastic, like a credit card, and includes the following information printed on the front:
The back of the card includes the statewide toll-free phone number where people can get more information about the Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card.
Each person certified for Medicaid in a household receives one Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card. It is intended to be the person’s permanent card.
If a person loses:
If a person forgets their Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card, a provider (i.e., doctor, dentist or pharmacy) can verify Medicaid coverage by:
If a person needs quick proof of eligibility, they can;
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants may be eligible for Medicaid coverage during the three-month period before the month they apply for Medical Programs. Prior coverage may be continuous or there may be interrupted periods of eligibility involving all or some of the certified members.
Medicaid for a pregnant woman does not begin before the first day of the month her pregnancy began, as explained in A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A person applies for three months prior Medicaid coverage by completing Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage. Advisors must give this form to applicants who indicate on an application or during the application interview that the family has unpaid medical bills incurred during the three months before the application month. Exception: For Children’s Medicaid, Form H1113 is not required if the family provides enough information to determine eligibility for prior months.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
TP 45 Retroactive Coverage, A-833
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Advisors certify the applicant for Medicaid only for the month(s) the individual meets all eligibility requirements and has:
Advisors provide prior Medicaid coverage even if the:
Certify a parent or caretaker relative for a prior month(s) if they are caring for a dependent child who meets all eligibility requirements in the prior month(s), but is not certified for Medicaid in the prior month(s) because the child does not have unpaid medical bills.
Gaps do not apply to TP 40. Once eligibility is determined in one of the prior months, it continues even if there are no unpaid medical bills in a subsequent prior month.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Applications for prior Medicaid coverage may be reopened for one or more month(s) in the three-month prior period when:
Verify a previous application was filed. Use any application filed by the household within the past two years as a basis for determining eligibility for prior Medicaid coverage, even if the application did not request ongoing Medicaid or prior months’ coverage or claim unpaid medical bills. Medicaid eligibility can be established within two years after the application file date regardless of whether the request was not processed due to agency or applicant error.
Note: Do not reopen an application for prior Medicaid for a month in which Medicaid eligibility (certification with or without spend down) was established, even if the spend down was closed by the Clearinghouse.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must determine eligibility for each month in which there are unpaid medical bills using the income and verification rules explained in A-1300, Income
The needs and income of people who would have been considered in the client’s MAGI household composition for each month the client’s MAGI household composition has unpaid medical bills are included.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Use the following chart to determine the type program to use for eligibility in the prior month:
| If the type program is … | and the modified adjusted gross income for the prior month is … | then … |
|---|---|---|
| TP 08, | less than or equal to the FPIL amount for TP 08 and there is no gap in coverage, | certify the application for the prior month. |
| TP 08, | less than or equal to the FPIL amount for TP 08 and:
|
certify the application for the prior month(s). |
| TP 08, | more than the FPIL amount for TP 08, | do not certify the application for the prior month in this type program. Check eligibility for another type program. |
| TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48, | less than or equal to the FPIL amount for that program, | certify the application for the prior month. |
| TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48, | more than the FPIL amount for that program, | do not certify the application for the prior month in this type program. Check eligibility for TP 56. |
| TP 45, | not applicable, | these applicants are always eligible back to the date of birth. |
| TP 56, | more than the medically needy income limit (MNIL), | determine if the household has enough medical expenses to meet spend down for the prior month. If yes, then certify the children or pregnant woman. If no, then deny the application for prior coverage. |
| TA 31, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, or TP 36, | less than or equal to the FPIL amount for that program, | certify the applicant for the prior month only for the dates of the emergency medical condition verified on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification. |
| TP 32 | above the income limits as stated above (applies only to children [under age 19] and pregnant women), | determine if the household has enough medical expenses to meet spend down for the prior month. If yes, then certify the child or pregnant woman. If no, then deny the application for prior coverage. |
Note: Applicants are considered for eligibility in Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (TA 82) and Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (TP 70) before TP 08.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The MED for a month of prior coverage begins the earliest day in the month the individual met all eligibility criteria. It is the first day of the month unless all eligibility criteria were not met.
Related Policy
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the applicant claiming incapacity meets the other eligibility requirements for prior Medicaid coverage, the advisor must document information according to A-1080, Disability Verification.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Staff provide continuous Medicaid coverage without an application or an interview for a pregnant woman through the second month after the pregnancy terminates regardless of income increases if she:
Note: Accept the individual's (pregnant woman's, case name's or AR's) verbal or written statement of pregnancy as verification. The statement must include the name of the woman who is pregnant, pregnancy start month, number of expected children and anticipated date of delivery. The individual also may provide Form H3037, Report of Pregnancy, or another document containing information specified on Form H3037.
Note: Staff provide continuous Medicaid coverage to a pregnant woman who was denied with an administrative denial reason (such as, but not limited to, failure to keep appointment and voluntary withdrawal) if her Medicaid would have been denied because of income if the income had been reported.
The continuous coverage policy applies to women who were receiving benefits from the following programs:
A child under age 19 receives a 12-month certification period. The child is continuously eligible for Medicaid for six months or through the month of the child’s 19th birthday, whichever is earlier. The second six months of coverage is non-continuous, and changes may impact the child’s eligibility.
Exceptions:
If the household is eligible in the application month, process month, or ongoing month, the child is eligible for continuous coverage beginning the first month the household meets the eligibility criteria. Note: This includes situations where the household is eligible in the application or process month, but not in an ongoing month.
If the household is eligible only in a month prior to the application, certify the child for the prior month only. The child is not eligible for continuous coverage.
Note: Explore TP 56 for the child if the individual indicates the child has unpaid bills in a month of ineligibility.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
What to Report, B-621
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must provide retroactive TP 45 coverage for newborn children without requiring an application or an interview with the child's mother if all of the following conditions are met:
| Eligibility Factor | Eligibility Requirement |
|---|---|
| Age | Coverage must be initiated within one year of the child's birth. The child's coverage cannot continue after the child becomes 13 months old. |
| Residence | Child must be residing in Texas. |
| Natural mother's Medicaid coverage dates | Child's mother must be eligible for and receiving Medicaid on the day the child is born. The mother'seligibility can be determined retroactively. See A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage. |
The file date is the day the advisor is notified about the unpaid bills for the child.
TIERS will allow a:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
If a newborn or child is abandoned at an acute care hospital, or at a psychiatric hospital while receiving inpatient services, DFPS requests a court order for custody. Once the court order is obtained, DFPS provides Medicaid coverage from the day in which custody is granted. The MED is the date DFPS takes conservatorship. This may result in the newborn or child having unpaid medical bills if DFPS takes conservatorship after the date of birth or the date of admission to the hospital and the date DFPS takes conservatorship.
A designated DFPS representative completes Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage, requesting coverage on behalf of the abandoned child and forwards the request to a designated Texas Works advisor within Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) at cbs_ffche-mtfcy@hhsc.state.tx.us.
For children abandoned in a psychiatric hospital, DFPS will only submit applications to request retroactive Medicaid for a child receiving inpatient treatment.
CBS advisors provide retroactive Medicaid coverage only during the following situations:
Note: The MED for a child (not a newborn) cannot precede the date of admission into the hospital.
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Some TP 08 household members may be eligible for transitional Medicaid, TP 07.
An eligibility determination for TP 07 is based on whether a parent or caretaker relative is certified for TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility. If a parent or caretaker relative certified for TP 08 coverage is eligible for transitional Medicaid, his or her children will be eligible as well. Each individual will be certified on an individual transitional Medicaid EDG for the duration of the certification period.
Example: The household composition consists of mother, father, and two mutual children. The mother and father each are certified on an individual TP 08 EDG in Texas for three of the six months before the month of ineligibility and each child on an individual Children's Medicaid EDG. The father has an increase in income that makes him ineligible for TP 08. The father is then certified on an individual TP 07 EDG. The mother and the two children will be certified on individual TP 07 EDGs, each with the same certification period as the father.
When a TP 07 EDG has been created, other eligible household members receive a new TP 07 EDG. See A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, and A-846.2,Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.
A household member is not eligible for TP 07 if the member was ineligible for TP 08 because the individual committed fraud during any of the six months before the TP 07 EDG was opened. The fraud must be determined by a court or through a hearing. If the TP 07 EDG was opened before the fraud determination was known:
TP 08 households denied for any reason (such as failure to keep an appointment) may request TP 07 during the adverse action time frame and have their eligibility determined. For example, a household who failed to keep their appointment because of a new job may be eligible for TP 07.
Individuals may request Medicaid on TP 08 any time after denial. These individuals and their household members may also request TP 07 if they become employed.
The number of months of transitional coverage is 12 months.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If two or more changes (when one is new or increased earned income) cause the income to increase from less than the FPIL for TP 08 to more than the FPIL for TP 08 for the same month, and the household has not been notified that members are eligible for TP 07, advisors follow the steps below:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
| 1 |
If all other case factors remain the same, is the household income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 because of new or increased earnings?
|
| 2 |
Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 as a result of a change other than new or increased earnings?
|
| 3 |
Does the family meet the income limits for the Medical Program EDGs for which they are certified?
|
| 4 |
Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 when all changes are considered? Yes. The family is eligible for TP 07 if the members meet the other eligibility requirements. |
Changes reported in a timely manner do not stop the denial of the TP 08 EDG and creation of the TP 07 after the household is notified of transitional Medicaid eligibility, even when both changes affect the same month.
Exceptions: The EDG is denied if the household:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When TIERS denies a TP 08 EDG and creates a TP 07, TIERS generates Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to notify the household:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Certified members remain eligible for transitional Medicaid if the:
| The transitional EDG includes an eligible child. Note: For transitional Medicaid, an eligible child is a child who meets all of the following requirements:
|
OR | A parent or caretaker relative cares for a child who receives:
|
The noncomplying adult who is certified for TP 07 is denied when the advisor receives notice that the legal parent failed to cooperate with third-party resource (TPR) requirements or has been found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation.
If another-related caretaker failed to cooperate with TPR requirements or was found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation, the advisor must:
The advisor must not:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TP 08 certified members are eligible for TP 07 if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The first TP 07 month is the month the change is effective (when reported and acted on timely) when new or increased earnings cause a certified parent or caretaker relative on TP 08 to be over the FPIL for TP 08.
Determine the first month of TP 07 eligibility using the following chart:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
| 1 |
The first month of TP 07 is the first month after adverse action expires when the change is reported, verified, and processed timely (or should have expired if the change was not reported, verified, or processed timely). Note: The first month can be no later than the first month of overpayment as described in B-752.1.2, Errors After Certification, but may be earlier based on the date the notice of adverse action expires (as described in A-2343.1, How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required). |
| 2 |
Was at least one household member eligible for and did that member receive TP 08 in Texas for at least three of the six months prior to the month identified in Step 1? (See A-842.2, Determining the Three of Six Months Eligibility Requirement.) If yes, continue to Step 3. If no, deny the EDG. |
| 3 | Designate the month from Step 1 as the first month of TP 07 eligibility. |
Individuals who appeal the advisor's decision to deny the TP 08 EDG often receive TP 08 while the appeal is pending. If the hearing officer sustains the advisor's decision, the months the client received continued benefits during the appeal process are counted as TP 07 months.
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Advisors must determine whether at least one household member was eligible for and received TP 08 in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility.
Advisors must count any month when at least one household member was eligible for and received benefits. Advisors must include any month that someone in the household received TP 08.
Advisors must not count any month benefits were:
Advisors must determine whether at least one TP 08 household member was eligible for and received Medicaid in Texas for three of the six months before the first month the income increase is effective.
Advisors must count any month when at least one household member was eligible for and received Medicaid through:
Advisors must not count any months Medicaid benefits were:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Recipients terminated from TP 07 must be retested for eligibility for any other Medical Programs, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals receiving TP 07 coverage are required to report the following changes during the 4th, 7th and 10th months of the transitional period:
Form H1146, Medicaid Report, is computer-generated and is sent to the household at cutoff in the 3rd, 6th and 9th months. Form H1146:
Advisors use Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report (Manual), to replace TIERS-generated forms that the household reports are lost or destroyed.
Advisors must not require verification for the transitional Medicaid EDG. Exception: Advisors must require appropriate verifications to determine whether a new household member is eligible to be added to the EDG. See A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, and A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.
Note: If the household does not return Form H1146, no action is required.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Use the following procedures to process Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report, for the fourth month. Take action on the household members' other EDGs and cases if the reported information affects those benefits.
| If the household returns Form H1146 and Form H1146 indicates … | then … |
|---|---|
| the household still meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, | take no action on the transitional Medicaid case. |
| a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid is in the home, | see A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home. |
| a child left the home, | see A-846.3, Household Member Leaves the Home. |
| a returning absent parent or stepparent, | see A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home. |
| a household memeber certified for TP 07 reports a pregnancy, | explore TP40 eligibility for the pregnant household member. |
| the household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, |
|
|
shorten the transitional Medicaid coverage to end after the sixth month. Note: If the medical coverage is shortened because the parent or caretaker relative did not have earnings for a complete month, inform the household that they can show good cause. They must show good cause within 13 days. (See A-844.4, Good Cause Determinations.) |
* See A-844.3, 185% FPIL Test, for budgeting policies.
Related Policy
Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-841.3
185% FPIL Test, A-844.3
Good Cause Determinations, A-844.4
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Use the following procedures to process Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report, for the seventh and tenth months. Take action on the household members' other EDGs and cases if the reported information affects those benefits.
| If the household returns Form H1146 and Form H1146 indicates … | then … |
|---|---|
| the household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, | deny the EDG and send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. |
|
If the EDG is denied and the household is not eligible for another type of Medical Program, send Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance – Your Texas Benefits, along with Form TF0001. HHSC must act on received information (earnings) that makes the household ineligible for transitional Medicaid even if the information is received outside of the reporting period (i.e., changes); however, eligibility can only be terminated at the end of the seventh or tenth month. Note: If the denial is because the parent or caretaker relative did not have earnings for a complete month, inform the household that they can show good cause. They must show good cause within 13 days. (See A-844.4, Good Cause Determinations.) |
| the household continues to be eligible, | take no action. |
| a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid is in the home, | see A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home. |
| a child left the home, | see A-846.3, Household Member Leaves the Home. |
| a returning absent parent or stepparent, | see A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home. |
| a household member certified for TP 07 reports a pregnancy, | explore TP40 eligibility for the pregnant household member. |
* See A-844.3, 185% FPIL Test, for budgeting policies.
Note: A denial notice (Form TF0001) will be sent to the household at the end of their 12 months of transitional Medicaid.
Related Policy
Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-841.3
Good Cause Determinations, A-844.4
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use the following policies and procedures to determine whether the household's earnings are at or below the 185 percent FPIL when processing Medicaid reports.
Advisors must include all members of the individual’s MAGI household composition when determining the MAGI income.
Exceptions:
| If the person who fails to cooperate is … | then … |
|---|---|
| a certified legal parent, | count the person’s earnings. |
| an "other relative" caretaker who is the parent or stepparent of a child on the case, | count the person’s earnings. |
| an "other relative" caretaker who is not a parent or stepparent to a child on the case, | do not count the person’s earnings. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Good cause for the caretaker relative not having earnings in one or more of the report months includes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Certain households whose transitional Medicaid EDGs are denied before the end of their original eligibility period may have transitional Medicaid coverage reinstated. Advisors must reinstate eligible household members for the remainder of their original transitional Medicaid period if:
Note: Individuals requesting reinstatement of TP 07 transitional Medicaid must have remained continuously eligible for transitional Medicaid during the months the TP 07 EDG was denied. Exception: A household that moved out of Texas must meet all of the eligibility criteria except residence.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must count the months of absence from transitional Medicaid as if the family had actually received transitional Medicaid.
Advisors use the following table to determine the MED:
| If the member ... | then enter the day ... |
|---|---|
| remained in Texas during the transitional Medicaid denial period and did not receive other Medicaid coverage, | following the denial date. |
| moved out of the state, | the member returned to Texas and was no longer eligible for Medicaid in another state (see A-822, Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents). |
| was certified for TP 08 or another Medical Program, | following the denial date on the other TP 08 or other Medicaid EDG. |
To reinstate denied transitional Medicaid, advisors must:
Notes:
Advisors must obtain information on household composition and earnings for the months the household did not receive TP 07 and is required to report on Form H1146, Medicaid Report.
| If the household missed the … | then obtain information on months … |
|---|---|
| fourth month Medicaid report, | one, two, and three. |
| seventh month Medicaid report, | four, five, and six. |
| tenth month Medicaid report, | seven, eight and nine. |
| If the household was … | then … |
|---|---|
| certified for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or any of the Medical Programs, | use case information, requesting additional information from the household only if necessary. |
| not certified, | obtain the necessary information. |
Advisors determine whether the individual was continuously eligible for TP 07 Medicaid using:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow the procedures below if the household requests TP 07 benefits for a caretaker, returning absent parent, stepparent, or second parent in the home.
Advisors must add the member to the case and open a new TP 07 EDG for the individual, or change an ineligible member to eligible if the person is a caretaker or second parent who:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors follow the procedures in the chart below:
An other-related child's separate Medical Program EDG continues unless the caretaker needs Transitional Child Care services for the child.
| If a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid … | then … |
|---|---|
| is a newborn, moves in, or already lives in the home, |
obtain the appropriate information/verifications and determine if the child meets all of the following requirements:
Use information/verifications from other case records when the child is currently or has been a TANF/Medical Program or SNAP recipient. Do not consider the following criteria:
Note: Obtain information regarding a child's earned income when processing the seventh and tenth month Medicaid reports if the child's earnings are counted, following Medical Programs policy explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests. If the child is eligible, then send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household to inform the household of the child's eligibility. If the child is not eligible or the household does not provide the information/verification, then:
|
If a child who is added to the case has unpaid medical bills for any of the three months prior to the month the request is received to add the child, advisors must:
The child's MED cannot precede the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Follow the procedures in the chart below when the transitional Medicaid household reports that a child leaves the household.
| If a child leaves the household and the … | then … |
|---|---|
|
|
| household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, |
|
Advisors follow normal procedures to remove a parent or caretaker relative when the household reports the person is no longer in the home.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See A-240, Medical Programs, for household composition rules.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
TP 07
For TP 07 EDGs, only take action for the following changes:
Related Policy
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household receiving TP 07 may reapply for TP 08 by submitting an application. If the household is eligible, TIERS will:
Related Policy
Minor Parents Certified as Children, A-846.4
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
People denied TP 08 because of new or increased alimony or spousal support may be eligible for TP 20. TP 20 eligibility determinations are based on a parent or caretaker relative certified for TP 08. Household members are eligible for TP 20 for four months following the last month of TP 08 eligibility if:
If the household is eligible, a separate transitional Medicaid EDG will be created for each parent or caretaker relative and each child.
When a change in new or increased alimony or spousal support is reported, verified, and processed timely, the first month a person may receive TP 20 is the month after the adverse action period expires (or should have expired if the change was not reported, verified, or processed timely).
A person may receive less than four months of TP 20 coverage if the change of new or increased alimony or spousal support is not reported or processed timely.
Note: If a divorce or separation agreement that includes alimony was executed or last modified after Dec. 31, 2018, alimony received is not counted in the person’s household budget.
Related Policy
Determining the First Month of TP 07 Medicaid, A-842.1
Determining the Three of Six Months Eligibility Requirement, A-842.2
Alimony (Spousal Support) Received, A—1326.17
Changes Decreasing Benefits, B-643
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If two or more changes (when one is new or increased spousal support) cause the income to increase above the Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL) for TP 08 for the same month, and the household has not been notified that members are eligible for TP 20, advisors follow the steps below:
| Step | Action | |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | If all other case factors remain the same, is the household income increased to above FPIL for TP08 because of new or increased alimony/spousal support? |
|
| 2 | Is the income increased to above FPIL for TP 08 as a result of a change other than new or increased alimony/spousal support? |
|
| 3 | Does the household meet the income limits for the Medical Program EDGs for which they are certified? |
|
| 4 | Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP08 when all changes are considered? | Yes. The household is eligible for TP 20 if the members meet the other eligibility requirements. |
Changes reported in a timely manner do not stop the denial of the TP 08 EDG and creation of the TP 20 after the household is notified of transitional Medicaid eligibility, even when both changes affect the same month.
Exceptions: The EDG is denied if the household
Related Policy
Multiple Changes that Cause TP 08 Ineligibility, A-841.1
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Certified members remain eligible for Medicaid if the household continues to:
The legal parent who is certified for TP 20 when the advisor receives notice that the legal parent failed to cooperate with child/medical support or TPR requirements or has been found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation is denied.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
If the Office of the Attorney General (OAG) receives a new or increased alimony/spousal support collection that is greater than the TP 08 income limits, TIERS determines whether the TP 08 EDG should be denied and a TP 20 opened, or whether the TP 08 EDG should be denied. If either is appropriate, TIERS notifies the individual on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Recipients terminated from TP 20 must be retested for eligibility for any other Medical Programs, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Certain households whose TP 20 EDGs are denied before the end of their eligibility period has expired may have transitional Medicaid coverage reinstated. Reinstate eligible household members for the remainder of the original TP 20 Medicaid period if:
Follow procedures in A-845, Reinstatement of Denied Transitional Coverage, to reinstate TP 20 coverage.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors follow the procedures below if the household requests TP 20 benefits for a caretaker, returning absent parent, stepparent, or second parent in the home.
Advisors must add the member to the case and open a new TP 20 EDG for the individual if the person is a caretaker relative or second parent who:
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors follow the procedures in the chart below:
Advisors must continue an other-related child's separate Medical Program EDG.
| If a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48 or TP 20 … | then … |
|---|---|
| is a newborn, moves in, or already lives in the home, | obtain the appropriate information/verifications and determine if the child meets all of the following requirements:
Use information/verifications from other case records when the child is currently or has been a TANF/Medical Program or SNAP recipient. Do not consider the following criteria:
If the child is eligible, then:
If the child is not eligible or the household does not provide the information/verification, then:
|
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
See A-240, Medical Programs, for household composition rules.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
A household receiving transitional Medicaid may reapply for TP 08. If the household is eligible, the advisor must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A TPR is a source of payment for medical expenses other than the recipient or Medicaid. TPR include payments from private and public health insurance and from other liable third parties that can be applied toward the recipient's medical expenses. Title XIX (Medicaid) funds are to be used for the payment of medical services only after all available third-party resources have been used, except for medical services from the following:
Income maintenance insurance policies not related to actual medical expenses are not third-party resources unless the policy is assignable to a hospital or other medical provider.
When an applicant has health insurance, the advisor must instruct the individual to tell medical providers about the health insurance. The provider then bills the insurance company rather than or before billing Medicaid.
Individuals must cooperate:
Individuals who refuse to cooperate without good cause are denied.
The denied legal parent is included in the household composition.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The advisor must instruct individuals to report any accident-related injuries requiring medical care or accident-related unsettled legal claims within 60 days.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a recipient reports an injury requiring medical treatment for which liability/casualty insurance (the individual's own or someone else's) may provide payment, the advisor must determine the details of the accident and any legal action involved and forward the information by memorandum to:
HHSC/OIG/TPR Unit
MC 1354
P.O. Box 85200
Austin,Texas78708-5200
Advisors must include in the report:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When the TPR Unit becomes aware of a possible accident through information included on a Medicaid claim form, the TPR Unit contacts the individual to obtain information about the accident.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a recipient reimburses HHSC for medical expenses from a court settlement or from a liability, casualty, or health insurance payment, the reimbursement should be by personal check, cashier's check, or money order payable to the Texas Department of Health and Human Services.
Advisor action:
The actual claim paid by Medicaid is verified in state office, and the individual is reimbursed if the payment made is in excess of the Medicaid payment. The advisor is notified of the reimbursement. Advisors must consider the reimbursement as possible TANF and/or TP 08 income.
Related Policy
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331
Reimbursements, A-1332
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an advisor becomes aware that a recipient received a reimbursement for medical expenses paid by Medicaid and failed to reimburse HHSC, the advisor reports the non-reimbursement to the TPR Unit. The advisor must include any available information about the accident and the payment in the report.
The TPR Unit investigates the claim and reports back. The advisor uses the guidelines in A-861.4, Responding to Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit Recovery Requests, upon receipt of a memo from the TPR Unit confirming the non-reimbursement.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use the following chart in responding to TPR Unit recovery requests.
When the TPR Unit becomes aware that an individual received a private insurance payment and has not made any payments to the Medicaid provider, the TPR Unit sends a memo to the regional director. The memo includes the amount of:
The advisor must use the following procedures after receiving the memo:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
|
1 |
Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to the caretaker, requesting that the individual:
If the individual does not respond, then go to Step 2. |
|
2 |
Send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate action to disqualify the legal parent from the certified and/or budget group. Process a referral for intentional program violation if the Medicaid payment was $100 or more. To report waste, abuse or fraud to the OIG/TPR Unit, use the online reporting form https://oig.hhsc.state.tx.us/wafrep/ or call toll-free 1-800-436-6184. |
|
3 |
Collect the lesser of the:
Note: If the private insurance payment is greater than the Medicaid payment, count the difference as lump-sum payments for TANF, SNAP and Medical Programs. Refer to A-1200, Resources, and A-1300, Income, for policy on how to count the payments. If the individual does not make a full payment, then go back to Step 2. If the individual makes full payment, then go to Step 4. |
|
4 |
When the individual makes a payment:
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After certification, Medicaid recipients must remit to the TPR Unit any cash medical support payments received for a certified child. The advisor gives the individual sufficient copies of Form H1710, Payment Identification, and TPR self-addressed envelopes, if payments are being made or might be made. The advisor instructs the individual upon receipt of a cash medical support payment from an absent parent after certification of the requirement to:
If the individual turns in cash medical support payments to the local office, the advisor must:
Upon becoming aware that an individual did not remit a cash medical support payment, advisors must follow policy in B-700, Claims, and process a claim for the month(s) of unreported income, if required.
Related Policy
TANF, A-1124
Medical Support Payments, A-1326.2.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The application asks applicants and individuals whether any household members have health insurance. Form H1028, Employment Verification, asks employers to verify if health insurance is available, and whether the employee is enrolled. When an individual reports a new job or a change in employers, the advisor determines whether there is any new or potential private health insurance coverage for certified household members during the eligibility interview or application processing.
| If information from the individual, the employer or other source indicates ... | then report ... |
|---|---|
| Medicaid-eligible household members have private health insurance coverage, |
information about the private health insurance in the Third Party Resources logical unit of work of the case the individual is a member of in TIERS. |
| health insurance coverage is available for Medicaid-eligible household members but the members are not enrolled in the health insurance plan, |
information about the available health insurance in the Third Party Resources logical unit of work of the case the individual is a member of in TIERS. The TPR Unit will use the information to initiate an inquiry about HIPP Program eligibility. |
To contact the TPR Unit about TPR questions or problems:
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
The Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) program is a Medicaid benefit that helps families pay for employer-sponsored health insurance.
To qualify for HIPP, an employee must either be Medicaid eligible or have a family member that is Medicaid eligible. The HIPP program may pay for individuals and their family members who receive, or have access to, employer-sponsored health insurance benefits when it is determined that the cost of insurance premiums is less than the cost of projected Medicaid expenditures.
Note: An employee and their Medicaid-eligible family member must be enrolled in the employer-sponsored health insurance in order to receive HIPP reimbursements.
Medicaid-eligible HIPP enrollees do not have to pay out-of-pocket deductibles, co-payments, or co-insurance for health care services that Medicaid covers when seeing a provider that accepts Medicaid. Instead, Medicaid reimburses providers for these expenses.
HIPP enrollees who are not Medicaid eligible must pay deductibles, co-payments, and co-insurance required under the employer's group health insurance policy.
Report individuals who are potentially eligible for HIPP on Form H1039, Medical Insurance Input. Send Form H1039 to HHSC's Third Party Resource (TPR) Unit, Mail Code 1354.
HHSC's TPR Unit refers Form H1039 to the current state Medicaid contractor, Texas Medicaid and Healthcare Partnership (TMHP). If TMHP determines it is cost-effective for Medicaid to pay the recipient's employer-sponsored health insurance premiums, then TMHP sends:
Note: Do not consider an incurred medical deduction for the reimbursed premium for individuals participating in HIPP.
TMHP will terminate HIPP enrollment if the individual is no longer enrolled in health insurance coverage or fails to provide TMHP with the information needed to determine cost effectiveness or proof of premium payments.
For more information about the HIPP program, see HHSC's website: http://hhs.texas.gov/services/financial/insurance/health-insurance-premium-payment-hipp, or contact the Medicaid HIPP program at MCD_HIPP_Program@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Individuals may call 800-440-0493 for more information.
Related Policy
Reimbursements, A-1332
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Verification is required for the following:
Verify the emergency medical condition by using Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification. These forms are the only acceptable sources that can be used to verify an emergency medical condition. A licensed practitioner must complete and sign Form H3038 or Form H3038-P.
Note: An original or a faxed copy of Form H3038 or Form H3038-P is acceptable to verify the emergency medical condition.
See A-144.5, Pregnancy, for policy relating to verification of pregnancy.
Related Policy
Pregnancy, A-144.5
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Verification Requirements, A-1370
A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Document:
If the household requests continuation of Medicaid for children aging out of TP 44, follow policy in A-825, Medicaid Termination, and document that the child:
If providing prior coverage for more than three months, follow policy in A-831.2.1, Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, and document that:
Document the pregnancy verification method and the anticipated delivery date.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, A-831.2.1
Third-Party Resources, A-860
Documentation Requirements, A-950
Documentation, C-940
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
A child must live in the home with a relative listed in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 4. A home is the family setting maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child by the relative with whom the child is living.
Domicile requirements do not apply to these programs. Children can live with a parent or caretaker relative, or not live with a parent or caretaker relative (for example, independent children).
For a parent or caretaker relative to be eligible for TP 08 or TA 31, they must be living with the dependent child of whom they have care and control. In general, for a caretaker to be considered as having care and control of a child, the child must live in the home with the relative. A home is the family setting maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child by the relative with whom the child is living.
The parent or caretaker relative may meet the domicile requirement when the dependent child is not included in their Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition.
Example: A grandfather is living with his grandchild, but the grandchild is claimed as a tax dependent by a non-custodial parent. The grandfather is applying for health care for himself. In this example, the grandchild is not included in the grandfather’s MAGI household composition since the grandfather is not claiming the grandchild as a tax dependent. However, the grandfather meets the domicile requirement if the grandchild lives with the grandfather and meets the care and control requirements explained in A-921, How to Determine Care and Control.
Related Policy
Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must not deny assistance because a household member or payee is temporarily out of the home if all of the following conditions are met:
The allowable six- or 12-month period begins again if the absent person returns to and resides in the home for at least 30 consecutive days. Advisors must not apply the temporary absence time frames when a parent is out of the home solely because of employment. Advisors must include the employed parent in the certified group if the parent meets all other eligibility criteria. See A-1040, Deprivation Based on Absence from the Home.
If a member of the certified group enters a nursing home, advisors leave the member’s needs in the household composition if the member will be there temporarily or until the member is certified for Supplemental Security Income (SSI). Advisors refer the recipient to the Social Security office for an SSI eligibility determination.
If the advisor removes the caretaker from the EDG, the EDG must be denied, and the advisor must ask another relative in the home that qualifies as caretaker to apply for the child(ren).
If the advisor denies the parent or caretaker relative’s EDG, this does not impact the other associated Medical Program EDGs, and the other individuals cannot be required to reapply for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The parent or caretaker relative/payee cannot be considered responsible for the absent child's care and control when the child:
These children are independent children. The advisor must determine their eligibility for one of the Medical Programs.
Other considerations for care and control include:
Based on the responses to these questions, the advisor must make a prudent person decision about the caretaker/payee still being responsible for the child's care and control.
Related Policy
Prudent Person Principle, A-137
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors consider a child admitted into a state hospital as an independent child if the caretaker no longer has care and control and the child was admitted:
The child is not considered an independent child if the child was admitted voluntarily and the caretaker/payee continues to have care and control.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors consider a child admitted into certain general residential operations facilities that are members of the Texas Coalition of Homes for Children as an independent child. These residential care facilities are considered to have care and control over children in their care.
Once a child is placed in one of these facilities, the facility provides a live-in house parent model of care. The house parent(s) assumes responsibility and acts in lieu of the parent(s) in meeting the children’s ongoing needs.
These facilities may apply for medical assistance on behalf of the children under their care. The facilities have limited power of attorney and are considered alternate payees for the children’s Medicaid EDG.
The facilities submit an application listing the child as a case name and a representative from the facility as an authorized representative.
Below is a list of general residential operations facilities that are members of the Texas Coalition of Homes for Children:
This list is not all inclusive. Staff must submit a policy clearance request if they receive an application requesting medical assistance for a child from a facility that is not included on this list. Staff must include a copy of the placement contract and the power of attorney from that facility so it can be determined if the child can be considered an independent child.
Related Policy
Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Verification Requirements, A-940
Verification Sources, A-941
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a caretaker relative (a legal parent or other caretaker relative) fails to timely report the temporary absence of a certified child, the caretaker relative is disqualified until the earlier of the following occurs:
Related Policy
TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child’s Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, A-1362.2
General Policy, A-1210
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To receive Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits, unmarried minor parents must live:
Advisors must notify the minor parent of available local facilities.
An unmarried minor parent and child are not required to live in a second chance home, maternity home or other adult-supervised living arrangement if it is not in their best interest. The advisor, using the prudent person principle, determines whether the unmarried minor parent's current living arrangement is in their best interest.
"In their best interest" means either:
Examples:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must disqualify an unmarried minor parent who fails to comply with the requirement to live with a parent, legal guardian, adult relative, or in an adult-supervised living arrangement.
Related Policy
Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Verify that a person meets the 30-day domicile requirement before allowing additional temporary absence periods.
Related Policy
Temporary Absence from the Home, A-920
Verify domicile:
For an unmarried minor parent:
Verify domicile of a dependent child:
Verify verbally with a state hospital employee whether a child entered a state hospital via a court order or if the child was admitted voluntarily. If the child was admitted voluntarily, determine whether the caretaker or payee still has care and control.
Verify verbally with a facility employee a child’s placement into a general residential operations facility.
Related Policy
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
If a child is home schooled, obtain domicile verification from another collateral source. See A-1640, Verification Requirements.
Note: Use Form H1155, Request for Domicile Verification, to request written domicile verification from a non-relative. Use Form H1857, Landlord Verification, to obtain verification from a non-relative landlord.
Advisors may accept self-declaration as verification of domicile.
For a child placed into a general residential operations facility:
Related Policy
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document:
Note: For Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31, accept self-declaration as verification of domicile.
Advisors must document the school name, obtained from the caretaker/payee during the interview, for each school-age child.
Advisors must document how the minor parent meets or does not meet the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement, according to policy in A-930, Requirement for Unmarried Minor Parents to Live with an Adult or in an Adult-Supervised Setting.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Deprivation is the loss of financial support from a legal parent for one of the following reasons:
Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a child lives with both biological parents and the father:
staff should follow the procedures below to establish deprivation:
| If the child's mother … | then … |
|---|---|
| is or was married (other than by common-law) to another man presumed to be the child's legal father, | the child is deprived based on absence and the biological father should not be certified. Both fathers must be referred to the Attorney General (see A-1100, Child Support). |
| was never married to a man presumed to be the child's legal father, | the child is deprived, but not based on absence. |
| was married by common-law to another man, | the child is deprived, but not based on absence. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an application is filed for a child living with the mother and a man who may be the child's father and the couple disagrees about paternity, the mother must provide written proof of her statement.
| If the mother proves the man is … | then deprivation is … |
|---|---|
| the child's father, | not based on absence, but rather on the relationship to the biological father living in the home. |
| not the child's father, | based on absence. |
If the mother is unable to provide written proof, staff must accept the man's statement and determine deprivation accordingly. If there are other paternity conflicts, assistance should be requested from the regional attorney.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Deprivation exists when a child's legal parent(s) is deceased. Staff must explore possible survivor's benefits for the child and/or remaining parent.
Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Deprivation based on absence exists when:
If absence is anticipated to last for:
Note: If the absence is currently less than 30 days but is anticipated to last longer than 30 days, the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) should not be pended for deprivation.
A parent should be included in the certified group if the parent is temporarily absent for a reason listed in A-920, Temporary Absence from the Home.
Deprivation based on absence does not exist when a parent is absent solely because of:
Exception: Deprivation may exist if there is a break in the family relationship unrelated to active duty in the service, and information indicates the family members are not functioning as a family unit. Information can be a statement from the caretaker that she and the second parent consider themselves to be separated so that the parents and children are not functioning as one family unit.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A child living with parents who have court-ordered joint custody may be deprived based on absence. In joint custody cases, either parent may apply for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) for the child. When the child alternately lives with either parent each month, either parent may apply. See A-910, General Policy.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Contact the … | when the address or phone number is known and … | Determine … |
|---|---|---|
| legal absent parent, |
|
|
| alleged parent with no legal parent-child relationship, |
|
|
Advisors must notify the applicant/individual before contacting the absent parent. Advisors should not contact the absent parent if the individual has a pending or valid claim of good cause. See A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an absent parent returns to the home, the absent parent should be added to the case following policy in B-641, Additions to the Household, and eligibility and benefits should be determined.
Related PolicyEarnings of a New TANF Spouse, A-1249.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A parent is incapacitated if a medically determined mental or physical impairment results in a substantial reduction in the ability to support or care for the child. This impairment kept or will keep the parent from performing the parent’s usual work for at least 30 days.
The individual's usual work is the individual's main occupation for the last 15 years. In the case of a homemaker, the activities related to caring for a child are considered usual work.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must determine whether the household meets all other eligibility criteria. If the household meets all other eligibility criteria, a disability determination request should be processed as follows:
| If Form H1836-A is returned indicating that the individual has … | then the household should be certified for … |
|---|---|
| a temporary disability, | TANF or TANF-State Program (SP), and the individual must be informed that the disability will be reviewed at each periodic redetermination. |
| a permanent disability, | TANF or TANF-SP. |
| no disability, | TANF or TANF-SP, and the requirements for participation in the Choices program must be explained. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Medical reviews must be processed at each periodic review following the steps in A-1051, Determining Incapacity.
| If the disability was … | then … |
|---|---|
| determined at initial certification without Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, or was temporary and has ended (based on Form H1836-A) and the individual still claims to have a disability, | the advisors must require the individual to provide Form H1836-A before recertifying the case. If the individual does not provide the statement and the disability is not established, the advisor must then certify the household for TANF, if otherwise eligible. |
| permanent (based on Form H1836-A) and has not ended, | the advisor must continue to base deprivation on incapacity and not require another Form H1836-A unless the individual is working and/or the condition has improved. |
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Deprivation based on unemployment may exist when a legal parent is:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Eligibility for TANF-SP may be determined when:
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Choices participation requirements and procedures are explained in A-1800, Employment Services.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Verify the disability status using Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Sources for verification of death include:
Alternate sources include:
Sources for verification of continued absence include:
Sources for proof of deprivation for TANF-SP include:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the:
Related PolicyDocumentation, C-940
Revision 21-2 ; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) Child Support Division is responsible for the child support program. The OAG attempts to establish and enforce child support and medical support for children on Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and certain medical programs.
Caretakers and payees must cooperate in obtaining child support and medical support for a child receiving TANF unless good cause exists.
Parents and caretaker relatives are mandatory participants and must cooperate in obtaining medical support for a child receiving Medicaid unless good cause exists. They may refuse assistance in obtaining child support, but not medical support. If the individual refuses assistance in obtaining child support, the OAG will not attempt to establish or enforce child support unless the individual has a previous TANF case with arrears that must be paid back to the state. Advisors must explain to individuals that when the OAG pursues medical support, Texas courts also pursue a child support order. If the individual chooses medical support only, the OAG will not attempt to enforce the child support orders.
Note: The advisor must request information on parents living outside of the home during an interview for TP 08. Information about parents living outside of the home is not requested for Medical Programs on the application.
Related Policy
Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130
Medical support requirements do not apply to children's medical programs. Applicants and individuals may volunteer to receive child or medical support services. There is no penalty for noncooperation.
Note: The OAG may contact and continue to collect benefits for a household receiving only children's medical assistance due to previous receipt of TANF.
Households may contact the OAG if they have questions or would like assistance in obtaining OAG services by calling 1-800-252-8014.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the custodial or noncustodial parents or employers have questions regarding child support payments, distribution, or withholdings, they should be referred to the local child support office or to 1-800-252-8014.
Custodial or noncustodial parents should be referred to the local OAG office if they request verification and certification of public assistance received. The OAG staff complete Form 1740, Request for Public Assistance Payment Certification, when the amount of public assistance is in question or when it is needed in court to establish child support. Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) Fiscal Management Services (E-411) researches and certifies the amounts and date on Form 1745, Report of Total Public Assistance Payments, for the OAG.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, is used to explain the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The assignment of rights to child and medical support is accomplished when an applicant signs an application that includes a request for TANF or TP 08. Signing the application gives the OAG permission to receive and process any child or medical support payments made payable to the child.
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, information is required for each absent parent. Note: The absent parent information may be obtained verbally and entered onto the Absent Parent page. If a child has both a legal and a biological absent parent, information on both the legal and biological parent is required unless the individual can reasonably explain why it is impossible to provide information or can establish good cause. The individual must provide the following information about the absent parent:
The advisor must address each item on Form H0050 and help the individual obtain information about the absent parent(s). The OAG establishes cases based on information collected from the applicant and entered by the advisor. Failure to provide complete and accurate information may affect the successful enforcement of child support.
If the individual volunteers to receive services provided by the OAG, staff must collect absent parent information as noted above and refer the child's Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) to the OAG.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must send referrals to the OAG on legal and biological parent(s):
Advisors do not send a referral if:
Advisors must review Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, with the individual to ensure no items are blank, that the individual provided complete and current information, and entered the information in the Absent Parent logical unit of work (LUW). The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) automatically sends the referral to the OAG.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must advise the client to report new information about the absent parent(s), review the information previously submitted for accuracy, and update items as needed. The OAG will receive the update automatically.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After certification, TANF individuals must remit to the OAG all child support payments received for a certified child. Individuals should be given sufficient copies of Form H1710, Payment Identification, and OAG self-addressed envelopes, if payments are being made or might be made. When the individual receives a child support payment from an absent parent following certification, the individual must:
If child support is intended for a child on TANF and one on Supplemental Security Income (SSI), the individual must remit the payment to the OAG for proration and distribution to occur.
If the individual turns in child support payments to the local office, advisors must:
Advisors must send Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, including the amounts and months involved, to the OAG if the advisor becomes aware that the individual did not remit a child support payment. Advisors should follow policy in A-1140, Noncooperation with Child Support Program Requirements, to sanction the individual for noncooperation. If the individual indicates they will continue to keep child support received from the absent parent, the advisor should follow policy in B-700, Claims, and process a claim for the month(s) of unreported income.
If the OAG becomes aware that the individual received child support and did not remit the payments, the child support officer notifies the advisor on Form H1701. The advisor must process a claim for the unreported income.
The household must not be required to remit any child support collected on behalf of a non-mutual child.
Related Policy
Remitting Cash Medical Support Payments to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit, A-861.5
Child Support, A-1326.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After individuals are certified for TANF, they must send all child support payments received to the OAG Child Support Division. The OAG:
HHSC uses the information to determine whether the collection exceeds the grant plus the disregard, and to determine grant in jeopardy if it exceeds the grant.
If the individual receives child support for an SSI child in the household, the OAG will distribute (directly to the individual) the prorated share of support intended for the SSI child.
The month after the OAG receives a child support payment, the OAG will send the individual up to $75 (disregard payment). The amount sent is the lesser of:
When the OAG receives a child support collection that exceeds the grant plus unreimbursed assistance, the excess is sent to the individual. Form H1714, Notice of Grant Jeopardy; Form H1715, Notice of Excess Payment; or Form H1717, Notice of Grant Jeopardy/Excess Payment — Denial, will notify the advisor of the date and amount of the payment.
A grant-in-jeopardy EDG may be generated for EDGs involving SSI children. In processing the grant-in-jeopardy, TIERS determines whether the prorated share of child support exceeds the TANF grant, minus the disregard. If the prorated share exceeds the TANF grant, minus the disregard, TIERS will deny the EDG. If the amount does not exceed the TANF grant, TIERS will allow the TANF EDG to continue.
| Example: | The household consists of a caretaker and one child who receives TANF and one child who receives SSI. | |
| - | $300 | child support for both children |
| - | -150 | will go directly to SSI child |
| - | 150 | child support for TANF child |
| - | - 75 | disregard |
| - | $75 | does not exceed TANF for a caretaker and one child; the state retains the child support |
Note: If the individual appeals the action described in A-852, Automated Process, and receives continued benefits, the advisor must count the excess payment as income during the appeal period if the advisor anticipates that the child support payments will continue.
Related Policy Automated Process, A-852 Child Support, A-1326.2 $75 Disregard Deduction, A-1422 Child Support Systems, C-830
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The purpose of good cause is to allow people to access benefits safely. Good cause provides an exemption from cooperating with the OAG’s child support and medical support requirements.
Explain the family violence option and good cause exemption to all households applying for benefits. Use Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, to explain the good cause exemption from the child support and medical support requirements. The explanation must include the situations that justify good cause and the required verifications. Explain that a person does not have to cooperate with child support or medical support requirements if they can prove that cooperation is not in the child's best interest.
A claim of good cause must be made separately for each absent parent. Notify the OAG of the person's good cause claim. This notification is sent from HHSC to the OAG through an automated interface once staff enter the appropriate information into TIERS and the case is disposed.
After explaining Form H1712 to the person:
Once the family violence specialist makes a recommendation of good cause on the Form H1706, complete Part III of Form H1713 and send the form to the local child support office and HHSC Family Violence Program (FVP) staff to report the final decision.
Note: TIERS will automatically notify the local child support office of the good cause determination through the OAG interface when the EDG is disposed.
Related Policy
Good Cause for Family Violence Option, A-1131.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Good cause exists when:
Note: This issue must not have been under discussion more than three months and staff must update the absent parent referral if the issue remains unsolved beyond the third month.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Cooperating with the OAG’s child support and medical support requirements poses a potential safety risk for family violence victims and their children. Staff must explain and offer the family violence option at each application and redetermination.
If the person wants to claim good cause for not complying with TANF or Medicaid child support and medical support requirements due to family violence:
Remind the person that HHSC requires a completed Form H0050 if the family violence specialist does not recommend good cause or the person decides not to pursue good cause. If the person does not pursue good cause, they must complete and return Form H0050 or provide absent parent information before staff can approve the TANF or Medicaid EDG.
Note: HHSC does not require Form H0050 if the person is granted good cause.
Allow the person 10 days to return Form H1706, Form H1713 and Form H0050 (if required). HHSC keeps copies of Form H1706 and Form H1713 in the electronic case record.
HHSC staff requirements for Form H1713:
Once the good cause claim has been established, re-evaluate the claim at each redetermination. If the person is no longer claiming good cause, update the absent parent referral by removing the good cause indicator to allow the OAG to help the family get child support or medical support services for their children. If the person continues to claim good cause, continue to uphold good cause.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an individual claims good cause based on an adoption, rape, or incest, advisors must:
Note: For adoption situations, the issue must not have been under discussion for more than three months. If the issue is unresolved beyond the third month, staff must update the absent parent referral.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
At initial certification and redetermination or incomplete reviews, the advisor must determine whether the individual failed to cooperate with child support requirements.
The advisor determines noncooperation when:
There is no penalty for noncooperation for Medical Programs. Advisors do not take any action on an individual who volunteers to receive child and medical support services but later noncomplies.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
The Child Support Division of the OAG notifies HHSC via a weekly interface when an individual fails to cooperate with child support or medical support. Upon receipt of the notice of child support noncooperation, HHSC must take action to process the noncooperation within five workdays. See A-2140, Full-Family Sanction, and A-2150, Pay for Performance.
Adult TANF recipients, second parents and minor parents certified as adults, payees or disqualified adults are required to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, and cooperate with child support requirements. Failure to do so results in a full-family sanction. If the TANF recipient or payee has more than one TANF EDG and fails to cooperate with child support requirements, the sanction applies to all of their TANF EDGs. See A-2140 and A-2150.
Parents and caretaker relatives receiving TP 08 must cooperate in establishing medical support. Failure to cooperate with requirements results in the loss of medical coverage for the noncooperating adult.
The advisor must deny a noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG. See A-1142, Noncooperation Situations.
Recipients applying for Children's Medicaid programs, including TP 40 for a pregnant teen under age 19, are not required to cooperate with child support requirements. Therefore, there is no penalty for noncooperation. Recipients may volunteer for child support services.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| If a child support noncooperation is received on … | and the household does not have good cause, then … |
|---|---|
|
Note: If the household fails to cooperate by the last calendar day of the second month, the household will be subject to pay for performance requirements when they reapply for TANF. |
|
no action is required. |
|
no further action is required. |
|
TIERS sends Form TF0001 advising the household of the noncooperation and how to cooperate. Note: The OAG will not issue Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, until the individual cures all noncooperations. |
|
TIERS denies the noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG. |
|
refer to A-2140, Full-Family Sanction, to impose a full-family sanction. If the household fails to cure the noncooperation before the last day of the second noncooperation month, they will need to reapply under pay for performance. TIERS denies the noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG. |
Note: The advisor must determine whether the individual has good cause for not cooperating with child support requirements using policy in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause. If the individual has good cause, the advisor should not impose a full-family sanction.
Related Policy
Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130
Noncooperation with Child Support Program Requirements, A-1140
Good Cause for Child Support Noncooperation, A-2122.3
Full-Family Sanction, A-2140
Pay for Performance, A-2150
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify all good cause claims.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following are acceptable verification sources or evidence for:
Related Policy Questionable Information, C-920 Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document:
Advisors must document the name and last known address of the legal and/or biological father of an unborn child if the mother receives TANF.
Advisors must document that the individual did not want to volunteer for child/medical support services.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Resources are assets or possessions that are either countable or exempt, depending on the program and Type of Assistance (TOA). There are liquid and nonliquid resources. Liquid resources are those that are readily available (such as cash, checking or savings accounts, debit accounts, savings certificates, stocks or bonds). Nonliquid resources are those that cannot be readily converted to cash, including vehicles, buildings, land or certain other property. Count the equity value of all resources (liquid and nonliquid) unless otherwise specified or listed as exempt. The equity value is the fair market value (FMV) of an item minus:
Count resources of the:
If payments exempted as resources are kept in a separate account, those payments remain exempt. If the money is placed in an interest-bearing account, the interest must be counted as income in the month received. If the money is combined with money that is countable, exempt the excluded funds for six months from the date the funds are combined. After six months, the total amount of combined funds should be counted as an available resource.
Related Policy
Resources of an Alien’s Sponsor, A-1245
Resources of Stepparents, A-1247
Categorical eligibility extends to any household authorized to receive services funded by the TANF program. TANF non-cash (TANF-NC) services consist of various services such as family planning, adult education, prevention and treatment of substance abuse, and employment services. Households must pass an income and resource test for determination of categorical eligibility based on receipt of TANF-NC services.
The resource test consists of the following criteria:
Once the recipient is authorized for TANF-NC services based on the initial resource test, all other nonliquid resources are exempt. Regular TANF policy must be followed when determining countable liquid resources within TANF-NC. Most resources are not applicable to SNAP.
Related Policy
Limits, A-1220
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
What to Report, B-621
Medical Programs Except Children on TP 56 and Children on TP 32
Resources are not considered a factor in determining eligibility.
Children on TP 56 and Children on TP 32
Resources are considered as a factor in determining eligibility for children on TP 56 and TP 32.
Exception: Do not consider resources when determining a newborn’s eligibility for TP 56 when the newborn’s mother was eligible for TP 56 or TP 32 at the time of the newborn’s birth.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual must pursue all resources to which the individual is legally entitled unless it is unreasonable to pursue the resource. Advisors should develop a plan with the individual to pursue the potential resource and allow reasonable time (at least three months) to pursue the resource.
Advisors should use the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to inform the individual of the requirement to pursue the resource, including the time the individual has to pursue it, and the resource is not considered available during that time.
If the individual does not pursue the resource within a reasonable time, the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is denied.
Exception: The individual does not have to pursue a resource if it would be unreasonable. It is unreasonable to pursue a resource if any of the following conditions exist:
Individuals receiving SNAP benefits do not have to pursue resources.
Note: Pursuing resources could help an individual become self-sufficient, and individuals should be provided examples of resources they might be entitled to receive.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households are ineligible if, within three months before application or any time after certification, the household transfers a countable resource for less than its fair market value to qualify for assistance. This penalty applies if the total of the transferred resource added to other resources affects eligibility.
Resources transferred between members of the same TANF/SNAP household do not affect eligibility. If spouses separate and one spouse transfers individual property, the other spouse's eligibility is not affected.
Applicants or individuals who transfer resources to qualify for assistance must not be denied.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In determining an individual's intent for transferring resources for TANF and SNAP benefits, staff must consider the following:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The length of denial must be based on the amount by which the transferred resource exceeds the resource maximum when added to other countable resources.
| Amount in Excess of Resource Limit | Denial Period |
|---|---|
| $.01 to $249.99 | 1 month |
| $250 to $999.99 | 3 months |
| $1,000 to $2,999.99 | 6 months |
| $3,000 to $4,999.99 | 9 months |
| $5,000 and more | 12 months |
Examples:
TANF: A two-person household has $1,250 in a bank account and transfers ownership of a car worth $5,650. The first $4,650 of the car's value is exempt. Add the remaining $1,000 to the other $1,250 resource. Subtract the $1,000 resource limit from the total. Use$1,250 to determine the number of months of ineligibility. According to the above chart, the household is ineligible for six months.
SNAP: A two-person household has $2,000 in a bank account and transfers ownership of a car worth $19,000. Exempt the first $15,000 FMV of the vehicle and add the remaining $4,000 to the $2,000 bank account. Subtract the $5,000 resource limit from the total. Use $1,000 to determine the number of months of ineligibility. According to the above chart, the household is ineligible for six months.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The denial period begins in the application month unless the household is already certified when the advisor discovers the transfer.
Once the household is certified, the advisor must send a notice of adverse action and follow adverse action procedures. The advisor must begin the denial period the first month after the month the notice of adverse action expires unless the individual requests a fair hearing and receives continued benefits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household is not eligible for benefits if the total value of accessible resources is over $1,000.
A household is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on or after the first interview date.
If a TANF applicant/recipient fails to provide resource verification for TANF, the advisor must:
A household is not eligible for benefits if the total value of countable resources (liquid resources and excess vehicle value) is over $5,000.
A household is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on or after the first interview date. Additionally, striker households are ineligible if resources are over the limit the day before the strike.
A child is not eligible for benefits if the total value of accessible resources is over:
Advisors must use the SNAP definitions of aged and disability found in B-431, Definition of Elderly, and B-432, Definition of Disability. The individual who is aged or has a disability does not have to be part of the Medical Programs budget group, but must meet relationship requirements.
A child is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on the process date. In determining eligibility for a prior month, the household is not eligible if resources are over the limit anytime during the prior month.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-1210
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
Revision 03-3; Effective April 1, 2003
Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must count the cash value of checking and savings accounts unless exempt for another reason.
Related Policy
Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243
Inaccessible Resources, A-1241
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must count the cash value of benefits in a debit account, less amounts deposited in the current month, as a resource. Government benefit payments may be deposited into a debit account. Advisors must verify the balance in the account using the most current information.
The most common debit accounts established for deposit of government benefits are the:
This list is not intended to be all inclusive as more agencies and businesses move toward the use of debit cards to issue benefits.
Account inquiry is accessible to:
Exception: See A-1248, Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients.
Related Policy
Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance (RSDI), A-1324.16
Supplemental Security Income (SSI), A-1324.17
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), A-1324.18
Unemployment Compensation, A-1324.19
Counting Child Support, A-1326.2.1
Client Inquiries, B-382
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must use the following policy to determine whether an IDA is a countable or exempt resource.
TANF IDAs — TANF IDAs must be used for one of the following purposes:
The household is not required to be a TANF recipient to qualify for an IDA, but the household must be financially needy and have a child living with the custodial parent or other adult relative who meets the TANF relationship criteria or the household must consist of a pregnant woman.
The household is considered financially needy if the household is eligible to receive TANF, SNAP, or any Medical Program except TP 56. For TP 56, the household is considered financially needy if its gross income is below 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL).
Any earnings, including Earned Income Tax Credit (EIC), deposited in a TANF IDA must be excluded from resources. Any interest earned on the account must be excluded from resources. Any deposits into an IDA not made with earnings, or withdrawals from an IDA that are not made for an allowable qualifying purpose, should count as a resource.
Assets for Independence Act (AFIA) IDAs — AFIA IDAs are funded and authorized under the AFIA and must meet one of the same qualifying purposes as TANF IDAs. Any earnings, including EIC, deposited in an AFIA IDA must be excluded from resources. Any interest earned on the account must also be excluded from resources. Any deposits into an IDA not made with earnings, or withdrawals from an IDA that are not made for an allowable qualifying purpose, should count as a resource.
Other IDAs — These IDAs do not meet one of the qualifying purposes of paying for a college education, purchasing a home, or starting a business and should be counted as a resource. The interest earned on these accounts must be counted as unearned income.
For any type of IDA, matched funds are not counted as a resource, as they are not accessible to the household.
Exception: IDAs are exempted if Long Term Care certifies them as meeting the Social Security criteria for a Plan to Achieve Self-Sufficiency (PASS).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A retirement account is one in which an employee and/or the employer contributes money for retirement. There are several types of retirement plans.
Some of the most common plans authorized under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Services (IRS) Code are the 401(k) plan, Keogh, Roth individual retirement account (IRA), and a pension or traditional benefit plan. Common plans under Section 408 of the IRS Code are the IRA, Simple IRA, and Simplified Employer Plan.
The following retirement accounts or plans are excluded:
Any other retirement accounts not established under plans or codes listed above are counted.
Related Policy
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Internal Revenue Service Code, Section 529 and 530, Coverdell Education Tuition Savings Plans, which provide special tax benefits for school tuition savings accounts, are exempt.
Section 529 qualified tuition programs allow owners to prepay a student's education expenses or contribute to an account to pay those expenses. Examples of Section 529 accounts are:
A Coverdell Education Savings Account is a trust or custodial account set up in the U.S. for the sole purpose of paying qualified education expenses for the designated beneficiary of the account. There is no limit to the number of accounts that can be established for a beneficiary. The designated beneficiary must be under age 18 at the time the account is established. The plan may be for elementary school through college.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) programs allow individuals who become blind or disabled before age 26 to establish tax-free savings accounts for the designated beneficiary's disability-related expenses.
TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56
Funds held in an ABLE account are excluded from countable resources when determining eligibility.
Related Policy:
Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts; A-1326.25
Revision 17-4; Effective October 1, 2017
All Programs
School-Based Savings Accounts are accounts set up by students or their parents at financial institutions that partner with school districts. The accounts are intended to help students save for higher education.
TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56
Funds in School-Based Savings Accounts are exempt up to an amount set by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB) each year. The current exempt amount is $11,896. Count any excess over the exempt amount as a resource.
Note: This amount is updated annually.
SNAP
The total amount of funds in a School-Based Savings Account is exempt.
Related Policy
School-Based Savings Accounts, A-1326.26
Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Crime victim's compensation payments are exempt from resources.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Federal tax refunds and EIC payments are exempt from resources for a period of 12 months after receipt.
Related Policy
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1323.5.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments or allowances made under any federal law for the purpose of energy assistance are exempt.
Related Policy
Energy Assistance, A-1326.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Federal disaster payments and comparable disaster assistance provided by states, local governments, and disaster assistance organizations if the household is subject to legal penalties when the funds are not used as intended (including temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant) are exempt.
Examples:
Related Policy
Government Disaster Payments, A-1324.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Transitional living allowances are exempt.
Related Policy
Transitional Living Allowance, A-1324.5
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
The following payments resulting from Public Laws are exempt:
The following distributions and payments are exempt:
The following four types of property belonging to a member of a federally recognized Indian tribe are exempt:
Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt Veterans Affairs (VA) payments made under PL 104-204.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt VA payments made under PL 106-419.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments to civilians relocated during wartime made under Title I of PL 100-383 are exempt. These payments are made to Aleuts or individuals of Japanese ancestry (or their heirs) who were relocated during World War II.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments made to individuals because of their status as victims of Nazi persecution are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments provided from the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act, PL 101-426, are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Division A, Title X, Section 1002), some World War II Filipino veterans who served in the military forces of the Government of Commonwealth of the Philippines, and their spouses, are authorized to receive one-time lump sum payments of up to $15,000.
These payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments provided by the following are exempt:
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
There are two types of Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments issued by DFPS. These include:
The remaining balance of both of these types of payments is considered a resource in the month(s) after receipt.
Related Policy
Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments, A-1324.21
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The cash value of life insurance policies is exempt.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Exempt the full cash value of a prepaid burial insurance policy, funeral plan or funeral agreement for each household member.
Exempt up to $7,500 cash value of a prepaid burial insurance policy, funeral plan, or funeral agreement for each certified household member. Count the cash value exceeding $7,500 as a liquid resource.
The person’s statement of cash value should be accepted unless the amount is questionable or close to the maximum allowable limits.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-1210
Limits, A-1220
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Financial assistance is considered as a loan if:
there is an understanding the money will be repaid, and
the individual can reasonably explain how the loan will be repaid.
These loans are exempt from resources, but assistance that is not considered a loan, such as a contribution, is counted as unearned income.
Related Policy
Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Loans (Noneducational), A-1326.7
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt personal possessions.
Revision 03-1; Effective January 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt all burial plots.
Related Policy
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The usual residence and surrounding property not separated by property owned by others is exempt. The exemption remains in effect if public rights of way, such as roads, separate the surrounding property from the home. The homestead exemption applies to any structure the individual uses as a primary residence, including additional buildings on contiguous land, a houseboat, or a motor home, as long as the household lives in it. If the household does not live in the structure, the structure is counted it as a resource. Houseboats and motor homes count according to vehicle policy, if not considered the household's primary residence or otherwise exempt. The equity value of extra buildings counts unless the buildings are exempt for another reason.
For households that currently do not own a home, but own or are purchasing a lot on which they intend to build, the lot and partially completed home are exempt.
Households cannot claim real property outside Texas as a homestead. Exception: Migrants and itinerant workers who meet the residence requirements in A-710, General Policy, may claim an exemption for a homestead outside Texas.
All homesteads and property are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A homestead temporarily unoccupied because of employment, training for future employment, illness (including receiving medical treatment), casualty (fire, flood, state of disrepair, etc.), or natural disaster, if the household intends to return, is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Money remaining from the sale of a homestead is counted as a resource.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income-producing property is any real or personal property that generates income. Property is exempt if the property:
Note: For farmers or fishermen, the value of land or equipment continues to be exempt for one year from the date that the self-employment ceases.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Equity value of real property counts unless it is otherwise exempt.
Any portion of real property directly related to the maintenance or use of a vehicle is exempt if the vehicle is:
The equity value of any remaining portion counts unless it is otherwise exempt.
Real property is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Real property is exempt if the household is making a good faith effort to sell it.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Property jointly owned by the household applying and other individuals not applying for or receiving benefits is exempt if the:
Jointly owned property is exempt.
Related Policy
Solely Owned Vehicles, A-1238.1
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Trust funds are exempt if all of the following conditions are met:
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
The total value of all licensed vehicles used for income-producing purposes is exempt. A vehicle is considered income-producing if it:
A vehicle necessary to transport a household member with a physical disability on the EDG or a person with a physical disability living in the home is exempt even if the person is disqualified and regardless of the purpose of the trip. No more than one vehicle for each household member with a physical disability may be exempt. There is no requirement that the vehicle be used primarily for the person with a physical disability. The SNAP work-registration criteria should be used to determine physical disability for this exclusion.
Note: These exemptions remain in effect when the vehicle is temporarily not in use.
The following vehicles are exempt even when the vehicle is temporarily not in use:
The vehicle exemption remains in effect until the above criteria no longer exist. The vehicle exemption also remains in effect for:
For all other licensed and unlicensed vehicles, the FMV in excess of $4,650 is counted as a resource.
*This also applies to any person who is an ineligible alien or disqualified member of the SNAP household. The FMV of each vehicle in excess of $4,650 is counted as a resource.
Up to $15,000 of the FMV for the highest valued countable vehicle is exempt. The FMV in excess of $15,000 is counted as a resource.
TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56
Vehicles with an FMV of less than $4,650 are excluded, regardless of the number of vehicles owned by a TANF-certified or disqualified household member. The FMV in excess of $4,650 counts toward the household's resource limit.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A vehicle with a title registered solely in one person's name is considered an accessible resource for that person. This includes:
Exceptions: The vehicle is inaccessible if the title holder verifies that:
Note: Any payments made by the buyer to the individual or the individual's creditors (directly) count as self-employment income (see A-1323.4, Self-Employment).
A vehicle is accessible to an individual even though the title is not in the individual's name if the individual:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Vehicles jointly owned with another person not applying for or receiving benefits are considered inaccessible if the other owner is not willing to sell the vehicle.
Exception: See A-1247, Resources of Stepparents.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The value of a vehicle over 20 years old is exempt if the value is not available. If the applicant provides the value for a vehicle older than 20 years, the amount provided should be accepted. Note: A vehicle’s age during any month of that year should be considered.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A person leasing a vehicle is not generally considered the owner of the vehicle because the:
A leased vehicle is exempt until the individual exercises the option to purchase the vehicle. Once the individual becomes the owner of the vehicle, the vehicle counts as a resource.
The individual is the owner of the vehicle if the title is in the individual's name, even if the individual and the dealer refer to the vehicle as leased, and the vehicle counts as a resource.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The FMV of licensed vehicles is determined using the average wholesale value listed in the Vehicles Registered at Address report from the Data Broker System. After the vehicle value is verified, it does not have to be re-verified unless resources are close to the resource limit and a change in the vehicle value results in a change in eligibility status. Note: If the household claims the listed value does not apply because the vehicle is in less-than-average condition, the household must provide proof of the true value from a reliable source, such as a bank loan officer or a local licensed car dealer.
The basic value of a vehicle is not increased because of low mileage, optional equipment, or special equipment for a person with a disability.
The household's estimate of the value of vehicles no longer listed in the Data Broker System should be accepted, unless it is questionable and would affect the household's eligibility. In this case, the household must provide an appraisal from a licensed car dealer or other evidence of the car's value, such as a tax assessment or a newspaper advertisement indicating the sale value of similar vehicles.
The value of new vehicles not yet listed in the Data Broker System may be determined by asking the household to provide an estimate of the average wholesale value from a new car dealer or bank loan officer. If this cannot be done, the individual's estimate should be accepted unless it is questionable and would affect eligibility. The car's loan value should be used only if other sources are unavailable. Advisors must request proof of the value of licensed antiques and custom made or classic vehicles from the household if an accurate appraisal cannot be made.
| Type of Vehicles | SNAP | TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56 |
|---|---|---|
| Income-producing | Exempt | Exempt |
| Vehicle for a person with a physical disability living in the home | Exempt | Exempt |
| Equity value less than or equal to $1,500 | Exempt | Not applicable |
| Long distance travel for employment | Exempt | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Household's home | Exempt | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Carry fuel or water | Exempt | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Primary vehicle/Highest valued countable vehicle | Exempt up to $15,000 of FMV. Count excess. | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| One vehicle for each adult household member, regardless of use | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Any vehicle used by a household member under age 18 for employment, training, education or to seek employment | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Other licensed vehicles | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
| Unlicensed vehicles | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. | Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess. |
See A-1238, Vehicles, for the specific policy for determining the countable value of a vehicle.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Educational assistance (including education loans, regardless of the source) is exempt during the period it is intended to cover. If the individual combines the educational assistance with other countable funds, such as a bank account, the educational assistance is exempt during the period that it is intended to cover. For example, educational assistance intended for the months of January through May is an exempt resource during the same months.
Related Policy
Educational Assistance, A-1322.1
Revision 06-4; Effective October 1, 2006
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The equity value of resources that are not legally available (inaccessible) to the household are exempt.
Examples: Irrevocable trust funds, property in probate, security deposits on rental property and utilities, and the balance of a note from the sale of property.
Money received from a nonmember is inaccessible if:
This includes any bank account that a household member has access to. A bank account is considered inaccessible if the money in the account is used solely for the nonmember's benefit.
The household must provide verification that the bank account is used solely for the nonmember's benefit and that no household members use the money in the account for their benefit. If household members use any of the money for their benefit, the bank account must be considered accessible to the household.
A temporarily inaccessible resource is exempt until the resource is accessible. Government savings bonds are an example of a temporarily inaccessible resource. These types of savings plans are usually inaccessible for a definite time from the date the individual makes a withdrawal request. The date the household applies is used as the date of the withdrawal request, unless the household has a withdrawal request pending at the time of application. For these pending withdrawals, the date of the actual withdrawal request is used to determine the length of time the resource is inaccessible.
Related Policy
Solely Owned Vehicles,A-1238.1
Jointly Owned Vehicles, A-1238.2
Bank Accounts, A-1231.1
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Nonliquid resources, except vehicles, are exempt. Vehicle policy in A-1238, Vehicles, applies.
Count the equity value of nonliquid resources.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Countable lump-sum payments include, but are not limited to, retroactive lump-sum RSDI, public assistance, retirement benefits, lump-sum insurance settlements, refunds of security deposits on rental property or utilities, and lump-sum payments on child support.
Lump-sum payments received once a year or less frequently are counted as resources in the month received (unless specifically excluded by other policies).
Lump-sum payments received or anticipated to be received more often than once a year are counted as unearned income in the month received.
If a portion of a lump sum will be received as ongoing income, that ongoing portion is counted as income for that month.
Example: An individual receives a lump-sum payment in the amount of $4,950 from the Social Security Administration in the month of March. Effective that same month, the individual receives his first monthly RSDI payment of $950, which is included in the $4,950 lump-sum payment. Staff must budget the $950 RSDI payment beginning with the month of March as an ongoing payment and consider the $4,000 as a lump-sum payment.
Exceptions:
Related Policy
Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331
The One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) payment is exempt from resources for the month of receipt because the household is a TANF recipient that month. The remaining OTTANF benefits are considered a resource the month after receipt.
A One-Time Grandparent payment is a resource of the TANF-certified grandchild(ren) and is exempt from resources as explained in A-1248, Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients.
Related Policy
When Receipt of TANF Is Uncertain, A-161
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a payment or benefit counts as income for a particular month, it is not counted as a resource in the same month. If you prorate a payment as income over several months, no portion of the payment is considered a resource during that time.
Example: Income of students or self-employed persons that is prorated over several months.
If the individual combines this money with countable funds, such as a bank account, the prorated amounts are exempt for the time prorated.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Reimbursements are counted as a resource in the month after receipt.
Reimbursements earmarked and used for replacing or repairing an exempt resource are exempt indefinitely.
Related Policy
Reimbursements, A-1332
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Resources of an alien's sponsor and spouse (if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support) must be evaluated. The sponsor's countable resources must be determined when determining the applicant's resources. The total value of these resources must be reduced by $1,500. See the Glossary for the definition of an alien sponsor.
The remainder must be added to the alien's countable resources. If someone sponsors more than one alien, the amount of countable resources is prorated evenly among all the aliens who apply for or get benefits.
This policy does not apply to sponsored aliens who:
This policy does not apply to:
This policy does not apply to:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Resources of residents in shelters for battered persons are exempt if:
the resources are jointly owned by the household in the shelter and members of the former household; and
the shelter resident's access to the value of the resource depends on the agreement of a joint owner who still lives in the resident's former household.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All resources of a stepparent must be counted if the stepparent is included in the certified group. When the stepparent is not included in the certified group, only the legal parent's half of a jointly owned resource should be counted.
When a stepparent is included in the child's household composition, all resources of a stepparent are counted.
Related Policy
Earnings of a New TANF Spouse, A-1249.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Resources of an SSI recipient living in the home (even when the resources are available to the TANF-certified member or Medical Programs household member) are exempt if:
Note: This policy applies to:
If other SSI recipients live in the home and contribute to a member of the TANF-certified/disqualified group or Medical Programs household composition, policy for contributions in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, should be followed.
Resources of TANF and SSI recipients are exempt unless the recipient owns them with another member of the same SNAP household who does not receive TANF or SSI.
Note: A household member is a TANF or SSI recipient even if the benefit:
When a TANF or SSI recipient owns a resource with a member of the same SNAP household who does not receive TANF or SSI, countable resources are determined as follows:
Revision 04-1; Effective January 1, 2004
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must exempt any liquid resources resulting from the earnings of a child (certified child for TANF or eligible child for Medical Programs) who is attending school:
Note: A child who is home schooled or attends general equivalency diploma (GED) classes is eligible for the resource exclusion.
Resources of a child that are commingled with resources of other household or non-household members are excluded. The child's liquid resources are exempt for six months from the month the resources were combined. After six months, the amounts previously earned as a resource are counted.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The liquid resources of a TANF recipient's new spouse are excluded for six months beginning the month after the date of the marriage if the:
Note: This applies to both ceremonial and common law marriages. The following are included in the budget group:
If the household fails to provide verification of the marriage, the exclusion is not allowed. After six months, the amount previously earned is counted as a resource.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Staff must verify:
Staff must verify a good faith effort to sell by verifying that the:
Staff must verify:
The EDG is pended only if the reported account balance exceeds $1,000 or the person’s statement is questionable.
Staff must verify:
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Vehicles
Real Property
The Texas Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS), if available, is considered the primary source of verification of death. If BVS is available but the date of death (DOD) does not match reported information, accept BVS as verification. No additional verification is required.
If BVS verification is not available, verify the DOD using two of the following sources:
Bank Account
Debit Account
Other Liquid Assets/Personal Property
Life Insurance
Nonrecurring Lump-sum Payments
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Documentation is required for the following:
Document the good faith effort to sell real property and the:
Documentation is required for the following:
Document the facts about a transfer of resources per policy.
Related Policy
Requirement to Pursue Resources, A-1211
Transferring Resources, A-1212
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Income is any type of payment that is of gain or benefit to a household and is either counted or exempted from the budgeting process. Earned income is related to employment. Except for MAGI medical programs, earned income entitles a household to deductions not allowed for unearned income. Unearned income is income received without performing work-related activities and includes benefits from other programs. Factors specific to the source of income and the distance it travels through the mail (weekends and holidays) may be used to determine the date income can reasonably be anticipated.
Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Income (RSDI), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), Veterans Affairs (VA) benefits, or other such funds legally obligated to a beneficiary are not counted if a payee who is not a member of the household:
In the beneficiary’s Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), the total amount of the legally obligated funds the payee makes available to the beneficiary in cash, by way of vendor payment or through items purchased for the beneficiary using the beneficiary's money (includes payments made by the payee to a third party on behalf of the beneficiary) is counted as unearned income. Any portion of the funds the payee keeps for the payee's own use is counted as unearned income in the payee's EDG.
The income of the following people must be considered for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF):
For TANF, if the income is not made available to the beneficiary, the person must follow the requirements for pursuing legally obligated income.
The income of the following people must be considered for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP):
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules are based on Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rules for counting income and are used to determine financial eligibility for medical programs and federal insurance affordability programs.
To determine financial eligibility, the following items must be identified for each person within the MAGI household composition:
The income of the following people must be considered for medical programs:
Note: Household composition for medical programs is determined for each applicant or recipient. The income of certain people may be exempt from an applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household income as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 3.
TP 40
If a pregnant woman is determined to be eligible, the EDG must not be denied if the pregnant woman’s MAGI household composition income increases above the income limit. The budget should be adjusted to reflect the new income.
TP 45
Income is not an eligibility factor for TP 45.
Related Policy
Requirement to Pursue Income, A-1311
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Alien Sponsor’s Income, A-1361
Eligibility Criteria, B-471
Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-433
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All legally entitled income must be pursued and accepted by the individual entitled to the income. Advisors should inform the individual of this requirement and, together with the individual, develop a plan to pursue the potential income. Reasonable time (at least three months) should be allowed to pursue the income, and the income should not be considered available during this time. Staff must document the plan and the time allowed for pursuing the income.
In the comments section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, staff must inform individuals of their obligation to pursue potential income and include the time allowed for pursuing the income.
Exception: The individual does not have to pursue income if it would be unreasonable. Situations are considered to be unreasonable if:
If the household refuses or fails to follow the agreed plan without good cause, the EDG must be denied.
Advisors must set a special review if the anticipated change in income will occur before the next periodic redetermination.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must provide and explain Form H1859, Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF, to households claiming a disability or caring for a child with disabilities. Staff must also document that Form H1859 was provided and explained to the individual.
Advisors are not required to set a special review when referring individuals for Social Security benefits. At the next periodic redetermination, the household must provide verification that the individual with disabilities applied for SSI/RSDI benefits.
In the comments section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, the advisor must inform individuals of their obligation to pursue potential income and include the time allowed for pursuing income. The advisor must include the following appropriate statement for households claiming a disability or caring for a child with disabilities:
If the household fails to apply for SSI/RSDI without good cause, the EDG is denied. If the household chooses to no longer claim the Choices exemption, the advisor should update the exemption code and document the decision. The individual may not claim the Choices exemption if the individual reapplies within 12 months from the denial date. If the individual claims the exemption before the 12 months, the EDG should be pended and the individual should be given the opportunity to provide verification that he or she applied for SSI/RSDI benefits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
State office has an automated process that identifies TANF recipients with a Choices exemption for caring for a child with disabilities and unable to work due to mental or physical disability and sends referrals to the contractor who administers the Social Security Outreach Application Program (SSOAP). SSOAP outreaches the TANF household, provides information, and answers questions about the Social Security Administration (SSA) process.
If an individual states that the household applied for SSI/RSDI, but does not have verification available, the advisor should refer to the Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY)/State Online Query (SOLQ) system. If the WTPY/SOLQ system does not show that the individual applied for benefits, the advisor should request that the individual provide verification.
The EDG should not be denied if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The SSA administers two programs that provide benefits based on disability:
The Social Security Act and SSA's regulations provide a definition of disability:
Advisors should refer the individual to SSI if one of the following conditions is met:
Note: A claimant, including a child, applying for SSI based on disability or blindness may receive up to six months of payments before the final determination of disability or blindness if the claimant is determined to presumptively have a disability or be blind and meets all other eligibility requirements.
Related Policy
Definition of Disability, B-432
Social Security's Criteria for Disability, B-432.1
Form H1859, Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are differences between TANF, Medical Programs and SNAP in countable and exempt income.
Income that is not specifically listed in this section must be counted.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Agent Orange Settlement Payments disbursed by AETNA Insurance Company and paid to the following individuals are exempt:
These veterans receive yearly payments. Survivors of these deceased veterans receive a lump-sum settlement payment.
TANF and SNAP
VA payments are counted as unearned income, including benefits paid to veterans with service-connected disabilities resulting from exposure to Agent Orange. See A-1324.20, Veterans Benefits.
Related Policy
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Disability insurance benefits are normally paid to an individual who has suffered injury or impairment. These payments may be from an employer, insurance provider, or other public or private fund.
Advisors must determine the source of the benefit.
Count as unearned income.
Disability insurance benefits are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments from the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act (the “Act”), Public Law 101-426, are exempt.
The Act established a program to pay damages to individuals for injuries or deaths caused by exposure to radiation from nuclear testing and uranium mining. When the affected individual is deceased, the surviving spouse, children, parents, grandchildren, or grandparents receive the payments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The gross benefit is counted as unearned income, less amounts:
A deduction from the gross benefit for court-ordered child support payments is not allowed.
Exception: Worker's compensation benefits paid to the individual for out-of-pocket medical expenses are considered as reimbursements.
All workers’ compensation payments are exempt.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Educational assistance, including educational loans, scholarships, fellowships, grant monies, and work study, are exempt, regardless of the source. Loans for education, including loans from relatives or other people, are considered as educational assistance only if payment is deferred.
Educational assistance is:
The U.S. Office of Education under Title IV of the Higher Education Act administers most educational assistance programs. A few examples of the most common Title IV educational assistance grants include:
The National Community Services Act (NCSA) program also provides educational assistance. Individuals are awarded from $1,000 to $4,000 per year of completed services to apply toward past or future educational expenses. The educational award is not counted, as it is always made payable directly to the financial institution or institution of higher learning.
The Department of Veterans Affairs administers education programs designed for veterans, reservists, members of the National Guard, and their widows and orphans. These include:
Related Policy
Educational Assistance, A-1239
Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant, is exempt.
All WIOA payments are exempt.
All WIOA payments are exempt except on-the-job training (OJT) payments funded under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. OJT payments are counted as earned income for adults.
OJT payments are exempt if received by a child who is under:
Related Policy
Government Disaster Payments, A-1324.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Portions of payments earmarked as reimbursements for training-related expenses are exempt, and any excess is counted as earned income.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
A dependent child's earned income is counted unless the child (as defined in A-221, Who Is Included) is a:
Exception: See A-1322.2.1, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).
A child's earned income is counted unless the child:
Exception: See A-1322.2.1, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).
Breaks in school attendance, such as summer vacation and holidays, do not change the student status of a child. Ensure that the child's enrollment will continue following the break.
If the child's earnings cannot be separated from other household members' earnings, divide the total earnings equally by the number of working members.
A child's earned income may be exempted from the MAGI household income as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 3.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Contractual earnings are wages and salaries only. Self-employment income, unearned income, or income received on an hourly or piecework basis are not included. The two basic types of contractual earnings are:
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Budget contractual earnings monthly by:
Related Policy
How to Project Income, A-1355
Strikers, A-1367
Eligibility of Strikers, A-1367.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Military pay and allowances for housing, food, base pay, and flight pay is counted as earned income less pay withheld to fund education under the G.I. Bill.
An allotment is a specified amount of money from each paycheck of the military wage earner that is designated to go to someone else. Military allotments are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Family Subsistence Supplemental Allowance is a monthly payment made to certain low-income service members and their families so they will not have to depend on SNAP to meet their needs. The service members' pay statements usually include the FSSA and are counted as earned income.
FSSA payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All of the combat payments, also known as hazardous duty payments, received by a legal parent who is a member of the U.S. military, absent solely because the individual has been deployed to a combat zone, are counted.
Any portion of military pay identified as combat pay, including any portion of combat pay contributed to a household from military personnel deployed to a combat zone, is excluded.
The advisor must determine whether any funds contributed to the household by military personnel, such as through joint bank accounts or military allotments, are considered combat pay. Any portion identified as combat pay is exempt from income. The following steps should be used to determine the amount of military income to exclude as combat pay:
| Steps | Action |
|---|---|
| 1. | Verify the monthly amount of combat pay received, as required in A-1370, Verification Requirements. |
| 2. |
Determine the amount of military pay the deployed individual was making available to the household before deployment to the combat zone. If the deployed person was:
|
| 3. | Determine the amount of military pay the deployed individual is making available to the household after deployment to the combat zone. |
| 4. | If the amount of contribution the household receives from the military personnel after deployment:
|
Combat (hazardous duty) payments are exempt.
Related Policy
Who Is Included, A-241.1
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Glossary, Combat Pay and Combat Zone
Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012
Self-employment income is usually income from one's own business, trade, or profession rather than from an employer. However, some individuals may have an employer and receive a regular salary. If an employer does not withhold income taxes or FICA, even if required to do so by law, the person is considered self-employed.
Advisors must inform households in writing to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, contains the self-employment information.
Note: If a household has self-employment income and meets the streamlined reporting criteria, assign a six-month certification period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Types of self-employment include:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income from renting, leasing, or selling property on an installment plan is self-employment income. Property includes equipment, vehicles, and real property.
Income from property is counted as:
Work-related expenses are allowed for earned income. For unearned income, only the expenses associated with producing the income should be deducted.
If the individual sells property on an installment plan, the payments are counted as income. The balance of the note is exempted as an inaccessible resource.
Income from renting, leasing, or selling property on an installment plan is counted as self-employment income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The noncommercial roomer/boarder policy is used if a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship. Payments made by boarders for room, meals, and other shelter expenses are counted. Payments made by roomers for room and other shelter expenses are counted.
See A-1323.4.5, Allowable Costs of Producing Income, to determine the countable amount of noncommercial roomer/boarder payments. If there is not a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, applies.
Roomer/boarder status should not be given to:
To be considered a boarder, a person residing with the household must pay reasonable compensation for meals and lodging. Reasonable compensation is:
In determining "reasonable compensation," only the amount paid for meals is counted if it can be separated from lodging.
If the individual chooses to include a boarder as a household member:
If the individual chooses not to include a boarder as a household member:
The noncommercial roomer/boarder policy is used when an individual in the MAGI household composition receives payments from someone in their physical household under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship. Payments made by boarders for room, meals, and other shelter expenses are counted as self-employment income. Payments made by roomers for room and other shelter expenses are counted as self-employment income.
See A-1323.4.5, Allowable Costs of Producing Income, to determine the countable amount of noncommercial roomer/boarder payments. If there is not a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, applies.
Related Policy
Nonmembers, A-232.1
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
If the household receives self-employment income monthly or more often (such as semi-monthly, bi-weekly, weekly or daily), recent self-employment pay amounts may be used to project income.
If the household had self-employment income for the past year that was received less often than monthly, the income figures from the previous year's business records or tax forms, including the IRS Schedule C-Form 1040- Profit or Loss from Business, may be used if the records are anticipated to reflect current self-employment income and expenses.
Exceptions:
When calculating self-employment income, the financial profit from a sale or transfer of capital goods, possessions (such as products, raw materials, equipment), or ownership of a business, must be considered.
Financial profit from the sale or transfer of capital goods that the household expects to receive in the next 12 months should be added and the total averaged over 12 months. This averaged amount should be used for each certification period within the next 12 months, unless a new average is computed because the person received a profit from the sale or transfer of capital goods that was unanticipated or a different amount than anticipated.
New applicants who have not received TANF, Medical Program coverage, or SNAP for a period of three consecutive months before the application month, or new household members who have not received benefits for three months before moving into the household, may not have been keeping accurate records of self-employment income and expenses. The policy in C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, should be used to obtain verifications needed to determine eligibility and what types of verification are readily available to the household. Any business records that are available for use (even if this documentation is for a short period of time) should be accepted, in addition to the individual's statement and any proof that might be available from a collateral source, as sufficient proof.
The advisor must verify:
The individual is not required to provide verification of self-employment income and expenses for more than two calendar months before the interview date for income received monthly or more often.
The applicant's statement is accepted as proof if:
Exception: If the business is new and there is insufficient information to make a reasonable projection, the income is calculated based on anticipated earnings and expenses.
The advisor must inform the household in writing to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, contains the self-employment information.
If the individual applies for three months prior Medicaid, the following should be budgeted in each prior month:
For income received less often than monthly, only information from the period of time since HHSC last requested verification of self-employment needs to be verified. Verification that was previously verified is not needed (see C-932). Verification is needed for:
The individual is not required to provide verification of self-employment income and expenses for more than two calendar months before the interview date for income received monthly or more often.
If the advisor informed the household to maintain accurate self-employment records and receipts after certification, the household must provide them before being recertified unless:
Related Policy
Computation Methods, A-1323.4.6
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Allowable self-employment expenses are based on costs that can be deducted from federal income taxes according to the Internal Revenue Service’s (IRS) Schedule C, Form 1040 - Profit or Loss From Business. There are certain self-employment expense types that are not allowed for SNAP.
Use an automatically calculated monthly expense amount generated by TIERS to determine eligibility if the IRS Schedule C, Form 1040 - Profit or Loss From Business, is provided.
Allowable and Non-Allowable Self-Employment Expenses by Program
| Expense Types | TANF and MAGI Programs | SNAP |
|---|---|---|
|
Advertising |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Car and truck expenses |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Commissions and fees |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Contract labor |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Costs not related to self-employment |
Non-allowed |
Non-allowed |
|
Costs related to producing income gained from illegal activities, such as prostitution and the sale of illegal drugs |
Non-allowed |
Allow |
|
Depletion |
Allow |
Non-allowed |
|
Depreciation |
Allow |
Non-allowed |
|
Employee benefit programs |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Insurance |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Interest |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Legal and professional services |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Net loss that occurred in a previous period |
Non-allowed |
Non-allowed |
|
Office expense |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Pension and profit-sharing plans |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Rent or lease |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Repairs and maintenance |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Supplies |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Taxes and licenses |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Travel, meals, and entertainment |
Allow |
Non-allowed |
|
Travel to and from place of business |
Non-allowed |
Non-allowed |
|
Utilities |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Wages |
Allow |
Allow |
|
Other expenses |
Allow |
Allow |
Note: When determining transportation costs, the person may choose to use 56 cents per mile instead of keeping track of actual expenses.
If the household receives roomer or boarder payments, as explained in A-1323.4.3, Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments, the cost of doing business is deducted from each monthly payment. Count the remainder as self-employment income.
For roomers, the cost of doing business is actual costs. For boarders, the cost of doing business is:
Note: Each expense must be identified and verified when using actual costs.
A self-employment net financial loss must not be deducted from other types of household income.
Exception: The loss may be deducted from other household income if:
The farm loss amount may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income during the budgetary (100 percent) needs test.
Any remaining farm loss amount may be deducted during the recognizable needs test.
The farm loss amount may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income during the federal poverty level (FPL) test.
Any remaining farm loss amount may be deducted after the work expense standard deduction and child or incapacitated care costs.
The farm loss may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income before applying the gross income test.
Any remaining farm loss may be deducted from other earned or unearned income after applying the 20 percent earned income deduction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are four computation methods for self-employment income that may be used to calculate monthly income amounts for budgeting purposes:
For this method, the individual must have been self-employed for at least the past full year.
The self-employment income projection period, usually 12 months, is the period of time the household expects the income to support the family. A projection period should be established for households that receive self-employment income that is intended to support the household for:
The projection period should be determined at application when the individual reports self-employment income received less often than monthly. Note: For Medicaid EDGs, if the individual is eligible for prior Medicaid, the prior months are not included in the 12-month projection period.
The following steps are used to determine the projection period for self-employment income:
Once the projection period is established, it must not be changed. The projection period remains the same until the:
Exception: When there is a new source of self-employment income received less often than monthly, and the individual expects the income to support the household for the year or a specific period of time, establish a projection period for the months that the individual states the income is intended to cover. Since this projection period covers income from a new source, at redetermination, ensure that the income and circumstances still fit with the annual computation method criteria. Until the household has 12 months of income history, the projection period is conditional and may be changed as may the type of computation method used to calculate self-employment income.
In determining the monthly figure to use for new self-employment income when calculating a budget amount:
On an active EDG, when an individual reports a new source of self-employment, the first month of the projection period is the change effective month.
The monthly computation method is used in two situations:
| If the frequency is … | use the conversion factor … |
|---|---|
| weekly | 4.33 |
| bi-weekly | 2.17 |
| semi-monthly | 2 |
The daily computation method is used when:
The daily method is used until there are at least two representative calendar months of income. Once there are two full representative calendar months, the monthly computation method is used.
The anticipated method to calculate self-employment income is used when:
Anticipated means the individual knows who will pay, when they will pay, and how much will be paid. If the individual knows the source, but not the amount and/or frequency, the daily computation method in A-1323.4.7, Determining Net Self-Employment Income, should be used.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following steps are used to determine net self-employment income when using the annual computation method:
If the self-employment income is annual and no substantial changes are expected, the income should be projected for 12 months. If the self-employment income is seasonal and no substantial changes are expected, the income should be projected for the seasonal period.
The following steps are used for the monthly computation method:
Note: If the frequency is known and consistent, the appropriate conversion factor should be used in Step 1 and Step 2.
The following steps are used for the daily computation method:
The following steps are used for the anticipated self-employment method:
Related Policy
How to Project Income, A-1355
Length of Certification, A-2324
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an individual reports a change in self-employment income during the certification period, it should be considered part of the normal fluctuations of the business if the current budget already includes fluctuations as significant as the change that the individual is reporting, and the budget is not revised. If a reported change is not part of the normal fluctuations of the business, the income and expenses should be re-evaluated and the change considered substantial if it results in a change to the average monthly net self-employment income of more than $25. If the change results in a change of $25 or less, benefits should not be adjusted.
If a 12-month income projection period was previously established, the period should not be changed, unless it has expired or the individual reports no longer supporting the household with self-employment income. Even if the income or expense changes resulted in a different projected self-employment income, the projection period is the same.
If the income projection period has expired, a new projection period should be established with required verifications, even if the individual indicates no changes in the business.
Note: When the individual reports a change in self-employment income that is not received annually or seasonally, the policy in B-631, Actions on Changes, should be followed.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the individual reports a substantial change in annual or seasonal self-employment income, the income and expenses must be rebudgeted using the following method for actual income and expenses received.
Actual income from the beginning of the projection period through the month before re-evaluation should be used. The following steps are used to rebudget income in this situation.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Except for MAGI Medical Programs, the gross amount of all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, and tips count as earned income before deductions. This includes flexible fringe benefits, cafeteria plans, and employee retirement contributions that are withheld from the amount. MAGI Medical Programs exclude pre-tax contributions from gross income.
Wages held by the employer at the request of the employee and garnished wages are counted as income in the month the household would otherwise have received them. If an employer holds the employee's wages as a general practice, this money counts as income in the month it is actually received by the employee.
An advance counts in the month it is received. When an advance is repaid, the payback amount is deducted from the gross pay in the month it is paid back and the remainder is budgeted as the countable gross amount.
Medical Programs
Review income verification documents to determine if the person makes pre-tax contributions through their employer.
Pre-tax contributions are deducted before the gross income is taxed and must be excluded when determining MAGI countable gross income. Pre-tax contributions consist of the following:
Pend the EDG if the person claims pre-tax contributions, but verification is not provided. If verification is not provided by the due date, do not exclude the pre-tax contribution from the employment income. Count the gross income including the pre-tax contribution amounts. Staff must not deny the EDG for failure to provide pre-tax contribution information.
Related Policy
How to Project Income, A-1355
Budgeting Options for SNAP Households, A-1355.1
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Households with earnings below levels established by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) are potentially eligible to receive EIC payments from the IRS.
EIC money is included in a person's:
Federal tax refunds and EIC payments are exempt as income.
Related Policy
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1232.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Fringe benefit plans allow the employee to choose from benefit components such as insurance, extra vacation time, and payments to third parties for medical bills or child care. These are also called "cafeteria plans."
Under some plans, employers may:
Some plans may pay the remaining unused credit as part of the employee's wages.
| If the employer … | the advisor must count … |
|---|---|
| withholds the employee's wages to purchase benefits, | the held wages as earnings in the pay period that the employee would have normally received them. |
| provides credit in addition to wages, | as earnings only the portion that is paid directly to the employee. If the employer pays the unused credit in cash, the advisor must follow the steps below to determine countable excess income.
|
Flexible fringe benefits are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Household members who are employed in service-related occupations (beauticians, waiters, delivery staff, etc.) are likely to earn tips in addition to wages. Tips are counted as earned income.
Tip income is added to wages before applying conversion factors.
Note: Tips are not considered as self-employment income unless related to a self-employment enterprise.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| If an individual receives vacation pay … | the payment is considered … |
|---|---|
| during or before termination of employment, | earned income. |
| after termination of employment in one lump sum, | a liquid resource in the month received. |
| after termination of employment in multiple checks, | unearned income. |
Vacation pay is counted as unearned income.
Related Policy
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 and A-1331
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Wages paid by the Census Bureau for temporary employment related to census activities are exempt.
Wages paid by the Census Bureau for temporary employment related to census activities are counted as earned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Government payments are counted unless exempted in this section or by other policy in A-1300, Income.
Government payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Adoption assistance payments are exempt.
Note: A person receiving adoption assistance in a TANF budget or a certified group is exempt.
Related Policy
Who Is Not Included, A-222, No. 8
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Crime victim's compensation payments are provided from the funds authorized by state legislation to assist a person who:
The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) distributes the payments monthly or in a lump sum. These payments are exempt.
Related Policy
Crime Victim's Compensation Payments, A-1232.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Federal disaster payments and comparable disaster assistance provided by states, local governments, and disaster assistance organizations are exempt if the household is subject to legal penalties when the funds are not used as intended (including temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant).
Examples:
Related Policy
Government Disaster Payments, A-1232.4
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See A-1326.3, Energy Assistance, for energy or utility payments.
The value of government housing or rental subsidies, whether cash, two-party check, in-kind, or vendor-paid, are exempt.
The following payments are counted:
The following payments are exempt:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Transitional living allowances (TLA) are exempt. The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) distributes TLA to a foster child who:
Payments:
Related Policy
Transitional Living Allowance, A-1232.5
Revision 18-3; Effective July 1, 2018
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
The National and Community Service Act of 1990 (NCSA) established a corporation to administer paid volunteer service programs. The corporation provides funds, training, and technical assistance to states and communities to develop and expand human, education, environmental and public safety services.
The corporation oversees programs created under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act (DVSA) of 1973 such as:
The corporation also administers programs established in 1993 that include:
For programs established in 1973:
Payments, living allowances, and stipends are exempt.
Exception: VISTA payments under Title I of the Domestic Volunteer Services Act of 1973 are exempt from income for SNAP only if the person was receiving SNAP at the time they began participating in the VISTA program. VISTA payments are counted as earned income for a person who applies for SNAP while already participating in the VISTA program.
For programs established in 1993:
Payments except On the Job Training (OJT) payments are exempt.
OJT payments for adults are counted as earned income. A child's OJT payment is exempt if the child is under:
Exception: OJT payments received by AmeriCorps volunteers are exempt.
Use the exceptions for counting a child’s OJT income in the MAGI household income as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 3.
Exempt payments under Title V of Public Law 106-501, the Community Service Employment Program for Older Americans (formerly known as the Senior Community Service Employment Program).
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Exempted payments made to Native Americans under various public laws include, but are not limited to, the following:
Exception: Money given to Native Americans from gaming revenues (such as from casino profits, race tracks, lotteries, etc.) is not exempt under these laws. Gaming revenues are counted as unearned income.
American Indian/Alaskan Native (AI/AN) disbursement income is exempt and not counted under MAGI only if the person claiming that income type has verified their AI/AN status and provided verification of the income source, as explained in A-1370, Verification Requirements, for Medical Programs.
AI/AN disbursements include:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following amounts are exempt:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
One-Time Grandparent payments are exempt as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
OTTANF is exempt as income.
Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
These VA payments made to Vietnam veterans' children who are born with spina bifida are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
VA payments made to the children of women Vietnam veterans who are born with a birth defect are exempt.
Related Policy
Payments to Children of Women Vietnam Veterans Born with Certain Birth Defects (Public Law 106-419), A-1232.7.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments made to individuals because of their status as victims of Nazi persecution are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Division A, Title X, Section 1002), some World War II Filipino veterans who served in the military forces of the Government of Commonwealth of the Philippines, and their spouses, are authorized to receive one-time lump-sum payments of up to $15,000.
These payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following payments are exempt if provided under:
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
The benefit amount, including the deduction for the Medicare premium, less any amount being recouped for a prior RSDI overpayment, is counted as unearned income.
Note: If DFPS is the payee and the child gets Foster Care Medicaid:
See A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, for more information on foster care types of assistance.
Note: SSA may deposit RSDI benefits into a Direct Express card debit account. See www.ssa.gov/pubs/10073.html.
For people who meet a MAGI exception as defined under Step 3 in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, calculate the countable amount of the person’s RSDI using the formula in Table 3, Step 3 of the Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP.
Related Policy
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
The income of an SSI recipient is exempt.
If the SSI recipient contributes to a member of the TANF unit, the contributions policy in A-1326.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members, applies.
Exception: All of the SSI benefits are exempt when the SSI recipient meets one of the following criteria.
Note: This policy applies to people who cannot get SSI financial assistance because of earnings but who continue to get SSI Medicaid.
Counted as unearned income. The following amounts are deducted if the amount is being:
Notes:
A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, includes more information on foster care types of assistance.
Note: SSA may deposit SSI benefits into a Direct Express card debit account. See www.ssa.gov/pubs/10073.html.
Medical Programs
SSI is exempt. Count the other income of an SSI recipient unless the income is exempt.
Related Policy
Plan for Achieving Self-Sufficiency (PASS), A-1326.8
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF benefits are exempt from income.
The TANF benefit amount (after recoupment) counts as unearned income.
Retroactive or restored TANF or refugee cash assistance payments are exempt as income. These payments should be considered lump-sum payments and counted as a resource.
Note: TANF benefits may be deposited into an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cash debit account and made accessible to recipients via an EBT card.
Exception: The recommended grant amount continues to be counted when the TANF grant is lowered for one or more of the following reasons:
SNAP benefits must not be increased in an existing certification period when TANF benefits are forfeited because of a noncooperation penalty. In situations where the TANF is denied:
In situations where there is a break in SNAP benefits of less than a month, the TANF continues to count through the next certification period when the:
Note: This policy does not apply to other types of TANF disqualifications or denials or to denied TANF applications.
Examples:
During the SNAP certification period January – June, the date of noncooperation is February 1. The first noncooperation month is February, and the second noncooperation month is March. The TANF grant is denied in April. The TANF grant continues to count in the SNAP budget through June.
At a SNAP redetermination when there is a certified TANF EDG, the household fails to comply with TANF PRA requirements and is denied effective with March benefits. The date of noncooperation is January 1. The first noncooperation month is January, and the second noncooperation month is February. The SNAP application file month is January. When the SNAP redetermination is untimely in January:
When the SNAP redetermination is a new application or the individual was receiving SNAP in a different household, the TANF does not count in the forfeit or ongoing months. However, the TANF grant received in January, the month of application, must be counted.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF annual school subsidy payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Unemployment insurance benefits (UIB) are:
The gross UIB benefit, less any amount being recouped for a UIB overpayment, counts as unearned income.
Exception: The gross amount counts if the household agreed to repay a SNAP overpayment through voluntary garnishment.
Related Policy
How to Project Income, A-1355
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2
Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The VA provides payments to veterans with disabilities and/or their spouses/dependents and to spouses/dependents of deceased veterans. VA benefits are not subject to federal or state income tax or child support garnishment.
Three basic VA benefit programs are described in this section:
VA Pension
VA pension payments are made to certain veterans with disabilities based on financial needs. Low-income veterans who either have a disability or are age 65 and older may be eligible for a VA pension if they have 90 days or more of active military service with at least one day during a period of war. Payments are made to bring the veteran's total income, including other retirement or Social Security income, to a level set by Congress. Recipients must re-qualify each year to continue to receive payments. There is a similar pension benefit available for surviving spouses and dependent minor children of such deceased veterans.
VA Disability Compensation
VA disability compensation is a payment made to a veteran with a service-related disability. Eligibility is not based on financial need. The amount of the payment varies with the percentage of the veteran's disability and the number of the veteran's dependents living in or out of the home. The payment can also be made to a spouse, child or parent of a veteran because of the service-related death of the veteran.
Dependency and Indemnity Compensation
DIC is a monthly benefit paid to eligible survivors of active duty service members and survivors of those veterans whose deaths are determined by VA to be service-related. This payment is a flat monthly payment, regardless of other income. The payment is payable for the life of the spouse, provided the spouse does not remarry before age 57; however, should a remarriage end, DIC benefits can be reinstated. This payment is adjusted annually for cost-of-living increases and is non-taxable. VA adds a monthly transitional payment to the surviving spouse with minor children for the first two years of DIC entitlement or until the last child turns age 18, whichever occurs first. See http://benefits.va.gov/Compensation/current_rates_dic.asp for current payment amounts.
Veterans with certain disabilities may be eligible for additional special monthly compensation such as:
The gross benefit less any amount recouped or suspended for VA overpayment is counted as unearned income, except as described below for reimbursement for medical and attendant care expenses.
These special compensation payments that are intended to cover medical and attendant care expenses are exempt. These payments are exempt as reimbursement as explained in A-1332, Reimbursements.
Apportioned VA payments are a direct payment of the dependent's portion of the VA benefit to a dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran. Apportioned VA payments are unearned income to the dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran.
Other Types of Veterans Benefits
At retirement, retirees may choose to purchase the SBP. In this case, the SBP pays retired military members’ eligible survivors an inflation-adjusted monthly income. Basic SBP for a spouse pays a benefit equal to 55 percent of the retired individual's pay. Eligible children may also be SBP beneficiaries while they are dependents of the retired individual, either alone or added to spouse coverage. Any VA DIC paid to a spouse is subtracted from SBP payments, although VA DIC payments to or for children do not affect SBP payments. SBP premiums are refunded to the survivor if the monthly VA DIC amount is greater than the SBP monthly annuity.
The gross amount of any SBP payment is counted as unearned income.
All veterans benefits are exempt from income
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
There are two types of Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments issued by DFPS, these include:
Both of these types of payments are exempt from income.
Related Policy
Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments, A-1232.13
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A payment received for completing the Healthy Marriage Development Program is exempt. The advisor must document as required by policy in A-1380, Documentation Requirements.
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
Railroad retirement benefits may be paid to a person, the person's dependents or survivors. Some examples of railroad retirement benefits are sick pay, annuities, pensions and unemployment insurance benefits.
Count the gross benefit amount, including the deduction for the Medicare premium as unearned income.
Exception: For Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP), people who meet a MAGI exception as defined under Step 3 in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, calculate the countable amount of the person’s railroad retirement benefits using the formula in Table 3, Step 3 of the Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP.
Related Policy
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Dividends count as unearned income. Exception: Dividends from insurance policies are exempt as income.
TANF and SNAP
Royalties count as unearned income, less any amount deducted for production expenses and severance taxes.
Medical Programs
Royalties count as unearned income. For allowable expenses, see A-1420, Types of Deductions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments for oil, gas, and mineral rights count as unearned income.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Cash gifts and contributions count as unearned income unless they:
If these contributions exceed $300 in a quarter, the excess amount counts as income in the month received.
Exception: Contributions from noncertified household members are budgeted according to policy explained in A-1326.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members.
Count cash support only if:
For example, a person gives $100 a month to her nephew and plans to claim her nephew as her tax dependent. This cash support will count for her nephew because the she is a taxpayer giving an amount to her tax dependent. She is not her nephew’s parent or spouse, and the amount exceeds $50 a month.
Related Policy
Energy Assistance, A-1326.3
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 and A-1331
MyGoals Payments, A-1326.27
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a noncertified person(s) lives in the home with a TANF/SNAP unit and shares household expenses (no landlord/tenant relationship), any payments the noncertified person makes to the unit for common household expenses (including food, shelter, utilities, and items for home maintenance) are exempt. If a noncertified household member makes additional payments for use by a certified member, it is a contribution.
If a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, countable income is determined according to the roomer/boarder policy in A-1323.4.3, Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments.
For contributions from noncertified household members, advisors must follow the policy explained in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Gifts from tax-exempt organizations are exempt if the gift is for a child with a life-threatening condition and the amount of the gift is:
If the gift is converted into cash or exceeds $2,000 a year, the conversion or the excess counts as unearned income in the month of receipt and is exempt as a resource in the months that follow.
See A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments obtained on behalf of a child count as unearned income. See A-1326.2.1, Counting Child Support, for when to count for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families. Payments are considered as child support if:
Child support collections distributed through the Texas OAG may be received through warrants, direct deposits or the Texas Debit Card. Refer to A-1326.2.1 for the various methods and availability.
Child support payments may be received by a person in Texas through another state’s Office of Attorney General. Several other states use debit accounts for the distribution of child support payments.
Note: If DFPS is the payee and the child receives Foster Care Medicaid:
Advisors must contact DFPS child support representatives to verify the amount of child support and dates of disbursements because DFPS may not forward the total legally obligated amount. OAG inquiries are not used in this situation.
See A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, for further information on foster care types of assistance.
Advisors must consider the following in determining child support:
If an absent parent is making child support payments but moves back into the home of the caretaker and child, the child support is not counted. The earnings and/or other income count as a regular household member.
If a caretaker receives current child support for a nonmember (or a member who is no longer in the home) but uses the money for personal or household needs, the amount counts as unearned income. The amount actually used for or provided to the nonmember for whom it is intended to cover is not counted.
If a single payment covers two or more children (including at least one who is not an applicant/recipient) and the support order does not specify a portion for each child, the payment is prorated among all of the children. When two or more children receive child support from the same father and one child receives Supplemental Security Income, the payment is always prorated.
Child support is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| For child support payments issued via … | funds are … |
|---|---|
| warrants, | mailed from Austin, Texas, the day after the disbursement date listed on the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) inquiry system. When determining availability, consider the distance the payment has to travel through the mail. |
| direct deposit/electronic transfers, | available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system. |
| Texas debit cards, | available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system. |
Related Policy
How to Project Income, A-1355
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2
Applicants are not required to remit any child support received before the certification date. At application and prior to certification, the following procedures may be used to determine the countable child support to budget.
| When determining … | count … |
|---|---|
| eligibility, | all child support already received and/or expected to be received each month, less the $75 disregard. If the countable child support plus other countable income is less than the TANF recognizable needs, proceed to determining the benefit amount. |
| benefits, | child support received from the beginning of the month through the date of certification, less the $75 disregard. Exception: For One-Time TANF, issue the full grant. |
Note: If the applicant refuses to remit the child support after signing Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, prior to certification, a child support penalty is applied.
TANF recipients should be instructed to remit all child support received after the certification date to the OAG. See A-1124, TANF, for instructions on remitting child support payments to the state. Child support payments remitted to the OAG as required are not counted.
Child support received after certification is counted if the:
A sanction is imposed for noncooperation. Child support payments are counted, less the $75 disregard deduction. The advisor must process a claim for any overissuance.
Child support counts as unearned income. If a TANF individual remits child support to the state, only the portion the OAG sends to the individual is counted.
The OAG sends HHSC a monthly computer tape for all TANF individuals receiving OAG child support payments that month. Each month, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS):
Full child support payments are counted, less the $75 disregard deduction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Lump-sum child support payments received or anticipated to be received more often than once a year count as unearned income in the month received. Lump-sum child support payments received once a year or less frequently count as a resource in the month received. See A-1242, Lump-Sum Payments.
Lump-sum payments on child support arrears are received from the following sources:
Lump-sum payments on current child support are received from the following sources:
Related Policy
Calculating Household Income, A-1350
TXCSES Menu Screens, C-832.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a court order is entered, it designates the amount of child support and/or medical support a parent receives on behalf of the children. Medical support is in the form of:
If the individual does not receive Medicaid and is responsible for paying medical expenses, the payments are considered a reimbursement and the policy for reimbursement in A-1332, Reimbursements, applies.
Cash medical support payments the individual receives and remits to Third Party Recovery (TPR) are not counted. Any of the cash medical support payment from the absent parent that the individual continues to keep counts as income.
Related Policy
Remitting Cash Medical Support Payments to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit, A-861.5
TANF, A-1124
Reimbursements, A-1332
Medical support payments are exempt.
If the individual has an open child support case with the OAG for children receiving Medicaid, the OAG processes medical support payments through an interface with HHSC/TPR, and the individual does not receive a direct payment. If an individual is not referred to the OAG for services and is receiving or begins receiving cash medical support payments, the individual is required to remit the payments to the TPR unit.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Energy or utility payments and supplements are paid to or on behalf of the TANF, SNAP, and Medical Programs households from various governmental and private sources. The assistance may be in the form of cash, vendor, in-kind, and two-party check payments.
The chart below indicates when to exempt or count energy/utility assistance as TANF, SNAP, and Medical Programs income. Note: If an energy assistance payment is combined with other payments, only the energy assistance portion is exempt from income (if applicable).
| Source | Type Payment | TANF | SNAP | Medical Programs |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Federally-funded, state, or locally administered programs including CEAP, weatherization, Energy Crisis, and one-time payments for emergency repairs of a heating or cooling device (down payment and final payment) |
|
Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
| Energy assistance received through HUD, U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Housing Service (RHS) or Farmer's Home Administration (FmHA) |
|
Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
| State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded) |
|
Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
| State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded) State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded) |
|
Exempt | Count | Exempt |
| Private nonprofit organization |
|
Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
| Private nonprofit organization |
|
Count per A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions | Count per A-1326.1 | Exempt |
| State or federal regulated utility company, a municipal utility company, or a supplier of home heating oil or gas |
|
Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
| State or federal regulated utility company, a municipal utility company, or a supplier of home heating oil or gas |
|
Exempt | Count | Exempt |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Foster care or permanency care payments are exempt.
Do not include a person receiving foster care or permanency care payments in a TANF budget or certified group.
If a foster parent or caregiver chooses to exclude a foster/PCA child/adult from the certified group:
If a foster parent or caregiver chooses to include a foster/PCA child/adult in the certified group:
Related Policy
Who Is Not Included, A-222, No. 8
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In-kind income is exempt.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Interest counts as unearned income unless specifically excluded.
Note: “Note interest” is one type of interest that is also counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Financial assistance is considered a loan if:
These loans are exempt from income. Contributions that are not considered loans must be considered as explained in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.
Note: See A-1234, Noneducational Loans, for policy on treating loans as a resource.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Any amount an SSI recipient deposits into a PASS account or uses toward completion of a PASS plan is exempt.
Note: If the PASS contribution is made from earned income, the advisor should enter the PASS income in the Employer – Employee Screen – Amount Totals – PASS Income. TIERS will deduct the PASS contribution from the gross earnings.
A PASS can be, but is not limited to, money that is:
The PASS plan must be approved by the Social Security Administration.
The SSI recipient will receive a notice from SSA approving or disapproving the PASS plan. Advisors may use this notice as verification of the PASS plan.
Related Policy
Individual Development Accounts (IDAs), A-1231.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A pension is any benefit derived from former employment (such as retirement benefits or a disability pension). A pension counts as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Withdrawals or dividends that the household can receive from a trust fund (also referred to as trust payments) count as unearned income.
Related Policy
Trust Funds, A-1237
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
R&P payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals can receive RCA only if they are not eligible for TANF.
RCA counts as income in the month received.
RCA income is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals can receive Match Grant only if they are not eligible for TANF.
Follow the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.
Match Grant is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The portion of income from a spouse or parent in a nursing facility that is diverted to the family members living in the community counts as unearned income.
The spousal diversion and dependent allowance are determined by the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities worker processing the application for nursing facility coverage. When nursing facility coverage is approved and disposed, TIERS will add this income in the community family member's approved Texas Works (TW) EDGs upon running Eligibility. Advisors do not make Data Collection entries for this income.
Spousal diversion payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
DFPS has systems in place to become a payee for legally obligated income the child received prior to DFPS taking conservatorship. This income may include (but is not limited to) child support, RSDI and SSI.
Foster care (FC) types of assistance (TOA) are identified in TIERS Inquiry as:
Federal Match identifies Medicaid paid by matched funds from the federal government. No Federal Match identifies state-paid Medicaid only without matching federal funds. With Cash types of assistance (with or without federal match) indicate that the foster parent receives FC financial assistance for an FC child in addition to FC Medicaid. No Cash indicates the foster parent does not receive an FC financial payment but DFPS provides FC Medicaid only.
When reviewing inquiry systems such as WTPY/SOLQ and OAG, and DFPS is identified as the payee for the legally obligated income:
Examples:
Note: DFPS does not become the payee for children who receive adoption assistance.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Alimony payments, also referred to as spousal support, are payments received from a spouse or former spouse under a divorce or separation agreement.
Count alimony received as unearned income for the person receiving the payment.
If the divorce or separation agreements that include alimony payments were executed or last modified:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An annuity is a series of payments paid under a contract and made at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year. Payments can be either fixed (under which one receives a definite amount) or variable (not fixed). An individual can buy the contract alone or with the help of an employer.
Annuity payments are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Capital gains are profit from the sale of property or of an investment when the sale price is higher than the initial purchase price (for example, profits from the sale of stocks, bonds, or from the sale of real estate).
Capital gains are exempt.
Capital gains are counted as unearned income.
Revision 17-4; Effective October 1, 2017
Follow policy in A-1323.3, Military Pay Allotments and Allowances, or A-1324.4, Government Housing Assistance, for specific types of housing allowances. Housing allowances not addressed in A-1323.3 or A-1324.4 are counted as unearned income.
Follow policy in A-1323.3, Military Pay Allotments and Allowances, or A-1324.4, Government Housing Assistance, for specific types of housing allowances.
Housing allowances provided as compensation for ordained, commissioned or licensed members of the clergy are excluded from MAGI budgeting if:
Housing allowances not addressed in A-1323.3, A-1324.4, or considered a housing allowance for a clergy member are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Life estate income is income an individual receives from ownership of property that an individual only possesses ownership of for the duration of one’s life (for example, rental income).
Life estate income is counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Jury duty pay is taxable income received from jury duty as compensation.
Jury duty pay is exempt.
Jury duty pay is counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Court awards are taxable money that an individual receives as the result of a lawsuit (for example, compensation for lost wages or punitive damages awards).
Follow policy in A-1331, Lump-Sum Payments.
Court awards income is counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Canceled debts are debts that have been canceled, forgiven, or discharged, and the canceled amount is included as countable income on federal income tax returns (for example, loan foreclosures or canceled credit card debt).
Canceled debt income is exempt.
Canceled debt income is counted as unearned income.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) programs allow individuals (beneficiaries) who become blind or disabled before age 26 to establish tax-free savings accounts for the designated beneficiary's disability-related expenses.
Contributions to an ABLE account from individuals other than the designated beneficiary, and any distributions from an ABLE account, are not considered income to the designated beneficiary.
Income of the designated beneficiary, or an individual whose income is considered when determining eligibility, that is deposited into an ABLE account, remains countable income when determining eligibility.
Interest and dividends earned on an ABLE account are exempt.
Medical Programs
Interest and dividends earned on an ABLE account are countable as unearned income.
Related Policy:
Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts; A-1231.6
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
School-Based Savings Accounts are accounts set up by students or their parents at financial institutions that partner with school districts. The accounts are intended to help students save for higher education.
TANF and SNAP
Interest earned on School-Based Savings Accounts is exempt.
Medical Programs
Interest earned on School-Based Savings Accounts is countable as unearned income.
Related Policy
School-Based Savings Accounts, A-1231.7
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
MyGoals payments are cash payments received by participants in the MyGoals for Employment Success demonstration project. The demonstration studies the impact of combining workforce development and financial payments on employment outcomes for recipients of the Housing and Urban Development, Section 8 Rental Assistance. Only residents within the jurisdiction of the Houston Housing Authority are selected to participate in the project.
All Programs
MyGoals payments are counted as cash contributions made by a private, nonprofit organization according to policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.
Revision 18-2; Effective April 1, 2018
All Programs
Count the gross amount of winnings as unearned income in the month received, regardless of the frequency of pay. The Data Broker information includes debt offset (recoupment) information.
Example: Applicant wins $1,000/month; however, there is a debt offset (recoupment) of $100 from the OAG for child support. The income budgeted will be $1,000.
Note: Some winners may elect to place their winnings in a trust fund.
Related Policy
Trust Funds, A-1326.10
Trust Funds, A-1237
Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243
Texas Lottery Commission, C-825.18
Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Lump sums received once a year or less are exempt, unless specifically listed as income. These sums are considered as a resource in the month received, and the policy in A-1242, Lump-Sum Payments, applies.
Note: Retroactive or restored payments are considered to be lump-sum payments and count as a resource. Any portion that is ongoing income is separated from a lump-sum amount and counted as income.
Example: A person receives a lump-sum payment in the amount of $4,950 from the SSA in the month of March. Effective that same month, the person receives his first monthly RSDI payment of $950, which is included in the $4,950 lump-sum payment. Staff must budget the $950 RSDI payment beginning with the month of March as an ongoing payment and consider the $4,000 as a lump-sum payment.
A lump-sum payment counts as income in the month received if the individual gets it or expects to get it more often than once a year.
Exceptions: Contributions, gifts, and prizes count as unearned income in the month received, regardless of frequency of pay.
If a lump sum reimburses a household for burial, legal, medical bills or damaged/lost possessions, the countable amount of the lump sum is reduced by the amount earmarked for these items.
Federal tax refunds and EICs are exempt as income.
All lump-sum payments are counted as income in the month they are received.
Note: Award prizes are considered lump-sum payments and are counted in the month they are received.
Related Policy
Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1232.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A reimbursement (not to exceed the individual's expense) is exempt if it is provided specifically for a past or future expense:
If the reimbursement exceeds the individual's expenses, any excess counts as unearned income. A reimbursement to exceed the individual's expenses is not considered unless the individual or provider indicates the amount is excessive.
Note: A reimbursement for future expenses is exempt only if the individual plans to use it as intended.
A reimbursement (not to exceed the individual's expense) provided specifically for a past or future expense other than a normal living expense is exempt.
If the reimbursement exceeds the individual's expenses, any excess counts as unearned income. A reimbursement is not considered to exceed the individual's expenses unless the individual or provider indicates the amount is excessive.
Note: A reimbursement for future expenses is exempt only if the individual plans to use it as intended.
A reimbursement is exempt. Reimbursements include private insurance payments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Money an individual receives that is intended and used for maintenance of a nonmember is exempt.
If an individual receives a single payment for more than one beneficiary, the amount actually used for the nonmember is excluded up to the nonmember's identifiable portion or prorated portion, if the portion is not identifiable.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments that a person or organization outside the household makes directly to the individual's creditor or person providing the service are exempt.
Exception: Money legally obligated to the household, but which the payer makes to a third party for a household expense is counted as income.
Example: In a SNAP EDG, the absent parent is court-ordered to pay $400 a month. Instead, the absent parent pays $150 cash support and also pays $300 of the custodial parent's rent directly to the landlord for a total of $450. The $150 cash and $250 of the vendor-paid rent counts as child support, since that portion is legally obligated to the individual. The $50 amount over the legally obligated child support of $400 is considered an exempt vendor payment.
Related Policy
Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Child Support, A-1326.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All vendor payments made for a household with a migrant farm worker in the workstream that are paid with state or local government funds are exempt.
Vendor payments paid to other people with state or local government funds are counted unless the payment provides assistance for:
Note: Vendor payments paid with federal funds (for example, federally funded housing assistance) are exempt. Policy in A-1326.3, Energy Assistance, applies.
Vendor payments from state and local government funds are exempt.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
There are two eligibility tests for TANF.
The budgetary needs test is the first eligibility test for the household. It applies to all households who have not received TANF in the last four months in Texas or another state.
If an unmet need of less than 50 cents remains, the household is ineligible.
The recognizable needs test is the final eligibility test for the household. This test applies to all applicants and certified households.
The recognizable needs test has two parts. Applicant households (those subject to the budgetary needs test) must pass both Part A and Part B. All other households must pass only Part B.
If an unmet need of one cent or more remains, the household is eligible.
All countable earned and unearned income is included:
Note: If there is a diversion amount and someone other than the person with diversions has countable income (or two household members with joint diversions both have countable income), each member's income or earned income deductions are computed separately until the actual amount allowed to be diverted from each person's income is subtracted. Then the total net incomes are combined.
When two members have joint diversions, any amount of the diversion that exceeds one member's income can be diverted from the other member's income.
Note: If there is a diversion amount and someone other than the person with diversions has countable income (or two members with joint diversions both have countable income), each member's income and earned income deductions are computed separately until after subtracting the actual amount allowed to be diverted from each person's income. Then the adjusted gross incomes are combined.
When two members have joint diversions, any amount of the diversion that exceeds one member's income can then be diverted from the other member's income.
For each household member with earnings, the deductions cannot exceed the person's total income. This also applies when there is more than one household member with earnings, diverted income or both.
The adjusted income should be compared to the recognizable needs amount in C-111, Income Limits. If the adjusted income is one cent or more, the household passes the recognizable needs test.
The adjusted income is subtracted from the maximum grant amount in C-111 to determine the benefit amount.
Related Policy
Child Support Deductions, A-1421
$75 Disregard Deduction, A-1422
Dependent Care Deduction, A-1423
Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, A-1424
Work-Related Expense ($120 and 20%), A-1425.1
1/3 Disregard for Applicants, A-1425.2
90% Earned Income Deduction, A-1425.3
Income Limits, C-111
There are two eligibility tests for SNAP.
Gross income is the total countable income. This test applies to all households except those:
To be considered categorically eligible, all household members must be approved for TANF or SSI, or a combination of TANF and SSI, or the household must meet resource criteria and have gross income below or equal to 165 percent FPIL for its size.
A household subject to the gross income test is ineligible if unrounded gross income exceeds the limit by one cent or more.
Note: For households with a deductible farm loss, the loss is subtracted before applying the gross income test.
Net income is the gross income minus allowable deductions. This test applies to all households, except categorically eligible households.
Note: The net income test applies to a household with a member who is elderly or has a disability if the household’s gross income exceeds 165 percent FPL and the household does not meet categorically eligible requirements.
If a household's rounded income exceeds the net income limits, the household is ineligible. Fifty cents or more is rounded up and 49 cents or less is rounded down. The EDG is denied if net income results in zero allotment for the initial and ongoing months.
TIERS will assign the appropriate income test at Eligibility Summary after running Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC).
Related Policy
Maximum Income Limits, C-121
Benefits, A-2322
For Medical Programs, MAGI financial eligibility is determined by comparing the applicable program income limit defined in C-130, Medical Programs, and the MAGI household income calculated using Step 1 through Step 5 below.
Follow the five steps below in the specified order for each person applying for benefits to determine MAGI financial eligibility for each person.
Step 1 — Determine MAGI Household Composition
The MAGI household composition for the person, as explained in A-240, Medical Programs, will be used to complete Steps 2, 3, 4, and 5.
Step 2 — Determine MAGI Individual Income
Identify and list all income, expenses, and overpayments for each person in the MAGI household.
Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP, is used for each person included in the person’s MAGI household composition to list and calculate:
Step 3 — Determine Whether Any Exemptions Apply to MAGI Household Income
If a person meets one of the following exceptions for the taxable year in which Medicaid or Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) eligibility is requested, their MAGI individual income is not included when calculating MAGI household income (as explained in Step 4).
Exception 1:
A person is a child (natural, adopted or step), regardless of age, who is:
Exception 2:
A person is a tax dependent who is:
If a person meets the criteria for Exception 1 or 2 and does not have any income, it is not necessary to determine whether the person is expected to be required to file an income tax return because there is no income to compare with the IRS income threshold. Move to Step 4 at this point.
Note: Even if a person’s tax status is “non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent,” the person may be “expected to be required to file” a federal income tax return based on the IRS threshold amounts.
For a person who is expected to be required to file a federal income tax return, all MAGI Individual Income from Step 2 counts in every household composition in which that person is included.
If a child meets Exception 1:
If a tax dependent meets Exception 2:
If a person meets the criteria for both exceptions — a child (regardless of age) included in the MAGI household composition of a parent and a tax dependent included in the MAGI household composition of the taxpayer — Exception 1 applies. Exception 1 is more beneficial for the child because the child’s income would then be exempt from the child’s MAGI Individual Income.
Example: A child (regardless of age) lives with her mother, has no income, and her mother expects to claim the child on her federal income tax return. The child would meet Exception 1 and Exception 2. For the purposes of exempting the child’s income, the child (regardless of age) is considered a child who is included in the MAGI household composition of a parent whose MAGI group includes a parent (Exception 1). Because the child has no income (and thus no income to exempt), there is no need to compare her income to the tax thresholds. If the child had income under the threshold, it would be more beneficial to allow her Exception 1 so that her income would not be counted on her own MAGI household income.
Step 4 — Calculate MAGI Household Income
First, the MAGI Individual Income for each person included in the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition is calculated by:
|
|
Person 1 |
Person 2 |
Person 3 |
Person 4 |
|
Total earned/unearned income |
|
|
|
|
|
Add |
+ |
+ |
+ |
+ |
|
Total self-employment Income |
|
|
|
|
|
Add |
+ |
+ |
+ |
+ |
|
Total AI/AN disbursement |
|
|
|
|
|
Subtract |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Total recoupment of overpayments |
|
|
|
|
|
Subtract |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Total expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
Equals |
= |
= |
= |
= |
|
MAGI Individual Income |
|
|
|
|
Second, the MAGI Individual Income for all persons included in the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition must be totaled. Anyone’s income (as applicable) based on Exceptions 1 and 2 from Step 3 is exempt.
| Add MAGI Individual Income | + | + | + | = |
Third, the standard MAGI income disregard, listed in C-131.4, Standard MAGI Income Disregard, by MAGI household size, must be subtracted from the sum of the MAGI Individual Incomes to get the MAGI household income. The standard MAGI disregard is an income disregard equal to five percentage points of the FPIL. It is a standard amount based on the applicable household size across all Medical Programs that use MAGI rules to determine income.
|
Sum of MAGI Individual Incomes |
|
|
Subtract |
- |
|
Standard MAGI Disregard |
|
|
Equals |
= |
|
MAGI Household Income |
|
Note: The standard MAGI income disregard is updated annually based on the annual updates to the FPIL.
Step 5 — Determine MAGI Financial Eligibility
The person’s eligibility is determined by comparing whether the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household income is less than or equal to the income limit of the applicable program based on FPIL and MAGI household size.
Steps 1 to 5 must be repeated for each person applying for Medical Programs.
Related Policy
Income Limits, C-131
Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs, C-1114
Who Is Included, A-241.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The TANF grant amount is the amount of the monthly benefit. The TANF grant is approximately 17 percent FPIL. The federal government periodically adjusts the FPIL.
After the household passes the recognizable needs test, the recommended grant amount is calculated. The advisor subtracts the household's adjusted gross income (rounded down to the nearest dollar) from the maximum grant amount allowed for the household's size and composition. See C-111, Income Limits.
The minimum grant amount is $10. The household is eligible to receive the minimum grant if the recommended grant amount is less than $10.
Benefits of less than $10 are issued only for:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household's income is computed to determine eligibility and benefit amount. Household income is computed by using:
Notes:
Exception: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, may be used when using the TWC wage record to calculate income.
If a child lives with a married relative (not a parent) who wants to be the caretaker, eligibility and benefits are determined using:
See A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income that is irregular and unpredictable is exempt if both of the following conditions apply:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Terminated income counts in the month received. Actual income must be used and conversion factors are not used if terminated income is less than a full month's income.
Income is terminated if it will not be received in the next usual payment cycle.
Income is not terminated if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If actual or projected income is not received monthly, the income should be converted to monthly amounts using one of the following methods:
Note: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, can be used for converting TWC wages.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following procedures should be followed if an individual has a new source of semi-monthly income and has not received enough checks to reliably project the income:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Actual income is income that has already been received. Actual income is budgeted by:
Actual income should not be converted when:
Note: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, can be used for budgeting TWC wages.
Revision 20-4 Effective October 1, 2020
Projected income is income a person has not received, but expects to get. To project income:
Note: To determine the date income can be reasonably anticipated, use factors specific to the source of income, distance it travels through the mail, electronic transfers, weekends and holidays.
For people getting unemployment insurance benefits, determine the availability of funds in the account by adding one business day to the payment date listed on the Texas Workforce Commission Inquiry Benefit Payment screen.
For child support payments disbursed through the Texas debit card, follow policy in A-1326.2.1, Counting Child Support.
If income is ongoing, but the amounts fluctuate, it is best to anticipate income by averaging income from past pay periods. When using this method:
If the household states the payments are representative of current income, use YTD amounts, if available, for missing pay periods and use the average amount of verified payments for other unverified pay periods in all budget months. Use more than two pay amounts if they are available, but do not pend to require more than two pay amounts when a person says the pay amounts are representative of current income and the statement is not questionable.
Exception: For Children's Medicaid, see policy in A-1371, Verification Sources.
Use a different method to anticipate income when someone has a new job, seasonal fluctuations occur, or expected changes (such as changes in work hours or rate of pay) cause too many past amounts to be unrepresentative of current income.
Different methods of anticipating future income are:
Document the reason and calculations for the method used.
Example: When an applicant has paychecks, use the YTD amounts to find any missing pay amounts, if possible. In this situation, the gross pay on the checks is representative of current income.
| Pay Date | Gross Pay Amount | YTD |
|---|---|---|
| 05/11 | (missing paycheck) | (missing paycheck) |
| 05/25 | $265.50 | $4,675.93 |
| 06/09 | (missing paycheck) | (missing paycheck) |
| 06/23 | $262.84 | $5,199.18 |
You must have the checks before and after the missing paycheck. Take the YTD gross amount of the check prior to the missing paycheck and subtract it from the check received directly after the missing paycheck.
|
$5,199.18 |
YTD of check dated 06/23 |
|
- $4,675.93 |
YTD of check dated 05/25 |
|
= $523.25 |
Difference of the YTD amounts |
Then subtract the gross pay amount of the paycheck received after the missing paycheck from the difference of the YTD amounts.
|
$523.25 |
Difference of the YTD amounts |
|
- $262.84 |
Gross pay amount of check dated 06/23 |
|
= $260.41 |
Gross pay amount of check dated 06/09 |
Then add the three amounts together and divide by three to determine the average for the other missing pay period.
|
$265.50 |
Gross amount of 05/25 |
|
+ $260.41 |
Gross amount of 06/09 |
|
+ $262.84 |
Gross amount of 06/23 |
|
= $788.75 ÷ 3 |
Total of three checks then divide by three |
| = $262.92 | Average to use for check dated 05/11 |
Exception: Do not apply this policy to sources of income that involve fluctuations in pay due to overtime, tips, commission, bonuses, hourly wages, etc.
Examples:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If income is received more than once a month, monthly converted amounts are used to compute the monthly average. If the monthly income fluctuates, the household may choose to average its monthly income over the entire certification period. The advisor must determine the household's eligibility and benefits based on the average income.
Exception: The income of destitute households must not be averaged over the certification period.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The quarterly wage records displayed on TWC inquiry reflect wages earned in the quarter ending as late as one month before the current calendar month. However, because the wage records are updated quarterly, wages may be further in the past. TWC quarters are displayed as a number corresponding to the quarter of the year in which the wages were earned, as illustrated below:
Use the gross monthly amount determined from using TWC wage records, when applicable, in all of the following budget months:
Note: A-831.3, Income Computation, may be used when determining the budget for prior Medicaid months.
Use the following chart to determine payment amounts when using TWC wage records to budget earned income.
| Did the person receive three full months of income in this quarter? |
YES, then use one of the following calculations: |
|
|
|
NO, then use one of the following calculations: |
|
|
Note: TIERS uses the calculations in the chart above to derive the Calculated Payment value on the “TWC Inquiry” section of the Employment Payments screen.
Before using TWC quarterly wage information as a verification source for earned income, use the preferred methods of verification for the applicable program.
The following sources continue to be the preferred methods of wage verification if they are available without having to pend the EDG to obtain them:
If these preferred sources of verification are not available during the interview, or when processed if no interview is required, and it would be necessary to pend for wage verification, the TWC quarterly wage information should be used as verification as explained below.
|
Yes– Continue | No – Pend for other wage verification |
|
Yes– Continue | No – Pend for other wage verification |
|
Yes– Continue | No – Pend for other wage verification |
Note: Convert the income to the frequency the person receives the income before discussing with them whether the earnings shown in TWC records are representative of current and/or future earnings. |
Yes – Use TWC wage record as verification | No – Pend for other wage verification |
Note: Verify tip income not included on a person's wage statement by obtaining a signed and dated statement from the person.
If the person’s reported income is not reasonably compatible with electronic data sources, pend for verification of earned income and determine whether the TWC quarterly wage information can be used as verification of earnings. The TWC wage record may be used as a verification source if both of the following conditions are met:
Convert the quarterly wage data to monthly income amounts, as described above.
If the income reported on the application or redetermination form makes the household ineligible, do not require the verification of earnings. If a member is ineligible based on the TWC data but appears eligible based on wages reported on the application form, request other income verification.
Note: If the TWC quarterly wage data is older than the verification used in the current SNAP budget, use the SNAP budget to determine eligibility for Medicaid applications or renewals.
Related Policy
Income Computation, A-831.3
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Verification Sources, A-1371
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If income is received less often than monthly, the income is prorated over the period covered.
If income is received less often than monthly, the income:
Exception: Income of destitute farm workers is not prorated.
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
| Action Type | Budgeting |
|---|---|
| Application |
|
| Untimely redetermination – interview after the last benefit month |
|
| Untimely redetermination – interview during the last benefit month |
|
| Timely redetermination |
|
| Changes | Project amounts. |
| Claims/Restored benefits | Use actual amounts. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Only household expenses expected during the certification period should be considered to determine eligibility and benefits.
Expenses should be projected using the most recent month's bills and any anticipated increases or decreases. The household may choose to average expenses if they are anticipated to fluctuate or occur less often than monthly.
If the individual is billed for expenses weekly, biweekly or semi-monthly, the income conversion factors found in A-1353, How to Convert Income to Monthly Amounts, may be used to determine monthly expenses.
Budgeting MAGI expenses is explained in A-1411, Rules That Apply to Deductions, Medical Programs.
Revision 05-1; Effective January 1, 2005
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Children and pregnant women with unpaid medical bills must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP before being considered for TP 56 or TP 32.
TP 56 and TP 32 use MAGI rules to determine financial eligibility as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, with the following exception.
Exception: When calculating MAGI household income in Step 4 for TP 56 and TP 32, the only income that is included for the applicant or recipient is income from the following individuals, if these individuals are in the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition:
Informing individuals about spend down is explained in A-1532.1, Spend Down EDGs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Children and pregnant women must be determined ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP before being considered for TP 56 or TP 32 coverage for three months prior to the application month and must have:
Advisors must determine financial eligibility for TP 56 and TP 32 for the three months prior to the application month by following the MAGI rules as explained in A-1359.1, Determining Eligibility/Spend Down for the Application and Following Months.
Children and pregnant women may be determined eligible for TP 56 or TP 32 coverage for any month in the three months prior to the application month. Advisors must notify the applicant of the eligibility determination for each month.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following procedures are used to notify the Medically Needy Clearinghouse (MNC) when:
The claims administrator at 1-800-252-8263 is the contact entity to speak with someone concerning a Medicaid EDG with spend down. Advisors should have access to the following information concerning the EDG before calling:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Count the income of the alien's sponsor and the sponsor's spouse (if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support).
Do not apply this policy to sponsored aliens who:
Do not deem the sponsor's income for 12 months for battered aliens, starting the month the alien is certified for any benefit. Do not assign a new 12-month period if the alien reapplies after a denial of benefits. After the first 12 months, continue exempting the sponsor's income from deeming if:
Use the following list of circumstances as a guide in making the substantial connection between the battery and the need for benefits. Determine if the battered alien needs the benefits:
Each time a determination of indigence is made, send a memo with the name, address, Social Security number, and date of birth of both the indigent alien and the indigent alien's sponsor, to the Access and Eligibility Services (AES) Program Policy mailbox. Before sending the memo, explain to the sponsored alien that federal regulations require state offices to report the sponsor to the USCIS for failure to give support as required on the sponsor affidavit. Allow the sponsored alien to choose to have the sponsor's income deemed if the alien does not want state office to send this report.
This policy does not apply to:
When determining eligibility for a child whose parent is a sponsored alien and a required member of the budget group, do not count the income of the parent’s sponsor.
This policy does not apply to:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Consider all of the sponsor's gross countable income as available to the alien's household, minus only the following deductions:
Count the remaining amount as unearned income for the alien.
Consider all of the sponsor's gross countable income as available to the alien's household, minus only the following deductions:
Compare the computed countable income with the actual contributions that the alien received from the sponsor and spouse.
Budget the higher of the two amounts as unearned income to determine the alien's eligibility and benefits.
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
If several aliens are sponsored, prorate the remaining income evenly among all the aliens who apply for or receive benefits.
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
An alien sponsored by an organization is not eligible for TANF unless the alien:
If the alien provides income and resource information, contact Texas Works Policy Section, state office, for special budgeting procedures.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
The income of a disqualified legal parent, including a disqualified second parent, is counted. Procedures in A-1362.1, TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, or A-1362.2, TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, apply.
The income of a disqualified child who is a required member of the certified group is counted. Procedures in A-1362.2 apply.
The income of other noncertified children is not counted.
All income, except a prorated portion, is counted for a person disqualified for one of the following reasons:
All income, unless otherwise exempt, is counted for a member disqualified for:
Disqualified people are considered household members although they are not allowed to participate.
Calculate the MAGI household income for each individual applying for Medical Programs using the steps explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For EDGs with a legal parent who is disqualified for one of the reasons above and who has income, advisors should follow the budgeting process below to determine the amount of the legal parent's income to count against the needs of the remaining certified group before applying the two needs tests.
Note: If a noncertified stepparent with income also lives in the home, complete the steps in A-1366.2, Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, before completing this process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The same budgeting procedures used for a certified household member are used for TANF, except the needs of the disqualified member are not included.
Exception: If the household member is not a required member of the certified group, the non-required member’s needs are removed. Additionally, the non-required member’s income and resources do not count against the remaining members of the certified group.
If the member has expenses for which income must be diverted, the policy in A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, should be followed.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
All of the disqualified person's countable income should be totaled.
Notes:
Earned Income Deduction — The EID is deducted from the part of the disqualified member's earned income that is counted in the household.
Standard Deduction — The appropriate standard deduction amount is applied only for eligible household members.
Dependent Care, Child Support Expense, Shelter Expense and Homeless Shelter Standard Deductions — These expenses billed to or paid by the disqualified member are divided equally among all SNAP household members, including the disqualified member. All pro rata shares are included in the household budget, except those of disqualified members. The allowable pro rata share is entered under an eligible SNAP household member.
Note: If only the disqualified member has income, the expenses must be considered to be paid by that member.
Utility or Telephone Deductions — The appropriate utility or telephone standard is allowed. Utility or telephone deductions are not prorated.
Medical Deduction — The actual medical expense or the standard medical deduction is prorated among all household members, and the pro rata share for a disqualified member’s medical bills (including situations in which the disqualified member is billed for or pays the medical bills of a remaining eligible household member) is not allowed.
Note: If only the disqualified member has income, the expenses must be considered to be paid by that member.
Income Test and Household Size — The disqualified member is not included in determining the household income limits or the amount of the household's allotment.
A household consists of a husband and wife and their four children. The husband and wife are lawful permanent residents, and their four children are U.S. citizens. The husband is unemployed, and the household receives a TANF-State Program grant of $294. Both the husband and wife are eligible for TANF but are disqualified aliens for SNAP.
For TANF and SNAP EDGs, TIERS will automatically prorate the TANF income for the SNAP budget, using the following formula.
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
|
1 |
Divide the TANF grant by the number of TANF-certified household members to arrive at the pro rata share for each member. $294 ÷ 6 = $49 (each member's pro rata share of the grant). |
| 2 | Multiply the pro rata shares of the grant by the number of TANF recipients who also are eligible for SNAP benefits.
$49 x 4 = $196 |
| 3 | Divide the disqualified person's pro rata share of the TANF benefits by the total number of SNAP household members, including the disqualified member(s). Count the pro rata share of TANF attributed to all eligible SNAP household members.
$49 ÷ 6 = $8.17 x 4 = $32.68 (countable share of the husband’s TANF) |
| 4 | Determine the total countable TANF by adding the countable amounts from Steps 2 and 3. $196 (children’s share) + $65.36 = $261.36. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income — All income of a disqualified member counts unless it is otherwise exempt.
Income Deductions — All income deductions and expenses of a disqualified member are allowed.
Standard Deduction — The disqualified member is not included in the household size when applying the standard deduction.
Shelter/Medical Deductions — Appropriate shelter and medical deductions are allowed even if the disqualified person is the only elderly person or person with disabilities in the household.
Although the household can receive uncapped shelter deductions, the household must still pass both the gross and net income tests if the disqualified person was the only elderly member or member with disabilities in the household.
Income Test and Household Size — The disqualified member is not included in determining the household income limits or the amount of the household's allotment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income is diverted if a caretaker, second parent, minor parent, or married minor has countable income and:
This process should also be completed if a noncertified stepparent lives in the home and only the legal parent has income, or they both have income and the stepparent's income does not meet all of the stepparent’s and the noncertified dependent's needs in A-1366.2, Stepparent Budgeting Procedures. If both the stepparent and legal parent have income, the budgeting process in A-1366.2 should be completed before this process.
Line 1 – Payments to Dependents Outside Home — The actual amount of any payments made to persons living outside the home whom the parent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support.
Line 2 – Alimony and Child Support Payments — The actual amount of alimony or child support payments the parent makes to persons outside the home.
Line 3 – 100 Percent Needs Amount — The budgetary (100 percent) needs figure for all noncertified members in the home whom the legal parent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support including SSI recipients, except do not include the needs of a parent/dependent who is disqualified for a reason other than citizenship/alien status, state time limits or the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. Use the single parent caretaker needs figure if there is a noncertified stepparent in the home, or a second legal parent in the home who receives SSI or is disqualified for citizenship/alien status, state time limits or noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. See A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, to determine:
Line 4 – Maximum Amount to Be Diverted — The total of lines 1, 2 and 3 (except if A-1366.2 is also completed, follow instructions in A-1366.2 to enter remaining needs). This is the maximum amount of diversions that can be deducted from the individual's total income. The actual amount diverted in any needs test may be less, since the diverted amount cannot exceed the individual's total income and be deducted from income of another household member unless they will be filing a joint tax return or they are married.
TIERS will complete this process based on the entries on the Relationship page.
Related Policy
Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, A-1424
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Migrant farm workers are people who have moved into a county looking for work cultivating crops, canning, or packing. The household must include at least one migrant farm worker to be classified as a migrant household.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following steps should be followed when determining eligibility for households with an unmarried minor parent.
Note: Minor parent budgeting procedures are not used when determining eligibility for married minor parents.
| Situation | Household Composition |
|---|---|
| A | minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent's minor siblings |
| B | minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent and stepparent minor parent's minor siblings |
| C | minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent and stepparent minor parent's minor siblings minor parent's legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child |
| D | minor parent legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent) minor parent's mutual child minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent 's minor siblings |
| E | minor parent legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent) minor parent's mutual child minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent's minor siblings |
| If the household situation is described in situation … | and the legal parent's choice to apply for TANF is … | include in the certified group … | using these budgeting procedures … |
|---|---|---|---|
| A
minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent's minor siblings |
yes, | all household members.
Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child. |
count income according to TANF guidelines for exempt and countable income.
If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "A" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply. |
| - | no, | the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence. |
apply the legal parent's income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the legal parent's and siblings' needs). |
| B
minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent and stepparent minor parent's minor siblings |
yes, | all members except the stepparent. Also include the stepparent if the legal parent is incapacitated (A-221, Who Is Included, No. 7). Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child. |
apply the stepparent's income if the stepparent is not included in the EDG. Follow the budgeting procedures in A-1366, Stepparent EDGs. If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "B" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply. |
| - | no, | the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence. |
apply the minor parent's legal parent's income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the needs of the legal parent, stepparent, and siblings). |
| C
minor parent minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent and stepparent minor parent's minor siblings minor parent's legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child |
yes, | all household members.
Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child. |
count income according to TANF or TANF-State Program guidelines for exempt and countable income. If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "C" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply. |
| - | no, | the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence. | follow the budgeting procedures in "B" "no" (also divert for the legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child). |
| D
minor parent legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent) minor parent's mutual child minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent's minor siblings |
yes, | all household members except the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child.
Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child. |
apply the income of the minor parent's child's noncertified other parent using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the needs of the other parent; also, divert for the other parent's mutual child's needs if the child is not included in the grant). If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "D" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply. |
| - | no, | the minor parent, minor parent's mutual child, and the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child. | apply the minor parent's legal parent’ s income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the legal parent’s and the siblings’ needs). Treat the minor parent's and second parent's income according to adult caretaker policies. |
| E
minor parent legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent) minor parent's mutual child minor parent's child deprived due to absence minor parent's legal parent(s) minor parent's minor siblings |
yes, | the same household composition policies as "D" "yes." | follow the budgeting procedures in "D" "yes." If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "E" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply. |
| - | no, | the minor parent, minor parent's mutual child, and the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child.
Also, include the minor parent's child deprived due to absence. |
follow the budgeting procedures in "D" "No." |
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A stepparent's income is always considered when determining financial eligibility for the certified group.
Stepparent budgeting procedures are used when a minor parent and the minor parent’s children living with the minor parent's parent are applying for TANF and they meet the criteria in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 6.
If the legal parent and stepparent live in the home and have mutual children, the household members cannot be separated. Both parents' income is budgeted using legal parent budgeting procedures.
Related Policy
New TANF Spouse's Earnings, A-1368
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The stepparent is included in the grant only if the stepparent wants to be included and:
If the stepparent is included in the grant, the stepparent's income and resources count as a legal parent's would be counted. The usual earned income deductions are allowed.
If the stepparent is not included in the grant, the stepparent's income is budgeted using the stepparent budgeting procedures in A-1366.2, Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, to determine the amount of monthly income to be applied to the certified group. These budgeting procedures should be followed even if the stepparent does not meet TANF citizenship requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The amount of the stepparent's income that is counted to meet the certified group's needs must be determined before applying either needs test, using the following process:
Notes:
See A-1363, Diverting Income, for the budgeting process when only the legal parent has income or the legal parent and stepparent have income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following steps are used to determine eligibility and benefits for TANF:
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A striker is anyone who participates with one or more other employees in a work slow-down or stoppage. This includes a stoppage resulting from the expiration of a collective bargaining agreement.
A striker's status ends only when the striker returns to the job, retires, quits, is locked out, or is fired, regardless of the length of the strike.
A person is not a striker if the person is:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A family is not eligible for TANF, TP 08 and TA 31 for any month in which the caretaker or second parent is participating in a strike.
A household with a striker is ineligible for SNAP unless the household:
The income of all household members (including the striker) is used as of the day before the strike. If the household is ineligible, the household is denied.
If the household was eligible before the strike, current eligibility should be computed.
This policy is not applicable to these programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The earnings of a TANF recipient's new spouse are excluded for six months, beginning the month after the date of the marriage if the total gross income of the budget group does not exceed 200 percent FPIL for the family size. This applies to both ceremonial and common law marriages.
The following individuals are included in the budget group:
If the household fails to provide verification of the marriage, the income exclusion is not allowed. The amounts previously excluded count after six months.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Related Policy
Prudent Person Principle, A-137
Strikers, A-1367
Verification and Documentation, C-900
Use the following steps to get income information for employable household members who have no prior certification history, or who have had a month or more break in certification, or when adding a new member.
| Step | If yes … | If no … |
|---|---|---|
| 1. For the month of application or two months before, did any household member have any earned or unearned income that ended? | Verify and document the:
Go to Step 2. |
Go to Step 2. |
| 2. Is the household claiming no income? |
If the claim is questionable: |
STOP. |
The date of marriage between a TANF recipient and the new spouse must be verified and used to determine the six-month period in which the new spouse's earnings can be excluded as income.
If at application a person claims to have a disability or is caring for a child with disabilities, verify at the first redetermination that the person has applied with the Social Security Administration (SSA) for RSDI/SSI.
Related Policy
Required Verification for SNAP, C-912
Request additional financial verification or documentation only if:
Income from electronic data sources is considered reasonably compatible with income reported by a person when both the income reported by the person and electronic data are at or below the applicable income limit.
The system will determine whether a person's income is reasonably compatible with available electronic data sources.
If the person's statement of income is not determined to be reasonably compatible with electronic data, income must be verified using other acceptable verifications explained in A-1371, Verification Sources.
A person’s statement of income is not reasonably compatible with electronic data if:
When determining ongoing eligibility, the person is not required to provide verification of earned or unearned income of any pay amount that is older than 60 days before the interview date or the date the action is initiated when an interview is not required.
Do not require a person to provide additional verification if:
Note: A Data Broker report cannot be requested for children under age 16. Request additional verification if earned income is reported for a child under age 16 who does not meet an exception explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, for Medical Programs, Step 3, and other electronic data sources are unavailable.
If the person reports that someone living at that physical address receives American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN) income and includes an amount, but does not provide the name of the person receiving the AI/AN income, pend for missing information. If the person:
If the person indicates someone is eligible to receive services from Tribal/Indian Health Services, but has not included the name of the person receiving services, then pend for the name. If the name is not provided by the final due date, then the EDG will not be denied, but the exemption will not be allowed for cost-sharing if the applicant is eligible for CHIP.
After certification, a TP 40 EDG must not be denied for failure to provide proof of income unless income verification was postponed at certification.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Alien Sponsor's Death
The Texas Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS), if available, is considered the primary source of verification of death. If BVS is available but the date of death (DOD) does not match reported information, accept BVS as verification. No additional verification is required.
If BVS verification is not available, verify the DOD using two of the following sources:
Contributions
Earned Income
Other Income
Other Government Benefits
RSDI
Railroad Retirement Benefits
Self-employment
Unemployment Compensation
Texas Lottery Commission
Application for SSI/RSDI
Child Support
Related Policy
Data Broker, C-820
OAG Child Support Data, C-825.14.1
Office of the Attorney General (OAG) Inquiry, C-832
TXCSES Web Child Support Portal Inquiry, C-833
Educational Grants, Scholarships or Loans
Statement, letter or records from:
SSI
Veterans Benefits
Workers’ Compensation
Current award notice letter or statement from:
Ceremonial Marriage
Common Law Marriage
Electronic data sources with reasonable compatibility is the preferred method of wage verification for Medical Programs.
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, Medical Programs, A-1370
In addition to the verification sources listed for All Programs, the following are also accepted for earned and unearned income:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt Income — Requires documentation that includes:
Terminated Income — Requires documentation of:
Income — Requires documentation of the:
Notes:
Fluctuating Income — Requires documentation regarding:
Income Computations — Requires document verification and computation of household income:
Other Income — Requires documentation of the method used to verify income other than earned and TANF. This documentation includes the:
Self-Employment — Requires documentation of:
Alien Sponsor's Income — Requires documentation that an indigent alien, exempt from deeming requirements, was informed that state office is required to report the indigent alien’s sponsor to the OAG. If the alien does not want this report sent to the OAG, the advisor must document that the alien chose to have the sponsor's income deemed.
Terminated Income — Requires documentation of any income that terminated in the two months before the application month, including:
Requires documentation of the household's plan to pursue income to which it is entitled, including time allowed to pursue the income.
Requires documentation of an individual who no longer claims to have a disability or be caring for a child with disabilities, when they reapply after they were denied for failure to follow the agreed plan to apply for SSI/RSDI.
Requires documentation of the months during the six-month period in which the earnings of a new spouse of a TANF recipient will be excluded.
Requires documentation of the individual's decision not to apply for SSI, when the individual is not required to pursue it because the individual is physically or mentally unable to complete the application process and HHSC fails or is unable to provide assistance needed to complete the SSI application process.
Requires documentation of an individual’s decision to no longer claim a Choices exemption for disability or caring for a child with disabilities when the individual has failed, without good cause, to apply for SSI/RSDI.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Certain deductions may be allowed when determining countable income.
Households may be allowed the following deductions:
Households may be allowed the following deductions:
Households may be allowed the following Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) deductions:
*Note: Alimony paid cannot be claimed as a MAGI deduction for divorce or separation agreements that are executed or modified after Dec. 31, 2018.
Persons with divorce or separation agreements effective on or before Dec. 31, 2018, can continue to claim alimony paid as a MAGI deduction until the agreement is modified. Follow verification and documentation policy when verifying the date of the divorce or separation agreement and the amount paid in alimony to allow the deduction.
Because there is no income test, deductions are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for TP 45.
Related Policy
Verification Sources, A-1441
Documentation Requirements, A-1450
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Actual amounts (amounts that have already been billed) are used for the interview month, and amounts that have not been billed may be projected.
Deductions must not be allowed if:
Note: The EDG must not be denied for failure to provide the verification.
Note: If the individual reports a change, the average is recalculated.
MAGI rules allow certain expenses to be deducted from the individual’s income in order to determine the MAGI individual income.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Diversion policy in A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, applies.
Advisors should deduct child support payments (current or arrears) that a household member is legally obligated to pay and that member or another household member:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Allowable child support payments may be in the form of:
To be an allowable deduction, these payments must be ordered by a court or administrative authority and be equal to or less than the household's child support obligation.
Payments for alimony or spousal support are not deductible.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Child support collected through a tax intercept is not an allowable child support deduction.
A child support payment may be owed by one household member but paid by another member. The child support expense for the household member paying the expense is allowed.
If the household member with the legal obligation or the household member paying the legal obligation leaves the home, the household's eligibility for the deduction must be redetermined.
A child support deduction for households that pay legally obligated child support is allowed. For current support, a deduction up to and including the legally obligated amount is allowed. For arrears, only the amount a household member actually pays is allowed.
For households with new obligations, the anticipated amount is budgeted if the household member can reasonably explain the basis for future payment. For households with previous payments, the amount (not to exceed the legal obligation) is averaged and projected over the certification period. Any other anticipated changes that would affect the payment should be considered.
In some instances, an employer may charge the absent parent a processing fee for garnishing wages or the custodial parent may use the services of a private collection agency, which may charge the absent parent a fee for collecting child support. The processing fee is not an allowable expense. Only the legally obligated amount a household member pays is allowed as a deduction, regardless of whether a processing fee is added or subtracted from the gross amount of the child support.
If a household member pays child support in advance, the household is eligible for the child support deduction. The individual is allowed the option of deducting the entire amount in the month paid or averaging the amount over the period of time it is intended to cover.
| If legally obligated child support is paid by a household member who is disqualified due to ... | then ... |
| intentional program violation, employment sanction, felony drug convictions or being a fugitive, | deduct the entire amount of eligible child support paid. |
| alien status, citizenship, Social Security number or 18-50 work requirement, | prorate the amount of eligible child support paid by the disqualified member. Deduct all but the disqualified member's share. |
The full child support expense is deducted when another household member pays the legally obligated child support on behalf of a disqualified member.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Up to $75 of child support received before the certification date may be deducted.
Related Policy
Child Support, A-1326.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The maximum dependent care deduction is up to and including:
An earned income deduction is allowed for the actual cost of unreimbursed payments up to and including the maximum amount when the individual incurs an expense for:
The expense must be both necessary for employment and incurred by an employed person who is included in the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) budget group or would be included except the person is disqualified for a reason listed in A-1362.2, TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction. The expense for household members meeting these requirements is allowed, even if there are other adults in the household who could care for the children.
The deduction in the budgetary and recognizable needs tests is allowed.
A deduction is allowed for the actual cost of unreimbursed payments when the individual incurs an expense for the care of a child or adult with disabilities, or the transportation of a child or adult with disabilities to and/or from day care or school. The deduction is allowed if the expense is necessary for a household member to:
The expense for household members who meet one of the above conditions is allowed, even if there are other adults in the household who could care for the children. These expenses are deducted from earned or unearned income. The individual's expense may be considered necessary for employment, training or school attendance if the child or adult with disabilities lives with the individual at least one day a month. The child/adult with disabilities does not have to be a certified member of the SNAP household.
Related Policy
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The following deductions from the income of a caretaker, second parent, or minor parent are allowed before either of the two needs tests are applied (after earned income deductions in the budgetary and recognizable needs tests):
When two household members are married or filing a joint tax return, any portion of their joint diversion amount that exceeds one person's income can be deducted from the other person's income.
Step 3 on Form H1100, Addendum Income Worksheet, should be completed to allow this deduction.
If the divorce or separation agreements that include alimony payments were executed or last modified:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following table may be used when diverting for the needs of noncertified tax dependents in the home.
| If the tax dependent is a ... | then use the budgetary needs figure for ... |
|---|---|
|
an adult.* |
| child under age 19, | a child. |
| * If the number of persons whose needs are diverted includes more than two adults, use the chart figure for two adults and the number of children from the column labeled Caretaker EDGs With Second Parent. If there are a total of three adults, add an additional amount from the chart for the family size of one ($313); or if there are a total of four adults, add an additional amount from the chart for a family size of two ($498). Continue the pattern depending upon whether the number of additional adults is an odd number (5 = $498 + $313) or an even number (6 = $498 + $498). |
When diverting for an 18-year-old child who turns age 19 during one of the budget months, the budgetary needs figure of an adult is used beginning with the month after the child turns age 19.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Earned income deductions are the:
An applicant or recipient does not qualify for deductions if:
A 20 percent deduction of all gross earned income is allowed. See B-752, Determining Claim Amounts, for exceptions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A work-related expense deduction of up to $120 a month (not to exceed the person's monthly earnings) is allowed from the earned income of each employed household member:
In TANF, this deduction is allowed in the budgetary and recognizable needs test.
Allow a 20 percent deduction of all gross earned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicant households that must pass the 100 percent budgetary needs test are also required to pass Part A of the 25 percent recognizable needs test. This Part A test allows the standard work-related deduction ($120) and a disregard of 1/3 of the remaining income. If the applicant fails this test, the household is ineligible for TANF.
Note: For this purpose, an applicant household is one that has not received TANF in any state in the four months before applying.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicant households that pass Part A of the recognizable needs test and all other households must pass Part B of the test (see A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests). After subtracting the standard work-related expense, 90 percent of the remaining earnings (up to a cap of $1,400) is subtracted. This deduction is allowed for each employed household member who is eligible for it. The individual can receive this deduction for four months in a 12-month period. The four months do not have to be consecutive. Note: A month in which a full-family sanction is imposed is not counted as one of the 90 percent earned income deduction (EID) months.
The 12-month period is a fixed period that begins with the first month the 90 percent deduction is used. The first month that counts as a used month is the first month the individual receives a cash benefit that includes the 90 percent deduction. This period is referred to as the 90 percent EID eligibility period.
If the individual has not used all four months of the deduction within the 90 percent EID eligibility period, a new fixed 12-month period and four new months of the 90 percent EID are allowed after the first 12-month period ends. The new 12-month period begins with the first month that the individual uses the 90 percent deduction again.
If the household member received the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period, the member may not receive it again until:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household member is eligible to receive the 90 percent EID if:
TIERS default settings automatically allow the 90 percent EID for eligible EDG members. The 90 percent EID page appears by choosing the screen from the left navigation bar. The effective begin and end dates are used to allow the deduction for specific months.
An individual may decline use of the deduction even if it results in EDG denial without its use. The individual may decline at any time, but the deduction may not be removed retroactively. Any removal from the budget will take effect according to timely change processing for future months.
If the client wishes to decline the deduction, the client answers "yes" to the questions, "Does individual decline the TANF 90 percent earned income deduction?" and "Does individual decline the FMA 90 percent earned income deduction?" on the 90 percent Earned Income Deduction – Details screen. TIERS requires answers for both questions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual is not allowed the deduction if any of the situations listed in A-1425, Earned Income Deductions, apply to the individual.
An individual is not allowed the deduction if the member’s needs are not included in the EDG because the member is disqualified due to:
The deduction is not allowed if the individual has already received the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period. When the 90 percent ineligibility period ends, the deduction is not allowed again until the individual obtains new employment. The new employment must begin after the 90 percent ineligibility period ends.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After the individual receives the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period, the deduction ends. TIERS automatically removes the deduction and rebudgets the EDG for the appropriate month based on advisor entries.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The homeless shelter standard shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, is budgeted for any month the household:
Households that choose the homeless shelter standard are not entitled to any other shelter deductions or utility standards.
Note: Advisors must ensure that the household has out-of-pocket shelter expenses before allowing the deduction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A medical deduction is allowed for households with a member who meets the definition of elderly in B-431, Definition of Elderly, or of having a disability in B-432, Definition of Disability, if the:
Expenses that the household is still legally obligated to pay are allowed for someone who was a household member:
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Deductions are allowed for the following medical expenses:
Note: When determining transportation costs, the person may choose to use 56 cents per mile instead of keeping track of actual expenses.
Deductions are not allowed for the following medical expenses:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households that have a member who is eligible for a medical expense are eligible for a deduction using either the standard medical expense (SME) or actual medical expenses.
| At ... | then budget ... | and verify ... |
|---|---|---|
| application, if the household has medical expenses greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137 a month, | the SME, | the household has medical expenses greater than $35. |
| application, if the household has medical expenses greater than $137 a month, | actual medical expenses, | the actual monthly medical expense(s). If the household chooses not to provide verification of expenses exceeding $137, then allow the SME instead of actual expenses. The household must provide proof of expenses exceeding $35. |
redetermination, if:
|
the SME, | N/A, no verification is required. |
| redetermination, if the household does not already have the SME budgeted and the household states an eligible member has medical expenses greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137, | the SME, | the household has medical expenses greater than $35. |
| redetermination, if the household does not already have actual medical expenses budgeted and the household states an eligible member has medical expenses greater than $137, | actual medical expenses, | the actual monthly medical expense(s). If the household chooses not to provide verification of expenses exceeding $137, then allow the SME instead of actual expenses. The household must provide proof of expenses exceeding $35. |
redetermination, if:
|
|
the change in medical expenses. |
When the expense ends, the advisor must end date the expense record in TIERS.
TIERS will subtract $35 from the SME or actual medical expenses to determine the net amount of the medical deduction.
If a member is disqualified for:
If the disqualified person has the only income, the expenses are considered to be paid by that person.
The following information describes how the SME or actual medical expenses are prorated in the event a disqualified member pays for some or all of the allowable medical expenses.
Eligibility for the SME or actual medical expenses is determined based on verified medical expenses of all aged members or members with disabilities (including a disqualified member). The SME is used if the total verified medical expenses are greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137. The household may claim actual expenses if the total verified expenses exceed $137.
| If ... | then ... | and ... |
|---|---|---|
| the household is eligible for the SME, | prorate the SME among all household members, | use the eligible household members’ portion of the SME in the budget. (In TIERS, enter the amount each member actually pays, and TIERS prorates accordingly.) |
| the household is eligible for actual medical expenses, | prorate the portion paid by the disqualified member among all household members, | add the eligible household members’ prorated portion to the actual amount of medical expenses any eligible member pays and use this amount in the budget. (In TIERS, enter the amount each member actually pays, and TIERS prorates accordingly.) |
Example 1 (SME): The household consists of three eligible members with total verified monthly medical expenses of $75 and one member who is disqualified due to citizenship. The disqualified person pays for half of the medical expenses, and an eligible person pays for the other half. The household is eligible for the SME because the total verified monthly medical expenses are $75 (greater than $35 but less than $137). The SME is prorated among the eligible members, because the disqualified member pays for part of the medical expenses.
$137 / 4 = $34.25
$34.25 x 3 = $102.75
In TIERS, a medical expense of $37.50 ($75/2) is entered for both the disqualified person and for the eligible member, which is the amount of monthly medical expenses each member actually pays, and TIERS will budget a prorated SME of $102.75.
Example 2 (Actual Medical Expenses): The household situation is the same as Example 1, except that the monthly amount of verified medical expenses is $200. The disqualified member pays $100 of the medical expenses. The household is eligible for the actual amount of medical expenses. The amount the disqualified member pays is prorated and added to the portion paid by the eligible member to determine the total amount of the medical deduction.
$100 / 4 = $25
$25 x 3 = $75
$75 + $100 = $175
The following amounts are entered in TIERS:
Finally, $35 must be subtracted from the total deduction to determine the net amount of the medical deduction (TIERS does this as a final step).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the applicant is enrolled in Medicare Drug Plan Part D, the individual’s prescription costs are budgeted following normal rules by reasonably anticipating the individual's unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses.
Note: The household may opt for the SME.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When averaging the medical expenses, the SME is budgeted for each month of the certification period, as long as the household’s allowable averaged monthly medical expense is greater than $35. If the expense recurs monthly or more often, and the medical expense exceeds $35 and is less than or equal to $137 a month, the SME is budgeted for each month of the certification period. When allowable medical expenses for the household exceed the SME, the actual medical expenses are budgeted. The following chart is used to determine when to budget the SME or actual medical expenses.
| If the expense ... | then budget the ... |
|---|---|
| recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is less than or equal to $35, | actual amount of verified actual medical expense in the month billed, or use the SME in the month billed if the medical expense is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137. |
| recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137 a month, | SME for each month of the certification period. |
| recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is greater than $137, | averaged amount of actual verified medical expenses for each month. Budget the SME only if the household chooses to use the SME or fails to provide enough verification to qualify for actual medical expenses. |
| occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is less than or equal to $35 a month, | actual amount of verified medical expenses in the month billed, or use the SME in the month billed if the medical expense is greater than $35 and is less than or equal to $137. |
| occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $137 a month, | SME for each month of the certification period. |
| occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is greater than $137 a month, | averaged amount of the actual medical expenses for each month. Budget the SME only if the household chooses to use the SME or fails to provide enough verification to qualify for actual medical expenses. |
Note: A deduction is allowed for payments made on a monthly payment plan set up before the expense became past due.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
SNAP households are not required to report changes in medical expenses during the certification period.
Households should be advised that a new one-time expense or change in a recurring medical expense that is reported and verified timely may be budgeted in the certification period.
If the household voluntarily reports a change in medical expenses and the change is reported and verified timely, the advisor must consider the newly reported change to determine if the individual should consider switching from the SME to actual expenses.
A medical expense, paid or unpaid, is reported timely if it is reported before it becomes past due to the provider:
A one-time medical expense reported and verified too late to budget in the current certification period may be deducted in the first month of the next certification period or averaged over the next certification period.
When the household timely reports and provides timely verification of a paid or unpaid expense (one-time medical expense or recurring) at the redetermination interview:
| When a change in medical expenses is reported during the certification period by a ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| household member or the authorized representative, | follow the procedures in B-600, Changes, for both increases and decreases in benefits. |
| source other than a household member or the authorized representative, | act on the change if it is considered to be verified at the time of receipt and the change can be made without contacting the household for additional information or verification. Note: If the change would require contact with the household, do not act on the change until the household is recertified. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households may switch between actual expenses and the SME at redetermination. Households may also switch at an incomplete review if changes in medical expenses are reported and it is to the household's advantage to switch from the SME to actual medical expenses.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
A deduction is allowed for all households that incur a shelter expense using the following rules:
Related Policy
Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-433
Deduction Amounts, C-121.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Allowable costs include:
Notes:
Costs to repay a loan are allowable shelter costs only if the lender places a lien on the property as a result of the loan. The loan may be for home repair/improvement or for purposes unrelated to the home, but the payments due are considered a mortgage if the loan results in a lien on the property.
Maintenance fees must be mandatory as a condition for the continuation of residence for renters and homeowners. The fees must be a required fee payment, not a requirement to maintain the property.
Note: Shelter costs do not include one-time deposits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The actual shelter costs are budgeted for a home (excluding utility costs) unoccupied because of employment or training, illness (including receiving medical treatment), natural disaster or casualty loss (fire, flood, state of disrepair, etc.), if the:
The household may claim both the shelter costs of its current residence and the cost of the unoccupied home, and a single utility standard (if the household is eligible for one), but no more than the maximum excess shelter deduction (if applicable).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The appropriate utility allowance is determined at application, redetermination, and when the individual reports a change in utility expenses.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The SUA is budgeted in the amount shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts. No other expenses related to utilities are allowed when using the SUA. The SUA is allowed for households that:
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The BUA is budgeted in the amount shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for households that incur utility expenses other than just a telephone expense but do not have heating or cooling costs separate from their rent or mortgage payments. No other expenses related to utilities are allowed when using the BUA.
When households share utility costs other than a telephone but do not have heating or cooling costs (whether they live together or not), each household is eligible for the BUA.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The following chart may be used as a guide to determine the appropriate utility allowance the household is eligible to receive.
| If the person... | then the household is eligible for the ... |
|---|---|
| owns or is buying their home and is billed for utilities that include heating or cooling costs, | SUA. |
| owns or is buying their home and is billed for utilities that do not include heating or cooling costs, (Example: The household does not have air conditioning and cools their home with fans and uses a cooking stove for heating.) |
BUA. |
| receives LIHEAP payments (or other similar energy assistance payment) more than $20 annually in the previous 12 months or in the current month, | SUA. |
| rents and is billed for utilities from an individual meter for heating or cooling costs, | SUA. |
| rents from a landlord who lives in a separate residence and the landlord bills the household a standard amount for the heating and cooling costs, | SUA. |
| lives in public housing and is billed only for excess heating or cooling costs, | SUA. |
| shares the expense and a meter with another household who lives in a separate residence on the same property and the other household is billed for the utilities that include heating and cooling costs, | SUA. |
lives together in the same residence with a friend or family member and the person:
|
SUA. |
| lives together in the same residence with another household and the person shares the utility expenses that do not include heating or cooling costs separate from the rent, | BUA. |
| lives together in the same residence with another household who pays for the heating and cooling costs and the person is only responsible for the water bill, | BUA. |
| pays only the phone expense and all other utility expenses are included in the shelter costs, | phone standard. |
| lives together in the same residence with other households who share the heating, cooling or other utility costs and the person is only responsible for the phone bill, | phone standard. |
| lives with a disqualified member and the household pays heating or cooling costs, | SUA. |
| lives with a disqualified member and the household pays non-heating or non-cooling costs, | BUA. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The telephone standard is budgeted as shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for households that have a telephone expense (including a cell phone) and do not claim the BUA, SUA or the homeless shelter standard.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The standard deduction is budgeted as shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for each household.
All households receive the standard MAGI income disregard listed in C-131.4, Standard MAGI Income Disregard, by MAGI household size. This disregard is equal to five percentage points of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) and is applied when calculating MAGI household income, as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 4.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an individual fails to provide a required verification of a deduction, do not deny the EDG. Disallow the deduction. If the individual subsequently provides verification of the deduction, use report of change guidelines to budget the deduction.
Dependent care must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes.
The following amounts must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes:
Dependent care expenses must be verified at application, recertification, and when the individual reports a change in dependent care if verification can be obtained during the interview. If verification cannot be obtained during the interview, the individual's statement may be accepted without verification if the household states the total dependent care expense for the EDG does not exceed $300 a month and it is not questionable. The EDG is pended only if the expense claimed is questionable or exceeds a total of $300 a month.
The following amounts must be verified:
All MAGI expenses must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Dependent Care
Child Support Paid by Household – Verifying Amount of Child Support Paid
Alimony Amount
Dependents Outside the Home
Medical Expenses
Note: If the person receiving SNAP is covered by insurance, the statement from providers needs to show the balance due after insurance pays.
Child Support Paid by Household – Verifying Legal Obligation
Mortgage
Rent
Property Taxes
Home Insurance
Utilities
An applicant’s or recipient’s federal income tax return from the previous year is the only valid verification source that can be used to verify all MAGI expenses except for alimony paid.
Note: A federal income tax return from the previous year is valid verification for MAGI expenses until the client files a new federal income tax return but no later than April 15 or the official tax filing day of the following year. If a person files an extension and submits proof of an extension, such as a copy of IRS Form 4868, the previous year’s federal income tax return is valid until Oct. 15. If an applicant or recipient does not file federal income taxes, they will not be able to provide verification and, therefore, will not be able to claim any MAGI expenses other than alimony paid.
Date of Divorce or Separation Agreement for Alimony Paid
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Documentation is required for the following:
Documentation is required for the following:
Document the relationship of the child care provider to the child.
Documentation is required for the following:
Exception: Utility service providers’ names and addresses are not required documentation.
Document the date the person’s divorce or separation agreement was executed or modified for alimony paid.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Before certifying applicants and recertifying recipients, staff must:
Staff must:
Staff must:
Staff must:
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC must offer individuals an opportunity to register to vote at application, redetermination and any time the individual has a change of address. The individual is provided with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, with each application/redetermination packet, if not already provided. Additionally, the individual will be provided with Form H0025 whenever the individual reports a change of address. System-generated application and redetermination packets contain Form H0025.
If the individual declines the opportunity to register to vote, the individual is given Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to sign and decline to register to vote. Advisors should indicate in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS), Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, that the individual declined and document that Form H1350 was mailed to the individual. When the individual returns Form H1350, advisors are to send the form for imaging. The imaged, signed form must be retained for at least 22 months. The individual is not required to sign Form H1350 if the individual has signed the form within the last 22 months.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To register to vote, a person must be:
Staff should not offer a voter registration application to an applicant or recipient if the individual states or the advisor has proof that the individual does not meet these two requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must tell the individual the following:
Staff must not:
If the individual inadvertently sends Form H0025 to the Austin processing center with other documents, Austin staff will forward Form H0025 to the correct local voter registrar within five days of receipt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following chart should be used by staff in addressing voter registration during the interview:
| If … | then … |
|---|---|
| the individual responds, "I do not wish to register," | determine the reason why the individual doesn't wish to register. Ask the individual to sign Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, attesting that the individual does not wish to register to vote. Sign and mark the appropriate box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350 documenting the reason the individual declined to register. Send the form for imaging.
When completing a telephone interview, mail Form H1350 to the individual. Indicate in TIERS, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, that the individual declined and document that Form H1350 was mailed to the individual. When the individual refuses to sign Form H1350, mark the Client Declined box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350. Send the form for imaging. |
| the individual is not a U.S. citizen and at least age 17 years and 10 months, | TIERS will automatically mark that the individual does not meet citizenship and/or age requirements in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. |
| the individual answered Yes to the question on the application, redetermination or change report form, "Do you wish to register to vote?" and meets citizenship and age requirements, | provide the individual with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to complete to register to vote. Advise the individual that the completed form can be returned directly to SOS, the local voter registrar or the local office. The local office liaison forwards to the local voter registrar. TIERS automatically sends the individual Form H0025 if the worker answers Yes to the question, “Send Voter Registration Application?” in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen.
Enter the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote by answering the questions in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. When interviewing an authorized representative (AR) or representative payee, ask the AR or representative payee to give the form to the individual. Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, Client to Mail. |
| the individual completes and returns Form H0025 before leaving the office, | review the form for completeness. Return the form to the individual for any corrections, if necessary. When the individual has fully completed Form H0025, forward the form to the local office liaison. The local office liaison will review the form for completeness and send to the local voter registrar within five days.
Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following chart should be used by staff in addressing voter registration during non-interviews:
| If … | then … |
| the individual "does not wish to register" on the application/redetermination or change report form, | mail the individual a return envelope and Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to sign attesting that the individual declined to register to vote. Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. If the individual returns Form H1350, sign and mark the Client Declined box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350. Send the form for imaging. |
| the individual is not a U.S. citizen and at least age 17 years and 10 months, | TIERS automatically marks that the individual does not meet citizenship and/or age requirements in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. |
| the individual answered Yes to the question on the application/redetermination form, "Do you wish to register to vote?", |
|
| the individual answered Yes to the question, "Do you wish to register to vote?" on the change report form, | Enter Yes to the question, "Send Voter Registration Application?" in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. TIERS automatically sends the individual Form H0025. This documents the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The local office liaison must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All actions taken to provide the individual with an opportunity to register to vote must be documented at application, redetermination, and change of physical address in TIERS in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics — Citizen page.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Staff must inform adult caretakers and second parents that they must:
Staff must inform payees and disqualified adults that they must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must ensure that applicants read and understand the information on Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, and that the applicant understands that signing an application for TANF or TP 08 constitutes the assignment of rights to child and medical support.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must inform the applicant that if the individual goes to work and reports the job in a timely manner, the individual may be eligible for extra deductions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must explain the voluntary quit policies in A-1850, Voluntary Quit, to applicants and individuals, including:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must explain to applicants and recipients that if family violence or the potential for family violence exists, HHSC may grant an exemption from the requirement to cooperate with child support, and Choices staff may grant good cause for noncompliance with Choices participation for TANF.
Related Policy
Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130
Determining Good Cause, A-1860
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
During the redetermination process, staff deliver the Texas Works message to TANF recipients explaining that:
Judgment must be used when deciding which messages are appropriate for a particular recipient.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1. 2013
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A Texas Works Handbook is available for review upon request. Individuals may view an electronic version of the handbook. All sections of the handbook must be easily accessible to the individual.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Eligibility staff must review and understand information currently available to individuals through 2-1-1 and encourage individuals to use the self-service options. Encouraging individuals to use the self-service options will help reduce workload in local offices. Individuals can get answers to basic questions 24 hours a day, seven days a week through the automated phone system, the IVR.
Additional information can be accessed by visiting the Texas Health and Human Services Commission, "How to Get Help" website at hhs.texas.gov/services/safety/2-1-1-disaster-assistance.
The 2-1-1 Texas Finding Help In Texas job aid describes how an individual accesses various types of information via the 2-1-1 IVR System.
Revision 07-1; Effective January 1, 2007
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
The Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment (EPSDT) service is Medicaid's federally-required comprehensive preventive child health service (medical, dental, and case management) for persons from birth through 20 years of age. In Texas, EPSDT is known as Texas Health Steps. Through Texas Health Steps, children and young adults receive regularly scheduled medical and dental checkups. The Texas Health Steps program:
Texas Health Steps' mission is to:
Texas Health Steps services comprise the following:
Medical Checkups— Texas Health Steps medical checkups include:
Texas Health Steps offers checkups according to a recommended schedule. The frequency varies according to the stages of growth. In addition to an inpatient newborn screening, children and young adults may receive up to 29 outpatient checkups. The recommended schedule for periodic medical checkups is:
Dental Services — Texas Health Steps provides comprehensive dental care, including emergency, preventive, therapeutic, and orthodontic services. Children and young adults are eligible to receive routine dental checkups every six months starting at six months of age. Emergency or medically necessary dental services are available to children and young adults at any time from birth through age 20.
Vision Services — Each Texas Health Steps medical checkup includes:
Lost or destroyed eyeglasses are replaced with no limit on the number of replacements. The person may receive additional services that are medically necessary because of a vision change.
Hearing Services — Texas Health Steps medical checkups also include a hearing screening. Additional testing for hearing problems, as well as diagnosis, treatment, and hearing aids, are available through the Medicaid Program.
Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women — To encourage the use of cost-effective health and health-related care, Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women provides services to children from birth through age 20 who have a serious health condition or who are at risk of developing a serious health condition. Services are also provided to high-risk pregnant women of all ages. Together, the case manager and the family assess the medical, social and educational needs of the eligible recipient.
Texas Health Steps Comprehensive Care Program (CCP) — This program provides expanded benefits to Texas Health Steps persons. Under CCP, people under age 21 are eligible for any medically necessary and appropriate health care service covered by Medicaid. Limitations of the current Texas Medicaid Program do not apply to these people. Expanded benefits include durable medical equipment and supplies, prosthetics, orthotics, private-duty nursing, and therapeutic services.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
HHSC’s Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing contractors and local Texas Works staff provide initial and periodic outreach and information to help people access Texas Health Steps services. For example, the contractors and local Texas Works staff can help find a Texas Health Steps provider or provide information about HHSC’s Medical Transportation Program (MTP). The Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing contractor can also help with scheduling a Texas Health Steps appointment.
When a person under 21 is certified for Medicaid, the enrollment broker sends written information to households that include a welcome notification at certification and letters when a child’s checkup is due per the Texas Health Steps periodicity schedule.
MTP provides non-ambulance transportation to a doctor or dentist office, hospital, drug store, or any place a person may receive Medicaid services. MTP is available to Medicaid-eligible people and necessary attendants when they have no other means of transportation. Children 14 and under must travel with a parent or guardian, and children 15–17 may travel alone if a parent or guardian fills out the proper consent form. An HHSC contractor or a private contractor of the person's choice, such as a parent, friend, neighbor or volunteer may provide transportation. A private contractor:
If it is medically necessary for a person through age 20 to be away from home overnight, MTP approves cost-effective meals, lodging, and up-front funds for the person and the person's attendant.
Households may contact MTP by calling toll-free 877-633-8747.
Complete Form H1093, Texas Health Steps Extra Effort Referral, if a household requests help accessing MTP services.
For more information on MTP and a list of frequently asked questions visit the MTP page.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Texas Health Steps is a Medicaid health care program for children from birth through age 20. The Texas Health Steps services are delivered by both public and private providers. Physicians, dentists, advance practice nurses, physician assistants, clinics, hospitals, Federally Qualified Health Centers (FQHCs) and others offer Texas Health Steps services to eligible people. Providers must enroll in Medicaid and enroll as a Texas Health Steps provider.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
To comply with the Frew lawsuit requirements, staff play a role in educating people about the Texas Health Steps program. Within the Texas Health Steps program, "outreach" and "informing" are terms applied to efforts, strategies, plans, events, organized activities, and courses of action taken to advertise, educate and increase the number of Texas Health Steps checkups.
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
To help inform Medicaid recipients, Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff provide the following materials to HHSC:
Each household is given the brochures and a wallet card at:
The materials can be sent by mail if the person is interviewed by phone or when no interview is conducted.
Texas Health Steps materials may be ordered online.
Supervisors must ensure that all staff have the following Texas Health Steps materials and use them as required:
Fax Form H1093 to Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff at 512-533-3867.
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Starting at age 2, children under age 18 must comply with the regimen of care prescribed by the THSteps Program. At the first redetermination, advisors should check for overdue dates. If one exists, the advisor should contact the caretaker and allow the caretaker to self-declare that the child:
If the advisor is unable to contact the caretaker by phone, the advisor must send Form H1024, Subject: Self-Declaration Notice, to obtain the information.
If the household does not return Form H1024, deny the EDG for failure to provide. If the household returns Form H1024 indicating noncompliance, the advisor should schedule the caretaker for a phone interview and emphasize the importance of the checkups. Staff must use the appropriate script located in C-1118, Health Care Orientation Quick Reference Guide and Enrollment Script, when a recipient has a phone interview due to a THSteps or Health Care Orientation noncompliance. If the person does not keep the appointment, the EDG is denied for failure to provide. Note: The denial applies to all children's Medicaid EDGs for the household, except TP 45 for newborns.
At the next redetermination, if TIERS still shows the same overdue date for the child, the caretaker must provide verification that the child had the check-up or has a phone interview appointment before redetermination.
When adding a sibling to a case and the redetermination is due on the existing EDG, the change is processed in Change Action mode through Disposition, the review is initiated and the redetermination is processed on both EDGs. TIERS will match the EDG end dates.
If a child has a THSteps overdue date, the caretaker must comply, show good cause, or have a phone appointment, or the advisor must deny the Medicaid EDGs for all the children in the family, except TP 45 coverage for newborns. A parent or caretaker may self-declare on the Form H1024 or via phone if there is a good cause reason that the child has not had the check-up.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
General Reminders, A-1510
Processing Children's Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Applicants must be informed that:
Note: If the household has members who are elderly or have disabilities who wish to apply for Medicaid, but who do not qualify for any Medical Programs for families and children, refer them to HHSC's MEPD programs. Staff must provide the household with the address and telephone number of the nearest office, or the self-service website www.hhsc.state.tx.us/help/index.shtml.
Applicants living in a managed care area must be informed that they are required to select a managed care plan and primary care physician.
Staff must explain that Medicaid coverage is limited to the dates of the emergency medical condition.
Encourage the pregnant woman to start receiving prenatal care.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For applications with spend down, staff are required to verbally explain the following:
The individual should be advised to contact the Clearinghouse if the 30-day time limit is near and there is a delay getting bills from a provider, third-party resources (TPR) information, etc. The Clearinghouse allows bills paid during the month(s) of potential eligibility by:
Staff should advise the applicant of the types of assistance available to help the individual with the spend-down process.
On the same day the advisor approves the EDG, the advisor gives or TIERS mails to the individual:
Do not give Form H1120 to anyone other than the applicant or the applicant's AR. Explain that it is best to submit all bills at the same time because the Clearinghouse must establish a hierarchy when processing bills to meet spend down. This hierarchy ensures that spend down is met by nonreimbursable bills before reimbursable bills because nonreimbursable bills:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The individual should be informed that the household may be eligible for additional months of transitional Medicaid and child care if TP 08 is denied because of earned income (TP 07).
The household should be informed that they may be eligible for four additional months of post Medicaid if TP 08 is denied because of spousal support income.
The individual should also be informed that if the household is not eligible for transitional or post Medicaid, the household may be eligible for other medical program coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff should instruct the individual to report accidents. This is to determine whether the individual has any TPRs other than Medicaid that could cover medical expenses.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff should explain to the individual that:
Staff delivers the Texas Works Message to TANF recipients.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff explains to the individual:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TIERS automatically sends an expiration notice to households before their certification ends.
Exceptions: The individual may be given Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, and Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, at certification if the advisor approves an EDG for:
Revision 04-1; Effective January 1, 2004
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff should inform the individual about:
Cover each item listed in C-1131, Advisor Guide for Explaining EBT.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff are responsible for informing the individual about each item listed in C-1132, Issuance Staff Guide for EBT Issuance and Training. This includes the TANF cash withdrawal policy and procedures if the individual applies for TANF and has any questions about the advisor's explanation.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff should explain that TANF benefits can only be used to purchase goods and services essential or necessary for the welfare of the family. This includes food, clothing, housing, utilities, furniture, transportation, telephone, laundry, medical supplies not paid by Medicaid, and incidentals such as household equipment, supplies, and recreation for children. Staff must advise recipients that failure to use the benefits as required may result in HHSC establishing a protective payee (as explained in A-222, Who Is Not Included).
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Staff must explain the following rules regarding use of SNAP benefits:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff should ensure that OTTANF applicants understand that OTTANF benefits are intended as emergency cash assistance for families who do not currently receive TANF but who are otherwise eligible. In addition to meeting TANF requirements, the household must meet one of the four crisis criteria explained in A-2440, Determining Crisis Criteria (OTTANF).
HHSC issues a $1,000 payment with the intent that it will:
Staff shall explain the 12-month ineligibility period and obtain original signatures on Form H1072, One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Acknowledgement.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
The following must be documented:
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
The following situations must be documented if the person:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
The following persons must attend school full time if they do not have a high school diploma or general equivalency diploma (GED):
A child who is age 6 on or before Sept. 1 of the current school year must attend school.
Example 1: If a child turns age 6 on Aug. 31, school attendance must be verified at the next complete review on or after Sept. 1.
Example 2: If a child turns age 6 on Sept. 2, verification of school attendance is not required at the next complete review on or after Sept. 1, and no penalty should be imposed for not attending school.
If a child or teen parent who is home-schooled is attending school, the parent's statement that the child attends school at home is acceptable.
A child age 18, in school (high school, technical, or vocational) full time, and expected to graduate before or in the month of the student’s 19th birthday is eligible for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) through the month of graduation.
A child who will not graduate until after the month of the student’s 19th birthday is not eligible after the month of the student’s 18th birthday.
| Age | In School? | Graduation Month | Eligible? |
|---|---|---|---|
| 16 or 17 | Yes | N/A | Yes |
| 16 or 17 | No | N/A | Yes |
| 18 | Yes | Before or in the same month as 19th birthday | Yes, until graduation |
| 18 | Yes | After 19th birthday | No, not after month of 18th birthday |
| 18 | No | N/A | No |
| Over 19 | N/A | N/A | No |
School attendance requirements are not applicable for these programs. For the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), if a child younger than 18 works and is in school, the child's earned income may be excluded. See A-1323.1, Children's Earned Income.
School attendance requirements only apply when the only dependent child(ren) of a parent or caretaker relative applying for TP 08 or TA 31 is(are) age 18 at application and redetermination.
A child(ren) age 18 meets the school attendance requirements through the month of graduation when they:
The parent or caretaker relative is eligible for TP 08 or TA 31 through the month the child graduates if they meet all other eligibility criteria. A child who will not graduate until after the month of the student’s 19th birthday is not considered a dependent child after the month of the student’s 18th birthday.
Example 1: If there are two dependent children, one child is age 6 and the other child is age 18, and their parent is applying for TP 08, school attendance requirements do not apply to the child who is age 18 since there is another dependent child, age 6, for the TP 08 parent or caretaker relative to claim.
Example 2: If there are two dependent children both age 18 and their parent is applying for TP 08, school attendance requirements apply to both children because both children are age 18 and there are no other dependent children for the TP 08 parent or caretaker relative to claim.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After the caretaker and second parent or teen parent sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, staff must verify whether the child or teen parent met the school attendance requirement.
School attendance must be verified:
Notes:
At complete or incomplete review, if the child is determined to have 10 or fewer excused or unexcused absences per semester, no further action is required. If the child has more than 10 absences, Form H1086, School Attendance Verification, is used to request verification of school attendance. The school determines whether the child meets school attendance requirements, regardless of the number of absences.
At application, if verification is required, the application is pended for 10 days to allow the household time to cooperate. If the household has proof of the child's attendance or excused absences for a minimum of five consecutive school days during the 10-day pending period, the child is considered to be cooperating and no penalty is imposed.
Note: Accept verification for a different 10-day period if received prior to certification.
During the summer months, the advisor must verify whether a child or teen parent met the school attendance requirement since the last complete review. If the child or teen parent:
The local school system determines the criteria for half- or full-time attendance. A child meets the criteria even if he is out of school because of vacation, temporary illness, or family emergency.
Children with disabilities may attend fewer hours than other students. They may also receive instructions from a visiting teacher at home and still meet the school attendance requirements.
A child enrolled in a vocational adjustment program is in school full time.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
A child is exempt from the school attendance requirements if the child:
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
If a child or teen parent does not meet school attendance requirements, impose a school attendance penalty and apply a full-family sanction.
| If the person does not cooperate with school attendance requirements at ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| application (before certification but after signing the Personal Responsibility Agreement), | refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. |
| complete review or incomplete review, | refer to A-2144. |
| reapplication, |
|
TP 08 and TA 31
Deny TP 08 or TA 31 if the only dependent child(ren) who makes the person eligible for TP 08 or TA 31 is age 18 and:
Related Policy
Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Good cause for not cooperating with the school attendance requirement must be explored at:
Good cause exists if:
The individual's statement about a household member's inability to provide care is acceptable. Good cause is allowed only if TWC and the local school district provide verification that they will not provide free child care.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After a penalty is imposed, the child or teen parent can cure the penalty:
The individual is responsible for reporting when the child or teen parent has cured the penalty or has good cause.
Note: See A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, when curing an open school attendance noncooperation for a reapplication under pay for performance.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
School attendance must be verified:
Advisors must verify full-time school attendance when the only dependent child(ren) of an individual requesting TP 08 or TA 31 is(are) age 18 at application and redetermination. When an individual on TP 08 has dependent children younger than age 18, no verification of school attendance is required for the younger children or for the 18-year-old.
During the summer months, staff must determine whether the dependent child met the school attendance requirements at the end of the previous school year and confirm that the child intends to meet the requirements when school begins.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
School attendance may be verified with the following sources:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following information must be documented:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A thorough discussion of how a household meets expenses lets you check the accuracy of information the household provides. You must explore management at each application and redetermination. Also check management when a change affects how the household meets its expenses.
Ask two questions to examine management:
Require additional explanation and verification when management is questionable or negative.
Questionable Management — A household has questionable management when its billed basic expenses exceed reported net income and resources.
Negative Management — A household has negative management when its paid basic expenses exceed reported net income and resources plus support the Health and Human Services Commission excludes such as vendor payments.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Explore past, present and future management. Review the previous Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, or Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form, or case comments and verification before the interview. Decide if the information given in the past is consistent with the current situation.
Review the EDG and decide if the household's reported net income meets its basic expenses. Examples of basic expenses include:
Review Data Broker reports and other on-line verification sources to see if the household reported all their income, resources and expenses. Example: Credit reports may show regular payments that cause monthly expenses to exceed reported income. (See C-827, Data Broker Combined Report Sources With Credit Report.)
If net income and resources do not cover paid expenses, ask the household if anyone has income from:
Explore whether the household pays expenses by:
If the applicant intends to repay a loan, determine how the applicant will pay it back.
If the loans, gifts, or vendor payments are temporary, set a special review to check management.
Exception: Do not set a special review for management for streamlined reporting households.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
| Step | If ... | then... |
|---|---|---|
| 1. | management is questionable at initial application, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families/Medical Programs (TANF/MP) complete redetermination, or Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) redetermination, |
|
| a recent change causes questionable management, |
|
|
| 2. | verification shows basic billed expenses are paid, |
|
| verification shows basic billed expenses are past due, |
|
|
| the household does not return verification, |
|
|
| 3. | management is negative for three months or more, |
|
| If management is negatice and the household provides proof that the household paid billed expenses with non-recurring assistance, |
|
|
| If management is negatice and the household fails to provide available verification of the income or resources used to meet their expenses, |
|
|
| management is negative for less than three months, |
|
Related Policy
Length of Certification, A-2324
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
Processing Special Reviews, B-125
What to Report, B-621
Revision 03-3; Effective April 1, 2003
Set special reviews to monitor cases with questionable management.
Do not set a special review due to questionable management for streamlined reporting (SR) households. Set a six-month certification period for SR households.
Set the appropriate certification length for non-streamlined reporting households. See A-2324, Length of Certification.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Verify whether the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent when the household's billed expenses exceed reported net income/resources at application, redetermination, and at special reviews set for management. Exception: Do not set special reviews due to questionable management for streamlined reporting households.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
When past, current and future management is negative or questionable, document the individual's explanation of how management was met.
Completing the Management logical unit of work (LUW) in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Data Collection may be sufficient documentation if all expenses have been addressed and management is not questionable or negative. This includes expenses listed in the Data Broker credit report, for example, credit card expenses.
Document the steps taken to resolve or clear management that has been negative for more than three months. Refer to the chart in A-1730, Advisor Action.
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The Employment Services Program (ESP) consists of two programs. They are Choices for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) individuals and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Employment and Training (E&T) for SNAP individuals. Recipients must participate in these programs unless exempt. If a nonexempt member does not comply, he may be subject to a penalty that results in a full-family sanction for TANF and either a denial or disqualification for SNAP.
The Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) and Local Workforce Development Boards (LWDBs) determine the level of Choices services to provide in each county according to available Choices resources. After coordination with state office, TWC and the LWDB designate a county to provide one of two service levels:
Each nonexempt TANF caretaker or second parent who lives in a full service Choices county must participate in Choices employment services if contacted. Nonexempt and exempt members in full service Choices counties may voluntarily participate in employment services at any time. Exempt individuals are eligible for the same services as nonexempt individuals.
Individuals in minimum service Choices counties are exempt from participation requirements because of the lack of available Choices resources in the area (even when they are coded mandatory registrants). Individuals in minimum service counties may choose whether or not to participate in Choices services offered to them.
Each nonexempt household member age 16 through 59 must be registered for employment services at initial certification.
Exception:
For expedited service, register the applicant being interviewed unless he is:
Revision 01-1; Effective January 1, 2001
A striker must comply fully with the work registration requirement. He does not have to accept employment at a location subject to a strike or lock-out. If a strike is prohibited under either the Taft-Hartley or Railway Labor Acts, Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) considers this a continuing offer of suitable employment to the striker. Failure by the striker to return to this employment, for any reason, is failure to comply with work registration requirements. This makes the entire household ineligible.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
In all counties:
Note: See State Time Limits, A-2500, for state time limit tier levels for TANF individuals certified as caretakers and second parents.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
A member is exempt from participation if he is one of the following:
Code A (Child under 19 years of age) — A child, age 18 or younger.
Code C (Caring for an ill or disabled child in the home) — Needed at home to care for an ill or disabled child in the household, even if that person is not a member of the certified group. The caretaker must provide a completed Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, to claim this exemption. This includes caring for a family member receiving disability benefits such as Supplemental Security Income (SSI). SeeA-1821.1.2, Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Disabled Household Member, for specific information of Form H1836-B expectations.
Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent/caretaker if there are two or more disabled individuals in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the disabled members.
Code E (Disability expected to last greater than 180 days) — Unable to work due to a mental or physical disability expected to last more than 180 days. To claim an exemption based on disability, the individual must provide a completed Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement. Receipt of Social Security benefits based on disability or Veterans Affairs (VA) disability benefits is not an automatic disability exemption for Choices. See A-1821.1.1, Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, for specific information of Form H1836-A expectations.
Code F (60 years of age or older) — Age 60 or older. Obtain verification of age if not already established.
Code G (Meets Caretaker Exemption criteria, child in EDG) and Code R (Meets Caretaker Exemption criteria, child not in EDG) — A single parent or single caretaker relative caring for a child under age one at initial application. See A-1821.5, Caretaker Exemption, for information on setting the caretaker exemption end date.
Notes:
Code H (Cares for a disabled adult in the home, expected to last greater than 180 days) — Needed at home to care for a disabled adult in the household even if that person is not a member of the certified group and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days. The caretaker must provide a completed Form H1836-B to claim this exemption. This includes caring for a member receiving disability benefits such as SSI. See A-1821.1.2, Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Disabled Household Member, for specific information of Form H1836-B expectations.
Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent/caretaker if there are two or more disabled individuals in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the disabled members.
Code J (Not certified for TANF) — Not certified for TANF for reasons other than being a non-recipient parent (Codes X, V or Y) or sanctioned for Choices (Code W).
Code N (Time Limited Employment Hardship) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on lack of available employment opportunities. See A-2543.3, Employment Hardship Exemption (ESP Code N), for detailed information about this work registration code.
Code Q (Time Limited Personal Hardship) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on personal disability or caring for a disabled household member. See A-2543.2, Severe Personal Hardship Exemption (ESP Code Q), for detailed information about this work registration code.
Code T (Pregnant and unable to work) — Pregnant and unable to work. To claim an exemption based on pregnancy, the individual must provide proof of pregnancy on Form H3037, Report of Pregnancy, or another document containing the same information and completed by a physician, nurse, advanced nurse practitioner or other medical professional, and a completed Form H1836-A, verifying the disability is due to pregnancy. See A-1821.1.1, Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, for specific information of Form H1836-A expectations.
Code U (Single grandparent 50 or older caring for child under 3) — A single grandparent, age 50 or over, caring for a child under age three. Obtain verification of age and TANF relationship, if not already established.
Code V (SSI Recipient) — An SSI parent.
Code X (Exhausted STL) — A parent who has exhausted his/her state time limits.
Code Y (Disqualified for TPR non-compliance, Disqualified for SSN non-compliance, Has an IPV, Disqualified for failure to report temporary absence of a certified child, Is a fugitive, Has a felony drug conviction, Disqualified for QC non-compliance, Minor parent domicile non-compliance) — A parent disqualified because of:
Revision 09-1; Effective January 1, 2009
Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, must be obtained to verify a personal disability due to illness, injury or pregnancy. In order for an individual to receive an exemption from Choices requirements due to illness or injury, the disability must be expected to last more than 180 days. A pregnancy-related disability does not have to last any specific length of time.
Note: Receipt of Social Security benefits based on disability or Veterans Affairs (VA) disability benefits is not an automatic disability exemption for Choices.
A new Form H1836-A must be obtained when the form in the file is more than six months old.
If the Form H1836-A on file at the time of review is less than six months old but will reach the six month period during a new certification period, advisors must:
Example: The individual has a current Form H1836-A dated in July on file. The advisor interviews the individual for a periodic review in October. Form H1836-A is current at the time of the interview. The advisor may request a new Form H1836-A at the interview or set a special review for December to request a new Form H1836-A.
The following Choices exemption codes require a completed Form H1836-A:
The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.
| If the medical provider checks ... | then the individual is ... |
|---|---|
| 1(a) or 1(b) | mandatory for Choices. |
| 2(a) or 2(b) | mandatory for Choices. Note: The medical provider should complete Part B and Part C. |
| 3(a) or 3(b) | exempt from Choices because the disability is permanent or expected to last more than 180 days. Note: The medical provider should complete Part C. |
| 3(c) and the individual has a personal or mental disability | mandatory for Choices. Note: The medical provider should complete Part C. |
| 3(c) and the individual is disabled due to pregnancy | exempt from Choices because there is no timeframe associated with a disability due to pregnancy. Note: The medical provider should complete Part C. |
Note: If the medical provider fails to complete Part B or Part Cfor a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families individual but indicates that the individual is permanently disabled or temporarily disabled for more than 180 days, the individual meets the criteria for a Choices exemption.
Revision 09-1; Effective January 1, 2009
Obtain verification that the caregiver is unable to work or participate in workforce activities due to illness or injury of an adult or child family member. In order for an individual to receive an exemption from Choices requirements due to a disabled adult family member, the disability must be expected to last more than six months (180 days). There is no timeframe associated with the length of the disability if the individual is caring for a disabled child.
Note: A caregiver caring for an adult or child family member who is receiving disability benefits such as Supplemental Security Income (SSI) does not qualify for an exemption unless the caregiver provides Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, verifying the caregiver is needed in the home to provide care.
The following Choices exemption codes require a completed Form H1836-B:
A new Form H1836-B must be obtained when the form in the file is more than six months old.
If the Form H1836-B on file at the time of review is less than six months old but will reach the six month period during the new certification period, advisors must:
Example: The individual has a current Form H1836-B dated in July on file. The advisor interviews the individual for a periodic review in October. Form H1836-B is current at the time of the interview. The advisor may request a new Form H1836-B at the interview or set a special review for December to request a new Form H1836-B.
The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.
| If the medical provider checks ... | then the individual is ... |
|---|---|
| 1 or 2(a or b) | mandatory for Choices. |
| 3(a or b) | exempt from Choices. Note: The medical provider must complete Part B. |
| 3(c) and the individual is needed at home to care for an adult family member | mandatory for Choices. Note: The medical provider must complete Part B. |
| 3(c) and the individual is needed at home to care for a child | exempt from Choices. Note: The medical provider must complete Part B. |
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
A member is required to participate if he is one of the following:
Code B (Caretaker/Parent under age 19 in school full time) — A caretaker or second parent, age 18 or younger, attending elementary, secondary, vocational or technical school full time.
Code K (Appeal pending with Choices) — Appealing a Choices sanction. Use this code to indicate the individual is appealing the Choices sanction. See Appeals, A-1870, for more information.
Code L (Time limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on residing in a designated hardship county. See A-2543.1, County Hardship Exemption (ESP L), for detailed information about this work registration code.
Code M (Mandatory registrant) — Does not qualify for any of the exemptions and does not meet the Code P criteria. Note: Use this code for an individual who receives in-kind income for working.
Code P (Meets TANF full time employment requirement) — Employed or self-employed at least 30 hours per week, and receiving earnings of at least $700 per month. The required compliance is limited to only reporting hours of work. These individuals may be sanctioned if they do not report their hours to Choices staff.
Code W (Sanctioned for Choices nonparticipation) — Sanctioned for TANF based on non-compliance with Choices.
Local Workforce Development Boards (LWDBs) develop a Family Employment Plan with the involvement of all adults on the TANF EDG. In TANF-SP households, both adults must agree who will satisfy their work requirement. All adults on the TANF EDG are required to sign the plan.
Failure to sign the plan or meet the work requirements without good cause results in the LWDB sending a sanction request for the non-cooperating individual. For TANF-SP households, the LWDB will send the following penalty:
| If the household's caretaker/parent and second parent are ... | then the LWDB sends a sanction request for ... |
|---|---|
| both mandatory participants, | the caretaker and second parent. Note: If one parent non-complies with Choices and the other parent already has an open Choices penalty (work registration code W or K), the LWDB does not send a penalty request for the parent with the open Choices penalty. |
| one is a mandatory participant and one is exempt but volunteers, | only the mandatory participant. |
| one is a mandatory participant and one is exempt but does not volunteer, | only the mandatory participant. |
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
TIERS determines the appropriate work registration code based on data collection entries. Staff should review work registration status prior to disposition to ensure the correct work registration code is assigned to an individual. Use the following chart to determine the work registration code that should be assigned if the individual qualifies for more than one work registration code.
| Code | Description |
|---|---|
| V | non-recipient parents who receive Supplemental Security Income |
| X | non-recipient parents who have exhausted their state time limits |
| Y | non-recipient parents who have certain disqualifications |
| J | ineligible for TANF and for Choices |
| A or F | child under age 19 or adult over age 60 |
| L, N or Q | receiving hardship exemption from the state time limit |
| G or R | caring for a child under age 1 |
| C | caring for a disabled child |
| U | grandparent caring for a child under age 3 |
| H | caring for a disabled adult |
| E | personal disability |
| T | pregnant and unable to work |
| K | appeal pending with Choices |
| W | sanctioned for Choices nonparticipation |
| P | employed at least 30 hours per week and earning at least $700 per month |
| B | parent under age 19 and in school full time |
| M | mandatory participant |
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
TANF-SP parents may switch participation designations (that is, exempt and nonexempt codes) once if the switch is before or during Choices assessment for the parent initially designated as nonexempt. The exemption code must be one that applies to either parent. Choices staff use Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, to inform Texas Works staff when TANF-SP parents request to switch Choices codes. The parent cannot switch after completion of the Choices assessment.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
TANF single parents or single relative caretakers caring for a child under age one at initial application are exempt from Choices participation (Choices exemption Code G or R) until the child reaches age 1. Note: Caretakers under age 20 who have not completed high school or its equivalent do not qualify for these Choices exemptions, even if the caretaker exemption end date is in the future. These individuals may be exempt for another reason.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
TIERS sets a caretaker exemption end date based on the youngest child under age 1 in the home at the time of initial certification. See Individual- Summary, Time Limits screen in TIERS for the caretaker exemption end date.
A caretaker is not eligible for this exemption after the end date. The end date does not change when another child is born to the caretaker or moves into the home after TIERS sets the end date.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
If the child for which the caretaker's exemption end date is based on leaves the home, TIERS resets the end date based on the:
Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address any issues with the caretaker exemption end date.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
In all counties, at initial certification and at each recertification:
Note: Remind streamlined reporting households they must respond to all notices and letters from the employment program.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Exempt a person from registration for E&T services if the person meets one of the following criteria:
Code A (Child under age 16, age 16 or 17 and not head of household, or age 16 or 17 and attends school or training at least half time) — Age:
Code E (Physically or mentally unfit for employment) — Physically or mentally unfit for employment. Require proof of a disability that is not obvious before exempting the applicant. Obtain Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement. A physician's statement with the required information is also acceptable. See A-1822.1.1, Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, for specific information of expectations.
Receipt of a temporary or permanent disability benefit from a private or government source, including VA non-service-connected disability benefits, is acceptable verification that a person is physically or mentally unfit for employment. For VA service-connected disability benefits that are less than 100%, do not exempt the person.
As explained in B-476.1.2, Work Registration, a person who applies for SSI and SNAP at a Social Security Administration (SSA) office receives a work registration exemption until the SSA determines the person’s eligibility for SSI.
Code F (Age 60 or older) — Age 60 or older.
Code G (Caring for a child under age 6) — Each parent or other household member responsible for the care of a child under age 6.
Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one household member who is responsible for the care of a child under age 6 if there are two or more children under age 6 in the household. The number of people who receive the exemption may not exceed the number of children under age 6 in the SNAP household.
Code H (Cares for a person with a disability who is living in the home) — A parent or other household member caring for a person of any age who has a disability and lives with the household. The person who has a disability does not have to be part of the SNAP budget group, but must reside at the same address. Require proof that the parent or household member is needed in the home to care for the person with a disability, including a member receiving disability benefits, such as SSI. Obtain Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, or a physician's statement with the required information. See A-1822.1.2, Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Household Member With a Disability, for specific information.
Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent or caretaker if there are two or more people with a disability living in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the members who have a disability.
Code J (In drug and alcohol treatment program) — A regular participant or outpatient in a drug addiction or alcoholic treatment and rehabilitation program.
Code N (Receiving or applying for unemployment benefits) — Receiving unemployment insurance benefits or has applied but not been notified of eligibility.
Code P (Meets SNAP full-time employment requirement) — Employed or self-employed:
Allow this exemption for a person:
Any combination of the activities listed as an exemption for meeting the full-time employment requirement, or those activities in combination with employment hours, can be used if the combination totals at least 30 hours a week.
Notes:
Code Q (Registered with Choices) — Lives in a full-service Choices county and is nonexempt from Choices participation, or lives in any county and has an open Choices case.
Code S (Student age 18 or older in school or a training program at least half time)
Revision 06-4; Effective October 1, 2006
Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, must be obtained to verify a disability for individuals who appear capable of employment but claim a disability. There is no requirement that the disability last more than 180 days.
A new Form H1836-A must be obtained when the form in the file is more than 12 months old.
The following E&T exemption code requires a completed Form H1836-A:
The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.
| If the medical provider checks ... | then the individual is ... |
|---|---|
| 1(a or b) or 2(a or b) | mandatory for E&T. |
| 3(a, b or c) | exempt from E&T. |
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
Obtain Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, to verify an individual who claims to be needed in the home to care for a household member with a disability. There is no requirement that the disability last more than 180 days.
Obtain a new Form H1836-B when the form in the file is more than 12 months old.
The following E&T exemption code requires a completed Form H1836-B:
The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.
| If the medical provider checks ... | then the individual is ... |
|---|---|
| 1 or 2(a or b), | mandatory for E&T. |
| 3(a, b or c), | exempt from E&T. |
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Individuals must report changes that could affect employment services within 10 days of the change.
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
Change the work registration code if:
When the individual has a Code G or R and the youngest child reaches age one, TIERS:
Notify the individual on TF0001, Notice of Case Action, that their work registration status has changed.
Change the work registration code within 10 days if the individual
If the individual loses E&T exemption status for any other reason, register the individual at the next recertification.
Notify the individual on TF0001 that their work registration status has changed.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
When Choices or E&T staff discover information during an individual contact, they use Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, or Form H1817, SNAP Information Transmittal, to forward the information to the advisor.
Each Form H2583 requires advisor action:
The advisor evaluates the individual's work registration status and changes the work registration code in TIERS, if necessary.
Choices staff attempt to obtain verification from the employer. If the information on Form H2583 is complete and includes the name of the person contacted, use the information for eligibility determination without further verification from the individual.
Each Form H1817 requires advisor action.
The advisor evaluates the individual's work registration status and changes the work registration code in TIERS, if necessary.
If you decide the individual
Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
For households in full service Choices counties:
For households in E&T counties:
If the advisor conducts a single interview for a household filing jointly for TANF and SNAP, and the advisor certifies the SNAP application while the TANF application remains pending, TIERS will assign work registration Code Q, as if the individual were receiving TANF. After the advisor makes the TANF decision, TIERS will change the SNAP work registration code, if necessary. If an individual is registered for SNAP E&T, send the individual Form H1808.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Advisors in full service Choices counties refer TANF applicants to a workforce orientation. This is a separate eligibility requirement from Choices program participation. See Workforce Orientation, A-2200, for more information.
HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all TANF recipients to Choices staff when:
Non-exempt TANF recipients in full service Choices counties must participate in employment service activities when notified by Choices staff.
HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all SNAP recipients to E&T staff when:
E&T staff use this electronic file to register individuals with TWC when the individual:
Registration is effective for 12 months. At the end of each 12-month period, TWC renews the registrant’s status if the individual is:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
TANF or TANF-SP recipients in full service Choices counties whose information is transmitted to the TWC through the daily electronic file may be outreached for Choices services.
Local Workforce Development Boards and TWC access various types of education, training and employment services from local providers, including other state agencies. Services vary depending on an individual's specific needs and the availability of programs in the local area.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
An ABAWD is an individual age 18 up to age 50 who:
The ABAWD designation:
HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all SNAP recipients, including ABAWDs, to E&T staff. After receiving the electronic file, E&T staff may contact local HHSC staff to obtain SNAP allotment amounts and the number of ABAWDs in the SNAP household.
E&T staff use information provided on the electronic file to outreach the ABAWD for E&T services. If the ABAWD completes the first two weeks of participation in an allowable activity, E&T staff return Form H1822, ABAWD E&T Work Requirement Verification, to the advisor verifying the ABAWD:
The advisor must process a change in "work requirement status" as required per A-1940, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirements, if work status changes.
After Form H1822 verifies participation, it is assumed to continue unless:
Note: See A-1840, Noncompliance with ESP.
At recertification, HHSC staff must provide Form H1822 to the ABAWD to verify participation during the recertification process. The ABAWD must then take the form to the local workforce center for E&T staff to complete. The ABAWD or E&T staff returns the completed Form 1822 to HHSC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
To comply with participation requirements, the individual must:
Note: Streamlined reporting households must respond as directed to all notices and letters from the employment program even if employed.
To comply with participation requirements, the individual must also:
Exception: Individuals coded P are only required to report their hours.
Individuals may choose to voluntarily withdraw from TANF. Accept Form H1802, Voluntary Withdrawal from Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), as an individual'sintent to withdraw from TANF. When a local eligibility determination office receives a signed Form H1802, follow change procedures in B-600 to:
When a request to voluntarily withdraw from TANF is received in the same month as a Choices noncooperation, the advisor must send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informing the household of the Choices noncooperation. Open a Choices penalty as listed in A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. The household must reapply in pay for performance.
Note: If Form H1802 sent by the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) has not been processed and the individual does not want to withdraw from TANF, notify the LWDB using Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, that the individual remains certified for TANF.
Explore the appropriate medical program for each household member. Advisors must provide continuous Medicaid coverage for
To cooperate with participation requirements, the individual must also cooperate with assigned E&T activities.
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
In minimum service Choices counties, provide the individual a general explanation of:
In non-E&T counties, provide the individual a general explanation of:
Provide Form H1808, SNAP Work Rules, for each registrant, including those with participation exemptions.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
An individual living in a minimum service Choices county does not have to meet any employment services requirements. Advise the household that they
See A-2530 for state time limit counting policies for individuals who live in minimum service Choices counties.
An individual living in a non-E&T county
Revision 04-5; Effective July 1, 2004
Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007
Use the following minimum penalty periods.
| If this is the individual's ... | then the minimum penalty period is ... |
|---|---|
| first noncooperation, | one month or when he cooperates, whichever is longer. |
| second noncooperation, | three months or when he cooperates, whichever is longer. |
| third or subsequent noncooperation, | six months or when he cooperates, whichever is longer. |
Exception: See Reestablishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period(SNAP) A-1846.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If the household member who fails to furnish all information needed to register is:
See Minimum Penalty Periods, A-1841.
Exception: For expedited applications:
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Choices staff determine when a nonexempt individual fails without good cause to cooperate with Choices requirements. They use Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report, to notify advisors the date they made the noncooperation decision.
Failure to cooperate with Choices requirements results in:
Related Policy
Completing the Penalty Action, A-1845.2
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If a nonexempt parent in a full service Choices county fails to cooperate, apply a full-family sanction for one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
E&T staff determine when a person fails to cooperate with employment services requirements. E&T staff send noncompliance information electronically through the automated interface to notify HHSC of the person's failure to cooperate. E&T staff may send Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, to HHSC staff with more details.
If a PWE fails to cooperate with employment services requirements, Choices requirements or with work requirements in TWC's unemployment insurance program without good cause, the household is ineligible for the minimum penalty periods.
If a person who is not the PWE fails to cooperate without good cause, disqualify the person for the applicable minimum penalty period.
Note: If the noncooperating person moves to a new household:
The following procedures apply to a household with a person who is:
| When an individual fails to cooperate with ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| a Choices requirement in TANF, | apply the E&T noncooperation penalty unless the person is exempt for another reason. |
| a work requirement in TWC's UIB program, | apply the E&T noncooperation penalty unless the person is exempt for another reason. |
A disqualified person may re-establish eligibility after the minimum penalty period expires. A person may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period by becoming exempt from E&T registration.
Related Policy
E&T Exemptions, A-1822 .1
Minimum Penalty Periods, A-1841
Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period, A-1846
Re-establishing Eligibility After the Penalty Period, A-1847
Determining Good Cause, A-1860
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Determine a household's PWE as follows:
| If ... | then the ... |
|---|---|
(a) the household includes:
|
household selects the PWE and all adult members must agree to the selection. The PWE selected must:
|
| (b) adult household members cannot agree on a PWE, or Item (a) does not apply, | PWE is the member (including a disqualified member) who:
|
| (c) a PWE cannot be designated using the criteria in Item (a) or (b) above, | PWE is the member listed as head of household on the noncooperation date. |
Exception: For Items (b) and (c) in the chart above, a person (any age) may not be the PWE if he lives with his parent (or person fulfilling the role of his parent) who is:
The household can change the PWE during the certification period. Exception: The household cannot change the PWE if the current PWE has failed to cooperate with SNAP E&T requirements or has voluntarily quit a job, unless a new member has joined the household and is selected as the PWE.
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
Document in the case record each time the individual is sanctioned for:
A sanction for any of these work requirements counts as a noncooperation penalty.
Example: The individual has one sanction for voluntary quit without good cause. The individual served a one-month penalty and obtained a comparable job. The individual was laid off and was registered with the E&T program. The individual noncooperated with one of the E&Trequirements. This is the second sanction.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012
When a certified household member does not cooperate with an employment services requirement, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, within:
Exception: E&T noncooperation notices received in the last benefit month require adequate notice of adverse action.
If a penalty is applicable but the EDG is denied, advisors must still enter the penalty information into TIERS and send Form TF0001.
Note: See policy in A-1870, Appeals, for procedures when an individual appeals a penalty.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If E&T staff fail to timely notify HHSC of a noncooperation or the advisor fails to send notice of adverse action, the advisor must send the notice of adverse action as soon as possible after discovering the error. Do not file a claim.
If HHSC does not take action on a noncooperation report within a reasonable time frame, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate the noncooperation sanction as soon as possible.
Form TF0001 is sent within a reasonable time frame if the:
If the advisor does not send Form TF0001 within a reasonable time frame, the first month of noncooperation is the month Form TF0001 was sent. Do not file a claim.
Note: A postponed first month results in a forfeit month, but does not count toward two consecutive months of noncooperation. See A-2141.1, Determining the First Month of Noncooperation.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
If the advisor sends notice of adverse action for noncooperation, but fails to impose the penalty for the correct month:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Do not send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and take adverse action if:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Complete the penalty action as follows.
If the caretaker or second parent noncomplies:
For each caretaker and second parent who noncomplies with Choices, advisors must enter start dates (and end dates, if applicable) for a Choices penalty.
Complete the penalty action as follows.
Note: See A-1841, Minimum Penalty Periods.
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
An individual disqualified for an E&T noncompliance or a household denied because the PWE failed to comply with E&T may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if the noncomplying individual becomes exempt from E&T registration.
A household denied because the PWE failed to comply with E&T may also re-establish eligibility if:
When an individual disqualified for an E&T noncompliance on an active SNAP EDG re-establishes eligibility by becoming exempt, end the disqualification effective the first day of the month after the individual provides the information/verification required to qualify for the exemption. A household denied due to an individual’s E&T noncompliance must file a new application to re-establish eligibility and is eligible from the file date if all required information/verification is provided by the final due date.
When a household is denied because the PWE did not comply with E&T requirements, the disqualified household may apply and be interviewed for SNAP during the last month of the E&T penalty period.
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
See A-2150, Pay for Performance, to determine the action to take when an individual has an open penalty at reapplication.
An individual cannot become eligible until after the minimum penalty period expires or the individual meets the exceptions in A-1846, Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period. If the individual is still nonexempt, the individual must sign Form H1808, SNAP Work Rules, to agree to participate with E&T. Add the individual to the EDG after the individual signs Form H1808. Send E&T staff Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, to advise staff that the individual agrees to participate.
End the non-primary wage earner’s disqualification effective the first day of the month after the individual complies, if the minimum penalty period expires.
Notes:
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
If an applicant or participating household reports the loss of earned income or reduction in work hours to less than 30 hours a week, determine whether the household member voluntarily quit his job or reduced his work hours.
Note: See A-2123 for TANF Voluntary Quit policy.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Voluntary quit procedures apply to:
Voluntary quit procedures do not apply to people who
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
| - | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Has a household member (including a disqualified member) quit a job or reduced his hours of employment to less than 30 hours a week within 60 days before the application date or anytime after? | For quits, go to Step 2. For reduction of work hours, go to Step 3. | Not applicable. Stop. |
| 2. Did the job involve at least 30 hours per week at federal minimum wage or equivalent earnings? | Go to Step 3. | Not applicable. Stop. |
| 3. Did the person have good cause for quitting his job or reducing his work hours? | Not applicable. Stop. | Go to Step 4. |
| 4. Was the person exempt from E&T on the quit date or date hours were reduced? | Not applicable. Stop. | Go to Step 5. |
| 5. The voluntary quit penalty applies. | ||
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Determine a household's primary wage earner as follows:
| If ... | then the ... |
|---|---|
(a) the household includes
|
household may select the PWE. All adult members must agree to the selection. The PWE selected must:
A selection must be made at certification, recertification, or when household composition changes. |
| (b) adult household members cannot agree on a PWE, or Item (a) does not apply, | PWE is the member (including a disqualified member) who earned the most income in the two months before the month of quit if he was:
|
| (c) a PWE cannot be designated using the criteria in Item (a) or (b) above, | PWE is the head of household on the quit date (for active EDGs only) if he was required to register on the quit date (or would have been if not disqualified). |
Exception: For Items (b) and (c) in the chart above, a person (any age) may not be considered the primary wage earner if he lives with his parent (or person fulfilling the role of his parent) who is:
The household can change the PWE during the certification period.
Exception: The household cannot change the PWE if the current PWE has failed to cooperate with SNAP E&T requirements or has voluntarily quit a job, unless a new member has joined the household and is selected as the PWE.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
| If you discover the quit ... | then ... | |
|---|---|---|
| before completing certification, | apply the sanction using the penalty periods found in A-1841, Minimum Penalty Periods. | |
| after certification and early enough to prevent issuance of the last month's benefits, | apply the sanction using the penalty periods found in A-1841. Start the sanction the first month after the adverse action notice period ends. | |
| too late in the certification period to prevent issuance of the last month'sbenefits, | if the household ... | then ... |
| - | reapplies before the end of the certification period, | apply the penalty. Notify the household on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, that the penalty period starts the first month of the new certification period. |
| - | does not reapply by the last day of the certification period, | on the last day of the certification period send Form TF0001 to notify the household of the sanction period beginning with the month after the old certification period expires. |
If the primary wage earner (PWE) noncomplies, deny the EDG.
If the non-PWE noncomplies, disqualify the individual and change his work registration code to Code T (Disqualified household member).
If the PWE moves to another household and would have been the PWE, deny that household for the remainder of the penalty period. If he moves, but would not have been the PWE of the new household, disqualify the individual for the remainder of the penalty period.
If the individual quits or voluntarily reduces his work hours without good cause but does not report it or HHSC does not act timely, apply the penalty as soon as possible after the adverse action notice expires.
Related Policy
Tracking the Number of Sanctions, A-1844.2
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
A person or household, disqualified or denied because of a voluntary quit or a reduction in work hours, may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if the non-complying member becomes exempt from E&T registration.
A household denied because the PWE voluntarily quit a job, or voluntarily reduced work hours, may also re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if:
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
To re-establish eligibility after the penalty period for a voluntary quit, the individual must:
To re-establish eligibility after the penalty period for voluntarily reducing work hours, the individual must:
End the non-primary wage earner’s disqualification effective the first day of the month after the individual complies or becomes exempt, if the minimum penalty period has ended.
Notes:
Revision 18-2; Effective April 1, 2018
If, during the adverse action notice period, the individual claims good cause for failing to respond to outreach and provides a reasonable explanation:
For other good cause claims, the individual must file an appeal to receive a determination.
The Choices automated interface sends TIERS a good cause code with start or end dates. The advisor does not set a good cause start/end date.
If the individual has an open Choices penalty, the Choices automated interface may send TIERS a good cause start date. Advisors must remove the Choices penalty if good cause is sent during the first noncooperation month. Good cause sent during the second noncooperation month is a notice of cooperation. Reinstate benefits after the forfeit month.
Determine good cause for:
If an individual claims good cause during the adverse action period for not complying with E&T requirements, provide Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, to the individual and refer them to TWC to claim good cause.
SNAP E&T staff at TWC electronically sends, through an automated interface, their recommendation of good cause for noncompliance with the E&T program. HHSC reviews the recommendation and makes the final determination of good cause.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the applicant's control prevent them from complying with employment services requirements. Explore reasons for good cause before establishing voluntary quit or imposing a SNAP E&T sanction.
Good cause includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Revision 18-2; Effective April 1, 2018
An individual is entitled to a hearing to contest the:
If, during the adverse action notice period, the individual appeals a noncompliance penalty:
The hearing officer notifies both the advisor and Choices staff about the hearing date and the Choices noncompliance appeal decision.
If the individual requests continued benefits and the hearing officer sustains the decision, change the work registration code from Code K to Code W to show the individual is sanctioned. Then:
If the hearing decision was reversed, enter the appropriate work registration code in TIERS.
If the individual appeals the noncompliance penalty during the adverse action advance notice period:
If the individual requests continued benefits and the hearing officer sustains the decision:
Revision 17-1; Effective, January 1, 2017
Verify all exemptions.
Verify:
Note: See A-1640, Verification Requirements.
Related Policy
E&T Exemptions, A-1822.1
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Acceptable forms of verification must state self-employment hours worked. Acceptable forms of verification include:
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Document:
Document:
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Federal legislation requires that certain individuals receive benefits for a limited number of months. Encourage individual independence!
A household with a caretaker or second parent is limited to receiving Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) for 60 months. Each caretaker and second parent has his own separate federal time limit clock. When the caretaker or second parent reaches the 60th month of the federal time limit (regardless of who reaches it first), the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) denies the entire household at the end of the 60th month. Benefits received as an eligible child do not count toward the time limit if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent. A child who was certified on a TANF EDG that reaches the federal time limit may continue to receive TANF if certified with another caretaker or payee who did not reach federal time limits while certified with that child. Note: Do not count TANF-SP benefits toward a caretaker's or second parent's 60-month federal time limit.
Unless exempt, an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD) is any individual, age 18 up to age 50, who is not meeting the work requirement, as defined in A-1831.1.2, ABAWD Referral Process. These individuals are initially limited to three months of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) eligibility in a 36-month period. After the initial 36-month period ends, another 36-month period begins the first month the individual fails to meet the work requirement.
Related Policy
General Policy (Resources), A-1210
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirement, or Noncompliance with SSN Requirements, A-1362.3
ABAWD Referral Processes, A-1831.1.2
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
Effective with October 1999 benefits, each month a caretaker or second parent receives a TANF benefit counts toward the FTL, even if the month does not count toward the state time limit. This includes TANF benefits received in another state. Additionally, any month these members received benefits in Texas from November 1996 through September 1999 that counted toward the state time limit, also counts toward the FTL. Note: Individuals in control group cases were subject to FTLs beginning with October 1999 benefits.
Do not count a month toward the FTL if
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Effective Oct. 1, 1999, an FTL month counts when a TANF benefit is issued to an adult caretaker or second parent.
To count a month an individual received benefits in another state, enter information in TIERS Data Collection – Out-of-State Benefits. FTL months only count if the individual received cash assistance. TIERS programming correctly determines FTL months for each individual. FTL information transferred from SAVERR during TIERS conversion. Advisors must contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk if FTL months need to be corrected in TIERS.
FTL months and years counted towards an individual’s FTL can be found in TIERS on the TANF Time Limit page.
TIERS inquiry displays FTL data on the Individual – TANF Time Limits & PRA screen in the hover menu. It includes the:
Revision 06-4; Effective October 1, 2006
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
Federal law allows exemption from the 60-month lifetime limit due to hardship. Extended TANF is the TANF and TANF-SP cash assistance program beyond the 60-month lifetime limit. A caretaker or second parent can apply for extended TANF and a hardship exemption at any time during or after their 60th month of assistance.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A caretaker or second parent may submit an application for extended TANF during their 60th month of lifetime TANF benefits, or after. They must:
Note: Choices or child support penalty months may not be counted twice, if both penalties are open during the same month.
Review the extended TANF hardship exemptions with the applicant to identify the hardship. If the family qualifies under more than one hardship, the advisor and applicant should decide which hardship exemption is best for the household. After determining that the family meets extended TANF criteria, follow regular TANF eligibility requirements and program policies to determine eligibility.
As a condition of eligibility, require the extended TANF applicant to sign a new Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, and attend a Workforce Orientation refresher course, even if there is no break in benefits. Extended TANF caretakers and second parents are subject to the same Choices work requirements and exemptions as a regular TANF recipient.
The household is permanently ineligible from receiving TANF benefits when an individual non-complies with Choices or child support requirements after certification for extended TANF.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The extended TANF applicant must have one of the following hardships:
Note: Caretakers and second parents who qualify for extended TANF for reasons 4 (Residence in a Minimum Service Choices County) and 5 (Lack of Employment) are limited to a total of 24 cumulative months of benefits. Good cause and Choices exemption months count toward the 24-month limit.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
The caretaker or second parent may qualify for the personal disability exemption if the individual:
If the caretaker or second parent is not certified for SSI, inform the caretaker or second parent claiming the disability that the individual must apply for SSI before the next complete review. Follow policy in A-1311.1, Requirement to Pursue SSI/RSDI.
Exception: An SSI application is not required if the applicant has an SSI application pending or previously applied for SSI and was denied within the last 12 months. If the SSI denial was more than 12 months before the extended TANF application month, a new SSI application is required. Inform the individual that this exemption must be re-evaluated at the next periodic review.
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
The caretaker or second parent may qualify for the caring for a family member with a disability exemption if the caretaker or second parent:
Refer to Step 2 of A-2543.2.2, Disabling Illness or Injury of Close Family Member, to determine the degree of relationship that applies. The degree of relationship that applies to state time limits applies to FTLs.
If the family member with a disability is not already approved for SSI, inform the person caring for the family member with a disability that the family member with a disability must apply for SSI before the next complete review. Follow policy in A-1311.1, Requirement to Pursue SSI/RSDI.
Exception: An SSI application is not required if the family member with a disability has an application pending or previously applied for SSI and was denied within the last 12 months. If the SSI denial was more than 12 months before the application month, a new SSI application is required. Inform the individual that this exemption must be re-evaluated at the next periodic review.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If the applicant indicates on Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause, that the individual is a victim of family violence, make an assessment referral to the family violence program specialist following policy in A-1131.1, Good Cause for Family Violence Option. A list of Family Violence Shelters is located at www.hhsc.state.tx.us/Help/family-violence/centers.shtml. The family violence specialist makes a recommendation about the claim. If the family violence specialist establishes that the applicant is avictim of family violence, the applicant is eligible for the exemption.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Verify that the applicant resided in a county that offered only minimum or mid-level Choices services during at least one of the last 12 countable months of the individual's 60-month period by reviewing the applicant's residence history. Contact the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) to verify the county's service level status during those 12 countable months.
Example: The applicant reached her 60th month of TANF assistance in January. She is applying for extended TANF in July and currently resides in a full-service county but claims that no Choices services were available in her county when she was receiving regular TANF benefits. Verify the applicant's county of residence over the last 12 countable months of her 60-month period. Determine the county's Choices service level status during those months by contacting the local board.
The applicant meets this exemption criteria if the individual resided in a minimum service Choices county in any month during the entire last 12 countable months of her 60-month time limit.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The applicant must have
Note: The individual cannot qualify for this hardship if the lack of sufficient employment during the last 12-month period resulted from voluntarily quitting a job.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
At each complete review after initial certification for extended TANF benefits, advisors must verify that the individual continues to meet
Advisors are not required to re-verify hardship due to residence in a minimum/mid-level service county or lack of employment exemptions at complete review.
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
The advisor must:
Note: If the caretaker/second parent with a disability already receives SSI, then eligibility for the personal disability exemption is met. If the family member with a disability receives SSI, a current Form H1836-B is still required to verify that the caretaker/second parent is needed in the home to provide care.
| At complete review, if the member with a disability ... | and ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| applied for SSI benefits, | the application is pending, | accept a pending notice as verification of the application or perform State Online Query/Wire Third-Party Query (SOLQ/WTPY) inquiry to check the status of the SSI application.
Note: If the pending notice is more than 12 months old and the individual indicates this is the only notice received, check the status by performing SOLQ/WTPY inquiry. |
| applied for SSI benefits, | the individual is eligible for SSI benefits, | follow procedures in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice); send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to remove the SSI household member from the EDG; and adjust the SNAP EDG, if applicable.
Note: If an adult in a TANF-SP household is certified for SSI, transfer the remaining members to TANF, if eligible. |
| applied for SSI benefits, | the individual is ineligible for SSI benefits and provides Form H1836-A indicating the individual meets disability criteria, | accept Form H1836-A as verification. |
| has not applied for SSI benefits, |
|
deny the EDG. If the individual reapplies after denial, the individual must provide verification of SSI application before certification. |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
At complete review, if the recipient continues to indicate a victim of family violence status, provide the extended TANF recipient with Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause. Make an assessment referral to the family violence program specialist following policy in A-1131.1, Good Cause for Family Violence Option. A list of Family Violence Shelters is located at www.hhsc.state.tx.us/Help/family-violence/centers.shtml. If the family violence specialist establishes that family violence continues to exist, the household continues to be eligible for this exemption.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
The work requirement policy
To meet the SNAP ABAWD work requirement, a person must be working or participating in a specified work program an average of at least 20 hours per week in a month. A person may use a combination of work and participation in a work program to meet this requirement.
A non-exempt person’s 36-month period begins with the first countable month the person works less than an average of 20 hours per week and receives SNAP benefits in Texas or any other state. This is also the first of the three months of time-limited benefits.
Exception: A month in which benefits are prorated is not a countable month.
ABAWDs in Texas are assigned to participate in Workfare through SNAP E&T. Upon notification from the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) that the ABAWD is participating in SNAP E&T, stop counting ABAWD Federal Time Limit (FTL) months effective the same month the person started participating. Remove any ABAWD FTL months already counted in TIERS for the first month of participation and future months. Do not count a benefit month as one of the three initial ABAWD FTL months if the ABAWD participates in SNAP E&T.
If removal of ABAWD months results in the first countable month of the 36-month period being removed, the 36-month period must be adjusted. Start the new 36-month period with the first month in which the ABAWD does not meet the work requirements. If all countable ABAWD FTL months are removed, the 36-month period must also be removed.
Note: The initial three months of time-limited benefits do not have to be consecutive.
Related Policy
Meeting the Work Requirement Through a Work Program, A-1941.2
Exemptions, A-1942
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Work may be:
Notes:
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
To meet the work requirement via self-employment, an individual must anticipate working an average of at least an average of 20 hours per week over the certification period. If the gross self-employment earnings do not equal at least an average of 20 hours per week multiplied by the federal minimum wage, the individual must verify that they are working at least an average of 20 hours a week using the same verification procedures used for Employment and Training (E&T)exemptions.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
An individual may participate in one of the following work programs an average of at least 20 hours per week to meet the work requirement:
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, A-1970
Revision 17-4; Effective October 1, 2017
An individual is exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement if they:
Individuals are physically or mentally unfit to work if they:
Note: Each household member must be exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement for the household to meet the streamlined reporting criteria.
Related Policy
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Count a benefit month as one of the three initial time-limited months if the individual:
Note: The advisor must verify any benefits the individual received in another state as an ABAWD if the individual indicates receiving benefits outside of Texas and the information is readily available.
Do not count SNAP benefit months toward the ABAWD time limit when:
Examples:
Redetermine eligibility effective the benefit month after the third countable time-limited benefit month. The advisor may set a:
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
When the initial three months of time-limited eligibility expire, the advisor must:
Provide advance notice of adverse action, if required.
Note: Use the individual notice language specific to this disqualification in the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
An individual who lost eligibility due to the work requirement time limit in A-1951, After the Three Months of Time-Limited SNAP Eligibility, may regain eligibility if the individual:
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
A person who already received the three months of time-limited benefits can qualify for one additional three-month period of eligibility in the 36-month period if they are not meeting the work requirement but have worked for a specified period of time after receiving the three initial ABAWD FTL months. The person must:
Note: The person does not have to receive SNAP benefits during the month they worked or participated in a work program for the minimum amount of hours to regain eligibility.
If HHSC prorates benefits, do not count the prorated month when determining the first month of the additional three-month period.
The person can receive the additional eligibility period once in the 36-month period. Limit the additional eligibility period to three consecutive months, even if the person returns to work or if HHSC denies SNAP for another reason during the three-month period. The additional consecutive three-month period may extend past the end of the original 36-month period if it begins during the original 36-month period.
For example: Brad Johnson's original 36-month period is September 2016 to August 2019. Brad used his initial three months in September 2016, October 2016 and April 2017. He reapplied for benefits on July 3, 2019, and met the criteria for an additional three-month period. Brad's second three-month period is August 2019, September 2019 and October 2019. Because July 2019 benefits are prorated, July is not a countable month. A new 36-month period can begin November 2019.
| If all certified members' additional three-month eligibility periods ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| expire in the same month, | set the certification period to end the last month of the three-month eligibility period. |
| do not expire in the same month, | set special reviews to deny each member effective the end of the third month of the additional eligibility period. |
Exception: ABAWDs in Texas are assigned to participate in workfare through SNAP E&T. When notification is received from TWC that the ABAWD met work requirements by participating in SNAP E&T in the first month of the second three-month segment, remove the second three-month segment. If the ABAWD begins participating in SNAP E&T in the second or third month of the second three-month segment, the three consecutive ABAWD FTL months must remain.
Additionally, when the modification of the ABAWD FTL months results in the first countable month of the second three-month segment being removed, the second three-month segment must be adjusted to start with the first countable month in which the ABAWD does not meet the work requirements. If the first countable month of the second three-month segment is removed, the consecutive months of the second three-month segment must also be removed.
For Example: Brad used his initial three months in September 2016, October 2016 and April 2017. Brad regains eligibility and his second three-month period is August 2018, September 2018 and October 2018. In January 2019, Brad files a new application and it is discovered that he was meeting the work requirement through participating in Workfare with TWC in August 2018 and ongoing. Staff would remove August 2018 as a countable month, and by doing so, removes the second three-month segment of consecutive months.
Related Policy
Meeting the Work Requirement Through a Work Program, A-1941.2
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
Advisors must verify:
Note: See A-1933.2.1, Personal Disability or Caring for a Family Member With a Disability, for verification requirements for extended TANF EDGs.
When verifying earned income, advisors must also verify whether the employee works an average of 20 hours a week in a month.
When determining if an individual qualifies to regain eligibility for SNAP after the individual has used three countable months of benefits in a 36-month period, advisors must verify that the individual worked, or complied with a work program, for at least 80 hours in a 30-day period for the individual to be eligible for the second set of three-month time-limited SNAP benefits.
Verify volunteer employment hours by contacting the employer. Verify the existence of a business or nonprofit organization, if questionable, by viewing federal income tax documents or nonprofit certification documents from the Internal Revenue Service or the Texas State Comptroller of Public Accounts.
Verify participation in the:
Use Form H1822, ABAWD E&T Work Requirement Verification, to verify participation in the above programs.
Verify an individual's exemption from the 18–50 work requirement for:
Verify any countable months of benefits received in another state by any household member who meets the ABAWD requirement (see A-720, New Texas Residents, for a link to out-of-state SNAP agencies).
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Advisors must document:
Advisors must document:
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
Staff must use available technology to verify identity and prevent duplicate participation.
Related Policy
Identity, A-600
Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Duplicate Participation Procedures, B-454.1
Claims, B-700
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
With more interviews completed by telephone, it is crucial that staff confirm the identity of the person being interviewed. Staff must ask identifying questions to confirm the identity of the person when interviewing by telephone. In addition to clearing all discrepancies, these questions serve as a tool to authenticate the caller.
At the start of the interview, staff should explain that the authentication questions help ensure the caller's identity and protect their confidentiality and information.
Note: This policy only applies to those programs that require an interview, or when the individual requests an interview.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Staff must ask client-related questions from the list below to verify the caller’s identity. Staff should ask questions to which the individual, authorized representative (AR), or personal representative (PR) generally will know the answers, but which are not easily known by others. This applies to ARs/PRs outside the household as well as household members. Available verification sources should be used to choose the questions and verify the responses of the person being interviewed. These sources include but are not limited to:
Staff should have the verification information for the client-related questions available during the interview to immediately confirm the responses. Not all the questions are applicable to every household, and staff should use prudent judgment to determine whether enough questions apply to the household's situation and whether the person being interviewed provides accurate responses.
From the lists below, staff should ask as many head of household-related questions as needed to allow the person being interviewed an opportunity to respond accurately to a total of two questions.
Initially, questions with available verifications should be chosen from a source other than the application, such as:
If the person being interviewed cannot provide two accurate responses to any of the above questions, staff should ask as many of these additional questions as needed to receive a total of two accurate responses:
If necessary, staff may request a credit report on the head of household:
Information from the head of household's credit report may be used to develop questions to authenticate the caller. Examples of credit report questions to authenticate the caller include:
Staff must document responses to the questions according to requirements in A-2050, Documentation Requirements.
Related Policy
Prudent Person Principle, A-137
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213
Telephone Contact, B-1213.1
Actions on Inaccurate Responses to the Questions, A-2020.3
Documentation Requirements, A-2050
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If none of the questions apply to a particular case situation or responses cannot be verified, staff should follow regional authentication policy and submit a policy clearance request to a local field policy specialist.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If enough questions are applicable to the case but the individual cannot provide accurate responses to any two questions to authenticate the individual’s identity, the individual should be advised that:
In the TIERS Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, staff should answer “No” to the question “Did caller accurately respond to the authentication questions?” and document in the page-level comments section the questions asked and the inaccurate responses provided.
TIERS will:
Expedited Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) applicants must follow current policy and provide proof of identity before receiving expedited benefits.
An active Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) must not be denied when adding a program if the individual fails to come to the local office to verify identity.
Related Policy
Pending Information, A-135
Expedited Service, A-140
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115
Processing Redeterminations, B-122
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the person being interviewed states the individual is unable to come to the local office, the person should be allowed to claim hardship for any of the following reasons:
The individual must provide proof of identity by mail, email or fax.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the individual comes to the local office and provides appropriate verification, staff should refer to the Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, answer “Yes” to the question “Did caller accurately respond to the authentication questions?”, and document in the page-level comments section the verification provided.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31
If the individual does not come to the local office with acceptable verification of identity by the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, due date, TIERS will create a task to deny only the EDG for which the authentication questions were asked, using the denial reason “failure to provide required information within specified time frame.”
Related Policy
Pending Information, A-135
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115
Processing Redeterminations, B-122
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) staff must verify that household members do not currently receive benefits by already participating in Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Medicaid and/or SNAP, at application and when adding a new household member.
Related Policy
Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Changes Affecting Benefits, B-640
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC staff must use existing technology, such as TIERS, Data Broker, State Online Query (SOLQ), etc., to verify the household members do not receive duplicate benefits.
At application, staff must:
Related Policy
Registering an Application, A-122.3
Automated Support Systems, C-800
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a household member is currently active for the same program on another EDG, HHSC staff must:
Staff should refer to B-771, Filing an Overpayment Referral Using Automated System for the Office of Inspector General (ASOIG), and B-772, Filing an Overpayment Referral Using TIERS, for instructions on submitting a fraud and/or non-fraud referral to OIG. Staff may use either the TIERS interface with ASOIG or initiate the fraud referral directly in ASOIG.
Related Policy
Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Participation Twice in Same Month, B-454
Duplicate Participation Procedures, B-454.1
Claims, B-700
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TIERS file clearance and any other available sources may be used to verify the identity of the person being interviewed and that the household does not receive duplicate benefits.
Related Policy
Verification Sources, A-621
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must document in the Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, whether the caller was or was not verified. Staff must also document with a brief statement indicating which questions were correctly answered (e.g., "Caller verified Texas driver license and name of mortgage company"). If the caller fails to correctly answer the questions, staff notes which questions were asked and the inaccurate responses provided. Staff also documents whether the individual came into the office and provided verification of identity or claimed hardship.
Staff must document in TIERS Case Comments if an OIG referral was made via ASOIG; otherwise, the TIERS functionality is used.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Require Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) recipients who are caretakers or second parents to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA). This includes minor parents who are certified as an adult. The agreement requires the adult caretaker and second parent to:
Require TANF payees and disqualified adults to sign Form H1073. The PRA requires the payee or disqualified adult to:
If a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult fails to sign Form H1073, deny the application. Failure to cooperate with the PRA results in a full-family sanction for the TANF household.
A payee certified as a caretaker on a separate TANF EDG may sign one PRA that is applicable to both EDGs.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Apply the following policies of the PRA, as appropriate, to caretakers, second parents, certified children, payees, and disqualified adults.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Inform the caretaker and second parents about the Choices requirements and full-family sanctions for noncooperation with Choices if they are required to register. Use TANF policies and procedures in A-1800, Employment Services, for a caretaker and second parent who sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement.
Related Policy
Noncooperation with Choices, A-1843
TANF-SP Procedures, A-1843.1
Action on Noncooperation, A-1845
Completing the Penalty Action, A-1845.2
Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period, A-1847
Determining Good Cause, A-1860
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Complete or Incomplete Review — The penalty end date is the month of cooperation.
Related Policy
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Inform the caretaker, second parent, payee and disqualified adult of the child support requirements and the full-family sanction. Use current TANF policies and procedures found in A-1100, Child Support, for individuals who are required to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement.
Related Policy
TANF, A-1124
Counting Child Support, A-1326.2.1
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
In addition to signing Form H1010, which constitutes the assignment of rights to child/medical support, the individual must also sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. Use Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, to help the individual understand the child support requirements.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Determine if the individual has good cause for not cooperating with child support requirements using TANF policy in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause. If the individual has good cause, do not sanction the household.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use the following chart to determine when to start a penalty.
| If the individual fails to cooperate with the child support requirements at ... | then ... | |
|---|---|---|
| application, complete review, or incomplete review, | refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. | |
| reapplication, | if the individual has ... | then ... |
| - | no open penalty, | follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reappplication. |
| - | an open penalty, | follow procedures in A-2152,Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance. |
Note: A child support noncooperation is not applicable if the noncooperation occurred:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If the individual cures his penalty or proves good cause, end the penalty following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty. Note: If the individual reports cooperation with the Office of Attorney General (OAG) but the advisor has not received Form H1701, contact the child support officer for the date of cooperation.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Inform the caretaker and/or second parent (including a minor parent who is a caretaker or second parent) that they must not voluntarily quit a job of 30 or more hours a week. Voluntary quit applies to a caretaker/second parent who:
A person has voluntarily quit a job if the individual:
A person is not considered to have voluntarily quit a job if the individual:
Note: See A-1850 for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Voluntary Quit policy.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Determine whether the individual failed to cooperate at application, complete or incomplete review after signing Form H1073. If the individual voluntarily quit a job before signing Form H1073, voluntary quit does not apply.
See Advisor Action on Noncooperation in A-2123.5.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
The individual may cure the voluntary quit penalty if the individual:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the recipient's control prevent the person from cooperating with the requirements. Explore all reasons for good cause before establishing voluntary quit. Reasons for good cause are the same as the SNAP Reasons for Good Cause in A-1861 with the following exception.
Exception: Acceptance of a job that later does not materialize or results in employment of less than 30 hours a week or weekly earnings of less than federal minimum wage multiplied by 30 hours is not considered good cause.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Apply a full-family sanction until the individual cooperates.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use the following chart to determine when to start a penalty.
| If the advisor determines an individual voluntarily quit a job at... | then ... | |
| initial application, | start the full-family sanction the month of noncooperation if the individual signed Form H1073 before voluntarily quitting a job. | |
| complete or incomplete review, | refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. | |
| reapplication, | if the individual has ... | then ... |
| - | no open voluntarily quit penalty, | follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reappplication. |
| - | an open penalty, | follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance. |
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult who receives TANF for a child age two through 18 that the child must have:
Provide the caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult with the Texas Health Steps schedule (Texas Health Steps “Checkups Help Children Stay Healthy!” ) for medical checkups and additional information provided by Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff.
Related Policy
Texas Health Steps, A-1531
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
TIERS calculates and sets an overdue month for applications and complete reviews. TIERS uses the Texas Health Steps medical schedule and the child's birthdate plus 12 months to determine the overdue month. The child's birth month is month zero. The overdue month begins the first calendar day of the 12th month. This is the same formula Texas Health Steps uses to determine the child's overdue month for a medical checkup.
Example: The household has a child who turns 6 on April 3. According to the Texas Health Steps schedule, the child is due for a checkup when the child turns age 6. Consider April as month zero, and add 12 months to determine the overdue month. In this example, if the child does not have a medical checkup by the end of March, the child is overdue beginning April 1.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Determine if the person failed to comply at each complete review after the person signs Form H1073. If the overdue month is before or in the complete review interview month, the child is overdue. After the interview month and you complete the EDG in the:
Related Policy
Staff Action if the Overdue Month Is Before or In the Complete Review Interview Month, A-2124.3
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Determine if a child had a Texas Health Steps medical checkup using one of the following methods:
Note:
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Determine if the child had a medical checkup and use the following chart to determine the action to take.
| If at the complete review the checkup is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| not overdue, | do not apply a penalty. |
| overdue, but proof of a medical checkup that occurred before the discovery date is provided, | update the Texas Health Steps screening date in TIERS Data Collection. |
| overdue and the parent or guardian states the child had a checkup before the discovery date, but does not have proof, |
fax Form H1087, Verification of Texas Health Steps Checkup, to Texas Health Steps staff at 512-533-3867. Do not refer the person to the Medicaid provider. Local Texas Health Steps staff will contact the Medicaid provider. Pend the EDG to receive proof from Texas Health Steps staff. If proof is received within 10 days, update the Texas Health Steps screening date in TIERS Data Collection. TIERS recalculates a new overdue month. Note: If proof is not received within 10 days, contact Toni Sanders at 512-919-1601 If Texas Health Steps informs staff that they need more than 10 days, allow an additional 10 days. If staff determine the additional 10 days may cause a delinquency, accept the person's statement that the child had a checkup and document in case comments. If Texas Health Steps provides proof of a checkup, take no further action. If Texas Health Steps states that a checkup did not occur, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, advising the person of the sanction for noncooperation. Note: The Texas Health Steps checkup date must be before the discovery date. If the person has good cause for not complying, select the good cause reason. Refer to A-2124.5, Good Cause for Texas Health Steps Noncooperation. |
| overdue and the person states the TANF child has not had a checkup and that the person needs assistance making an appointment, |
|
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
For applications received in the last benefit month or in the two months following the last benefit month, determine if the child was not cooperating with the Texas Health Steps requirement in the last benefit month.
If the overdue month is:
Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
When a person fails to cooperate with the Texas Health Steps requirement, explore good cause before applying a penalty. The person may claim good cause for the following reasons:
The person must provide proof for good cause. If staff determine the person has good cause for not cooperating with the Texas Health Steps requirements, select the good cause reason in TIERS Data Collection.
Use the following chart to determine when to start good cause.
| If staff determine that good cause exists at ... | and the person has ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| a complete review, | no open penalty, | start good cause the month the person provides proof. |
| a complete review, | an open penalty, | start good cause the month after the person provides proof. End the penalty the month the person provides proof. |
| reapplication, | no open penalty, | start good cause the month of reapplication. |
| reapplication, | an open penalty, | start good cause the month of reapplication. End the penalty the month before the reapplication month. Exception: End the penalty the month of reapplication if the person reapplies in a month in which benefits were received. |
Redetermine good cause at the next complete review. The good cause end date is the month staff determine the person no longer has good cause.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Failure to comply with the Texas Health Steps schedule results in a full-family sanction.
Use the following chart to determine when to impose a full-family sanction.
| If the person fails to cooperate with the Texas Health Steps requirements at ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| complete review, | refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. |
| reapplication, | if the person:
|
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
At complete or incomplete reviews, end the penalty following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty, if the person cooperates with the Texas Health Steps requirements or provides proof of good cause.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Inform caretakers, second parents, payees and disqualified adults who receive benefits for a child certified for TANF they must provide:
See Form H1012, Immunization Record, for the immunization schedule.
Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
To determine whether a child is current with immunizations, use:
If the records are not current but the person provides proof that the child is on an alternate schedule, refer to A-2125.4 Good Cause for Immunizations Noncooperation, to allow good cause.
Do not count an immunization administered at birth as a required visit. An immunization is considered administered at birth if it is given between birth and seven days.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
After the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult signs Form H1073, determine if the household cooperated with immunization requirements at each complete review.
Related Policy
Advisor Action on Noncooperation, A-2125.5
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Individuals have good cause for not cooperating with the immunization requirement if the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult can prove that:
Good cause exists in the following situations:
Allow the individual 10 days to provide proof. Begin good cause the month the individual provides proof.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Apply a full-family sanction if a child does not meet the immunization requirement, and the household fails to provide proof of good cause.
Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.
Revision 12-3; Effective January 1, 2012
Use the following chart to determine when to apply a full-family sanction when an individual noncooperates with immunizations.
| If the individual fails to cooperate with the immunization requirements at ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| complete review, | refer to A-2144, Imposing aPenalty. |
| reapplication, | if the individual
|
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
At complete or incomplete Reviews, end the penalty the month the individual provides proof of cooperation with the immunization requirement or provides good cause following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee, disqualified adult or disqualified teen parent about the school attendance eligibility requirements in A-1610.
Related Policy
School Attendance, A-1600
Initial Application, A-2131.1
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145
Open Penalty at Reapplication, A-2151
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
Inform TANF household members they must attend parenting skills training if they meet either of the following parenting skills mandatory referral criteria:
Note: A household member who does not meet the mandatory referral criteria may volunteer for parenting skills training. Discuss the training with an individual who expresses a need or interest.
Revision 06-2; Effective April 1, 2006
When explaining the PRA requirements at application, inform household members they must attend parenting skills training if referred.
At application or when a household member's status changes so that the member now meets the referral criteria, refer household members to parenting skills training if they:
At the first review after referral, the complete review after approving good cause or imposing a penalty, an incomplete review after the individual notifies you of training completion and at reapplication after referral, follow procedures in A-2127.4, A-2127.5 and A-2127.6.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Do not refer a person to parenting skills training if the TIERS “Individual Summary TANF Time Limits” page and the personal responsibility agreement indicate they have completed training. The “Parenting Skills” field will show Yes.
An individual must complete parenting skills training once. Acceptable verification of training completion includes training that occurred before the individual referral, such as in a high school curriculum. The following is what needs to be provided when referring a person to parenting skills training.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
At the complete review after the individual is referred to parenting skills training, determine if the individual completed the training.
If an individual who continues to meet the mandatory referral criteria does not have verification of class completion, determine if the individual has good cause for not completing the training during the months between reviews.
If an individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria when you are verifying training completion, do not determine good cause or impose a full family sanction.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use the following chart to determine if good cause exists for the individual.
| Good cause exists if ... | Verifications include, but are not limited to ... |
|---|---|
| no classes were available in the area. |
|
| the individual currently attends parenting skills training. | a statement or attendance record from the provider. |
| the person is or was ill and not able to attend an available class. | a doctor's statement or other medical evidence that the person is or was ill and unable to attend during the time when classes were available. |
| circumstances beyond the individual's control prevented the person from attending and/or completing the class.
Note: Lack of usual transportation or dependent care is not acceptable for a good cause claim. |
a report of a disaster or documentation of a family catastrophe that existed during the time when classes in the area were available. |
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Apply a full-family sanction for failure to cooperate with the parenting skills requirement.
Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use the chart below to determine when to start a parenting skills penalty.
| If the individual fails to comply with the parenting skills requirements at ... | then ... | |
|---|---|---|
| complete review, | refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. | |
| reapplication, | if the individual ... | then ... |
|
|
has an open penalty, | follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance. |
|
|
does not have an open penalty, | follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication. |
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use the policies and procedures in the chart below:
| If the ... | and there is an open parenting skills ... | Then enter ... |
|---|---|---|
| individual provides verification of parenting skills training completion, |
|
|
| individual provides verification of good cause for the months between reviews, | penalty |
|
| individual does not provide verification of continuing good cause, | good cause |
|
| individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria, |
|
the month the advisor determines the individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria as the good cause or penalty end date. |
At each subsequent complete review until all individuals who meet the mandatory referral criteria have completed parenting skills training, continue to:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult that they will forfeit a month of cash assistance if convicted of a felony or misdemeanor criminal offense under Health and Safety Code, Chapter 481, involving marijuana or another controlled substance or a crime involving abuse of alcohol after signing Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. This includes a deferred adjudication. The penalty does not apply to an offense that occurred before the person signed Form H1073.
Note: A legal parent is permanently disqualified for a felony drug conviction (not deferred adjudication) for an offense committed on or after April 1, 2002.
Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, requires an applicant or recipient to answer a question about a conviction. Accept the person's statement.
Discuss the situation with the person when the criminal history report in the Data Broker system indicates they were convicted of an alcohol or drug offense after signing Form H1073. If they claim not to be the person indicated on the criminal history report, but the identifying information (name, date of birth, physical description) leads staff to believe the information is correct, or the person disagrees with other information provided in the report (such as the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor):
Once OIG BPI obtains information to clear the discrepancy, the assigned OIG BPI investigator provides the information by email. Staff responsible for clearing this task must document the results of the OIG BPI's findings in Case Comments and, if applicable, enter the information in the Data Collection-Individual Demographic-Conviction/Rehabilitation page. Make an overpayment referral, if appropriate.
Related Policy
Who Is Not Included, A-222
Disqualified Members, A-232.2
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
At the complete review after Form H1073 is signed, if the individual answers yes to the question on Form H1010 regarding drugs and alcohol, determine if both the offense and conviction occurred after the individual signed Form H1073. If the offense and conviction occurred after Form H1073 was signed, apply a sanction.
Example 1: An individual signs Form H1073 in January 1999. The individual commits an offense in April 1999 and is convicted in November 1999. At the complete review after November 1999, the individual states on Form H1010 that he was convicted of possessing marijuana or a controlled substance. The advisor must impose a full-family sanction for one month.
Example 2: An individual signs Form H1073 in March. At the next complete review, the individual states he was convicted of a crime involving marijuana. The offense was committed before he signed Form H1073 and the individual was convicted after signing the form. The advisor cannot sanction the household because the offense occurred before the individual signed Form H1073.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
If the individual states the offense and conviction occurred after signing Form H1073, apply a full-family sanction for one month. Accept the individual's statement as verification.
There is no good cause or cure for noncooperation with the alcohol or drug requirement.
Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If the individual does not cooperate with the alcohol or drug requirement at a complete review or incomplete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
End the penalty the month after the forfeit month following procedures in A-2145, Ending An Open Penalty.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
All requirements of the PRA have good cause except for the alcohol and drug requirement. If a person has good cause for any requirement except alcohol and drug, do not penalize the person for noncooperation.
Penalty and good cause start and end dates cannot overlap for Choices, Texas Health Steps, or immunization and parenting skills requirements. The good cause must end before a penalty can start and vice versa.
For more detailed information about good cause start and end dates, refer to each personal responsibility in A-2120, Individual Responsibilities.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, lists the recipient's and HHSC's responsibilities. A caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult must sign Form H1073 before being certified. This includes a minor parent applying as an adult. If a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult is not present to sign the agreement during the interview, pend the EDG to obtain the required signature.
Explain Form H1073 responsibilities and penalties for noncooperation at each periodic review.
Once the caretaker or second parent signs Form H1073, they do not have to sign the form again unless they are:
Note: A disqualified member (as listed in A-222 #4) who cooperates must sign Form H1073 before being added to the TANF EDG. See A-2132.2. A member ineligible for Medicaid because of a Choices or child support noncooperation is not required to sign Form H1073 to reinstate benefits if the cooperation is completed before the end of the second month of noncooperation.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
At initial application, the individual must:
Impose a PRA noncooperation if the individual fails to comply with child support, voluntary quit or school attendance requirements after signing Form H1073 but before certification. If the individual cures the noncooperation before the eligibility determination, do not impose the full-family sanction and do not record the penalty.
The month the advisor discovers the noncooperation is also the first month of noncooperation. The applicant must cooperate by the end of the second noncooperation month to avoid reapplying in pay for performance. The forfeit month is the first month the household is otherwise eligible to receive a benefit, including a prorated benefit.
If the individual cooperates by the end of the second noncooperation month, certify the household with a future effective month equal to the month after the forfeit month.
After initial certification, impose a penalty for any PRA noncooperation discovered at complete review or when processing another case action.
If the required member(s) fails or refuses to sign the PRA, deny the application.
Continue to process the application for Medical Programs for Families and Children.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Do not require a member who previously signed Form H1073 to sign it again unless the EDG is denied and the individual reapplies. In this situation, the member must sign Form H1073 again or the application must be denied.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
When a household reapplies for TANF in the last month the household receives TANF assistance, or the two months following, staff must verify the household was in cooperation with all PRA requirements in the last month the household received TANF cash assistance. If the household was not in cooperation with all PRA requirements in their last month of TANF eligibility, impose a full-family sanction for a minimum of one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer. The month staff discover the noncooperation is also the first month of noncooperation. The applicant must cooperate by the end of the second noncooperation month to avoid reapplying in pay for performance. The forfeit month is the first month the household is otherwise eligible to receive a benefit (including a prorated benefit). If the person cooperates by the end of the second noncooperation month, certify the household with a future effective month equal to the month after the forfeit month. If the household reapplies for TANF later than two months following the month the household last received TANF benefits, treat the household like an initial application.
Related Policy
Texas Health Steps Overdue Month at Application, A-2124.4
Initial Application, A-2131.1
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
When a noncooperating household member certified as an adult moves from an existing household into a new household that is not receiving TANF, but subsequently applies, determine which PRA requirement(s) the member did not cooperate with and use the following chart to determine what action to take.
| If the adult ... | then ... | Follow policy in ... |
|---|---|---|
| did not cooperate with Choices, child support or voluntary quit, | the new household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. | A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance. |
| did not cooperate with parenting skills and moves into a household that includes a child under age 5, | the new household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. | A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance. |
| did not cooperate with parenting skills and moves into a household that does not include a child under age 5, | treat the household as an initial application. | A-2131.1, Initial Application. |
| moves from an existing household with a child who is not meeting Texas Health Steps, immunization, school attendance, or parenting skills requirements, | the household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. | A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance. |
| did not cooperate with any other PRA requirement, | treat the household as an initial application. | A-2131.1, Initial Application. |
Note: If a noncooperating minor parent certified as a caretaker, second parent or disqualified person is not in compliance with school attendance and moves from an existing household into a new household, follow policy in A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
When a household member certified as a child moves from an existing household into a new household that currently is not receiving TANF, but subsequently applies and the child has an open PRA noncooperation for immunizations, Texas Health Steps or school attendance, do not impose a full-family sanction on the new household. Follow policy in A-2131.1, Initial Application.
If the noncooperating household member moves back into the original household, follow policy A-2132.5.
Related Policy
Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, A-2151.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Require the new member to sign Form H1073 within 10 days of the report date when adding a caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult at incomplete review. If the new member refuses or fails to sign Form H1073, deny the EDG. Apply the full-family sanction policy if the member noncooperates with the PRA requirements after signing the PRA.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If, after the PRA is signed, the caretaker is disqualified or both parents are disqualified in a two-parent household, inform the household of the payee/disqualified adult PRA requirements.
When the household consists of both the caretaker and second parent who have signed Form H1073 and only one parent is disqualified, the PRA requirements still apply to the household. When the disqualified member cooperates, the individual must sign Form H1073 before being added to the TANF EDG.
Note: This policy does not apply to members who are ineligible for Medicaid because of a noncooperation with PRA Choices or child support.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
| If the household reports the move ... | then... |
|---|---|
| before the PRA noncooperation is imposed, | do not apply a full-family sanction to the household. Record the penalty for the noncooperating individual.* |
| after the PRA noncooperation is imposed and the advisor verifies the member moved out of the household before the second month, | apply a full-family sanction to the household for one forfeit month only. |
*Note: The noncooperation is recorded with the individual’s information only. TIERS will not set a Non Cooperation One (NC1) month until the individual reapplies.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Deny the TANF EDG if the penalized member failed to cooperate and moved out during the second noncooperation month or afterwards. The household must reapply for TANF.
If the household reapplies for TANF and a member of the applying household
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
A household currently receiving TANF cannot receive a benefit for the new penalized member for the identified forfeit month(s). Pend the EDG to add the penalized member for 30 or 40* days after the change is reported to allow demonstrated cooperation.
| If the penalized member ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| demonstrates cooperation by the 30th or 40th day, | add the new member to the TANF EDG following current change policy, but no earlier than the month after the forfeit month(s). |
| fails to demonstrate cooperation by the 30th or 40th day, | Deny the EDG.** |
*Follow policy in A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, to determine if the EDG should be pended for 30 or 40 days.
**TIERS will transfer sanction information on the individual to the new case/EDG from the old case/EDG so there will be no change to NC1, Non Cooperation 2 (NC2), Forfeit 1 or Forfeit 2.
Provide a separate Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, if other eligibility verification is required. If all eligibility information is provided except PRA cooperation, add the new member to the SNAP or Medicaid EDG as appropriate.
Example: On May 3, the Smith household requests that Sarah, who is a new member of the household and currently penalized, be added to their EDG. The advisor sends form H1020 to the household informing them that Sarah has an open penalty and cannot be added until she cooperates with the PRA. If the household fails to provide verification of cooperation by June 2, the advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to deny the TANF cash assistance. Take action on any associated Medicaid or SNAP EDGs following existing policy.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Once a certified child ages out of the certified group, the caretaker or payee is not required to cooperate with the PRA requirements for that particular child even if timely action has not been taken to remove the child from the EDG.
| When a caretaker or payee receives a noncooperation for a certified child ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| and the certified child ages out before the noncooperation discovery month, | do not sanction the household. |
| and the certified child ages out during or after the noncooperation discovery month, | ensure the child is removed from the EDG and apply one forfeit month to the household. |
Notes:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Impose a full-family sanction when an adult TANF recipient, minor parent certified as an adult or second parent, or payee/disqualified adult fails to cooperate with any applicable requirement of the PRA after the agreement has been signed. The full-family sanction is imposed for a minimum of one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer.
If the household does not cooperate with a PRA requirement for two consecutive months, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must demonstrate cooperation with the PRA for 30 days before receiving cash assistance again. This is referred to as pay for performance.
If the household does not cooperate with two or more PRA requirements during the initial NC1 or NC2 month, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must reapply in pay for performance.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
After the TANF recipient or payee/disqualified adult signs the PRA, the entire household loses eligibility for cash assistance if a:
This loss of cash assistance is referred to as a full-family sanction. During the full-family sanction the household is ineligible for cash assistance for one month or until they cooperate, whichever is longer. Once the full-family sanction is imposed, that month's benefit is forfeited and the family cannot regain that month's benefit, even if they later cooperate.
If the nonexempt TANF recipient fails to cooperate with Choices or child support, or the payee/disqualified adult or Choices-exempt TANF recipient fails to cooperate with child support, the noncooperating individual also loses Medicaid coverage (excluding Transitional Medicaid) for one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer, unless the individual is under age 19 or pregnant. The other family members remain eligible for Medicaid.
A noncooperation is not applicable if the noncooperation occurred:
Notes:
Related Policy
Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-840
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
The first month of noncooperation, or the NC1 month, is the month:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The second month of potential noncooperation/cooperation, or the NC2 month, is the calendar month following the first month of noncooperation. The family must cooperate with the PRA by the last calendar day of the second month to avoid a second forfeit month and pay for performance requirements.
Consider the individual a TANF recipient during the second month of noncooperation even if this is a forfeit month. The individual has not lost eligibility during the second month of noncooperation and may regain eligibility during the second month if cooperation is established by the last calendar day of the month.
Note: When a member fails to cooperate with the drug and alcohol PRA requirement, the individual is considered to be back in cooperation status the month after the month of noncooperation unless convicted of a subsequent offense.
Revision 12-3; Effective January 1, 2012
For PRA penalties imposed on active EDGs, the first month the advisor can actually apply the full-family sanction and forfeit a month of TANF cash assistance after sending Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and allowing adverse action is the effective month.
For PRA penalties imposed at application, the first forfeit month for:
Note: Forfeit months cannot be prior to the first noncooperation (NC1) month.
A TANF household that fails to cooperate with the PRA for two consecutive months must forfeit cash assistance for two consecutive months. The following individuals also forfeit Medicaid coverage for two consecutive months, unless the individual is pregnant or under the age of 19:
Note: When the full-family sanction month has been determined and a Choices or child support noncooperation is received after cutoff in the first month of noncooperation, disqualify the noncooperating member the next effective month.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
If the TANF recipient, payee, or disqualified adult has more than one TANF EDG and fails to cooperate with:
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
If the family cooperates with all required PRA components by the last calendar day of the second consecutive month, the advisor must reinstate TANF cash assistance for the first month after the full-family sanction month. If the advisor receives verification of cooperation from the individual, Texas Workforce Commission (TWC), Office of Attorney General (OAG) or other sources after the second month and before cutoff of the following month, the individual must have cooperated in the second month to have cash assistance reinstated. Note: If HHSC later receives proof that the individual did cooperate in the second month, the individual may reapply without going through the pay for performance process.
Example: The advisor receives Form H1708-A, Report of Noncooperation (Automated), in November after cutoff and processes the EDG before December cutoff. The family's first month of noncooperation is November, and the full-family sanction is effective January. The family has forfeited January TANF cash assistance permanently. The noncooperating adult has also lost Medicaid for January.
The family's second consecutive month of noncooperation/cooperation is December. On Jan. 4, the OAG provides Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, verifying the individual cooperated with child support requirements on Dec. 29, 2003. The advisor must reinstate TANF cash assistance (and Medicaid for the disqualified adult) effective February (the month after the forfeited month).
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
To impose a penalty, ensure required individuals have signed Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. Impose a full-family sanction using the following chart.
| If processing ... | impose a full-family sanction ... |
|---|---|
| an initial application, | effective the first month the applicant would otherwise receive a grant if the individual does not cooperate with child support, voluntary quit or school attendance requirements before certification but after signing the PRA. Do not impose a full-family sanction for any other noncooperation at application. |
| an incomplete review, | the effective month based on the date Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is sent if the individual does not cooperate with Choices, child support or voluntary quit requirements. |
| a complete review on an active EDG, | the effective month based on the disposition date for any penalty. |
| a reapplication after denial, | as explained in each individual responsibility section (A-2120, Individual Responsibilities). |
| an application received in the last benefit month or within two months after the last benefit month, | effective the first month the applicant would otherwise receive a grant if the applicant was not cooperating with the PRA in the last benefit month (A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication). |
Issue Form TF0001, informing the individual of the PRA noncompliance. Include who did not comply with the PRA and which requirement the member failed to cooperate with.
Note: Impose a full-family sanction if the requested verification indicates the PRA requirement was met after the verification request date or if the verification is provided after the verification due date.
Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012
If HHSC does not take action on a noncooperation report within a reasonable time frame, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate the noncooperation penalty as soon as possible.
Form TF0001 is sent within a reasonable time frame if:
If the advisor does not send Form TF0001 within a reasonable time frame, the first month of noncooperation becomes the month Form TF0001 was sent. This ensures the individual has a reasonable opportunity to demonstrate cooperation in the second month.
Note: A postponed first month results in a forfeit month, but does not count toward two consecutive months of noncooperation.
If the advisor sends Form TF0001 for a PRA penalty within a reasonable time frame but fails to timely impose the full-family sanction for the correct forfeit month, determine the actual first and second month of noncooperation. If the individual:
If a penalty is applicable but the EDG is denied, advisors still must enter the penalty information into TIERS and send Form TF0001.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The end date for a PRA penalty is the month the individual cooperates or has good cause for certain PRA requirements.
Close a PRA penalty if the household cooperates by the end of the second month of noncooperation and provides verification by cutoff of the next month.
If verification is provided after cutoff of the following month, the household must reapply as explained in A-2143.
Note: Do not close a child support penalty incurred while receiving TANF when an individual applies for adult Medicaid and has cooperated with the OAG.
The end date cannot be later than the effective month (the month the advisor can affect benefits).
Enter the verification type and date when ending a penalty. If the advisor enters an end month with no verification, TIERS pends the page.
Note: If after imposing a penalty you determine the individual was incorrectly penalized, remove the penalty and restore benefits, if appropriate.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
| If the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult noncooperates with ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| Choices (Caretakers and second parents only) |
|
| Child support |
|
| Texas Health Steps, immunizations, school attendance, parenting skills or voluntary quit |
|
| Drugs and alcohol |
|
Note: See A-2147, Action When the Person Cooperates with the PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, for situations where the person cooperates with the PRA requirements before the end of the second potential noncooperation month. If the person provides other information needed to complete the review and cooperates with the PRA requirement, complete the review and impose a full-family sanction. End-date the penalty effective the month the person cooperates.
Related Policy
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Action When the Individual Cooperates with the PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, A-2147
PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, A-2147
Recipients of TANF and TP 08, A-825.1
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult cooperates with the PRA requirement before the end of the second noncooperation month, then end date the penalty effective the month the individual cooperates. Send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informing the household the sanction has ended and the ongoing benefit amount.
Notes:
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
Issue Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to impose a full-family sanction. Issue a second Form TF0001 for any PRA noncooperation that occurs in the first or second month of noncooperation after the original noncooperation has been identified to inform the household of the new noncooperation. Advise the household of the penalty and how the member can cooperate.
Use adequate notice when imposing a penalty for one or more PRA noncooperations. See A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice).
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
If the household does not cooperate with one or more PRA requirements for two consecutive months, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must demonstrate cooperation with all PRA requirements for 30 days before they are eligible to receive TANF cash assistance. This is referred to as pay for performance. Advisors must verify that the family has not cooperated by the end of the second consecutive month before applying the pay for performance policy. The 30 days of demonstrated cooperation starts when the family cooperated with the PRA requirement. Note: If cooperation was established before the application date, the 30 days of cooperation begins on the file date.
A household may reapply for TANF assistance under pay for performance after the second noncooperation month. Deny a TANF application, filed before the last day of the second noncooperation month as filed in error. Exception: Do not deny the TANF application if the appointment is scheduled after the second noncooperation month. At the interview, have the individual review Form H1010 and re-sign it. The file date is the first day of the interview month. Document the reason the file date changed.
Note: When a TANF applicant with an open PRA penalty applies for One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF), the individual must demonstrate cooperation with all open noncooperations before being considered TANF-eligible. See A-2400 for OTTANF policy.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
| If the TANF applicant or second parent is in pay for performance status because of failure to cooperate with ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| Choices | The person must cooperate with Choices requirements for 30 days if they are not eligible for a Choices exemption. Refer the person to the local workforce solutions office with Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, indicating they are subject to pay for performance. Remind the person to contact the local workforce solutions office within 10 days to allow enough time to demonstrate 30 days of cooperation. Pend the application until the 40th day after the interview date, and:
|
| Child support | The person must cooperate with child support requirements. Refer the person to the OAG and pend the application until the 30th day after the file date. If the person:
|
| Voluntary quit | The person must cure the voluntary quit. Verify the person has obtained employment of 30 hours or more per week, or is eligible for a Choices exemption. If the person is employed on the interview date or is eligible for a Choices exemption, pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation, and if the person:
|
| Texas Health Steps | The person must cooperate with Texas Health Steps requirements. Refer the person to the local Texas Health Steps staff using Form H1087, or Texas Health Steps regional hotline. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation, and if:
|
| Immunizations | The person must cooperate with immunization requirements. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation. If:
|
| School attendance | The person must cooperate with school attendance requirements. Pend the application until the 40th day after the interview date, and
|
| Parenting skills | The person must cooperate with parenting skills requirements. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date, and if
|
| Drugs and alcohol | When a person fails to cooperate with the drug and alcohol PRA requirement, the person is considered as back in cooperation status the month following the month of noncooperation, unless staff discover a second separate noncooperation in the month following the first noncooperation month. See A-2128. |
Notes:
Note: TIERS automatically documents this information on the Form H1020.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The household must reapply in pay for performance to qualify for TANF cash assistance. An individual with an open penalty at application must cooperate with the PRA requirement that caused the penalty and demonstrate PRA cooperation for 30 days.
When a household reapplies for TANF during pay for performance and the advisor discovers a household member fails to cooperate with a second or subsequent PRA requirement:
Note: Explore Medicaid eligibility for the children and eligible adults.
Revision 08-3; Effective July 1, 2008
Verify a good cause claim as explained in A-2129, Good Cause.
Verify:
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Document:
Document the name, address, and a phone number for the contact person of the organization or person who provided the training.
Document the:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
A caretaker and second parent (not disqualified) residing in a full service Choices county must attend a workforce orientation if he is applying for
Inform the applicant that he must attend the orientation before you can certify the household.
List the requirement to provide proof of workforce orientation attendance on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
See A-2214, Failure or Refusal to Comply with the Workforce Orientation Requirement. When denying a TANF/TANF-SP application for failure to attend workforce orientation, continue to process the application for Medical Programs for Families and Children and for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), if applicable.
Some applicants may not be able to attend a regularly scheduled workforce orientation due to extraordinary circumstances. These applicants must complete an alternative workforce orientation via telephone or home visit by local workforce staff depending on available resources. Exception: Allow good cause for a caretaker/second parent who is unable to complete a regular or alternate workforce orientation because of being hospitalized or bedridden with a severe illness.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
At the interview, inform applicants who cannot attend a regularly scheduled workforce orientation due to extraordinary circumstances that he must complete an alternative orientation. Inform the client that he must contact the workforce solutions office to request an alternative orientation. Extraordinary circumstances may include:
Generally, the alternative workforce orientation will consist of either a telephone call or a visit by local workforce staff. The type of alternative orientation will depend on resources available to the LWDB.
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Use Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, to refer an applicant in a full service Choices county to a regular or alternative workforce orientation. Provide the applicant with a completed Form H2588 for each caretaker and second parent.
Note: If you determine the applicant requires an alternative workforce orientation, complete Form H2588, Part B – Workforce Orientation (Alternative).
Inform individuals of the requirements to
Choices staff are required to return the verification to the local eligibility determination office by fax, phone, courier, interagency mail, or regular mail.
If the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) determines they are not able to accommodate the applicant with an alternative orientation, the LWDB returns Form H2588 indicating they were not able to provide the orientation and that the applicant is considered to have met the requirement.
Note: The applicant may choose to return the stamped Form H2588 to HHSC instead of waiting for Choices staff to provide the verification to HHSC.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Choices staff provide offices with workforce orientation flyers. The flyers for the regular orientation informs applicants of the days, times, and locations of regular workforce orientation sessions. The LWDBs have flexibility in the development of the alternative workforce orientation flyer. If the flyer does not contain information regarding an alternative orientation, provide the applicant with the regular orientation flyer so they have the workforce solutions office’s telephone number. Advisors must inform the individual that it is the individual who must contact the workforce solutions office to request an alternative workforce orientation. Provide a workforce orientation flyer, regular or alternative, with each Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral.
Advisors are not required to provide a TANF Workforce Orientation flyer with Form H2588 to TANF applicants who are interviewed by phone from a remote location, although this remains an acceptable option. At a minimum, advisors must provide the household with the workforce solutions office information based on the individual’s residential address.
Staff can find the most accessible workforce solutions office for the household at www.twc.state.tx.us and clicking on “Find Locations.”
Staff must list the requirement to provide proof of workforce orientation attendance on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, along with the contact information, address and phone number for the workforce solutions office. The applicant is responsible for making contact with the workforce solutions office and completing the workforce orientation.
The number of available orientations depends on the number of applicants local eligibility determination offices refer to Choices staff. Texas Works and Choices staff coordinates to determine the average number of referrals. Regular workforce orientations occur at least twice a week. Rural areas of full service Choices counties may hold orientations on an individual basis.
Note: If a workforce orientation, regular or alternative, is unavailable to an applicant in a full service Choices county within the 10-day pending period, do not require the applicant to attend the workforce orientation prior to certification.
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
The workforce orientation, regular and alternative, introduces applicants to the local labor market and the resources available to assist the applicant with finding a job. Workforce orientation emphasizes the impact of time-limited benefits, importance of work, and personal responsibility.
Workforce orientation staff informs applicants of related support services, such as childcare and limited transportation benefits.
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
Choices staff in a full service Choices county offer applicants the opportunity to take advantage of immediate job search or education/training resources. If the applicant attends the regular or alternative orientation and obtains a job before TANF certification, Choices staff offers an applicant childcare for up to 12 months and limited transportation benefits.
Once certified, the individual may receive childcare and limited transportation benefits if he gets a job within the first three months after TANF certification and if the household is not eligible for transitional benefits. If the individual gets a job after receiving TANF benefits for more than three months, the household is potentially eligible for transitional benefits.
Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003
At the end of the workforce orientation, regular or alternative, Choices staff in full service Choices counties give or mail an EPS appointment to all applicants.
Some applicants are not required to attend the EPS. Choices staff let the applicant know if he must attend the EPS. Mark the"Potential Choices Status" box on Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, to help local Choices staff determine who is potentially exempt or non-exempt from the Choices program and the EPS.
Local Choices staff advise applicants who are potentially
In most instances, Choices staff hold the EPS after the advisor certifies the TANF case; however, Choices staff may hold the EPS before TANF certification.
| If the individual ... | then Choices staff ... |
|---|---|
| attends the EPS after certification, | set the appointment date as the date the individual attends the EPS. |
| fails to keep the EPS appointment after certification, | send a sanction request for a non-exempt TANF recipient. This counts as a Choices noncompliance. |
| attends the EPS before certification, | set the appointment date as the certification date. |
| fails to keep the EPS appointment before certification, | do not initiate a sanction. Instead, send another EPS appointment notice after case certification. |
A recipient exempt from participating in Choices is not required to attend the EPS. By attending, the individual is voluntarily participating in the Choices program and is subject to time limits.
Related Policy
State Time Limits, A-2500
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
Deny an application or EDG if a required adult member in a full service Choices county fails to attend the regular workforce orientation or complete an alternative orientation.
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
When adding a new member or a household member previously disqualified for another reason, require that member to attend a workforce orientation.
Revision 08-3; Effective July 1, 2008
Verify workforce orientation attendance with:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Document the good cause reason when a caretaker/second parent is unable to complete a regular or alternate workforce orientation. See A-2210, Requirements.
Document verification obtained by phone or through an agreed procedure between the local region and Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) staff.
Example: The LWDB provides rural offices with a workforce orientation video. Document the workforce orientation requirement was met with the viewing of the workforce orientation video.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) disposition produces the individual's notice of eligibility status. At the close of the interview or during processing of the application or renewal form, the EDG is pended, certified, sustained or denied. Advisors must give the individual one or more of the following notices:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, advisors must ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish. See Form H1020 instructions for translation of common pending phrases.
If an application is denied because an individual failed to keep an appointment or furnish information, advisors provide what they must do to reuse the application.
Note: Eligibility for multiple programs is determined independently of each other. Advisors must not deny an application for one program based solely on the denial of another program unless the household fails to meet the eligibility requirements.
If the advisor issued a notice of eligibility for the one-time grandparent payment but State Office Database Support notifies the advisor that the individual is not eligible, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is issued to notify the household that they are not eligible because they previously received the payment.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF financial eligibility begins the earlier of the:
The certification date is the date the advisor disposes the TANF EDG. An applicant must receive benefits for the month that falls within 30 days of the file date, unless benefits prorate to less than $10.
See A-2411, OTTANF, and A-2412, Grandparent Payments.
The following examples show possible beginning dates for eligibility:
Example 1: A family applies April 9. The certification date is April 21. Benefits are prorated from April 21.
Example 2: A family applies on April 30. The certification date is May 29, and because of proration, benefits for May are less than $10. The grant effective date is June 1.
Example 3: A family applies April 9, but the advisor delays certification until May 15. Benefits are prorated from May 9 (30th day from the file date).
SNAP eligibility begins on the day the valid application is received in the correct office unless:
See A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage, and A-830, Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, for dates Medicaid eligibility begins.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must:
Advisors must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Do not issue prorated benefits of less than $10.
To calculate the prorated amount, advisors must:
Note: Advisors must not prorate OTTANF or One-Time Grandparent payments.
Advisors base proration on the number of days between the file date and the end of the month. To calculate the prorated amount, advisors determine the:
Note: Advisors never prorate benefits for any month after the application month.
To calculate prorations over $300, advisors must:
If the date of application is the 30th or 31st, advisors divide the whole allotment by 30.
Example: A household applies June 17. The household's whole monthly allotment is $395.
Advisors must not prorate benefits if the household includes a member who meets both of the following criteria:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF does not have a certification period. The EDG remains open until denied.
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates the TANF periodic review due date from the date the advisor disposes the EDG as follows:
OTTANF cases are not subject to periodic reviews. Applicants must reapply for subsequent benefits after the ineligibility period. See A-2400, One Time Payments. Grandparent OTTANF are not subject to further action.
Non-Public Assistance (NPA) Households
Advisors assign households the longest certification period possible based on their eligibility and the predictability of their circumstances, according to the following table:
| If the household ... | then certify the household for ... |
|---|---|
| meets the streamlined reporting (SR) criteria in A-2350, Streamlined Reporting Households, | six months.
Exception: Certify SNAP for four or five months, if necessary, so the new SNAP certification period ends one month before the end of the Children’s Medicaid certification period. This will allow state office to mail only one redetermination packet for both programs. |
| consists entirely of unemployable or elderly persons with stable circumstances and the household does not meet the SR criteria, | six to 12 months.
Example: Households whose members receive Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), retirement pensions or disability payments may be certified up to 12 months if other household circumstances are expected to remain stable. Note: Pure SSI households are assigned a 36-month certification period. |
| does not meet the SR criteria and circumstances are unstable (including households with an able-bodied adult without dependents [ABAWD]), | three to six months. |
| is likely to become ineligible in the next two months due to an expected change and the household does not meet the SR criteria, | one or two months.
Example: The household does not meet SR criteria and the individual indicates during the interview that someone in the household will start a new job, begin receiving unemployment benefits or move out of (or into) the household. Exception: If the household is certified for one or two months and the certification occurs after the 15th day in the last month of certification, extend the certification to the following month (unless the household is ineligible based on a change known at certification). |
Notes:
Most SNAP EDGs with associated TANF EDGs meet the SR criteria.
For non-SR households, advisors assign a certification period that meets the requirements listed above for Non-PA households and corresponds to the redetermination due date of the associated TANF EDG.
For SR households, advisors assign a six-month certification period regardless of whether the certification period corresponds to the redetermination due date of the associated TANF EDG.
TP 08 has a 12-month non-continuous eligibility certification period. The estimated eligibility end date is estimated as follows:
The certification period for a child is the earliest of:
For these Types of Assistance (TOAs), the first six-month period is a continuous eligibility period and the second six-month period is a non-continuous eligibility period. The estimated eligibility end date is estimated as follows:
Emergency Medicaid ends the earlier of either the end date of the emergency condition or the last day of the application month.
The end date is the last day of the second month following the expected delivery date. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for information on pregnancies that terminate early or late.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
What to Report, B-621
Actions on Changes, B-631
TIERS calculates an end date that is 12 months from the child's birth date. A newborn is continuously eligible for TP 45 through the month of the child's first birthday, as long as the child lives in Texas.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Advisors assign a special review when certifying a household that anticipates a change affecting eligibility before the next redetermination.
Advisors set special reviews when the household:
Exception: Advisors must not set a special review for SNAP SR households.
Advisors set a special review for SNAP households according to the following chart:
| For households ... | assign a special review ... |
|---|---|
| not designated as streamlined reporting, | when the household anticipates a change affecting eligibility before the next redetermination. |
| designated as streamlined reporting, |
|
If a change is reported during the continuous eligibility period, the advisor must schedule a special review in the first week of the sixth month of the certification period, before cutoff, so an expected change can take effect during the non-continuous eligibility period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A known change is a change that the household reasonably anticipates will occur during the certification period.
Example: The individual has been employed in the past by the school district and will return to work at that job three months into the certification period.
Advisors must contact the household to confirm that a change occurred. If the household confirms that a change occurred, policy in B-600, Changes, applies. If the household confirms that no change occurred, the advisor must document in Case Comments the household's explanation to complete the special review.
If the advisor requests verification of the change on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, but the individual fails to respond, the advisor must consider the case situation questionable and follow procedures in B-635, Shortening Certification Periods as a Result of a Change, to shorten the certification period. Exception: Advisors must not shorten the certification period for SNAP SR households.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A questionable change is a change the household thinks may happen during the certification period or that the advisor expects to happen because the household's situation is unstable.
Example 1: The individual is unemployed at the time of the interview and is looking for work but does not have a definite job offer.
Example 2: The household expenses exceed income, and the individual cannot explain future management.
Advisors must contact the household to determine whether a change occurred. If the household confirms that a change occurred, the advisor follows policy in B-600, Changes. If the household confirms that no change occurred, the advisor documents the contact in Case Comments and the household's explanation to complete the special review.
Note: Advisors must not set a special review due to questionable changes for SNAP SR households.
Related Policy
Setting Special Reviews, A-2330
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations households may continue benefits pending an appeal.
Related Policy
Fair Hearings, B-1000
Revision 17-2, Effective April 1, 2017
Denials are effective immediately. Advisors must provide the applicant with Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating the reason for the denial. Advisors must follow the procedures and time frames in B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames.
Note: Advisors determine eligibility for multiple programs independently of each other and do not deny an application for one program based solely on the denial of another program unless the household fails to meet the eligibility requirements.
The system automatically sends individuals determined ineligible for Medicaid and the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) at application to the Marketplace for an eligibility determination for federal health care coverage programs.
To qualify for the federal health care coverage programs, all individuals must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP. Advisors must test whether an individual is eligible for all Medical Programs. The Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy, explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, does this automatically for all clients at application.
Notes:
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Process TANF EDGs found ineligible at review following adverse action procedures.
Denials are effective immediately. Advisors provide the household with Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating the reason for denial.
Timely Redeterminations — If a household applies by the 15th of the last month of their certification period and is ineligible, advisors use the policy and procedures in B-120, Redeterminations, to deny the EDG.
Untimely Redeterminations — If a household applies after the 15th of the last month of their certification period and is ineligible, advisors use the policy and procedures in B-110, Applications, to deny the EDG.
The system automatically sends individuals determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP at redetermination to the Marketplace for an eligibility determination for federal health care coverage programs.
To qualify for the federal health care coverage programs, all individuals must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP. Advisors must test whether an individual is eligible for all Medical Programs. The Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy, explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, does this automatically for all clients at redetermination.
Notes:
Before denying for missing a redetermination appointment, advisors must determine whether the individual is eligible for TP 07 in the denial effective month. If so, advisors provide TP 07 rather than denying the EDG.
Advisors process a denial if the household fails to provide pending verification by the 30th day from the file date or by cutoff in the last benefit month of certification, whichever is later. Advisors do not provide 13 days advance notice prior to denying the EDG.
When an advisor processes a renewal, which results in a shortened Medicaid certification period, the household may be eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment as explained in D-1711, Expedited CHIP Enrollment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The advisor must retest the following clients’ potential eligibility for other Medical Programs by manually running the Texas Works Medical Program Hierarchy explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, from the beginning:
All other clients will flow through the hierarchy to either the next available program (for example, a child aging out of TP 48 will automatically be tested for TP 44) or will be referred to the Marketplace if determined ineligible for all other Medical Programs (for example, a non-parent child aging out of TP 44).
The system will not terminate eligibility of the individuals listed above at the end of the certification period. An advisor must take action to review the individual's eligibility and re-run the hierarchy to determine potential eligibility for other programs. Advisors must use the first day of the last month of the current certification period as the file date. Advisors should treat these cases like a redetermination without an actual renewal form. Except in the case of TP 40 where there may be an application, in which case advisors would process the case as they do redeterminations with renewal forms. Advisors must verify information as is currently done in the redetermination process.
The remaining individuals in the client’s household composition are not re-evaluated for eligibility during a continuous eligibility period. Changes to household composition for the aging out of minor parents, end of pregnancy, or termination of transitional Medicaid coverage will be acted upon once the individuals transition from a continuous eligibility period to a non-continuous eligibility period.
Note: An interview is required when testing for TP 08.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After approval, advisors give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny, terminate, lower, or restrict existing benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
TIERS provides 13 days advance notice to the household after informing them of a denial or termination of ongoing benefits using Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. The day Form TF0001 is sent is day zero of the adverse action period.
If the 13-day advance notice period:
Provide 13 days advance notice to the household using Form TF0001 before taking action to:
To establish a protective payee because the person mismanaged TANF benefits, follow advance notice policy above.
At complete redetermination, re-evaluate the situation to determine whether the protective payee should continue. If the decision is to continue, notify the person by sending Form TF0001.
If the person appeals this decision, issue TANF benefits to a protective payee until the hearing is completed.
A person applying for Medicaid who declares U.S. citizenship or an eligible alien status, but for whom verification is unavailable, receives a 95-day period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of citizenship or alien status. The reasonable opportunity period expires on the 95th day from when the TF0001 was generated. Deny the person and provide 30 days advance notice of adverse action to the household if they do not provide verification of citizenship or alien status.
Related Policy
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following situations require that the household be provided adequate notice:
Note: This includes situations in which the advisor receives Form H1028, Employment Verification, signed by the individual and completed by the employer.
Related Policy
How to Report, B-623
Sending Notice of Failure to Cooperate, A-1845.1
In the following situations, advisors send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, without advance notice:
Related Policy
The Texas Works Message, A-1527
In the following situations, advisors send Form TF0001 without advance notice:
Related Policy
General Policy, A-710
Information Received During Expedited Application Processing, B-116.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is not required in the following situations:
Form TF0001 is not required when child support collected by the Office of the Attorney General exceeded the amount of the grant plus the $75 disregard. In these cases, state office sends Form H1718, Notice of Benefit Denial, to the individual.
Form TF0001 is not required in the following situations:
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
All SNAP households meet the streamlined reporting criteria with the following exceptions:
Notes:
Advisors must determine whether a household meets the SR criteria at application and redetermination. Advisors assign a certification period to SR households, as explained in A-2324, Length of Certification, and do not remove the SR designation at incomplete reviews. The household retains its SR designation throughout the certification period.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Advisors must extend SR policy to households containing disqualified members. In a household containing all elderly and/or members with a disability, the household can meet the SR criteria, even if the disqualified member is the only person with earnings.
Advisors do not consider a disqualified member an ABAWD for purposes of determining SR status, even if the member is disqualified due to exhausting the individual's SNAP ABAWD time limits. Advisors consider only eligible household members for this purpose.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Documentation must be sufficient to support the advisor's decision for denying or terminating the EDG. Refer to C-940, Documentation, for requirements related to adverse action decisions.
If not obvious, advisors must document that:
Advisors must thoroughly document the reason for any special review and explain any information needed and the acceptable verification required to clear the review.
Advisors must document the:
Related Policy
Setting Special Reviews, A-2330
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) provides $1,000 cash assistance for families in crisis. The intent of the OTTANF payment is to help solve a short-term crisis and divert households from ongoing TANF benefits. These families must
A household has an option of receiving TANF or OTTANF if it meets one of four crisis criteria. Households who choose this option are not eligible to receive TANF, TANF-SP, or OTTANF payments for 12 months.
The following type programs (TPs) identify OTTANF Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs):
The following participation statutes are required for an OTTANF EDG:
Related Policy
Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs, A-223
One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families Acknowledgement, Form H1072
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Provide a $1,000 supplemental payment to a grandparent who meets all the following criteria:
Note: A grandparent who is a payee is only required to meet the eligibility requirements noted above to qualify for the grandparent supplement. To be certified as a TANF caretaker, the grandparent must meet all TANF requirements.
Once a grandparent receives a one-time grandparent supplement payment, the grandparent is not eligible to receive the payment for other grandchildren who move into the home at a later time. Additionally, another grandparent cannot receive the grandparent payment for a grandchild who has already received the payment.
The grandchild must currently receive TANF or be newly certified for TANF (including open and close certifications). Note: A grandparent does not qualify based solely on a grandchild in the home who receives SSI.
Related Policy
Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs, A-223
Time Frames for Qualifying for Restored Benefits, B-820
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
OTTANF households must:
Note: The household does not have to be eligible for ongoing TANF to qualify for OTTANF.
If the household opts for OTTANF but fails to provide additional information needed for OTTANF, certify the application for TANF or TANF-SP without recontacting the individual.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
All adult members of the household and at least one child must meet TANF citizenship requirements to be eligible for OTTANF. A child who is an ineligible alien is a non-household member.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
If a household claims incapacity, follow the procedures in A-1050, Deprivation Based on Incapacity, before offering OTTANF.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Advisors must gather child support information as required for TANF EDGs. If the advisor processes the application as an OTTANF EDG, TIERS will not send the information to the Office of the Attorney General (OAG).
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Required members must attend a workforce orientation before being offered OTTANF. Other employment services requirements do not apply to OTTANF.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
TANF
Households must meet all TANF requirements, including the requirement to sign the PRA.
OTTANF applicants with an open PRA penalty must demonstrate cooperation to be eligible for OTTANF. See A-2100, Personal Responsibility Agreement.
Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
To determine income eligibility, include the grandparents, grandchildren and any other children (biological or adopted) who meet the TANF age and relationship requirement and for whom the grandparent could apply for TANF. Persons included in the budget group may be disqualified or have a financial penalty.
Example: The household consists of Mr. and Mrs. Garza who are caring for two grandchildren, Chris, age 2 and Oscar, age 4. Chris and Oscar are cousins. Mr. and Mrs. Garza have two children, Rick, age 16, and Robert, age 19. Rick and Robert live at home. Mrs. Garza is an ineligible alien and is the payee on the TANF EDGs for her two grandchildren.
To determine income and resource eligibility for the one-time grandparent payment, include the following members in the budget group: Mr. and Mrs. Garza, both grandchildren, and Rick. Robert is not included because he does not meet the age requirement.
The certified group consists of the grandparent (and spouse of the grandparent) and grandchildren for whom the grandparent is the caretaker or payee on a TANF EDG.
Example: To determine the certified group of the Garza family noted in the example for the budget group, the certified group consists of: Mr. and Mrs. Garza, and both grandchildren. Rick and Robert are not included in the certified group.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Count the income and resources of all members of the budget group. Compare the household's gross income to the 200% FPIL. Do not allow any income deductions.
Compare the budget group's resources to the TANF resource limit noted inA-2412, Grandparent Payments.
Use TANF income and resource guidelines to determine countable and exempt income and resources.
Do not count the lump sum grandparent payment as income in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), TANF, or Medicaid EDG. It is considered a resource of the TANF certified grandchild(ren), and is therefore also exempt from SNAP resources as explained in A-1248, Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients.
The supplement counts as a TANF benefit for purposes of determining the amount of child support owed to Texas.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Do not offer OTTANF to a household if any member:
Notes:
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
A caretaker or second parent certified for OTTANF is ineligible for TANF, TANF-SP or OTTANF for 12 months. The first month of the 12-month ineligibility period is the grant effective month. When a caretaker and/or second parent of an OTTANF EDG moves to a new household, the individual takes the 12-month ineligibility period status along with the move. Children are only ineligible for the OTTANF grant effective month.
Example 1:
Mary applies for and receives OTTANF for herself and child in December. In June, she marries a man with two children who do not receive TANF. Mary and her husband have a mutual child. The new household is not eligible for TANF or OTTANF until the following December because the ineligibility period follows the caretaker. The household can apply for medical programs.
Anyone who would have been a mandatory member of the TANF group at the time of certification is not eligible for TANF benefits during the 12-month ineligibility period.
Example 2:
Ms. King received OTTANF for herself and her two children with a grant effective date of September 2012. In December 2012, her child Ryan, who was living with his father, moves into her household. Ms. King applies for TANF for Ryan. Because Ryan would have been included in the budget group at the time of certification, he cannot receive OTTANF or TANF until September 2013.
Use the following chart to determine eligibility when minor parents move into or out of an OTTANF or TANF household.
| If a minor parent ... | and moves ... | then the minor parent is ... |
|---|---|---|
| received OTTANF on a parent's EDG | out and applies for TANF for the minor parent and for the child, | eligible for OTTANF or TANF. |
| received OTTANF as a child in any household | in with a parent who receives TANF, | eligible for TANF after the OTTANF ineligible month. |
| received OTTANF as a caretaker | in with a parent who receives TANF, | eligible for TANF. Note: Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address the removal of the ineligible date. |
| receives TANF as a caretaker | in with a parent who received OTTANF, | ineligible for TANF or OTTANF if the minor parent would have been a required member of the parent's EDG at the time OTTANF was certified. |
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
A household is not eligible for the one-time grandparent payment if :
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
In addition to meeting all TANF requirements, the household must also meet one of the following four crisis criteria.
Revision 07-3; Effective July 1, 2007
The caretaker or second parent must have a loss of any type of employment without regard to work history or certain dollar amount in the
Notes:
Do not apply Crisis Criteria One if an applicant voluntarily quits a job, including self employment, without good cause.
Temporary leave without pay from a job does not constitute loss of employment.
Related Policy
Reasons for Good Cause, A-1861
Revision 07-3; Effective July 1, 2007
In a one-parent household, the:
Financial support, including child support, is assistance with basic living expenses like rent, utilities and food. Loss of financial support from a legal parent or stepparent must be verified.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The caretaker or second parent graduated from a university, college, junior college or technical training school within the 12 months before the application or process month, and is unemployed or underemployed. The caretaker or second parent must:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The caretaker and/or second parent is currently employed but still meets TANF requirements and is facing a crisis situation in the
The crisis situations are:
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Use the same timeliness processing standards for OTTANF as for the TANF program. (See B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames.)
Revision 07-1; Effective January 1, 2007
Use Form H1008, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-Receipt of Warrant, for lost or stolen OTTANF warrants.
If available, fax Form H1008-A to State Office Fiscal Management Services at 512-487-3400. Write "OTTANF" across the top of the form.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
When an applicant opts for OTTANF then decides to receive TANF, use the chart below to determine how to issue benefits:
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| the OTTANF warrant has been issued but not cashed, |
|
| the OTTANF warrant has been cashed, | do not accept the $1,000 payment in the form of cash, cashier’s check or money order. The applicant is not allowed to switch in this situation. |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Do not allow applicants to switch from TANF to OTTANF once the TANF EDG has been certified. Exception: Follow procedures below only if HHSC did not explain or offer the applicant the OTTANF option.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Complete inquiries in both TIERS and the retired Grandparent Payment System (GPS) to ensure certified group members have not previously received a one-time grandparent payment before certification.
Revision 00-3; Effective April 1, 2000
When a household reports the one-time grandparent payment was lost, destroyed, stolen, or not received, complete Form H1084, Certification for Warrants Lost, Destroyed, Stolen, or Not Received. Have the grandparent caretaker/payee sign the certification. Send the certification to Fiscal Management Services.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
For One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Payments:
Verify these conditions if the loss occurred during the application month, two months prior to the application month, or the process month. Accept the individual's statement if unable to verify.
Verify these conditions if the loss occurred during the process month, application month, or two months prior to the application month. Accept the individual's statement if unable to verify.
For Grandparent Payments verify:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
For OTTANF, document:
When verification is unavailable, document:
For one-time grandparent payments, if the grandparent:
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
State time limits determine the number of months certain individuals can receive TANF benefits.
The TANF Program and TANF State Program limit caretakers and second parents to a 60-month lifetime limit. When a caretaker or second parent receives 60 months of benefits, their entire household is ineligible.
Caretakers and second parents are also subject to a state time limit of 12, 24 or 36 months of benefits based on their work history and education. Other household members may continue to receive benefits after a caretaker or second parent reaches their 12-, 24- or 36-month time limit.
The individual's education and/or recent work experience determine(s) the individual's state time limit. There are three time limits, known as "tiers." Tiers and their corresponding state time limits are:
| Tier | State Time Limit |
|---|---|
| 5 | 12 months |
| 6 | 24 months |
| 7 | 36 months |
Note: TIERS enters Tier 8 when the advisor does not enter enough information.
All certified caretakers and second parents, including minor parents certified as caretakers and second parents, receive a state time limit tier.
State time limits apply to the TANF cash benefits received by certified caretakers and second parents who have access to Choices employment services.
After the individual is notified to participate or voluntarily participates in the Choices program, each month the individual has an open Choices case and is certified as a TANF caretaker or second parent counts toward the state time limit.
When a TANF caretaker or second parent reaches their time limit, TIERS disqualifies the individual from receiving TANF in Texas for five years. The children on the TANF EDG remain eligible.
Exception: During the five-year freeze out period, disqualified individuals who meet the criteria for a hardship exemption may receive TANF.
Individuals may continue receiving TANF Level Medicaid and transitional child care benefits during the 12 months following their last state time limit month. (See A-840, Transitional Medicaid Coverage.)
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS determines the initial time limit tier for all TANF caretakers or second parents, including those with a current employment service exemption:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
When advisors correctly identify education and work history status in the TANF TIER Level Details Logical Unit of Work (LUW), TIERS automatically determines the time limit tier for each certified caretaker and/or second parent. Accept the individual's statement of the grade completed.
TIERS prints the individual's state time limit information on TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The time limit tier may change when:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Choices staff determine and enter the individual's functional literacy level in the Choices automated system. This information overrides the initial time limit tier determined by the advisor when:
A tier may not change to one lower than the individual's work history level.
When the Choices literacy level updates the individual’s tier level using the Choices automated interface, the advisor may not change the tier because of the education level.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
If an advisor initially entered incorrect information, correct the original work history months or the original education level in TIERS and select YES from the Correction drop-down menu. Do not update work history or education levels for changes that occurred since determining the initial tier.
If an advisor request State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to force change a tier from 5 or 6 to tier 7, the advisor must also request that SODI delete all months in the individual's Time Limited history that occur before the year's anniversary of the individual's Literacy Assessment Date. (See A-2532, Counting Months for Tier 7, for an example of how to determine the Literacy Assessment anniversary date.) If the individual does not have a Literacy Assessment Date, request the deletion of all months counted. Exception: Do not delete any months counted before the Literacy Assessment Date month in which the individual has a Choices penalty.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS redetermines the time limit tier of a TANF caretaker or second parent at reapplication only if there has been at least one full month's break in benefits before the date of reapplication. Note: The individual may have more months or an equal number of months remaining in the individual’s new time limit, but would never have fewer months than the prior time limit.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
TIERS tracks the number of months counted toward an individual's state time limit. TIERS uses the Notification Effective Date (NED) and counts a month toward an individual's state time limit each month the individual:
The advisor must:
Notes:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
For individuals in Tier 5 or 6, TIERS counts months based on the Notification Effective Date (NED).
The Choices specialist enters a Notice Date in the Choices system as follows:
TIERS adds one month to the notice date to compute the individual's TIERS Notification Effective Date. (See A-2533.3, Deleting Months When the NED Changes.)
TIERS counts the months toward the individual's state time limit (12 or 24 months) as follows:
| If the individual's work registration status is ... | TIERS counts each month ... |
|---|---|
| mandatory participant | after the month the individual is notified to participate in the Choices program. |
| exempt | after the month the individual
|
| sanctioned for Choices non-participation | the individual is sanctioned for refusing to participate in the Choices program. |
Beginning with the NED month, TIERS counts each month the individual
In addition, if an individual’s work registration status is:
TIERS counts any months between the NED and the month the:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
For individuals in Tier 7, TIERS counts months beginning one year after the Choices functional literacy assessment. Example: The individual's Literacy Assessment Date month is 1/98 (month 0). TIERS adds 12 months and, if the Tier 7 individual meets the appropriate criteria, begins counting toward the state time limit with 2/99 (month 13.)
TIERS counts each month the individual
If the individual does not have an open Choices case without Choices good cause indicated or is sanctioned for Choices non-participation, TIERS counts months beginning with the Notification Effective Date after the assessment anniversary date.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Evaluate the accuracy of the state time limit months counted if
TIERS keeps a record of the individual's participation status, work registration status and work registration reason, which can change from month to month.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS will remove a month counted toward the individual’s state time limit when an overpayment referral is processed for a full month’s benefits.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address any issues with the individual's Time Limited history in the following situations.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
An individual's NED may change for many reasons. A change in the NED may indicate that the Time Limited months counted before the new NED were counted in error.
Example: An exempt individual voluntarily participates in the Choices program for a few months and then stops participating. The advisor changes the individual's work registration code to mandatory when the individual is no longer eligible for the exemption. Choices then outreaches the individual and sends TIERS a new appointment date. The individual's original NED was created because the individual participated in Choices while exempt. When TIERS receives a new Choices appointment date, TIERS creates a new NED. However, all months counted before the new NED are accurate and should remain counted. Do not request that SODI delete these months.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
The advisor should rarely request that SODI add months to the individual's Time Limited Months history. If there is a question concerning whether the months should be added, contact your regional Field Policy Specialist/mailbox (or other regional designee).
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Apply the following policies during an individual's state time limit five-year freeze-out period:
The state time limit and hardship information in TIERS is printed on TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS automatically calculates the end of the individual's state time limit five-year freeze-out period. TIERS displays this date on the individual’s Time Limit page in Individual Inquiry. SAVERR-stored data converted to TIERS can be found in the Time Limit functional area in TIERS. TIERS arrives at the TL Freeze-Out End Date by adding five years to the last state Time Limited month listed on client screen A3. The individual is potentially eligible for TANF without a hardship exemption the month following the TL Freeze-Out End Date in TIERS.
The advisor cannot change the TL Freeze-Out End Date. The individual's Freeze-Out End Date changes only when the state Time Limited months listed in TIERS are adjusted. The automated systems or the advisor adjusts these months using force change procedures.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS automatically takes the actions described in this section when the data for the caretaker or second parent indicates that the maximum allowable number of TANF months have been counted toward the individual's state time limit.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS disqualifies a certified caretaker or second parent who has used the maximum number of months allowed in a state time limit when:
TIERS follows budgeting procedures for a disqualified legal parent in A-1362.1, TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits.
Exception: If the only eligible person(s) on the TANF EDG is the caretaker and/or second parent who used the maximum number of months in a state time limit, TIERS reruns eligibility for ineligible EDGs. All the children on these EDGs are disqualified because of noncompliance with employment services or receive:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
After TIERS changes a TANF grant amount in the state time limit automated process, it:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
An individual requests a hardship exemption by submitting Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance – Your Texas Benefits, or asking to be added to the household's existing TANF or Medicaid EDG(s). Advise the household of these options whenever the individual expresses a need for assistance.
Certify a caretaker or second parent for TANF during the state time limit five-year freeze-out period when the individual:
There are three reasons for hardship exemptions:
| Hardship | Work Registration Status |
|---|---|
| County | Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship |
| Employment | Time Limited Employment Hardship |
| Severe Personal | Time Limited Personal Hardship |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
HHSC designates specific Texas counties economically deprived using unemployment and other job-related criteria. HHSC lists these counties on the State Time Limit County Hardship List (C-320) and revises the list every three months.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Using the State Time Limit County Hardship List, TIERS performs the following case actions:
| If a certified TANF caretaker, or second parent ... | and the individual's residence county is ... | then TIERS ... |
|---|---|---|
| reaches the end of a state time limit
(The individual does not have a hardship exemption from the state time limit.) |
on the county hardship list, |
|
| is exempt from the state time limit for county hardship
(The individual has a work registration status of Code L, Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County.) |
on the county hardship list, | does not take action. |
| is exempt from the state time limit for county hardship
(The individual has a work registration status of Code L, Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County.) |
not on the county hardship list, |
|
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Determine the individual's eligibility for a county hardship exemption:
Use the following chart when completing a case action during the individual's freeze out period:
| If the individual ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| lives in a county on the State Time Limit County Hardship List, |
|
| no longer lives in a county on the State Time Limit County Hardship List, | remove the exemption. |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
An individual may qualify for a severe personal hardship exemption when there is a disabling illness or injury of:
Determine the individual's eligibility for a severe personal hardship exemption:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Exempt an individual for severe personal hardship for a disabling illness or injury to self when:
After disability is established, review the individual's eligibility for the exemption:
Remove the exemption when the individual is no longer disabled. Advise the individual to report to HHSC within 10 days when the hardship situation changes. The individual may state that the disability has ended or Form H1836-A may show it has ended.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Determine whether to exempt an individual for severe personal hardship for caring for a close family member who has a disabling illness or injury using the following procedures:
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
|
Go to Step 2. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship. |
|
Request proof of relationship and go to Step 3. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship. |
|
STOP. Exempt the individual for severe personal hardship. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship. |
Review the individual's eligibility for the exemption:
Remove the exemption when the individual is no longer needed in the home to care for the close family member. Advise the individual to report to HHSC within 10 days when the hardship situation changes.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Determine whether to exempt an individual for employment hardship using the following procedures:
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
|
Go to Step 2. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship. |
|
Go to Step 3. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship. |
|
Go to Step 4. | Go to Step 5. |
|
Document the good cause and go to Step 5. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship. |
|
STOP. Exempt the individual for employment hardship. | STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship. |
Determine the individual's eligibility for an employment hardship exemption:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
An initial request is the first time an individual requests an employment hardship exemption after the:
In addition, after the individual's employment hardship exemption is removed, the individual may request another initial employment hardship exemption when the:
An individual is eligible for an initial employment hardship exemption after contacting 40 employers in the 30-day period following the day the advisor explains the employer contact requirement to the household:
The advisor must give the individual Form H2776, Job Search Worksheet for TANF Employment Hardship Exemption, to help the individual provide documentation of the employer contacts. However, the individual may provide any available documentation that substantiates the:
Advise the individual that employer contacts may be made:
| If, during the 30-day period, the individual ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| contacted 40 employers, |
|
| did not contact 40 employers, | deny the request for an employment hardship exemption.
Note: There is no good cause for not meeting this requirement. However, the individual may apply for the exemption again and receive a new 30-day period. |
See A-2543.3.3, Reapplication After Denial, when a individual reapplies and was previously denied while receiving an employment hardship exemption.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
At the complete review after the individual receives an employment hardship exemption, determine whether the individual contacted an average of 40 employers during each month the individual was certified for TANF. If the individual worked during one or more months in which the individual was required to meet the employer contact requirement, give the individual credit for two employer contacts for each day of the month worked.
If the individual did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, see A-2543.3.4, Good Cause for Not Contacting Employers While Receiving TANF.
| If the individual ... | and, according to A-2543.3.4, the individual ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| contacted an average of 40 employers a month, | N/A |
|
| did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, | had good cause, | follow the procedures in the box above. |
| did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, | did not have good cause, |
|
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
If an individual receiving a hardship exemption is denied for another reason and files an application:
Request documentation that the individual contacted an average of 40 employers during each month the individual previously received TANF. Verify when questionable.
| If the individual ... | and, according to A-2543.3.4, the individual ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| contacted an average of 40 employers a month, | N/A | follow the procedures in A-2543.3.1,Initial Request. |
| did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, | had good cause, | follow the procedures in A-2543.3.1, Initial Request. |
| did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, | did not have good cause, |
|
An individual who does not provide the documentation is the same as an individual who did not contact an average of 40 employers a month without good cause. If the individual provides the documentation later, consider the date the individual provides the documentation as a new request date.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Using prudent advisor judgment, determine and document good cause when the individual did not contact an average of 40 employers during each month the individual was certified for TANF with an employment hardship exemption.
The individual has good cause for not meeting the employer contact requirement when:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Provide the household with a written explanation of the state time limit(s) for each certified caretaker and/or second parent, using the TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
TIERS provides:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS notifies individuals on the TF0001, Notice of Case Action, for the state time limit reasons described in the chart below. When appropriate, the notices include information on hardships available during the freeze-out period.
| If TIERS ... | then TIERS informs the household ... |
|---|---|
|
of the state time limits and/or a change in the time limits. |
| exempts an individual for county hardship at the end of the state time limit, | that the individual used the maximum number of TANF months, but will remain on TANF due to county hardship. |
| disqualifies the individual from TANF, | of the new TANF benefit amount and the hardships that are available during the disqualification period. |
| certifies a member for TANF Level Medicaid (TP 08), | of the specific months of transitional Medicaid eligibility and the reporting requirements. |
| adjusts Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits after adjusting the TANF benefit amount, | of the new SNAP amount or the denial of the SNAP case. |
| removes work registration status of exempt from participation due to time limited severe economic hardship, | that the individual is disqualified from TANF because the county is no longer a designated hardship county. |
| denies the TP 08 EDG at the end of the 12-month period, | of the end of transitional Medicaid coverage and to contact the advisor for Medicaid if household members are certified for Medicaid or TANF. |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Caretakers and second parents are limited to 60 months of TANF-SP benefits. Each caretaker and second parent has their own separate TANF-SP time limit clock. When a caretaker or second parent reaches the 60th month of the TANF-SP time limit (regardless of who reaches it first), deny the entire household at the end of the 60th month. Do not count TANF-SP benefits an eligible child receives toward the time limit if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent.
Months a caretaker or second parent receive TANF-SP do not count toward their federal time limit.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-1910
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Effective October 2001, any month a caretaker or second parent receives a TANF-SP benefit counts toward their TANF-SP time limit (TANF-SP TL). Additionally, any TANF benefit that counts towards a caretaker's or second parent's federal time limit also counts toward their TANF-SP TL. Do not count TANF-SP benefits received in another state.
Do not count a month toward the TANF-SP TL if the household's grant is
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Effective October 1, 2001, a TANF-SP month counts for a caretaker and/or second parent when
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
A report that identifies when the 60th TANF-SP countable benefit is issued for a caretaker or second parent is generated and sent to state office. A TANF-SP 60-Month Time Limit memo is sent to the regions after cut-off of the 59th month.
Advisors determine if the caretaker or second parent has received 60 months of countable benefits by checking the TIERS Time Limit TANF State Summary.
If the countable months are correct the advisor must:
"Your household is no longer eligible for TANF-SP benefits because (name of the caretaker/second parent) has reached the end of the state time limit. Your household may still be eligible for Medicaid and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits even if you are working. If you have any questions please contact your Texas Works advisor or call 1-800-252-9300."
"Su casa ya no califica para recibir beneficios de TANF-SP porque (name of caretaker/second parent) alcanzó el tiempo límite estatal. Es posible que su casa todavía tenga derecho de recibir beneficios de Medicaid y beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP aunque usted esté trabajando. Si tiene alguna pregunta, por favor, comuníquese con el consejero de Texas Trabaja o llame al 1-800-252-9300."
A caretaker or second parent who is denied TANF-SP when either one or both parents receive the lifetime limit of TANF-SP, cannot be certified on another TANF-SP case. Benefits received as an eligible child do not count if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent.
See A-1930, Extended TANF and Hardship Exemptions, when an individual reaches their 60th month and applies for extended TANF.
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
TIERS provides initial TANF-SP time limit information on TF0001, Notice of Case Action:
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
For employment hardship exemptions:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
Document the:
If the individual is a mandatory Choices participant, document that Choices requirements and the consequences of noncooperation were explained.
Advisors must document that they informed the caretaker/second parent:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use the original application form until it is 60 days old if an applicant reapplies after being denied for:
Notes:
If an applicant reapplies after being denied for missing an appointment, the advisor uses the original application form until it is 60 days old.
An application may be used more than one time for TP 56 and TP 32 applicants when both of the following conditions exist:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to a certified or denied applicant by the 45th day after the file date.
Ensure that certified applicants have access to benefits by the 45th day after the file date.
Follow A-140, Expedited Service, for TP 40 expedited Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs).
Follow Expedited Eligibility and Enrollment of Active Duty Military Members and Their Dependents, policy for expedited time frames for medical program applicants with an active duty military connection.
Exceptions:
By the 30th day after the file date:
Exception: For expedited service, see A-140.
Provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to a certified or denied applicant, including those with spend down by the 45th day from the file date.
Related Policy
Expedited Service, A-140
Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1
Expedited Eligibility and Enrollment of Active Duty Military Members and Their Dependents, A-147
Eligibility Dates and Benefit Amounts, A-2320
Children’s Medicaid Redetermination Expectations, B-123.6
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow policy below when an application is delayed until the 60th day after the file date:
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| the agency is at fault for not completing the application process by the 60th day after the file date and was also at fault for delaying it during the first 30 days after the file date, | the advisor must continue to process the original application and provide benefits retroactive to the file date (or the month the individual met all requirements, if later). If the applicant:
|
| HHSC was at fault in the first 30 days and the individual was at fault in the second 30 days, | deny the application on the 60th day after the file date and provide no benefits. |
| the individual was at fault the first 30 days and HHSC was at fault in the second 30 days, | the advisor must continue to process the original application and provide benefits retroactive to the month following the month of application (or the month the individual met all requirements, if later). |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the advisor has not contacted the household for the interview either by telephone or for a face-to-face interview by the close of business on the scheduled appointment date, the advisor must mark the Task List Manager (TLM) "Check-In" task associated with the appointment as "Not Held-Agency Fault." This creates a subsequent reschedule task. The advisor must not mark the appointment as "Show" or "No Show" when the advisor has not been able to contact the household for the interview.
Note: This policy applies to applications and redeterminations for all programs that require an interview.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For telephone interviews, the advisor must make at least two attempts to contact the applicant via telephone. Both attempts must be conducted within the time period listed on Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice. Each attempt must be conducted at least 10 minutes apart. If no contact is made with the applicant after two attempts, the telephone interview is considered a missed appointment. The advisor must document the time of each attempt on the Appointment – Details page.
If the applicant misses the first appointment and does not contact the office on the appointment day, the application is denied no later than the next workday.
If on the appointment date the applicant arrives too late for the appointment or calls to reschedule the appointment (because the individual cannot keep the appointment), the advisor must offer the applicant a choice of a standby appointment or an opportunity to reschedule and keep the original file date.
If the applicant contacts the office by the 30th day after the file date to reschedule, the application is reopened using the date of contact as the new file date.
When a requested or required interview is scheduled within the 15-workday active duty military member policy but the applicant requests to reschedule the interview, staff must try to accommodate the rescheduled appointment within the 15-workday time frame. If, at the household's request, the interview is rescheduled after the 15-workday time frame, the advisor must document the reason for not scheduling the appointment within the required time frame.
Note: For requested interviews, if the applicant requests to be rescheduled, the household must be informed that an interview is not required and the processing of the application can begin without an interview. The application must not be denied if the household fails to show for the appointment when an interview is not required.
If the applicant misses the first appointment, the advisor must send the applicant Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, on the same day and pend the application. The advisor must inform the applicant that it is the applicant's responsibility to request a second appointment.
If on the appointment date the applicant arrives too late for the appointment or calls to reschedule the appointment (because the individual cannot keep the appointment), the advisor must offer the applicant a choice of a standby appointment or an opportunity to reschedule.
If the household misses an appointment and contacts the office on or before the 30th day after the file date, the advisor must reschedule the household for another appointment before the 30th day, if possible. If there are no appointment slots available, the advisor must schedule another appointment after the 30th day, but by the 45th day, and the application is kept pending. If the household keeps that appointment and is determined eligible, the original file date is used to provide benefits.
Note: When a household misses a scheduled appointment and subsequently submits another application, the advisor must consider the second application as a household's request to reschedule the missed appointment.
If the 30th day after the file date is a non-workday, the advisor takes the appropriate action on the following workday. This also must be the final due date on Form H1020.
Additionally, if necessary, hold the application past the 30th day to allow the household at least 10 days to contact the office for a second appointment. If the household does not contact the office by this deadline, the EDG is denied no earlier than the following workday.
Notes:
See B-160, SNAP Timeliness Charts for Applications and All Redeterminations.
Related Policy
Interviews, A-131
Processing Redeterminations, B-122
Children’s Medicaid Redetermination Expectations, B-123.6
No appointment is required to process an application.
Note: For requested interviews, if the applicant requests to be rescheduled, the household must be informed that an interview is not required and the processing of the application can begin without an interview. An application must not be denied if the household fails to show for the appointment when interview is not required.
No appointment is required to process an application or renewal unless the individual non-complies with the Health Care Orientation requirement or Texas Health Steps (THSteps) or information needed to determine eligibility can only be obtained through a telephone interview.
Note: For requested interviews, if the applicant requests to be rescheduled, the household must be informed that an interview is not required and the processing of the application can begin without an interview. An application must not be denied if the household fails to show for the appointment when interview is not required.
Related Policy
Scheduling Appointments, A-122.2
Interviews, A-131
Compliance Requirements, A-1531.5
Processing Children's Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If more information/verification is required to complete an application, the household is allowed at least 10 days to provide the information/verification. The due date must be a workday.
Advisors request documents that are readily available to the household if the documents are anticipated to be sufficient verification. Each handbook section lists potential verification sources. C-900, Verification and Documentation, provides information on verification procedures.
The advisor must give the applicant Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, explaining:
The day Form H1020 is sent is considered day zero of the pending period.
If the applicant does not provide the verification by the 30th day after the file date, or the next workday if the 30th day is not a workday, the application is denied no earlier than the:
The final due date on Form H1020 must correspond with the 30th day if a workday, or the following workday if the 30th day is not a workday. The advisor must take the appropriate action on the final due date.
Exceptions:
On an application denied for failure to furnish information or failure to provide postponed verification, if the household provides the required verification by the 60th day after the file date, the application is reopened using the date the individual provided verification as the file date.
For applications in pay for performance with a noncooperation for Choices or school attendance, the final due date is the 40th day from the date of interview. See A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
Note: When an application is pended for other eligibility verification in addition to the verification of Choices or school attendance cooperation, staff should continue to pend the TANF application until the final due date (40th day from the interview) before taking appropriate action on the TANF EDG.
Advisors must check for any associated EDGs and use appropriate verifications from those EDGs when the applicant does not provide verification with the application form. Advisors use proof of alien status, income or deductions (if provided in the 90 days before the file date) from an associated SNAP, Medicaid or TANF EDG as verification for a child's Medicaid application or redetermination.
If the applicant is eligible, the advisor must provide an opportunity to participate by the 30th day after the file date. If not possible, benefits are authorized with a priority issuance the day the applicant provides the required verification.
Related Policy
Expedited Service, A-140
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An application for a TP 36 is denied by the 45th day after the file date if the applicant:
Advisors use the following chart to process the application for the individual's emergency condition if the required verification is received:
| If the emergency condition occurs... | and Form H3038/H3038-P is received ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| during the month of application, | by the 45th day after the file date, | dispose the EDG using the original file date. |
| during the month of application, | after the EDG is denied but by the 60th day after the file date, | reopen the EDG, using the same application, as specified in B-111, Reuse of Application Form After Denial. Use the date Form H3038/Form H3038-P is received as the new file date.* |
| after the application month but by the 60th day after the file date, | by the 45th day after the file date, | use the date Form H3038/H3038-P is received as the file date.* |
| after the application month but by the 60th day after the file date, | after the EDG is denied but by the 60th day after the file date, | reopen the EDG, using the same application, as specified in B-111. Use the date Form H3038/H3038-P is received as the new file date.* |
* Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage, is not required if processing the emergency coverage for a prior month.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In determining eligibility, the advisor must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. The advisor must include any information the individual reports in the application decision process and send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, if verification of the reported information is required to complete the application process, following procedures in B-115, Pending Verification on Applications.
Advisors must add a new household member the month the household member joins the household. For newborns, this is the:
If the household has an existing case and submits a new application that includes new information, such as a new job, advisors must address changes that may impact eligibility for other programs.
Related Policy
Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2
Receipt of Identical Application, A-121.3
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use the following chart to determine what action to take when the advisor receives information after certifying an expedited application with postponed verifications:
| If, between the certification date and the date you release the hold ... | then ... |
|---|---|
|
|
| an individual reports a change that occurred after the certification date, | release the hold and issue benefits based on the originally requested information. Work the change using change policy in B-600, Changes, allowing advance notice of adverse action, if required. |
Note: Advisors must send a fraud/overpayment referral, if applicable. See B-742, Texas Works Action on an Inadvertent Household Error/Misunderstanding or Intentional Program Violation (IPV).
Related Policy
Expedited Service, A-140
Action on Changes, B-631
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Redetermination is the generic term in TIERS and the State Portal used to identify:
Note: Certification periods and redeterminations for individuals on Medical Programs who are receiving TANF and SNAP may not align. If the household reports new information during a redetermination, such as a new job, advisors must address changes that may impact eligibility for other programs.
Redeterminations can be submitted through any of the channels explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions, and signed as explained in A-122.1 , Application Signature.
Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Application Signature, A-122.1
Form H1830-R, Texas Works Renewal Notice, is sent to households, along with Form H1010-R, Your Texas Benefits: Renewal Form, for redeterminations.
The following forms are generated for clients during the automated renewal process explained in B-122.4.1, Automated Renewal Process:
* The system generates these forms but does not automatically mail them to the client, as explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration.
Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal - ME, is mailed to the household when the individual receiving Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) is eligible to renew their benefits.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
TIERS Scheduling triggers the Texas Works renewal packet mail-out date in Correspondence 60 days before the review due date for approved Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs).
Advisors must schedule an appointment after the household returns Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form.
TIERS Scheduling triggers the Texas Works renewal packet mail-out date in Correspondence during the first week of the month before last benefit month (LBM) of the approved EDG.
Advisors must schedule an appointment after the household returns Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form. Advisors schedule the appointment no sooner than five days after the Form H1830-I, Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews), mail date, if possible.
For timely redeterminations, advisors schedule the first appointment early enough in the last benefit month to allow at least 13 days after the interview to ensure the EDG can be disposed by the last day of the certification period. This allows two days for Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to be mailed from the central mail facility; 10 days after the H1020 issue date for the household to provide the information; and one additional day to process a denial for missed appointment, if applicable, in order to be timely.
Note: If the 10th day falls on a non-workday, the due date is the following workday.
Related Policy
Redetermination, B-476.1.6
The system generates renewal correspondence automatically in the ninth month of the 12-month certification period.
The system generates and sends Form H1211, It's Time to Renew Your Health-Care Benefits Cover Letter, to the client with no advisor action. Form H1211 is dynamic based on the eligibility outcome and program.
The system generates Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and sends it with Form H1211 when additional information or verifications are needed from the client to complete the renewal processing.
The system generates Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal - MA, but does not automatically mail it to the client. Form H1206 is pre-populated with information from the client’s case and may also include information from electronic data sources. There are different versions of this form depending on the type program in which the recipient is currently enrolled. Clients can access Form H1206 using the following methods:
The system generates Form M5017, Documents to Send with Your Renewal Application, to include with Form H1206.
Note: Form H1010-R, Your Texas Benefits: Renewal Form, must be accepted if it contains Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) client information and a signature. The signature provided on Form H1010-R is considered valid as long as it is provided by the certified client or an individual who is allowed to sign for the client, as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application. The advisor should enter the information provided on Form H1010-R and pend for any information that cannot be verified through electronic data sources.
When a new individual is added to a case, as described at B-641, Additions to the Household, or an individual is transferred to a different medical program, their review due date may be aligned with the review due date of another individual in the same medical program on the case and will be able to renew at the same time. If the review due dates are aligned after the system has initiated the automated renewal process by requesting electronic data sources, the new individual or the individual who was transferred to a different type program will be mailed the following forms to complete the processing:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Process redeterminations before cutoff in the month:
If the household must provide verification to complete the redetermination, allow at least 10 days to provide verification.
For phone interviews, make at least two attempts to contact the applicant by phone. Conduct both attempts within the time listed on Form H1830-I, Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews). Conduct each attempt at least 10 minutes apart. If no contact is made with the applicant after two attempts, the phone interview is considered a missed appointment. Document the time of each attempt on the Appointment – Details page.
If a household fails to keep a face-to-face or phone interview appointment, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to deny the EDG the business day following the scheduled appointment date.
If the person contacts the office during the adverse action period, reschedule the appointment to process the redetermination as soon as possible to avoid interruption of the benefit issuance cycle for the following month. The EDG is not reactivated, and the EDG remains denied until the person keeps the second appointment. A second Form TF0001 is not required if the person misses the second appointment. If the person keeps the appointment, the EDG must be processed as a Reactivation/Redetermination for correct eligibility determination and timeliness calculation.
TIERS runs a Mass Update (MU) on the fifth, sixth or seventh day of each month to terminate EDGs with due dates on or before cutoff of the current month.
For example: On July 5, the MU will terminate EDGs with a review due date on or before July cutoff.
Normal MU rules for exceptions may prevent an EDG from being terminated. Process these EDGs online and verify that a Texas Works renewal packet has been sent and not returned.
When the Texas Works renewal packet is:
If the household returns Form H1010–R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form, within the adverse action period, schedule an appointment to process the complete redetermination. These EDGs must be processed as a Reactivation/Redetermination for correct eligibility determination and timeliness calculation.
In State Portal, the packet received date can be found in PT Inquiry in the EDG Details section in the column labeled Recertification Packet Date.
In TIERS, the packet received date can be found in two places in Data Collection:
Related Policy
Not Held – Agency Fault, B-113.1
The Texas Works Message, A-1527
Data Broker, C-820
To reapply in a timely manner, the person must submit the completed application form by the 15th day of the last month of the certification period. Exception: See B-122.1, SNAP Redeterminations Following a Short Certification.
When a person misses a timely redetermination appointment, send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, on the day of the missed appointment but no later than the next business day. Form H1020 advises the household to contact the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) before the end of the certification period to request a second appointment, or the application will be denied.
If the household contacts the office on or before the last business day of the last month of the certification period, reschedule the household for a second appointment before the end of the certification period, if possible. If there are no appointment slots available, a second appointment should be scheduled no later than the 15th day of the following month and the application kept pending. If the household keeps the second appointment and is determined eligible, the original file date is used and a full month's benefits are provided for the first month of the new certification period.
If the household does not contact HHSC by the last business day of the certification period to request a second appointment, the redetermination application is denied on the last business day of the certification period using adequate notice.
For phone interviews, make at least two attempts to contact the person by phone. Both attempts must be conducted within the specified time period listed on Form H1830-I. Each attempt must be conducted at least 10 minutes apart. If no contact is made with the person after two attempts, the phone interview is considered a missed appointment. Document the time of each attempt on the Appointment – Details page.
Note: When a household misses a scheduled appointment and subsequently submits another application, the second application is considered as a household's request to reschedule the missed appointment.
Process timely redeterminations by the last business day of the certification period. If the redetermination is pended for verification, the household is allowed until the last business day of the month to provide the required verification before denial action is taken. Ensure the person's normal issuance cycle is not interrupted.
Exception: The redetermination is pended past the last business day of the month if necessary to allow the person at least 10 days to provide requested verification. If the person:
For households that miss the first appointment but keep the second appointment scheduled before the 15th day of the following month, if additional information is requested, the household is allowed at least 10 days to provide the requested verification. If the household:
If the person misses an appointment for a timely redetermination scheduled without enough time to allow the household 10 days to respond to the missed appointment notice before the end of the certification period, send Form H1020 on the day of the missed appointment. The Form H1020 will inform the person to contact the office by the 10th day (or the following business day) to schedule a second appointment.
If the person:
Notes for SNAP policies in B-122:
Related Policy
Interviews, A-131
Not Held – Agency Fault, B-113.1
Missed Appointment, B-114
Children’s Medicaid Redetermination Expectations, B-123.6
Redetermination, B-476.1.6
These programs complete an administrative renewal process, explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
Retest recipients of TP 07 and TP 20 for eligibility in other Medical Programs following the policy explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility, at the end of their certification period. These people are referred to the Marketplace if they are determined ineligible for all other Medical Programs.
Related Policy
Retesting Eligibility, A-2342.1
Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification, B-122.3.2
Processing Untimely Redeterminations, B-124
SNAP Timeliness Charts for Applications and All Redeterminations, B-160
Required Verification, C-910
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Advisors must provide eligible households with benefits by the 30th day after the last monthly full benefit was provided if the individual reapplied timely and was previously certified with a short certification. A short certification is defined as a SNAP certification in which the household is certified:
The household must reapply within 15 days of receiving Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, and the application for assistance to be considered timely.
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To calculate the 30-day period, the advisor considers the date the individual received the last full benefit as day zero. If the 30th day falls on a non-workday, the advisor must complete the case by the last workday preceding the 30th day.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To calculate the date the individual must file the application to be considered timely, the advisor must count 15 days after the individual received Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, and the application for assistance. This date is known as the Short Certification Timely Due Date. If the 15th day falls on a weekend or a holiday, the individual must submit the application before the 15th day in order for it to be considered a timely redetermination.
Advisors must follow the chart below in determining a timely redetermination:
| If Form H1830 and Form H1010 are... | then count 15 days ... |
|---|---|
| given to the individual in the office, | after the date the individual is given the forms. |
| mailed to the individual, | plus two days (17 days) after the date the forms are mailed. |
To schedule timely redeterminations properly, scheduling staff need to know the due date on which the application must be submitted to be considered a timely redetermination. Therefore, when providing Form H1830 and Form H1010, Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, at the time a short certification is completed, advisors must manually document the due date in the Short Cert. Timely Due Date box in the Agency Use Only section of Form H1010. Scheduling staff must then follow B-160, SNAP Timeliness Charts for Applications and All Redeterminations, to properly schedule the appointment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For timely filed reapplications after a short certification, if an individual misses the appointment, the advisor must send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, advising the household that the household must contact HHSC by the 30th day from the last month's full benefit issuance to request a second appointment.
If the household contacts HHSC on or before the 30th day after the last month's full benefit issuance, the advisor must reschedule the household for a second appointment before the end of the 30th day, if possible. If there are no appointment slots available, the second appointment is scheduled no later than the 45th day after the last month's full benefit issuance and the application is kept pending. If the household keeps the second appointment and is determined eligible, the original file date is used and full month's benefits are provided for the first month of the new certification period.
The advisor must hold the application past the 30th day after the last month's full benefit issuance to allow the household at least 10 days (or longer if the 10th day falls on a non-workday) to contact the office for a second appointment or to provide missing information/verification. The advisor must notify the household of the due date on Form H1020. When this 10-day due date is on or after the 30th day after the last month's full benefit issuance and the household fails to contact the office or provide missing information/verification by the due date, the application is denied the next workday. If the household does not contact HHSC by the 30th day to request a second appointment, the redetermination application is denied on the 30th day (or the last workday before the 30th day if the 30th day is not a workday).
If the household does not contact HHSC by the 30th day to request a second appointment, the redetermination application is denied on the 30th day (or the last workday before the 30th if the 30th day is not a workday).
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If HHSC is at fault for not completing the redetermination process in a timely manner, staff must dispose the EDG the same day the advisor completes the eligibility redetermination. This ensures that benefits are available within 24 hours.
Example 1: A household's last benefit month is October. The household files the redetermination timely, but HHSC does not give the household an appointment until November. The advisor must dispose the EDG on the same day the eligibility redetermination is completed to ensure that benefits are available within 24 hours.
Example 2: A household's last benefit month is October. The household files the redetermination timely and provides all requested verification timely. Due to HHSC delay, the advisor does not complete the recertification process timely. The advisor must dispose the EDG on the same day that the eligibility redetermination is completed to ensure that benefits are available within 24 hours.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a redetermination is denied for a missed appointment or failure to provide information, the household is allowed until 60 days after the file date to schedule a second appointment or provide the missing information.
When a timely redetermination is denied for a missed appointment or for failure to provide information, the household is allowed an additional 30 days after the end of the last benefit month to reschedule a missed appointment or to provide information or verification.
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The date the household requests another appointment is considered the new file date if the household requests a second appointment within 60 days after the original file date.
The date the household requests another appointment is considered the new file date if the household requests to reschedule a missed appointment within 30 days after the end of the last benefit month. Benefits are prorated using the new file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The date the household provides the missing information is the new file date if the household provides the missing information within 60 days of the original file date. If the EDG is reopened within 30 days of the denial, a new interview is not required. For TANF, a new Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, is not required if the EDG is reopened within 30 days of the denial.
The date the household provides the information/verification is the new file date and a new interview is not required. Benefits are prorated using the new file date.
Advisors do not request additional income verification when following reuse of application policy for a redetermination denied for failure to provide information. The original income verification the individual provided at the interview date is acceptable, unless the household indicates a change in income.
When a renewal is denied due to failure to provide information or verification and the information or verification is provided after the date of denial but by the 90th day after the last day of the last eligibility month, staff must reopen the existing case and not require a new application from the client. The date the information or verification is provided is the new file date.
Note: This may result in a gap in coverage.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
TIERS initiates administrative renewals without additional staff action. The administrative renewal process uses the automated renewal process to gather information from a person’s existing case and from electronic data sources to determine if the person remains eligible for Medical Programs. This is explained in B-122.4.1, Automated Renewal Process.
Exception: Children whose TP 44 eligibility is reinstated upon release from a juvenile facility and who are released to a household different than the one in which they were certified at the time of placement in a juvenile facility do not administratively renew. Form H1010-R, Your Texas Benefits: Renewal Form, is required to review their Medicaid eligibility. For more information about reinstatement, see B-531, Medicaid Reinstatement for Children Certified for TP 44 Released from a Juvenile Facility.
An interview is required at redetermination. During the interview, remind the person to use YourTexasBenefits.com to:
A person cannot be required to complete a face-to-face interview, but has the right to request one.
For TP 08 interviews, use the interview policy explained in A-131, Interviews (for TP 08).
Related Policy
Automated Renewal Process, B-122.4.1
Medicaid Reinstatement for Children Certified for TP 44 Released from a Juvenile Facility, B-531
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The automated renewal process is the first step in an administrative renewal. The automated renewal process runs the weekend before cutoff in the ninth month of the certification period and does not require advisor action.
The process uses electronic data to automatically:
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
During the automated renewal process, TIERS checks for the required verification by program.
| Automated Renewal Process: Verifications Required by Type Program for Renewals | |
|---|---|
| TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid |
|
| TP 43, Children Under Age One TP 44, Children 6–18 TP 48, Children 1–5 |
|
The automated renewal process attempts to verify income by determining if the person’s income information is reasonably compatible with income information available through electronic data sources.
When there are no earned income electronic data sources (TWC) available for the person, the automated renewal process checks to see if there is a New Hire Report. When a New Hire Report exists with an employer's name and hire date that is not currently included in the person's income, the person must provide verification of income from the employer shown on the New Hire Report.
Immigration status is verified during the automated renewal process only if the person’s immigration document expires during the current certification period.
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Once available verifications are assessed, the system runs eligibility. The following chart lists the possible eligibility outcomes of the automated renewal process.
| Automated Renewal Process: Eligibility Outcomes | |
|---|---|
| Eligibility Potentially Approved |
|
| Additional Information Needed |
|
| Eligibility Terminated* |
|
* See A-2342, Denial at Redetermination, for more information on individuals found ineligible for Medical Programs at renewal.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Verification is required for SNAP and TANF during the automated administrative renewal process when:
The person has 10 days to provide verification for SNAP and TANF. Based on the income type and electronic data source used during the automated income verification process, if the person does not provide verification by the 10th day, TIERS automatically takes the following action on the 11th day:
Note: Unearned RSDI data from SSA and unearned unemployment data from TWC are valid verification sources for SNAP and TANF. Because New Hire Report data from OAG is not a valid verification source for SNAP and TANF, the person must provide verification of income from the employer shown on the New Hire Report.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system generates client correspondence according to the eligibility outcome of the automated renewal process and the action needed by the client.
The following chart lists the correspondence generated for each eligibility outcome of the automated renewal process and the required client response.
| Automated Renewal Process: Renewal Correspondence | |
|---|---|
| Eligibility Outcome | Correspondence and Required Client Response |
| Eligibility Potentially Approved |
|
| Additional Information Needed |
Note: For TP 43, TP 44, and TP 48, Form H1014-A, Children's Health Care Benefits — Final Reminder, is sent if the eligibility outcome is “Additional Information Needed” and the client does not return his or her redetermination packet by the first calendar day in the 11th month of a 12-month eligibility period. |
| Eligibility Terminated |
|
* Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is sent when a final eligibility determination has been made. Depending on the renewal status outcome and client action, final eligibility determinations may be made by advisors manually processing renewal documents or by the system automatically. Form TF0001 identifies the dates of the new certification period for Medicaid benefits, potential CHIP eligibility, or the denial reason for not recertifying the case.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The file date is the day that any local eligibility determination office receives an acceptable Medical Program renewal form. The following are considered acceptable Medical Program renewal forms:
A redetermination is considered timely if a renewal form is received by the first calendar day of the 11th month of the certification period. A redetermination is considered untimely if a renewal form is received after the first calendar day of the 11th month of the certification period and through the last day of the 12th month.
Note: If the first calendar day of the 11th benefit month falls on a weekend or a holiday and the redetermination is received on the following business day, the redetermination is considered timely.
Process redeterminations (received timely or untimely) by the 30th day from the date the renewal form is received or by cutoff of the last benefit month of the certification period, whichever is later. Follow the policy in B-123.4, Eligibility Transition from Medicaid to CHIP, when a person returns a renewal form timely and is determined ineligible for Medicaid but eligible for CHIP.
Examples:
Medicaid coverage period is January through December. If the redetermination file date is:
When HHSC receives an acceptable Medical Program renewal form, review the information provided and determine whether the case needs to be updated to reflect the most recent information reported on the form.
Only request information and verification needed to determine eligibility from the household when it is not available through electronic data sources. Verification previously provided must be used to renew eligibility when the verification is still valid. Determine whether there is any verification that can be used before requesting verification from the household.
Allow at least 10 days to provide missing information. The due date must fall on a workday.
Note: Information reported during renewal processing may impact other benefit programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an acceptable Medical Program renewal form, explained in B-122.4.2, Processing a Manual Renewal, is not returned, the system automatically makes an eligibility determination through a mass update based on the eligibility outcome from the automated renewal process. This does not require the advisor to run eligibility or dispose the EDG.
Below are the eligibility outcomes during the automated process:
Note: When an individual submits income or expense verification without a signed acceptable Medical Program renewal form, advisors manually process information as a change to determine ongoing eligibility for the remainder of the certification period if the client is in a non-continuous period. A signed acceptable Medical Program renewal form is required if additional information is needed to complete the renewal during the automated renewal process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Renewals for TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 use the correspondence and processing requirements explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration (for TP 08, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48), and B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
TP 44 and TP 48
TP 44 and TP 48 must follow the Texas Health Steps requirements explained in A-1531.5, Compliance Requirements.
Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
Compliance Requirements, A-1531.5
Data Broker, C-820
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Renewals for TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 follow the administrative renewal process and use the timeliness guidelines explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
Related Policy
Eligibility Transition from Medicaid to CHIP, B-123.4
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Renewals for TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 follow the administrative renewal process and use the timeliness guidelines explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 follow the policy for reusing renewal forms after the date of denial explained in B-122.3.2, Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
When a child certified on TP 43, TP 44 or TP 48 is determined eligible for CHIP at the renewal and there is a delay in CHIP enrollment because of HHSC error and the redetermination packet was received timely, TIERS extends Medicaid eligibility for one or two additional months to allow the family time to complete the process and still retain coverage. The redetermination is considered timely when the redetermination packet is received by the first day of the 11th month and processed by HHSC by the 30th day from the file date.
If the family is solely responsible for the delay, Medicaid coverage is not extended when a child is determined eligible for CHIP.
Advisors use the following chart to determine when to extend Medicaid coverage:
| If a child is ineligible for Medicaid but eligible for CHIP and the family ... | but HHSC ... | then, provide Medicaid coverage ... |
|---|---|---|
| completes the redetermination process timely,* | does not process the form by the 15th day of the 11th month, | for one additional month. |
| completes the redetermination process timely,* | does not process the form by the 15th day of the 12th month, | for two additional months. |
* Timely means the redetermination form is received from the family by the first day of the 11th month and any required verification is received within specified time frames.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Expedited CHIP Enrollment, D-1711
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors use this procedure to provide TP 45 coverage for a child whose TP 45 coverage ends and is eligible for TP 48 coverage.
If the family returns the redetermination packet and the child is eligible for TP 48, the advisor must initiate the review on the TP 45 EDG so that TIERS will build the TP 48 EDG after cutoff in the 11th month of the certification period. Children on TP 45 will be denied at the end of their certification period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must process Children's Medicaid redeterminations even if not requested on an associated SNAP application or redetermination, if the SNAP application or redetermination is received in the 10th, 11th or 12th month of a 12-month Children's Medicaid eligibility period.
Note: If the individual misses the appointment for a SNAP application or redetermination, staff must continue processing the Children’s Medicaid redetermination, even if the Children’s Medicaid program was not requested on the application.
The recipient must provide an application or redetermination application to process the Children’s Medicaid redetermination if the SNAP application or redetermination is not received within the specified time frames.
Related Policy
Receipt of Application, A-121
Deadlines, B-112
Missed Appointment, B-114
Redeterminations, B-120
Processing Redeterminations, B-122
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an application form is not received by the time frames in B-122, Processing Redeterminations, the advisor uses the initial application processing time frames in B-112, Deadlines.
If the individual submits an untimely reapplication and misses a scheduled appointment, the advisor uses the charts in B-160, SNAP Timeliness Charts for Applications and All Redeterminations, for processing time frames. The advisor must inform the individual that it is the individual's responsibility to request a second appointment. Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, must be sent no later than the next workday, notifying the individual of the missed appointment and pending the application.
Note: If the individual misses an appointment that the agency scheduled untimely, a second appointment is scheduled if the individual contacts the office by the 10th day after the missed appointment date to request another appointment. Otherwise, the individual must reapply with a new file date.
For telephone interviews, advisors must make at least two attempts to contact the individual via telephone. Both attempts must be conducted within the specified time period listed on Form H1830-I, Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews). Each attempt must be conducted at least 10 minutes apart. If no contact is made with the individual after two attempts, the telephone interview is considered a missed appointment. Advisors must document the time and date of each attempt on the Appointment – Details page.
At the individual's request, HHSC must reschedule a second appointment even if it cannot be scheduled until after the 30th day. The individual does not have to show good cause for missing the first appointment.
If on the appointment date the applicant arrives too late for the appointment or calls to reschedule the appointment (because the individual cannot keep the appointment), the advisor must offer the applicant a choice of a standby appointment or an opportunity to reschedule.
Notes:
See B-160, SNAP Timeliness Charts for Applications and All Redeterminations.
See A-2323, Proration, and an exception for seasonal and migrant farm workers.
TP 08, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48
If a renewal form is not received by the date of denial in the 12th month of the certification period, the EDG is denied for failure to return a renewal packet. A renewal form received after the last day of the 12-month certification period must be treated as an application using application processing time frames. The file date is the day that any local eligibility determination office receives the renewal form.
If the renewal form is received after the date of denial but before the last day of the 12th month of the certification period, the advisor reopens the Medical Program EDG and processes as a renewal.
Related Policy
Missed Appointment, B-114
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Special reviews are contacts with the household outside of the redetermination process. Staff may conduct special reviews by home visits, telephone, or by mailing individuals Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, or a letter.
Advisors contact the household to determine whether a change occurred. If the household confirms that no change occurred, the advisor documents the contact. To clear the special review alert task, the advisor must be in Data Collection Initiate Interview in Special Review mode. If the household confirms that a change occurred, the advisor follows policy in B-600, Changes.
If the household fails to furnish verification requested on Form H1020 or misses an appointment scheduled for the special review, the advisor must send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to begin adverse action.
If the individual contacts the office during the adverse action period, the advisor must reschedule the appointment to process the review as soon as possible to avoid interruption of the benefit issuance cycle for the following month. A second Form TF0001 is not required if the individual misses the second appointment. If the individual does not keep the second appointment, the advisor uses the time frame of the original Form TF0001 to determine the effective date of the denial.
Related Policy
Setting Special Reviews, A-2330
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An alert for a special review is triggered in TIERS, which generates a task in Task List Manager (TLM) for the special review.
TANF and Medical Programs
Advisors process special reviews before cutoff in the month:
Advisors process special reviews by cutoff of the month the review date falls.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A desk review is the processing of a timely or untimely filed SNAP redetermination application without scheduling or conducting an interview with the household. A SNAP redetermination may be completed by processing a desk review when all of the following criteria are met:
Exceptions: Staff must conduct an interview when the household:
Advisors begin processing a SNAP redetermination as a desk review within seven calendar days after the Packet Received Date (day zero) and issue either Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, or Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household within the same seven calendar days.
Note: When a SNAP redetermination Packet Received Date is the 10th through the 15th calendar day of the Last Benefit Month, the advisor must ensure that Form H1020 or Form TF0001 is sent to the household early enough to allow the household 10 days to provide missing information, while still allowing time for the final case action to be timely. Timeliness for Desk Reviews is calculated the same as if an interview was held.
Related Policy
Processing Redeterminations, B-122
Processing Untimely Redeterminations, B-124
Revision 02-1; Effective January 1, 2002
See B-600, Changes, for procedures and time frames for processing changes.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The due date and final due date entries are shown in the following table. Note: If the 10th or 30th day falls on a non-workday, the due date is the next workday. If the due date is not an HHSC workday (on a weekend or a holiday), the due date advances to the next HHSC workday.
| EDG Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Complete redetermination | 10 days | 10 days |
| Incomplete redetermination (including the addition of a household member) | 10 days | 10 days |
| EDG Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days* |
|
| Untimely redetermination (including adding a person at untimely redetermination) | 10 days* |
|
| Timely redetermination (including adding a person at timely redetermination) | 10 days* |
|
| Incomplete redetermination (including adding a person at incomplete redetermination) | 10 days | 10 days |
* For SNAP EDGs pended for a missed appointment, the 10-day due date is calculated from the date the form is mailed, usually two days after the H1020-MA is triggered by TIERS or TLM entries. The two additional days for mail time when sending a Form H1020-MA in TIERS is only applicable to SNAP EDGs pended for a missed appointment.
| EDG Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Complete redetermination | 10 days |
|
| Incomplete redetermination (including the addition of a household member) | 10 days | 10 days |
| EDG Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| EDG Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must ensure that correspondence is sent to the individual's current address. This requires updating the address in the system if the individual has reported a new address on an application form or a change of address is pending in the Task List Manager or TIERS.
Staff should make two telephone call attempts at least 10 minutes apart during the appointed time frame listed on Form H1830-I, Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews), before determining a telephone interview is a missed appointment. Advisors must document the times and dates of the attempted telephone calls on the Appointment – Details page.
An EDG is denied for failure to furnish information only if:
An EDG is not denied for missed appointment if:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
The charts in this section may be used as a guide to determine when appointments must be scheduled and benefits provided for the case action to be reported as timely. The charts detail required actions and due dates in the following type situations:
| If … | then … |
|---|---|
|
|
|
deny the application on the 30th day after the file date (or the following workday if the 30th day is a non-workday). |
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment after the 30th day and the application is not pended for verification; | dispose on the day of the interview. If the household is:
|
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 due on or after the 30th day and the household provides verification before the 30th day; | dispose by the 30th day:
|
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment, and the application is pended for verification and the household provides it timely on or after the 30th day; | dispose on the day the verification is provided. If the household is:
|
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 with a due date on or after the 30th day and verification is not provided timely; | deny the application on the workday after the Form H1020 due date. |
| the household misses the first appointment and a second or subsequent appointment scheduled after the 30th day is also missed; | deny the application on the day of the missed second or subsequent appointment. |
| misses the first appointment, misses the second appointment scheduled on or before the 30th day, and, by the 30th day, requests and is scheduled a third appointment after the 30th day; | dispose/process:
|
| If … | then … |
|---|---|
|
Note: If the last day of the certification period is not a workday, take action the last workday before the end of the certification period. |
|
deny the application on the last workday of the certification period. |
|
dispose the recertification application on the day of the second (or subsequent) appointment. |
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment on or before the 15th of the month after the last benefit month, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 and the household provides verification timely; |
|
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment on or before the 15th of the month after the last benefit month, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 and the household fails to provide verification by the final due date; |
|
| the household misses the first appointment and also misses a second or subsequent appointment scheduled after the end of the certification period; | deny the application on the day of the missed second appointment. |
| the household misses the first appointment and also misses a second appointment scheduled on or before the end of the certification period, and by the last workday of the certification period the household requests another appointment and is scheduled a third appointment after the end of the certification period; |
|
| If… | then… |
|---|---|
|
Note: If the 30th day is not a work day, take action on the last workday before the 30th day. |
|
deny the application on the 30th day (or the last workday before the 30th day if the 30th day is not a workday). |
|
dispose the recertification application on the day of the second (or subsequent) appointment. |
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment on or before the 45th day after the last month's full benefit issuance, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 and the household provides verification timely; |
|
| the household misses the first appointment and keeps a second appointment on or before the 45th day, and the application is pended for verification with a Form H1020 and the household fails to provide verification by the final due date; |
|
| the household misses the first appointment and misses a second or subsequent appointment scheduled after the 30th day from the last month's full benefit issuance; | deny the application on the day of the missed second or subsequent appointment. |
| the household misses the first appointment and misses a second appointment scheduled on or before the 30th day, and, by the 30th day of the certification period, the household requests and is scheduled for a third appointment after the 30th day; |
|
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
DataMart provides a series of online reports accessed through the State Portal. The reports are used as monitoring tools for various EDG action activities for cases in TIERS (including timeliness of those activities). See C-840, DataMart.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the reason(s) for delays in processing an application and advisor action as explained in B-113, Delay in Processing Applications.
For missed telephone interviews, advisors must document on the Appointment – Details page the time of each call when attempting to contact the applicant according to policy in B-114, Missed Appointment; B-122, Processing Redeterminations; and B-124, Processing Untimely Redeterminations.
Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) issues Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits via Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) or warrant. The agency issues all one-time benefits via warrant.
Related Policy
Medicaid Eligibility, A-800
Issuing OTTANF Benefits, A-2451
Issuing One-Time Grandparent Payment, A-2452
HHSC issues all Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits by EBT.
Revision 05-2; Effective April 1, 2005
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
There are five types of benefits:
See Glossary for definitions of these terms.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
TANF and SNAP
SNAP and TANF benefits are issued using the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS).
Benefits authorized in TIERS via Eligibility or Benefit Issuance functional areas are issued by EBT.
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
TANF and Medical Programs
Staff issue benefits to the person's physical address, unless the person:
Staff should not use a local eligibility determination office address or an employee's physical address as a mailing address, unless the employee is the TANF applicant or recipient.
The person's physical address is the preferred mailing address to enter in TIERS. However, the person may use another mailing address if they believe it is more secure or they have no physical address.
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
HHSC issues benefits by EBT and contracts with one or more vendors who perform EBT functions.
When an advisor certifies a household, HHSC establishes and deposits benefits in the household's EBT account(s). Staff issues a Lone Star Card to the individual or their representative. These cardholders access benefits using the card and a Personal Identification Number (PIN).
Staff uses TIERS to send information to the EBT system.
The EBT process includes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
The PCH is the household member or EBT representative designated to have primary responsibility for security and access to the household's benefits in the EBT account. Each case has only one PCH. Staff generally establishes the case name as the PCH, even if the individual is a disqualified member.
Exceptions: If an EBT representative is a PCH who is not the case name, establish the PCH in the following situations:
| If the TANF and SNAP EDGs have... | then... |
|---|---|
| the same EDG name, | establish the EDG name as the PCH for both EDGs.
Note: Ensure that the name, date of birth, sex and Social Security number (SSN) match exactly. |
| different EDG Names, | each EDG must have a different PCH. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
HHSC must send a PCH record to the EBT system on an active EDG, even if pending the final case action, or on an application when the advisor:
Note: The EDG name becomes the PCH. If the advisor changes the SNAP AR type from an individual to a D&A/GLA facility, the AR becomes the PCH. See B-440, Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities.
Advisors do not send a record if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
Advisors must send a PCH record to the EBT system to establish a benefit account in the cardholder's name. The advisor must establish the account before issuance staff can issue a Lone Star Card and PIN.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
TANF and SNAP
To establish an account, send the new PCH record to the EBT system through TIERS using Real Time Interface or Batch file.
Staff complete Part II of Form H1175, EBT Change Request, to authorize this process only if they need to change the PCH on a denied EDG or an EDG being denied or cannot send the record through TIERS due to automation problems.
Exception: If the EBT system receives a benefit record before the PCH record, the EBT system uses the benefit record to create a PCH record.
When benefits for children remain in an EBT account and the PCH is not able or available to access the benefits, staff may use the following chart to determine when they may establish a new PCH.
| Step | Action | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Did the only household member with account access die, become incapacitated, or abandon the children? | No | Stop. Take no further action. |
| - | - | Yes | Go to Step 2. |
| 2 | Is there another responsible household member who may be established as the PCH? | No | Go to Step 3. |
| - | - | Yes | Establish the other responsible household member as the PCH. |
| 3 | Are the children in the care of another person? | No | Stop. Take no further action. |
| - | - | Yes | Authorize account access to the new PCH using the procedures that follow in this section. |
Related Policy
Issuing a Lone Star Card, B-233
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
TANF and SNAP
TIERS updates existing PCH records on active cases any time the advisor changes the cardholder's biographical data or address and completes the benefit issuance logical unit of work. The EBT system receives an update file sent from TIERS overnight that updates the record the next day.
Note: The advisor may initiate action to merge PCH records via the ATA when a household's TANF and SNAP PCH record information fails to match. See B-261.3.2, Merging Primary Cardholder Records.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors establish a secondary cardholder only after HHSC certifies an application. Exception: If the advisor certifies an individual for one program and pends the other, the individual may authorize a secondary cardholder for both accounts.
The PCH may authorize:
The following three methods may be used to establish a secondary cardholder:
Only the PCH may authorize a secondary cardholder, except in the emergency situations described in B-232.3, Secondary Cardholders Established by the Advisor.
Employees involved in certification or issuance may serve as a secondary cardholder on another household's account only if the supervisor gives written approval.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The PCH may contact the Lone Star Help Desk any time after certification to add, delete, or change a secondary cardholder.
When the help-desk staff receives a request to add or change a secondary cardholder, the staff mails a Second Cardholder request form to the PCH. The PCH must complete, sign, obtain the secondary cardholder's signature, and return the form to the vendor to authorize a secondary cardholder.
When the vendor's staff receives the completed form, the staff mails the secondary cardholder's Lone Star Card to the PCH who must give the card to the secondary cardholder. The secondary cardholder then calls the Lone Star Help Desk to register the card.
If the PCH requests the deletion of a secondary cardholder, Lone Star Help Desk staff terminates access of the secondary card immediately.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
When the advisor establishes a PCH on a certified application, the PCH may authorize a secondary cardholder.
The PCH must bring the secondary cardholder to the office, complete the Second Cardholder request form, give the form to issuance staff, and provide proof of identity. The advisor completes Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request. Before establishing the secondary cardholder on the ATA, issuance staff ensures the Second Cardholder request form is completed and signed by both the PCH and secondary cardholder.
The PCH may add or change a secondary cardholder using this procedure any time after certification.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
With supervisory approval, staff may establish account access for a new person if:
Staff obtain a completed Second Cardholder request form signed by another responsible household member or the AR if there is no other responsible household member. Staff and the supervisor sign below the person’s signature.
Staff complete Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, to notify EBT issuance staff to establish a secondary cardholder record in the EBT system.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The advisor requests Lone Star Card issuance when:
For pended applications, advisors may request Lone Star Card issuance immediately after the interview.
Exception: When the advisor interviews a PCH by phone, a request for the EBT vendor to mail the Lone Star Card and training materials to the PCH is required with some exceptions. Advisors follow procedures in B-233.2.2, Applicants Interviewed by Phone.
Related Policy
Applicants Interviewed by Phone, B-233.2.2
Special Certification Situations, B-240
Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
Residents in Family Violence Shelters, B-450
Prepared Meal Services, B-460
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
A Lone Star Card from a previous certification in which the person was the PCH may be used.
A previously issued Lone Star Card may not be used if it was:
Note: Staff may use the EBT system to determine if the cardholder may use the Lone Star Card to access benefits for a particular EDG. Staff may use the EBT system to validate card access after verifying the person's identity.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
To issue a Lone Star Card, staff:
Note: If staff interview someone other than the PCH and certify or pend the application at the initial interview, staff must give a completed Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, to EBT issuance staff to:
Related Policy
Applicants Interviewed by Phone, B-233.2.2
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When issuing Lone Star Cards in the office, EBT issuance staff must verify the person receiving the card is the same person listed as the cardholder.
If staff pend the application for verification of ID and do not issue the Lone Star Card in an office, staff must:
If staff later certify the application, staff must complete Form H1172 to:
If a person leaves the office without picking up a Lone Star Card or staff later certify an application for which card issuance was postponed, EBT issuance staff:
Note: Staff must not use whiteout or other correction fluid on Form H1172. If correcting an error or a wrong date, mark through the error with a single line and make the correction.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
TANF and SNAP
If staff interview a household by phone and the EBT - Details page shows no available card for the EDG, mail issuance is required except:
|
If the household is interviewed by phone and is: |
then: |
|---|---|
| eligible for expedited SNAP benefits, or interviewed on or after the 25th day after the file date for SNAP benefits, |
staff must instruct the person to go to the local office and pick up the Lone Star Card for timely access. Note: The Lone Star Card should be requested by starter to be mailed if the person is unable to go to the local office. Cancel the mailed card if the recipient later picks up the Lone Star Card in person. |
| determined to be eligible at the interview or pended for missing information and does not meet the above criteria, |
staff must inform the person during the interview that their Lone Star Card will be mailed to them within the next week. Note: If the person has previously been issued a card for the EDG and needs a replacement, they must contact the Lone Star Help Desk for the replacement. |
| denied at the interview, | staff do not request issuance of the Lone Star Card. |
If the person meets criteria for in-office issuance, staff:
EBT issuance staff must:
When pending an application, the staff must explain the following to the person being interviewed:
Notes:
Related Policy
Initial PIN Issuance Procedures for Individuals with Barriers that Prevent PIN Self-Selection, B-234.3
Lone Star Card Replacement, B-235
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
If staff certify or pend an application at the initial interview with the PCH , staff must explain to the person that:
Upon returning to the office, staff update the case in TIERS and submit a completed Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, to EBT issuance staff to:
Staff may also use the EBT issuance procedure described in the following chart:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
| 1 | Check to see if HHSC previously issued a Lone Star Card. If so, write down the personal account number (PAN). |
| 2 | Use Form H1173, EBT Card Issuance and PIN Self-Selection/Issuance Log, to log out a Lone Star Card to deliver to the household during the home visit. |
| 3 | During the interview, ask the PCH if they still have the Lone Star Card and still remember their PIN. |
| 4 | If the PCH has a Lone Star Card and remembers their PIN, then compare the previously recorded PAN to ensure the card is valid. If so, the PCH may continue to use their Lone Star Card and PIN. |
| 5 | If the PCH needs an initial Lone Star Card:
|
If staff certify the application but interview another household member or the AR, staff may follow either of the previous procedures and provide the explanations to the person being interviewed.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A TANF protective payee must come to the office to be issued a Lone Star Card. Exception: If the protective payee is unable to come to the office, issuance staff may mail the Lone Star Card to the protective payee's address indicated by the advisor on Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request.
Advisors follow the procedures for authorized representatives in B-440, Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When establishing a secondary cardholder at the local office, EBT issuance staff also issue a Lone Star Card to the secondary cardholder. Staff must complete Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, and have the PCH’s authorization for card issuance through the Second Cardholder request form. The secondary cardholder must provide verification of their identity to obtain the Lone Star Card.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Card registration is a process by which a cardholder requests account access for a new Lone Star Card.
Lone Star Help Desk staff normally completes this procedure and verifies the caller's identity before authorizing access.
A cardholder must register a new Lone Star Card (initial or replacement) by calling the Lone Star Help Desk if the card is:
Lone Star Cards issued directly to the PCH do not require registration.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF and SNAP
When policy requires registration for a card that HHSC issues at the local office, issuance staff places a registration sticker on the card and takes the actions in the following chart.
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| mailing the card, | provide a Lone Star Card mailer with it. |
| issuing the card to someone other than the PCH, | explain that the PCH must call the Lone Star Help Desk to register the card after receiving it. |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
TANF and SNAP
Staff must register a PCH 's Lone Star Card if the cardholder has a barrier which prevents the PCH from registering the card through the regular Lone Star Help Desk process.
To complete registration of a Lone Star Card in the local office, the PCH must come to the office, verify their identity, and show their Lone Star Card. Staff must:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
TANF and SNAP
In addition to the Lone Star Card, a cardholder must have a PIN to access benefits in the household's EBT account(s). The cardholder selects their PIN through the Lone Star Help Desk AVR unit.
Exceptions:
The cardholder's statement regarding barriers that prevent them from self-selecting a PIN is acceptable.
Local offices are encouraged to promote individual PIN self-selection to provide increased security and convenience for the cardholder and reduce the number of PIN packets issued and replaced. If possible, the local office allows the cardholder to use the PIN pad device to complete PIN self-selection and provides training/assistance regarding the process upon the individual's request.
Advisors must ensure that the cardholder selects or receives a PIN when:
When the advisor postpones issuing a Lone Star Card on a pended application, the advisor must also postpone the PIN self-selection/issuance process.
After initial PIN selection/issuance, a cardholder may select a new PIN at any time by calling the Lone Star Help Desk AVR unit.
Related Policy
Special Certification Situations, B-240
Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
Residents in Family Violence Shelters, B-450
Prepared Meal Services, B-460
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before a cardholder self-selects a PIN, issuance staff explains that the individual must call the Lone Star Help Desk from a touch-tone phone and follow the prompts. The cardholder should be advised to be prepared with a four-digit PIN that can be easily remembered, the cardholder's biographical data, and the Lone Star Card.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When a TANF protective or representative payee self-selects a PIN, staff:
At the time of disposition, staff must ensure that TIERS has successfully included the PCH record for the TANF protective or representative payee by reviewing the Issuance – Details page and the Alternate Payee – Summary page.
Note: Because the PCH must use biographical data to access PIN selection through the Lone Star Help Desk, EBT issuance staff must enter the additional data to the PCH record using the Form H1175 process. TIERS does not collect this data on TANF protective or representative payees. Therefore TIERS cannot send this information to the EBT system.
EBT issuance staff securely file the signed, original Form H1175.
Staff follow all other regular procedures for PIN self-selection.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When a cardholder receives a pre-assigned PIN because of a barrier that prevents the person from choosing a PIN, the advisor completes Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, to request that issuance staff have the vendor mail a PIN packet.
If interviewing someone other than the primary cardholder (PCH), the advisor gives a completed Form H1172 to issuance staff to request mail-out of a PIN packet to the PCH's address.
If a cardholder leaves the office without picking up a PIN packet, or if the advisor later certifies an application for which the advisor postponed card and PIN issuance, issuance staff take the actions listed in the following chart.
| If the PCH ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| has a secure mailing address, |
|
| does not have a secure mailing address, |
|
* Exception: For expedited applications in situations that require mailing a PIN packet, the PCH may self-select a PIN by using the PIN pad device at the local office.
If the cardholder returns for the PIN packet, issuance staff:
Note: Advisors must not use whiteout or other correction fluid on Form H1172. A single line should be drawn through any error to make the correction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must instruct individuals not to:
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
An EBT vendor or HHSC replaces a Lone Star Card when a cardholder has an open EBT account and cannot access the account because the person’s Lone Star Card was lost or stolen or does not work properly.
If a primary or secondary cardholder reports a Lone Star Card is lost, stolen, damaged or not working, an EBT vendor mails the replacement card to the PCH's TIERS address within two calendar days of the request. If the TIERS address is not current, the help desk refers the individual to 2-1-1 to update the address.
In certain situations, the local office replaces Lone Star Cards. The same policies and procedures for replacing cards for PCHs apply to the secondary cardholders, except that the PCH must accompany the secondary cardholder to the local office to authorize the replacement, as required in B-232.2, Secondary Cardholder Established by Issuance Staff.
In an effort to reduce trafficking, the EBT vendor tracks the number of replacement cards issued in a 12-month period. After the initial card issuance to a PCH or secondary cardholder, when a household requests four replacement cards within 12 months, the EBT vendor produces a report for the print vendor. The print vendor sends the household an excessive replacement card notice. The notice advises the household that:
The notice also provides a reminder of what constitutes trafficking.
The excessive replacement card notice directs households to contact 2-1-1 for any questions regarding the notice. Households inquiring about the notice at local offices should be reminded of appropriate EBT card use and the penalties for trafficking.
The EBT vendor produces a monthly report for OIG identifying households that request a fifth replacement card.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When a cardholder contacts the local office to request a Lone Star Card replacement, staff determine the correct action using the following chart:
| If the card ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| does not work, | staff inquire on the EBT system to ensure the card is correctly connected to the account. |
| was destroyed in a household disaster as described in B-344, Destroyed Food, | EBT issuance staff replace the card only if the household needs access to its account immediately and cannot wait for a replacement by mail. Verify the disaster as explained in B-344. |
| is lost or stolen, or damaged (and correctly connected to the account ) | refer the cardholder to the Lone Star Help Desk. The help-desk freezes the person's Lone Star Card and sends a replacement by mail.* |
* Exceptions: EBT issuance staff replace Lone Star Cards via the EBT system for cardholders, including Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) recipients, if the:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
TANF and SNAP
If the cardholder reports they forgot their PIN or that the PIN has been compromised, the cardholder should be referred to the Lone Star Help Desk AVR to select a PIN. If the cardholder is unable to self-select a PIN after two attempts, a help-desk operator offers to:
If the cardholder is unable to self-select a PIN because incorrect biographical data was entered, the AVR refers them to 2-1-1 for PIN replacement.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When a cardholder requests a PIN replacement, advisors may use the procedures in the following chart:
| If the cardholder ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| reports that their PIN is compromised or forgets their PIN,* | refer the cardholder to the Lone Star Help Desk to select their PIN through the AVR. |
| reveals their PIN to staff, | issuance staff must immediately have the cardholder self-select a new PIN. |
* Exception: Issuance staff use the ATA to replace the PIN with a vendor-mailed PIN packet if a cardholder has a barrier that prevents the individual from self-selecting a PIN, for these situations and in each situation described under the exceptions for card replacement.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When Lone Star Cards or PIN packets are returned to the office, issuance staff logs the card/PIN packet as returned on the Void/Return Log. A person designated in the regional security procedures immediately destroys and disposes of the card/PIN packet before a witness. See the Security and Accountability Handbook, Appendix VIII.
| If the Lone Star Card is returned ... | then the local office ... |
|---|---|
| in person, |
|
| by mail, | takes the appropriate case action to ensure the address is current. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If someone makes five attempts in a 24-hour period to use a Lone Star Card with the wrong PIN, the system temporarily deactivates the card. This security measure helps to prevent fraudulent use of a stolen card. To reactivate the card:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
HHSC must instruct the cardholder about their rights and responsibilities related to EBT.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Give the person:
Discuss the following issuance-related items with applicants during the interview, even if the application is pended:
Point out written explanations on Form H1019, Report of Change, and on Form H1185, Important Information About Your Lone Star Card:
Advise the person to read the Form H1185 while waiting for an EBT card or PIN issuance and direct them to issuance staff if the person still has questions about how to use their EBT benefits.
Related Policy
Issuing a Lone Star Card, B-233
Personal Identification Number (PIN) Selection, B-234
Moves Out of State, B-351
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
For SNAP, there are no fees.
For TANF, there is never a fee for:
The advisor uses Form H1184, Here Is Your Lone Star Card, to explain the TANF cash-back fee policy to the individual.
| Lone Star Card Fees | |
|---|---|
| Using TANF to buy items. | No fee. |
| Getting cash back when using TANF to buy items. | No fee. |
| Taking $49 or less out of your TANF account. | No fee. |
| Taking $50 or more out of your TANF account. | Two free per month, then 50 cents each. |
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Issuance staff gives the PCH or person interviewed a card sleeve.
When the local office establishes someone as a secondary cardholder, issuance staff provides the person with all the training materials, except the Second Cardholder request form.
Issuance staff also provides more detailed training if the cardholder requests it or does not understand how to use the Lone Star Card.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors follow the procedures in this section for households with special needs.
Related Policy
Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
Residents in Family Violence Shelters, B-450
Prepared Meal Services, B-460
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
As specified in the regional security procedures, advisors use the following local office procedures for the EBT activities listed:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
As specified in the regional security procedures, use the following local office procedures for the EBT activities listed:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
If the person is entitled to expedited SNAP benefits, staff:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
If a person served by an itinerant advisor contacts the local office and qualifies for a replacement card and/or PIN from the local office, the person has two options for local office replacement:
Note: The person may also choose to obtain the replacement card via the Lone Star Help Desk and/or self-select a PIN through the help-desk AVR.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Follow procedures in this section for CBS cases.
Related Policy
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) Section, B-474
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Local office staff must not attempt to:
When regional staff dispose a case when a SNAP-Supplemental Security Income (SNAP-SSI) or SNAP-Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) EDG is present, TIERS will not allow the advisor to dispose the CBS EDG. A task is generated for CBS staff to dispose the CBS EDG on the same day. If the client has lost SSI benefits, the EDG would no longer be considered SNAP-SSI or SNAP-CAP and can be disposed by non-CBS staff.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
CBS makes a change on a SNAP EDG requiring a new PCH record when a household:
When CBS sends a new Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) PCH record to the EBT system, the EBT vendor responsible for card issuance automatically mails the new cardholder a Lone Star Card, PIN, and training material.
CBS staff also have the capability to send a request through the ATA, which authorizes the EBT vendor to mail a Lone Star Card and EBT training materials (and PIN packet, if desired) to a new PCH.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a CBS case cardholder requests a Lone Star Card replacement, the individual must call the Lone Star Help Desk to request a replacement by mail.
Exception: CBS individuals may obtain replacement Lone Star Cards in the local office if they meet those replacement criteria. See B-235.1, Lone Star Card Replacement Procedures.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When a CBS case cardholder requests a PIN replacement, they must call the Lone Star Help Desk AVR to select a new PIN.
If the cardholder is unable to self-select a PIN after two attempts, a help-desk operator offers to:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the office permits homeless individuals to use the local eligibility determination office as their mailing address, the office must follow their regional security procedures to process EBT-related mail. Staff must also advise these individuals to come to the local office if they require a Lone Star Card or PIN replacement.
Homeless individuals may use SNAP benefits to purchase prepared meals. Procedures are included in B-462, Prepared Meals for Homeless.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
The advisor must follow procedures for phone interviews. See B-233.2.2, Applicants Interviewed by Phone.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
HHSC credits benefits to the cash or food account by sending a benefit record to the EBT system. This section describes the availability of those benefits for use by the cardholder.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
HHSC sends the files of benefit records for monthly issuances to the EBT system after cutoff each month.
TANF monthly benefits issued via EBT are available on a staggered basis over the first three days of the month, based on the last number in the EDG number, as follows:
| Last digit of TANF EDG number | Day |
|---|---|
| 0, 1, 2, 3 | 1 |
| 4, 5, 6 | 2 |
| 7, 8, 9 | 3 |
For SNAP households certified before June 1, 2020, SNAP monthly benefits are available on a staggered basis over the first 15 days of the month, based on the last number of the EDG number, as follows:
| Last digit of the SNAP EDG number | Day |
|---|---|
| 0 | 1 |
| 1 | 3 |
| 2 | 5 |
| 3 | 6 |
| 4 | 7 |
| 5 | 9 |
| 6 | 11 |
| 7 | 12 |
| 8 | 13 |
| 9 | 15 |
For SNAP households certified on or after June 1, 2020, SNAP benefits are issued on a staggered basis between the 16th and 28th day of the month, based on the last two digits of the EDG number:
|
Last two digits of the SNAP EDG number |
Day |
|---|---|
| 00-03 | 16 |
| 04-06 | 17 |
| 07-10 | 18 |
| 11-13 | 19 |
| 14-17 | 20 |
| 18-20 | 21 |
| 21-24 | 22 |
| 25-27 | 23 |
| 28-31 | 24 |
| 32-34 | 25 |
| 35-38 | 26 |
| 39-41 | 27 |
| 42-45 | 28 |
| 46-49 | 27 |
| 50-53 | 28 |
| 54-57 | 16 |
| 58-60 | 17 |
| 61-64 | 18 |
| 65-67 | 19 |
| 68-71 | 20 |
| 72-74 | 21 |
| 75-78 | 22 |
| 79-81 | 23 |
| 82-85 | 24 |
| 86-88 | 25 |
| 89-92 | 26 |
| 93-95 | 27 |
| 96-99 | 28 |
Note: SNAP households certified prior to June 1, 2020, will retain their existing issuance schedule based on the date initially certified, even if the EDG has a break in benefits and the household reapplies after June 1, 2020.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors provide benefits according to the timeliness standards in B-112, Deadlines. Benefit issuances for certified applications are available immediately upon being credited to the account. Benefits requested after cutoff for the next month are available on the first day of the next month, except for SNAP-combined allotments.
The advisor may issue EBT SNAP benefits very quickly in situations that meet the HHSC criteria for a priority issuance. Advisors may request priority issuances only for SNAP benefits in three situations:
The system credits benefits to the individual's account within one hour.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A benefit record may be sent two ways to the EBT system. TANF benefit records are sent only from TIERS. SNAP benefit records are normally sent only from TIERS, but priority issuances may also be sent by manual ATA entry.
Note: Manual ATA entry must have supervisor approval.
TANF and SNAP
When the advisor certifies an application, the EBT system credits:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Two types of “TIERS unavailable” cases are:
When TIERS is Down or is Read-Only, staff must:
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
To issue a Lone Star Card for Priority Issuances when TIERS is down or is read-only, staff must:
When TIERS becomes available (fully operational), staff must complete data entry of case information and follow the normal flow for missing information received after an interview.
Staff designated in the regional security procedures must reconcile EBT system benefit record entries.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
To send the benefit record via EBT system data entry, staff:
Staff designated in the regional security procedures must reconcile EBT system benefit record entries.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When there is a discrepancy between the benefit records in TIERS and the EBT system, advisors may use the following chart to determine how actions are processed in TIERS and the EBT system:
| If the benefit amount reported to TIERS is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| more than the amount authorized on the ATA, | the EBT system updates the household's benefit account to reflect the amount reported in TIERS. |
| less than the amount authorized on the ATA, | TF-07E-01, EBT Reconciliation Exception Report, is produced and sent to the EBT regional coordinators for distribution. |
Related Policy
TF-07E-01, EBT Reconciliation Exception, B-262.5
Advisor Action on TF-07E-01, B-262.5.1
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) system is a direct access web-based program. Staff, other than the issuance staff, must complete Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, or Form H1175, EBT Change Request, to authorize action in the EBT system.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Designated staff use the EBT system to perform authorized functions. Since there are multiple functions that can be performed using the EBT system, there are multiple levels of access secured by individual sign-on IDs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Designated local office staff uses the ATA to issue Lone Star Cards and/or PINs or enable PIN self-selection when:
The advisor completes Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, Part I, to:
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Staff complete Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, to establish a primary cardholder record via the EBT system.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
EBT regional coordinators use the EBT system to split PCH records when EBT accounts are incorrectly linked.
EBT accounts may be incorrectly linked when staff fails to reassign the EDG name to the current head of household from the previous one. As a result, the EBT system links the both EDGs belonging to two different people under one account.
Staff complete Form H1175, EBT Change Request to request that a EBT regional coordinator separate the incorrectly linked accounts.
EBT local office site and regional coordinators use the EBT system to merge PCH records when the EBT system cannot link them because of discrepancies in the cardholder's biographical data.
Discrepancies may occur in the cardholder's biographical data when staff do not correctly match the name, date of birth (DOB), sex, or SSN on a person's TANF and SNAP EDG numbers. As a result, the EBT system cannot merge the two PCH records into one record with a link to both accounts and a merge is required to allow individual access to both benefits on the same EBT card.
If the person wants to use one card to access both accounts, staff complete Form H1175, EBT Change Request, to authorize the merge. When the cardholder has one card for the cash account and another for the food account before the merge, the EBT system user indicates which card the person wants to use. After completing the merge, the EBT system automatically disables the card not chosen, and it must be destroyed.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
EBT issuance staff use the EBT system to update the PCH record. This can happen when the current PCH passes away and the PCH record needs to be updated to the current head of household.
Staff complete Form H1175, EBT Change Request to authorize the PCH record update via the EBT system.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
HHSC strictly limits the direct entry of SNAP benefit authorization in the EBT system when TIERS is unavailable, preventing the timely issuance of priority SNAP benefits.
Staff must complete Form H1175, EBT Change Request to authorize benefit data entry into the EBT system following established sign-off procedures.
EBT Regional Coordinators complete EBT system data entry only after receipt of Form H1175.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Designated local office staff use the EBT system to perform benefit record inquiry or to validate that a Lone Star Card is active. Staff view the EBT Card Details page to confirm if there is a previously issued Lone Star Card associated with the EDG.
Designated regional staff use the EBT system to perform transaction history inquiry.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
EDG numbers cannot be changed, but multiple EDGs can be entered and connected to the same card.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Staff pend the Lone Star card registration using Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, and in the EBT system when:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Lone Star Help Desk staff or designated local office staff uses the ATA to reset the PIN count and reactivate a card that was deactivated because the cardholder entered the wrong PIN five times in a 24-hour period.
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
This section provides general information about reconciliation. For details, see the Security and Accountability Handbook.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Each day EBT staff designated in the regional security procedures prints the local Administrative Terminal Report. This report contains a list of benefit records manually entered on the ATA, sorted by ATA user. A designated individual(s) must check these entries against Form H1175, Authorization for Administrative Terminal Application Action, on a daily basis to ensure accuracy.
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
Each day EBT staff use the list of benefit issuances on the Administrative Terminal Report to reconcile the ATA benefit record entries with Form H1175, Authorization for Administrative Terminal Application Action, within five days to correspond to the benefit records sent via the ATA, state office sends exception reports (TF-07E-01/TG-37E-1) to field offices to clear within established time frames. Regional monitoring and tracking procedures apply.
To avoid exception reports, EBT staff must ensure that advisors report issuances via TIERS within three working days.
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
Each day, designated staff uses the list of card issuances on the Administrative Terminal Report to reconcile cards issued with Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request.
If the office has problems reconciling these, staff report the problem to the supervisor and to the regional EBT security staff, if necessary, to complete reconciliation.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
After all issuances for a benefit month have been reconciled, state office produces TF-36 and sends copies to the Fiscal Division and the regional director.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors review each SNAP EDG listed on the report to determine how the duplicate issuance occurred (individual error, suspected fraud, coding error), and if applicable, whether the household correctly completed Form H1855, Affidavit for Nonreceipt or Destroyed Food Stamp Benefits, before the duplicate issuance.
| If there is an overpayment and ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| a signed Form H1855, | submit Form H4834, Individual or Recipient Provider Fraud Referral/Status Report, with the original Form H1855 to the regional Office of Program Integrity, Claims Investigation. |
| no signed Form H1855, | initiate a nonfraud recovery. Refer to B-730, How to File an Overpayment Referral. |
After each multiple issuance is reviewed, report individual case findings and recovery actions to the regional TF-36 coordinator.
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
When an ATA issuance cannot be reconciled with the TIERS database, state office generates and sends a TF-07E-01 to the supervisor of the employee who processed the last case action. This report serves as the clearance document to report case findings and actions taken.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors check the case record to determine:
| If the amount of benefits is incorrect because of an ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| overpayment, | initiate recovery. See B-730, How to File an Overpayment Referral. |
| underpayment, | restore benefits. See B-800, Restored Benefits. |
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
HHSC allows only authorized staff with special permissions to enter data onto the ATA. Staff are designated by office and they must ensure that information entered remains confidential.
HHSC controls the level of access by the sign-on ID of the individual user. Designated employees have authorizations that allow updates to all or part of the system. Other users have inquiry access only.
Refer to the Security and Accountability Handbook for additional information on security.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
The EBT regional coordinator for each region reviews information for each user on a monthly basis and provides verification to Lone Star Business Services by the 15th of each month.
Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
An EBT vendor provides supplies of most EBT-related materials, including:
To order vendor-produced items, designated local office staff completes a request for Lone Star materials and sends it to the EBT regional coordinator for secure and non-secure items.
The EBT regional coordinator or authorized regional staff emails the order to the vendor and Lone Star Business Services. Refer to the Security and Accountability Handbook for specific requirements for security and accountability of Lone Star Cards.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
After HHSC certifies an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), the advisor uses specific procedures to maintain the Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account and resolve problems.
For information about establishing accounts, see B-200, Issuing Benefits.
Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
When a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) household moves out of state before the end of the month, advisors must cancel the next month's benefits.
When a TANF household moves out of state on or after the first of the month but before accessing that month's TANF benefits, the cardholder should use the Lone Star Card to access the TANF benefits at retailers in other states. See B-350, Using Benefits Out of State.
If the cardholder cannot find a retailer that accepts the Lone Star Card, HHSC may mail a benefit conversion warrant (full month's benefit amount only) to the household's new address. The advisor determines if the household accessed that month's benefits via Administrative Terminal Application (ATA) inquiry. Determine if the household accessed that month’s benefits by performing Administrative Terminal (AT) inquiry.
When the agency receives the report of the move:
Use the following chart to determine the correct action on the next month's benefits.
| If the household is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| ineligible for the next month's benefits because the household left the state before the end of the previous month, | cancel the next month's benefits. |
| eligible for the next month's benefit but unable to use the Lone Star Card out of state, |
|
Do not consider a benefit cancelled until you confirm it as cancelled via TIERS inquiry.
See A-2533.1, Deleting Months When TANF Benefits are Cancelled or Recouped, when cancelling benefits for an individual whose months count toward a time limit.
HHSC cannot cancel benefits in a food account once the availability date is reached.
When the agency receives a report that the individual moved out of state, follow policy in A-740, Moves Out of Texas, and A-750, Temporary Visits Out of Texas, to determine whether to consider the move temporary or permanent. If the move is permanent, deny the EDG.
The cardholder can use the Lone Star Card to access benefits at retailers in other states. See B-350.
Use the TIERS Benefit Issuance – Maintain EBT Benefits – EBT Cancellation pages to cancel the next month’s benefits.
Do not consider a benefit cancelled until it is confirmed as cancelled via TIERS inquiry.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If an individual returns a warrant,
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
HHSC issues benefits via warrant or EBT. Staff replaces TANF warrants in certain situations and TANF or SNAP benefits issued via EBT in rare situations.
Related Policy
Destroyed Food, B-344
Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004
EBT systems and procedures are designed to minimize loss and theft of individual benefits. As a result, HHSC is rarely liable for a replacement due to loss of benefits from an EBT account.
HHSC replaces benefits issued via EBT when lost through unauthorized use of the account only if the loss occurred:
Do not replace benefits withdrawn from an account before the individual reports the Lone Star Card lost or stolen.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
If a person receiving EBT reports benefits are stolen or lost from the individual's EBT account, refer the person to the Lone Star help desk. The help desk staff researches the account credits and debits and works with state office staff to determine if any unauthorized use occurred. If state office staff determines a replacement is due because of unauthorized access or card issuance error, the replacement is authorized. See B-382.2, Balance Disputes, for resolution procedures.
If a loss occurs because of a card/PIN issuance error, go through regional channels to contact state office Lone Star Business Services (LSBS) by email at EBT_Operations@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If an individual reports that a warrant was lost, stolen, or not received, check TIERS inquiry to see if the warrant was returned to Fiscal Management Services (FMS). If necessary, update the individual’s address in TIERS.
When the warrant is returned to state office, FMS staff checks inquiry for a new address and immediately re-mails the check.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Send Form H1008-A, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-Receipt of Warrant, to FMS if:
Exception: Send Form H1008-A immediately if it is obvious that a warrant was stolen or destroyed. Indicate under "Comments" the reason for this special processing request.
The advisor may:
To check on the status of Form H1008-A, the advisor may call Fiscal Management at 512-487-3435.
After receiving Form H1008-A, FMS:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If the warrant was not returned to FMS or cashed, FMS:
If the individual reports receipt of the original warrant after the advisor sends Form H1008-A, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-receipt of Warrant, call FMS at 512-487-3435 to discontinue the inquiry/replacement process. Instruct the individual not to cash the warrant until Fiscal Division notifies the advisor that it discontinued the replacement process.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If the warrant was cashed, Fiscal Division:
The advisor:
| If the advisor determines the warrant was ... | then the advisor ... |
|---|---|
| forged, |
|
| not forged, | sends only Form 6059-A to FMS. |
FMS:
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
If a household reports nonreceipt of a one-time payment, use the procedures in this section to reissue the benefits.
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
If a household reports it did not receive the one-time grandparent payment, the advisor:
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
Use Form H1008-A, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-Receipt of Warrant, to request reissuance of lost or stolen OTTANF warrants.
The advisor may fax Form H1008-A to FMS at 512-487-3400. Write "OTTANF" across the top of the form.
Revision 01-5; Effective July 1, 2001
A household disaster may result from a fire, flood, tornado, accident, or other similar events that affect only that household or any number of households. Do not consider damage or destruction resulting from household neglect, such as damaged caused by pets or children, as a disaster.
When the individual reports that food purchased with SNAP benefits was destroyed in a household disaster, issue a replacement unless
There is no limit on the number of replacements for destroyed food.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
To issue a replacement for destroyed food, take the following steps:
| Step | Action |
|---|---|
| 1 | Require the head of household, spouse, or responsible household member to sign Form H1855, Affidavit for Nonreceipt of/Destroyed Food Stamp Benefits. The advisor may mail Form H1855 to the individual for signature if no responsible household member can come to the office because of
|
| 2 | Verify the disaster and date by contacting a collateral source, such as the fire department or Red Cross, or by visiting the individual's home. |
| 3 | Issue a replacement benefit via TIERS – Benefit Issuance – Request Manual Issuance.
Note: Authorized staff receive an alert to approve the issuance. |
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Texans who leave the state should be able to use the Lone Star Card to access TANF benefits at retailers in other states.
People from other states may use EBT cards to access TANF benefits at retailers in Texas. When local office staff receive inquiries, advise the cardholder to try the card at stores that accept EBT cards in Texas. If it does not work, advise the person to contact the help desk of the state that issued the card.
Texans who leave the state can use the Lone Star Card to access SNAP benefits at retailers in other states.
People from other states may use their EBT cards to access SNAP benefits at retailers in Texas. When local office staff receive inquiries, advise the cardholder to try the card at stores in Texas that accept SNAP benefits. If it does not work, advise the person to contact the help desk of the state that issued the card.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If the household reports a move or temporary absence from Texas, follow the policy in A-740, Moves Out of Texas, and A-750, Temporary Visits Out of Texas, to determine whether to consider the move temporary or permanent.
The cardholder should be able to use the Lone Star Card to access benefits at retailers in other states. Advise the individual of the following:
Note: If the individual reports that the individual does not have a Lone Star Card, advise the individual to contact the Lone Star Help Desk.
If the household reports a move or temporary absence from Texas, follow the policy in A-740 and A-750 to determine whether to consider the move temporary or permanent.
The cardholder can use the Lone Star Card to access benefits at retailers in other states. Advise the individual of the following:
Note: If the individual reports that the individual does not have a Lone Star Card, advise the individual to contact the Lone Star Help Desk.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Cardholders can use the Lone Star Card out of state. As a result, some households may continue to use benefits without reporting an out-of-state move. Households receiving benefits in Texas who shop out of state consistently, without shopping in Texas, may no longer meet residency requirements. See A-740, Moves Out of Texas, and A-750, Temporary Visits Out of Texas.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
State office produces a Non-Border OSS Report and a Border OSS Report monthly. Both reports list Lone Star Card usage for households that:
The Border OSS Report lists households with Lone Star Card usage in states that border Texas (Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico). The Non-Border OSS Report lists households with Lone Star Card use in states that do not border Texas.
State office sends the Non-Border OSS report to Eligibility Operations each month for appropriate action as a potential change in Texas residence. This data also is included in a combined Data Broker report if the OSS occurred in the prior 12 months.
The Border OSS Report is not sent to Eligibility Operations each month for clearance. The data is included in a combined Data Broker report if the OSS occurred in the prior 12 months. EDGs that appear on the Border OSS Report must be cleared at a complete action after a household submits an application or redetermination.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Clearing Non-Border OSS Report Activity at a Change Action
Send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting verification of the household's address.
Exception: Clearing Non-Border OSS activity as a change action is not required when the household's most recent OSS activity occurred in the:
Clearing Non-Border OSS Report Activity at a Complete Action
The household must provide verification of the household's address when:
The interview/desk review month is month zero.
Note: Act on any associated Medical Program(s) as appropriate.
After a household has been asked to provide verification of the household's address, take the following action.
| If the ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| household provides verification of the household’s address, | determine continued eligibility for all programs based on residency requirements. |
| household does not provide verification of the household’s address, | deny the SNAP EDG and any associated TANF/Medical Program EDGs for failure to provide information. |
| agency receives returned mail with no forwarding address and the household cannot be located, | deny the SNAP EDG for failure to provide information and any associated TANF/Medical Program EDGs for unable to locate. |
The requirement to clear the Border OSS Report only applies at a complete action. This report must be cleared at a complete action when a household submits an application or redetermination and the OSS activity in the report makes the household’s address questionable.
Example: A household living in Texas near the Arkansas border and shopping in Arkansas may not be questionable. A household living in Austin and shopping in Arkansas would be questionable.
When a household’s address is questionable, follow the policy outlined above for clearing a Non-Border OSS Report Activity at a Complete Action. If necessary, send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting verification of the household's address.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If a Texas individual who is out of state reports that the individual’s Lone Star Card was lost or stolen, advise the individual to contact the Lone Star Help Desk at 1-800-777-7EBT (1-800-777-7328).
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
The EBT system changes an account status to dormant when a cardholder does not access the account for a specified period depending on:
The EBT system notifies TIERS when changing the account status to dormant. TIERS does not place the EDG in suspense status if the EBT account becomes dormant.
The cardholder has access to the EBT account after it is dormant.
The EBT system changes an account status to dormant when a cardholder does not access the account for three months.
The EBT system changes an account status to dormant if a cardholder does not access the account for:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Advisors take no action on EBT accounts that become dormant.
Exception: For Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) EDGs, if the advisor verifies the EBT account is dormant, the advisor must attempt to contact the individual to determine if the individual is having trouble accessing the benefits. Advisors mail Form H1030, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Lone Star Card Assistance.
If the individual fails to contact the advisor by the due date on Form H1030, the advisor must attempt to contact the individual by telephone. If the individual does not respond to either Form H1030 or to telephone calls, advisors take no further action. Advisors must document all attempts to contact the individual.
Related Policy
Shortening Certification Periods as a Result of a Change, B-638
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Expungement is a process in which HHSC removes unused TANF or SNAP benefits from an EBT account and returns them to the state or federal government.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
HHSC expunges TANF benefits if:
The availability period is two fiscal years after the benefit was issued. HHSC expunges these benefits at the end of each fiscal year (August 31).
HHSC expunges:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Explain expungement policy to people who inquire about these benefits.
Except for death denials, inform people who dispute the expungement or believe it was in error that their dispute will be routed to the Regional EBT Coordinator for review. Within two business days of receiving the dispute, the Regional EBT Coordinator will inform the person of the outcome.
Staff is responsible for expungements resulting from death denials.
If the expungement resulted from an erroneously processed denial, restore benefits within one business day of discovering the error. Using a manual issuance in TIERS:
Related Policy
Expungement Policy, B-371
Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004
The local office uses the following procedures to handle EBT-related inquiries from retailers and individuals.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Refer retailers who:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
If a person contacts the local office to question an account balance, resolve the question if it relates to eligibility. If the question does not relate to eligibility, refer the person to the Lone Star Help Desk (800-777-7EBT or 800-777-7328). People can also call the help desk for questions, such as transaction history and discrepancies with retailers.
A household has 90 calendar days from the date the error occurred in an EBT transaction to request an adjustment. The EBT vendor reviews the request and notifies the household of the vendor’s determination. Within 10 business days the EBT vendor must:
After receiving written notice of the EBT vendor’s decision, if the person disagrees with the decision, they may contact Lone Star Business Services for a second review.
The household retains the right to a fair hearing.
Related Policy
Advisor Procedures for Expunged Benefits, B-372
Balance Disputes, B-382.2
Fair Hearings, B-1000.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
TANF and SNAP
Contact the local office site coordinator for situations such as:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
If the individual reports an account balance dispute to the local eligibility determination office, determine if the individual contacted the Lone Star Help Desk.
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| yes, | forward the complaint to Lone Star Business Services by email at EBT_Operations@hhsc.state.tx.us. |
| no, | refer the individual to the Lone Star Help Desk at 800-777-7EBT. |
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When a person reports any problem with a retailer, other than an account balance dispute, forward it to the Lone Star Business Services by email at EBT_Operations@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
When a person reports a problem with an EBT vendor, forward it to the Lone Star Business Services by email at EBT_Operations@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Revision 11-2; Effective April 1, 2011
Document the reason for:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A student in higher education is one who is enrolled at least half-time (as defined by the institution) in a college or university curriculum that offers degree programs, regardless of whether a high school diploma is required for admittance, or at a business, technical, trade or vocational school that normally requires a high school diploma or equivalent for admittance.
Student higher education policy does not apply to individuals:
Enrollment begins the first day of the first school term. For example, a high school senior might be accepted by a college and register for classes before graduation; however, the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) does not consider the student enrolled until the first day of the college term.
Once enrolled, HHSC considers the student enrolled through vacation and recess, until the student graduates, is expelled, drops out, or does not intend to register for the next usual term, excluding summer school. A student remains enrolled between terms, breaks, and during summer vacations unless the student does not intend to return to school the next term.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
A student qualifies for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) if the student meets at least one of the followings:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A student who does not meet the student eligibility requirements is not a member of the household. Do not count the student's income and resources for the remaining household members. If an ineligible student is also disqualified for another reason, the student is treated as a disqualified member.
If an ineligible student is also disqualified for another reason, the student is treated as a disqualified member. Advisors follow resource policy in A-1210, General Policy, and income policy in A-1362, Disqualified Members.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Eligible students are exempt from work registration during the regular school term. This exemption continues between terms, breaks and through scheduled school vacations for students who remain enrolled.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Staff must verify self-employment hours of students who work at least a weekly average of 20 hours and earn at least the federal minimum hourly wage. If the student does not provide verification by the due date, the student will be denied for failure to provide and is considered an ineligible student, unless they meet another student eligibility requirement as described in B-412, Student Eligibility Requirements.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors must document the student's eligibility, if questionable.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
FDPIR is a food distribution program that provides commodity foods to low-income households living on an Indian reservation, and to Native American families residing near reservations. The Indian tribe administers this program under approval from the Food and Nutrition Service (FNS). Households eligible for the FDPIR receive a monthly food package based on the number of household members. The only tribe approved in Texas is the Alabama-Coushatta Tribe of Texas in Polk County.
Individuals cannot participate simultaneously in SNAP and FDPIR. An Indian Tribal Household eligible for both programs may participate in only one of the programs of its choice for a given month. The household may switch from one program to the other, but benefits must be ended in one program before certifying the household for the other program. Benefits in the new program can be issued for the month after benefits end in the previous program.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
HHSC staff must identify household members receiving duplicate benefits with SNAP and FDPIR. The household can be denied from either program. If duplicate participation occurs, a household overpayment occurs for the program that was certified for benefits last. HHSC staff must send an overpayment referral to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) if the overpayment occurred in SNAP.
The Livingston HHSC office receives a list of certified FDPIR households each month.
HHSC staff must:
Related Policy
How to File an Overpayment Referral, B-730
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Any member disqualified from SNAP for an IPV is also disqualified from participating in the FDPIR program. Likewise, any member disqualified from FDPIR for an IPV is also disqualified from participation in SNAP for the full length of the IPV disqualification period. Advisors follow policy in B-940, Texas Works (TW) Responsibilities.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an Indian Tribal Household chooses to receive SNAP, staff must contact the Alabama-Coushatta FDPIR staff to verify that the household does not receive FDPIR before determining SNAP eligibility.
Note: Alabama is the only other state that can be entered in the Out of State Benefit Logical Unit of Work in this situation, and advisors must document the facts in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Case Comments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For Indian Tribal Households switching from SNAP to FDPIR, staff must:
Related Policy
Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC staff must contact Alabama-Coushatta FDPIR staff to verify that the household does not receive FDPIR and whether there is a current FDPIR IPV before determining SNAP eligibility for any Indian Tribal Household living in Polk County.
FDPIR staff must contact the Livingston HHSC office to verify the household does not receive SNAP and to verify any current SNAP IPV disqualification before certifying the household for FDPIR.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 01-1; Effective January 1, 2001
An elderly person is someone who is age 60 or older as of the last day of the month.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following people are considered to have a disability:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Social Security Administration (SSA) considers that any of the following 12 conditions result in permanent disability:
If the individual already receives SSI or Social Security blindness or disability payments, or the disability is obvious to the advisor (such as amputation of leg at hip), the advisor does not require additional verification. Other conditions may require the opinion of a physician. Advisors use Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, in these instances.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Households containing members who are elderly or who have a disability receive special treatment. The special provisions are:
Exception: Households with members who are disqualified for not meeting SSN requirements, alien status requirements or for reaching ABAWD time limits are ineligible for an uncapped excess shelter deduction. Household members who are disqualified for another reason are eligible for the uncapped excess shelter deduction when there is a member of the household who is elderly or has a disability.
Related Policy
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Medical Deduction, A-1428
Shelter Costs, A-1429
Deduction Amounts, C-121.1
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Verify that a household member:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
Revision 05-1; Effective January 1, 2005
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Individuals receiving chemical dependency treatment and residing in a facility that conducts a chemical dependency program may be potentially eligible for SNAP, regardless of the number of meals the facility provides, if the treatment facility is an approved institution. A drug and alcohol treatment (D&A) facility is an approved institution if it is either:
- be licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) to operate a chemical dependency treatment facility; or
- have written verification from DSHS that it is a registered faith-based exempt chemical dependency treatment program under Texas Health and Safety Code, Chapter 464, Subchapter C, and also is recognized by DSHS as operating a program that furthers the purposes of Part B of Title XIX of the Public Health Service Act, the rehabilitation of drug addicts and/or alcoholics. The facility does not have to actually receive funds from DSHS.
Individuals residing in D&A facilities that are not approved institutions are potentially eligible for SNAP only if the facility provides half of their meals or less as described in B-490, Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized.
Note: See A-232.2, Disqualified Persons, for disqualification of individuals due to felony drug conviction.
Advisors must evaluate all other eligibility criteria to determine whether a resident of the treatment center is eligible for SNAP.
Advisors determine eligibility following the same income and resource policy as other households. Most time frames and procedures for certifying households apply to residents of treatment facilities. The exceptions are:
Any facility that is disqualified by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) as a retailer or that loses its license from a state agency cannot serve as an AR. If this happens, the advisor must deny all existing SNAP Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) of residents in the facility. The facility may not debit residents' food accounts after the disqualification occurs.
Note: If a treatment center inquires about obtaining a SNAP retailer license from FNS, advisors should refer the center to the USDA FNS at 1-877-823-4369 or https://www.fns.usda.gov/snap/apply-to-accept.
Related Policy
Nonmembers, A-232.1
Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
A group living arrangement (GLA) is a public or private nonprofit residential facility that serves no more than 16 residents. Individuals residing in a GLA facility may be potentially eligible for SNAP, regardless of the number of meals the facility provides, if the GLA facility is an approved institution. A GLA is an approved institution if it is either:
Individuals residing in GLA facilities that are not approved institutions are potentially eligible for SNAP only if the facility provides half of their meals or less as described in B-490, Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized.
Residents who meet the criteria in B-432, Definition of Disability, may be certified under group living arrangements. Eligibility is determined by the same income and resource standards as other households.
The residents of group living arrangements may apply:
If a member of the group wants to apply separately from other GLA residents, the facility makes the decision to let the resident apply separately based on the resident's physical and mental ability. Applications from any individual the facility allows to apply as a one-person household or for any group of residents applying as a household are accepted.
Most time frames and procedures for certifying households apply to group living arrangements. The exceptions are:
Related Policy
Nonmembers, A-232.1
Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
For residents participating in Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) or Group Living Arrangement (GLA) facilities, verify the D&A facility and the GLA facility meet the eligibility criteria.
D&A or GLA facility eligibility certification may be verified by contract documents or certificates of eligibility from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), HHSC, or DSHS. Verify nonprofit status by reviewing a current, valid Internal Revenue Service (IRS) exemption or a document from the Texas State Comptroller of Public Accounts. If the facility is a USDA-certified retailer, the facility's eligibility is verified.
Provide the AR a copy of Form H1851, Reference Guide for Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities. The AR must acknowledge receipt of Form H1851 by signing Form H1846, Facility Authorized Representative Interview. Ensure the AR understands each of the facility's responsibilities.
Ensure the AR has a supply of Form H1852, List of Resident Participants in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). The AR must return this form to HHSC by the fifth day of every month, or the following business day if the fifth is not a business day. Repeated failure to return this form is a program violation. Use Form H1852 to help monitor the facility's compliance with its responsibilities as AR. Complete and send Form H1847, Reminder to Submit Form H1852, when the facility report is three days past due.
Ensure the AR has a supply of Form H1019, Report of Change, and postage-paid envelopes.
HHSC staff and advisors make on-site visits to the facility at least once every six months.
During these visits, use Form H1845, Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facility Review, to document:
Report suspected misuse of SNAP by the facility to the supervisor or program manager. Use Form H1845 or Form H1853, Documentation of Findings for Form H1852, if staff discover the suspected misuse during the monthly evaluation of Form H1852 that the facility returned.
Ensure the facility returns the correct amount of benefits to the person’s Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card. If the facility is unable or unwilling to return the person’s benefits:
Note: If a Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) household moves into a D&A or GLA facility, update the Living Arrangement record to convert the EDG back to SNAP and out of the CBS caseload.
Maintain a D&A or GLA facility case file in the local office for each facility. Keep copies of any forms, reports or supporting documentation in this file.
Related Policy
Residents of Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) Facilities, B-441
Residents of Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-442
Resident Moves Out of a D&A or GLA Facility, B-447
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Information provided each month by facilities on Form H1852, List of Resident Participants in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), must be monitored to ensure that certified residents receive the correct amount of SNAP benefits.
Facilities must return Form H1852 to the office by the fifth day of every month, or the next workday if the fifth day is not a workday. If the facility fails to provide the report, prompt the facility using Form H1847, Reminder to Submit Form H1852, when the report is three business days past due.
Compare the information on the current month's Form H1852 to the information on the previous month's Form H1852 and clear any discrepancies. Consider the following questions in detail:
If the facility fails to report residents who move out or fails to return the Lone Star Card, take action to deny the EDGs following procedures in B-447, Resident Moves Out of a Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facility. Remind facilities of the responsibility as an AR to report moves and return the Lone Star Card within three days of the change. Complete Form H1853, Documentation of Findings for Form H1852, monthly to document findings. If there are no findings, document no findings. Provide a copy of negative findings to the program manager responsible for the facility case file and file a copy in the facility case file.
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
HHSC Benefit Office program managers report misuse of SNAP benefits in facilities certified as retailers by the USDA by sending Form H1853, Documentation of Findings for Form H1852, to:
Texas Health and Human Services Commission
Eligibility Operations - Field
Mail Code 992-6
909 W. 45th Street
Austin, TX 78751
State office makes referrals to the OIG and EBT. The USDA, if necessary, sends a copy to the program manager and subsequently, notification of any action taken.
Do not take any further adverse action on a facility certified by USDA before USDA's action. Compute overissuances for the individual residents as appropriate.
If the investigative unit confirms the report is valid, the investigative unit program manager refers the misuse to the USDA for its information and consideration for prosecution. The investigative unit sends a copy of the referral to the HHSC Benefit Office program manager responsible for the facility case file and notifies the program manager of any action taken by USDA.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Establish the AR as the primary cardholder (PCH) and issue a Lone Star Card to access a resident's benefits in the food account. Allow the AR to select a PIN through the Lone Star Help Desk Automated Voice Response (AVR) unit or receive a pre-assigned PIN.
Some D&A/GLA facilities are certified by the USDA as SNAP retailers and some are not. Either way, the facility serves as AR and is responsible for the use of SNAP benefits of all residents who participate in SNAP (except for some GLAs). Benefits issued via EBT for residents of these D&A/GLA facilities are handled according to one of the following three methods (1A, 1B, or 2):
Note: GLAs do not always serve as AR for each resident. If the GLA employee is not listed as a GLA-AR on a resident's SNAP EDG:
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
The Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) /Group Living Arrangement (GLA) facility acting as AR must:
The resident and AR both must sign the application form.
The facility, acting as an AR, is liable if it knowingly commits a program violation to obtain SNAP benefits for a resident.
The facility must maintain a sufficient supply of required forms. Form H1852, Form H1019/H1019-S and HHSC return envelopes may be obtained from the local eligibility determination office and will be offered to the AR at each certification.
Related Policy
Use of SNAP Benefits by Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) /Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities Which Serve as SNAP Authorized Representative (AR), B-445.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC restricts how the D&A/GLA facility may use the resident's benefits as explained in B-445.1.1, Account Access, through B-445.1.4, Residents Moving Out Before the 16th of a Month. The advisor must inform the facility AR of these rules during the interview and provide them with Form H1851, Reference Guide for Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
HHSC issues a Lone Star Card to the facility AR and enables the AR to select a PIN through the pin pad in the local office or the Lone Star Help Desk. HHSC allows the AR access only to benefits issued for a month the person is a facility resident. The facility may have one person serve as AR to apply for the resident and another to serve as AR or PCH and use the Lone Star Card.
Note: When the D&A or GLA facility is the AR, it is responsible for all benefits in an account. Therefore, security of the card and PIN is as important to them as it is to an individual not in a facility.
A D&A or GLA facility AR may access benefits issued to a resident's food account only when HHSC is unable to issue benefits with the facility as AR for a month the resident is residing in the facility because that month's benefits were already issued to the resident's food account and the resident wants to allow the facility access to those previously issued benefits. The resident, not the facility AR, has the following options:
For facilities that are not USDA-certified retailers, the resident may:
To establish the facility AR as secondary cardholder in this situation:
For facilities that are USDA-certified retailers, the resident can:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 201 3
The D&A/GLA facility must return the facility AR's card for each resident who moves out within three days of the move.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
When a resident moves out of the D&A or GLA facility, the facility must return all unspent benefits issued to the AR's account regardless of when the resident moves out, even if it means returning all of the resident's benefits. D&A and GLA facilities are not allowed to spend a resident's benefits after the resident moves out.
To return unspent benefits after a resident moves out, the facility returns the AR's EBT card and ensures that the account contains all unspent benefits. For purposes of this policy, "spent" means the facility used the EBT Card to access the resident's benefits before the resident moved out.
If the facility accesses benefits that it is not allowed to use, the facility must return the benefits to the account. USDA-certified facilities can return benefits using the POS device to process a return on the account or via communication with an EBT vendor. Facilities not certified as retailers by USDA must ask the store to process a return on the resident's account using the AR's EBT card on the store's POS device.
If the retailer is unable to restore benefits to the EBT card, initiate a claim against the facility by sending Form H1096, Notification Letter, and sending Form H1095, Treatment Facility Fraud Referral, to the OIG Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) mailbox and restore benefits to the person.
Related Policy
Restored Benefits, B-800
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The D&A/GLA facility must return at least half of the monthly allotment for residents who move out before the 16th of a month. Therefore, even though the facility can access more than half of the monthly allotment before the 16th, it is not good practice to do so.
The D&A/GLA facility AR knows the full allotment amount from the individual notice. If the EDG has recoupment, the advisor must notify the facility AR so the AR can use the Lone Star Help Desk AVR system (1-800-777-7EBT) to verify monthly benefits.
When using a resident's benefits, D&A/GLA facilities without a POS device must be cautious to ensure they do not use more than half of a month's allotment before the 16th of the month, because they have no POS device to process a return if they spend more than half of a resident's allotment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must process SNAP EDGs for residents in D&A/GLA facilities using one of the following three procedures, depending on the resident's situation at application.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Note: Because the PCH must use biographical data to access PIN selection through the Lone Star Help Desk, the EBT issuance staff must enter the PCH record using Form H1175, EBT Change Request. TIERS does not collect biographical data on D&A or GLA facility ARs. Therefore, TIERS cannot send this information to the EBT system.
At the time of disposition, staff must ensure that TIERS has successfully included the PCH record for the facility AR by reviewing the Issuance – Details page and the Alternate Payee – Summary page.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors follow policy in B-446.1, New Resident (or Denied Resident with No Benefits in an Electronic Benefit Transfer [EBT] Account) Who Moves into a D&A/GLA Facility and Applies for SNAP, except the D&A/GLA facility representative is added as AR for the existing SNAP EDG and the SNAP EDG is certified if it is currently denied.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Staff assign the resident a new SNAP EDG number and certify the resident using the new EDG number to establish a separate EBT food account as a resident of a D&A or GLA facility with a facility AR.
Staff enter the facility AR’s information in the Authorized Representative page and indicate in the Issuance – Details page that there is an alternate payee. Complete the subsequent Alternate Payee – Summary page.
Staff complete and submit Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, and Form H1175, EBT Change Request, to EBT issuance staff. EBT issuance staff enter additional data to the PCH record for the AR through the EBT system for the new EDG number.
Note: Because the PCH must use biographical data to access PIN selection through the Lone Star Help Desk, EBT issuance staff must send the PCH record using Form H1175. TIERS does not collect biographical data on D&A or GLA facility ARs; therefore, TIERS cannot send this information to the EBT system.
At the time of disposition, staff must ensure TIERS has successfully included the PCH record for the facility AR by reviewing the Issuance – Details page and the Alternate Payee – Summary page.
Related Policy
New Resident (or Denied Resident with No Benefits in an Electronic Benefit Transfer [EBT] Account) Who Moves into a D&A or GLA Facility and Applies for SNAP, B-446.1
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Staff follow these procedures when the resident moves out of the facility;
Staff must report violations as noted in B-443.1, Advisor Responsibilities.
Note: If staff fail to remove the AR before denying the EDG, establish a new PCH by completing Part II of Form H1175 to update the PCH record.
Note: Because the PCH must use biographical data to access PIN selection through the Lone Star Help Desk, EBT issuance staff must enter additional data to the PCH record using Part II of the Form H1175. TIERS does not collect biographical data on D&A or GLA facility ARs; therefore, TIERS cannot send this information to the EBT system.
At the time of disposition, staff must ensure that TIERS has successfully included the PCH record for the new facility AR by reviewing the Issuance – Details page and the Alternate Payee – Summary page.
Related Policy
Returned Lone Star Cards and PIN Packets, B-237
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
To replace an AR, the D&A or GLA facility must provide a written request to HHSC.
If a D&A or GLA facility replaces the AR, the local office may avoid replacing cards for all the residents' accounts. Staff must:
Note: Because the PCH must use biographical data to access PIN selection through the Lone Star Help Desk, EBT issuance staff must send the PCH record using Form H1175. TIERS does not collect biographical data on D&A or GLA facility ARs; therefore, TIERS cannot send this information to the EBT system.
At the time of disposition, staff must ensure that TIERS has successfully included the PCH record for the new facility AR by reviewing the Issuance – Details page and the Alternate Payee – Summary page.
EBT issuance staff securely file the original, signed Form H1175 with the daily paperwork.
Note: Staff must complete a new Form H1846, Facility Authorized Representative Interview, at the first certification interview following replacement of the AR.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify that the GLA meets the eligibility criteria in B-442, Residents of Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Individuals residing in a family violence shelter may be potentially eligible for SNAP, regardless of the number of meals the shelter provides, if the family violence shelter is an approved institution. A family violence shelter is an approved institution if it is either:
Individuals residing in family violence shelters that are not approved institutions are potentially eligible for SNAP only if the facility provides half of their meals or less as described in B-490, Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized.
Residents in eligible family violence shelters may receive SNAP benefits as individual household units or as part of a group of individuals like any other household.
Residents in family violence shelters may apply for SNAP and use SNAP benefits on their own behalf. They may also appoint a shelter representative or another person to act as AR and/or secondary cardholder.
Resident households must meet the same income and resource standards as other households. Resources held jointly with the person who abused the individual are considered as inaccessible. Room payments to the shelter are considered as shelter expenses. These households have the same rights to notices of adverse action, fair hearing, and lost benefits as other households. Residents should be registered for work unless otherwise exempt.
The usual processing standards for initial and later eligibility decisions, handling reported changes and other actions, and usual verification and documentation requirements apply to residents in shelters for battered persons.
Related Policy
Nonmembers, A-232.1
Determining Whether an Individual Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Family violence shelters that provide meals must be public or private nonprofit residential facilities that serve victims of family violence. If a facility serves other people, part of the facility must be set aside on a long-term basis to serve only family violence victims.
Advisors must verify the shelter's status as a nonprofit organization by seeing a current certificate from the IRS or a document from the Texas State Comptroller of Public Accounts. If the shelter is a USDA-certified retailer, the shelter's eligibility is verified.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Individual households may use their SNAP benefits to buy meals prepared for them at a shelter that is a USDA-certified retailer.
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
Employees of facilities that are USDA-certified retailers may not be authorized to serve as AR/secondary cardholders unless HHSC decides that there are no other representatives available.
If the shelter is not a USDA-certified retailer, the household may authorize a shelter representative as secondary cardholder.
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
A shelter resident can qualify for a duplicate SNAP benefit in a single month if:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must take action to remove the resident from the former household's case.
Special certification procedures based on entries made on the Living Arrangements screen allow duplicate participation until the resident is removed from the former household. The advisor must establish a new SNAP case and food account for the individual whether or not the individual is the case name or has a Lone Star Card on the previous case. The individual must complete a new Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits.
If the individual has not been removed from the former case, the advisor must:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Eligible individuals and their spouses may use SNAP benefits to purchase prepared meals through communal dining or meal delivery services authorized by FNS.
To be eligible, a household member must:
Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012
Homeless individuals may use SNAP benefits to purchase prepared meals from meal providers authorized by FNS.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The Lone Star Card does not identify people qualifying for communal dining, meal delivery, or homeless people eligible for prepared meals. Use Form H1175, EBT Change Request, to send the primary cardholder (PCH) record and indicate in the endorsement box of Form H1175 either:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a meal-provider representative contacts HHSC about certification procedures, the advisor should refer the meal-provider representative to the EBT coordinator to approve these providers.
The EBT coordinator must ensure through discussion with the meal provider that the establishment:
If the meal provider meets these requirements, the EBT coordinator will:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| SNAP Recipient | Communal Dining (Public or Nonprofit Private) | Meal Delivery | Homeless Meal Provider (Public or Nonprofit Private) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Age 60 or older, not homeless | XX | XX | ||
| SSI recipient who is under age 60, not homeless | XX | XX | ||
| Under age 60, not an SSI recipient, housebound, a person with physical disabilities, or has disabilities to the extent they are unable to adequately prepare own meals | XX | |||
| Homeless only | XX | |||
| Homeless age 60 or older | XX | XX | XX | |
| Homeless SSI recipient who is under age 60 | XX | XX | XX | |
| Endorsement status allowed to purchase from meal provider | Codes C,E | Codes C,M,E | Codes H,E | |
|
Codes: M – Housebound or a member with a disability authorized to purchase from meal delivery service. |
||||
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When replacing a lost or damaged ID card, the advisor must:
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Categorically eligible households are subject to fewer eligibility requirements than other SNAP households. HHSC uses special procedures to process applications from persons who potentially meet the categorical eligibility criteria. Categorical eligibility does not mean the applicants automatically receive SNAP.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
SNAP households meet categorical eligibility criteria if:
This also includes households that have:
The household is not categorically eligible if:
For TANF-NC, a household is not categorically eligible if one or more members has a current SNAP IPV disqualification. If the household meets the combined resource limit of $5,000 for liquid assets and excess vehicle value, the household is still authorized to receive TANF-NC, and their remaining resources are exempt. The household is not exempt from the gross/net income limits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Categorically eligible households are not subject to the resource or gross/net income limits. These households are exempt from verification requirements regarding:
TANF-NC categorically eligible households are not subject to the gross/net income limits. Once the household passes the resource criteria for TANF-NC, the remaining non-liquid resources are exempt. TANF-NC categorically eligible households must comply with all other eligibility criteria.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-1210
Limits, A-1220
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-433
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow these procedures when processing a joint application for TANF and/or SSI and SNAP:
| If the TANF/SSI application is pending and the household... | then ... |
|---|---|
| is eligible for SNAP without meeting categorical eligibility criteria, | certify the SNAP application as soon as possible. Follow normal SNAP time frames. |
| will not be eligible for SNAP unless the TANF or SSI application is granted, |
delay denial of the SNAP EDG. Pend the SNAP application for up to 30 days awaiting the TANF/SSI decision. If the TANF/SSI application is denied on or before the 30th day, deny the SNAP application immediately. If the TANF/SSI application is granted by the 30th day, certify for SNAP as soon as possible. Prorate from the SNAP application date. If the TANF/SSI application is still pending by the 30th day:
If the TANF/SSI application is granted after the 30th day:
|
* When prorating from the effective date of TANF/SSI benefits, use this date as the new SNAP file date. The effective date of benefits for TANF is the earlier of the certification date or 30 days after the file date. The effective date of benefits for SSI applicants is the:
Advisors must verify the SSI benefit effective date by viewing the award letter or by running Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) or the State Online Query (SOLQ).
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
CBS is a centralized section that processes certain types of cases statewide.
Related Policy
Specialized and Centralized Casework Units, C-1471
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
CBS administers SNAP and Medical Programs for several individual groups. For information concerning the SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP), which is one of the programs that CBS administers, see B-475, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP).
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
CBS administers SNAP for:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For the SNAP-SSI caseload, Texas is operating under a waiver that allows the state to process both timely and untimely redeterminations without an interview.
CBS staff may complete a redetermination for SNAP-SSI EDGs without an interview except in the following situations:
Advisors cannot deny redetermination households for a missed appointment, except for a case with earned income. For the other two situations, staff must schedule an appointment and attempt to conduct an interview but continue to process the redetermination application if the household misses the appointment. If the household is ineligible, the EDG must be denied for the appropriate reason rather than a missed appointment.
If the household submits a redetermination application by the last day of the last benefit month, no interview is required. If the file date falls after the last day of the last benefit month, an interview is required. These households may be denied for a missed appointment.
For untimely submitted redetermination applications, the initial application processing time frames are used, as stated in B-124, Processing Untimely Redeterminations.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If more information is needed from the household to complete the redetermination, the advisor must attempt to contact the household immediately by telephone to obtain the information. If unable to reach the household by telephone, the advisor must mail Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, with the advisor’s telephone number, advising the household to call the advisor on a specific date and time, along with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, clearly explaining the information/verification that is required.
Combining the pending information notice and the appointment notice in one envelope will help staff complete the redetermination timely, rather than waiting to schedule the appointment later if the household fails to provide requested information. The advisor should mail Form H1830-I, Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews), the same day the EDG is identified as one that must be scheduled for an interview, or no later than the next workday.
Households must be allowed the usual 10 days to provide the missing information/verification.
If the household member misses the scheduled appointment, a missed appointment notice is not required. The advisor should continue to attempt to process the EDG without an interview.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
While processing SNAP-SSI redeterminations, advisors may notice inconsistent or discrepant information (including management problems). If this occurs, the advisor must contact the household (and pend the EDG if necessary) to resolve the inconsistency. If unable to reach the household by telephone, the advisor must mail Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, with the advisor’s telephone number, advising the household to call the advisor on a specific date and time, along with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, clearly explaining the information/verification that is required.
For the SNAP-SSI population, advisors should pay careful attention to shelter costs since this area historically is the most prone to quality control errors. Advisors should establish the actual costs the individual pays, review the current application's reported expenses compared to the previous entries, and resolve any inconsistencies or discrepant information.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
With the exception of cases with earned income, the policy on scheduling an interview before denying a household's request to recertify SNAP benefits is a federal condition of HHSC's waiver approval. The policy helps to ensure the household has a chance to explore continued eligibility before being denied. Additionally, staff must review facts about the EDG, the household's income and all possible deductions for which the household may be eligible, especially ones that are not as commonly claimed, such as medical transportation costs or adult dependent care costs.
If staff determine that the household appears ineligible while processing the SNAP-SSI redetermination, staff must attempt to conduct an interview before the EDG can be denied. Staff must call the household to conduct the interview if a phone number is available. If unable to reach the household by phone, staff must mail Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, notifying the household to call to complete the interview. Form H1830 must be mailed the same day, or no later than the next workday, when the EDG is identified as one that requires an interview. Staff must continue to attempt to process the redetermination, and deny if ineligible using normal processing time frames.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
CBS administers medical programs for:
Related Policy
Centralized Benefit Services, B-540
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Policy for TP 70 — Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY), is explained in Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Policy for type Assistance (TA) 77 — Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE), is explained in Part F, Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Policy for TA 66 — Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive, and TA 67 — MBCC, is explained in Part X, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC).
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Policy for TA 82 — Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC), is explained in Part E, Former Foster Care Children (FFCC).
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
EDGs are converted to CBS when all members meet all SNAP eligibility requirements that pertain to categorically eligible households, receive SSI, and no individual is disqualified for:
Note: Additionally, in order to be eligible for conversion to the SNAP-SSI caseload, no individual can reside in a group living arrangement, drug/alcohol treatment center or boarding house, or have earned income, including self-employment income.
After the local office completes an initial certification, an automated process converts EDGs that meet the criteria to CBS. The automated process occurs monthly at cutoff. The individual is mailed a notice to inform the individual:
The notice includes contact information. Field staff continue to accept changes and complete case actions until the EDG converts to CBS.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
SNAP and Medical Programs
Local office staff may fax changes to CBS. The vendor will create a task for online or mailed changes.
Related Policy
Reporting Requirements, B-620
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
See procedures in B-243, Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) Cases, for CBS individuals who request card or PIN replacements.
Replacement or temporary medical care ID cards (Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification; Form H1027-B, Medicaid Eligibility Verification - MQMB; and Form H1027-C, Medicaid Eligibility Verification - QMB) must be issued by local eligibility determination offices. The individual can print an image of the medical care identification card and request a replacement online through YourTexasBenefits.com, or call 1-855-827-3748 to request a replacement.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The CBS section:
The CBS section also returns untimely redetermination EDGs received in the month after the last benefit month to the task queue and documents in TIERS Case Comments the reason for return.
Children's MedicaiD – CBS moves completed Medicaid determinations, both active and denied, out of the CBS section.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the household reports a change that results in the household no longer meeting CBS caseload criteria, such as the loss of SSI benefits, an addition to the household, or moving into a GLA, then CBS staff move the EDG out of the CBS caseload.
Before moving the EDG out of the CBS caseload, CBS must take appropriate action based on the following criteria:
| If the household's certification period is in ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| month 1-11, | if benefits:
|
| month 12-36, | if benefits:
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The local office must perform an inquiry on denied EDGs to ensure the CBS section is not in the process of certifying the EDG.
Note: Advisors must accept Form H1840, SNAP Food Benefits Renewal Form, if received at the local office and the CBS SNAP EDG certification period has expired.
The local office must coordinate with CBS to determine the effective date of certification when a youth certified for TP 70, TA 82, or TP 44 (Medicaid coverage to eligible youths in the custody of or released from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department), or an adult certified for TA 67, applies for Medicaid.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must mail Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to households who do not have a face-to-face interview, unless Form H0025 is requested through the Voter Registration Information Individual Demographic screen.
If the individual contacts the local office to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, the advisor should mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the individual for a signature. The advisor sends the completed Form H1350 for imaging and retains the form for 22 months.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
SNAP-CAP is a demonstration project to outreach older SSI recipients not currently certified for SNAP. Single SNAP-CAP households are certified for either a $55 or $122 standard SNAP-CAP allotment based on their reported monthly shelter expense.
If the household reports that the monthly shelter expense is less than $440 per month, the monthly SNAP-CAP allotment is $55. If the household reports that the monthly shelter expense is more than or equal to $ 440 per month, the monthly SNAP-CAP allotment is $122.
To be eligible for SNAP-CAP, an individual must:
Additionally, an individual is not eligible to participate in SNAP-CAP if the person:
No other regular SNAP eligibility criteria apply to SNAP-CAP. Note: People may switch from SNAP to SNAP-CAP as described in B-475.2.2, Switching from the Regular SNAP Program to SNAP-Combined Application Project (CAP).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
State office identifies potential SNAP-CAP recipients via the Texas State Data Exchange (SDX) match process. State office automatically mails a form to individuals potentially eligible for SNAP-CAP. For individuals who previously received SNAP benefits in Texas, the mail out occurs two months after the last month individuals last received benefits in Texas. CBS certifies the SNAP-CAP EDG for 36 months, provides notice of eligibility, and authorizes an EBT account without a face-to-face or telephone interview.
If an individual receives a SNAP-CAP application and also applies for SNAP at the local office, advisors coordinate the application process with CBS staff before making an eligibility decision in the local office to ensure that the individual can make an informed choice about which program the individual prefers. The individual may voluntarily withdraw the other application.
If the spouse of an active SNAP-CAP participant submits an application at the local office, advisors certify the spouse separately from the active SNAP-CAP participant. If the spouse appears potentially eligible for SNAP-CAP, the advisor explains the program and requirements outlined in B-475, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP). The SNAP application may be withdrawn if the individual wants to participate in SNAP-CAP. Refer the individual to 2-1-1. Advisors must document that the individual was informed of the program, but that the individual withdrew the SNAP application.
A SNAP-CAP application returned to a local eligibility determination office must be faxed to the non-expedited fax line at 1-877-447-2839 the same day it is received.
Expedited processing and benefit proration do not apply to the SNAP-CAP program. A standard allotment is issued for the month the application is returned.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Data Broker vendor will receive the monthly SNAP-CAP application file and will notify state office Eligibility Operations of any clients with active out-of-state SNAP IPV disqualifications and felony drug convictions.
State office staff will forward any IPV matches to the Customer Care Center-Electronic Disqualified Recipient System (CCC-eDRS) staff using secure Voltage email at HHSC Office of Eligibility Services CCC Open Investigation (HHSC OES CCC IC) who will complete a secondary verification and then forward a completed Form H1856, SNAP Out-of-State Intentional Program Violations, to OIG at CDU@hhsc.state.tx.us, and document this action in TIERS Case Comments.
OIG Centralized Disqualification Unit (CDU) staff will enter the IPV disqualification data from Form H1856 into TIERS and create a reported change task to notify the advisor of the disqualification. The CBS advisor then takes appropriate action to deny the application/EDG. Note: If CBS staff has not yet processed the application, TIERS will ensure it is denied if the application is subsequently filed and/or processed.
State office also shares any felony drug conviction data matches with CBS. CBS staff must follow policy in A-232.2, Disqualified Persons, to take adverse action.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an SSI recipient receiving regular SNAP benefits wants to switch to SNAP-CAP, the individual must contact CBS staff and request to withdraw from the regular program and apply for SNAP-CAP.
Within 10 days of receipt of the request and determination that the individual meets SNAP-CAP eligibility requirements, CBS staff:
If HHSC fails to take action within 10 days to authorize denial of the regular SNAP EDG for the applicable month, HHSC restores any lost benefits as a result of untimely agency action.
HHSC does not provide a SNAP-CAP application to anyone who does not meet the SNAP-CAP eligibility criteria. CBS also certifies eligible individuals for SNAP-CAP if the individuals submit applications they obtained on their own. CBS will coordinate termination of the individual's participation in regular SNAP, if not already terminated. To avoid duplication of SNAP benefits when an eligible individual requests to switch from the regular SNAP to SNAP-CAP, CBS staff use a file date equal to the first day of the first month the individual qualifies for SNAP-CAP, if that date is later than the date the application form is actually received. CBS staff must document in TIERS Case Comments the reason for the modified file date as compared to the date on the application form.
Note: CBS staff may also cancel a month's regular SNAP issuance in order to expedite the recipient's switch to SNAP-CAP, if it is not too late to cancel that issuance. Refer to B-331, Cancelling Benefits in EBT Accounts.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A SNAP-CAP food unit consists of one person. Married individuals who are both receiving SSI are considered separate households and certified on individual SNAP-CAP EDGs. (See A-231, Who Is Included.)
A SNAP-CAP participant who resides in a household in which other members receive SNAP through the regular program is considered a separate household, regardless of how they purchase and prepare their meals. (See A-232.1, Nonmembers.)
Do not include a SNAP-CAP participant when determining regular SNAP eligibility for other household members. Follow policy in A-1326.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members.
A minor child residing with a SNAP-CAP participant may be certified as SNAP head of household. The SNAP-CAP participant must be listed as the AR on the minor child's EDG. (See A-231.)
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
SSI eligibility is verified weekly via the SNAP-CAP participant's SDX record.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors follow policy in A-1429, Shelter Costs, for separate households sharing shelter expenses, including standard utility allowance (SUA)/basic utility allowance (BUA), if applicable.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
SNAP-CAP participants are not required to report changes. CBS processes shelter and address changes reported by SNAP-CAP participants.
CBS will mail Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to the individual when the individual reports a change of address. If the individual contacts CBS to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, CBS will mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the individual for a signature. After the household returns Form H1350, the advisor sends the form for imaging and retains the image for 22 months.
State office uses SDX records to automatically update individual information on a weekly basis. The weekly SDX update results in a SNAP-CAP EDG denial if the individual no longer receives SSI, dies or moves to a nursing home.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CBS authorizes a SNAP-CAP participant's EBT account. Replacement EBT cards may be obtained from local eligibility determination offices if the local office replacement criteria are met. Advisors follow policy in B-235.1, Lone Star Card Replacement Procedures, to determine whether the SNAP-CAP participant can get a replacement card locally or must obtain it from the Lone Star Help Desk.
Follow policy in B-362, Advisor Action on Dormant Accounts, when a SNAP-CAP EDG is dormant.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Follow policy in B-1000, Fair Hearings.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Staff file an overpayment referral when a household receives benefits it is not entitled to receive. This may occur based on agency error, applicant or recipient error or misunderstanding, through fraud or an Intentional Program Violation (IPV). OIG receives the overpayment referral and establishes a claim if the referral is valid.
SNAP-CAP households are subject to overpayment referrals and claims. Households may repay benefits through either recoupment or restitution. Recoupment is a method of recovering an overpayment claim by withholding a portion of the household's benefits. Restitution is a method of recovering an overpayment claim by the receipt of payments from the household paid to HHSC.
Related Policy
Claims, B-700
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
State office automatically mails Form H1842, SNAP-CAP Renewal Application, two months before the last benefit month. To reapply in a timely manner, the individual must submit the completed Form H1842 by the 15th day of the last benefit month.
CBS staff must process timely redeterminations by the last workday of the certification period. CBS staff certify the SNAP-CAP EDG for 36 months and provide a notice of eligibility without a face-to-face or telephone interview. Advisors must ensure that the individual's normal issuance cycle is not interrupted.
If CBS receives Form H1842 after the 15th day of the last benefit month, advisors certify or deny the application by the 30th day after the file date. Expedited processing and benefit proration do not apply to SNAP-CAP.
A Form H1842 returned to a local eligibility determination office must be faxed to CBS the same day it is received. The fax number is 1-877-447-2839.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals currently receiving SNAP-CAP may choose to apply for traditional SNAP because they may be eligible for a higher allotment. If an individual returns Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, and chooses to opt out of SNAP-CAP, the local office must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households whose members are all applying for or receiving SSI may apply for SNAP at the SSA office unless the households already have a SNAP application pending. These individuals are not required to come to the SNAP office to complete the application or redetermination process. If more information is needed from the household, the advisor must contact the household by home visit, telephone, or mail.
SSA:
The file date for the application is the date SSA receives the application. SSA notes this date on Form SSA-4233. When SSA receives additional verification after forwarding the application to the Document Processing Center, SSA sends the additional verification with Form SSA-4233.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors determine expedited services eligibility for SSI households the same as other households, except expedited time limits begin with the date the correct SNAP office receives the application.
SSA staff:
The individual may also take the application to the SNAP office.
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
SSI household members who apply for SSI and SNAP at the Social Security office are exempt from work registration until the SSA determines their eligibility for SSI.
Related Policy
E&T Exemptions, A-1822.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For households applying at SSA, advisors process a special review during the third month of the certification period to determine whether the individual received a decision on the SSI claim.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
TIERS sends Form H1830-R, Texas Works Renewal Notice, to the SSI household:
The notice of expiration informs the individual:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
These households are subject to the same change reporting requirements as other SNAP households.
HHSC receives information on whether the SSI was granted or denied through an interface with SSA. Advisors must take action on information from this or any other source.
Related Policy
Reporting Requirements, B-620
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Households in which all members are applying for or receiving SSI may file a redetermination for SNAP at the SSA.
The SSA office sends:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
A resident of a public institution may jointly apply for SSI and SNAP while in the institution if scheduled for release within 30 days.
SSA staff:
When the person does not have a post-release address, SSA holds the application for 30 days and documents its actions. SSA sends these applications and Form SSA-4233 to HHSC within one business day when:
HHSC staff:
If the applicant is:
Note: The file date is the date the applicant is released from the institution. The file date is day zero.
Certification Period/Special Review — Process a special review during the third month of the certification period to determine whether the person receives SSI.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When household members on a TANF EDG that includes other-related children become ineligible, and the other-related children remain eligible for TANF, advisors must ensure the other-related children continue to receive TANF.
Advisors must:
If a caretaker relative who receives TP 08 based on caring for (an) other-related child(ren) receiving Medicaid becomes ineligible for TP 08 due to new or increased earnings or spousal support and begins receiving TP 07 or TP 20, the other-related child(ren) will also transition from their TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48 EDG to a TP 07 or TP 20 EDG.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF or TANF-SP
When a TANF EDG includes an other-related child, advisors must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors determine whether an other-related child is eligible for TANF on a separate EDG before the household's TANF is denied. Advisors must contact the household to ensure that the household wants the child's TANF to continue.
Advisors provide TANF to the other-related child without a break in benefits, if the other-related child is eligible alone and the household:
If more than one other-related child is in the household, other-related children who are not siblings are certified on separate EDGs. Exception: The individual may choose to combine EDGs if one EDG is ineligible separately but would be eligible if the members were combined.
The other-related child is kept in the original household group if the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The eligibility system creates an EDG for the other-related child's TANF. Advisors must verify that each certified group contains the correct members. Advisors also must ensure that a new Lone Star Card is issued for the other-related child's new EDG. A new application is not required.
Note: These procedures ensure that TANF-SP EDG numbers follow the SP members.
Revision 18-2; Effective April 1, 2018
Individuals residing in institutions that are not approved may be potentially eligible for SNAP only if the individual is not considered institutionalized. Approved institutions are defined in A-116.2, Applications from Residents of a Homeless Shelter; B-440, Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities; and B-450, Residents in Family Violence Shelters.
Additionally, individuals who reside together and receive residential services from nonprofit organizations or for-profit providers who contract with HHSC to provide residential services may participate in SNAP only if the individual is not considered institutionalized.
Provider staff may:
If the individual requests the provider staff to manage the individual's personal account, the staff must maintain a financial account for the individual and a separate detailed record of all deposits and expenditures for each individual.
Provider staff may not commingle the individual's personal funds with the provider's funds.
For individuals residing in a facility or receiving residential services, staff must determine whether an individual is institutionalized for SNAP eligibility following the steps below:
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
|
The individual is not considered institutionalized. The individual is eligible for SNAP if all other SNAP eligibility requirements are met. Go to Step 3. | Go to Step 2. |
|
The individual is considered "institutionalized" for purposes of SNAP eligibility since the contractor is providing a majority of meals for the individual. The individual can only qualify if the individual meets the requirements for a resident of a nonprofit GLA in B-442, Residents of Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities. | The individual is not considered institutionalized. The individual is eligible for SNAP if all other SNAP eligibility requirements are met. Go to Step 3. |
|
The individual can apply as a one-person household following regular policy. | Individuals who purchase or prepare their food together must be included together on the SNAP application. HHSC determines eligibility for all those purchasing or preparing together following policy in A-210, General Policy. Example: The facility uses each individual's personal funds to purchase groceries and then prepare meals for all individuals together. In this example, those individuals must be included together for SNAP. |
Verify and document the answers to the questions in the chart. If the individual designates provider staff as the AR and the AR states the attendant purchases meals/food using the individual's funds, the AR must provide a copy of the detailed record of deposits and expenditures for those individuals.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For households receiving residential assistance, responses to the questions in B-490, Determining Whether an Individual Who Receives Residential Assistance Is Institutionalized, must be documented.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Medical coverage is terminated for people confined in a public institution, except as provided in Section B-520, Medicaid Suspension, and Section B-541, Inpatient Services Provided to Inmates of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ). When a report of confinement is received, follow policy in B-631, Actions on Changes, to terminate the person’s eligibility.
Related Policy
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Inpatient Services Provided to Inmates of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ), B-541
Actions on Changes, B-631
Child Leaves the Home, D-1433.2
General Policy, W-910
Medicaid Termination, X-923
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Suspend Medicaid in the following circumstances:
Suspend Medicaid if the person is confined in a Texas county jail for more than 30 days and the county jail chooses to report the person’s confinement to HHSC. Follow policy in B-542, Persons Confined in a Texas County Jail, to suspend the person’s Medicaid effective the day after the confinement is reported by the county jail.
If notified of the person’s confinement from a source other than a Texas county jail, terminate the person’s Medicaid.
Suspend Medicaid when a child is placed in a secured juvenile facility. The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) or a Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) makes the report to HHSC within 30 calendar days of a child’s placement. Follow policy in B-543, Child Placed in a Secured Juvenile Facility, to suspend the child's TP 44 eligibility effective the day after TJJD or a JPD notifies HHSC that the child is placed in a juvenile facility.
If notified of the child's placement from a source other than TJJD or a JPD, terminate the child's TP 44.
The following are scenarios for a child certified on Medicaid who is reported as placed in a juvenile facility.
| Child is certified for… | and HHSC receives notification of the child's placement in a juvenile facility from... | then the child's… |
|---|---|---|
| TP 44 from Dec. 1, 2019 – Nov. 30, 2020 | TJJD on Feb. 7, 2020, | TP 44 eligibility is suspended effective Feb. 8, 2020. |
| TP 44 from Oct. 1, 2019 – Sept. 30, 2020 | the child's mother on Dec. 1, 2019, | TP 44 eligibility is denied effective Dec. 31, 2019. |
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Persons Confined in a Texas County Jail, B-542
Child Placed in a Secured Juvenile Facility, B-543
General Policy, E-1010
General Policy, M-1010
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Upon receiving notification from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) or a Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) that a child whose Medicaid is suspended has been released and the child has months remaining on their original certification period:
Add the child back to any associated active TANF, SNAP, Medicaid, CHIP, or Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) EDGs if the child is a required member of the household.
The child's eligibility is reinstated even if the child is released to a household that is different than the one in which the child resided at the time of their placement.
If the child is not eligible for reinstatement but is released to a home in which a sibling is receiving Medicaid or CHIP, add the child to the sibling’s case.
| If the child is released to the same household and the case is… | Then… |
|---|---|
| Active or denied | The child's TP 44 eligibility is reinstated for the remainder of the child's original certification period on the same EDG. |
| If the child is released to a different household… | Then… |
|---|---|
| With an existing denied case | The child's TP 44 eligibility is reinstated for the remainder of the original certification period on a new EDG. |
| Without an existing case | The child's TP 44 eligibility is reinstated for the remainder of the child's original certification period on a new case. |
| For a child released to a different household, any changes to the child's circumstances should be addressed at the next scheduled renewal. A child released to a different household may not administratively renew. | |
| If the child is released as an independent child with… | Then… |
|---|---|
| An existing denied case | The child's TP 44 eligibility is reinstated for the remainder of the child's original certification period on a new EDG. |
| Without an existing case | The child's TP 44 eligibility is reinstated for the remainder of the child's original certification period on a new case. |
| For a child released as an independent child, any changes to the child's circumstances should be addressed at the next scheduled renewal. A child released to a different household may not administratively renew. | |
TIERS will automatically reinstate the child’s eligibility for the remainder of the certification period and add the child to any associated active EDGs upon notification from TJJD or a JPD. When an exception to the automated process occurs, CBS staff must manually process the reinstatement or add the child to an existing case following B-545, Notification of Actual Release.
Related Policy
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Child Placed in a Secured Juvenile Facility, B-543
Child Placed in a Non-Secure Facility, B-544
Notification of Actual Release, B-545
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
When notified by any source that a person has been released from a Texas county jail, perform individual inquiry to determine if the person:
If inquiry shows that the person’s health care coverage was suspended at confinement, perform a County Jail Release - Search to determine if the person has an active suspension (months remaining on their original certification). If so, create a Process a County Jail Confinement/Release task for all active cases on which the person was included prior to suspension and enter the release information into TIERS on the County Jail Release - Details page.
When the health care coverage EDG is disposed:
Reinstatement must occur within two business days of receiving the notification of the person’s release.
Consider the report of release as a change report for all other types of assistance and follow policy in B-641, Additions to the Household, to determine if the person needs to be added to the other types of assistance.
If inquiry shows that the person’s health care coverage was terminated at confinement or that the person’s original certification has ended and is not eligible for reinstatement, send an application to the person’s last known address.
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Additions to the Household, B-641
General Policy, E-1010
Action on Changes, E-2220
General Policy, M-1010
Action on Changes, M-2220
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
If a person’s reasonable opportunity period expires while their Medicaid is suspended, a new reasonable opportunity period is provided when their Medicaid coverage is reinstated. The new reasonable opportunity period is the earlier of the following:
If the person’s Medicaid coverage is reinstated before the original reasonable opportunity period end date, their original reasonable opportunity due date is retained.
A TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is generated at reinstatement and will include the reasonable opportunity information to remind the person to submit documentation of citizenship or alien status.
Related Policy
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
This section applies only to people confined in a Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) facility. This policy does not apply to any other state, county, or city jails. Applications are submitted to HHSC only by The University of Texas Medicaid Branch at Galveston.
A person confined in a public institution is eligible for Medicaid coverage if the following conditions are met:
Medicaid coverage is limited to the specific days the confined person is admitted as a patient and receives inpatient services as verified by the medical provider using Form H1046, Inpatient Medical Services Certification. Inpatient services are those provided on the recommendation of a physician or dentist and received in a medical institution. The confined person must receive or expect to receive room, board, and professional services in the institution for a 24-hour period or longer.
If the confined person is ineligible due to U.S. citizenship or alien status, the medical provider must also complete Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification. The ineligible person is eligible only for those dates verified as an emergency, even if the inpatient treatment continues after the verified emergency dates.
The confined person is eligible for prior coverage only.
The TDCJ or its designee submits the following documents to HHSC via fax:
Note: If the required information or verification is not received, call or send secure email to the designated TDCJ contact.
Upon disposition of the application, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the representative’s address provided on Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application.
Related Policy
Applications for Babies Born to Women in Prison, A-116.3
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
A county jail may choose to report people who receive health care coverage from HHSC and are confined in their facility for more than 30 days. If applicable, within two business days of the confinement report, Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff must review the report of confinement and determine the appropriate action needed.
CBS staff:
Do not act on other types of health care coverage.
When the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed, if applicable:
Note: Terminate the person’s eligibility following policy in B-631, Actions on Changes, if a report of confinement in a county jail is received from a source other than a participating county jail.
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Actions on Changes, B-631
General Policy, E-1010
General Policy, M-1010
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The TJJD or a JPD notifies HHSC within 30 days of a child's placement in a juvenile facility. Upon notification of the placement:
The child receives TP 44 eligibility through the date of the notification of placement.
The following are scenarios for a child certified on Medicaid who is reported as placed in a juvenile facility.
| Child is certified for… | and HHSC receives notification of the child's placement in a juvenile facility from... | then the child's… |
|---|---|---|
| TP 44 from Dec. 1, 2019 – Nov. 30, 2020 | TJJD on Feb. 7, 2020, | TP 44 eligibility is suspended effective Feb. 8, 2020. |
| TP 44 from Oct. 1, 2019 – Sept. 30, 2020 | the child's mother on Dec. 1, 2019, | TP 44 eligibility is denied effective Dec. 31, 2019. |
Exceptions:
TIERS will automatically suspend or terminate the child’s eligibility and remove the child from associated active EDGs upon notification from TJJD or a JPD. When an exception to the automated process occurs, CBS must manually process the suspension, termination, or removal of the child from associated EDGs.
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Medicaid Reinstatement for Children Certified for TP 44 Released from a Juvenile Facility, B-531
Child Placed in a Non-Secure Facility, B-544
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
When reporting that a child has been placed in a juvenile facility, TJJD or a JPD notifies HHSC if the facility is a secure or non-secure facility.
Children placed in a non-secure juvenile facility with 16 or fewer beds are considered independent children and are potentially eligible for Medicaid.
In general, children placed in a public, non-secure facility with more than 16 beds are not eligible for Medicaid. However, children residing in a TJJD or a JPD halfway house with more than 16 beds may be eligible for Medicaid if the halfway house meets the federally required criteria listed in A-241.3.1, Children’s Living Arrangements, and if the children meet all other eligibility criteria.
To determine the correct medical effective date (MED) for children in a non-secure facility, follow the chart below:
| If the child is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| not active on Medicaid or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) and the file date is within the same month as the placement date of the child, | the MED is the placement date of the child. |
| not active on Medicaid or CHIP and the file date is not within the same month as the placement date of the child. That is, the application is filed the month after the placement date), | the MED is the first day of the application month. Note: For unpaid medical bills prior to the file date, follow policy in A-831.1, How to Apply for Three Months Prior Coverage. |
| active on CHIP, | test for Medicaid eligibility following procedures in A-126.3, Advisor Action for Determining Eligibility for Children. |
| receiving SSI or Foster Care Title IV-E, | deny the application. |
Related Policy
Advisor Action for Determining Eligibility for Children, A-126.3
Children's Living Arrangement, A-241.3.1
How to Apply for Three Months Prior Coverage, A-831.1
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
At least 30 days prior to a child's release, TJJD or a JPD notifies HHSC of the child's anticipated release date. Upon receipt of the information, CBS staff determines whether the child:
If the child cannot be reinstated because their original certification period has ended or their TP 44 was not suspended or cannot be added to an existing case, CBS staff are notified in the HHSC Action Status field on the TIERS TJJD/JPD Release page, to send the household an application packet. The application packet includes the following:
Related Policy
Notification of Actual Release from a Juvenile Facility, B-546
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Upon notification from TJJD or a JPD of the child's actual release, reinstate eligibility for a child whose eligibility was suspended and there are months remaining on the child's original certification period.
The child is automatically added to an existing case if the child is not eligible for reinstatement but has a sibling receiving Medicaid or CHIP. The child is also added to any other EDGs on the case that require the child to be a household member.
TIERS will automatically reinstate the child’s eligibility and add the child to associated active EDGs upon notification from TJJD or a JPD. When an exception to the automated process occurs, CBS must manually process the reinstatement or add the child to an existing case.
Within two business days of notification of the child's release, CBS staff must process and dispose any pending applications.
CBS accepts applications up to and including the 14th calendar day after the confirmed release date. Any applications received after the 14th calendar day are routed to the local office for processing.
CBS reports the following to TJJD through the Juvenile Medicaid Tracker:
If the child is eligible for Medicaid, the MED cannot be any earlier than the release date.
Related Policy
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Adverse Actions Not Requiring Advance Notice, A-2344
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Medicaid Reinstatement for Children Certified for TP 44 Released from a Juvenile Facility, B-531
Additions to Household, B-641
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Changes are situations that occur in a household that may affect eligibility or the amount of benefits. The advisor must take action on reported changes to ensure that:
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
The advisor must inform all households of their responsibility to report changes in residence.
The advisor must inform all households of their responsibility to report the following changes:
* SR households must report any change that causes the ongoing income to exceed the 130 percent federal poverty income limit (FPIL) including a new household member.
The advisor must inform all households of their responsibility to report the following changes:
Streamlined Reporting 1 households meet the SR criteria described in A-2350, Streamlined Reporting Households, and have income below 130 percent FPIL. These households are required to report:
Streamlined Reporting 2 households meet the SR criteria described in A-2350 and have income above 130 percent FPIL. These households are required to report changes in residence and associated changes in shelter costs such as rent or mortgage, and utilities and when the work or participation hours of an ABAWD decrease below an average of 20 hours per week.
Streamlined Reporting 3 households do not meet the SR criteria in A-2350. These households are required to report:
When an SR 1 household reports a change that occurs after certification and the change causes their ongoing income to exceed their gross monthly income limit (130 percent FPIL) for two consecutive months, the household has met the SR reporting requirement. If the household remains eligible for an allotment, the household is not required to report additional income changes during the certification period, and is only required to report changes in residence. However, if the advisor later processes a reported change and income is again below 130 percent FPIL (due to decreased income or fewer household members), Form TF0001 should be issued advising the household they are again responsible for reporting if their income exceeds 130 percent FPIL.
SR 1 and SR 2 households:
Advisors must inform SR 1 and SR 2 households with associated TANF or Medical Program (MP) EDGs of the TANF/MP reporting requirements. A status of SR 1 or SR 2 on a SNAP EDG does not alter the change reporting requirements for associated TANF or MP EDGs.
If the SR 1 or SR 2 household reports that a minor child is no longer in the home and the only person age 18 up to age 50 is now an Able Bodied Adult without Dependents (ABAWD) who:
When an SR1 or SR2 household reports that an ABAWD is working or participating less than an average of 20 hours per week and no longer meeting the work requirement, the household will be subject to non-streamlined reporting criteria and designated as SR3.
Advisors must inform all households of their responsibility to report the following changes:
Advisors must inform all households of their responsibility to report changes in the address, job, or other information related to the absent parent.
Households must report the termination of a pregnancy.
Households must report if the child no longer resides in Texas.
Related Policy
General Reminders, A-1510
Monitoring Questionable Management, A-1731
Length of Certification, A-2324
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
During the interview or application processing, households must report changes that occurred since the application was filed. See B-116, Information Reported During Application Processing.
After the interview, the household must report changes listed in B-621, What to Report, within 10 days after the household knows about the change.
For special reviews, see the requirements in B-125, Processing Special Reviews.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Household members or someone acting on the household's behalf may report changes:
Notes:
Related Policy
Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1
Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2
Receipt of Identical Application, A-121.3
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an advisor works a Children's Medicaid application/redetermination during a TANF/Medicaid/SNAP certification period, and a household member's source of income currently budgeted on the other active EDG has not changed, the advisor must determine whether the member is reporting a change in income. To do this, the advisor must determine whether the income verification the household provided with the Children's Medicaid application/redetermination is:
Advisors may follow the guidelines below:
| If ... | then ... |
|---|---|
any of the payment amounts provided as verification for the Children's Medicaid application/redetermination are:
|
treat this as a reported change for the active EDG and take action following B-631, Actions on Changes (including additional verification of income, if necessary). If the individual fails to provide timely verification, follow policy in B-642, Changes Increasing Benefits (Other than Additions to the Household), and B-643, Changes Decreasing Benefits. |
all of the payment amounts provided as verification for the Children's Medicaid application/redetermination are:
|
do not treat this as a reported change for the active EDG (unless the individual reports that the source of income or amount of income has changed). |
Example: The lowest representative check used for the current certification period is $175 and the highest representative check used is $200. The individual provides a check stub for the Children's Medicaid EDG in the amount of $210. This check is less than $25 outside the range of payments and is not considered a change.
If a change is reported during the Children's Medicaid application/redetermination, the advisor processing the Medicaid EDG must either take action on the associated TANF/Medicaid/SNAP EDG or notify the local office of the reported change. The file date is considered the report date for purposes of determining the effective date of the change. The date the advisor works the Children's Medicaid EDG and becomes aware of the change is day zero for purposes of taking action on the change for the associated EDG. The individual must provide any requested verification by the due date on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to be considered timely verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households may request a receipt to acknowledge the change report. The receipt includes the type of change(s) and the date reported. If an individual requests a receipt, the advisor must issue:
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Customer Care Center (CCC) staff is responsible for processing most client-reported changes.
Upon receipt of a change report in the local office:
Note: Provide Form H1800, Receipt for Application/Medicaid Report/Verification/Report of Change, upon request.
To reduce the potential for quality control (QC) errors when the household reports a change in person or by phone, attempt to collect enough information to determine if the change will decrease benefits. For new or increased income, this includes the following information:
Note: Do not verify income if the amount reported makes the household ineligible.
Provide the household with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and Form H1020-A, Sources of Proof, on the day of the report (no later than the next workday) if more information or verification is required to complete the change action. The household is allowed 10 full days to provide the requested information or verification.
Note: When a SNAP household reports a change during the last certification month, do not send the household Form H1020/Form H1020-A, if the effective date of the change is after the certification period expires. Send the change for imaging and address it with the person at the redetermination interview.
Exception: Take the following steps when a person reports a change in annual or seasonal self-employment income or expenses during their certification period:
| Step | Yes | No |
|---|---|---|
|
Stop — the change is part of the normal fluctuation of the business; do not rebudget. | Re-evaluate, go to Step 2. |
|
Rebudget the EDG(s) using new average monthly net self-employment income. | Stop — do not rebudget. |
The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) notifies HHSC through an interface when a child receiving TANF, Medicaid or SNAP has been placed in foster care. Mass Update is triggered, and the child is automatically removed from the EDG(s). If Mass Update fails because the case is not in ongoing mode, take action to remove the child from the EDG(s).
For this type of change, advance notice of adverse action is required for SNAP, but not for TANF or Medicaid.
The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) or Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) notifies HHSC via the TJJD/JPD Placement Logical Unit of Work in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) when a child certified for Medicaid has been placed in a juvenile facility and when a child has been released. Follow policy in B-520, Medicaid Suspension, and B-546, Notification of Actual Release from a Juvenile Facility, regarding action taken on a case that includes a child placed in or released from a juvenile facility.
Related Policy
Change in Medical Expenses During Certification, A-1428.4
How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required, A-2343.1
Adverse Actions Not Requiring Advance Notice, A-2344
Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1
Information Received During Expedited Application Processing, B-116.1
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Notification of Actual Release from a Juvenile Facility, B-546
Changes Increasing Benefits (Other than Additions to the Household), B-642
Verification Provided Timely, B-642.1
Verification Not Provided Timely. B-642.2
Changes Decreasing Benefits, B-643
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Multiple changes reported on the same day must be processed as one occurrence. If required, the advisor must send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, with the corresponding pending period and list the verifications needed for all changes.
Multiple changes reported on different days must be processed as separate occurrences. If required, the advisor sends Form H1020 for each reported change with the corresponding pending period and lists only the verification needed for that change.
Each change could affect the benefits for different months. Advisors refer to B-640, Changes Affecting Benefits, to determine the correct month for each change.
Exception: All changes associated with an individual at the time the individual joins a household affects the benefits for the same month, even if the report of change is on a different day.
Example A – A household consists of a mother and son who receive SNAP, TANF and Medicaid (TP 08 for the mother and Children's Medicaid for the son). On January 10, the mother reports the birth of her daughter on January 4 and that she and the newborn went home from the hospital on January 6. The EDGs are pended for more information with a due date of January 20. The mother provides the requested information on January 20, reports she has gone to work, and provides verification of her new employer. She reports her first day of work was January 16 and that she is paid semimonthly. She will receive her first check January 30, and it is not a partial payment. The advisor must:
Example B – A household consists of a father, mother, and three children who receive SNAP and Children's Medicaid. The father is employed, and the mother receives Unemployment Insurance Benefits (UIB). On January 5, the mother reports that the father left the household on October 31 and that she received her last UIB check November 16. She also reports she started working December 3 and provides verification.
Example C – On March 7, the household in Example B reports that the mother's sister has moved in, and the sister wants to be added to the SNAP EDG. The EDG is pended for the sister's Social Security number (SSN) with a due date of March 17. The sister provides a current pay stub from her employer that includes her SSN on March 17. On the same day, the SNAP EDG is pended again for verification of income that was not previously reported, with a new due date of March 27. On March 25, the sister provides Form H1028, Employment Verification, that states she has worked for her employer for one year and includes all other needed information.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
OIG staff help with clearing computer matches for the following reports:
When OIG staff receive an Interstate Match through PARIS that shows a person on an active TIERS EDG is receiving benefits in another state, OIG informs HHSC staff by creating a task within the Task List Manager (TLM). Take the appropriate action to process the task based on the information provided by OIG.
When OIG staff find a match through TDCJ or PVS that shows a person on an active TIERS EDG is incarcerated, OIG informs HHSC staff by creating a task within TLM. Take the appropriate action to process the task based on the information provided by OIG.
When staff request a Data Broker report, TDCJ information is displayed on the combined report for an incarcerated person. See C-825.17, Inmate/Parolee Match, for staff instructions for processing Prisoner Matches viewed in Data Broker.
The procedures for clearing IEVS reports are documented in C-1000, Procedures for Clearance of Income and Eligibility (IEVS) Reports and Internal Revenue (IRS) Federal Tax Information (FTI).
TIERS matches recipients on active EDGs with records from the Office of Inspector General (OIG), Social Security Administration (SSA), Texas Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS), the Centers for Medicaid and Medicare Services (CMS), and DADS Webservice to find deceased persons.
The BVS, if available is considered the primary source of verification of death. If BVS is available but the date of death (DOD) does not match reported information, accept BVS as verification. No additional verification is required.
If BVS verification is not available, verify the DOD using two of the following sources:
TIERS attempts to update the DOD information for all active and inactive persons and automatically removes them from active EDGs. If unable to process the death data automatically, TIERS creates a task for staff to research and confirm the validity of the computer match.
Take action to clear any discrepancies when DOD data is received on an active or inactive person within TIERS and TIERS is unable to automatically dispose the case. When TIERS cannot dispose the case, a series of alerts are created for staff to explore and request additional verification.
To clear discrepancies, gather additional verification on the DOD data received. Do not require the household to provide the verification if the verification is available through one of the sources listed above.
Related Policy:
Verification Sources, A-1081
Inmate/Parolee Match, C-825.17
Procedures for Clearance of Income & Eligibility IEVS, Reports & Internal Revenue IRS, Federal Tax Information FTI, C-1000
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The state or federal government initiates changes that can affect all individuals or large numbers of individuals. Individuals are not required to report mass changes. These changes occur in the:
When these changes occur, HHSC automatically adjusts eligibility or benefits for most individuals and notifies the households via Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. The adjustments are effective the date of the change. Advisors do not send Form TF0001.
HHSC generates an exception report for EDGs that are not adjusted during the state office conversion. Advisors must review the EDGs, adjust benefits if necessary, and send the individual Form TF0001, allowing advance notice of adverse action if required.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a household's circumstances change and the household is subject to a new income/resource test, the advisor must determine eligibility by applying the new test when the change is reported.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals whose SNAP and SSI applications have been jointly processed must report changes like other SNAP individuals.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In the following situations, the advisor may shorten a non-public assistance (NPA) SNAP certification period:
Exception: Do not shorten the certification period if the household is designated SR. The advisor must send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting specific verification. If the SR household does not provide the verification, the EDG is denied and the advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. See A-2330, Setting Special Reviews, to determine when to set a special review on SR EDGs.
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff shorten certification periods when a household reports a change that results in the household being transferred out of CBS. See B-474.6.1, Special Procedures for Shortening Certification Periods for Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs).
In all of the situations where advisors may shorten an NPA SNAP certification period, the advisor must use the following procedures before shortening the certification period:
Related Policy
Data Broker, C-820
Questionable Information, C-920
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
When the current head of household dies or leaves the home, change the head of household to another responsible adult household member without requiring the remaining household members to reapply for benefits. An adult household member is someone who is at least 19 years of age.
If there is no responsible adult member identified in the household, and a child in the household is receiving benefits, send Form H1020 to notify the household that a responsible adult who is caring for the child must apply for benefits if the child continues to need assistance. If an application is not submitted by the Form H1020 due date, deny benefits since the whereabouts of the child is unknown.
If the head of household who left the home was the Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) primary cardholder, update the primary cardholder information with the new head of household and issue a new Lone Star Card to allow the household access to SNAP and TANF benefits. Do not update the information if a new head of household has not been identified.
Related Policy
When to Send a PCH Record, B-231.1
Issuing a Lone Star Card, B-233
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Initiating a PIC requires no staff action and uses the automated income check process to determine whether there has been a change in the household’s income that makes the household potentially ineligible for medical programs.
As part of the automated income check process, the household’s income information in the eligibility system is compared with income data available through electronic data sources (ELDS) to determine whether it is reasonably compatible, as explained in A-1370, Verification Requirements, Medical Programs.
The eligibility system may be able to complete the entire PIC process without any staff action or correspondence sent to the client if the PIC does not find an indication that there has been a change in the household’s income that makes them potentially ineligible.
Electronic income data is requested one month before the eligibility system uses it. If the household’s income is not determined to be reasonably compatible with electronic data, the household must provide other acceptable verification as explained in A-1371, Verification Sources.
Electronic Data Hierarchy for Earned Income
TIERS also checks SOLQ to verify RSDI income (unearned income).
Process verifications returned as the result of a PIC following B-631, Actions on Changes. If the person does not provide the requested verification by the 10th day, TIERS automatically sends Form TF0001 on the 11th day for failure to provide.
Verification is required for SNAP and TANF during the automated income check process when:
The person has 10 days to provide the verification for SNAP and TANF. If the person does not provide verification by the 10th day, TIERS will automatically take the following action on the 11th day based on the income type and electronic data source used during the automated income verification process:
Note: Unearned RSDI data from SSA, or unearned unemployment data from TWC are valid forms of verifications for SNAP and TANF. Since quarterly wage data from TWC and New Hire Report data from OAG are not valid sources of verification for SNAP and TANF, the person must provide verification of the income.
A PIC is initiated in months three through eight of the certification period when the following conditions are met:
A PIC is initiated in months five through eight of the certification period when the following conditions are met:
The first time the result of a PIC could impact eligibility is the seventh month of the 12-month certification period because the first six months are continuous.
Exception: A PIC is not initiated when a TP 44 child released from placement in a juvenile facility is reinstated to a different household than the one in which they were residing at the time of their placement or is reinstated as an independent child.
When taking action on the result of a PIC due to excess income, a household may be eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment if the household:
An appeal and reactivation due to a change or PIC is an eligible case action for expedited CHIP enrollment.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Advance Notice, A-2343
Actions on Changes, B-631
Employer New Hire Report (ENHR) and National Directory of New Hires (NDNH) Report, C-825.12
Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Wages/Benefits, C-825.13
Expedited CHIP Enrollment, D-1711
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors must take the following action when returned mail is received:
If the case includes an active SNAP EDG:
If the case does not include an active SNAP EDG:
Related Policy
Actions on Changes, B-631
Returned Mail, E-2221
Returned Mail, M-2221
Revision 09-3; Effective July 1, 2009
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Determine household eligibility when a member must be added to the household. If the addition to the household causes benefits to increase or remain the same, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, by the 10th day after the change is reported. If additional information or verification is required, send Form TF0001 the next business day, but no later than the business day after the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, due date. Request supplemental benefits, if required, no later than the last day of the month in which the verification is received.
If the household addition is a member of another active EDG, remove the person from the other EDG before adding the person to the new EDG. Restore benefits if adding the person increases benefits and the person was not removed from the active EDG in a timely manner. Take overpayment action on the old EDG.
Under MAGI household composition rules, explained in A-240, Medical Programs, a person joining or leaving the home may or may not affect eligibility depending on that person’s tax status, tax relationships, and family relationships.
If the household requests Medicaid for an additional legal parent or caretaker relative, the new person is given a separate EDG and the system aligns the certification period of the newly created EDG with the existing TP 08 certification period.
Assign a Medicaid eligibility date as early as three months before the month the person reports the change for applicants who have unpaid medical bills and meet the criteria described in A-830, Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application. When applying the criteria in A-830, the application month is the month the person reports the change.
When a household requests Medicaid for a child (sibling or non-sibling) who lives with a child currently receiving TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48 Medicaid coverage, the household does not need to complete a new application. Follow policy in A-240, Medical Programs, to determine the new child’s household composition and A-1300, Income, to determine if the new child has any countable income.
If the household does not provide all the information needed to make an eligibility determination when requesting Medicaid for the new child, follow current policy and processes to request the additional information by issuing the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
When all the requested information is provided, the new child is given a separate EDG and the system aligns the certification period of the newly created EDG with the existing child’s Medicaid certification period.
Exception: Do not add additional children or siblings to a case in which a denied EDG is being reinstated because another child in the household or a sibling was released from a juvenile facility or a county jail. The household must submit a new application for the additional children or siblings.
If there is not an existing TP 43, TP 44, TP 48 or CHIP EDG, a separate application is required to initiate benefits for a new child being added to the case, as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application.
If a person’s Medicaid is suspended because the person was incarcerated in a Texas county jail, determine if they can be added to an existing case for reinstatement of all previous benefits when the person’s Medicaid is reinstated.
Related Policy
Medical Programs, A-240
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Medicaid Reinstatement for Children Certified for TP 44 Released from a Juvenile Facility, B-531
Medicaid Reinstatement for Persons Released from Texas County Jails, B-532
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before adding a newborn child, advisors use inquiry to determine whether a TP 45 EDG has been opened. This helps prevent the assignment of duplicate coverage and individual numbers.
To locate the TP 45 EDG, the advisor must perform inquiry using the newborn's mother's individual number or demographic information.
Newborns are added to the household even if they are still hospitalized as long as the parent(s) exercises care and control and intends to bring the newborn home.
The TP 45 certification date is considered the change report date for the birth of the child. This is considered a reported change whether the case is SR or non-SR, and the agency is required to take action on this reported change.
Before adding the newborn to the EDG, the agency must confirm that the child was released from the hospital to the individual's home. The advisor must attempt to contact the household by phone to confirm whether the newborn child has moved into the home (and the date that occurred) and to obtain any information not already available on the TP 45 EDG that is needed to add the child. If the advisor is not able to reach the individual by phone, the advisor must send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting the necessary information. The advisor must not pend for verification of an SSN application at change action to add a child age six months or younger. Advisors follow policy in B-641.2, Steps for Adding New Members, to determine the effective date of the change. If the individual does not respond by the Form H1020 due date:
If the household later provides information and verification related to the newborn, the child is added, effective the month after verification is received.
Related Policy
General Policy, A-410
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When the household reports a new member, the advisor sends Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and Form H1020-A, Sources of Proof, the day of the report or no later than the next workday to request any necessary additional information or verification.
If the change is:
Notes:
Delays in verification of other legal requirements for required members: If the new member is a required member of the certified group and the household does not provide proof of age, relationship, or domicile by the Form H1020 due date:
Delays in verification for persons who are not required members of the certified group: If the new member is not a required member of the certified group and the individual fails to provide requested proof by the Form H1020 due date, the advisor sends Form TF0001 to notify the household that the new person cannot be added without required verification. If the household later provides verification, the member is added the month after the verification is received.
Request a combined Data Broker report for a new adult member.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the member being added was disqualified, the new member is added effective the month after the disqualification ends. See A-1800, Employment Services, for adding household members disqualified for noncompliance with employment services requirements.
See A-1362, Disqualified Members, for special budgeting of TANF benefits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors determine the effective dates of a change based on the date the change is reported and the date the verification is provided, as explained in B-642.1, Verification Provided Timely, and B-642.2, Verification Not Provided Timely. If supplemental benefits are necessary, the advisor must request the issuance no later than the last day of the month in which the verification is received.
Note: If verification is not required, the change is treated the same as if verification was received timely (see B-642.1).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the household provides verification of a reported change by the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, due date, benefits are increased, effective the month after the change is reported, regardless of whether the change was reported timely. The advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, the next workday, but no later than the workday after the Form H1020 due date.
If the household reports a change on an application form, the file date is considered the report of change date. The individual must provide the verification by the Form H1020 due date to be considered timely verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the household fails to provide timely verification, benefits are not increased until verification is received. The advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, by the next workday after the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, due date to explain that benefits remain the same. If the household later provides verification untimely, benefits are increased, effective the month after verification is received.
If the household fails to provide verification before the next SNAP, TANF, or TP 08 redetermination, request it again during the interview process and deny the EDG if verification is not received.
If decreased or denied TANF or Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA) benefits result in an increase in SNAP benefits, benefits are increased the same month the TANF or RCA is decreased, with some exceptions (see A-1324.18, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF]).
If the household appeals the TANF or RCA decision and receives continued TANF or RCA benefits, the advisor continues to budget the TANF or RCA grant in the SNAP EDG.
Revision 16-; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors must act on changes as indicated below. Benefits are decreased or denied, effective the month after the notice of adverse action expires. If applicable, an overpayment claim is processed as specified in B-700, Claims. To determine the first month of an overpayment, advisors may refer to C-1140, TANF and SNAP Overpayment Determination Chart.
| If a household reports a change ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| and provides all verification, | send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, by the 10th day after the change was reported* to decrease or deny benefits. |
| with enough information to determine eligibility/benefits but does not provide verification, | send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and Form H1020-A, Sources of Proof, the same day the change was reported or no later than the next workday to request verification.**
Send Form TF0001 to decrease or deny benefits based on the individual's unverified statement at the time the change was reported:
Require verification of the change at the next TANF or SNAP redetermination. Note: Do not verify income if the amount reported makes the household ineligible. |
| without enough information to determine eligibility/benefits, | send Form H1020 and Form H1020-A the same day the change was reported or no later than the next workday to request verification.**
Attempt to contact the household by phone to obtain enough information to send Form TF0001 by the 10th day after the change was reported.* Note: The regional director may opt out of the requirement to make a phone contact. If information is not obtained to redetermine eligibility, keep the EDG pending until the Form H1020 due date. If verification is not received by the Form H1020 due date, send Form TF0001 the next workday to deny the EDG for failure to furnish information. Exception: If the household fails to provide verification of a deductible expense that requires verification, do not deny the EDG; instead, disallow the deduction. Follow policy in A-1440, Verification Requirements, to determine if any deduction is allowable for the expense. |
* If the due date for sending Form TF0001 falls on a non-workday, send it the preceding workday to meet the 10-day requirement.
** Allow the individual 10 days to provide the verification requested on Form H1020. If the 10th day falls on a non-workday, use the following workday as the due date.
Note: See B-631, Actions on Changes, for situations where the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) places a TANF or Medicaid child in foster care.
If an individual reports or electronic data sources indicate new or increased earned income or alimony/spousal support that makes the individual ineligible for TP 08, the advisor must request verification of the income. If the individual fails to provide verification of the earned income or alimony/spousal support, the advisor must deny the TP 08 EDG and open the appropriate Transitional Medicaid EDG if:
In addition, the advisor must deny the Medicaid EDG and open the appropriate Transitional Medicaid EDG for each associated parent or caretaker and dependent child.
If the EDG is denied for failure to provide verification that does not cause Medicaid ineligibility, the advisor must determine the household's eligibility for other medical programs. See A-2342, Denial at Redetermination.
Related Policy
General Eligibility Information, A-841
General Eligibility Information, A-851
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals have a right to correct any information that HHSC has about the individual and any other individual on the individual's case.
Advisors follow policies in A-2300, Case Disposition; B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames; and B-600, Changes, for the time frames and procedures to correct or update information when processing:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A request for correction must be in writing and:
During application, redetermination, and other actions on active EDGs, individuals are not required to request correction of incorrect information in writing. (Refer to B-116, Information Reported During Application Processing; B-124, Processing Untimely Redeterminations; and B-623, How to Report.)
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must respond according to the following chart:
| When an individual requests that the agency correct their information ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| at application, redetermination, or anytime when an EDG is active, | follow policies in A-2300, Case Disposition; B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames; and B-600, Changes. |
| on a denied EDG or during the last month of certification, and the individual has not reapplied, |
|
The advisor notifies the individual in writing within 60 days (using current HHSC letterhead without the board members' names) that the information is corrected or will not be corrected and the reason. The advisor informs the individual if HHSC needs to extend the 60-day period by an additional 30 days to complete the correction process or obtain additional information.
If HHSC makes a correction to individually identifiable health information, the advisor must ask the individual for permission before sharing with third parties. HHSC will make a reasonable effort to share the correct information with persons who received the incorrect information from HHSC if they may have relied or could rely on it to the disadvantage of the individual. Advisors follow regional procedures to contact the HHSC privacy officer for a record of disclosures.
Note: Advisors follow procedures to establish a claim or restore benefits if an overissuance or underissuance occurred. Advisors make a referral to the Office of Inspector General for intentional program violation occurrences.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must not follow procedures in B-600, Changes, when the accuracy of information provided by an individual is determined by another review process such as a:
The decision in that review process is the decision on the request to correct information.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
According to B-631, Actions on Changes, advisors must document the:
For new income changes, advisors document the date of the first payment.
For address changes, advisors document the actions taken to provide the individual with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, and Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote.
Refer to A-1380, Documentation Requirements, for further requirements related to income.
Advisors must document:
Clients are not required to report a change in tax status or tax relationship during the certification period because tax status and tax relationships are self-declared based on what the client expects to happen on their federal income taxes. If a change is reported, advisors should document the change in case comments and it will be addressed at the time of redetermination.
However, if multiple individuals self-declare to claiming the same person as a tax dependent, the advisor must clear the discrepancy with all individuals attempting to claim the same person as a tax dependent and update the tax statuses as a change in the eligibility system if necessary. For example, a change is reported that a child certified on Children’s Medicaid will no longer be claimed as a tax dependent. This change will be addressed at redetermination.
Advisors must document the reason for denying a TP 08 EDG and opening a TP 07 EDG when new or increased income makes the household ineligible.
Related Policy
Documentation Requirements, A-1380
Documentation, C-940
Registering to Vote, A-1521
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
An overpayment is the amount of benefits issued in excess of what should have been issued.
A claim is an amount owed by an individual for an overpayment of benefits or owed by an individual for benefits that are trafficked.
The date of discovery is the date the Office of Inspector General (OIG) substantiates that an overpayment occurred.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are three types of overpayment claims:
OIG staff process overpayment referrals, determine the overpayment amount, and submit as a claim to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) Fiscal Management Services (FMS) to collect.
Related Policy
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Staff must file an overpayment referral when a household receives benefits the household is not entitled to receive. When an overpayment occurs, OIG establishes the claim. The household must repay any type of overpayment claim.
If the household reports a change and staff does not take the appropriate action or fail to act on an agency-generated change, an overpayment referral must be filed.
Do not file an overpayment referral if the overpayment was due to:
Changes for categorically eligible households, except for changes in net income, household size or both, do not cause an overpayment.
Exception: This does not apply to households who are categorically eligible based on receipt of Temporary Assistance for Needy Families - Non-Cash (TANF-NC).
OIG files a claim when an intentional program violation (IPV) is established against a person for trafficking Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits or accessing devices such as Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cards.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an overpayment occurs, advisors determine the type of overpayment and enter an overpayment referral using the Automated System for Office of Inspector General (ASOIG) or the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) referral interface. See B-770, Filing an Overpayment Referral, for overpayment referral instructions.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Texas Works staff:
The Accounts Receivable Tracking System (ARTS) is administered by FMS staff who monitor and process payments from individuals who receive HHSC services. The ARTS Hotline number is 1-800-666-8531.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
When an agency error overpayment occurs, Texas Works staff:
Note: See B-770, Filing an Overpayment Referral, for instructions about how to complete and send an overpayment referral.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an overpayment is due to an inadvertent household error/misunderstanding or a potential IPV, Texas Works staff:
Note: See B-770, Filing an Overpayment Referral, for instructions about how to complete and send an overpayment referral.
When an alien and the alien's sponsor are liable for an overpayment, both individuals are referred to the OIG.
The alien and the alien's sponsor are not referred for an overpayment claim if the sponsor also receives benefits in the same program in which the alien’s overpayment occurred.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The OIG Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) department investigates allegations of recipient non-fraud overpayment and fraud. The BPI department consists of the claims investigation and field investigation units located throughout the state.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
OIG staff:
Related Policy
Texas Works Responsibilities, B-740
Texas Works Action on an Inadvertent Household Error/Misunderstanding or Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-742
Texas Works Action on Agency Errors, B-741
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
OIG staff take the following steps when determining claim accounts:
Related Policy
Computing Benefits by EDG Action Type, A-1357
Reporting Requirements, B-620
When a child support payment was made during the overpayment month, the total income, less the $75 disregard, is counted to determine the overpayment amount.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
The first month of overpayment is the first month the household received more benefits than it was entitled to receive.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The first month of overpayment for non-streamlined reporting (SR) households is the month in which the change would have been effective had it been reported and acted on in a timely manner. However, the first month of overpayment can be no later than two months from the month the change occurred. Staff may use the following chart to determine the first month of overpayment.
| If a change was... | then the first month of overpayment is the month that begins more than... |
|---|---|
| reported timely, | 23 days after the date the change was reported. (Example: Change occurred January 5 and was reported January 10. Count 23 days to February 2. March is the first month of overpayment.) |
| not reported timely, | 33 days after the date the change occurred. (Example: Change occurred January 5. Count 33 days to February 7. March is the first month of overpayment.) |
Exception: The first month of overpayment may be earlier for errors caused by moves out of state. The first month of overpayment may be as early as the month after all members of the household leave the state and there is duplicate participation in that month.
Charts in C-1140, TANF and SNAP Overpayment Determination Chart, provide help for determining the first month of overpayment for both timely and untimely change reports.
An overpayment does not exist on a streamlined reporting EDG unless:
Note: The 10-day reporting requirement for SR EDGs is from the first payment that exceeds the 130 percent Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) threshold. For example, an individual receives a pay raise effective May 15. The individual's gross monthly income exceeds the 130 percent FPIL with the June 27 paycheck. The household must report the change within 10 days of June 27 to be timely.
The first month of overpayment is the month after the second month the income exceeds the 130 percent FPIL for the household size. For example, income exceeds the 130 percent FPIL on June 27 and for the month of July. August is the first month of overpayment.
Related Policy
Reporting Requirements, B-620
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The liable household members responsible for repayment of a claim are determined in the following order:
The liable household member responsible for repayment of a claim is determined in the following order:
An authorized representative (AR) is liable for paying a claim when the AR causes an overpayment or traffics in SNAP benefits.
Sponsors and eligible aliens are jointly liable for overpayments resulting from incorrect information provided by the sponsor unless the sponsor:
The sponsor, alien, or both may appeal the amount or fault of an overpayment.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
OIG staff send either Form OIG 5034, Notice of SNAP Overpayment Claim, or Form OIG 5039, Notice of TANF Overpayment Claim or both, along with Form OIG 5027, Repayment Agreement, to the household.
To be timely, OIG staff must send the notice no later than 180 calendar days from the date the investigation was created in the Automated System for Office of Inspector General (ASOIG).
When the case involves an alien with a sponsor, OIG staff send separate demand notices to the alien and the alien’s sponsor. The demand notice informs the sponsor that the sponsor is not responsible for the person when:
Note: Calls about overpayment demand notices are referred to the local OIG unit for clearance. Local office contacts can be found by clicking on this link: OIG Facilities Local Office Contacts.
After navigating to the website, click on “OIG Facilities Local Office Contacts” on the right side of the page.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
OIG staff mail a household a repayment agreement notice and an overpayment claim notice. A claim in the Accounts Receivable Tracking System (ARTS) is then established the same date of the notice.
The claim notice provides:
The person indicates whether they prefer to repay the claim by restitution or recoupment on the repayment agreement notice and must return the agreement within 30 days of receipt.
Repayment of the claim is delayed only when the person requests a fair hearing.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
HHSC Accounts Receivable staff:
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Recoupment, also known as allotment reduction, is a method of recovering an overpayment claim by withholding a portion of the household's benefits.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Recoupment is initiated when Office of Inspector General (OIG) staff enter a claim against a household into the Accounts Receivable Tracking System (ARTS). ARTS interfaces with TIERS to automatically reduce the household's benefit allotment if any liable household member is currently receiving benefits.
Overpayments are recouped from all identified liable household members. When persons liable for an overpayment currently reside in separate households, overpayments are recouped from all liable household members until all claims are paid in full. When a liable household member is currently disqualified but on an active case, overpayments are recouped from the household benefit allotment received by the other certified members.
Follow policy in B-761.2.1, Action on Restitution Cases, if there is no liable household member currently receiving benefits to recoup from.
If a liable household member begins receiving benefits, TIERS automatically begins the recoupment process from the new benefit allotment. TIERS continues to recoup the newly certified benefits until the claim is paid in full.
Notes:
Recoupment information is available through TIERS inquiry, ARTS inquiry, or by calling the Accounts Receivable Customer Service Hotline at 800-666-8531.
Related Policy
Identifying Liable Members, B-753.1
Recoupment Amount, B-761.1.3
Action on Restitution Cases, B-761.2.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Claims are recouped by error type in the following order.
All three claim types can be simultaneously stored on ARTS. Recoupment of a Type A claim places Type J and L claims on hold status until the Type A recoupment is completed. ARTS automatically resumes recoupment of the Type J or L claim when all of the individual's Type A claims have been paid in full.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
HHSC recoups Type A, J, and L claims at 10 percent of the household's maximum grant, rounded down to the nearest dollar.
Once a TANF claim is recouped in full, TIERS will automatically rebudget any active SNAP EDG to include the appropriate ongoing TANF grant amount. See A-1324.18, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF).
For Type A claims, HHSC recoups at 20 percent of the household allotment or $20, whichever is greater. When calculating a dollar amount using the percentage, TIERS rounds 49 cents down and 50 cents up to the next whole dollar.
For Types J and L claims, HHSC recoups at 10 percent of the household allotment or $10, whichever is greater. When calculating a dollar amount using the percentage, TIERS rounds 49 cents down and 50 cents up to the next whole dollar.
Notes:
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Restitution is a method of recovering an overpayment claim by receiving payments in the form of a cashier's check, certified or personal check, money orders made payable to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission, or credit or debit card payments through the Texas.gov HHSC Online Overpayment System (HOOPS).
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
When OIG establishes an overpayment claim, Form OIG 5027, Repayment Agreement is sent to the primary liable household member along with Form OIG 5034, Notice of SNAP Overpayment Claim, or Form OIG 5039, Notice of TANF Overpayment Claim.
The primary liable household member has 30 days from the date on the repayment agreement to agree to restitution by signing the agreement and returning it to the OIG investigator. The repayment agreement provides the household with both the signature and first payment due date.
OIG staff are responsible for sending the repayment agreement, signed or unsigned, to HHSC Accounts Receivable for processing as soon as it is received. For the household to avoid delinquency, all payments must be sent to HHSC Accounts Receivable on or before the 30th day from the date on the repayment agreement.
If a household has delinquent restitution payments and TIERS is unable to match an overpayment claim to a liable household member currently receiving benefits, then the overpayment claim is eligible for referral to the:
Restitution payments cannot be made in lieu of mandatory recoupment. If a liable household member is making restitution payments and becomes certified on an active case, then the liable household member is switched from a restitution payment plan to a recoupment payment plan. Recoupment begins after the first month of certification. Once ARTS receives notification from TIERS of the first recoupment payment from the active case, ARTS automatically switches the payment plan from restitution to recoupment.
If the household was on a restitution payment plan and receiving bills, all billing will stop until the household stops receiving benefits or when the claim is paid in full.
In order to pay down their overpayment balance, households may make extra restitution payments in addition to their mandatory repayment or recoupment payments.
Related Policy
Identifying Liable Members, B-753.1
Action on Recoupment Cases, B-761.1.1
Restitution Amount, B-761.2.2
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
The repayment agreement reflects a 36-month amortized schedule for the claim to be repaid within three years. If the amortized monthly payment is less than $25, then the agreement is generated with $25 as the minimum payment.
Only HHSC Accounts Receivable staff can renegotiate a payment plan differing from the one on the repayment agreement. Accounts receivable staff sends all subsequent monthly bills or repayment agreements to households after OIG sends the initial repayment agreement.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
When staff receive restitution payments, staff:
Note: Staff must mark each TANF warrant void when received.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Debit of an EBT food account is a method of recovering an overpayment claim by electronically removing benefits from the household's EBT account. The value of the debit is applied to the SNAP claim.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
A household member liable for an overpayment with an active EBT food account may request a one-time debit of the EBT food account as payment toward a SNAP overpayment claim instead of making separate recoupment payments. When this occurs OIG or HHSC Accounts Receivable staff:
Lone Star Business Services staff remove the SNAP benefits from the food account and submit Form H1021 to Accounts Receivable to pay the claim.
Note: When the liable household member contacts HHSC and disagrees with the debit transaction, they may request a fair hearing to request the return of the benefits to their account.
Related Policy
Identifying Liable Members, B-753.1
Fair Hearings, B-764
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
When staff become aware that a household has expunged SNAP benefits, OIG or HHSC Accounts Receivable staff must offset the balance of a SNAP claim by the amount of the expungement.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
When it is unclear whether the household wishes to appeal an action taken by eligibility staff or an action taken by OIG staff, eligibility staff and OIG review the request for an appeal to determine what action the household is appealing. If a household disputes the establishment of a claim or collection action initiated by OIG and requests an appeal, OIG will take the lead and begin processing the appeal. Eligibility staff must attend the hearing along with OIG if the appeal includes the eligibility staff’s action that was not part of the establishment of the claim.
Note: Form H4800, Fair Hearing Request Summary, is not used to submit an appeal request when the household disputes the establishment of a claim or action initiated by OIG. If Form H4800 is sent directly to the hearings division, it will be returned to staff with instructions to correctly submit the information.
OIG staff use the Automated System for the Office of Inspector General (ASOIG) to submit appeal requests on claims or collection actions.
OIG staff use the State Portal Appeals tab and the Hearing Evidence Packets Upload tab to send evidence documents related to an appeal request.
Exception: When ASOIG is not available or an investigation is not found in ASOIG, OIG staff process the appeal through the TIERS Hearings and Appeal function located in the left navigation menu.
When a person verbally requests an appeal, process the fair hearing request by selecting the Hearing and Appeal option found on the left-navigation menu in TIERS and choose Create Appeal.
When a fair hearing request is received in writing by fax or mail, fax the appeal request, using the fair hearing cover sheet, through the expedited fax line (866-559-9628) for processing. The fair hearing request is not entered in the State Portal.
Whether the TIERS appeal request is received verbally or in writing, the Centralized Representation Unit (CRU) continues to process the appeal, including creating and submitting the evidence packet. Copies of the evidence packet are mailed to the appellant and any authorized or legal representative.
Related Policy
Appeal Procedures, B-1030
Local Office Procedures for Hearing Requests, B-1031
Providing Form H4800-A, Fair Hearing Request Summary (Addendum), to Hearings Division, B-1031.2
Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff create referrals for overpayments caused by agency error, individual error/misunderstanding, or suspected IPV or fraud in ASOIG.
ASOIG is accessed at the following website: https://hhsportal.hhs.state.tx.us/asoig.
Users log in using a unique sign on. A disclaimer page explaining IRS Federal Tax Information requirements must be agreed to before proceeding with the referral. Agreement takes the user to the ASOIG home page.
Investigation is selected from the left navigation menu to proceed to the Referral and Investigation search page. Users must enter identifying information and select Create Referral.
Identifying information may consist of one or more of the following:
The Create Referral tab takes the user to the Create Referral screen group. This consists of the Referral, Suspects, Reasons, Contacts, Comments and Assignment tabs. The user must go through all tabs, enter information as appropriate, and save the referral.
The Referral tab is the first tab in creating a referral. The tab has two areas. The top part, Alleged Information, is for entering biographical information. The bottom portion, EDG Types, is used to enter whatever program type information is known.
The New button at the bottom of the tab is used when adding types to the EDG Types portion of the tab. If the referral is associated with more than one EDG, users must click the New button to add additional types. The user must continue to click the New button until all EDGs associated with the referral are added. Once all types have been entered, the user must click the Next button to proceed to the next tab, Suspects.
The Suspects tab is used to enter information on suspects as well as household members associated with the referral. The top portion of the screen, Suspect, allows for the entry of any known biographical information. The bottom portion, Address, is for entering any known address(es).
At least one suspect screen with a name and type of suspect is required for a referral. Although children are not "suspects," entering all household members is recommended as that information will be required if an investigation is merited.
If an automated interface finds information in TIERS, users may select from a list of names. If a name is chosen from the list in this field, the ASOIG populates applicable biographical and EDG information such as date of birth, Social Security number and address. If TIERS information is not found, users must enter all known information.
The New button on the tab is to allow the user to include all household members in the referral. Once all members are entered, the user must click the Next button to advance to the next tab, Reasons.
The Reasons tab is used to establish the basis for the referral. The screen is divided into three sections, Reason, Source Information and Source Detail. One reason type and name is required for each referral.
Multiple reasons may be entered on a single referral. If there are multiple reasons, users enter the information for the first reason and then click the New button to enter information for the next reason. Once all applicable reasons are entered, the user must click the Next button to move to the next tab, Contacts.
The Contacts tab is used to enter sources of information such as another employee, agency or other person with information about the referral. The screen is divided into two sections. The Contact portion is for information on the source of information while the Address portion is for documenting any address information for the contact.
A Contacts entry is not required for a referral, but multiple entries may be made by clicking the New button. Clicking on the Next button takes the user to the next tab, Comments.
The Comments tab is used to enter information on the referral. It is used to document information not otherwise captured by ASOIG. At least one comment is required and multiple comments may be entered. Comments are listed by subject, and users should enter a concise statement in the subject to describe the contents of the comment.
Comments may be linked to a Contact by clicking the Related Contact checkbox.
Once a comment is saved by clicking the New or Next button, it cannot be modified. Care must be exercised in completing this tab. Clicking the Next button takes the user to the final tab, Assignment.
The Assignment tab allows the assignment of the referral based on predefined rules. Once the Save Referral button is clicked, the referral is saved and all information is locked, except for the ability of the user to include additional comments.
Saving the referral takes the user back to the Referral tab; however, it is only for viewing, and the user now has the ability to attach any electronic documents saved on the user's computer to the referral. Attach documents by clicking the paper clip icon next to the tabs, browse to select the document, give a name to the document, describe the contents of the document and click Save. Multiple documents may be attached using the New button.
Note: Logging out of the referral before it is saved on the Assignment tab will result in loss of information entered, requiring the user to start over.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When eligibility staff discover that an overpayment exists, either by advisor knowledge or because it is identified in the TIERS Eligibility Summary, the following steps must be taken to enter the referral in TIERS:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document in TIERS Case Comments:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Households are entitled to restored benefits when:
Households are not entitled to restored benefits for unreported changes or household errors.
Households are entitled to restored benefits regardless of whether they are currently eligible for or receiving benefits.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Restore benefits as directed by a court or if the loss occurred within 12 months of the date:
The month the agency discovers the household is entitled to a restoration is counted as month zero.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Eligibility performs the steps to calculate restored benefits in most instances. The advisor may be required to manually calculate the restored benefit, record the restored benefit and offset information, and issue benefits using the Benefit Issuance – Manual Issuance functional area in TIERS.
Note: When initial benefits are paid retroactively, do not reduce the retroactive payment to offset previous claims.
Issue restored benefit(s) within 30 days of the date the agency discovers the underpayment.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Advisors must go to Benefits Issuance on the left navigation bar and click on View Overpayments to verify a claim amount. TIERS users can search for overpayment information by entering a Social Security number, an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) number or claim number. The Search Results display columns are: Social Security number, EDG number, EDG Name, Claim number and Individual number. Clicking on the Social Security number hyperlink will display overpayment information, which includes the remaining overpayment balance.
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
Notify the household by Form H1825, Entitlement to Restored Benefits, of
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
If the household disagrees with the amount of restored benefits, or any other action the advisor takes to restore them, the household may request a hearing within 90 days of the notice date. The advisor continues the restoration while waiting for the hearing decision and adjusts the benefits according to the hearing officer's decision.
The household may request a hearing if the household believes it is entitled to restored benefits but the advisor does not agree. Document on the appropriate worksheet the request for restored benefits, the justification to deny them, and the date.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Restore all benefits owed to the household at the same time. Issue a separate benefit for each month the household is owed benefits.
Restore all benefits owed the household at the same time.
Issue a separate EBT benefit for each month the household is owed restored benefits.
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
If household membership changes, issue restored benefits to the household containing a majority of the persons who were household members when the loss occurred.
If the worker cannot locate an individual or determine which household contains a majority of members, restore benefits to the household that includes the person who was the head of the household when the loss occurred.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Authorize the restoration within 30 days of the date the agency discovers the underpayment.
A Second Level Review (SLR) is required when, in TIERS Eligibility:
An SLR is required for all restored benefits requested in Manual Issuance.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Advisors are required to document
Note: The documentation requirements will be met if appropriate entries are made on the Restored Benefits Details page or Request Manual Issuance page.
Document in the case record the:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An IPV occurs when a person intentionally makes a false or misleading statement, or misrepresents, conceals, or withholds facts for the purpose of receiving assistance under Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) benefit programs.
Note: A person may be charged with an IPV, even if benefits the person was not entitled to receive have not actually been received.
An IPV occurs when a person commits an act that constitutes a violation of the Food and Nutrition Act, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) regulations, or any state statute for the purpose of using, presenting, transferring, acquiring, receiving, possessing, or trafficking of benefits, authorization cards, or reusable documents used as part of an electronic benefit delivery system (Electronic Benefit Transfer [EBT]).
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
An IPV must contain at least one or more of the following elements:
See Glossary for definitions of the above terms.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The Office of Inspector General (OIG) may establish an overpayment claim for a person found guilty of committing fraud in the SNAP and TANF programs. There is no IPV disqualification or disqualification penalty imposed for Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP).
A person found guilty of an IPV by a court will be disqualified as specified by the court. If the court fails to specify a disqualification, OIG will impose the appropriate IPV disqualification penalty as listed below.
A person found guilty of an IPV by an administrative disqualification hearing (ADH) or who signs an ADH waiver for an IPV that occurred on or after Sept. 1, 2003, will be disqualified:
A person convicted of a state or federal IPV and granted deferred adjudication, or placed on community supervision for conduct that constitutes an IPV, will be permanently disqualified from receiving TANF assistance.
Exception: A person found guilty of an IPV in federal court, state court, or in an ADH for making a fraudulent statement or representation with respect to the identity or residence of the person to receive multiple benefits simultaneously, will be disqualified for 10 years.
A person found to have committed an IPV either through an ADH or by a federal, state, or local court, or to have signed either a waiver of right to an ADH or a disqualification consent agreement in cases referred for prosecution, will be disqualified:
A person found guilty of an IPV in a federal court, state court or in an ADH for making a fraudulent statement or representation with respect to the identity or residence of the person to receive multiple benefits simultaneously, will be disqualified for 10 years.
A person found guilty of an IPV in federal, state, or local court of having used or received SNAP benefits in a transaction involving the sale of a controlled substance will be disqualified:
A person convicted by a federal, state or local court of an IPV due to trafficking in SNAP benefits or program access devices, such as EBT cards, with a conviction for an aggregate amount of $500 or more, will be permanently disqualified.
A person found guilty of an IPV in federal, state, or local court of having used or received benefits in a transaction involving the sale of firearms, ammunition, or explosives will be permanently disqualified.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff are responsible for reporting to OIG any acts of fraud, waste, abuse, or misconduct in the following HHSC benefit programs:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff submit a fraud or IPV referral using either the:
Note: If the fraud allegation contains confidential information and/or the person making the allegation requests to remain anonymous, the referral is submitted using ASOIG. Any supporting information and/or evidence should be attached to the referral using ASOIG. The TIERS referral interface does not allow attachments.
Staff must follow instructions in B-770, Filing an Overpayment Referral, for submitting a referral using either ASOIG or the TIERS referral interface.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Identify potential fraud or IPVs to OIG.
Submit fraud or IPV referrals using ASOIG or the TIERS referral interface, within 30 days of the date the IPV is identified.
Process fair hearing requests related to claims or collections following instructions in B-1035, Appeals Related to Accounts Receivable Tracking System (ARTS), in TIERS.
Forward any payments received in the local office to:
Texas Health and Human Services Commission
Fiscal Management Services
ARTS Billing
P.O. Box 149055
Austin, TX 78714-9055
Refer questions regarding collections on established claims to Fiscal Management Services (FMS).
Note: The FMS hotline number is 800-666-8531. ARTS is administered by FMS staff who monitor and process payments from HHSC claims.
Report fraud or violations of SNAP rules by drug and alcohol treatment (D&A) and group living arrangement (GLA) facilities by emailing Form H1095, Treatment Facility Fraud Referral, along with Form H1096, Notification Letter, and if applicable, Form H1853, Documentation of Findings for Form H1852, to the OIG Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) mailbox at OIG_GI@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Report retail stores allowing unauthorized purchases and accepting benefits for previous purchases to Lone Star Business Services at LoneStar@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
When out-of-state SNAP IPV disqualification data from the SNAP federal Electronic Disqualified Recipient System (eDRS) is identified on Data Broker, discuss the IPV with the member to determine whether the member agrees with or disputes the information. Complete as much of the application process as possible and dispose the application for other programs, if applicable. Follow the procedures below for SNAP.
Exception: This policy does not impact SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) or SNAP Supplemental Security Income (SNAP-SSI) Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) administered by Centralized Benefit Services (CBS), with one exception in SNAP-CAP as described in B-475.2.1, Identifying Intentional Program Violations (IPVs) and Felony Drug Convictions.
| If the situation is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
|
A. an expedited SNAP application, and the household does not dispute the IPV data, |
CCC-eDRS staff will review the form for accuracy and immediately email it to OIG-Central Disqualification Unit (CDU). If the email is received by 4:30 p.m. Central Standard Time, OIG-CDU staff will take action the same day to enter the IPV disqualification data from Form H1856 into TIERS, create a reported change task to notify staff to complete and dispose the SNAP EDG, and email staff notice of the change. Exception: Out-of-state IPVs with non-standard penalty periods are noted on Data Broker and require secondary verification as described in Box D. |
|
B. an expedited SNAP application, and the household disputes the IPV disqualification, |
If the out-of-state IPV verification is:
When the secondary verification is received , CCC-eDRS staff forward Form H1856 to OIG-CDU staff at HHSC CDU. OIG-CDU staff will enter the IPV disqualification data from Form H1856 into TIERS and create a reported change task to notify CCC to dispose the penalty as a change and create an overpayment claim referral back to OIG. |
|
C. a SNAP non-expedited application, household addition or redetermination, |
Staff must discuss the out-of-state IPV disqualification with the household to confirm the IPV data if possible. If the household does not dispute the IPV data:
CCC-eDRS staff will review the form for accuracy and immediately forward it to OIG-CDU at HHSC CDU. OIG-CDU staff will enter the IPV disqualification data from Form H1856 into TIERS and create a reported change task to notify staff to complete and dispose the EDG. Exception: Out-of-state IPVs with non-standard penalty periods are noted on Data Broker and require secondary verification as described in Box D. If not possible to contact the household or the household disputes the IPV, then:
If the secondary verification is not received and OIG has not entered the IPV disqualification by the:
When CCC-eDRS staff subsequently receive the out-of-state IPV verification, staff forward it to OIG. OIG-CDU staff will enter the IPV disqualification data from Form H1856 into TIERS and create a reported change task to notify staff to dispose the EDG and create an overpayment claim referral back to OIG. |
|
D. the IPV data on a Data Broker report is marked as “non-standard” (i.e., the penalty period listed is not a standard length), |
Note: Postpone verification if expedited. If not expedited, process the application as explained in Box C. |
Note: If the person is not active on a SNAP EDG or the application has already been denied, OIG will enter this out-of-state IPV data into TIERS since the person is known to TIERS. No staff action is required in this situation.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When the advisor discovers that an individual has an out-of-state TANF IPV disqualification, the advisor must discuss the IPV with the individual to determine whether the individual disputes the information.
| If the household does not dispute the IPV data … | the advisor must … |
|---|---|
|
|
Document the IPV information and the email sent to OIG in TIERS Case Comments. OIG-CDU staff will enter the IPV disqualification data from the email into TIERS and create a reported change task to notify the advisor to complete and dispose the EDG. |
| If unable to contact the household or the household disputes the IPV data … | the advisor must … |
|
|
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Once the IPV disqualification penalty begins, it continues even when benefits expire or the EDG is denied. If the person reapplies for benefits, advisors must ensure that the person has served the IPV disqualification penalty before certifying the person for benefits.
Example: A person reapplies for TANF and SNAP on April 4, 2011, for herself and her three children.
The advisor checks the person's IPV disqualification status by viewing the person's Individual-Summary using the hover menu IPV Sanctions page. The person was found guilty of committing an IPV offense on February 4, 2011, resulting in a 12-month SNAP IPV disqualification beginning March 1, 2011, through February 28, 2012. Since the disqualification period has not expired, the advisor must continue the person's disqualification.
Notes:
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
When the IPV disqualification penalty period expires on an active EDG, TIERS automatically adds the formerly IPV disqualified person to the household and adjusts benefits accordingly.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a person disqualified for an IPV contacts the local office and claims that the individual did not receive an ADH notice and requests a new hearing, staff must notify the Office of Social Services (OSS) – Eligibility Services Support (ESS) Centralized Representation Unit (CRU). CRU coordinates with OIG in processing new ADH requests.
Staff provide CRU the following information:
Note: If the ADH officer grants a person's request for a new hearing, the CDU:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
OIG Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) is organized as follows:
The EBT Trafficking unit is also part of the OIG Investigations division and works closely with BPI.
OIG staff:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The facts do not support an IPV when:
OIG staff may process these claims as inadvertent household errors/misunderstandings.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When OIG determines that the facts support an IPV allegation, OIG submits the case to either the:
Note: A person may waive the right to an ADH by signing Form OIG5040, which allows OIG to establish a fraud claim and impose an IPV disqualification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
OIG-CDU staff enforce the IPV Disqualification and associated disqualification penalty.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CDU staff receive the following notices that a household member has been disqualified due to an IPV:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CDU staff has primary responsibility for enforcing IPV disqualifications upon receipt of:
CDU imposes the IPV disqualification penalty:
CDU enters the IPV disqualification details in the disqualified individual's IPV Sanction screen and:
When an IPV disqualification is not imposed in a timely manner, CDU staff initiate an overpayment referral to establish an agency error overpayment claim for any months the household received benefits to which it was not entitled.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CDU staff are authorized to modify IPV disqualification information if applicable. TW staff should contact CDU if TW staff believe IPV information is incorrect. CDU will research and respond to the problem.
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
FMS establishes repayment agreements and collects on IPV claims including court-deferred adjudications.
When the person fails to comply with its repayment agreement, FMS initiates recoupment at 10 percent of the household's recognizable needs.
When the person fails to comply with its repayment agreement, FMS initiates recoupment at 20 percent of the household's allotment or $10, whichever is greater. When a current household member is disqualified for an IPV, recoupment is computed using the allotment the household would receive if the disqualified member were included in the household size.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Staff are responsible for reporting allegations of fraud involving HHSC benefit program certification procedures by HHSC employees to the unit supervisor. The supervisor forwards the report to the program manager.
Program managers report serious violations of HHSC employee fraud to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) Benefits Program Integrity (BPI). The information is reviewed and referred to the OIG Internal Affairs division, as appropriate.
Note: Allegations of employee fraud must be reported by sending a secure email or a fax to 512-833-6484.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Staff must document the reason(s) for creating a fraud or IPV referral in the case comments.
Note: If the reason contains confidential information and/or the person making the allegation requests to remain anonymous, the referral must be submitted using ASOIG. Any supporting information and/or evidence should be attached to the referral using ASOIG. The TIERS referral interface does not allow for attachments. Staff must follow instructions in B-771, Filing an Overpayment Referral Using Automated System for the Office of Inspector General (ASOIG).
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A request for a hearing is a clear expression, oral or written, by the household or its representative that indicates that the household wishes to appeal a decision. The freedom to make a request for a hearing must not be limited or interfered with in any way.
If any member of a household or the household's representative expresses dissatisfaction with a decision regarding benefits or services, the advisor takes the following actions:
The household or the household's representative must make a request to withdraw an appeal in writing. Staff must fax the written withdrawal request to the designated hearings office. If a written withdrawal request is not obtained, staff must notify the hearings officer via email. If email is not an option, staff must notify the hearings officer via fax or phone.
If the household requests a conference with the supervisor after a denial for expedited service, the advisor must schedule the conference within two workdays of the request, unless the household prefers a later date. The advisor must document that the household requested a later date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals have the right to appeal within 90 days from the effective date of any Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) action. The individual's request may be oral or in writing.
Advisors may not prevent an individual from filing an appeal, even if the appeal was not requested within 90 days from the effective date of the action. Only the hearings officer has the authority to decide the timeliness of filed appeals and can accept untimely filed appeals in order to determine whether there was good cause for the delay in filing the appeal.
The household may appeal the denial of a request to restore benefits that were lost within one year before the request. In addition, a household may appeal its current level of benefits during a certification period.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All fair hearing requests are processed in the State Portal. The local office staff (including Customer Care Center [CCC] staff) and Centralized Representation Unit (CRU) staff have separate responsibilities and must follow the following procedures when processing fair hearing requests and appeals.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When any member of a household or the household's representative expresses dissatisfaction with a decision regarding benefits or services, the local office staff takes the following actions:
The same day a fair hearing request is received:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| OAG Region | Primary Contact | Secondary Contact | Physical Mailing and Centralized Email Addresses |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Lubbock |
Angelia Gregg 806-761-4715 Fax: 806-763-7579 |
Renee DeLaRosa 806-761-4704 Fax: 806-763-7579 |
4630 50th Street, Ste 500 Lubbock, TX 79414-3521 OAGarea1.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 2 San Antonio |
Vanessa Vasquez 210-804-6488 Fax: 210-930-3625 |
Martin Martinez 210-804-6489 Fax: 210-930-3625 |
3460 Northeast Parkway San Antonio, TX 78218-3304 OAGarea2.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 3 McAllen |
Anna Rangel 956-926-4524 Fax: 956-631-2451 |
Vacant | 3331 N. McColl Road McAllen, TX 78501-5536 OAGarea3.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 4 Dallas |
Nancy Hernandez 214-915-3721 Fax: 214-915-3750 |
Oscar Sanchez 214-915-3720 Fax: 214-915-3750 |
400 South Zang Blvd. Ste. 1100 Dallas, TX 75208-6646 OAGarea4.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 5 Tyler |
Christy Cates 903-533-4005 Fax: 903-592-5732 |
Glen Elliott 903-533-4009 Fax: 903-592-5732 |
200 N. Broadway Avenue, Ste 355 Tyler, TX 75702-5747 OAGarea5.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 6 Houston |
Mark Jones 713-948-7673 Fax: 713-910-4806 |
Melissa Jimenez 713-787-7146 Fax: 713-789-7665 |
8866 Gulf Freeway, Ste 200 Houston, TX 77017-6529 OAGarea6.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 7 Austin |
Patricia Roark 512-358-3242 Fax: 512-892-8967 |
Annette Hernandez 512-358-3249 Fax: 512-892-8967 |
2512 S IH 35 Ste 200 Austin, TX 78704-5751 OAGarea7.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 8 El Paso |
Lorraine Sanchez-Rayas 915-782-4211 Fax: 915-782-4276 |
Barbara Ramirez 915-782-4236 Fax: 915-782-4276 |
6090 Surety Dr., Ste 250 El Paso, TX 79905-2062 OAGarea8.FairHearing@texasattorneygeneral.gov |
| 9 Ft. Worth |
Elizabeth House 817-834-7048 Fax: 817-834-7066 |
Kelly Robison 817-834-7038 Fax: 817-834-7066 |
2001 Beach St. Ste 700 Ft. Worth, TX 76103 Regional email not yet established |
| Region | Counties Served |
|---|---|
| 1 Lubbock |
Archer, Armstrong, Bailey, Baylor, Briscoe, Brown, Callahan, Carson, Castro, Childress, Clay, Cochran, Coke, Coleman, Collingsworth, Comanche, Concho, Cottle, Crockett, Crosby, Dallam, Dawson, Deaf Smith, Dickens, Donley, Eastland, Fisher, Floyd, Foard, Gaines, Garza, Grey, Hale, Hall, Hansford, Hardeman, Hartley, Haskell, Hemphill, Hockley, Hutchinson, Irion, Jack, Jones, Kent, Kimble, King, Knox, Lamb, Lipscomb, Lubbock, Lynn, Mason, McCulloch, Menard, Mitchell, Montague, Moore, Motley, Nolen, Ochiltree, Oldham, Parmer, Potter, Randall, Reagan, Roberts, Runnels, Schleicher, Scurry, Shackelford, Sherman, Stephens, Sterling, Stonewall, Sutton, Swisher, Taylor, Terry, Throckmorton, Tom Green, Wheeler, Wichita, Wilbarger, Yoakum, Young |
| 2 San Antonio |
Atascosa, Bandera, Bexar, Comal, Dewitt, Dimmit, Edwards, Frio, Gillespie, Gonzales, Guadalupe, Karnes, Kendall, Kerr, Kinney, LaSalle, Maverick, McMullen, Medina, Real, Uvalde, Val Verde, Wilson, Zavala |
| 3 McAllen |
Brooks, Cameron, Duval, Hidalgo, Jim Hogg, Jim Wells, Kenedy, Kleberg, Nueces, Starr, Webb, Zapata |
| 4 Dallas |
Collin, Cooke, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Erath, Hood, Johnson, Kaufman, Navarro, Palo Pinto, Parker, Rockwall, Somerville, Tarrant |
| 5 Tyler |
Anderson, Angelina, Bowie, Camp, Cass, Chambers, Cherokee, Delta, Fannin, Grayson, Gregg, Hardin, Harrison, Henderson, Hopkins, Houston, Hunt, Jasper, Jefferson, Lamar, Liberty, Marion, Morris, Nacogdoches, Newton, Orange, Panola, Polk, Rains, Red River, Rusk, Sabine, San Augustine, San Jacinto, Shelby, Smith, Titus, Trinity, Tyler, Upshur, Van Zandt, Wood |
| 6 Houston |
Austin, Brazoria, Ft Bend, Galveston, Harris, Matagorda, Montgomery, Waller, Wharton |
| 7 Austin |
Aransas, Bastrop, Bee, Bell, Blanco, Bosque, Brazos, Burleson, Burnett, Caldwell, Calhoun, Colorado, Coryell, Falls, Fayette, Freestone, Goliad, Grimes, Hamilton, Hays, Hill, Jackson, Lampasas, Lavaca, Lee, Leon, Limestone, Live Oak, Llano, Madison, McLennan, Milam, Mills, Refugio, Robertson, San Patricio, San Saba, Travis, Victoria, Walker, Washington, Williamson |
| 8 El Paso |
Andrews, Borden, Brewster, Crane, Culberson, East El Paso, Ector, Glasscock, Howard, Hudspeth, Jeff Davis, Loving, Martin, Midland, Pecos, Presidio, Reeves, Terrell, Upton, Ward, Winkler |
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Form H4800-A, Fair Hearing Request Summary (Addendum), provides a method to send documents or evidence used in a hearing that were not sent with the original submission and to report changes of address or other corrections to the appropriate hearings officer.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The CRU is a staff unit within Eligibility Services Support (ESS) that represents HHSC in fair hearings and implements hearing officers' decisions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CRU staff completes the following actions:
Once the fair hearings request has been scheduled by Hearings Division staff, a Fair Hearing Appointment for a (Program) Case task will be routed to the Fair Hearings Centralized Representation Unit TLM Global Queue.
CRU will:
Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014
When an EBT vendor cannot resolve an account balance dispute or error resolution related to benefits to an individual's satisfaction, the vendor refers the individual to Lone Star Business Services (LSBS) for a second review. The individual may contact LSBS staff to request a fair hearing if still not satisfied with the results of the second review. CRU processes the appeal following the policy and procedures outlined in this section.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) handles appeals concerning specific services for Medicaid recipients including:
For individuals who want to appeal service-related issues, staff must refer them to DSHS. DSHS individual notification letters include an address and telephone number for requesting appeals. Individuals who do not have a notification letter should be referred to the Medicaid Hotline at 1-800-252-8263.
Note: DSHS does not allow individuals to appeal decisions made by the Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) program. To obtain assistance in resolving problems or issues with the HIPP contractor:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For all individual requests for appeals related to ARTS collection notices, the advisor must make the following entries on Form H4800, Fair Hearing Request Summary:
Note: If the individual does not know if the collection notice is a result of a CI claim or TOP, enter the CI unit supervisor.
The advisor must notify the appropriate Claims Investigations Unit supervisor and ARTS supervisor of the hearing request. The advisor sends a copy of Form H4800 to the local Claims Investigation Unit supervisor or the ARTS supervisor, as appropriate, and faxes a copy of Form H4800 to ARTS at 512-438-3061.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Hearing decisions must comply with federal law and regulations and be based on the evidence and testimony of the hearing.
Once the fair hearing has been held and a decision rendered, the hearings officer records the decision in TIERS, and a TLM task is created and routed to the Fair Hearings Centralized Representation Unit TLM Global Queue for processing.
CRU will follow these procedures to timely implement the hearing officer's instructions:
| If the hearing decision results in restored benefits, an increase in benefits for the current month and/or future months, and ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| no additional information or verification is needed, | ensure within 10 days from the date the decision task is received that:
Authorize restored Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits in Eligibility or by manual issuance within 10 days from the date Form H4807, Action Taken on Hearing Decision, is received. |
| additional information or verification is needed, | send the individual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, within 10 days from the date the decision task is received. List on Form H1020 the specific information/verification needed in order to provide benefits. If the individual:
|
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Once all restored and/or supplemental benefits have been issued, the advisor must:
The supervisor must:
Revision 01-3; Effective April 1, 2001
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households previously certified for ongoing benefits are entitled to continued benefits if they make a timely request for a fair hearing after receiving Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. A request is timely if it is made within 13 days of the adverse action notice (including a mailed request postmarked during the 13-day period). If a household fails to make a timely request for a hearing, but has good cause for the failure, benefits are reinstated at the previous level if the household did not waive its right to continue benefits.
Households receiving an adequate notice of adverse action are not entitled to continued benefits when benefits are lowered or denied because of reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice).
Exception: If the household received a notice of adverse action based on noncompliance with child support or Choices, continued benefits are allowed if the individual timely requests a fair hearing.
Households receiving a notice of adverse action are not entitled to continued benefits when benefits are lowered or denied because of:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
The household may waive its right to continued benefits by providing a signed and dated statement to this effect. If the household waives this right, TIERS will reduce or deny benefits when the 13-day notice period (plus 2 days mail time) expires in advance notice situations.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Continued or reinstated benefits must not be reduced or denied during the appeal period before the official hearing decision unless:
When a certification period expires and the household reapplies, the EDG is certified at the appropriate level of benefits.
If the hearing officer determines the only issue being appealed is federal law or regulation and there are no computation errors or misapplied law, the hearing officer instructs the advisor to reduce or deny benefits as required by the policy change.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a hearing officer’s decision sustains the agency action, CRU must take action to stop continued benefits and file a claim for any overpayment within 10 days of receiving the hearing decision and order. Advance notice is not provided. If the hearing decision and order are received within 10 days before cutoff, CRU must make every attempt to process the EDG action before cutoff to prevent issuing continued benefits in the next month.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Fair hearings may be conducted by telephone. However, an appellant may still request a face-to-face hearing. Upon requesting a face-to-face hearing, the appellant is notified of the date, time and location of the hearing using Form H4803, Notice of Hearing.
There are two versions of Form H4803 that indicate how a fair hearing is conducted:
| If the fair hearing is scheduled using ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| Form H4803-T/H4803-TS, Notice of Hearing, | the hearing officer calls the appellant, the agency representative and all other fair hearing participants at the time, date and telephone number indicated on the form. |
| Form H4803-P, Notice of Hearing, | the appellant, agency representative and all other fair hearing participants must call the Fair Hearing 1-800-Call-In number, using the toll-free number and access code at the scheduled time indicated on the form. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Effective September 1, 2007, if an individual expresses dissatisfaction with a decision rendered by the fair hearings officer, the individual may have the right to have the decision reviewed. The types of review to which the individual may be entitled are an administrative review and a judicial review, depending on which program is appealed.
| If the individual or individual's authorized representative is dissatisfied with a … | then the individual is entitled to an administrative review. | then the individual is entitled to a judicial review. |
|---|---|---|
| Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) or Medicaid fair hearing decision, | Yes | Yes |
| TANF fair hearing decision, | Yes | No |
| SNAP administrative disqualification hearing (ADH) decision, | Yes | Yes |
| TANF ADH decision, | No | Yes |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An administrative review is a review of the hearing record conducted by an agency attorney to determine if the hearing officer's decision was correct. The agency attorney issues a new decision, which includes the hearings officer's signature in all administrative reviews, and this decision is the agency's final action. Administrative reviews apply to SNAP, TANF and Medicaid fair hearing decisions and SNAP ADH decisions.
If the individual or individual's authorized representative is dissatisfied with a fair hearing decision issued on or after September 1, 2007, an administrative review may be requested but must be submitted in writing within 30 calendar days from the date of the hearing officer's decision. The request for an administrative review must be mailed to the following address:
Hearings Administrator
P.O. Box 149030, Mail Code W-613
Austin, TX 78714-9030
Notes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a fair hearing decision is reversed because of an administrative review, the agency must take action on the agency attorney's decision, as described in B-1040, Timely Action on Fair Hearings.
CRU:
Note: Continued benefits are not provided if the hearing officer sustains the agency action.
The CRU supervisor reviews the actions taken on the reversal and ensures all actions are complete and correct.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A judicial review is a review of the hearing decision by the court to determine whether the decision taken by the agency was correct. ADH decisions must be filed by the individual in a district court in Travis County. The court will determine whether the decision of the agency is correct. The individual must file a petition for a judicial review within 30 calendar days after the date the administrative review decision is rendered. The individual must complete the administrative review process before filing a petition for a judicial review.
An individual dissatisfied with a TANF ADH decision has the right to file for a judicial review in the district court in the county in which the violation occurred no later than the 30th calendar day after the date the hearing officer makes the determination.
Exception: There are no judicial review rights for a TANF fair hearing decision, but the appellant may still request a procedural review of the hearing officer's decision. A procedural review is a review of the hearing record by an agency attorney to ensure procedural and programmatic accuracy.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the agency's decision is reversed as a result of a judicial review, staff must implement the decision within the time frames as specified within the final orders of the court.
Note: Continued benefits are not provided due to a request for a judicial review.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify that the household waived its right to continued benefits according to B-1052, Waiver of Continued Benefits.
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document the reason why the household is not entitled to continued benefits according to B-1051, Continued Benefits.
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must disclose information to applicants or individuals who want to review their case records for information used in the eligibility determination. Advisors must withhold confidential information from the case record, such as:
Advisors must disclose information about applicants or individuals to federal, state, or local agencies, if the information is directly connected with:
Disclosure of information is permitted for any case audits, reviews of expenditure reports, financial reviews, investigation, prosecution, or criminal or civil proceeding conducted in connection with the administration of these programs.
Individuals or the representatives of these agencies may review the individuals' case records in the advisor's office or receive a reply in writing. Information furnished to these agencies must be:
In a written reply, the inquiring agency must:
Advisors must disclose information about applicants or individuals to Medicaid providers or their contractors that is needed for the providers to submit claims for reimbursement of Medicaid services provided to individuals. See the list of releasable data items in B-1230, Releasable Information for Medicaid Providers and Their Contractors.
Advisors must disclose information about applicants or individuals to persons or agencies directly connected to the administration or enforcement of:
Advisors must disclose information about applicants or individuals to employees of the U.S. Comptroller General's Office for audit purposes.
Individuals or the representatives of these agencies may review the individuals' case records in the advisor's office or receive a reply in writing. Information furnished to these agencies must be:
In a written reply, the inquiring agency must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Policies on confidentiality do not prohibit reporting abuse or neglect that threatens the health or welfare of a child or an elderly adult or adult with disabilities. Advisors must report instances of suspected:
Exception: Advisors are not required to report family violence.
Advisors must inform adults or their personal representative (PR) when reporting abuse or neglect of an adult, unless the advisor believes that informing the individual or PR would place the individual at risk of serious harm.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Only the individual's PR can exercise the individual's rights with respect to individually identifiable health information. Therefore, only an individual's PR may authorize the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information or obtain individually identifiable health information on behalf of an individual. Individually identifiable health information is information that identifies or could be used to identify an individual and that relates to the:
Note: An authorized representative (AR) is not automatically a PR.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the individual is an adult or emancipated minor, including married minors, the individual's personal representative is a person who has the authority to make health care decisions about the individual and includes a:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A parent is the personal representative for a minor child except when:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The PR for a deceased individual is an executor, administrator, or other person with authority to act on behalf of the individual or the individual's estate. These individuals include:
Advisors may consult the regional attorney with questions about whether a particular person is the PR of an applicant or individual.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All information the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) has about an individual or any person on the individual's case must be kept confidential. Confidential information includes, but is not limited to, individually identifiable health information.
Before discussing or releasing information about an individual or any person on the individual's case, steps must be taken to reasonably ensure that the person receiving the confidential information is either the individual or a person the individual authorized to receive confidential information (such as an attorney or personal representative).
Related Policy
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must establish a person's identity when contacting the individual, AR or PR by telephone. Refer to A-2020, Authenticating a Caller, for identity authentication policy.
Advisors must establish the identity of attorneys or legal representatives by asking the individual to provide Form H1826, Case Information Release, completed and signed by the individual. Advisors refer to B-1220, Specific Information That May Be Released, for authorization requirements.
Establish the identity of legislators or their staff by following regional procedures.
Related Policy
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must establish the identity of a person who presents himself as an individual or individual's representative at a local eligibility determination office by:
Advisors must establish the identity of other staff, federal agency staff, researchers, or contractors by:
Advisors must identify the need for other staff, federal staff, research staff, or contractors to access confidential information through:
Advisors must contact appropriate regional or state office staff when federal agency staff, contractors, researchers, or other staff, etc., come to the office without prior notification or adequate identification and request permission to access HHSC records.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must give individual addresses or other case information only to a person who has written permission from the individual to obtain the information. The individual authorizes the release of information by completing and signing:
Note: If a general release is authorized, the advisor must provide the information that can be disclosed to the individual described in B-1210, Disclosure of Information, under All Programs.
If the case information being released includes individually identifiable health information, the document must also inform the applicant or individual that the information released under the document may no longer be private and may be further released by the person receiving the information.
Note: Advisors must not include Form H1826 or other information release authorization documents in application packets.
Advisors must give information to government agencies conducting case audits, reviewing expenditure reports, or conducting financial reviews.
Advisors must give an applicant or individual's most recent address and place of employment to Parent Locator services in state or local offices.
Advisors must refer all requests from federal, state, or local law enforcement officials for case information to the local investigation division office.
Reasonable efforts must be made to limit the use, request, or disclosure of individually identifiable health information to the minimum necessary to determine eligibility and operate the program.
The disclosure of individual medical information from agency records must be limited to the minimum necessary to accomplish the requested disclosure. For example, if an individual authorizes release of income verification, including disability income, related case medical information must not be released unless specifically authorized by the individual.
Advisors must release identifying information (such as the name and address of the individual's friends and relatives) to funeral homes, police, or agencies attempting to locate friends or relatives of deceased individuals.
Advisors reply to inquiries and complaints concerning the status of an individual's case from public officials or interested citizens who are acting as an agent for and have the consent of the individual. The case status includes whether an application was filed, action taken by HHSC and the reason for the agency's action.
Advisors provide only the specific information stated in a summons on an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form 2039 to the IRS representative.
Advisors provide only the following information to the Armed Forces:
Advisors provide only the information in B-1230, Releasable Information for Medicaid Providers and Their Contractors, to Medicaid providers and their contractors. Note: Advisors must verify the contract with the Medicaid provider by obtaining:
Advisors release the names and addresses of participating individuals to persons or agencies directly connected with nutrition education.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
| Applicant Data |
|
|
| Client Data |
|
|
| Public Assistance (PA) Case Data |
|
|
* Staff must confirm that the number given by the requestor is correct. Staff do not release Social Security numbers.
** Only the following denial reasons can be released:
| Reason |
|---|
| Refusal to furnish information |
| Failure to furnish information |
| Appointment not kept (application/review) |
| Unable to locate |
| Voluntary withdrawal |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the advisor receives a request for information which cannot be released, the advisor must inform the person requesting the information about the confidentiality of case records based on federal and state laws.
If the advisor receives a subpoena to appear in court with an individual's record, the advisor must notify the supervisor about the hearing. The advisor must take the case record and appear in court. When asked to disclose information from the case record, the advisor must ask the judge to be excused from disclosing information because of the laws concerning confidentiality. The advisor must abide by the judge's ruling.
See Part I, Section 3000, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability (HIPPA), in the Texas Department of Aging and Disability Services Operational Handbook for more information on disclosure of information laws.
Revision 07-3; Effective July 1, 2007
Confidential material that includes identifying information such as name, address or Social Security number must be disposed of according to local office procedures.
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
Staff who become aware of an incident of unauthorized access to or disclosure of restricted information (i.e., IRS Federal Tax Information and verified SSA information) or confidential information must immediately contact the HHSC IRS coordinator by sending a secure email to HHSC IRS_FTI_Safeguards@hhsc.state.tx.us.
The HHSC IRS coordinator will report the incident by contacting the information security officer (ISO).
If a person is responsible for a security breach or a person’s employment is terminated, the user's access to all information must be removed. Supervisors must follow agency procedures for removing access for employees, contractors, vendors or trainees.
Related Policy
Reporting a Security Incident Regarding Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Federal Tax Information (FTI), C-1060
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of the person who contacts the advisor with a request to disclose individually identifiable health information, using sources found in A-621, Verification Sources. In addition, Form H1826, Case Information Release, presented by a legal representative or with an employee badge, may be used to identify the person.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If disclosing individually identifiable health information, the advisor must document how the identity of the person was verified when contact occurs outside of the interview.
Advisors must document:
Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) does not discriminate against any applicant or participant in any aspect of program administration. All eligible households receive benefits without regard to age, race, color, sex, disability, religious creed, national origin, or political beliefs.
HHSC must:
Individuals should be referred to the Civil Rights Office toll-free at 1-888-388-6332. Staff can email the individual’s request to HHSCivilRightsOffice@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Each certification office must display the nondiscrimination poster provided by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).
HHSC obtains racial and ethnic information about all individuals. The racial or ethnic categories are: American Indian or Alaskan Native, Asian or Pacific Islander, black (not of Hispanic origin), Hispanic, and white (not of Hispanic origin). Individuals are requested to voluntarily identify their race or ethnicity on the applications for HHSC assistance. If this information is not voluntarily provided on the application form, the advisor must determine the category by asking an individual to self-identify the individual’s race. The individual’s racial identity is self-declared. If the individual does not want to provide the information, the individual’s race is listed as “unknown.” In the Individual Household logical unit of work (LUW) on the individual’s Add New Individual Information, Edit Existing Individual ID Information or Edit New Individual Information page, the advisor must select the appropriate ethnicity and race from the drop-down menus.
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Texas Health and Human Services (HHS) Circular C-001 found at www.hhsc.state.tx.us/news/circulars/c-001.shtml describes general discrimination complaint procedures.
Explain the following procedures to individuals who feel they have been discriminated against in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and want to complain about it.
Food and Nutrition Service
United States Department of Agriculture
Washington, D.C. 20250
or
Food and Nutrition Service
United States Department of Agriculture
1100 Commerce Street
Suite 5-C-30
Dallas, TX 75242
If submitting a complaint to HHSC, individuals use Form H4870, Client Complaint of Discrimination. For verbal or hotline complaints, staff accepting the complaint complete Form H4870 for the individual. Advisors and other staff handle hotline complaints the same as any other complaints.
Office of the Ombudsman operates a toll-free customer service hotline during normal office hours. The Office of the Ombudsman assists the public with issues or complaints about health and human services programs that have not been resolved under the agency's normal resolution process. If a person has a problem or complaint, they are encouraged to first discuss it with the person, program staff or office staff involved. They can often explain a specific policy or resolve the concern immediately.
People who need assistance or information about local resources or programs are encouraged to call 2-1-1 for access to information about health and human services in their community, including information on the location and phone number of local HHSC offices.
If a person has problems with or complaints about a health and human services program, service, or benefit that has not been resolved to their satisfaction, the person has four ways to send a question or file a complaint:
Ombudsman staff:
Note: Ombudsman staff cannot determine eligibility or make changes to cases.
The Medicaid Managed Care Helpline is designed to help people who receive Medicaid and need help accessing health care services. The HHSC Medicaid Managed Care Helpline helps people who receive Medicaid benefits:
The Medicaid Managed Care Helpline also provides general information about managed care programs to providers, health plans, community based organizations and other stakeholders. People may contact the Medicaid Managed Care Helpline at 866-566-8989.
Related Policy
Managed Care, A-821.2
Managed Care Plans, C-1116
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| Non-Caretaker Cases | Caretaker Cases Without Second Parent |
Caretaker Cases With Second Parent |
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Family Size | Bud Needs (100%) | Rec Needs (25%) | Max Grant | Bud Needs (100%) | Rec Needs (25%) | Max Grant | Bud Needs (100%) | Rec Needs (25%) | Max Grant |
| 1 | $256 | $64 | $105 | $313 | $78* | $129 | --- | --- | --- |
| 2 | $369 | $92 | $152 | $650 | $163 | $267 | $498 | $125** | $204 |
| 3 | $518 | $130 | $213 | $751 | $188 | $308 | $824 | $206 | $338 |
| 4 | $617 | $154 | $253 | $903 | $226 | $370 | $925 | $231 | $379 |
| 5 | $793 | $198 | $325 | $1003 | $251 | $411 | $1073 | $268 | $440 |
| 6 | $856 | $214 | $351 | $1153 | $288 | $473 | $1176 | $294 | $482 |
| 7 | $1068 | $267 | $438 | $1252 | $313 | $513 | $1319 | $330 | $540 |
| 8 | $1173 | $293 | $481 | $1425 | $356 | $584 | $1422 | $356 | $583 |
| 9 | $1346 | $337 | $552 | $1528 | $382 | $627 | $1595 | $399 | $653 |
| 10 | $1450 | $363 | $595 | $1701 | $425 | $697 | $1698 | $425 | $696 |
| 11 | $1623 | $406 | $665 | $1804 | $451 | $740 | $1871 | $468 | $767 |
| 12 | $1726 | $432 | $708 | $1977 | $494 | $810 | $1975 | $494 | $809 |
| 13 | $1899 | $475 | $779 | $2080 | $520 | $853 | $2147 | $537 | $880 |
| 14 | $2003 | $501 | $821 | $2253 | $563 | $924 | $2251 | $563 | $922 |
| 15 | $2174 | $544 | $891 | $2356 | $589 | $966 | $2423 | $606 | $993 |
| Per each additional member | $173 | $43 | $71 | $173 | $43 | $71 | $173 | $43 | $71 |
* Caretaker of child receiving Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
** Caretaker and second parent of child receiving SSI
"Bud Needs" is budgetary needs.
"Rec Needs" is recognizable needs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After eligibility is determined, the TANF grant amount is prorated for the first month of eligibility using the following steps:
Note: One-Time TANF (OTTANF) or One-Time Grandparent payments are not prorated.
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
| Date Financial Eligibility Begins |
Proration Multiplier |
|---|---|
| 1 | 1 |
| 2 | .97 |
| 3 | .93 |
| 4 | .90 |
| 5 | .87 |
| 6 | .83 |
| 7 | .80 |
| 8 | .77 |
| 9 | .73 |
| 10 | .70 |
| 11 | .67 |
| 12 | .63 |
| 13 | .60 |
| 14 | .57 |
| 15 | .53 |
| 16 | .50 |
| 17 | .47 |
| 18 | .43 |
| 19 | .40 |
| 20 | .37 |
| 21 | .33 |
| 22 | .30 |
| 23 | .27 |
| 24 | .23 |
| 25 | .20 |
| 26 | .17 |
| 27 | .13 |
| 28 | .10 |
| 29 | .07 |
| 30/31 | .03 |
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| Household Size | Gross (130%) | Net (100%) | 165%* |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | $1,383 | $1,064 | $1,755 |
| 2 | $1,868 | $1,437 | $2,371 |
| 3 | $2,353 | $1,810 | $2,987 |
| 4 | $2,839 | $2,184 | $3,603 |
| 5 | $3,324 | $2,557 | $4,219 |
| 6 | $3,809 | $2,930 | $4,835 |
| 7 | $4,295 | $3,304 | $5,451 |
| 8 | $4,780 | $3,677 | $6,067 |
| 9 | $5,266 | $4,051 | $6,683 |
| 10 | $5,752 | $4,425 | $7,299 |
| Each additional person | $486 | $374 | $616 |
|
* The figures in the 165 percent column are used to determine if a person who is elderly or a person with a disability living with others may claim separate household status even though the person purchases or prepares food with the others. The figures in this column are also the income limits for categorically eligible households. |
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| If the eligible household size is ... | then the standard deduction is ... |
|---|---|
| Three or less | $167 |
| Four | $181 |
| Five | $212 |
| Six or more | $243 |
Note: A disqualified member in the household size is not used when applying the standard deduction.
Related Policy
Deductions, A-1400
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
To determine the monthly allotment for a household, advisors use the chart in C-1431, Whole Monthly Allotments by Household Size. The monthly allotment for a household with more than 10 people is determined by first determining the maximum:
The monthly allotment is determined by:
Example: A 12-person household with a net monthly income of $964 has a monthly allotment of $1,546 ($964 × .30 = $289.20 or $290; $1,530 + $153 + $153 = $1,836; $1,836 - $290 = $1,546).
Note: The shaded portions on the table in C-1431 indicate allotments available only to categorically eligible households.
Related Policy
How to Prorate Benefits, C-123
Whole Monthly Allotments by Household Size, C-1431
Prorated SNAP Allotments by Application Date, C-1432
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
A prorated allotment for the month of application is determined by using the chart in C-1432, Prorated SNAP Allotments by Application Date, or by:
Example: A household with a whole monthly allotment of $395 applies on June 17. The household's prorated allotment for June is $184. (31 - 17 = 14; $395 × 14 = $5,530; $5,530 ÷ 30 = $184.33 or $184)
Note: Some categorically eligible households can receive ongoing monthly allotments of less than $10. Do not issue allotments prorated to less than $10. A one- or two-person household that qualified for a minimum monthly allotment of $16 can receive a prorated allotment of less than $16 but not a prorated allotment of less than $10.
Benefits are not prorated if the household includes a member who meets both of the following criteria:
Related Policy
Whole Monthly Allotments by Household Size, C-1431
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
| Family Size | 133% FPL (3-1-21) TP 44, 34, TA 76 |
144% FPL (3-1-21) TP 48, 33, TA 75 |
198% FPL (3-1-21) TP 40, 42, 43, 36, 35, TA 74 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | $1,428 | $1,546 | $2,126 |
| 2 | $1,931 | $2,091 | $2,875 |
| 3 | $2,434 | $2,636 | $3,624 |
| 4 | $2,938 | $3,180 | $4,373 |
| 5 | $3,441 | $3,725 | $5,122 |
| 6 | $3,944 | $4,270 | $5,871 |
| 7 | $4,447 | $4,815 | $6,620 |
| 8 | $4,950 | $5,360 | $7,369 |
| 9 | $5,453 | $5,904 | $8,118 |
| 10 | $5,957 | $6,449 | $8,868 |
| 11 | $6,460 | $6,994 | $9,617 |
| 12 | $6,963 | $7,539 | $10,366 |
| 13 | $7,466 | $8,084 | $11,115 |
| 14 | $7,969 | $8,628 | $11,864 |
| 15 | $8,473 | $9,173 | $12,613 |
| For each additional member | $504 | $545 | $750 |
Note: See C-1114, Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs, for the income limits.
| Family Size | 200% FPL (3-1-21 - 3-19-2021) TA 41 |
201% FPL (3-1-21) TA 84 |
202% FPL (3-1-21) TA 85 |
204.2% FPL (3-20-21) TA 41 |
400% FPL (3-1-21) TA 77 |
413% FPL (3-1-21) TP 70 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | $2,147 | $2,158 | $2,169 | $2,192 | $4,294 | $4,433 |
| 2 | $2,904 | $2,918 | $2,933 | $2,965 | $5,807 | $5,996 |
| 3 | $3,660 | $3,679 | $3,697 | $3,737 | $7,320 | $7,558 |
| 4 | $4,417 | $4,439 | $4,461 | $4,510 | $8,834 | $9,121 |
| 5 | $5,174 | $5,200 | $5,226 | $5,282 | $10,347 | $10,683 |
| 6 | $5,930 | $5,960 | $5,990 | $6,055 | $11,860 | $12,246 |
| 7 | $6,687 | $6,721 | $6,754 | $6,828 | $13,374 | $13,808 |
| 8 | $7,444 | $7,481 | $7,518 | $7,600 | $14,887 | $15,371 |
| 9 | $8,200 | $8,241 | $8,282 | $8,373 | $16,400 | $16,933 |
| 10 | $8,957 | $9,002 | $9,047 | $9,145 | $17,914 | $18,496 |
| 11 | $9,714 | $9,762 | $9,811 | $9,918 | $19,427 | $20,059 |
| 12 | $10,470 | $10,523 | $10,575 | $10,690 | $20,940 | $21,621 |
| 13 | $11,227 | $11,283 | $11,339 | $11,463 | $22,454 | $23,184 |
| 14 | $11,984 | $12,044 | $12,104 | $12,235 | $23,967 | $24,746 |
| 15 | $12,740 | $12,804 | $12,868 | $13,008 | $25,480 | $26,309 |
| For each additional member | $757 | $761 | $765 | $773 | $1,514 | $1,563 |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| - | - | TP 08, TA 31 and TA 86 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Family Size | TP 32 and TP 56 | One Parent | Two Parents | |
| 1 | $104 | $103 | N/A | |
| 2 | $216 | $196 | $161 | |
| 3 | $275 | $230 | $251 | |
| 4 | $308 | $277 | $285 | |
| 5 | $357 | $310 | $332 | |
| 6 | $392 | $356 | $367 | |
| 7 | $440 | $389 | $412 | |
| 8 | $475 | $441 | $447 | |
| 9 | $532 | $476 | $500 | |
| 10 | $567 | $527 | $535 | |
| 11 | $624 | $562 | $587 | |
| 12 | $659 | $613 | $622 | |
| 13 | $716 | $648 | $675 | |
| 14 | $751 | $700 | $710 | |
| 15 | $808 | $734 | $762 | |
| Per each additional member | $57 | $52 | $52 | |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
| Family Size | 185% FPL (3-1-21) TP 07 |
|---|---|
| 1 | $1,986 |
| 2 | $2,686 |
| 3 | $3,386 |
| 4 | $4,086 |
| 5 | $4,786 |
| 6 | $5,486 |
| 7 | $6,186 |
| 8 | $6,886 |
| 9 | $7,585 |
| 10 | $8,285 |
| 11 | $8,985 |
| 12 | $9,685 |
| 13 | $10,385 |
| 14 | $11,085 |
| 15 | $11,785 |
| For each additional person | $700 |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
|
Five Percentage Points of FPL |
|
|---|---|
| Family Size | 2021 Monthly Disregard Amount |
|
1 |
$53.70 |
|
2 |
$72.60 |
|
3 |
$91.50 |
|
4 |
$110.45 |
|
5 |
$129.35 |
|
6 |
$148.25 |
|
7 |
$167.20 |
|
8 |
$186.10 |
|
9 |
$205.00 |
|
10 |
$223.95 |
|
11 |
$242.85 |
|
12 |
$261.75 |
|
13 |
$280.70 |
|
14 |
$299.60 |
|
15 |
$318.50 |
|
For each additional person |
$18.95 |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Each year, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) establishes income thresholds for earned and unearned income. People whose income (earned, unearned, or a combination) exceeds the federal income tax filing threshold are expected by the IRS to file a federal income tax return under federal law. The IRS monthly income thresholds are used to determine if a person’s income must be counted when calculating Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) financial eligibility, as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, for Medical Programs, Step 3.
Determining whether a person is expected to be required to file a federal income tax return is determined by comparing the specified income types to the IRS thresholds in the following table.
| Type of Income |
2021 Threshold |
Apply Threshold Value in Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP |
|---|---|---|
| Unearned Income | $91.67 |
|
| Earned Income | $1,033.33 |
|
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Select a code for the occurrence during the six months prior to certification that is the primary reason the household needs Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF). Use these codes only in Item 132 on Form H1000-A, Notice of Application.
| 024 | Period of Lump Sum Ineligibility Shortened Use this code to open a case previously denied because of a lump sum if the household becomes eligible because its period of ineligibility is shortened. |
|---|
| 025 | Father Incapacitated Earnings of the father in the home have terminated or decreased because of his illness, injury, or impairment. The onset of the disability may have occurred prior to the last six months. The disabled father must be in the home unless he is receiving medical treatment out of the home. |
|---|---|
| 026 | Mother Incapacitated Earnings of the mother in the home have terminated or decreased because of her illness, injury, or impairment. |
| 027 | Other Caretaker Incapacitated Earnings of the children's caretaker in the home, other than the father or mother, have terminated or decreased because of the caretaker's illness, injury, or impairment. Use this code if the caretaker had been supporting the children before the loss of or decrease in earnings. |
| 028 | Father Laid Off Earnings of the children's father in the home have terminated or decreased because he has been laid off or discharged from his job or discontinued his self-employment. |
| 029 | Mother Laid Off Earnings of the children's mother in the home have terminated or decreased because she has been laid off or discharged from her job, or discontinued her self-employment. |
| 030 | Other Caretaker Laid Off Earnings of the children'scaretaker in the home, other than the children's mother or father, have terminated or decreased because the caretaker has been laid off or discharged from a job, or discontinued self-employment. Use only if the caretaker had been supporting the children before the loss or decrease in earnings. |
| 031 | Died Use to indicate death of the caretaker who supported the children during the six months prior to death. |
|---|---|
| 032 | Left Home Use if the caretaker supported the children during the six months prior to leaving and has not provided sufficient support since leaving. |
| 033 | Was Incarcerated Use if the caretaker supported the children during the six months prior to incarceration. |
| 034 | Died Use to indicate death of the person who supported the children during the six months prior to death. |
|---|---|
| 035 | Left Use if the person supported the children during the six months prior to leaving and has not provided sufficient support since leaving. |
| 036 | Is Incapacitated Use if the person is unable to continue supporting the children because of the person's disability. |
| 037 | Is Laid Off Use if the person is unable to continue supporting the children because of a change in employment status. |
| 039 | Absent Father Discontinued or Reduced the Children's Support Payments Use if the children's father has been absent for the past six months; if father left home in the past six months, use code 032. |
|---|---|
| 040 | Another Person Discontinued or Reduced the Children's Support Payments Use if someone outside the home other than the children'sfather stopped or reduced the children's support payments. |
| 041 | TANF Father, Mother, or Other TANF Caretaker Lost or had a Reduction in Income Not Listed in Codes 025-040 Examples of income include RSDI; allowance, pension, or other payment connected with military service; unemployment benefits; workers' compensation; and rental income. Do not include the loss of any income based on need. |
|---|
| 042 | Medical Care Cost Medical care cost includes all items for medical or remedial care, including care in nursing facilities. |
|---|---|
| 043 | Other Living Costs These costs do not include medical care costs. |
| 044 | Other Material Change Examples of circumstances include loss of investments through business failure or loss of home or other buildings by fire. Do not use if the assets produced income that provided full or partial support. Use code 041, loss of or reduction in other income. Use if the household was previously certified under the real property exemption based on good faith effort to sell, and the family sold the property or it is no longer accessible. |
| 046 | Increased Need or Other Budget Items A change in household composition or living arrangements resulted in increased needs for the TANF family. |
|---|---|
| 047 | No Proration of Benefits TP 01, use this code when certifying
When used,
|
| 049 | The Applicant Met the Eligibility Requirement for Residence |
|---|---|
| 050 | The Applicant Met the Eligibility Requirement for Citizenship |
| 052 | The Applicant Met Another Technical Eligibility Requirement |
| 053 | The Applicant Applied for Assistance |
| 056 | A Change That Cannot Be Related to Codes 045-053 Example is the departure of an unemployed caretaker who has not provided support. |
| 054 | Post (Child Support) or Transitional Medicaid Reinstatement Use to reinstate a denied
|
|---|---|
| 055 | Denied in Error Use to reopen a case or application that was denied by mistake. |
| 057 | Medicaid Administrative Opening Code Use to open a
When the TP 01 or TP 61 case on hold was denied, instead of transferred, in order to prevent the automated systems from counting a month(s) toward anindividual's time limit. "Person(s) meet Medicaid eligibility requirements." "Persona(s) llena los requisitos de elegibilidad de Medicaid." For TPs 07, 29, and 37, also include the following message: "While receiving transitional Medicaid, you must report to HHSC within 10 days after you move and after anyone moves in or out of your household." "Mientras reciba Medicaid de transición, tiene que avisar a la HHSC dentro de los 10 días de su cambio de case o del cambio del número de personas de su casa." |
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
Reasons for denying cases and applications are classified into three groups:
Select the code reflecting the primary reason for denial. If a reason related to need and another reason occur at the same time, use the need code. Enter in Item 132 of Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, and Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action.
| 058 | Death of Caretaker No Notice. |
|---|---|
| 059 | Death of Child – A-500, Age/Relationship "You no longer have children in your home who are eligible for assistance." "Ya no hay niños en su casa que califican para asistencia." |
| 060 | Earnings of Father, Legal or Stepfather — A-1323.5, Wages, Salaries, Commission and Tips Use for applications and ongoing cases that are not eligible for post-medical coverage. "Earnings of father meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El padre gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
|---|---|
| 061 | Earnings of Mother, Legal or Stepmother — A-1323.5, Wages, Salaries, Commission and Tips Use for applications and ongoing cases that are not eligible for post-medical coverage. "Earnings of mother meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "La madre gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 062 | Earnings of TANF Child – A-1323.1, Children's Earned Income Use for applications and ongoing cases that are not eligible for post-medical coverage. "Earnings of child meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Su hijo/hija gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 063 | Earnings of Non-Parent Caretaker — A-1323.5, Wages, Salaries, Commission and Tips Use for applications and ongoing cases that are not eligible for post-medical coverage. "Earnings of other person in your home meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Una persona que vive en su casa gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 064 | Support from Absent Father — A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions; A-1326.2, Child Support; A-1334, Vendor Payments (See chart in C-241, TANF and Medical Programs Chart, for appropriate reference codes.) "Income from children's father who is outside the home meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El padre que no vive en la misma casa manda suficiente dinero para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 065 | Pursuit of Texas Works Activities — A-1527, The Texas Works Message "You have chosen to pursue employment opportunities and/or save your time-limited benefits for another time." "Usted decidió buscar empleo y/o usar sus beneficios de tiempo limitado en ortra occasión." |
| 066 | Support from Other Person Outside the Home, Including Mother — A-1326.2, Child Support; A-1334, Vendor Payments (See chart in C-241, TANF and Medical Programs Chart, for appropriate reference codes.) "Income available to you from a person outside the home meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que recibe de un pariente fuera de su casa es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 067 | RSDI — A-1324.15, Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance(RSDI) "Income available to you from social security benefit meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El cheque que usted recibe ahora, o va a recibir, del seguro social es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 068 | Other Federal Benefits — A-1324.19, Veterans Benefits "Income available to you from federal benefit or pension meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que usted recibe ahora de beneficios o pensiones federales es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 069 | State and Local Benefits — A-1326.9, Pensions; A-1324.18, Unemployment Compensation; A-1321.4, Workers Compensation(See chart in C-241 for appropriate reference codes.) Includes workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, state and local government retirement benefits. "Income available to you from state or local benefit or pension meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que usted recibe de beneficios o pensiones de gobierno local o del estado es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 070 | Non-Governmental Benefits — A-1326.9, Pensions "Income available to you from pension or benefit meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que recibe usted de pensiones or beneficios es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 071 | Income Not Codes 060 — 070 — A-13XX (See chart in C-241, TANF and Medical Programs Chart, for appropriate reference codes.) A-800, Medicaid Eligibility, for TP 07/37 "Income available to you meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que gana o recibe usted es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 072 | Resources — A-12XX (See chart in C-241, TANF and Medical Programs Chart, for appropriate reference codes.) "Resources available to you from other property meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Los recursos que tiene usted en propiedades or dinero son suficientes para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 074 | Fewer Members in Certified Group — A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests "No unmet need for the current family size." "Ahora que usted tiene menos familia, sus entradas son suficientes para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 075 | Conflicting Information on Management — A-1700,Management "Information on management indicates additional income." "Según la información que tenemos acerca de su situación económica, parece ser que usted no reportó toda su entrada." |
| 076 | Refusal to Furnish Information — B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames Use only if a Form H1010-B, Application for Assistance -Part B: Information We Need Know, is on file. Use code 091 for failure to return Form H1010-B. "You did not wish to furnish enough information for this agency to establish eligibility for assistance." "Usted no quiso darnos suficiente información para poder establecer su calificación para asistencia." |
| 077 | Refusal to Follow Agreed Plan — A-1311, Requirement to Pursue Income Use to deny ongoing cases when an individual fails to pursue potential sources of income or resources that would be made available through the individual's efforts. "You did not wish to follow agreed plan so that eligibility for assistance could be continued." "Usted ya no califica para asistencia porque no quiso utilizar, según el plan que hablamos, otros posibles recursos." |
| 078 | Earnings/Child Support Payments Terminate — A-800, Medicaid Eligibility Use to deny Medicaid coverage before the end of the four- or twelve-month period for
"Como fue acordado al terminar su concesión, su calificación para los beneficios de Medicaid termina ahora." |
| 083 | Federal Time Limits — A-1900, Federal Time Limits (FTLs) Use to deny an application or ongoing case because a household member has received 60 months of TANF assistance. "Your household is ineligible for TANF due to federal time limits, because the following person has received 60 months of TANF cash assistance. Your family may still be eligible for Medicaid. Contact your local office for information." "Debido alos límites de tiempo federal su unidad familiar no tiene derecho a TANF porque la siguiente persona ha recibido asistencia económica de TANF 60 meses. Es posible que sue familia todavía tenga derecho a Medicaid. Comuníquese con la oficina local para recibir información." |
| 086 | Child Admitted to Institution, Including Foster Care —A-900,Domicile "Your child has been admitted to an institution." "Su niñoha sido admitido a un hospital u otra institución." |
| 087 | No Eligible Child – A-900, Domicile, or A-800, Medicaid Eligibility, for TP 07/37 Use to deny applications or ongoing cases because the child does not meet relationship requirements or is no longer in the home. "You no longer have children in your home who are eligible for assistance." "Usted ya no tiene niños en su casa que califican para asistencia." |
| 088 | Residence Requirement Not Met — A-700, Residence Use for applications and for ongoing cases when the household moves out of state. "Residence requirements are not met." "Sus niños no califican para asistencia porque no cumplen con el requisito de residencia en el estado." |
| 089 | Citizenship or Acceptable Alien Status — A-300, Citizenship "Your children do not meet acceptable alien status or citizen requirements for assistance." "Sus niños no son elegibles para asistencia porque no cumplen con el requisito de ciudadanía ni de inmigrante elegible." |
| 090 | Prior Eligibility — A-800, Medicaid Eligibility; A-1900, Federal Time Limits (FTLs); A-2400, One Time Payments
|
| 091 | Failure to Furnish Information — B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames Use this code if the applicant/individual fails to return the application form. "You failed to complete and return the necessary eligibility form." "Usted no ha entregado la forma completa que necesitamos para determinar su elegibilidad para asistencia." |
| 092 | Other Eligibility Requirements — A-132, Eligibility Factors Use to deny applications and ongoing cases for reasons other than need but not covered by codes 076-091. It cannot be entered by advisors to deny medical assistance only cases. "You do not meet eligibility requirements for assistance." "Usted no califica para asistencia." Note: SAVERR enters this code at the end of the Medicaid period for TP 07, TP 20 and TP 37. "Your Medicaid coverage has ended." "Su cobertura de Medicaid ha terminado." |
| 093 | Adult Earnings (Refugee Only) — R-700, Age/Relationship Use to deny RCA applications and ongoing cases that are not eligible for post medical coverage. Use only if the case is an adult case with no children. "You will not be eligible for Medicaid after mm/dd/yy." "La elegibilidad para Medicaid termina el mm/dd/yy." |
| 094 | Appointment Not Kept, Application/Review — B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames "You failed to keep your appointment." "Usted no vino a la cita que le dimos." |
| 095 | Unable to Locate — A-700, Residence "You cannot be located." "No podemos localizar al solicitante." |
| 096 | Refugee Exceeds Eight-Month Limit — R-100, RCA/RMA Use to deny an RCA application or ongoing case because the household members entered the U.S. more than eight months ago. "You will not be eligible for TANF after mm/dd/yy." "La elegibilidad para Medicaid termina el mm/dd/yy." |
| 097 | Filed In Error — No Notice Use to deny a Notice of Application (NOA) that was created erroneously. |
| 098 | Voluntary Withdrawal — A-100, Application Processing Use only if an applicant requests that the application be withdrawn, or a current recipient requests that HHSC discontinue the case and the advisor cannot determine the reason. Otherwise use the applicable code. "You have advised us that you no longer want to apply for TANF." "Usted nos avisó que ya no desea solicitar TANF." "You have advised us that you no longer want to receive TANF." "Usted nos avisó que ya no desea recibir TANF." |
| 099 | Other Miscellaneous — A-1000, Deprivation
|
| 134 | Refusal to Assign Child Support Rights — A-1100, Child Support Use to deny an application or ongoing case because the caretaker's needs are removed for refusal to make assignment and income meets the needs of the remaining members. "You did not wish to assign support rights to the state." "No quiso usted conceder al estado el derecho de cobrar sostenimiento." |
| 135 | Provide AP's Info or Location — A-1100, Child Support Use to deny an application or an ongoing case because the caretaker's needs are removed for refusal to provide information on the absent parent or cooperate in locating the absent parent, and income meets the needs of the remaining members. "You did not supply information on the absent parent or assist support officer in locating the absent parent." "Usted no dio información sobre el padre o la madre ausente, o no ayudó al funcionario de manutención de niños a localizar a dicha persona." |
| 136 | Provide Verification of Citizenship — A-350, Verification Requirements Use to deny an application or ongoing case because all members in the certified group failed to provide verification of citizenship. "You did not provide proof of U.S. Citizenship." "Usted no presentó prueba de ciudadanía estadounidense." |
| 137 | Refusal to Help to Establish Paternity — A-1100, Child Support Use to deny acase because the caretaker's needs are removed for refusal to cooperate in establishing paternity and income meets needs of remaining members. "You chose not to help in establishing paternity." "No quiso usted ayudar a establecer la paternidad." |
| 180 | Increased Earnings from Employment Services — A-1323.5, Wages, Salaries, Commission and Tips Use to deny cases not eligible for post medical coverage if the denial results from employment or increased earnings within six months after participation in employment services. Also use to deny RCA cases because of failure to comply with employment/training requirements. "You are now ineligible due to increased earnings after employment services." "Usted no califica porque su salario aumentó después de su en el programa de servicios de empleo." |
| 181 | Refusal to Comply With Employment Services, Caretaker —A-1800, Employment Services Use to deny a case because the caretaker'sneeds are removed for failure to comply and income meets needs of remaining members. "You are now ineligible due to caretaker's refusal to register for employment services." "Usted no califica porque no quiso inscribirse en el programa de servicios de empleo." |
| 196 | Failed to Sign the Responsibility Agreement — A-2100, Personal Responsibility Agreement "Failure to sign the Responsibility Agreement." "Usted no firmó el Acuerdo de Responsabilidad Personal." |
| 200 | Time Limit or Hardship Ends/Household Member Disqualified – A-2500, State Time Limits "You are ineligible for TANF because _____________'s needs were removed following time limit policies." "Usted no será elegible para TANF porque _____________ dejó de ser elegible según las normas de los límites de tiempo." |
| 201 | OT Ineligibility Period – A-2400, One Time Payments "You are currently not eligible to receive TANF, OTTANF, or TANF-SP because you have received OTTANF during the past 12 months." "En este momento usted no es elegible para recibir TANF, OTTANF, ni TANF-SP porque usted ya recibió OTTANF que cubre los últimos 12 meses." |
| 217 | Income Over 185% FPIL or No Earnings During the Fourth Month Transitional Reporting Period "Your transitional Medicaid will be shortened to six months because you had no income or your gross earnings meet the needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Su Medicaid de transición se recortará a seis meses porque usted no tuvo ingresos o su salario bruto es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades que este departamento puede reconocer." |
| 230 | Transitional Medicaid Expired at the End of the 12th Month — Computer Sent |
Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002
Select the code that best represents the reason for the case action. Enter it in Item 132, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, if taking action to raise, lower, sustain, or transfer a case to another type program.
| 101 | "Your available income or resources are less." "Usted tiene ahora menos ingresos o recursos." |
|---|---|
| 102 | "Needs this agency can include in your check are more." "Ahora usted tiene más necesidades que esta agencia puede cubrir con su cheque." |
| 103 | "Your income and needs have changed." "Sus ingresos y sus necesidades cambiaron." |
| 104 | "Your available income or resources have increased." "Usted tiene ahora másingresos o recursos." |
|---|---|
| 105 | "Needs this agency can include in your check are less." "Ahora usted tiene menos necesidades que esta agencia puede cubrir con su cheque." |
| 106 | "Your income and needs have changed." "Sus ingresos y sus necesidades cambiaron." |
| 107 | "Needs included in your check remain the same." "Las necesidades cubiertas por su cheque no han cambiado." |
|---|---|
| 108 | "Changes in income and needs do not affect check." "Los cambios en sus ingresos y en sus necesidades no afectan su cheque." |
| 109 | "You are receiving the maximum assistance check." "Usted recibe la máxima cantidad de assistencia que se da." |
| 110 | "You remain eligible for medical coverage." "Usted sigue siendo elegible para beneficios médicos." |
| 111 | Use when transferring from TP 01 or 61 to any income assistance medical program. "You are now eligible for medical coverage only." "Usted es elegible ahora sólo para beneficios médicos." Use when transferring from TP 01 or 61 to TP 40 to provide continuous coverage for a pregnant woman. "The pregnant woman on your TANF case is eligible for continuous medical coverage." "La mujer de su caso de TANF que está embarazada es elegible para cobertura médica continua." |
|---|---|
| 112 | Use when transferring from any income assistance medical program to TP 01 or 61. "You are eligible for financial and medical assistance." "Usted es elegible para beneficios médicos y asistencia financiera." |
| 115 | "Earnings after ESP training have increased." "Las entradas aumentaron después de su entrenamiento para empleo." |
|---|---|
| 116 | "Adult's needs removed due to refusal to participate in employment services." "Las necesidades del adulto que se negó a participar en los servicios de empleo no pueden ser consideradas." |
| 118 | "Your family is now eligible for TANF-SP benefits only." "Ahora su familia es elegible solamente para beneficios de TANF-SP." |
|---|---|
| 119 | "Your family is now eligible for regular TANF benefits only." "Ahora su familia es elegible solamente para beneficios regulares de TANF." |
| 120 | Use when changing the payee from one designated relative to another relative when there is no break in assistance to the TANF children included in the case. "You will now receive the assistance payment." "Ahora va a recibir el cheque de asistencia a nombre de usted." |
|---|
| 121 | Use when transferring from any medical assistance program to another medical assistance program. This includes TP 07, 20, 29, 37, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, and 55. "You have been transferred to another type of medical assistance." "Le cambiaron de una categoria del programa médico aotra." Use when transferring from any medical assistance program to TP 40 to allow continuous coverage for a pregnant woman. This includes TPs 07, 29, 37, 47 or an active TP 55 to TP 40. "The pregnant woman on your Medicaid case is eligible for continuous medical coverage." "La mujer de su caso de Medicaid que está embarazada es elegible para cobertura médica continua." |
|---|
| 123 | Use for TP 07 and TP 37 when
"Sus beneficios de transición de Medicaid han cambiado debido a su reporte para Medicaid del cuarto mes." |
|---|
| 125 | Removal of child's needs due to child support from absent parent, and income changes do not affect check. Use when removing a child's needs from the budget because of child support but other household income changes result in no grant change. |
|---|---|
| 126 | Sustained benefits. "Child support activities do not affect your TANF or Medicaid benefits." "Las actividades relacionadas con sostenimiento para niños no afectan sus beneficios de TANF ni de Medicaid." |
| 127 | Child's needs removed due to child support and your income has changed. Use when
|
| 128 | Raised grant. "Your needs have increased and child support no longer exceeds the grant." "Sus necesidades han aumentado y el pago de sostenimiento para niños que recibe ya no sobrepasa la cantidad de la concesión." |
| 129 | Child's needs removed due to child support received from absent parent. Use when lowering a grant because the needs of a child who is receiving child support from an absent parent are removed from the budget. |
|---|---|
| 130 | "You did not wish to assign support rights to the state." "No quiso usted conceder al estado el derecho de cobrar sostenimiento." |
| 131 | "You did not wish to supply information on absent parent." "No quiso usted dar informes acerca del padre/de la madre ausente." |
| 132 | "You chose not to cooperate with the child support officer." "No quiso usted colaborar con el encargado de los cobros de sostenimiento para niños." |
| 133 | "You chose not to assist in establishing paternity." "No quiso usted ayudar aaclarar la paternidad." |
| 139 | "Your grant has been reduced because a household member became eligible for SSI or SSA disability." |
| 138 | Time Limit or Hardship Ends/Household Member Disqualified "Your grant was lowered because __________'s needs were removed following time-limit policies." "Se redujo su pago mensual porque _________ dejó de ser elegible según las normas de los límites de tiempo." |
|---|
| 150 | Time Limit or Hardship Ends/Household Member Disqualified "Your grant was raised. However, _________'s needs were removed following time-limit policies." "Se sebió su pago mensual. Sin embargo, __________ dejó de ser elegible según las normas de los límites de tiempo." |
|---|
| 160 | Time Limit or Hardship Ends/Household Member Disqualified Use when sustaining TP 01 or 61. "Your grant remains the same. However, ____________'s needs were removed following time-limit policies." "Su pago mensual seguirá igual. Sin embargo, __________ dejó de ser elegible según las normas de los límites de tiempo." |
|---|
| 170 | Time Limit or Hardship Ends/Household Member Disqualified Use when transferring from TP 01 or 61 to any income assistance medical program. "You are eligible for medical assistance only. You are ineligible for a TANF grant because__________'s needs were removed following time-limit policies." "Usted es elegible para recibir solamente ayuda médica. Dejó de ser elegible para pagos mensuales de TANF porque ____________ dejó de ser elegible según las normas de los límites de tiempo." When transferring to TP 29, also include the following message: "While receiving transitional Medicaid, you must report to HHSC within 10 days after you move and after anyone moves in or out of your household." "Mientras reciba Medicaid de transición, tiene que avisar a HHSC dentro de los 10 días de su cambio de casa o del cambio del número de personas de su casa." |
|---|
Revision 09-3; Effective July 1, 2009
Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012
| 601 | Excess Income, see C-242 for appropriate reference codes "The amount of money you get each month is over the allowed amount." "La cantidad de dinero que recibe cada mes sobrepasa la cantidad límite." |
|---|---|
| 602 | Excess Resources, see C-242 for appropriate reference codes "The value of the things you own (resources) goes over the allowed amount." "El valor de las cosas de las que es dueño (recursos) sobrepasan la cantidad límite." |
| 603 | Transferred Resources — A-1212 "You knowingly transferred resources to qualify for SNAP food benefits." "Transfirio sus recursos con la intención de recibir beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP." |
| 604 | Death No notice will be sent. |
| 605 | Program Violation No notice will be sent. |
| 606 | Ineligible Students — A-200 "All members of your household are ineligible students." "Todos los miembros de su casa son estudiantes inelegibles." |
| 607 | Refusal to Cooperate — C-920 "You refused to cooperate." "Usted se negó a cooperar." |
| 608 | Voluntary Withdrawal — A-100 "You have advised us that you no longer wish to receive SNAP food benefits." "Nos dijo que ya no quiere recibir beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP." |
| 609 | Failure to Provide Information — B-100 and C-900 "You did not provide enough information for this office to determine eligibility for SNAP food benefits." "No nos dio información suficiente para determinar si puede recibir beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP." |
| 610 | Work Registration — A-1800 See Form H1017, Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction, instructions for specific individual messages. |
| 611 | Voluntary Quit — A-1800 "The household's primary wage earner voluntarily left his most recent job without good cause." "La persona que mantenia la casa dejó su empleo voluntariamente sin tener una razón aceptable." |
| 612 | Unable to Locate — A-700 "You cannot be located at the address you gave us." "En la dirección que usted nos dió, no se le puede localizar." |
| 613 | Moved from State — No notice will be sent. |
| 614 | Other, enter the appropriate reference Indicate the specific reason. |
| 615 | Missed Appointment — B-100 "You failed to keep your appointment after submitting an application for SNAP food benefits." "No se presento´ a la cita que le demos despues de presentar la solicitud de beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP." |
| 616 | No Citizens or Eligible Aliens — A-300 "No member of the household is a U.S. citizen or an alien eligible for SNAP food benefits." "Ninguno de los miembros de su familia es ciudadano de los Estados Unidos o, elegible para recibir beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP." |
| 617 | Application Filed in Error — No Notice Use to deny a Notice of Application (NOA) that was created erroneously. |
| 621 | Work Registrant Earnings — A-1323.5 "The amount of money you got from jobs (wages) goes over the allowed amount." "La cantidad de dinero que recibio de trabajos (salario) sobrepasa el limite establecido." |
| 622 | Postponed Verification Not Provided – Expedited – A-145 "Your benefits were denied because you failed to provide the proof we requested when you were certified for expedited (emergency) services." "Esta negación de beneficios se debe a que usted nunca entregó las pruebas que se le pidieron cuando le declararon elegible para los beneficios de emergencia." |
| 625 | State Office Use Only (SAVERR default code – open/close) No notice. |
| 626 | State Office Use Only (CCDMI/permanent move) No notice. |
| 627 | 18-50 Denial — A-1900 "You have been disqualified for failing to meet the requirement for working 20 hours per week. To avoid the denial of benefits, you must begin working an average of 20 hours per week." "Usted ha sido descalificado por no satisfacer el requisito de trabajar 20 horas por semana. Para evitar la negación de beneficios, usted tiene que comenzar a trabajar un promedio de 20 horas por semana." |
| 630 | State Office Use Only (Certification period expired) No notice. |
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
| 048 | TP 40 Use when providing continuous coverage for pregnant woman on TP 40 using Form H1000-A. "The pregnant woman in your household is eligible for continuous medical coverage." "La mujer de su caso de Medicaid que está embarazada es elegible par cobertura médica continua." TP 43, TP 44, TP 47 and TP 48 Use when providing continuous coverage for a child on TP 43, 44, 47, or 48. "The following people in your household are eligible for continuous medical coverage." "Las siguientes personas de su casa son elegibles para cobertura medica continua." |
|---|---|
| 052 | TPs 40, 43, 44, 45, 48, and 55 without spenddown "Meets eligibility requirements." "Llena los requisitos de elegibilidad." |
| 055 | TPs 40, 43, 44, 45, 48, and 55 without spenddown Use to reopen a case or application that was denied by mistake. "Denied in error." "Se negó por equivocación." |
| 057 | TPs 40, 43, 44, 45, 48, and 55 without spenddown Use when opening a case instead of transferring from TP 01 or 61 in order to prevent the automated systems from counting a month(s) toward a individual's time limit. "Person(s) meet Medicaid eligibility requirements." "Persona(s) llena los requisitos de elegibilidad de Medicaid." |
Revision 09-3; Effective July 1, 2009
| 059 | Death of Child (TPs 43, 45, 44, and 48) — A-500 "You no longer have children in your home who are eligible for assistance." "Ya no hay niños en su casa que califican para asistencia." |
|---|---|
| Earnings (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) | |
| 060 | Earnings of Father — A-1323.5 "Earnings of father meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El padre gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 061 | Earnings of Mother — A-1323.5 "Earnings of mother meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "La madre gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 062 | Earnings of Child – A-1323.1 "Earnings of child meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Su hijo/hija gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 063 | Earnings of Non-Parent Caretaker — A-1323.5 "Earnings of other person in your home meet needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Una persona que vive en su casa gana suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| Financial Support (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) | |
| 064 | Support from Absent Father — A-1300 "Income from children's father who is outside the home meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El padre que no vive en la misma casa manda suficiente dinero para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 065 | Support from Relative in Household "Income from relative in your household meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que recibe de un pariente que vive en su casa es suficiente dinero para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 066 | Support from Person Outside the Home "Income available to you from a person outside the home meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que recibe de un pariente fuera de su casa es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 067 | RSDI (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, and 48) — A-1324.15 "Income available to you from social security benefit meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El cheque que usted recibe ahora, o va a recibir, del seguro social es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 068 | Other Federal Benefits (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) —A-1324.19 "Income available to you from Federal benefit or pension meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que usted recibe ahora de beneficios o pensiones Federales es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 069 | State and Local Pensions or Benefits (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) —A-1300 "Income available to you from state or local benefit or pension meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que usted recibe de beneficios o pensiones del gobierno local o del estado es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 070 | Non-Governmental Pensions or Benefits (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) —A-1326.9 "Income available to you from pension or benefit meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero que recibe usted de pensiones o benficios es suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 071 | Excess Assets Income (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, and 48) — A-13XX (See chart in C-241 for appropriate reference codes.) "Income available to you meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "El dinero recibe ustedes suficiente para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." (TPs 55 and 30) — A-13XX (See chart in C-241 for appropriate reference codes.) "Income available to you exceeds the medically needy needs allowance and you have no medical expenses to spend down your income." "Usted dispone de ingresos que sobrepasan el limite para ser elegible para beneficios por necesidad médica yusted no tiene gastos médicos que se pudieran desontar de sus ingresos." |
| 072 | Excess Assets — Resources (TPs 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) — A-12XX (See chart in C-241 for appropriate reference codes.) "Resources available to you from other property meets needs that can be recognized by this agency." "Los recursos que tiene usted en propiedades o dinero son suficientes para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 074 | Fewer Members in Certified Group (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) —A-1341 "No unmet need for the current family size." "Ahora, que usted tiene meno familia, sus entradas son suficientes para cubrir las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
| 075 | Conflicting Information on Management (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30)— A-1700 "Information on management indicates additional income." "Según la información que tenemos, acerca de su situacióneconómica, parece ser ue usted no reportó toda su entrada." |
| 076 | Refusal to Furnish Information (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30)— B-100 "You did not wish to furnish enough information for this agency to establish eligibility for assistance." "Usted no quiso darnos suficiente información para poder establecer su calificación para asistencia." |
| 077 | Refusal to Follow Agreed Plan (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, and 48) —A-1311 "You did not wish to follow agreed plan so that eligibility for assistance could be continued." "Usted ya no califica para asistencia porque no quiso utilizar, según el plan que hablamos, otros posibles recursos." |
| 078 | Automatic Denial (TP 40) Automatic denial because of anticipated pregnancy termination. |
| 079 | Refusal to Obtain Medical Information for Pregnancy or Disability Determinations (TPs 40, 55, and 30) — A-800 "You did not wish to obtain required medical verification." "Usted no quiso obtener la verificación médica requerida." |
| 080 | Parent Not Incapacitated (TPs 55 and 30) — A-1000 "You do not meet the agency's definition of incapacity." "Según la definición de 'incapacidad' de esta agencia, usted no califica." |
| 082 | Legal Marriage (TPs 40 and 55) "Your children are not deprived of parental support. The primary wage earner does not meet the employment or work history requirements." "A sus niños no les falta el sostenimineto paterno. El sostén principal de la casa no cumple con los requisitos con respecto a desempleo." |
| 086 | Child Admitted to Institution (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30)— A-900 "Your child has been admitted to an institution." "Su niño ha sido admitido a un hospital u otra institución." |
| 087 | No Eligible Child (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55) —A-900 "You no longer have children in your home who are eligible for assistance." "Usted ya no tiene niños en su casa que califican para asistencia." |
| 088 | Residence (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) —A-700 "Residence requirements are not met." "Sus niños no califican para asistencia porque no complen con el requisito de residencia en el estado." |
| 089 | Citizenship or Acceptable Alien Status (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) — A-300 "Citizenship or acceptable alien status requirements are not met." "No cumplen con los requisitos de ciudadanía ni de inmigrante elegible." |
| 090 | Open/Close Coverage (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) "Assistance was granted during a prior period, but you are not eligible now for medical assistance." "Usted calificó anteriormente para asistencia pero ahora ya no califica para beneficios médicos." |
| 091 | Failure to Furnish Information (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30)— B-100 "You failed to complete and return the necessary eligibility form." "Usted no ha entregado la form completa que necesitamos para determinar su elegibilidad." |
| 092 | Other Eligibility Requirements (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30)— A-100 Use for denying TP 45 because
"Usted no califica para asistencia." |
| 094 | Appointment Not Kept (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) —B-100 "You failed to keep your appointment." "Usted no vino a la cita que le dimos." |
| 095 | Unable to Locate (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) —A-700 "You cannot be located." "No lo podemos localizar a usted." |
| 096 | Refugee Exceeds Eight-Month Limit (TP 55) — R-430 |
| 097 | Filed In Error (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) — No Notice Use to deny a Notice of Application (NOA) that was created erroneously. |
| 098 | Voluntary Withdrawal (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) —A-100 "You have requested that your application for assistance be withdrawn." "Usted nos pidió que fuera retirada su solicitud osu concesión para asistencia." |
| 099 | Other Miscellaneous (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, 55, and 30) —A-100 "You do not presently meet eligibility requirements." "Usted presentemente no califica para asistencia." |
| 134 | TP 55 without spenddown "You did not wish to assign support rights to the state." "No quiso usted conceder al estado el derecho de cobrar sostenimineto." |
| 135 | Provide AP's Info or Location — (A-1100) Use to deny an application or an ongoing case because the caretaker's needs are removed for refusal to provide information on the absent parent or cooperate in locating the absent parent, and income meets the needs of the remaining members. "You did not supply information on the absent parent or assist support officer in locating the absent parent." "Usted no dio información sobre el padre o la madre ausente, o no ayudó al funcionario de manutención de niños a localizar a dicha persona." |
| 136 | Provide Verification of Citizenship — (A-350) Use to deny an application or ongoing case because all members in the certified group failed to provide verification of citizenship. "You did not provide proof of U.S. Citizenship." "Usted no presentó prueba de ciudadanía estadounidense." |
| 137 | TP 55 without spenddown "You chose not assist in establishing paternity." "No quiso usted ayudar a establecer la paternidad." |
| 195 | Monthly Income Exceeds Maximum Limits (TPs 40, 43, 44, 47, and 48) "You are ineligible because your monthly income exceeds the needs recognized by this agency." "Usted no es elegible porque sus ingresos mensuales sobrepasan las necesidades reconocidas por esta agencia." |
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
| 110 | (TPs 40, 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55 without spenddown) "You remain eligible for medical coverage." "Sigue siendo elegible para asistencia médica." |
|---|---|
| 120 | (TPs 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55 without spenddown) "You will now receive the medical coverage on behalf of the children." "Ahora usted va a recibir los beneficios médicos para sus hijos." |
| Use the following codes to clear Form H1708, Report of Noncooperation: | |
| 126 | (TPs 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55 without spenddown) "Child support activities do not affect your TANF or Medicaid benefits." "Las actividades con respecto a sostenimiento para niños no afectan sus beneficios de TANF y los de Medicaid." |
| 132 | (TPs 45, 43, 44, 47, 48, and 55 without spenddown) "You chose not to cooperate with the child support officer." "No quiso usted colaborar con el encargado de los cobros de sostenimiento para niños." |
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
| Action Code | GWS Screen | New Reference | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 060 Earnings of Father | Earned Income | A-1323.5 | Wages, Salaries |
| 061 Earnings of Mother | Earned Income | A-1323.5 | Wages, Salaries |
| 062 Earnings of TANF Child | Earned Income | A-1323.1 | Earnings of Child |
| 063 Earnings of Non-parent Caretaker | Earned Income | A-1323.5 | Wages, Salaries |
| 064 Support from Absent Father | Contributions, Child Support, or Vendor Payments | A-1326.1 A-1326.2 A-1334 |
Gifts or Contributions Child Support Vendor Payments– Legally Obligated |
| 066 Support from Other Person Outside the Home, Including Mother | Contributions or Vendor Payments | A-1326.1 A-1334 |
Gifts or Contributions Vendor Payments– Legally Obligated |
| 067 RSDI | RSDI | A-1324.15 | RSDI |
| 068 Other Federal Benefits | VA | A-1324.19 | VA Benefits |
| 069 State and Local Pensions or Benefits | Retirements Workers' Compensation Unemployment |
A-1326.9 A-1321.4 A-1324.18 |
Pensions Workers' Compensation Unemployment Benefits |
| 070 Non-Governmental Benefits | Retirements | A-1326.9 | Pensions |
| 071 Income Not Codes 060 - 070 Excess Assets – Income |
All Types of Countable Income | A-1324.17 A-1326.1 A-1326.2 A-1326.6 A-1322.2 A-1331 A-1326.9 A-1324.15 A-1326.9 A-1323.4 A-1324.18 A-1334 A-1324.19 A-1323.5 A-1321.4 A-1310 |
Non-Generic TANF Gifts or Contributions Child Support Interest – Bank Account Unearned – WIOA Lump Sum Income Pensions RSDI RR Retirement Self Employment Income Unemployment Benefits Vendor Payments – Legally Obligated VA Benefits Wages, Salaries Workers' Compensation Other types of income which do not have a designated GWS screen. |
| 072 Resources Excess Assets – Resources |
All Countable Resources | A-1210 A-1210 A-1232.2 A-1242 A-1231.4 A-1238 A-1200 |
Cash-on-Hand, Stocks, Bonds, Bank Accounts Land, Oil, and Mineral Rights, PASS Accounts Prepaid Burial Lump Sum Payments Retirement – Pensions Vehicles Includes all other types of resources which do not have adesignated GWS Screen. |
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
| Action Code | GWS Screen | New Reference | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 601 | Excess Income | Income – Earned or Unearned | A-1324.17 A-1326.1 A-1326.2 A-1322.1 A-1326.6 A-1322.2 A-1331 A-1326.9 A-1324.15 A-1324.16 A-1323.4 A-1324.18 A-1334 A-1324.19 A-1323.5 A-1321.4 A-1310 |
TANF Grant Gifts or Contributions Child Support Educational Assistance – Non Title IV Bank Accounts– Interest Unearned – WIOA Lump Sum Income Pensions RSDI SSI Self Employment Unemployment Benefits Vendor Payments– Legally Obligated VA Benefits Wages and Salaries Workers' Compensation Other income which does not have a designated GWS screen. |
| 602 | Excess Resources | Resources – Countable | A-1210 A-1210 A-1242 A-1236.4 A-1231.4 A-1238 A-1200 |
Cash-on-Hand, Stocks, Bonds, Bank Accounts Land, Oil, and Mineral Rights Lump Sum Payments Real Property Retirement Accounts Vehicles Other resources not listed in this section because they do not have a designated GWS screen. |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The following is a list of full and minimum service Choices counties.
| Region | Full Service Counties | Minimum Service Counties |
|---|---|---|
| Region 1 | Armstrong, Bailey, Briscoe, Carson, Castro, Childress, Cochran, Collingsworth, Crosby, Dallam, Deaf Smith, Dickens, Donley, Floyd, Garza, Gray, Hale, Hall, Hansford, Hartley, Hemphill, Hockley, Hutchinson, Lamb, Lipscomb, Lubbock, Lynn, Moore, Motley, Ochiltree, Oldham, Parmer, Potter, Randall, Roberts, Sherman, Swisher, Terry, Wheeler, Yoakum | King |
| Region 2 | Archer, Baylor, Brown, Callahan, Clay, Coleman, Comanche, Cottle, Eastland, Fisher, Foard, Hardeman, Haskell, Jack, Jones, Knox, Mitchell, Montague, Nolan, Runnels, Scurry, Shackelford, Stephens, Stonewall, Taylor, Throckmorton, Wichita, Wilbarger, Young | Kent |
| Region 3 | Collin, Cooke, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Erath, Fannin, Grayson, Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Kaufman, Navarro, Palo Pinto, Parker, Rockwall, Somervell, Tarrant, Wise | Not applicable |
| Region 4 | Anderson, Bowie, Camp, Cass, Cherokee, Delta, Franklin, Gregg, Harrison, Henderson, Hopkins, Lamar, Marion, Morris, Panola, Rains, Red River, Rusk, Smith, Titus, Upshur, Van Zandt , Wood | Not applicable |
| Region 5 | Angelina, Hardin, Houston, Jasper, Jefferson, Nacogdoches, Newton, Orange, Polk, Sabine, San Augustine, San Jacinto, Shelby, Trinity, Tyler | Not applicable |
| Region 6 | Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Colorado, Fort Bend, Galveston, Harris, Liberty, Matagorda, Montgomery, Walker, Waller, Wharton | Not applicable |
| Region 7 | Bastrop, Bell, Blanco, Bosque, Brazos, Burleson, Burnet, Caldwell, Coryell, Falls, Fayette, Freestone, Grimes, Hamilton, Hays, Hill, Lampasas, Lee, Leon, Limestone, Llano, Madison, McLennan, Milam, Mills, Robertson, San Saba, Travis, Washington, Williamson | Not applicable |
| Region 8 | Atascosa, Bandera, Bexar, Calhoun, Comal, DeWitt, Dimmit, Edwards, Frio, Gillespie, Goliad, Gonzales, Guadalupe, Jackson, Karnes, Kendall, Kerr, Kinney, LaSalle, Lavaca, Maverick, Medina, Real, Uvalde, Val Verde, Victoria, Wilson, Zavala | Not applicable |
| Region 9 | Andrews, Coke, Concho, Crane, Crockett, Dawson, Ector, Gaines, Glasscock, Howard, Irion, Kimble, Martin, Mason, McCulloch, Menard, Midland, Pecos, Reagan, Reeves, Schleicher, Sterling, Sutton, Terrell, Tom Green, Upton, Ward, Winkler | Borden, Loving |
| Region 10 | Brewster, Culberson, El Paso, Hudspeth, Jeff Davis, Presidio | Not applicable |
| Region 11 | Aransas, Bee, Brooks, Cameron, Duval, Hidalgo, Jim Hogg, Jim Wells, Kenedy, Kleberg, Live Oak, McMullen, Nueces, Refugio, San Patricio, Starr, Webb, Willacy, Zapata | Not applicable |
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Yoakum | 251 |
| 4 | Morris | 172 |
| 5 | Jasper | 121 |
| 5 | Jefferson | 123 |
| 5 | Newton | 176 |
| 5 | Orange | 181 |
| 5 | Sabine | 202 |
| 5 | Tyler | 229 |
| 6 | Chambers | 036 |
| 6 | Liberty | 146 |
| 6 | Matagorda | 158 |
| 8 | Maverick | 159 |
| 8 | Zavala | 254 |
| 9 | Crane | 052 |
| 9 | Ector | 068 |
| 9 | Reagan | 192 |
| 9 | Winkler | 248 |
| 10 | Presidio | 189 |
| 11 | Bee | 013 |
| 11 | Brooks | 024 |
| 11 | Cameron | 031 |
| 11 | Duval | 066 |
| 11 | Hidalgo | 108 |
| 11 | Jim Hogg | 124 |
| 11 | Jim Wells | 125 |
| 11 | San Patricio | 205 |
| 11 | Starr | 214 |
| 11 | Willacy | 245 |
| 11 | Zapata | 253 |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Yoakum | 251 |
| 5 | Jasper | 121 |
| 5 | Jefferson | 123 |
| 5 | Newton | 176 |
| 5 | Orange | 181 |
| 5 | Sabine | 202 |
| 8 | Maverick | 159 |
| 8 | Zavala | 254 |
| 9 | Crane | 052 |
| 9 | Ector | 068 |
| 10 | Presidio | 189 |
| 11 | Cameron | 031 |
| 11 | Duval | 066 |
| 11 | Hidalgo | 108 |
| 11 | Jim Wells | 125 |
| 11 | San Patricio | 205 |
| 11 | Starr | 214 |
| 11 | Willacy | 245 |
| 11 | Zapata | 253 |
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| 8 | Maverick | 159 |
| 8 | Zavala | 254 |
| 11 | Starr | 214 |
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| 11 |
Starr |
214 |
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| None | None | None |
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
| Region | County | County Code |
|---|---|---|
| None | None | None |
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
| Region | SNAP Employment and Training Counties |
|---|---|
| Region 1: High Plains | Bailey, Castro, Childress, Deaf Smith, Garza, Hale, Hockley, Hutchinson, Lamb, Lubbock, Moore, Ochiltree, Potter, Randall, Terry |
| Region 2: Northwest Texas | Archer, Baylor, Brown, Clay, Coleman, Comanche, Cottle, Eastland, Foard, Hardeman, Haskell, Jack, Mitchell, Montague, Nolan, Runnels, Scurry, Stephens, Taylor, Wichita, Wilbarger, Young |
| Region 3: Metroplex | Collin, Cooke, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Erath, Fannin, Grayson, Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Jones, Kaufman, Navarro, Palo Pinto, Parker, Rockwall, Somervell, Tarrant, Wise |
| Region 4: Upper East Texas | Anderson, Bowie, Camp, Cass, Cherokee, Delta, Franklin, Gregg, Harrison, Henderson, Hopkins, Lamar, Marion, Morris, Panola, Rains, Red River, Rusk, Smith, Titus, Upshur, Van Zandt, Wood |
| Region 5: Southeast Texas | Angelina, Hardin, Houston, Jasper, Jefferson, Nacogdoches, Orange, Polk, Sabine, San Jacinto, Shelby, Trinity, Tyler |
| Region 6: Gulf Coast | Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Colorado, Fort Bend, Galveston, Harris, Liberty, Matagorda, Montgomery, Walker, Waller, Wharton |
| Region 7: Central Texas | Bastrop, Bell, Blanco, Bosque, Brazos, Burleson, Burnet, Caldwell, Coryell, Falls, Fayette, Freestone, Grimes, Hamilton, Hays, Hill, Lampasas, Lee, Leon, Llano, Madison, McLennan, Milam, Robertson, San Saba, Travis, Washington, Williamson |
| Region 8: Upper South Texas | Atascosa, Bandera, Bexar, Calhoun, Comal, DeWitt, Dimmit, Edwards, Frio, Gillespie, Goliad, Gonzales, Guadalupe, Jackson, Karnes, Kendall, Kerr, Kinney, LaSalle, Lavaca, Limestone, Maverick, Medina, Real, Uvalde, Val Verde, Victoria, Wilson, Zavala |
| Region 9: West Texas | Coke, Concho, Crockett, Dawson, Ector, Howard, Irion, Kimble, Mason, McCulloch, Menard, Midland, Pecos, Reagan, Reeves, Schleicher, Sterling, Sutton, Tom Green, Ward |
| Region 10: Upper Rio Grande | Brewster, Culberson, El Paso, Presidio |
| Region 11: Lower South Texas | Aransas, Bee, Brooks, Cameron, Hidalgo, Jim Hogg, Jim Wells, Kleberg, Nueces, Refugio, San Patricio, Starr, Webb, Willacy, Zapata |
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
| Region | SNAP Non-Employment and Training Counties |
|---|---|
| Region 1: High Plains | Armstrong, Briscoe, Carson, Cochran, Collingsworth, Crosby, Dallam, Dickens, Donley, Floyd, Gray, Hall, Hansford, Hartley, Hemphill, King, Lipscomb, Lynn, Motley, Oldham, Parmer, Roberts, Sherman, Swisher, Wheeler, Yoakum |
| Region 2: Northwest Texas | Callahan, Fisher, Kent, Knox, Shackelford, Stonewall, Throckmorton |
| Region 4: Upper East Texas | None |
| Region 5: Southeast Texas | Newton, San Augustine |
| Region 7: Central Texas | Mills |
| Region 9: West Texas | Andrews, Borden, Crane, Gaines, Glasscock, Loving, Martin, Upton, Winkler |
| Region 10: Upper Rio Grande | Hudspeth, Jeff Davis |
| Region 11: Lower South Texas | Duval, Kenedy, Live Oak, McMullen |
Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
All Programs
Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, and Form H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, are manual forms used in all programs to report applications, the subsequent denial or certification of eligibility, and changes and deletions to information for certified and denied cases. Use a separate Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B or Form H1000-C to report actions taken in each individual program.
Form H1000-A is a four-part form. Each part has the same control number.
Form H1000-B is a three-part form. The assigned case number and sequence number appears on all copies of the form. To request Form H1000-B, use Form H1004, Request for Form H1000-B.
Form H1000-C is a one-part form. Use this form to enter
Advisors must submit Form H1000-A or Form H1000-B with Form H1000-C.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Correct any errors made on Part I, Notice of Application (NOA), before submitting the form for processing.
You must process the NOA before entering the input document information. Batch and submit the NOA before, or on the same day as, the input document.
If staff damage or lose Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, substitute the same form from another set. Block out the preprinted application number and enter the application number of the original NOA.
If the number of applicants listed on Form H1010-B, Application for Assistance - Part B: Information We Need to Know, exceeds 11 people, complete an additional set of forms. Complete Item 04, Page, on the first NOA. Block out the preprinted application number on the additional NOA forms and enter the original application number of the first NOA. Make entries in
Item 04, Page;
Item 06, Budgeted Job Number;
Item 07, Mail Code;
Item 09, Case Name; and
Items 33-38. Make sure to begin with line "b" in Items 33-38.
Staple the NOAs together and batch as one.
When an applicant moves and the move requires the transfer of a pending application to another office, forward all material, including Form H1031, Case Record Transfer. The receiving office is responsible for updating the new budgeted job number, mail code, and county number.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
The Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, input document is identical to the Form H1000-A, Notice of Application input document. The following items appear on the record of case action, input document, and case record copy:
Item 01, Case number;
Item 02, Category;
Item 03, Sequence;
Item 09, Case name; and
Item 32, Client number.
Enter changes in the case information in red ink. To report a change or correction:
You may not change:
Item 08, Date Filed;
Item 32, Client Number;
Item 37, Social Security Number (SSN) validated with an asterisk;
Item 38, Social Security Claim Number validated with acode 1 or 3;
Item 48, PA – Refugee; and
Item 129, Grant Effective Date(TANF only).
Additionally for TANF Medicaid Programs you may not change
Item 02, Category; and
Item 46, Medical Effective Date (over six months old).
To delete income amounts and social security account numbers without asterisks (Item 37), enter azero in the item. Delete all other information (including the social security claim number, Item 38) by entering a pound sign (#) in the first position of the item. Do not use a pound sign as an abbreviation for number.
To delete an individual name and individual information, enter a pound sign in Item 33, Client Name. If deleting a TANF or Medical Programs individual due to death, re-enter the original status-in-group code for the deceased individual plus status-in-group code X in Item 40, Status in Group. Enter the individual's date of death in Item 47, Death/Denial Date.
If you delete a
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Items 01 through 39 are listed on the Notice of Application. On the NOA, complete all items except Items 32 and 39. Items 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 13, 15, 16, 17 and 25 cannot be deleted, but may be updated.
All Programs
If known, enter the previously assigned case number. To reassign a number, ensure that the case name is identical to the name as it appeared at the time of denial. The reassigned case number must have been active within the past year for non-public assistance (PA) Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and within the past two years for PA SNAP, TANF and Medical Programs for Families and Children.
TANF and Medical Programs
On the NOA, enter the code in the left-hand box that describes the type of assistance. Enter changes or corrections in the right-hand box.
2 — TANF/Medical Programs
5 — Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA)
On the NOA, enter the code in the left-hand box that describes the type of assistance. Enter changes or corrections in the right-hand box.
6 — PA SNAP
8 — All members are refugees, other than Cuban/Haitian entrants, receiving TANF or RCA (Aid Type 5)
9 — Non-PA SNAP
All Programs
For a TANF/Medical Programs NOA, enter code Y if the case name received TANF/Medical Programs within the past two years.
The sequence is computer-printed on 1000-B turnaround. The initial Form H1000-B from the Form H1000-A input document is always sequence 02. Use only the most current sequence to update information. The sequence number cannot exceed the number 99. After 99 the sequence begins at 02 again.
All Programs
If more than one form is required, enter the page number in the first space and the total number of pages in the second space.
All Programs
Computer printed on 1000-B turnaround. This is the date the information from the input form is entered into SAVERR.
All Programs
Enter the first eight alphanumeric characters of the budget job number assigned to the application.
All Programs
Enter the mail code of the budgeted job number assigned to the application.
All Programs
Enter the file date of application for assistance. Use month, day, year sequence.
Note: When adding a child to a new program, the file date is the date of the reported change.
Also enter the date on the SNAP Form H1000-B, Record Of Case Action, when a new Form H1010-B, Application for Assistance - Part B: Information We Need to Know, is received.
For reopened three months prior applications, enter the date the applicant requests the application be reopened. Enter the month and year of the original file date in Item 134, Three Months Prior Application Date.
All Programs
Enter on the NOA the individual's last name, comma, first name, space, middle name, or initial until the name is complete or the maximum of 22 positions is reached. The 22 positions include alphanumeric characters, commas, and spaces. If the last name includes Jr, Sr, etc., enter this after the last name(Example: SmithJr,Robert).
All Programs
To report a change or correction in case name, enter the complete name in the 22 positions provided in the format described in Item 9, Case Name. If the case name is on a line other than "a," Section II, of the NOA, enter
| If the person reported on line "a" remains a part of the ... | then enter the appropriate status-in-group code ... |
|---|---|
| TANF case, | for this person on line "a" of Section III, Item 40, Status-in-Group, and the appropriate entry in Item 41, ESP Code. |
| SNAP case, | if any, or a pound sign in Item 40, Status-in-Group to delete a code that is no longer applicable. |
| Medical Programs case, | for this person on line "a" of Section III, Item 40, Status-in-Group. |
If the new case name is not reported on the NOA, add the person's name and information on the first available line of Section II, Item 33, Client Name. Enter the appropriate codes in Item 40 for all programs and in Item 41 for TANF and SNAP on the line where the new case name is listed.
The computer automatically realigns names to ensure the correct name is on line "a." Do not attempt to move names from line to line on Form H1000-A orForm H1000-B.
All Programs
Enter the employee number of staff assigned the application.
All Programs
Enter the street number and name, rural free delivery, or post office box number using these abbreviations:
Ave — Avenue
Blvd — Boulevard
Cir — Circle
CT — Court
Dr — Drive
Gen Del — General Delivery
Hwy — Highway
Ln — Lane
PO Box — Post Office Box
Rd — Road
RFD — Rural Free Delivery
RR — Rural Route
St — Street
Do not use a pound sign (#) as a part of an address. See example in B-222.1, Mailing Addresses for Issuing Benefits, for cases with P.O. Box addresses.
When a TANF case has a guardian or protective payee, use their mailing address in Items 13-17.
All Programs
Use this space if additional lines are required for the mailing address.
All Programs
Enter the name of the city or town used in the mailing address.
All Programs
Enter the two-letter postal abbreviation of the state used in the mailing address. Allowed abbreviations are:
TX — Texas
AR — Arkansas
LA — Louisiana
NM — New Mexico
OK — Oklahoma
All Programs
Enter the ZIP code of the mailing address.
TANF and Medical Programs
Use Items 18-23 to mail Form H3087, Medicaid Identification, to a temporary address. To change any of these items on a Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, input document, re-enter all items. Use a pound sign (#) to delete items.
TANF and Medical Programs
Enter the temporary mailing address.
TANF and Medical Programs
Use this space if additional lines are required for the temporary address.
TANF and Medical Programs
Enter the name of the city or town.
TANF and Medical Programs
Enter the two-digit postal abbreviation of the state.
TANF and Medical Programs
Enter the ZIP code.
TANF and Medical Programs
Months: Enter the number of months, not to exceed three, that Form H3087, Medicaid Identification, is to be sent to atemporary address.
Begin Month: Enter the month the temporary address becomes effective.
All Programs
Enter the residence address, street, and city only if different from the mailing address. Always enter the entire address.
TANF and TP 40
Enter the telephone number, if provided, for an application from a pregnant woman.
Enter the three-digit code for the county associated with advisor's BJN.
Note: For TANF and Medical Programs, enter the individual'sresidence code in Item 164. See C-350 for the county codes.
Enter the last name, comma, first name, space, middle name or initial until the name is complete or the maximum of 22 positions is reached. Enter the name of the institution in usual word order omitting commas, if the guardian is an institution (such as, First National Bank), or the representative payee is alicensed residential child care facility. The 22 positions include alphanumeric characters, comma, and space. If staff make an entry in this item, they must also make an entry in Item 27, Modifier.
TANF and Medical Programs
Enter the name of the legal guardian (exactly as shown on guardianship papers), protective payee, or representative payee.
SNAP
Enter the name of the authorized representative. If the authorized representative is an institution such as a halfway house, enter the name of the employee designated by the institution to act as authorized representative on its behalf.
All Programs
Enter the code that identifies the person listed in Item 26.
TANF and Medical Programs
P — Protective Payee
Note: Also use P for those cases in which a representative payee is designated to receive and manage the benefits for an individual who is incompetent or incapacitated.
R — Representative Payee
SNAP
I — Authorized representative is a member of household (under the same roof).
O — Authorized representative is not a member of household (not under the same roof).
F — Authorized representative is an employee of a drug and alcohol treatment/group living arrangement facility.
TANF
Enter on NOA. Enter only changes or corrections on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C.
For TANF, enter code M in this item if potential eligibility is based on an incapacity determination.
For TANF-SP, make no entry. SAVERR prints U when TP 61 transfers to TP 07, 20, or 37.
SNAP
1 — Streamlined reporting (SR) household with total gross monthly income that is less than or equal to 130% FPIL.
2 — SR household with total gross monthly income that is greater than 130% FPIL.
3 — Non-SR household.
All Programs
On Form H1000-A/B, enter the date you give the individual Form H1017, Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction. This entry is mandatory for all denials except for Application Filed in Error, denials. For Medical Program individuals, enter the date you give the individual Form H1122, Medicaid Action Notice.
Medical Programs
Use for emergency medical conditions. Make an entry, using four alphanumeric characters, when more than 10 days elapse between giving/mailing a request for medical information and the date the local office receives the information. Enter code E and the number of days over 10. Example: E015.
Use when a TANF applicant applies in pay for performance and must demonstrate cooperation. Aperiod of up to 40 days is excluded from the timeliness calculation. Enter Code E and the number of days after the interview date needed to demonstrate cooperation. Example: E030. Do not allow more than 40 days.
Medical Programs
Make an entry only on the NOA. Enter
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
All Programs
This section contains identifying information for each person listed on the form. Always use line"a" to enter information about the head of household (case name). Items 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, and 39 cannot be deleted, but may be updated.
All Programs
When certifying a case, for each person listed in Section II, enter
If Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, or Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, will not process because of error message 307, "client is already active in same program on another case," research the case to determine if the individual is currently active in another case in the same program.
| If the individual is ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| not currently active in the same program or is entitled to dual SNAP participation as aresident of a shelter for battered persons, | follow procedures in B-454.1, Duplicate Participation Procedures. |
| currently active in the same program and is not entitled to dual benefits, | take appropriate action to prevent duplicate participation. Process an overpayment, if applicable. The advisor who discovers duplicate participation is responsible for notifying the other offices involved. |
SAVERR does not assign a client number on denied initial applications.
See C-800, Automated Support Systems, for individual merge/separate information.
To reassign a client number without an entry in Item 50, Client Number Validation, enter Code 2 in Item 32 and the person's name, birth date, social security account number, and social security claim number so that they match the information already in the computer file.
To correct biographical information enter:
Using Item 50 allows the client number to be reassigned, but hierarchy may still prevent using the biographical data.
All Programs
Enter the name(s) of the people listed on Form H1010-B. Type the last name, comma, first name, space, middle name or initial until the name is complete or you reach the maximum 22 positions. The 22 positions include alphanumeric characters, comma, and spaces.
The only spaces allowed are after the first name. Do not use spaces within a last or first name. If the name includes a Jr., Sr., II, III, etc., it must follow the last name. Example: SmithJr, John Z. Enter the individual's name from line a in Item 09, Case Name, instead of Item 33.
Some eligible non-U.S. citizens traditionally use a name order that is different from the customary U.S. order (first name, middle name, last or family name). Advisors should determine name order according to U.S. custom, and enter it appropriately on Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B. Example: Vietnamese name on I-94: Nguyen(last) Thi(first) Mai(middle) Enter on Form H1000-Aand Form H1000-B: Nguyen,Thi Mai.
Medical Programs
Enter the names of all persons in the budget group. This group includes all the eligible and ineligible people whose needs, income, resources, and medical expenses are used to determine eligibility and/or spend down.
All Programs
Enter the birth date for each person listed.
All Programs
Enter the sex for each person listed.
M — Male
F — Female
All Programs
Enter the code that describes the race, color, national origin for each person listed:
1 — White (not Hispanic) – People whose origins derive from the original people of Europe, North Africa, or the Middle East.
2 — Black (not Hispanic) – People whose origins derive from the black racial groups of Africa.
3 — Hispanic – People of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin.
4 — American Indian or Alaskan Native – People whose origins derive from the original people of North America.
5 — Asian or Pacific Islander – People whose origins derive from the original people of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands. This area includes China, Japan, Korea, the Philippine Islands, and Samoa.
6 — State Office Use Only – A code entered by the computer if the worker makes no entry or enters an inappropriate code. Staff must take action to correct.
All Programs
Enter the social security number (SSN) for each person listed. Following the nine-digit entry is aspace used to indicate the verification status of the SSN. A computer printed asterisk (*) indicates Social Security Administration verified the SSN. A verified SSN cannot be changed on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. If you determine the number is incorrect, send a memorandum with the correct SSN to State Office Data Integrity (SODI), to make a change:
SODI Section, Data Base Support Unit
P.O. Box 14930, MC Y92-2
Austin, TX 78714-9030
Or fax to the Data Base Support Unit at 512-706-7140.
SODI Section notifies the staff by memo when the change is made.
A blank space following the SSN indicates the SSN was entered by the advisor but is not verified.
All Programs
Enter the benefit claim number for people enrolled in Medicare or for people who receive social security or Railroad Retirement (RR) benefits. If a person is receiving benefits under more than one number, use the number shown on the Medicare card. If there is no claim number assigned, leave blank.
Note: If entering a RR benefit claim number in Item 38, total the household's RR benefits in Item 55, not in Item 43.
Following the claim number is a code indicating whether the state is paying Medicare premiums for the individual or the individual has private medical insurance. The codes apply to all cases, but are not printed on the SNAP Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. Reports that include biographical information have these codes. They are
0 — No insurance.
1 — Medicare premium paid by state.
2 — Private medical insurance.
3 — Private medical insurance and Medicare premium paid by state.
The presence of a code 1 or 3 indicates SSA validated the number and the number cannot be changed on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. If you determine a verified number is incorrect, send a memorandum with the correct number to Data Control Section, Special Programs Support Unit, State Office, Y-922, to make achange.
THIS COMPLETES THE ALLOWABLE ENTRIES ON THE NOTICE OF APPLICATION.
TANF
Enter an education code for each person in the certified group who is 16 or older (including achild who will be 16 during the month of certification). Note: Do not change the code unless it was incorrect at the time the initial tier level was set or the individual has been denied for at least one complete month before reapplying.
SNAP
Enter an education code for each person with a Code 2, 3, 4, R, V, W, X, or Y in Item 41, Work Registration. Note: Education codes entered for TANF individuals will be printed on the next Form H1000-B that processes, whether registered for SNAP ESP or not.
TANF and SNAP
Enter a code in the first digit of Item 39 to indicate the highest educational level/grade each person has completed. Do not consider vocational/technical schools when determining education level.
| Educational Level | Code |
| 1st grade | 1 |
| 2nd grade | 2 |
| 3rd grade | 3 |
| 4th grade | 4 |
| 5th grade | 5 |
| 6th grade | 6 |
| 7th grade | 7 |
| 8th grade | 8 |
| 9th grade | 9 |
| 10th grade | A |
| 11th grade | B |
| High school graduate/completed general equivalency diploma | C |
| Attending college or completed some college but has not graduated from a four-year college | E |
| Graduate of a four-year college | F |
| No formal education | N |
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
All Programs
Section III (a-k) is an extension of Section II (a-k). Each line in Section III relates to the corresponding line in Section II and is used to provide additional information about the people listed. Example: The status-in-group code for the case name in Section II, line a, is reported in Section III, line a. Items 40 and 46 for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and Medical Programs, and Item 41, for TANF and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), cannot be deleted but may be updated.
If an active case is denied, all monetary amounts for the case are kept in the System for Applications, Verifications, Eligibility Reports and Referral (SAVERR) files until the case is purged. The amounts kept in SAVERR files are those budgeted for the latest month of eligibility.
The same is true for individual income amounts. The amount shown, however, is the latest amount of income budgeted in any program. If the individual is moved to another case, the individual income amounts can be updated. Staff can change individual income amounts if denying an active case. This action does not update the TANF case income but does update the SNAP case income.
TANF and Medical Programs
When a certified recipient becomes a payee or case name, medical effective date is automatically deleted. For TANF, the ESP code is also deleted.
All Programs
Status-in-group (SIG) codes identify the people's relationship to the case. Enter all codes that describe the people listed on Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action andForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input. A maximum of six codes may be used for one person.
TANF and Medical Programs
Assign each person listed one primary code. Use secondary codes only in combination with a primary code. Use secondary codes when required or to provide additional information. Note: For TP 30 case, include only one person with an eligible primary code (SIG 8 or 4) per case.
SNAP
Always enter a code to identify the head of household. Use other codes when appropriate. Use the head of household codes with any of the other codes listed under other codes. Only one person in the case, however, may be given a code indicating head of household.
TANF
Primary Codes
2 – Disqualified/Ineligible Child or Second Parent— Identifies a child or second parent who would be a required member of the certified group but who is disqualified or ineligible for another reason, including noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement.
3 – Noncertified child – Identifies the only deprived child of the certified caretaker/second parent.
| If the child receives ... | then enter SIG Code ... |
|---|---|
| SSI | 3 |
| Foster Care Payments | 3F |
| Adoption Assistance payments | 3A |
5 – Certified Child – Identifies a child included in the certified group for TANF or refugee cash assistance (RCA) cases.
7 – Second Parent — Identifies the second parent in a TANF-SP case.
Do not use Code 7 for a Supplemental Security Income (SSI) recipient, to identify the case name, or for more than one member.
8 – Caretaker — Identifies the caretaker in TANF cases.
Do not use Code 8 for an SSI recipient or for more than one member.
9 – Payee – TANF payee only includes:
0 – Case Name Only — Identifies a legal parent disqualified for:
Secondary Codes
E – Federally Recognized Tribe or Unaccompanied Refugee Minor(URM) — Identifies individuals who are either members of a federally recognized Indian tribe or a URM. These individuals are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.
G – Reached End of State Time Limit — Identifies a person who used the maximum number of TANF months in a time limit and has a five year freeze out date on SAVERR. This code can be used with all primary SIG codes.
H – Eligible Refugee — Identifies a person identified as an eligible Amerasian, refugee, asylee, victim of severe trafficking or Cuban/Haitian entrant by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) on Form I-94 or other USCIS document. Continue using Code H until the individual has resided in the U.S. for five years. Code H may be combined with any primary codes. Note: Entry of Code H requires an entry in Item 48.
I – Ineligible Child – Identifies a child who is ineligible for TANF for a reason other than being disqualified or being an SSI recipient. Use Code Ionly with Code 2.
K – Child of a Minor Child – Identifies the child of a minor parent who is also included in the TANF grant. Use Code K only with Code 5.
L – Minor Parent with a Dependent Child – Identifies a minor parent who has a dependent child on the same case. Use Code L with Codes 5, 7, 8, 9 or 0.
M – Eligible Only for Three Months Prior Medical Assistance— Identifies a person who is eligible for medical assistance during any or all of the three months before the month of application, but who is not currently eligible for medical assistance. Use Code M with Codes 5, 7 or 8.
N – Ineligible for Retroactive Medical Assistance and Current Assistance — Identifies a member of the dependent group who must be reported to certify a case for three months prior Medicaid coverage. Use this code for a member of the dependent group who is ineligible for retroactive medical assistance and current assistance. Use Code N with Codes 5, 7 or 8 to identify members of an OTTANF case. Note: If all people in a case are status-in-group N, the case must be Type Programs 11, 71 or 72.
O – Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Child with Special Health Care Needs— Identifies a child who is exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.
P – Private Health Insurance — Identifies acertified person who has private health insurance other than Medicare or Medicaid benefits. Use Code P with Codes 5, 7 and 8.
Q – Proof of THSteps Screening — Identifies a child who the automated system indicates as delinquent in screening, but for whom the individual has provided proof of THSteps screening. This code does not remain on SAVERR. Use Code Q only with Code 5.
R – HHSC Employee — Identifies a person who is an HHSC employee. Use Code R with all primary codes.
S – Alien with Acceptable Alien Status — Identifies a noncitizen whose alien status allows him to receive TANF. Use Code S with all primary codes.Note: Do not use this code for refugees (SIG H).
T – Ineligible Alien — Identifies a person ineligible due to alien status. Use Code T with Codes 9, 0 and 2Y.
U – Ineligible — No U.S. Citizenship Proof— Identifies a person ineligible due to no proof of U.S. citizenship. Use Code U with Codes 0, 2I or 2Y.
V – Living in Nursing Home — Identifies aperson who is temporarily in a nursing home. Use Code V with Codes 0, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
W – Disqualified Child – Identifies a child disqualified for failure to comply with employment services or SSN requirements. Also identifies a minor parent certified as a child, who is disqualified for not cooperating with child support requirements. Use Code W only with Code 2.
X – Deceased – Identifies a deceased person. Use Code X with Codes 5, 6, 7 and 8. Enter the date of death in Item 47 when using Code X.
Y – Disqualified Second Parent — Identifies a legal parent who would be required to be included as a second parent but who is disqualified. Use Code Yonly with Code 2.
Z – Migrant — Identifies members of amigrant household. Use Code Z with all primary codes.
Head of Household Codes
A — The head of household is a household member.
G — The head of household is a nonmember.
GK — The head of household is disqualified for areason other than an intentional program violation (IPV).
GT — The head of household is disqualified for an IPV.
Other Codes
B – Student — Identifies a member who is eligible to participate even though he is a student enrolled at least half time in a curriculum that requires a high school diploma or equivalent for entrance.
C – ABAWD not meeting the work requirement — Identifies an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD) who is not meeting the 18-50 work requirement.
D – ABAWD meeting the work requirement — Identifies an ABAWD who is working 20 or more hours per week or is in a work program that meets the 18-50 work requirement.
F – Treatment Facility Residents — Identifies a
H – Eligible Refugee — Identifies a person identified as an eligible Amerasian, refugee, asylee, victim of severe trafficking, or Cuban/Haitian entrant by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) on Form I-94 or other USCIS document. Continue using Code H until the individual has resided in the U.S. for five years. Note: If the Category is 8 and Aid Type is 5, all household members must be coded H.
K – Disqualified for a reason other than an IPV— Identifies a member who is disqualified for any reason other than an IPV. Even though this person is not eligible to receive SNAP, enter his biographical data.
M – Migrant, Out of Work Stream — Farm workers who travel to work in agriculture or a related industry during part of the year but who are presently residing at their permanent or home base.
R – HHSC Employee — Identifies a person who is currently an HHSC employee.
S – Eligible Alien — Identifies a noncitizen whose alien status allows him to receive SNAP. Use Code S with all primary codes. Note: Do not use this code for refugees.
T – Disqualified for Intentional Program Violation— Identifies a person who is disqualified for intentional program violation. This person is not eligible to receive SNAP; however, all biographical data, income, and expenses are entered. When using Code T, make an entry in Item 49, Disqualification Code and Date.
U – Seasonal Farm Worker — Farm workers who do not leave their permanent residence to work in agriculture or a related industry.
W – Migrant, in Work Stream — Farm workers who are presently employed away from their permanent residence or home base.
Primary Codes
2 – Disqualified/Ineligible Child or Second Parent— Identifies a child or adult who is not eligible for Medicaid, but who is included in the budget group. Do not use SIG Code 2 for an ineligible person who is the case name. On GWS, the SIG labeled "Other Rel Spouse" also results in this SIG. The "Other Rel Spouse" label is used to identify the spouse of the "Caretaker/Other Rel." This individual is not eligible for Medicaid but is included in the budget group.
4 – Eligible child – Identifies a child who meets the Medicaid eligibility requirements for the current period and/or prior period or who would meet those requirements if still alive.
7 – Second Parent — Identifies either the
Do not use Code 7 for an SSI recipient, to identify the case name, for more than one member, or unless a caretaker is certified.
8 – Caretaker — Identifies the
Do not use Code 8 for an SSI recipient (see Code 9-Payee) or for more than one member.
On GWS, the SIG labels "Caretaker/Parent" and "Caretaker/Other Relative" result in this SIG if the individual is eligible for Medicaid on the case.
9 – Payee — Identifies the ineligible case name/payee only. Use SIG Code 9 when the person with the case name is not part of the budget group. Use this code when SSI recipients act as case names/payees.
0 – Case Name Only — Identifies the ineligible caretaker who is part of the budget group and is the case name. On GWS, the SIG labels"Caretaker/Parent" and "Caretaker/Other Rel" result in this SIG if the individual is not eligible for Medicaid on the case. Only one person per case may be coded 0.
Use SIG 0Y for legal parents who are disqualified for TPR, SSN or Child Support noncooperation. On GWS, the SIG label will remain "Caretaker/Parent."
Secondary Codes
E – Federally Recognized Tribe or Unaccompanied Refugee Minor(URM) — Identifies individuals who are either members of a federally recognized Indian tribe or a URM. These individuals are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.
H – Eligible Refugee — Identifies a person who is a refugee. Use Code H with all primary codes in Categories 1 through 5.
I – Ineligible Child – Identifies a child disqualified for Medical Program. Use Code I only with Code 2.
K – Child of a Minor Child – Identifies the child of a young mother who is also included in the budget group. Use Code K only with Code 4.
L – Minor Child with a Child of Her Own — Identifies a mother 18 years old or younger who has a child of her own in the same budget group. Use Code Lwith Codes 4, 7, 8 or 0.
M – Eligible Only for Three Months Prior Medical Assistance— Identifies a person who is eligible for medical assistance during any or all of the three months before the month of application, but who is not currently eligible for medical assistance. Use Code M with Codes 4, 7 or 8.
N – Ineligible for Retroactive Medical Assistance and Current Assistance — Identifies an ineligible member of the budget group who must be reported to certify a case for three months prior Medicaid coverage. Use this code for a member of the budget group who is ineligible for retroactive medical assistance and current assistance. Use Code N only with Code 2.
O – DSHS Child with Special Health Care Needs— Identifies a child who is exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.
P – Private Health Insurance — Identifies acertified person who has private health insurance for hospitalization, accidental injury or sickness, other than Medicare or Medicaid benefits. Use Code P with Codes 2, 4, 7, 8 or 0.
Q – THSteps, Family Planning, or Other Service Needs— Identifies a Medicaid recipient, from birth through 18, who does not want THSteps or family planning services or who does not require assistance with other health or income-related needs. Use Code Q only on applications with Codes 4, 7 or 8.
R – HHSC Employee — Identifies a person who is an HHSC employee. Use Code R with all primary codes.
S – Alien with Acceptable Alien Status — Identifies a noncitizen whose alien status allows him to receive Medicaid. Use Code S with all primary codes. Note: Do not use this code for refugees (SIG H).
T – Ineligible Alien — Identifies anoncitizen whose alien status makes him ineligible for program benefits. Use Code T with Codes 2, 9 or 0.
U – No U.S. Citizenship Proof — Identifies aperson ineligible due to no proof of U.S. Citizenship. Use Code U with Codes O, 2I or 2Y.
V – Living in Nursing Home — Identifies aperson who is temporarily in a nursing home. Use Code V with Codes 4, 7 or 8.
W – Disqualified Child – Identifies a child disqualified for failure to comply with or SSN requirements, or a minor parent who is disqualified for not cooperating with child support requirements. Use Code W only with Code 2.
X – Deceased – Identifies a deceased person. If using Code X, enter the date of death in Item 47, Death/Denial Date. Use Code X with Codes 4, 7 or 8.
Y – Disqualified Caretaker or Second Parent— Identifies a legal parent who would be required to be included as a caretaker or second parent but who is disqualified for citizenship, TPR, SSN or Child Support noncooperation. Use Code Y only with Codes 2 and 0.
Z – Migrant — Identifies members of amigrant household. Use Code Z with all primary codes.
TANF and SNAP
Enter an employment services code for each person listed in Item 33. The form will not process if this item is left blank.
If Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B or Form H1000-C is processed for ongoing benefits at application or complete review/recertification, SAVERR only allows a code in Item 41 that corresponds to the appropriate age, based on Item 34, Birthdate. Forms H1000-A (Form H1000-B for SNAP recertifications processed after cutoff of the last benefit month) are edited based on the date the form processes. Other Forms H1000-B are edited based on the form effective date.
For TANF, SAVERR has age edits for codes A and F.
For SNAP, SAVERR has age edits for codes 2, 3, 4, A, F, R, V and W. If Item 78, Type Review, is coded N or I, SAVERR only edits new entries in Item 41 for correctness.
| Codes | Explanation |
|---|---|
| A | Child (SIG 5 or 5L). |
| B | A caretaker or second parent, age 18 or younger attending school. |
| C | Caring for an ill or disabled child in the household, even if the child is not a member of the certified group. |
| E | Unable to work due to a disability expected to last more than 180 days. |
| F | 60 years of age or older. |
| G | Caring for a child (SIG 2, 3 or 5) under age 1. Do not use this code if another member is Code G or R. |
| H | Presence required in the home because of illness or incapacity of another adult member of the household and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days. |
| J | Not subject to participation – not a certified TANF individual. Use this code with SIG 3and 9, or with SIGs 0 or 2 who are disqualified for a reason other than ESP noncompliance. |
| K | Pending during appeal of denial or disqualification. Use only for currently certified TANF individuals. |
| L | County Hardship Exemption – Identifies an individual who has used the maximum number of TANF months allowed in the state time limit but who is certified for TANF because HHSC state office has designated the county as economically deprived. |
| M | Mandatory registrant. |
| N | Employment Hardship Exemptions – Identifies an individual who has used the maximum number of TANF months allowed in a state time limit but who is certified for TANF due to lack of employment. |
| P | Mandatory registrant employed or self-employed 30 or more hours per week and earning at least$700 a month. Do not use this code if the individual qualifies for exemption codes A, B, F, G, R, C, J, N, Q, W or L. |
| Q | Severe Personal Hardship Exemption – Identifies an individual who has used the maximum number of TANF months allowed in a state time limit but who is certified for TANF due to a disabling illness or injury of self or a close family member in the home. |
| R | Caring for a child under age 1 who is not listed on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. Do not use this code if another member is coded G or R. |
| T | Pregnant and unable to work. |
| U | A single grandparent age 50 or over caring for a child under age three. |
| V | An SSI recipient parent. |
| W | Identifies an client who noncomplies with the Choices program. There must be financial penalty of F, S or T entered on Form H1000-C. |
| X | A parent who has exhausted state time limits. |
| Y | A parent who is disqualified due to third party resource (TPR) requirements, Social Security number requirements, intentional program violation, failure to report a child’s absence, being a fugitive, having a felony drug conviction, failure to cooperate with Quality Control or noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. |
| Codes | Explanation |
|---|---|
| A | Child age 16 years of age, or child age 16 or 17 who attends school at least half-time, or is not the head of household. |
| D | Three to nine-months pregnant. |
| E | Physically or mentally unfit for employment. |
| F | 60 years of age or older. |
| G | Caring for a child under age 6. |
| H | Presence in home required for care of an incapacitated person. |
| J | Person in drug addiction or alcoholic treatment and rehabilitation program. |
| N | Receiving or applying for unemployment compensation. |
| P | Employed or self-employed 30 hours or more a week. |
| Q | Individual resides in a Choices county and is mandatory or has volunteered for TANF employment services. |
| R | Registered again, after previously serving the E&T noncompliance penalty period. |
| S | Student exemption (age 18 or older)/person in a training program. |
| T | Disqualified household member (or nonmember head of household). |
| U | Primary wage earner failed to comply with SNAP employment services. |
| 2 | Registered, employed less than 30 hours a week. |
| 3 | Registered, not working. |
| 4 | Registered, job attached (temporarily laid off). |
| 5 | Registration postponed, expedited service. |
Enter a citizenship verification code for each person in the ceritified group who is a U.S. citizen. The codes specify what level of citizenship verification was used to verify citizenship, if an affidavit was used, or if good cause was allowed. When using an affidavit, a fourth level verification, enter 5 instead of 4. The levels of verification sources are found in A-358.1, Citizenship.
| Codes | Explanation |
|---|---|
| 1 | Primary level verification source used to verify citizenship |
| 2 | Level 2 verifcation source used to verify citizenship |
| 3 | Level 3 verifcation source used to verify citizenship |
| 4 | Level 4 verifcation source used to verify citizenship |
| 5 | Affidavit used to verify citizenship |
| 6 | Good cause allowed for citizenship verification |
Enter income information in Items 42-45, 55 and 56 as appropriate for each individual listed in Item 33. Leave an item blank if the household does not have that type income.
Do not enter income for persons whose status-in-group is
3 – an SSI child,
9 – a payee, or
2I – an ineligible child.
Note: Enter the deductible amount of any diverted income in Item 58, Deductions, for any individual whose gross income is entered on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. No individual's deductions should exceed his income.
For people disqualified for citizenship, 18-50 work requirement or SSN, enter the prorated amount of income attributed to the household.
Enter income information for SIG Codes 2, 4, 7, 8 and 0. For TP 45 cases, make no entry in Items 42-44, 55 and 56.
Enter one of the following codes to indicate the type of income entered in Item 44.
A Veterans Affairs (VA) benefits
C Unemployment Insurance benefits
P Pension benefits (other than RSDI, SSI, VA or RR)
M Combination of unemployment benefits with benefits from a pension, VA, or both
W Combined income from VA and a pension
Enter the monthly amount of countable gross earned income and net self-employment income, up to seven numeric characters. Also make an entry in Item 118, and in Items 119-122, if appropriate.
Enter the monthly amount of Social Security (RSDI) benefits for each person whose income is considered. Note: If you enter an amount in this item, you must also make an entry in Item 38.
Enter the monthly amount of VA benefits, unemployment insurance benefits, pension, or any combination of these.
When entering an amount in Item 44, also make entries in Item 42A and Item 118.
SAVERR will print the active penalty codes for each individual on the Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C turnaround.
Enter the monthly SSI benefit amount.
Enter the beginning date of Medicaid coverage for each person certified for cash and/or medical coverage. Leave blank for status-in-group Codes 0, 2, or 9 and 3 for TANF.
There are many edits associated with the medical effective date. If the correct medical effective date cannot be entered, submit Form H1107, Request for Forced Change of Medical Coverage, to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) Section, SDX Eligibility Unit, State Office, Y-922.
If a recipient has previous medical coverage with HHSC, enter the nine-digit client number or Code 2 in Item 32, Client Number.
For applications with spend down, enter the earliest possible Medicaid eligibility date (MED) for each SIG 4, 7 and 8.
Enter the date the emergency conditions started. Use the date the practitioner entered on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification.
If appropriate, enter the date of denial (always the last day of the month) or date of death(always the actual date of death) for each person.
The following situations require an entry for certified group members.
If the case is active and the individual's status-in-group code is changed from eligible to ineligible, do not enter a date in Item 47.
If an active case is denied, this item shows the effective date of denial of Medicaid coverage for all individuals who have medical coverage.
Edits for cases with spend down will not allow a date in this item that is later than the application month.
Make an entry only for the certified member (open/close code 090).
Enter the code that indicates Voluntary Resettlement Agency (VOLAG), nationality, and U.S. entry date for each refugee. The first digit is the VOLAG code, the second and third digits are the nationality code, and the fourth through seventh digits are the two-digit month and the last two digits of the year of U.S. entry.
| Codes | Voluntary Resettlement Agency (VOLAG) |
|---|---|
| 0 | Tolstoy Foundation or American Fund for Czechoslovak Refugees |
| 1 | YMCA |
| 2 | United States Catholic Conference (USCC) |
| 3 | Church World Services (CWS) |
| 4 | Lutheran Immigration Aid Society (LIRS) |
| 5 | Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society (HIAS) |
| 6 | International Rescue Committee (IRC) |
| 7 | World Relief Services |
| 8 | American Council for Nationalities Services (ACNS) |
| 9 | Persons Granted Asylum |
| Codes | Nationality | Codes | Nationality |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | Cuban | 17 | Chinese |
| 02 | Cuban/Haitian Entrant | 18 | Chilean |
| 03 | Soviet Jew | 19 | El Salvadoran |
| 04 | Romanian | 20 | Brazilian |
| 05 | Hungarian | 21 | Colombian |
| 06 | Iranian | 22 | Palestinian |
| 07 | Iraqi/Kurd | 23 | East German |
| 08 | Afghan | 24 | Pakistani |
| 09 | Argentinean | 25 | Bulgarian |
| 10 | Nicaraguan | 26 | Yugoslavian |
| 11 | Ethiopian | 27 | Armenian |
| 12 | Somali | 28 | Turkish |
| 13 | Other African | 29 | Portuguese |
| 14 | Polish | 30 | Peruvian |
| 15 | Czechoslovakian | 99 | State office use only (do not enter) |
| 16 | Indochinese — Vietnamese, Cambodian, Laotian, Khmer, Hmong | - | |
Example: An Indochinese resettled by World Relief Services who entered the U.S. in June 1979 is entered 7160679.
Note: Information recorded in Item 48 cannot be changed viaForm H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. To change this item, send a memorandum requesting the change to State Office Data Integrity, Special Programs Support Unit, Y-922.
Enter the total monthly amount of medical costs of each person who is eligible for the deduction. Allowable expenses of a person who is no longer a household member are entered on line "a" of this item and credited to the head of household. Do not reduce this amount by $35. If none, leave blank.
Only the State Office Claims Investigation Unit (SOCIU) can enter, change or authorize deletion of entries in this item. Use this item in active or denied SNAP cases if a member has been disqualified for an intentional program violation (also see Item 40). The entry must always be six full characters. Contact the SOCIU if changes must be made in this field.
The first character SOCIU enters is:
T administrative disqualifications for offenses that occurred prior to Sept. 22, 1996;
S administrative disqualifications for offenses that occurred on or after Sept. 22, 1996, or disqualifications for convictions due to trafficking;
C court-ordered disqualifications; or
M disqualifications due to receipt of multiple benefits in one month.
The second digit SOCIU enters is:
The remaining characters SOCIU enters are:
SOCIU enters the same information whether the case is active or denied, and the penalty period is the same regardless of case status.
Example: For an offense that occurred after Sept. 22, 1996, a person is disqualified for an intentional program violation through May 1999. This is the person's second disqualification. SOCIU enters "S20599" to show that the disqualification is his second and that he is disqualified through May 1999. If the disqualification is his third, SOCIU enters "S3PERM" to show the disqualification is permanent.
Enter the client number if validation of the number entered in Item 32 is required. See instructions for Item 32. Use the validation only if reassigning a client number or changing individual biographical information.
SAVERR prints warning codes if the last input document is incomplete, questionable or invalid. If the head of household has had a name change because of hierarchy, the old name is printed after any warning messages in Item 50. The following format is used for all error messages: AAABBCCC
AAA — Form item number 001-191; client items 32-50 will be shown A32-K32, through K50. When a client item is shown without line indicator, 032-050, then the comparison of all entries within that item caused the error.
BB — One of the following two-digit qualifiers:
EC – ERROR CODE NUMBER "CCC"
EQ – EQUAL
GE – GREATHER THAN OR EQUAL
GT – GREATHER THAN
LE – LESS THAN OR EQUAL
LT – LESS THAN
NA – NOT ALLOWABLE WITH THE ENTRY OR LACK OF ENTRY IN"CCC"
NE – NOT EQUAL
CCC — Form item number 001-191; or error code number 300-999; or one of the following "KEY" words:
ALP – ALPHABETIC
BLK – BLANK
CUR – CURRENT PROCESS MONTH
DAT – VALID DATE
FIL – VALUE ALREADY ON FILE
N-3 – today minus 3 months
N-6 – today minus 6 months
N12 – today minus 12 months
N24 – today minus 24 months
N45 – today minus 45 days
NAM – NAME FORMAT
NOW – PROCESS DATE OF FORM
NUM – NUMERIC
NXT – NEXT PROCESS MONTH
VAL – VALID
| If at application or complete review the advisor assigns a ... | SAVERR prints the message ... |
|---|---|
| three-month periodic review, | "ERRPRONE." |
| 12-month periodic review, | "EXTENDRV." |
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2004
This computer-printed item is the sum of the entries in Column 42B, Gross Earned.
This computer-printed item is the sum of the entries in Column 43, Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance (RSDI).
This computer-printed item is the sum of the entries in Column 44, VA.
This computer-printed item is the sum of the entries in Column 45, SSI.
Enter the total monthly railroad retirement benefits for people whose income is considered. Include any railroad retirement benefits received by a person disqualified because of SSN or citizenship policy and attributed to the household. If none, leave blank.
Enter the total monthly unearned income from all sources not included in other data boxes. If none, leave blank.
This may include applied income, countable child support, or alien sponsor's income.
This includes the portion of other income of a disqualified person, or a sponsor's income, attributed to the household.
This may include the TANF grant, total gross child support, and countable income from an alien'ssponsor.
This computer-printed item is the sum of the entries in Items 51 through 56.
Enter the standard work related expense deductions for SIG 2W, 2Y, 5, 7, 8 and 0 members with earned income counted against recognized needs. The deductions cannot exceed the members' monthly earnings. Also enter any amounts diverted from the income of a:
If there are no deductions, leave blank.
Note: Do not enter child care expenses or the 90% earned income deduction in this item. See instructions for Items 149-152.
Enter the household's total monthly dependent care costs, the amount of legally obligated child support paid to or for a nonhousehold member and the remaining farm loss.
Enter income deductions for everyone whose income is considered in the case, including ineligible people. Enter work-related expenses, child support disregard and any diversions for everyone. If there are no deductions, leave blank. Note: Do not include child care expenses (seeinstructions for Items 149-152).
Enter the adjusted gross income. Enter 0 if there is no adjusted gross income.
The total case income, minus Item 58 equals Item 59, unless child care costs are entered in Item 152 or the automated 90% earned income deductions is used. For these exceptions, the total income minus Items 58, and 152 (child care and 90% earned income deduction amounts) equals Item 59.
The total case income minus Items 58 and 152 (child care) must equal Item 59.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Enter the total amount of the household's monthly shelter costs. Enter zero, if there are no shelter expenses. Coordinate this item with Item 90, Utility Standard Code.
Computer printed on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. Make no entry.
Computer printed on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. Make no entry.
Enter the household's rounded net income. Enter zero, if there is no net income.
Computer printed on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. Make no entry.
Enter the total budgetary needs figure for all members of the TANF group. Enter a new figure each time the certified group size changes.
| Type Program | Enter on Form H1000-A |
|---|---|
| 40 | 185% Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL). |
| 43 | 185% FPIL. |
| 44 | 100% FPIL. |
| 45 | Leave Blank. |
| 47 | TANF budgetary needs (100%) allowance figure for all members of the budget group. |
| 48 | 133% FPIL. |
| 55 | Medically Needy Income Limits for all members of the budget group. |
| For TP 30 cases, if Item 137 has an entry of: | Enter |
|---|---|
| 40 | 185% FPIL |
| 43 | 185% FPIL |
| 44 | 100% FPIL |
| 48 | 133% FPIL |
| 55 | Medically Needy Income Limits |
Enter a new figure on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C each time the household size changes. Item 66 must agree with Items 40, 125, and 126.
These figures are computer printed. There is no 67A entry for Medical Programs.
These figures are computer printed. Item 68 equals the entry in Item 59. For TANF, Item 68A is the rounded down figure of Item 68. There is no Item 68A entry for Medical Programs.
This figure is computer printed and is the balance of Item 68 subtracted from Item 67.
This item shows an unmet need of
| For ... | this item ... |
|---|---|
| TP 40, 43, 44, 47, and 48 cases, | shows an unmet need of at least one cent. |
| TP 55 and 30 cases that are not subject to spend down, | shows an amount greater than or equal to zero will be shown. |
| TP 55 and 30 cases that are subject to spend down, | shows a negative amount, which represents the monthly spend down. |
| TP 45 | will be blank |
This figure is computer printed and is the balance of Item 68A subtracted from Item 67A. The minimum grant of $10 is printed in Item 70 if the balance is less than $10. This item indicates benefit amount, less recoupment, if applicable. This amount is printed only for TP 01 and 61 cases.
This item is computer printed. SAVERR prints a spend down amount in Item 70 if the amount in Item 69 is a negative amount. Otherwise, Item 70 will be blank.
Make no entry.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Items 78, 83, 84, and 90 cannot be deleted, but may be updated. Items 86, 87, 88, 89, and 93 may be deleted with a pound sign.
Make no entry on Form H1000-A, Notice of Case Action. SAVERR returnsForm H1000-B, Record of Case Action, and Form H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, sequence 02 with Code C. Enter one of the following codes on later Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C:
C — Complete review
I — Incomplete review
N — Non-review activity (case maintenance)
State Office Review Codes
M — SNAP "end-of-month" conversion
O — SNAP conversion that occurs at September cutoff effective October (Example: SNAP allotment conversion)
1 — SNAP annual RSDI/SSI conversion
Enter the three-digit code from the list below that describes the type of application, the referral, and the number of months since the previous application or certification period.
The first digit is the type application:
1 — Eligibility Determination – individuals who are not currently certified or individuals submitting untimely reapplications.
2 — Redetermination (Reapplication) – individuals submitting timely applications for continued benefits.
3 — Application reopened after denial using the same Form H1010-B.
The second digit is always "X."
The third digit is
0 — All initial applications, reapplications within 30 days from previous application, or later applications within 30 days after the end of the previous certification period.
1-8 — For one month, enter 1, for two months, enter 2, etc.
9 — Nine months or longer.
Enter the month, day, and year the certification period begins. The day is always 01, even if the whole allotment is prorated.
Enter the number of months of the certification period. This must be a two-digit number.
Enter the month and year that the individual receives his last benefits for the current certification period. This must correspond to Items 80 and 81.
Enter the number of certified persons in the household. This is the same as the number of eligible persons listed in Section II. Do not include status-in-group Codes G, K, or T. This must be a two-digit number.
Enter the code that refers to the type of SNAP case.
1 — NPA only. No members receive TANF. (Category 9)
2 — NPA mixed. Some members receive TANF or RCA and others do not. (Category 9)
3 — PA. All members receive TANF or some receive SSI and other others receive TANF. (Category 6)
5 — All members are refugees, other than Cubans or Haitians, receiving TANF or RCA. (Category 8)
Enter a code to indicate the household's categorical eligibility/income test/shelter deduction..
B — Gross and net income tests and capped shelter deduction.
C — Categorically eligible household with capped shelter deduction.
E — Gross and net income test and uncapped shelter deduction. Use this code only if the member who is entitled to uncapped shelter costs is disqualified for intentional program violation.
M — Net test only, uncapped shelter deduction.
T — Categorically eligible household with uncapped shelter deduction.
S — Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP), entered by Centralized Benefits Services.
Make no entry. A "Y" is printed during OIG's investigation to prevent the case from being purged.
Enter the code that identifies the non-participating or non-household member(s).
A — Attendant
B — Boarders
C — Ineligible alien
D — Ineligible student
E — Any combination of two or more of A, B, C, or D
If an attendant, boarder, or roomer is an ineligible alien, code him here and in Item 88.
Enter the total number of persons living in the SNAP household who are not eligible for participation because they are ineligible aliens.
Advisors enter an "X" if every household member receives SSI. If one or more household members do not receive SSI, leave blank.
SAVERR enters an "A" when a case transfers to Centralized Benefits Services (CBS). CBS enters an"R" when transferring a case to the field.
Enter the appropriate code to describe utility and telephone costs.
| Code | Description |
|---|---|
| 1 | Household claiming the Standard Utility Allowance. |
| 2 | Household claiming the telephone standard only. |
| 4 | Household without utility costs. |
| 8 | Households claiming the homeless shelter standard. |
| 9 | Households claiming the homeless shelter standard with one member who is disqualified for not meeting citizenship, 18-50 work and/or SSN requirements. |
| A | Households claiming the Basic Utility Allowance. |
Do not prorate the utility and telephone standards for households with disqualified members or households sharing expenses.
Enter the appropriate denial code. Leave blank unless the case is denied or is opened and closed on the same document. If an entry is made in Item 91, the advisor must also make an entry in Item 92. See C-221, Denial Codes, for denial codes.
Enter the effective date of denial. If denying an application, enter the date you determine the case is ineligible. If the application is opened and closed or an active case is denied, enter the last day of the last month in which the household receives its final benefits. When making an entry in Item 92, also make an entry in Item 91.
Enter the head of household's Texas driver's license number or Texas Department of Public Safety(DPS) ID number. If the head of household does not have a Texas driver's license or DPS ID, leave blank. Enter a leading zero for seven-digit license numbers.
Enter the appropriate hold or release code under CD. Make no entry under DATE. SAVERR enters the month after cutoff as the hold effective month.
Hold Benefits
Advisor Hold Code
2 — Use to prevent SAVERR from issuing the next month's benefits. The hold is effective the first of the next SAVERR process month. Use code 2 when
Note: Entry of Code 2 does not prevent entry of information in other sections, including Section XI, to cancel benefits or issue benefits for the current processing month.
State Office Hold Codes:
A — Form H1000-B, submitted to deny a case, contains afatal error that is not cleared by cutoff. The case remains on hold until the erroneous Form H1000-B is corrected and processed.
Z — The EBT account is dormant because the household has not accessed benefits for three consecutive months or six consecutive months when the most recent monthly issuance is less than$20.
Release Codes
O — Releases benefits effective the first of the next SAVERR process month. Release any held benefits, as necessary, by completing Section XI. Note: In case actions involving a hold Code A, enter a release code only if the case will not be denied.
Make an entry if
SSI/SNAP Prerelease Joint Application
If SSA does not notify HHSC of an individual's release until after the actual release date, enter the date (mmddyy) of notification.
Enter PASS account amount.
Make an entry in this item when:
Use 98A to enter the date (mmddyyyy) the verification is requested.
Use 98B to enter the date (mmddyyyy) the verification is received. If no verification is received, do not enter a date.
The paper Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, orForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, does not correctly reflect the two separate items; however, advisors are able to enter both dates in Item 98.
Example: Item 98 09252000 10052000
Enter the appropriate code if the household is ineligible for the month of application or the second month.
1 — No benefit issued for month of application due to proration, but eligible for the second month as a combined allotment.
2 — Eligible for month of application but ineligible for the second month.
Enter the appropriate PASS account code.
E — Exempt from earned income
U — Exempt from unearned income
Enter the appropriate code to identify a household that qualifies to use SNAP benefits to purchase prepared meals from one of the following authorized meal providers:
C — SSI/elderly member authorized to purchase from communal dining facilities, meal delivery service, or contracted restaurant.
E — Homeless and either elderly or SSI recipient; authorized to purchase from every service(communal dining, meal delivery services, or homeless meal providers/contracted restaurants).
H — Authorized to purchase from homeless meal providers/contracted restaurants.
M — Household/disabled member authorized to purchase from meal delivery services.
Enter the month and year for the special review (Example: 08-96).
Enter the appropriate code to show the type of special review needed.
0 — State office assigned
1 — Employment Services/Work Registration
2 — School Attendance
3 — Reserved
4 — Management
5 — Income/Expense changes anticipated
6 — Living arrangement change anticipated
7 — Medical review
8 — Household change anticipated
9 — Other
To delete Items 103 and 104, enter pound (#) in 104.
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Enter the associated TANF, SNAP or Medical Programs case number.
If Item 112 has an entry and there is another associated case, enter the second case number in Item 113.
State office uses Items 118-122 to determine discrepancies between income reported to the advisor and income reported by other agencies for the same person. Complete Items 119-122 when the earned income for a former month is not the same as the earned income entered in Item 42B for the ongoing budget.Note: Do not report unearned income that differs from entries in Item 44. If entries are made in Items 119-122 for TP 30 or 55 cases, make appropriate entries in Section XI for the Spend Down history file.
Make an entry in Item 118 only when making or changing an entry in Item 42-B or 44.
Enter a two-digit number to identify the earliest month of certification in which the amounts entered in Items 42B and 44 were received Example: If certification date is May 1, the ongoing budget is effective June 1, and income for May is the same as June, then enter "05."
Note: If zero is entered on Form H1000-B, Items 42B or 44, because income currently shown in these items terminates, enter the two-digit number to identify the first month the income was not received.
Make a two-digit entry to identify the first month earned income was different than the current earned income entered in Item 42B. Make this entry even if earned income for this month totals zero.
Enter the total amount of countable gross earnings for the household that corresponds to the month entered in Item 119. Make an entry even if the earned income for this month totals zero.
Exception: Enter the total amount of a disqualified person'searnings, even if budgeting only a prorated amount of his income.
Enter the total amount of countable gross earnings for all household members corresponding to the month entered in Item 122. Make an entry even if the earned income for this month totals zero.
Exception: Enter the total amount of a disqualified person'searnings, even if budgeting only a prorated amount of his income.
Enter the two-digit number to identify the second month in which total earned income received is different from the total of the amounts entered in Item 42-B. Make an entry even if the earned income for this month totals zero.
SAVERR enters code "N" for a caretaker required to have a Health Care Orientation (HCO). Acaretaker who does not comply with the HCO requirement must have a face-to-face interview to renew Medicaid eligibility for the child. When a caretaker has a face-to-face interview to clear non-compliance, enter code "F" in Item 123.
Enter the number of adults included in the budget group. Include a minor parent who is SIG 0 on aTP 47 case. Make no entry for TP 45.
Enter the number of children included in the budget group. Make no entry for TP 45. Include the unborn child in this entry for
Entries in Items 125 and 126 must agree with Item 66.
Revision 10-3; Effective July 1, 2010
Section VIII shows case information for TANF, foster care, Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA), and medical programs cases.
Enter the appropriate code to identify the type program for certifications and denials.
01 — Cash and medical assistance.
04 — Medical Assistance Only - Deceased – Medical assistance only because the applicant(s) dies after the date of application but before certification. Do not use this type program if surviving applicants are eligible to receive cash assistance.
07 — Medical Assistance Only - 12 or 18 Months – TANF or refugee cases that are denied cash assistance because of increased earnings, but are eligible for Medicaid coverage for 12 or 18 months after the last month of TANF eligibility.
11 — Medical Assistance Only - Three Months Prior, not currently eligible or a gap in coverage– TANF individuals eligible for three months prior medical assistance, but who are ineligible in the month of application and later months, or have a gap in coverage.
20 — Medical Assistance Only - Child Support – TANF cases that are denied cash assistance because of child support, but are eligible for Medicaid for four additional months.
29 — Medical Assistance Only – 12 or 18 months post Medicaid following the end of TANF state time limit.
37 — Medical Assistance Only - 12 or 18 Months – TANF cases that are denied cash assistance because of the loss of the 90% earned income deduction, but are eligible for Medicaid coverage for 12 or 18 consecutive months after the last month of TANF eligibility.
61 — TANF-SP cash and medical assistance.
71 — OTTANF – One parent household is eligible to receive OTTANF benefits.
72 — OTTANF – Two parent household is eligible to receive OTTANF benefits.
Note: To change the type program and case name, two transactions must be processed.
Category 05 is the RCA program. TP 08, 09, and 10 are foster care programs.
Enter the appropriate code to identify the type medical program for certifications and denials.
40 — Pregnant woman
43 — Children under age one
44 — Children age six through 18
45 — Newborn children
47 — Dependent children ineligible for TANF because of applied income
48 — Children ages one through five
55 — Medically Needy (with or without spend down)
30 — Nonimmigrants and undocumented aliens
Enter 01 to identify cases with a pregnant woman in the budget group.
Enter the first day of the earliest month and year the individual is eligible for and is authorized to receive benefits in the same amount as shown in the ongoing budget. Use this item to authorize benefits for the current and previous months.
Enter one of the following codes on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C.
C — Complete
I — Incomplete
N — Nonreview activity (case maintenance)
Enter the code that describes the reason for the action taken on the case. See C-200 for Item 132 codes.
Enter the total number of unduplicated calendar months of three months prior Medicaid eligibility. Not applicable for TP 45.
When providing prior coverage enter the month and year of the original file date. This date cannot be later than the medical effective date (Item 46) by more than three calendar months. Not applicable for TP 45.
Use Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C when the requested medical effective date (Item 46) is within six months of the current process month.
Enter the last month and year for TP 07/20 Medicaid coverage.
Enter the second month and year following the expected delivery date.
State Office Data Control enters the last month of forced coverage.
Make no entry. This is a computer-calculated end date. If a one or two-month Medicaid extension is needed, update the end date for two months or less in this item, and enter "I" in Item 131.
Enter the Budget TP indicator used to determine income eligibility. This is a required entry when processing three months prior or simultaneous open and close situations. Do not make an entry when processing denials.
| Enter | For cases that include a |
|---|---|
| 40 | pregnant woman who meets the 185% FPIL income criteria. |
| 43 | child under age one who meets the 185% FPIL income criteria. |
| 48 | child age one through five who meets the 133% FPIL income criteria. |
| 44 | child age six through 18 who meets the 100% FPIL income criteria. |
| 55 | caretaker/second parent who meets MNIL income criteria. |
If the income exceeds the limits and the case is eligible based on TP 55 income criteria with spenddown, enter 55.
Enter the appropriate code to indicate child support cooperation or noncooperation.
R — Refusal without good cause to cooperate with child support for one or more absent parents.
C — Cooperation. Enter this code if Code R does not apply.
T — No proration when reinstating TANF after PRA cooperation.
| Enter Code | If the case transfers to TP 07/20 because ... |
|---|---|
| E | of new or increased earned income or earnings of a returning absent parent who is added to the certified group. |
| S | of new or increased child support collections. |
| B | TANF denial results from a reason listed under Code E, and new or increased child support collections. |
| P | of PRA noncooperation. |
Enter the date of any contact planned before the date of the next periodic review, or the end of the budget period. For cases with a pregnant woman, enter the first day of the month following the month the pregnancy is anticipated to terminate.
Enter the code for the type of special review needed.
1 — Employment Services/Work Registration (TANF only)
2 — School attendance
3 — (Reserved)
4 — Management
5 — Income/Expense changes anticipated
6 — Living arrangement change anticipated
7 — Medical review
8 — Household change anticipated. Note: Use to designate a review for cases with a pregnant woman
9 — Other
Q — Disability Hardship Exemption (TANF only)
To delete a special review date in Item 139, enter a pound sign in Item 140. This entry deletes the information in Items 139 and 140.
Make no entry. This is a computer calculated and printed date of the next periodic review date. If incorrect, enter a new periodic review date in this item and "N" in Item 131.
Make no entry. This is a computer-calculated date that reflects the next required periodic review. If the date is incorrect, enter a periodic review date in this item and "N" in item 131.
Enter the appropriate hold or release code under CD. Make no entry under DATE. SAVERR enters the month after cutoff as the hold effective month.
Hold/Release Codes
Advisor
Hold Code 1
Use when the advisor cannot locate the individual and an investigation of the individual's location is pending. This code automatically denies the grant and Medicaid at cutoff of the hold month effective the first day of the hold month. Fiscal cancels any returned warrants and SODI cancels returned Form H3087, Medicaid Identification.
Release: Use Code 8 if the household does not have a new address. Use Code 9 if the household has a new address. Enter the new address on Form H1000-B.
Hold Code 2
Use when appointment of guardian is pending. SAVERR does not produce TANF benefits and Form H3087 until the advisor submits Form H1000-B releasing the hold.
Release: 9 – Enter the name of the guardian on Form H1000-B.
Hold Code 3
Use if changing the payee. SAVERR does not produce TANF benefits and Form H3087 until the advisor submits Form H1000-B releasing the hold.
Release: 0 – Enter the new payee information and complete Section XI on Form H1000-B to issue benefits for hold months.
Hold Code 4
Use when lowering benefits and the adverse action notice period expires between cutoff and the end of the month. SAVERR does not produce TANF benefits and Form H3087 until the advisor submits Form H1000-B releasing the hold.
Release: 0 – Use to release the hold after the adverse action expires. Enter the new budget and/or household composition and complete Section XI on Form H1000-Bto issue benefits for hold months.
Hold Code 5
Use when denying a case or transferring a case to TP 07 or TP 20 and Form H1000-B cannot be submitted because the adverse action period expires between cutoff and the end of the month.
When denying a case, SAVERR does not issue TANF benefits or Form H3087. SAVERR automatically denies the benefit and Medicaid at cutoff of the hold month effective the first day of that month. Fiscal cancels returned warrants and Data Control cancels returned Form H3087.
SAVERR automatically transfers a TP 01 case to TP 07 or TP 20 effective the first day of the next month. SAVERR produces Form H3087 when a case pending transfer is placed on Hold Code 5.
Release: Use Code 8 if the household does not have a new address, responds during the adverse action period, and qualifies for continued benefits. Use Code 9 if the household has a new address, responds during the adverse action period, and qualifies for continued benefits. Enter the new address on Form H1000-B.
State Office Use Only:
Computer-generated Codes
Hold Code A
Form H1000-B submitted to deny a case contains a fatal error not cleared by cutoff. The case remains on hold until the fataled Form H1000-B is corrected and processed. When the form is corrected and the case is denied, enter the correct Death/Denial Date in Item 47.
Release: Use Codes 8, 9 or 0 if the case is not denied.
Data Control Codes
Hold Code C
Form H3087 is returned with postal message: individual moved out of state. State office sends the advisor an RP-24B and sends the individual Form H1029, Notice of Case Action. Automatic denial of the grant occurs at cutoff of the hold month, effective the first day of the hold month. Automatic denial of Medicaid occurs effective the last day of the month before the hold. Apply this hold only when the message on the returned form H3087 indicates the individual has moved out of state.
Release: Use same release procedures described for Hold Code 1.
Hold Code D
Form H3087 is returned with postal message: deceased. State office sends the advisor RP-24B and holds returned warrants and Form H3087 until the advisor takes action to deny assistance or select a new payee.
Release: Use same release procedures described for advisor Hold Code 3.
Hold Code E
RESERVED
Formerly used when Form H3087 returned with postal message: unclaimed.
Advisor Codes
Hold Code 2
Use when appointment of a guardian is pending. SAVERR does not produce TANF benefits and Form H3087 until the advisor submits Form H1000-B releasing the hold.
Release: 9 – Enter the name of the guardian on Form H1000-B.
Hold Code 4
Use when lowering benefits and the adverse action notice period expires between cutoff and the end of the month. SAVERR does not produce TANF benefits and Form H3087 until the advisor submits Form H1000-Breleasing the hold.
Release: 0 – Use to release the hold after the adverse action period expires. Enter the new budget and/or household composition and complete Section XI on Form H1000-B to issue benefits for hold months.
State Office Use Only:
Computer-generated Codes
Hold Code 3
At least one refugee in a Category 05 case entered the United States more than eight months ago.
State office sends the advisor a RP-24B and holds warrants and Form H3087 until the advisor takes action to deny the case or delete the person(s) over the eight-month limit.
Release: 0 – Release benefits when deleting all people over the eight-month limit. Deny the case if all members are over the eight-month limit.
Hold Code 6
Case is automatically being denied or transferred to TP 20 because of receipt of child support.
Release: 0 – Use to release and make required entries in Section XI.
Hold Code H
Status-in-group Code 5 individual is age 19 or older. The effect is the same as Hold Code C.
Release: The release procedures are the same as Hold Code 1.
Hold Code L
Individual's state time limit is expiring and SAVERR cannot rebudget the TANF case. Advisor action to rebudget the case is required.
Release: 0 – Release hold and make required budget and Section XI entries.
Hold Code Z
The EBT account is dormant because the household has not accessed it for three consecutive months or six consecutive months when the most recent monthly issuance is less than $20.
Release: The release procedures are the same as Hold Code 1.
Fiscal Codes
Hold Code F
Warrant returned as undeliverable. The effect is the same as Hold Code C.
Release: The release procedures are the same as Hold Code 1.
Hold Code G
Warrant returned with message: deceased. The effect is the same as Hold Code D.
Release: The release procedures as the same as for advisor Hold Code 3.
Hold Code J
Warrant charged back.
Release: Hold is released only by Fiscal Division.
Data Control Codes
Code R
SDX Hold
SDX Release Codes
Code S
Mail benefits using address on SDX.
Code T
Denied
Code X
Deceased
Advisor Codes
Hold Code 4
Pending assignment of protective payee.
Release: 0 – Release hold and enter protective payee information.
State Office Use Only
Computer-generated Codes
Code 3
Occurs at cutoff in the month:
Release: Use Code 0.
State Office Use Only
Computer-generated Codes
Code H
Occurs at cutoff in the month entered in Item 136. If the advisor does not take action, automatic denial will occur at the cutoff in the following month.
Enter the appropriate action code if placing the case on hold with Code 5.
Use on earned income cases only. Enter C for a child care deduction. This entry requires an entry on the same line in Item 152.
To delete this entry, enter "C" in Item 149 and 0 in Item 152 on the appropriate line.
Enter 9 for
Enter the last month of the four-month period of the 90% earned income deduction on the line with Code 9. This also contains the TP 37 end date.
Enter the last month of the four-month period of the 90% earned income deduction on the line with Code 9. This also contains the TP 37 end date.
Enter the allowable amount of actual child care costs on the Code C line.
Complete only for cases in which an individual receives or anticipates receiving a TANF child support disregard payment from the Office of the Attorney General (OAG). Enter an amount anytime you
Enter six numbers indicating the amount of child support received from the OAG to be budgeted.(Example: $25 as 002500.) Enter 000000 if payments were previously reported and have now terminated.
These entries are no longer required if, for the two previous months, the OAG has not reported payments to the individual.
Always enter an amount in Item 56 if you enter an amount in this item.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make no entries in these items.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
The codes in Section X are not stored in the computer file. They are kept for individual transactions only and are used to complete management reports.
Enter the three-digit code for the individual's residence county, followed by a space. After the space, enter the individual's ten-digit telephone number, including the area code.
Use program codes to indicate whether the case action associated with the Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C is worked alone or generically with other programs.
| PROGRAMS | PROGRAM CODE |
|---|---|
| TANF only | A |
| TANF-SP only | U |
| FS only | F |
| MP only | M |
| TANF/FS | AF |
| TANF-SP/FS | UF |
| FS/MP | FM |
| TANF/MP | AM |
| TANF-SP/MP | UM |
| TANF/FS/MP | AFM |
| TANF-SP/FS/MP | UFM |
Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004
Use this section instead of Form H1008, Authorization for Cancellation or Issuance of Public Assistance Warrants, to request benefits in situations described in the instructions for Item 180. Use Form H1008 to process all other requests for warrant actions. Use this section only for Category 2, TP 01 or 61 cases, or cases being transferred to TP 01 or 61.
Recoupment cannot be done on a benefit requested in Section XI.
Use this section to request the issuance and cancellation of benefits.
When reporting a SAVERR or ATA issuance timely on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C, complete Items 118-122 (if appropriate), 179, 180, 183, 184, 185, 186 (if appropriate), and 187.
When reporting an ATA issuance untimely, complete Items 118-122 (if appropriate), 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186 (if appropriate), and 187.
Use this section on Form H1000-A with Item 46 to identify any eligible (non-spend down) or potentially eligible (spend down) prior coverage month(s). Use one line for each prior month. Use this section only for consecutive months, with or without spend down. A separate Form H1000-A will be required for any prior coverage months followed by a gap in eligibility. For this section, months with spend down are not considered gaps in eligibility.
Entries in this section for prior coverage cannot precede:
Enter one of the following codes to indicate the type of benefit being requested:
1 — Full month's amounts
2 — Additional benefits for a month; Form H1000-B use only
Enter one of the following codes to indicate the method of issuance or to request a cancellation:
S — Untimely reporting EBT issuance via ATA to clear a discrepancy report RF-07E-1. This code can only be used with Code 1 or 3 in Item 180.
E — Requesting EBT issuance or timely reporting EBT benefits issued via the ATA.
N — Requesting cancellation of benefits.
5 — Historical Information: State-office entered. Used to identify a CCDMI as a certified mail issuance. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
C — Historical Information: State-office entered. Used to identify a CCDMI that was cancelled. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
Enter the appropriate code for each prior month in which a case is eligible or potentially eligible.
N — Not eligible for Medicaid until spend down is met
E — Eligible for Medicaid without spend down
Make no entry for ineligible months. The months reported in this section must be consecutive months of eligibility, with or without spend down.
Enter the reason for authorization:
9 — Action Code 090, simultaneous open and close on Form H1000-A only. Use to request allowable warrants from Item 129, Grant Effective Date, through Item 47, Denial Date, if the amount equals Item 70, Recommended Grant.
B — Change in both household composition and money reflected in the budget
F — Additional benefits issued due penalty imposed in error
H — Change in household composition
M — Change in money reflected in the budget
Note: Use B, H, and M for certifications and reinstatements, action Codes 57 or lower, to request allowable benefits for the month(s) before the Item 129 entry. These codes identify why the prior amount is different from Item 70, Recommended Grant, amount.
Also use B, F, H, and M to issue additional amounts for months in which benefits have already been produced. These codes identify why the additional amount is requested.
Use these codes to issue a benefit for the current or previous month when releasing hold with Code 0 or 7 in Item 142.
O — Retroactive and/or current month's benefit when releasing a case from hold with release Code 0or 7 in Item 142. Use for a benefit amount equal to the grant amount to be printed in Item 70.
P — Budgeting process requires different payment month benefits. Enter Code 1 in Item 179. Use for a benefit amount different than the amount to be printed in Item 70.
R — (State office use only.) Identifies on the history file benefits produced when release Code 8or 9 is used to release a case from hold. These benefits will always be for the recommended grant amount previously on file, not a recommended grant amount changed at the time the hold is released on Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C.
T — Transfer from TP 07, 20 , 29, or 37 to TP 01 or 61 (Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C use only).Use to issue a benefit of the same amount for the previous month, if needed. The advisor must ensure that the benefit amount requested is equal to the new grant amount that is printed in Item 70. Use Form H1008 to request a benefit for a different amount or an earlier month.
Enter one of the following codes to indicate the type of benefit requested:
A — Initial benefit (regular ongoing benefit).
E — Initial expedited benefit issued through
Also use for the second month on an expedited case when issuing the second month's benefits as a combined allotment and the first month's benefit cannot be issued because it prorates to less than$10.
H — Use to issue a benefit through SAVERR as a priority issuance to meet timeliness for a hearing officer decision. Do not use when timeliness can be met using another applicable code.
L — Restored full month's benefit for a past month.
1 — Use only to clear discrepancy report RF-07E-1, generated because the benefit was issued via the ATA and was not reported timely in Section XI. On inquiry, an issuance coded E by the advisor displays as a Code 1 if the benefit was issued via the ATA.
2 — Priority benefits issued through
3 — Use only to clear discrepancy report RF-07E-1, generated because the benefit was issued via the ATA and was not reported timely in Section XI. On inquiry, an issuance coded 2 by the advisor displays as Code 3 if the benefit was issued via the ATA.
All issuances coded A, E, 2, or L in Item 180 must balance using Items 184, 185, 186 (if applicable), and 187.
Potential Item 180 code combinations for applicants receiving combined allotments are:
| First Month Code | Second Month Code |
|---|---|
| E (Expedited) | 2 |
| 2 (Timely) | 2 |
| No issuance* | E |
| A (Regular) | A |
| No issuance* | 2 |
| No issuance* | A |
| 1 (Expedited-ATA; reported untimely) | 3 |
| 3 (Expedited-ATA; reported untimely) | 3 |
| No issuance* | 1 |
| No issuance | 3 |
| *1st month not issued due to proration | |
C — Supplemental benefits. Use when providing benefits in addition to initial benefits for the current month or following month if submitting Form H1000-A,Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C after cutoff.
D — Restoration benefits. Use when restoring partial benefits for a past month.
F — Supplemental or restoration benefits. Use when providing additional benefits for a month in which the household has already received one issuance coded C and/or one coded D.
P — Restore an erroneously expunged EBT benefit.
T — Replacement of destroyed food, that was purchased with SNAP benefits.
Historical Information: State office also uses this code to replace CCDMIs that are lost/stolen within the postal system. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
Every month must have an uncanceled A, E, 1, 2, 3, or L before an issuance coded C, D, F, P, or Tin Item 180 can be processed. To replace a canceled issuance, always use the same code in Item 180.
Only one type issuance Code C or D is allowed per month. Codes C and D issuances are allowed for the same month. Code C cannot be used for month already having a type code L issuance. Code F cannot be used unless type code C or D has been issued for the month.
G — Use to cancel EBT benefit because the household has moved out of state. Use code N in Item 179.
4 — Historical Information: CCDMI mailed out of state as a result of converting EBT benefits to coupons. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
5 — Historical Information: Benefits placed back in an EBT account after a CCDMI was returned and cancelled. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
These codes do not appear on Form H1000-B. These are in the benefit history file that is available through inquiry.
Issuance numbers issued via EBT have two leading alpha characters (Example: AA12345).
Make no entry. SAVERR assigns issuance numbers.
Make no entry if requesting an issuance or reporting an ATA issuance timely.
SAVERR assigns an issuance number when authorizing an issuance or when the EBT system reports an issuance.
Priority Issuance Numbers:
Enter only on Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C when requesting a prorated benefit resulting from the transfer of a case from TP 07, 20, 29, or 37 to TP 01 or 61.
Enter the date benefits were issued if canceling an issuance.
Enter the issue date if reporting an ATA issuance untimely to clear an RF-07/37E-1.
In the Issue Date (ISSUE DT) column, SAVERR inquiry displays an asterisk (*) for the second month's benefit of a combined allotment if it is issued before cutoff of the application month. This information does not appear on Form H1000-B. It is in the benefit history file that is available through inquiry.
Enter the month and year for which the benefits are requested. Use a separate line for each benefit month entered.
Historical Information: In the EFF column, SAVERR inquiry displays the date a CCDMI was processed instead of the benefit month. This information does not appear on Form H1000-B. It is in the benefit history file that is available through inquiry. No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
Enter the month and year for the prior coverage month in which a case is eligible or potentially eligible.
Enter the whole dollar amount of net income that applies to the benefit month in Item 183.
Enter the benefit amount requested.
Enter the amount of the benefit being issued. If recouping $8 from a $10 allotment, enter $2.00
Enter the spend down amount for that month. Enter 0 if there is no spend down.
When issuing a benefit (prorated, full, or supplemental) in Section XI that is reduced because of a financial penalty, enter the penalty amount and penalty code in Item 186. If the benefit is reduced because of multiple penalties, enter the amount and Code U (multiple penalties). Enter the adjusted benefit amount (the benefit amount minus the penalty amount) in Item 185.
If a supplement is issued because a penalty was imposed in error, enter Code F in Item 180 and code (supplemental restored benefit) in Item 179.
Do not recoup on a Section XI issuance or a prorated initial month's benefits. Enter the appropriate initial month code in this item and record the dollar amount.
If you are not prorating the initial month's benefits, leave this item blank. Make the following entries if you are prorating benefits:
| Issuance Type | Cents Field | Dollar Field |
|---|---|---|
| SAVERR or ATA issuance reported timely on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C. | P | No entry. |
| ATA issuance reported untimely (code S entered in Item 179). | P | Enter the amount subtracted from the whole monthly benefit because of proration. Example: A $100 allotment prorates to $60. Enter $60 in Item 185, P in Item 186 cents field, and $40 in the dollar field. |
For all issuances coded C, D, F, H, P, or T in Item 180, enter in the cents field the range code below that corresponds to the issuance amount in Item 185. Do not make an entry in the dollar field.
| Range Code | Issuance Dollar Amount | Range Code | Issuance Dollar Amount |
|---|---|---|---|
| A | $1 - 49 | H | $350 - 399 |
| B | 50 - 99 | J | 400 - 449 |
| C | 100 - 149 | K | 450 - 499 |
| D | 150 - 199 | L | 500 - 549 |
| E | 200 - 249 | M | 550 - 599 |
| F | 250 - 299 | X | 600 or over |
| G | 300 - 349 | - | |
These codes are not needed for benefits coded A, E, L, or 2 since these type of benefits must correspond to entries in Item 184, Net Income and Item 187, Household Size.
Enter the household composition for the benefit requested.
| Digit | Number of individuals with status in group Code |
|---|---|
| 1st | 7 and 8. The maximum number is two. If none, enter 0. |
| 2nd and 3rd | 5. If none, enter 00. If there are less than ten members with SIG 5, enter 0 for the 2nd digit and number SIGs 5 in the 3rd digit. |
Example: One adult and three children – 103.
Enter the number of people in the SNAP household whose benefits are included in the issuance reported.
Enter the household composition for the month.
| Digit | Number of |
|---|---|
| 1st | adults in the budget group. |
| 2nd and 3rd | children in the budget group. Include the unborn child in this entry for cases with an 01 entry in Item 128, base plan. |
For budget group with less than 10 children, enter 0 for the second digit.
These entries must correspond with Items 184 and 185.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
SAVERR completes this section to report the status of a denied application, the case status and the form effective date.
SAVERR prints the denied application information in this section. This information appears only in Section XII, and not in Items 79, 91, and 92.
This item shows the current status of the case: active, denied, or hold.
This item shows the form effective date of the previously submitted Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C.
On Form H1000-B and H1000-C with Sequence 02, the form effective date is the first of the month that the input document was entered on SAVERR.
On Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C with sequences 03 and above, the form effective date is the date the action reported on the previous Forms H1000-B and Form H1000-C becomes effective according the SAVERR cutoff cycles.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
SAVERR records on the Form H1000-B turnaround the monthly benefit issuance history for the current and past 11 months.
SAVERR prints the three months prior spend down on Form H1000-B turnaround.
This item records the authorization code from Item 180 and the benefit amount from Item 185.
This item records the advisor entries from Items 179 and 185.
This item lists the month of eligibility for which the benefit was issued.
This item records the month and year for which benefits are authorized (benefit month).
This item lists the number of issuances for the month of eligibility.
This item records the number of issuances the household is issued for the month.
This item records the household size listed on the last benefit issued for the month.
This item lists the amount of benefits issued for the month.
This item records the household's cumulative benefit allotment, including supplemental benefits and replacement issuances, less any cancelled benefits.
This item records the cumulative number of issuances for the household.
This item is not used.
This item is a record of the amount of benefits issued monthly.
The code in this column indicates deductions made from recognizable needs. (R = Recoupment deduction)
This item records the type of the last issuance processed in the month.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
The advisor completing Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C signs and enters his unit number in this space.
Enter the date Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B or Form H1000-C is signed.
Exception: When certifying a TANF application, enter the certification date. This should be the date entered on the TANF worksheet. SAVERR prorates benefits for the first month of eligibility from this date or the 30th day after the file date, whichever is earlier.
Enter the employee number of staff signing Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C.
Data Communications Unit use only. Make no entry.
When the record of case action is received, the advisor or clerical reviewer edits, initials, and dates the form. If the turnaround document contains an error or warning message, the clerical reviewer must not initial and file it, but must immediately send it to the advisor.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
UseForm H1000-C to enter start and end dates for PRA penalties and good cause. Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B must be submitted with Form H1000-C, but Form H1000-C is not always required when submitting Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B. SAVERR does not produce a turnaround for Form H1000-C.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
Enter the application or case number.
Enter the same sequence number from Form H1000-A andForm H1000-B.
Enter the same page number the individual is listed on Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B.
Enter the employee's BJN.
Enter the office mail code.
Enter the same case name from Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
When an individual is referred or has completed Parenting Skills training, enter code
R — Eligibility referred the individual to parenting skills training, or
C — Eligibility verified that the individual completed parenting skills training.
SAVERR stores Code R or C on Client Screen A, Welfare Reform Data, under Parenting Skills status. In addition, the status of J appears in this SAVERR field when the Choices system verified that the individual completed parenting skills training as a Choices component.
When starting or ending a penalty or good cause, enter the following codes in these items
T — Third or subsequent noncooperation with Choices
S — Second noncooperation with Choices
F — First Noncooperation with Choices
C — Child Support
V — Voluntary Quit
E — Texas Health Steps
G — Immunizations
A — School Attendance - child
M — School Attendance - minor parent
P — Parenting Skills Training
D — Alcohol or Drugs
U — Unidentifiable penalty - Use this code when making Section XI entries only and the benefit is being reduced by more than one penalty.
1 — Individual is on an alternate schedule for immunizations
2 — Good cause for immunizations due to medical reasons
3 — Good cause for immunizations due to conscientious objection
4 — Grace period
6 — Good cause for noncooperation with Texas Health Steps
7 — Good cause for noncooperation with Parenting Skills Training
Note: Good cause Code 5 is sent through the Choices automated system.
Enter the month and year the penalty starts. At application, start a child support or voluntary quit penalty beginning the application month.
On incomplete and complete reviews, the start date cannot be earlier than three months before the current cutoff month or later than the next SAVERR effective month.
Enter the month and year the penalty ends.
SAVERR does not allow entry of future end date. The end date cannot be later than the SAVERR effective month.
Revision 09-4; Effective October 1, 2009
Enter finger image codes for required individuals at application and at complete review/recertification, including simultaneous open and close transactions. Finger image codes are not required on denials or Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) complete reviews with a future action code of a denial.
If the correct finger image code is not already on the System for Applications, Verifications, Eligibility Reports and Referral (SAVERR), enter a finger image code for each household member who is:
Enter one of the following finger imaging codes:
Y — all available images have been taken
Z — one image has been taken (Note: This includes a finger image that Lone Star Image System (LSIS) determines to be temporarily unavailable because of low quality.) or
A — appeal pending (TANF related)
B — low quality image/physically unable to image/equipment failure
C — certified out of office or unable to travel to the LSIS site to be imaged
D — undue burden for disabled individual
E — undue burden for elderly individual
F — disqualified (SNAP only) Note: If SAVERR has no finger imaging code andForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, has no entry, the finger imaging code defaults to F for individuals with SIG G, or SIG K or T when the individual is over 18.
On expedited SNAP cases for required members:
The advisor cannot change Codes I or Y on Form H1000-C. SAVERR performs this automated conversion as described in the following chart.
| If the individual's status changes from ... | and SAVERR has code ... | then SAVERR ... |
| inactive to active | I |
|
| active to inactive | Y |
|
SAVERR also sends a message to LSIS to set the archive date on inactive individual records with Code Z, but does not change the code.
SAVERR automatically deletes the finger Code I or Z when LSIS notifies SAVERR that it purged the finger image record. The LSIS purges the finger image record after the individual is inactive for 12 months.
Finger image exemption codes remain on SAVERR until it purges the individual record.
| If the advisor needs to change ... | to ... | then ... |
|---|---|---|
| Code Z | Code Y, | enter the new code on Form H1000-C. |
| an exemption code | Code Y, | enter the new code and VUN, on Form H1000-C. |
| an exemption code | another exemption code, | enter the new code on Form H1000-C. |
| Codes Y or Z | an exemption code, |
|
| Code I | an exemption code |
|
If the entry in Item 214 is Y or Z, enter the nine-digit VUN.
The VUN contains a "check digit," an automated aid for validating data. If the check digit indicates the advisor did not enter the VUN correctly, Form H1000-C will not process.
SAVERR does not store the VUN, but uses it to associate the SAVERR client number with the finger image record on the vendor's system.
Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007
Enter the code(s) to indicate that an individual is being disqualified for one or more of the following reasons, even if the disqualification results in case denial. Once entered, these codes remain on the System for Applications, Verifications, Eligibility Reports and Referral (SAVERR) until removed by an entry in Item 217.
B — Ineligible alien without a U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) document
C — Ineligible aliens with USCIS document
D — Felony drug conviction
F — First offense failure to comply with Employment Services Program (ESP) requirements (employment and training/voluntary quit/reducing work hours to less than 30)
J — Fugitive
N — Failure to meet the Social Security number (SSN) requirement
S — Second offense failure to comply with ESP requirements
T — Third or subsequent offense failure to comply with ESP requirements
W — Failure to comply with the 18-50 work requirement
Note: Send Form H1074, SNAP Force Change Request, to correct SAVERR information on:
Enter a code below to remove a code, end a specific type of disqualification or change a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) time-limited benefit code. Enter one of the following codes to indicate the action needed.
1 — Delete the first countable month
2 — Delete the second countable month
3 — Delete the third countable month
4 — Delete the fourth countable month (first month of second three month period)
B — End the ineligible alien (undoc) disqualification
C — End the ineligible alien (doc) disqualification
F — End the first offense SNAP ESP disqualification
J — End the fugitive disqualification
L — Subtract one offense from the ESP offense counter (when entering code L, do not enter Code F, S or T in Item 216 on the same Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action andForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, transaction)
N — End of the SSN disqualification
S — End the second offense SNAP ESP disqualification
T — End the third offense SNAP ESP disqualification
W — End the 18-50 work requirement disqualification
Make entries in these fields to report that HHSC has authorized a SNAP benefit for acountable month of the initial or second three-month period of time-limited benefits in a 36-month period for an individual age 18-50. Make entries of Code(s) 1-4 in Items 218 and the corresponding month(s) in Item 219.
Items 220-223 can be used on the same Form H1000-A,Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C transaction when necessary to simultaneously report up to three months of countable issuances. If the advisor needs to report four months simultaneously, the fourth month (first month of second three-month period) must be reported on a subsequent Form H1000-C.
SAVERR does not automatically update the months of countable time-limited SNAP benefits received by an individual age 18-50. The advisor must update SAVERR each time when submitting Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B and Form H1000-C.
Staff do not have to enter the last month of the 36-month period. SAVERR computes it based on the months entered by the advisor as the first countable month of the initial three-month period of time-limited benefits, and displays it on inquiry.
On the same Form H1000-C, staff can delete months using Item 217 and enter corrected months in Items 218-223.
Enter one of the following codes and a corresponding month in Item 219:
1 — Benefit authorized for the first month of the initial three-month period
2 — Benefit authorized for the second month of the initial three-month period
3 — Benefit authorized for the third month of the initial three-month period
4 — Benefit authorized for the first month of the second three-month period
Enter the month and year corresponding to the code entered in Item 218. The month cannot be greater than the SAVERR effective month.
If more than one month needs to be reported on the same Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B amdForm H1000-C, enter the appropriate code (2, 3 or 4) to indicate that HHSC has authorized a SNAP benefit for a second, third, or fourth (first month of second three-month period) countable month. Enter a corresponding code in Item 221.
Enter the month and year corresponding to the code entered in Item 220. The month cannot be greater than the SAVERR effective month.
If more than two months needs to be reported on the same Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B, Form H1000-C, enter the appropriate Code 3 or 4, to indicate that HHSC has authorized a SNAP benefit for a third or fourth countable month. Enter the corresponding month in Item 223.
Enter the month and year corresponding to the code entered in Item 222. The month cannot be greater than the SAVERR effective month.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Enter employee number of staff member completing form.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
This section contains a Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, andForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, instructions code summary.
2 — TANF
5 — Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA)
6 — Public Assistance (PA) SNAP Case
8 — Refugee, PA SNAP
9 — Non-PA SNAP Case
Y — Yes
P — Protective Payee
R — Representative Payee
I — Authorized representative (AR) is a member of household (under the same roof).
O — AR is not a member of household (not under the same roof).
F — AR is an employee of a drug and alcohol treatment/group living arrangement facility.
M — Incapacity
U — (system entered when TP 61 transfers to TP 07, 20 or 37)
1 — Streamlined reporting (SR) household with total gross monthly income that is less than or equal to 130% of the Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL).
2 — SR household with total gross monthly income that is greater than 130% FPIL.
3 — Non-SR household.
2 — Check for an existing number.
M — Male
F — Female
1 — White
2 — Black
3 — Hispanic
4 — American Indian or Alaskan Native
5 — Asian or Pacific Islander (includes Indochinese)
6 — Computer entered code indicating inappropriate or omitted code. Must be corrected.
1 — First Grade
2 — Second Grade
3 — Third Grade
4 — Fourth Grade
5 — Fifth Grade
6 — Sixth Grade
7 — Seventh Grade
8 — Eighth Grade
9 — Ninth Grade
A — Tenth Grade
B — Eleventh Grade
C — High School Graduate/completed general equivalency diploma
E — Attending college or completed some college but has not graduated from a four-year college
F — Graduate of a four-year college
N — No formal education
2 — Disqualified/ineligible child or second parent
3 — Noncertified child: Identifies the only deprived child of the certified caretaker/second parent
| If the child receives ... | then enter SIG Code |
|---|---|
| SSI | 3 |
| Foster Care Payments | 3F |
| Adoption Assistance payments | 3A |
5 — Certified Child
7 — Second Parent
8 — Caretaker
9 — Payee
0 — Case Name Only:
G — Reached End of Time Limit
H — Eligible Refugee
I — Ineligible Child
K — Child of a Minor Child
L — Minor Parent with a Dependent Child
M — Eligible Only for Three Months Prior Medical Assistance
N — Ineligible for Retroactive Medical Assistance and Current Assistance
P — Private Health Insurance
Q — Proof of THSteps Screening
R — HHSC Employee
S — Alien with Acceptable Alien Status
T — Ineligible Alien
U — Ineligible - No Citizenship Proof
V — Living in Nursing Home
W — Disqualified Child
X — Deceased
Y — Disqualified Second Parent
Z — Migrant
A — Household head
G — Household head is nonmember
GK — Head of household disqualified for a reason other than an IPV
GT — Head of household is disqualified for intentional program violation (IPV)
B — Student
C — ABAWD not meeting 18-50 work requirement
D — ABAWD meeting 18-50 work requirement
F — Resident of drug and alcohol treatment/group living arrangement facility
H — Eligible Refugee
K — Disqualified for a reason other than IPV
M — Migrant, out of work stream
R — HHSC Employee
S — Eligible Alien (not a refugee)
T — Disqualified for Intentional Program Violation
U — Seasonal Farm Worker
W — Migrant, in work stream
| Codes | Explanation |
|---|---|
| A | Child (SIG 5 or 5L) |
| B | Caretaker or second parent, age 18 or younger attending school |
| C | Caring for an ill or disabled child in the household, even if the child is not a member of the certified group |
| E | Unable to work due to a disability expected to last more than 180 days |
| F | 60 years of age or older |
| G | Caring for a child (SIG 2, 3, or 5) under age 1 |
| H | Presence required in home due to illness or incapacity of another adult household member and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days |
| J | Not subject to participation – not a certified TANF individual |
| K | Pending during appeal of denial or disqualification |
| L | County Hardship Exemption |
| M | Mandatory registrant |
| N | Employment Hardship Exemptions |
| P | Mandatory registrant employed or self-employed 30 or more hours per week and earning at least $700 a month |
| Q | Severe Personal Hardship Exemption |
| R | Caring for child under age 1 who is not listed on Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C |
| T | Pregnant and unable to work |
| U | A single grandparent age 50 or over caring for a child under age three |
| V | An SSI recipient parent. |
| W | Identifies a individual who noncomplies with the Choices program |
| X | A parent who has exhausted state time limits. |
| Y | A parent who is disqualified due to third party resource (TPR) requirements, Social Security number requirements, intentional program violation, failure to report a child’s absence, being a fugitive, having a felony drug conviction, failure to cooperate with Quality Control or noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. |
| Codes | Explanation |
|---|---|
| A | Child age 16 years of age or child age 16 or 17 who attends school at least half-time, or is not the head of household |
| D | Three to nine-months pregnant |
| E | Physically or mentally unfit for employment |
| F | 60 years of age or older |
| G | Caring for a child under age six |
| H | Presence in home required for care of an incapacitated person |
| J | Person in drug addiction or alcoholic treatment and rehabilitation program |
| N | Receiving or applying for unemployment compensation |
| P | Employed or self-employed 30 hours or more a week |
| Q | Individual resides in a Choices county and is mandatory or has volunteered for TANF employment services |
| R | Registered again, after previously serving the E&T noncompliance penalty period |
| S | Student exemption (age 18 or older/in a training program) |
| T | Disqualified household member or nonmember head of household |
| U | Primary wage earner failed to comply with SNAP employment services |
| 2 | Registered, employed less than 30 hours a week |
| 3 | Registered, not working |
| 4 | Registered, job attached (temporarily laid off) |
| 5 | Registration postponed, expedited service |
A — Veteran's Administration (VA) benefits
C — Unemployment Insurance benefits
P — Pension benefits (other than RSDI, SSI, VA, or RR)
M — Combination of unemployment benefits with benefits from a pension, VA, or both
W — Combined income from VA and a pension
| 1st digit | T – Administrative disqualification for offense which occurred prior to September 22, 1996
S – Administrative disqualification for offense which occurred on or after September 22, 1996, or disqualification for conviction due to trafficking C – Court-ordered disqualification M – Disqualification due to receipt of multiple benefits in one month. |
| 2nd digit | 1 – 1st disqualification
2 – 2nd disqualification 3 – 3rd disqualification 4 – permanent disqualification for trafficking in SNAP benefits or program access devices of $500 or more. |
| 3rd – 6th digits | MMYY – last month of disqualification
PERM – disqualification permanent |
The following format is used for all error messages: AAABBCCC
AAA — Form item number 001-191; client items 32-50 will be shown A32-K32, through K50. When a client item is shown without line indicator, 032-050, then the comparison of all entries within that item caused the error.
BB — One of the following two-digit qualifiers:
EC – ERROR CODE NUMBER"CCC"
EQ – EQUAL
GE – GREATER THAN OR EQUAL
GT– GREATER THAN
LE – LESS THAN OR EQUAL
LT – LESS THAN
NA – NOT ALLOWABLE WITH THE ENTRY OR LACK OF ENTRY IN "CCC"
NE– NOT EQUAL
CCC — Form item number 001-191; or error code number 300-999; or one of the following "KEY" words:
ALP – ALPHABETIC
BLK – BLANK
CUR – CURRENT PROCESS MONTH
DAT – VALID DATE
FIL – VALUE ALREADY ON FILE
N-3 – today minus 3 months
N-6 – today minus 6months
N12 – today minus 12 months
N24 – today minus 24 months
N45 – today minus 45 days
NAM – NAME FORMAT
NOW – PROCESS DATE OF FORM
NUM – NUMERIC
NXT – NEXT PROCESS MONTH
VAL – VALID
300 — Either the first digit of application number is not A or the last eight digits are not numeric
301 — By changing the A of the application number to zero, it was found that a case already on file has been assigned that number.
304 — Application already disposed
305 — BJN was incorrect
307 — The case or individual indicated is already active in the same program area for the benefit period requested.
308 — The client number entered cannot be reassigned due to a mismatch of client information.
309 — Multiple entries for this item contained the same value.
320 — A SNAP denial cannot precede a benefit issuance month.
321 — The ATA issuance exceeded the maximum allotment for household size.
400 — The individual's SSI coverage was changed to SUSPENSE
402 — Hierarchy of individual information prevented the use of the client entries on the transaction.
403 — The entry made in Adjusted Gross Income is zero. Determine if the correct income was entered.
404 — Valid entries for case number reassignment are required.
500 — The rejection of this attempted denial caused the case to be placed on hold.
C — Complete review
I — Incomplete review
N — Non-review activity (case maintenance)
| First Digit – Application Type | 1 – Eligibility Determination 2 – Redetermination 3 — Application reopened after denial |
| Second digit | Enter X |
| Third digit – Number of Months | 0 – All initial applications, reapplications within 30 days from previous application, or later applications within 30 days after the end of the previous certification period. 1-8 – Enter the number of months, as appropriate, since the last application or certification period. 9 – Nine months or longer since the last application or certification period. |
1 — NPA Only
2 — NPA Mixed
3 — TANF-PA
5 — Refugee, PA
B — Gross and net income tests with capped shelter deduction.
C — Categorically eligible household with capped shelter deduction.
E — Gross and net income test and uncapped shelter deduction. Use this code only if the member who is entitled to uncapped shelter costs is disqualified for intentional program violation.
M — Net test only, uncapped shelter deduction.
T — Categorically eligible household with uncapped shelter deduction. Note: This code is also used in situations where a household member, disqualified for any reason, is the only elderly or disabled member.
A — Attendant
B — Boarders
C — Ineligible alien
D — Ineligible student
E — Any combination of two or more of A, B, C, or D
X — Every household member receives SSI
| Code | Description |
|---|---|
| 1 | Household claiming the Standard Utility Allowance. |
| 2 | Household claiming telephone standard only, or telephone standard plus actual utilities. |
| 3 | Household claiming actual utility costs only (even if some members are disqualified). |
| 4 | Household without utility costs. |
| 5 | Two households live together and share the standard utility allowance. |
| 6 | Households claiming the standard utility allowance with member(s) disqualified for not meeting the citizenship, 18-50 work, and and/or SSN requirements. |
| 7 | All other proration situations. A combination of households described in Codes 5, 6, B, and C, aprorated telephone standard, and all other situations in which the utility allowance is prorated (such as a proration involving three or more households, or more than one disqualified member). |
| 8 | Household claiming the homeless shelter standard |
| 9 | Household claiming the homeless shelter standard with one member who is disqualified for not meeting the citizenship, 18-50 work and/or SSN requirements |
| A | Households claiming the basic utility allowance. |
| B | Two households live together and share the basic utility allowance. |
| C | Households claiming the basic utility allowance with member(s) disqualified for not meeting the citizenship, 18-50 work, and/or SSN requirement. |
| Codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, A, and B are allowed for household containing member(s) disqualified for an intentional program violation, felony drug conviction, E&T non-compliance, and/or being a fugitive.
Codes 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, and C are allowed for households containing member(s) disqualified for not meeting the citizenship requirement, 18-50 work requirement, or SSN requirement. Also, these codes are allowed for household containing member(s) disqualified for an intentional program violation, felony drug conviction, E&T non-compliance, and/or being afugitive and member(s) disqualified for citizenship, 18-50 work requirement, and/or SSN requirements. Note: Utility, homeless, and telephone standards, if used, are prorated for these kinds of disqualifications. |
|
See C-221, Denial Codes.
2 — Hold benefits
A — Form H1000-B has fatal error not cleared by cutoff
Z — Dormant EBT account (state office use)
0 — Do not hold future benefits.
C — SSI/elderly member authorized to purchase from communal dining facilities, meal delivery service, or contracted restaurant
E — Homeless and either elderly or SSI recipient; authorized to purchase from every service (communal dining, meal delivery services, or homeless meal providers/contracted restaurants)
H — Authorized to purchase from homeless meal providers/contracted restaurants
M — Household/disabled member authorized to purchase from meal delivery services
Enter the appropriate code to show the type of special review needed
0 — State office assigned
1 — Employment Services/Work Registration
2 — School Attendance
3 — Reserved
4 — Management
5 — Income/Expense changes anticipated
6 — Living arrangement change anticipated
7 — Medical review
8 — Household change anticipated
9 — Other
01 — Cash and medical assistance
04 — Medical Assistance Only – Deceased
07 — 12 or 18 months medical assistance only
11 — Three months prior medical assistance only not currently eligible
20 — Medical assistance only – Child Support
37 — 12 or 18 months medical assistance only
61 — TANF-UP cash and medical assistance
71 — OTTANF – One parent household
72 — OTTANF – Two parent household
C — Complete review
I — Incomplete review
N — Non-review activity (case maintenance)
See C-200 for Item 132 Codes.
R — Refusal without good cause to cooperate with child support for one or more APs
X — Exempt from child support requirements, or claiming good cause for all APs
C — Cooperation. Enter this code if Codes R or X do not apply
E — new or increased earned income or earnings of a returning absent parent who is added to the certified group
S — new or increased child support collections
B — TANF denial results from a reason listed under Code E and new or increased child support collections
1 — Employment Services/Work Registration (TANF only)
2 — School attendance
3 — (Reserved)
4 — Management
5 — Income/Expense changes anticipated
6 — Living arrangement change anticipated
7 — Medical review
8 — Household change anticipated
9 — Other
Q — Disability Hardship Exemption (TANF only)
1 — Unable to locate
2 — Guardianship pending
3 — New payee pending
4 — Notice of adverse action to lower benefits that expires between cutoff and the end of the month
5 — Notice of adverse action expires between cutoff and end of month (case denial or transfer to TP 07 or TP 20)
A — Hold, Form H1000-B has fatal error not cleared by cutoff
C — Form H3087 returned, moved
D — Form H3087 returned, deceased
E — Form H3087 returned, unclaimed
F — Warrant Undeliverable and returned by post office
G — Warrant undeliverable because individual is deceased
H — TANF case has SIG 5 member age 19 or over
L — State time limit expiring and SAVERR cannot rebudget TANF
J — Warrant charged back
R — SDX hold
Z — Dormant EBT account
3 — RCA case has a member who entered the United States eight months ago
6 — TANF case pending denial or transfer to TP 20
8 — Release benefits as originally authorized
9 — Release benefits as originally authorized using the new address on this Form H1000-B
0 — Release future benefits. Use Form H1008 to release any returned benefits. Use Section XI to issue benefits for months on hold.
C — Dependent care deduction
9 — A 90% earned income deduction up to $1400 per employed member or 12 or 18 months additional Medicaid coverage. This entry requires an entry on the same line in Item 151.
1 — Full months amount
2 — Additional amount for a month; Form H1000-B use only
S — Reporting ATA issuance untimely
E — Requesting issuance or timely reporting benefits issued via the ATA
N — Requesting cancellation of benefits
9 — Action Code 090, simultaneous open and close on Form H1000-A only
B — Change in both household composition and money reflected in the budget
H — Change in household composition
M — Change in money reflected in the budget
O — Retroactive and/or current month's benefit when releasing a case from hold with release Code 0 or 7 in Item 142
P — Budgeting process requires different payment month benefits. Enter Code 1 in Item 179
R — (State office use only) Identifies on the history file benefits produced when release Code 8 or 9is used to release a case from hold
T — Transfer from TP 07, 20, 29, or 37 to TP 01/ 61 (Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C use only)
A — Initial benefit (regular ongoing benefit)
E — Initial expedited benefit issued*
H — Priority benefits issued to meet hearing officer decision timeliness
L — Restoring benefits for a past month
1 — Initial expedited benefits issued through ATA*
2 — Priority benefits issued through SAVERR or ATA to meet timeliness
3 — Initial priority benefits issued through ATA*
4 — Historical Information: CCDMI mailed out of state as a result of converting EBT benefits to coupons (state office use only). No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
5 — Historical Information: Benefits replaced in EBT account when CCDMI was returned (state office use only). No longer in use effective April 1, 2004.
*See details in C-500, Item 180 instructions.
C — Supplemental benefits. Use when providing benefits in addition to initial benefits for the current month, or following month if submitting Form H1000-A,Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C after cutoff.
D — Restoration benefits. Use when restoring partial benefits for a past month.
F — Supplemental or restoration benefits. Use when providing additional benefits for a month in which the household has already received one issuance coded C and/or D.
P — Restore an erroneously expunged EBT benefit.
T — Replacement of destroyed food, which was purchased with SNAP benefits
G — Use to cancel EBT benefit because the household has moved out of state
P — Initial month benefit prorated
Benefit Range Code for all issuances coded C, D, F, H, P, or T in Item 180
| Range Code | Issuance Dollar Amount | Range Code | Issuance Dollar Amount |
|---|---|---|---|
| A | 1 - 49 | H | 350 - 399 |
| B | 50 - 99 | J | 400 - 449 |
| C | 100 - 149 | K | 450 - 499 |
| D | 150 - 199 | L | 500 - 549 |
| E | 200 - 249 | M | 550 - 599 |
| F | 250 - 299 | X | 600 or over |
| G | 300 - 349 | - | |
| 1st digit | Number of individuals with status-in-group (SIG) code 7 and 8 (maximum of two). If none, enter 0. |
| 2nd and 3rd digits | Number of individuals with status-in-group Code 5 (maximum of nine). Always enter as two-digit number. If none, enter 00. If there are more than nine Code 5s, use Form H1008. |
| Note: See C-500 for additional codes and instructions toForm H1000-C. A Form H1000-C cannot be submitted without Form H1000-A or Form H1000-B. | |
Enter individual's finger image enrollment or exemption code
Y — If all available images have been taken
Z — If one image has been taken
A — Appeal pending (TANF related)
B — Low quality image/physically unable to image/equipment failure
C — Certified out of office or unable to come to office
D — Undue burden for disabled individual
E — Undue burden for elderly individual
F — Disqualified (FS only)
If the entry in Item 214 is Y or Z, enter the nine-digit VUN.
Enter the code(s) to indicate that an individual is being disqualified for one or more the following reasons.
B — ineligible alien without BCIS document
C — ineligible aliens with BCIS document
D — felony drug conviction
F — first offense failure to comply with ESP requirements (E&T /voluntary quit/reducing work hours to less than 30 )
J — fugitive
N — failure to meet SSN requirement
S — second offense failure to comply with ESP requirements
T — third or subsequent offense failure to comply with ESP requirements
W — failure to comply with the 18-50 work requirement
Enter a code below to end a disqualification or change a time-limited benefit code.
1 — delete the first countable month
2 — delete the second countable month
3 — delete the third countable month
4 — delete the fourth countable month (first month of second three month period)
B — end the ineligible alien (undoc) disqualification
C — end the ineligible alien (doc) disqualification
F — end the first offense SNAP ESP disqualification
J — end the fugitive disqualification
L — subtract one offense from the ESP offense counter (when entering Code L, do not enter Code F, S, or T in Item 216 on the same Form H1000-A, Form H1000-B andForm H1000-C transaction)
N — end of the SSN disqualification
S — end the second offense SNAP ESP disqualification
T — end the third offense SNAP ESP disqualification
W — end the 18 - 50 work requirement disqualification
Make entries in these fields to report that HHSC has authorized a SNAP benefit for a countable month of the initial or second three-month period of time-limited benefits in a 36 month period for an individual age 18-50. Make entries of Code(s) 1-4 in Items 218 and the corresponding month(s) in Item 219.
Enter one of the following codes and a corresponding month in Item 219, 221, and 223:
1 — benefit authorized for the first month of the initial three-month period
2 — benefit authorized for the second month of the initial three-month period
3 — benefit authorized for the third month of the initial three-month period
4 — benefit authorized for the first month of the second three-month period
Benefit History Codes
A — Mailed warrant/EBT benefit issued
C — Warrant held
D — Warrant or EBT issuance cancelled
E — Warrant charged back
P — Warrant paid by state treasure
R — Warrant returned
S — Warrant stop payment in effect
L — Warrant stop payment lifted
Y — Duplicate EBT benefit or warrant issued
Z — Duplicate warrant returned
Read benefit history codes on inquiry from right to left. The most recent code/action appears on the far left.
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
This section contains Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, and Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, entries for certifications, actions taken during certification periods, and denials. For transfer entries, refer to C-700, Transfer Guidelines.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
| Section I | |
|---|---|
| Item 02 Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 13 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 25 |
Category Mail Code Date Filed Case Name Mailing Address City State ZIP Code County |
| Section II | |
| Item 32 Item 33 Item 34 Item 35 Item 37 Item 38 |
Client Number Client Name Birth Date Sex Social Security Number (if known) Social Security Claim Number (if enrolled in Medicare or receiving benefits) |
| Section III | |
| Item 40 Item 41 Items 42-44 Item 46 |
Status in Group ESP Code (unless Category 5) Individual Income, if applicable Medical Effective Date |
| Section IV | |
| Item 55 Item 56 Item 58 Item 59 |
Total Railroad Retirement (if appropriate) Total Other (Income) (if appropriate) Dependent Care Deductions (if appropriate) Adjusted Gross Income |
| Note: Total income minus deductions must equal adjusted gross income | |
| Section V | |
| Item 66 | Total Needs |
| Section VIII | |
| Item 127 Item 129 Item 132 Item 133 Item 134 Item 138 Items 149, 151, and 152 |
Type Program Grant Effective Date Action Code Three Months Prior Indicator (only if eligible for three months prior medical assistance) Three Months Prior Application Date (if entry made in Item 133) Child Support Cooperation For cases with earned income, enter dependent care and 90% earned income deduction information if these deductions are used in determining the adjusted gross |
| Section XIV | |
| Item 188 Item 189 Item 190 |
Signature Date Signed Employee Number |
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
| Section I | |
|---|---|
| Item 02 Item 04 Item 06 Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 13 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 25 |
Category Page number and the number of pages if there are more than 11 individuals Budgeted Job Number Mail Code Date Filed Case Name Mailing Address – first line City State ZIP Code County |
| Section II | |
| Item 32 Item 33 Item 34 Item 35 Item 36 Item 37 Item 38 Item 39 |
Client Number Client Name Birth Date Sex (if known) Race (if known) Social Security Number Social Security Claim Number (if visually verified) Education Level (if Item 41 is 1, 2, 3, or 4) |
| Section III | |
| Item 40 Item 41 Items 42-45 Item 48 Item 49 |
Status in Group Work Registration Individual Income, if applicable Medical Cost of eligible members as appropriate Disqualification Code and Date, if applicable |
| Section IV | |
| Item 55 Item 56 Item 58 Item 59 |
Total Railroad Retirement (if appropriate) Total Other (Income) (if appropriate) Dependent Care Deduction (if any) Adjusted Gross Income |
| Section V | |
| Item 60 Item 63 |
Shelter Net Income |
| Section VI | |
| Item 78 Item 79 Item 80 Item 81 Item 82 Item 83 Item 84 Item 85 Item 89 Item 90 Item 91 Item 92 Item 96 Items 103 and 104 |
Type Review Application Codes Certification Date Months Certified Last Benefit Month Household Number Aid Type Test (Gross/net income eligibility test identifier codes) SSI Code (if applicable) Utility Code Action Code (if case is opened and closed on same document) Action date (if entry made in Item 91) Late Determination/Rescheduled Appointment Date, if applicable (if appropriate) |
| Section VII | |
| Items 112 and 113 Items 118-122 |
Associated TANF case numbers, if appropriate (if appropriate) |
| Section VIII | |
| Item 152 | Child Support Disregard, if applicable |
| Section XI | |
| Items 179-187 | As appropriate to request or report benefits |
| Section XIV | |
| Item 188 Item 189 Item 190 |
Signature Date Signed Employee Number |
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
| NOA Entries | |
| Section I | |
|---|---|
| Item 01 Item 02 Item 03 Item 06 Item 07 Item 09 Item 12 Item 13 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 25 Item 31 |
Case Number Category Prior Recipient Budgeted Job Number Mail Code Case Name Employee Number Mailing Address City State ZIP Code County Medical Programs Application Number |
| Section II | |
| Items 33-38 | Client Names and Biographical Data |
| Certification Entries | |
|---|---|
| Section I | |
| Item 02 Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 13 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 25 Item 29 Item 30 |
Category Mail Code Date Filed Case Name Mailing Address City State ZIP Code County Notice Date Medical Delay (if appropriate) |
| Section II | |
| Item 32 Item 33 Item 34 Item 35 Item 37 Item 38 |
Client Number Client Name Birth Date Sex Social Security Account Number (if known) Social Security Claim Number (if enrolled in Medicare or receiving benefits) |
| Section III | |
| Item 40 Items 42-44 Item 46 |
Status in Group Individual Income, if applicable Medical Effective Date |
| Section IV | |
| Items 55, 56, and 58 Item 59 |
Case Income, if applicable Adjusted Gross Income |
| Note: Total income minus deductions must equal adjusted gross income. | |
| Section V | |
| Item 66 | Total Needs |
| Section VII | |
| Item 125 Item 126 |
Number of Adults Number of Children |
| Section VIII | |
| Item 127 Item 132 Item 133 Item 134 Item 136 |
Type Program Action Code Three Months Prior Indicator only if eligible for three months prior medical assistance Three Months Prior Application Date (if entry is made in Item 133) Medicaid Termination Date |
| Section XIV | |
| Item 188 Item 189 Item 190 |
Signature Date Signed Employee Number |
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
| Section I | |
|---|---|
| Item 02 Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 13 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 25 Item 29 |
Category Mail Code Date Filed Case Name Mailing Address City State ZIP Code County Notice Date |
| Section II | |
| Item 32 Item 33 Item 34 Item 35 Item 37 |
Client Number Client Name Birth Date Sex Social Security Account Number (if known) |
| Section III | |
| Item 40 Item 46 |
Status in Group Medical Effective Date |
| Section VIII | |
| Item 127 Item 132 |
Type Program Action Code |
| Section XIV | |
| Item 188 Item 189 Item 190 |
Signature Date Signed Employee Number |
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Complete Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, using TANF entry requirements.
Item 46 – Enter prior medical effective dates for applicants eligible for three months prior medical coverage.
Item 133 – Enter the number of months of prior eligibility.
Item 134 – Enter three months of prior application date.
Note: For three months prior with a gap in coverage, see C-623.2.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make minimum certification entries for a case with or without spend down. For a TP 30 case, do not make entries in Items 179-187 if Item 137 has an entry of 40, 43, 44, or 48. Refer to Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B instructions for Items 133 and 137.
Make the following entries in Section XI when there is no gap in eligibility during the prior period:
Item 179 – Enter N if the prior month has spend down or E if the prior month does not have spend down. This code corresponds with the month entered in Item 183.
Item 183 – Enter the month to correspond with the code in Item 179.
Item 184 – Enter the net income to correspond with the month in Item 183. Round down to the whole dollar amount.
Item 185 – Enter the spend down amount to correspond with the month entered in Item 183. Enter 0 if there is no spend down.
Item 187 – Enter the household size to correspond with the month entered in Item 183. Enter the number of adults in the budget group in the first digit and the number of children in the budget group in the second digit.
If there is a gap in eligibility during the three-month prior period, process a separate Form H1000-A for the eligible months.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make TANF minimum entries except for Items 41 and 129
Item 40 – Enter X with status in group code for deceased individual.
Item 46 – Enter the medical effective date for each eligible person.
tem 47 – Enter the appropriate dates.
Item 132 – Enter action code 090.
Item 133 – Enter three months prior indicator, if eligible.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make all TANF minimum entries except Items 41 and 129.
For reopened applications,
Item 08 – Enter the date the applicant requests the application be reopened.
Item 134 – Enter the month and year the original application was filed.
Item 140 – Enter M with primary Codes 5, 6, 7, or 8 for applicants eligible for retroactive coverage. Enter N with primary Codes 5, 7, or 8 for applicants who are not eligible for retroactive coverage but are included to show need.
Item 47 – Enter last day of medical coverage for all applicants with Code M in Item 40.
Item 132 – Enter Code 090.
Notes:
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Use this procedure to process applications for
Make all minimum entries for the appropriate type program.
Note: Do not reassign an old case number.
Item 40 – Enter secondary status in group Code N for OTTANF applicants.
Item 47 – Enter last month of eligibility for each certified person. If an applicant is deceased, enter date of death.
Item 127 – enter Type Program 71 or 72 for OTTANF cases.
Item 132 – Enter Code 090.
Items 179, 180, 183, 184, 185 and 187 (Section XI) – Enter information to authorize benefits for Type Program 01 and 61 certifications. Exceptions: Do not make entries in Section XI for OTTANF cases. When the form processes, benefits are automatically issued.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Use this procedure to process applications for
Make minimum certification entries for a case (with or without spend down) including the file date of the application. Note: Do not reassign an old case number.
Item 40 – Enter the appropriate SIG codes. For three months prior, only include in the certified group members who have Title XIX-reimbursable bills for the prior period. For TP 30, include only one member in the certified group.
Item 46 – Enter the Medical Effective Date (MED) or earliest possible MED. For TP 30 cases, enter the start date of the emergency condition taken from Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification.
Item 47 – Enter the last day of medical coverage. For TP 30 cases enter the earliest of either
Note: For TP 55 cases with spend down, computer edits will not allow a date later than the last day of the application month.
Item 66 – Enter the correct needs allowance for the month(s) entered in Items 46 and 47.
Item 127 – Enter the correct type program (30, 40, 43, 44, 47, 48, or 55).
Item 132 – Enter code 090.
Item 133 – For three months prior only, enter the total number of unduplicated calendar months of three months prior.
Item 137 – For TP 30 cases, enter the appropriate TP. Refer to Form H1000-A and Form H1000-B instructions for this entry.
Section XI – For three months prior only, make appropriate entries for each of the prior months. For TP 30 cases, do not make these entries if Item 137 has an entry of 40, 43, 44, or 48.
For reopened three months prior applications,
Item 08 – Enter the date the applicant requests the application be reopened.
Item 134 – Enter the month and year the original application was filed.
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Make all Form H1000-A minimum entries.
Item 01 – Enter the previous case number.
Item 08 – Enter first day of the month of reinstatement.
Item 46 – Enter each individual's medical effective date.
Item 131 – Enter type review Code C.
Item 132 – Enter Code 054 or 055.
Item 164 – Enter the three-digit code for the individual's county of residence. See C-350.
Note: SAVERR edits prevent household additions when Code 054 is used in Item 132. Use Form H1000-B turnaround to make this change.
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Item 08 – Enter the original file date.
Item 79 – Enter 3X0.
Item 80-82 – Reenter the information from the certification period when the case was denied.
Section XI – Make entries as appropriate to order benefits.
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Make all TANF minimum entries except Items 41 and 129.
Item 01 – Enter case number of the case denied in error.
Item 32 – Enter each individual's previous client number.
Item 46 – Enter each individual's medical effective date as the day after the date the erroneous denial became effective.
Item 132 – Enter
Item 136 – Enter the Medicaid end date.
Item 138 – Enter the reason for transfer to TP 07 or TP 20.
Item 164 – Enter the three-digit code for the individual's county of residence. See C-350.
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Make all TANF minimum entries except Items 41 and 129.
Item 01 – Enter case number of the case denied in error.
Item 32 – Enter each individual's previous client number.
Item 46 – Enter each individual's medical effective date as the day after the date the erroneous denial became effective.
Item 132 – Enter
Item 149 – Enter Code 9 for the 90% Earned Income Deduction (EID).
Item 151 – Enter the original date of the 90% EID. Do not enter a dollar amount in Item 152.
Item 164 – Enter the three-digit code for the individual's county of residence. See C-350.
Revision 10-1; Effective January 1, 2010
Make all TANF minimum entries.
Item 01 – Enter the previous case number.
Item 08 – Enter the first day of the month of reinstatement.
Item 46 – Enter each individual's medical effective date.
Item 131 – Enter Type Review Code C.
Item 132 – Enter Code 054 or Code 090.
Item 136 – TP 07, TP 20, or TP 29: Enter
Item 138 – Enter
Item 151 – Enter the original date of the 90% EID. Do not enter a dollar amount in Item 152.
Item 164 – Enter the three-digit code for the individual's county of residence. See C-350.
Note: SAVERR edits prevent the actions listed below when Code 054 is used in Item 132. Therefore, use Form H1000-B turnaround to
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make all minimum TANF entries.
Item 46 – Enter first calendar day of the month after the application month.
Item 129 – Enter first calendar day of the month after the application month.
Note: Do not make future grant or medical effective dates for TANF more than one month past the future cutoff month.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Certify only one individual on each TP 29 case.
Note: The case must be include a SIG 2, 2W, or 3 for the caretaker or second parent to be certified.
Item 127 – Enter Type Program 29.
Item 132 – Enter opening Code 057 on Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, or code 121 on Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action.
Item 136 – Enter the Medicaid end date.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make all minimum entries for the appropriate type program.
Item 13 – Enter the child's residence or, upon request, the address of the child care facility located near the child.
Item 25 – Enter the BJN's county code.
Item 26 – Enter the name of the child care representative as representative payee.
Item 271 – Enter Code R.
Item 40 – Enter SIG Code 8 to designate the child as case name.
Item 164 – Enter the child's residence county code.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 10 – Enter new case name.
Item 40 – Enter # to remove former head of household status.
Item 40 – Enter A for new head of household.
Item 78 – Enter type review.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 10 – Enter new case name.
Item 33 – Enter # to remove former head of household.
Item 40 – Enter A for new head of household.
Item 78 – Enter type review.
Item 83 – Enter new household number, if applicable.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
Item 40 – Enter Code 9.
Item 41 – Enter Code V.
Item 66 – Enter new needs amount.
Item 131 – Enter type review code.
Item 132 – Enter Code 105.
Remove any income entries for the caretaker.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 40 – Enter Code 3.
Item 41 – Enter Code J.
Item 66 – Enter updated budget entries.
Item 131 – Enter type review.
Item 132 – Enter action code.
Note: SAVERR will not allow a SIG 5 child on the same case a SIG 3 child.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 78 – Enter Code I.
Item 81 – Enter the new number of months certified.
Item 82 – Enter the new last benefit month.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 78 – Enter type review Code I.
Item 81 – Enter the new number corresponding to the original certification date in Item 80 and the new last benefit month in Item 82. Example: If the certification date was 06/01/01, and the new last benefit month is 9/01, enter 04 in this item.
Item 82 – Enter the new last benefit month.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 40 – Reenter the original status in group codes for the deceased individual plus code X.
Item 47 – Enter the individual's date of death.
Item 131 – Enter the type review code.
Item 132 – If the case is also being denied because of death, enter Code 058 or 059.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 179 – Enter Code N.
Item 180 – Enter cancellation Code G.
Item 181 – Enter number of the issuance being cancelled.
Item 182 – Enter the issuance date of the benefit being cancelled.
Item 183 – Enter the benefit month of the issuance being cancelled.
Item 185 – Enter the benefit value of the issuance being cancelled.
Item 186 – Enter the recoupment amount (if appropriate).
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make the following entries for the disqualified person:
Item 40 – Enter status in group Code K.
Item 41 – Enter Code T.
Items 42B-45 – Enter prorated income of disqualified person.
Item 60 – Enter appropriate shelter expenses.
Item 83 – Enter number of household members not disqualified.
Item 87 – Enter Code C if household has member disqualified as ineligible alien.
Item 88 – Enter number of household members disqualified as ineligible aliens.
Item 90 – Enter code for prorated shelter expense, if applicable.
Also make corresponding entries onForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, in Item 216 to identify the reason for disqualification.
Revision 08-3; Effective July 1, 2008
Make the following entries for the disqualified person:
Item 40 – Enter status in group Code K.
Item 41 – Enter Code T.
Items 42B-45 – Enter total income of disqualified person.
Item 60 – Enter total shelter expenses.
Item 83 – Enter number of household members not disqualified.
Item 90 – Enter appropriate code for shelter expense.
Also make corresponding entries onForm H1000-C, Secondary Client Input, in Item 216 to identify the reason for disqualification.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Make minimum entries for certification or changes.
Item 40 – Enter the appropriate code.
Item 41 – Enter the appropriate code.
Item 49 – Make no entry.
Item 83 – Enter number of eligible household members including the person who is no longer disqualified.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Use more than one set of forms. In addition to the standard entries on the first Input document, complete Item 04, page 1.
Use a Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, packet. Separate the NOA and the Case Index Card from the packet and destroy, leaving the H1000-A Input and case record copy intact. White out the preprinted application number, enter the case number in Item 01, and make the following entries:
Item 03 – Sequence Number
Item 04 – Page
Item 06 – Budgeted Job Number
Item 07 – Mail Code
Item 09 – Case Name
Items 32-50 – Begin with line "b"
Staple the Input document together and batch as one.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 10 – Enter new case name.
Items 32-37 – Enter information about case name if the person was not previously included in the case.
Items 40-41 – Enter code for new case name.
Item 46 – Enter medical effective date for new case name if the person is certified as a caretaker and was not previously included in the case.
Item 33 – Enter # to remove previous individual if the individual is to be removed from the case.
Items 40-41 – Enter new codes if the previous case name is to remain in the case.
Item 131 – Enter type review code.
Item 132 – Enter Code 120.
Enter budget and Item 66 entries for situations with these changes.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Item 46 – Enter new medical effective date.
Item 131 – Enter the type review code.
Item 132 – Enter reinvestigation Code 107 if sustaining or other codes if raising or lowering.
Item 133 – Enter number of months of prior eligibility.
Item 134 – Enter three months prior application date.
To change a medical effective date for more than six months before the current process month, send a memo with supervisor'sapproval to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) Section, Systems Control Division, State Office, Y-922, explaining why the information needs to be processed.
Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005
Item 42B – Enter gross earned income.
Item 58 – Enter standard work expense deduction. Do not enter childcare or 90% deduction.
To report child care deduction:
Item 149, line 1 – Enter C.
Item 152, line 1 – Enter total child care deduction.
To report the 90% earned income deduction:
Item 149, line 2 – Enter 9.
Item 151, line 2 – Enter the last month of the four month eligibility period.
Item 152, line 2 – Enter the total allowable 90% earned income deduction.
Item 59 – Enter the remainder of Item 57 minus Items 58 and 152.
SAVERR automatically removes the 90% deduction after cutoff in the month before the month entered in Item 151. If the case is denied, SAVERR transfers assistance to Type Program 37 and adds 12 or 18 months to the month in Item 151.
When processing the automatic removal of the 90% deduction, SAVERR notifies the individual and sends the advisor an updated H1000-Bsequence.
SAVERR will not automatically remove the 90% deduction or transfer the case to TP 37 when a case is on hold. If a Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, is submitted to remove the hold, remove the 90% deduction by entering
If denying the case, process a transfer to TP 37.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 29 – Action Notice
Item 127 – Type Program
Item 132 – Action Code
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
To deny an application of Form H1000-A, Notice of Application, make the following entries:
Item 29 – Enter date Form H1017, Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction, is sent to applicant.
Item 79 – Enter application code.
Item 91 – Enter denial code.
Item 92 – Enter date of denial.
To deny an application on Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, make these additional entries:
Item 08 – Enter date applied.
Item 78 – Enter C.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 131 – Enter the type review code.
Item 132 – Enter Code 107. Use Code 110 for Type Program 07 cases.
Item 142 – Enter hold Code 5.
Item 143 – Enter denial code.
Do not enter any budgetary changes
If the hold is not released in the hold effective month, an updated sequence Form H1000-B, Record of Case Action, is produced at cutoff of the hold effective month showing the grant denial.
Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002
Item 41 – Enter U for the primary wage earner who did not comply.
Item 78 – Enter type review.
Item 91 – Enter Code 610.
Item 92 – Enter last day of month the denial is effective.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A case is defined as a group of persons who are seeking benefits together for at least some, if not all, of the members of the group. Members included on the case may or may not be certified to receive benefits. Each case is identified by a 10-digit case number. A TIERS case can include multiple EDGs. An EDG is defined as members of a household whose needs, resources, income, and deductions, as applicable by program, are considered in determining eligibility for benefits. Each EDG is identified by a nine-digit EDG number.
Example: If a household is approved for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), assign one EDG number for TANF and another EDG number for SNAP.
Case numbers are kept indefinitely and should be reassigned when the household reapplies for any program.
Note: There may be instances when a new case number may be required, such as for a person leaving a drug treatment facility or for foster care cases.
Related Policy
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP), B-475
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The first time a person is approved for Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) services or benefits, TIERS assigns an individual a unique number. Advisors use the same number, called the individual number, for that person for all programs.
Individual numbers are kept indefinitely and should be reassigned when the individual reapplies for any program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before approving an applicant who already has an individual number, advisors must compare information in TIERS inquiry to the information in the case record. Advisors should note and clear any discrepancies with the individual.
TIERS retains only one set of identification information for each individual. The advisor must make changes according to the hierarchy. The following priority applies:
| Priority is given to ... | over ... |
|---|---|
| Medical Programs | TANF |
| TANF | Supplemental Security Income (SSI), SNAP, SAS* |
| SNAP | SAS* |
| Priority is given to ... | over ... |
|---|---|
| Medical Programs | TANF, SSI, SNAP, SAS* |
| TANF | SSI, SNAP, SAS* |
| SNAP | SSI, SAS* |
| SSI | SAS* |
* SAS is Long Term Care's Service Authorization System. Long Term Care authorizes payments to its service providers using this system.
Note: If the Social Security Administration (SSA) validates the Social Security number (SSN) or claim number, the advisor cannot change the number in TIERS. Document the incorrect SSN in the Request Merge/Separate record, if requesting a merge/separate. Use the existing number on file and report the correct number by memorandum to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) Section, Long Term Care, State Office, Y-922.
Before approving an applicant in another program area, check TIERS for accuracy of identifying information. If the identifying information is incorrect, enter the correct information in the Individual Household Logical Unit of Work (LUW) or other applicable LUW in TIERS.
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
Advisors use the functional area on the left navigation bar titled Merge/Separate to request a merge or a separate.
Select Request Merge if an individual has been assigned more than one individual number. Follow the steps below.
Select Request Separate when more than one person is assigned to a single individual number. Follow the steps below.
TIERS will not allow a merge or separate request to be submitted for an individual number when a merge or separate request already exists and will display a validation message. When TIERS displays a validation message, correct the information if entered incorrectly or use the Search Merge/Separate to determine if the individual numbers requested are associated with the same individual number.
Use Search Merge/Separate to track the progress of the request. Some requests will take longer than others. Some individual numbers have to age off of an EDG due to the denial effective date. State Office Data Integrity staff can mark an individual number as a Potential Duplicate (PD) when a merge or separate request is made. Staff cannot select an individual number for addition to new cases if it is marked as PD, which limits the potential for the wrong individual number to be awarded benefits or coverage in error.
Questions concerning a merge or separate request should be sent to the State Office Data Integrity mailbox at tiers_statepaidmedicaid@hhsc.state.tx.us.
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
A TIERS case mode is a particular mode that TIERS uses to determine the sequence of LUWs it presents during Data Collection. The case mode is typically determined by the type of action being taken on the case, for example, Intake (new application), Complete Action (redetermination), Change Action (processing a change), and so on. Staff set the case mode in the Data Collection – Initiate Interview page. Staff should check the case mode prior to starting a case by performing inquiry. Inquiry displays the current case mode and the employee number of the advisor currently assigned the case. The current case mode is also displayed at the top of each page in Data Collection.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are 16 case modes.
| Mode | Definition |
|---|---|
|
Case Reading |
Authorized staff use this mode to examine certain information for a case and record results online. |
|
Change Action |
Used to make changes to a case when no application is required. |
|
Complete Action |
Used for redeterminations and reviews or applications for a new program for an individual in an existing case. |
|
Continue Previously Selected Mode |
Allows staff to access Data Collection in the mode previously used. |
|
Conversion |
The case mode that System for Application, Verification, Eligibility, Referrals, and Reports (SAVERR) cases and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) cases were converted to if there was mismatched data. This mode is utilized by authorized staff. |
|
Intake |
Used when the household is requesting assistance for the very first time or for an existing case when all of the EDGs are denied. |
|
Ongoing |
Ongoing mode provides read-only access to all LUWs. Exception: Changes can be made in Ongoing mode to the Household Address – Details page and the Initiate Interview – Initiate Review page. In these two areas, updates can be made without running Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC) and then having to dispose all EDGs. Used with start date and end date fields on the Initiate Interview page to view historical records for a specific time period. |
|
Periodic Income Check (PIC) |
Used when a client returns information requested in a missing information request during a PIC. |
|
Reopen |
Used when an advisor reopens a case (no active EDGs) and it has been more than 30 days since the last denial action. |
|
Reopen-Left Navigation |
Used when the advisor reopens a case (no active EDGs) and it has been 30 days or less since the last denial action. |
|
SSI Certification |
This mode is used by State Office Data Integrity staff to approve SSI Medicaid. |
|
SSI Manual Create |
Allows authorized staff to establish SSI eligibility in TIERS for an individual when the individual is newly eligible for SSI, or when an SSI-eligible individual has moved from another state and the record is not yet available through the TIERS interface with State Data Exchange (SDX). |
|
Second Level Review |
Used when a second level review is required. The staff member must be authorized to perform second level reviews on TIERS cases. |
|
Special Review |
Used when a case or EDG requires a review or reauthorization of services that falls outside the normal redetermination time frames. |
|
Spousal PRA |
Allows authorized staff to record information and determine the Spousal Protected Resource Amount (SPRA) for institutional and waiver programs. |
Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014
Complete Action and Intake modes have hierarchy over all other modes. When an advisor is working on a case in Complete Action or Intake mode, other staff can enter information in TIERS, but they cannot send notices or dispose the case. Their actions are disposed only when the advisor working in Complete Action or Intake mode disposes the case. If an advisor has the case in Change Action mode and subsequently a different advisor accesses the case in Complete Action mode, the Change Action advisor can continue to enter information in the case, but the Complete Action advisor is the only one who can dispose the case and send notices.
Once an advisor accesses a case in Complete Action mode, all individual-initiated changes go to that advisor until the case is disposed. In addition, once an advisor begins an individual-initiated change, all subsequent individual-initiated changes will go to that advisor until the case is disposed. However, outstanding alerts assigned to someone else do not automatically transfer to an advisor who begins a new action on a case.
Note: TIERS routes agency-generated changes based on the office profile.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Information from ELDS, such as State Online Query (SOLQ), is presented to advisors in TIERS during Data Collection to allow the advisor to use it as verification. If verification is not available through ELDS in Data Collection, advisors must attempt to verify using other electronic sources (i.e., Data Broker) before requesting additional information or documentation from the applicant.
Advisors must receive written or verbal consent for any adult age 19 or older that is included on an application or renewal and whose information is needed to make an eligibility determination before:
When consent is given, advisors may use ELDS, a Data Broker report, and/or information from a known case.
If the advisors cannot obtain consent to use ELDS, Data Broker, or existing HHSC data, advisors must deny the application for the individual whose eligibility is being determined.
The signature of the person submitting the application or renewal provides permission for all household members.
The signature of the person submitting the application or renewal provides permission for any adult listed in A-121, Receipt of Application. For individuals not listed in A-121, advisors must attempt to contact the individual whose permission is needed by phone or via Form H1213, Children’s Health-Care Benefits: More Facts Needed from the Parent Who Has Custody.
Example: If a non-custodial parent applies on behalf of a child, information, such as income from the custodial parent, may be needed from the custodial parent to determine that child’s eligibility. Advisors must call and obtain verbal consent from the custodial parent before pulling electronic data on that individual, even if the custodial parent’s information is available in the system. If the advisor cannot get consent from the custodial parent, the advisor must request the missing information needed from the custodial parent using Form H1213. If the custodial parent does not provide consent to use electronic data, the advisor must deny the child’s application.
Related Policy
Verification Requirements, A-1370
How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, A-1355.2
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
HHSC contracts with a Data Broker vendor to provide financial and other background information about SNAP, TANF, and Medical Program applicants and recipients. The vendor collects and combines information from several data sources into one report. This report is called a Data Broker Combined Report and includes information such as residential address, persons living at that address, vehicle ownership, employment, income verification, and other information. Within each Data Broker Combined Report, there is an option to request a credit report on the person for whom the Data Broker report was requested.
The Data Broker Combined Report is requested using TIERS in the Individual Household logical unit of work (LUW) in any mode other than Ongoing. The Data Broker Combined Report and individual data searches are accessible using the Data Broker Portal.
Follow policy in C-920, Questionable Information, to resolve discrepancies between Data Broker information and information the applicant or recipient provides. To clear discrepant information:
Federal law limits the use of credit reports. See C-824, Permissible Purpose, for information about these limits. Permissible purpose means the person whose credit report is requested must be:
Note: Do not request a credit report before the initial interview on the person who signed the application or on persons for whom assistance is requested on the application. If applicable, the request must be made during the interview.
Use the charts below to determine when to request a Data Broker Combined Report, with or without credit information:
|
For TANF, SNAP, One-Time TANF, TP 08, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48 and CHIP Applications and Redeterminations |
for household members 16 and up. |
|
For SNAP Changes when adding a household member 16 or older |
for household members 16 and up. |
|
All Programs Applications, Redeterminations, Changes – New Household Members |
for household members 16 and up on any EDG when permissible purpose exists and a credit report is needed to:
Use the prudent person principle in deciding the need for a Data Broker report or credit report in these instances.
|
Notes:
Use the Data Broker Portal to access the following acceptable verification sources:
These verification sources provide information on:
Review the Data Broker reports to accurately determine eligibility and clear any found discrepancies. Failure to review the report may result in eligibility errors that can lead to quality control errors.
Related Policy
Permissible Purpose, C-824
Questionable Information, C-920
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
New Users — Through the HHS Enterprise Portal, supervisors or managers complete and submit Form 4743, Request for Applications and System Access, for each employee who needs access to the Data Broker system. Managers obtain a signed Data Broker Security Agreement, TWC Security Agreement, and OAG Security Agreement form for each employee who needs access. In the comment field of Form 4743, the supervisor or manager notes the dates each of the three Security Agreements were signed. Once added to the system, staff receives an email with a temporary password link and further instructions. The Data Broker temporary password link expires within 48 hours from receipt of provisioning email. If the temporary password link expires before staff creates an initial password, staff can request a new temporary password link by selecting the “Forgot Password” link in the Data Broker Portal login screen.
Note: New staff must access the Data Broker system within 45 days of the Data Broker account creation or the system automatically deactivates the account.
Inactive Users — All provisioned staff must access the Data Broker system via the Data Broker Portal or through TIERS at least every 90 days, or the system deactivates access. Once the system has deactivated access, staff must submit a new Data Broker request through the HHS Enterprise Portal. Once staff has been reactivated, they must again complete the required User Access and Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) trainings to use the Data Broker system.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Users are directed to the User Options page to create a unique password. Staff can change their password at any time by clicking on the “User Options” field located on the left navigation section in the Data Broker Portal. Staff are required to enter their current password, new password, and confirmation of their new password.
Staff who have forgotten their password can use the “Forgot your Password?” link located on the sign-in page of the Data Broker Portal. A temporary password link is emailed to the address associated with the staff’s account.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This is where you can access the stand-alone Data Broker Portal system. To log on, the staff must enter their User ID which is their 11-digit employee identification number, and a unique password and then click “Login.”
Staff must complete the following steps before gaining access to the Data Broker System:
Notes: The User Access and FCRA trainings are located within the Learning Management System. Staff are directed to these trainings when they login for the first time.
Once the required trainings are completed and staff logs into the Data Broker system, they must read the information and click "I understand the above and agree" to acknowledge that they understand the Data Broker information can only be used for business purposes and is confidential.
Staff must also read the agreement and click "I understand the above and agree" in the “Authorization for Access to Request Credit Report” to acknowledge that they have been adequately trained on the FCRA and agree to only request a credit report when permissible purpose exists.
If staff clicks "I disagree" to either screen, they will not gain access to the Data Broker system or credit reports.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The Data Broker Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and the Data Broker User Guide are located under the “Training” section on the left navigation menu within the Data Broker Portal. These documents provide answers to frequently asked questions about Data Broker. The documents include instructions and sample screens to assist staff with understanding the different types of reports available in the Data Broker system.
The FAQs and Data Broker User Guide can be found in the Data Broker Portal.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) covers access to and use of credit reports. The FCRA permits staff to request credit information for persons to determine eligibility. Staff may not request credit information for purposes other than to determine eligibility. The FCRA requires permissible purpose before staff can legally request a credit report.
Permissible purpose means the person whose credit report is requested must be:
Note: Do not request a credit report:
The FCRA makes a clear distinction between requesting credit reports and other types of inquiries made through Data Broker. Under legal statutes, staff may request identifying information such as address, employment and vehicle registration on any person.
Permissible purpose is not required when requesting non-credit identifying information. For example, if staff suspect an absent parent is in the home, staff do not have permissible purpose to request a credit report on the absent parent. However, it is appropriate to request identifying information available through the Data Broker system.
Note: Those who request information without permissible purpose are in violation of federal law and are subject to fines.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This section describes the various data sources in the Data Broker Combined Report that are not subjected to permissible purpose requirements noted in C-824, Permissible Purpose.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Data Broker matches information from the Combined Report Search screen against the Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS) data. When a match is found, DPS data is pulled into the report. Information in this report may identify discrepancies in the identity and residence address of the person. This report includes a person’s sex, race, height, hair color, eye color, name, date of birth, address, and any previous names or addresses. Because DPS re-issues driver’s licenses and ID numbers approximately two years after the driver license and ID number expires, previous names and addresses associated with that number are listed in this section when applicable.
The Validated field displays the date DPS last updated the driver’s license or ID information.
Note: DPS updates information on this report only when the person with a Texas driver license (TDL) or DPS ID provides updated information to DPS.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Data Broker searches the DPS database and pulls records for all persons listed at the address entered on the Combined Report Search screen. The information pulled includes each person's name, address, and date of birth (DOB). Previous residents may appear if they have not changed their address with DPS.
Information on this report is useful in providing case clues about household composition and exploring parental absence for deprivation.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report lists residents located in the 20 addresses nearest the address entered on the Combined Report Search screen. This information may be useful as a case clue for locating absent parents or other case-related activities.
Data Broker pulls this information from the DPS database. The information is only as current as DPS's most recent update. Some persons may have both a Texas ID and a Texas Driver’s License (TDL). These persons appear on the report for each Texas ID and TDL.
Note: Staff may contact a neighbor on the Data Broker report only when:
See C-920, Questionable Information, and C-930, Providing Verification, for information regarding contacting a collateral source not allowed by the person.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The Out-of-State Shopping (OSS) Report lists households receiving SNAP or TANF benefits in Texas that:
The OSS Report is included on the Data Broker Combined Report and is considered a case clue that Texas residency may be questionable. Address OSS information at renewal, reapplications and at a change.
Related Policy
Advisor Action on OSS Report Activity, B-353.1
Out-of-State Shopping (OSS) Reports, B-353
Verification Requirements, A-760
Verification Sources, A-761
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
At a Change Action
Send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request verification of the household’s address.
Exception: It is not required to clear Non-Border OSS activity when the household’s most recent OSS activity occurred in the:
At a Complete Action
The household must provide verification of their address if the:
Refer to chart in B-353, Out-of-State Shopping (OSS) Reports, for appropriate action after a household has been asked to provide verification of address.
Note: Take action on any associated Medical Program EDG when clearing any OSS report activity.
Related Policy
Out-of-State Shopping (OSS) Reports, B-353
Verification Requirements, A-760
Verification Sources, A-761
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report must be cleared when a household submits an application or redetermination or at a change action and the OSS activity in the report makes the household’s address questionable. Clearance depends on the facts in the situation.
Example: A household living in Texas near the Arkansas border and shopping in Arkansas may not cause residency to be questionable. A household living in Austin and shopping only in Arkansas in the past 60 days could be considered questionable.
Note: Act on any associated Medical Program EDG when clearing any OSS report activity.
Related Policy
Out-of-State Shopping (OSS) Reports, B-353
Verification Requirements, A-760
Verification Sources, A-761
Questionable Information, C-920
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The Data Broker searches the Texas Department of Motor Vehicles’ (DMV) database and obtains information for all vehicles listed at the address entered on the Combined Report Search screen. Information obtained includes the:
This information is useful when exploring a household's resources. The information provides case clues on vehicle ownership, value and household composition. Staff must explore and clear discrepancies.
Except for vehicle values, Data Broker receives updated information weekly from the Texas DMV database. Data Broker updates vehicle values monthly. Vehicle values are obtained through the National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) book. Texas DMV updates its database when a person renews a vehicle's registration, retitles a vehicle, or reports a change of address to Texas DMV. It is possible for vehicles not owned by the household to appear on this report. This can happen when a person does not complete a title transfer or does not update an address with the Texas DMV.
Vehicles registered at an address, other than where the person lives, do not appear on this report. When a person has a vehicle not shown on the report, staff can use the owner's name, the vehicle license plate number, or the vehicle identification number (VIN) to obtain information by using the Vehicle Search option listed on the left navigation menu of the Data Broker Portal.
The value field lists the average wholesale value of the vehicle and can be used as verification to determine the countable value of the vehicle. See A-1251, Verification Sources, for other acceptable methods of verification.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report is pulled from marriage and divorce records from the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Texas Vital Statistics Unit. It is only available via an interactive inquiry in the Data Broker Portal. Although this report is updated annually, the marriage and divorce data is delayed by three years. The records do not contain information for the most recent three years.
The report provides the dates and names of people married and divorced in Texas. The names shown on the marriage and divorce reports are the names provided to DSHS on the marriage and divorce documents.
If a person changes their name, staff may need to search using the prior held name to find records. Information from this report is not included on the combined report.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The Texas Criminal Conviction report contains a list of all convictions and felony deferred adjudications that are contained in the digital criminal history system maintained by Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS).
The information included in the report depends on the authority reporting the offense and is considered a case clue only.
In most cases, the report includes the classification of the offense (felony, misdemeanor, deferred adjudication, etc.).
The report lists several pieces of identifying information including DOB, sex, race, hair and eye color, height and weight. When a criminal record is found, check each factor to ensure the person on the report is the person on the EDG.
When the report reveals information that indicates the person may have committed an offense subject to action by HHSC, explore the situation with the person. If the person acknowledges they are the person on the report, take the appropriate action.
If staff have reason to believe that the person is the person indicated on the report, but the person disagrees or disagrees with other information contained within the report (such as the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor):
Once OIG obtains information to clear the discrepancy, the assigned OIG BPI investigator provides the information via email. Staff responsible for clearing this task must document the results of the OIG BPI's findings in Case Comments and, if appropriate, enter information in the Data Collection-Individual Demographic-Conviction/Rehabilitation page. Make an overpayment referral if appropriate.
This report is updated monthly. However, since it contains records reported to DPS by various Texas courts, the report may not be complete. When it is incomplete, staff will investigate further.
Related Policy
Who Is Not Included, A-222
Disqualified Persons, A-232.2
SNAP — Budgeting for Persons Disqualified for Intentional Program Violations, SNAP Employment Services Noncompliances, Felony Drug Convictions or Being a Fugitive, A-1362.4
Alcohol or Drugs, A-2128
When the Individual Signs Form H1073, A-2128.1
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The ENHR and NDNH reports contain information used as an indicator of unreported earned income. Data Broker displays new hire data from 180 days prior to the date the report was requested up to the current date.
The ENHR contains employer information for people whose employers are based in Texas. The NDNH contains employer information from all 50 states, four territories, and all federal agencies.
These reports provide information such as hire date, employer name and address, and employee name, date of birth and address.
The ENHR and NDNH reports may list the corporate name and address instead of the local business name and address. Consider that the commonly known name of a business may be different from the corporate name.
Related Policy
Changes, B-600
Verification and Documentation, C-900
Questionable Information, C-920
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
TWC Wages/Benefits information is available through the interactive and combined Data Broker report options and includes information on wages, claimants and unemployment benefit records. Claimant and unemployment benefit payments will display only if the person has applied, is receiving or has received unemployment benefits from TWC.
The TWC information is obtained in Data Broker using one of two methods.
1. Interactive Search allows the user to search TWC information using the TWC Quarterly Wages and Unemployment Insurance Benefits (UIB) link from the left navigation bar in the Data Broker Portal. Four search criteria are identified:
Individual searches can be completed using any of the first three criteria. Selecting the Combined Wages, Status, and Benefits Report search criteria will return a combined report of all three TWC inquiries.
The date filter option is available for the user to request TWC inquiries for any of the four search criteria. Date filter options include two months, four months, six months, one year, two years, three years or all available.
2. The Standard Combined Report includes the TWC information along with all other reports available. See C-825, Data Broker Combined Reports Sources, for other sources.
TWC information returned on the Standard Combined Report defaults to the last two years of data available for wage detail, claimant and benefit payments. If the user needs more than two years of data, the interactive search in the Data Broker Portal can be used.
The following codes appear within the Claimant Status Search and the Combined Wages, Status, Benefits Report:
The following codes appear within the Benefit Payments Search:
If no information is available for a person, a message with "No records found" displays.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
An error message may appear when a request is made and the TWC database is unavailable.
When a TWC inquiry is requested and an error is returned, the Table of Contents of the Data Broker Combined Report will display the following message next to the TWC header:
“Request timed out. Please click here to retry again.”
By clicking on this link, staff can re-request the report without re-entering the person’s information. Staff should continue to retry until the information becomes available.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report contains child support data from the OAG's database. Data Broker searches the OAG database and pulls records for the person entered on the Combined Report Search screen and displays all people receiving and paying support payments associated with that person.
The OAG information available through Data Broker allows staff to obtain child support income that may not be listed on Form H1010, Texas Works Application For Assistance – Your Texas Benefits, or otherwise reported, reducing the risk of fraud and quality control payment errors. Additionally, Data Broker offers household composition case clues by listing an address for each member, if available, on the combined report associated to a particular OAG case.
This report is also available via an interactive inquiry in the Data Broker Search Options menu to conduct a member or financial search.
Note: The Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) web-based system is available for limited use, if needed, to obtain information not found within the Data Broker system.
Related Policy
Accessing Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES), C-832.1
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Child support data may be provided in some or all of the six fields below for each report:
Note: If staff discover payments or the person states they have received payments not listed in Data Broker, access the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) to verify these payments and obligations. If the necessary information is not available in TXCSES, pend for verification.
Case is a 'registry-only' case, which means that not all obligations nor dependents may be listed.
The Data Broker OAG screens contain a detailed breakdown of the following information:
Note: Payments (collections and disbursements) are sorted by support type (e.g., child support vs. medical support).
Note: Legal obligations are typically established as a monthly obligation. Wages are typically garnished based on the pay frequency of the AP's job. Therefore, the amounts shown on the screens for collections and disbursements reflect the frequency for which the OAG receives the payments, which is usually other than monthly.
For additional policy information on child support payments and how they are allocated for members and non-members, refer to A-1326.2, Child Support.
Note: If a person reports receiving child support via the Texas OAG and those payments are not being reflected on the Data Broker Portal, check the TXCSES Web portal to verify the payment(s). Infrequently, staff may also be unable to verify using the TXCSES Web portal. In this situation, pend the case for proof of the child support payment.
Example: A person is receiving child support payments for a dependent from an out-of-state order and the Texas OAG does not yet have the child support order but is receiving payments on behalf of the person.
Note: If an absent parent is making child support payments but moves back into the home of the caretaker and child, do not count the child support as income nor allow the child support as a deduction.
Related Policy
Child Support, A-1326.2
Medical Support Payments, A-1326.2.3
Reimbursements, A-1332
Child Support Deductions, A-1421
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Error messages may appear when a request is made and the OAG database information is unavailable. When the OAG information is requested and unavailable, a feature in the table of contents of the Standard Combined Report will display the following message:
“Request timed out. Please click here to retry again.”
By clicking on this link, staff can re-request the report without reentering all the person's information. Staff should continue to retry until the information becomes available.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report lists Intentional Program Violation (IPV) disqualification information from other states applicable to the person for whom the report was requested. Follow policy in B-941, Disqualifying a Household Member with a Current SNAP Out-of-State IPV Disqualification, when this is reported.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Data Broker provides a verification of alien status using SAVE.
Staff verify the immigration status of each non-citizen applying for benefits by accessing the:
When using TIERS, staff select Individual ID in the Individual Information LUW (only for people 16 years old or older), an Alien Status option appears at the top of the Data Broker Combined Report page with options:
When using Data Broker Portal (All people including children under age 16 years old):
By clicking on the Verification SAVE Status option, the last name, first name and birthdate fields are prepopulated based on the information in TIERS Data Collection. Enter the alien registration number per the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) document. Staff should only access Data Broker reports for people 16 and older. Staff must continue to use the stand-alone SAVE Web-based system for people younger than 16.
Related Policy
Verifying Alien’s USCIS Documents, A-355
Providing Verification of the Alien's Sponsor Income and Resources, A-316.1
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This feature searches alien status history for up to the last six months to determine if a previously submitted inquiry, with a valid document, is available. A new alien status inquiry will not display if any inquiry with a valid unexpired document has been completed within the last six months. A message will display along with the historical record when this occurs.
If the document on file is expired, a request to perform a new initial verification automatically occurs.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Choose the noncitizen’s document type from a drop-down menu. The Document Type drop-down menu lists the most common types of documents used to verify alien status. If the document type is not listed, choose “Other.” Depending on the type of document, staff must complete certain fields before submitting the request.
The card number from the I-551, Permanent Resident Card, that must be entered in SAVE is 13 alphanumeric digits and begins with three letters. I-551s issued between May 2004 and May 2010 have the card number on the front, and I-551s issued beginning in May 2010 have the card number on the back.
Note: To verify whether SAVE was completed, staff should use Data Broker > Case History in the Data Broker Portal.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The Inmate/Parolee Match displays prisoner information for people who are incarcerated.
The following identifying information is displayed, if applicable, for the incarcerated person:
Treat prisoner match information as a case clue when Data Broker shows the person is currently incarcerated and the current date is more than 30 days after the incarceration sentence date.
For applications and renewals with an interview (and at a change when applicable), if the person identified as incarcerated is not present or available by phone, staff must ask whether the person is still incarcerated.
If the household:
If contact can be made, follow the appropriate steps above for households who agree or disagree with the report of incarceration.
Document the following information in case comments:
Related Policy
Questionable Information, C-920
Verification Sources, A-251
Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
All Programs
This report contains Texas Lottery Commission verification of winnings and is displayed on the data broker combined report. The report contains the following information:
Related Policy
Texas Lottery Commission, A-1326.28
Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Use the Data Broker Portal to pull specific data element searches, such as TWC, OAG, etc. Staff can also use the Data Broker Portal if TIERS is experiencing technical issues.
DL Number: Enter the TDL number or Texas ID card number. This is not a mandatory entry, but when staff enter this number and click the Lookup button, the system automatically pulls data for all fields except SSN and Case Number. If DPS data is incorrect or obsolete, enter the correct data over the incorrect data.
Inquire On: Click on the appropriate description for the person on whom you are making the inquiry.
SSN: Enter the SSN of the person for whom you need Data Broker information. Do not enter an incorrect or false SSN. If an incorrect SSN is entered, an erroneous file may be created or information for the wrong person may be pulled.
Case Number: Enter the TIERS application/case number. Never enter a false TIERS application/case number or one belonging to another person.
Enter information in the remaining fields marked with an asterisk when the Texas ID or TDL number is unknown. These fields are self-explanatory.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Staff must request and view the Data Broker Combined Report for applicable household members to accurately determine eligibility and clear any discrepancies. Failure to view this report may result in eligibility errors that can lead to quality control errors.
In the TIERS Regular or Customized Redetermination driver flow, submit a Data Broker request for each individual household member 16 and older, including members without an SSN.
In the Redetermination Summary logical unit of work, each page has a DB icon
.
Follow the same process for each additional household member for whom a Data Broker Combined Report is needed. The Data Broker Report Link expires after 15 minutes if not clicked.
Data Broker in TIERS cannot do interactive searches on specific data; it only produces the Combined Report. For example, if staff only needs OAG information, staff go to the Data Broker Portal instead.
Requesting a Data Broker Combined Report with Credit Information
A credit report may be requested after a Data Broker report has been displayed. At the bottom of each Data Broker report is a section that allows a credit report to be requested on the person for whom the Data Broker report was run. There is a message displayed that states, “Click here to request and view a credit report.” Clicking on the link is a request for a credit report.
Related Policy
Data Broker, C-820
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
The credit information provided in Data Broker Combined Report with credit information is received from Experian. It also includes all the sources found in C-825, Combined Data Broker Report Sources.
Related Policy
Data Broker, C-820
Permissible Purpose. C-824
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Information provided on this screen is provided to the credit reporting agencies by creditors. Use the information as a case clue only when determining:
Verify credit report information before taking any action on an EDG.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
This screen is a record of information creditors provide to the credit reporting agencies. Use the information as a case clue in determining:
The information is generally accurate; however, it cannot be considered verification for any action taken by HHSC. The advisor must verify credit report information before taking any action on an EDG.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report contains detailed information from creditors which includes corresponding payment records.
This information should be used as a case clue for the household’s management. For example, if all credit cards are paid yet the household’s management is negative, staff should ask how the household is able to pay all bills with reported income.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report provides the name, address and phone number of the creditor.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report includes information the person reported to lenders regarding their income. This information is not available on every report and is based only on the person’s statement.
Compare employers and income listed to information received during the interview or from the application. Explore any other income or discrepancies reported by the person to lenders.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
This report lists the names and dates of credit inquiries for the person. Each time a credit report is requested, the name of the requestor and the date of the request is added to the person’s credit report.
An inquiry may indicate the need to further explore the person’s income and resources. For example, inquiries from auto dealers or auto lending institutions are case clues to a possible vehicle purchase.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Do not print a Data Broker report unless a person:
For most inquiries, historical DB information is retained for five years from the initial inquiry date. Staff can retrieve and view previously pulled Data Broker inquiries through the Data Broker Portal.
A person has the right under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) to obtain a free copy of the person’s credit report within 60 days from the notice of adverse action. To obtain a free copy, the person can contact Experian at:
701 Experian Parkway
P.O. Box 4500
Allen, TX 75013
888-397-3742
www.experian.com
Related Policy
Permissible Purpose, C-824
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
When information on any report and the person’s statement are discrepant, offer the person an opportunity to verify the information.
When staff discover questionable information, treat it as any other questionable information. Provide the individual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and pend for verification.
When staff request Data Broker information during a SNAP certification period and the report reveals information regarding anything other than vehicles, follow procedures in B-125.1, Due Dates.
When HHSC takes adverse action on an EDG based on information gained either directly or indirectly through the use of a credit report, the FCRA requires HHSC to notify the person. Staff must indicate in TIERS the action taken was based on credit report information and the TF0001 notice contains specific information about client rights mandated by the FCRA.
Related Policy
Permissible Purpose, C-824
Notice to Applicants, A-2310
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The OAG sends the TANF recipient child support collection interface after the close of business on the last day of each month. HHSC uses the interface to determine if child support collections exceed the TANF grant plus the disregard and processes grant in jeopardy.
The TANF recipient child support collection interface includes the:
HHSC automation staff:
If the collection amount exceeds the TANF grant plus the disregard, the system:
Examples
November – The OAG receives child support collections on TANF EDGs. At the end of the month, the OAG sends the collection information to HHSC. HHSC determines:
December – HHSC receives the collection information the first week of the month. TIERS compares the collection to the grant plus disregard. If it exceeds the grant plus disregard, TIERS:
The OAG repeats the process shown in November for any December child support collections received.
January – The TANF EDG is on hold. In the first week of the month, the OAG sends:
At cutoff, TIERS denies the case.
February – The OAG sends any collected child support to the individual.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
The Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) is the OAG computer inquiry system. Staff access TXCSES for verification of child support information. In order to access TXCSES, staff must have an OAG user identification number. Obtain a user ID by:
Staff must use their security IDs at least every 30 days or the ID becomes dormant and must be reset through the security system.
This section contains information about entering and exiting the system and an explanation of the screens. Refer to the user guide for detailed information.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Download the system from www.tx.net/download/oag. Use the following steps to access the system.
When you press Enter, the system will ask you to retype your new password. The next time you sign on you will use your new password.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
The following is a partial list of available inquiry screens in the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES):
Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004
To exit TXCSES:
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
The TXCSES Web is an Internet-based application developed by the OAG. The TXCSES Web is a comprehensive verification source that allows users to view child support collection, distribution and support obligation records.
TXCSES Web replaces the TXCSES OAG computer inquiry system as the primary verification source for child support payment information.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
Advisors with access to the TXCSES OAG computer inquiry system will use a USER identification (ID) and password to access TXCSES Web. New users must obtain a USER ID by completing:
Mail both forms to the Regional Security Officer (or designee), who forwards the forms to the state office security officer. The state office security officer coordinates assignment with the OAG.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
Advisors must have an active USER identification (ID) to access the TXCSES Web. The USER ID and password for TXCSES Web is the same logon as the one used to access the TXCSES OAG computer inquiry system. To log on to TXCSES Web:
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
The Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) Web Main Search Income Verification Screen includes four member search options:
Note: Advisors should use an SSN for inquiry when possible for a more accurate method of locating an applicant's information.
From the Search Results section, click on the case ID number with an "active status" to retrieve the child support payment information such as collections, distributions and support order obligations.
Note: By clicking on the + icon on the Disbursement Summary Details column, the advisor can view the payment type such as warrant, direct deposit/electronic transfer and Texas debit card. See A-1326.2.1, Counting Child Support, for assistance in determining when to consider the payment type available to the custodial parent.
Revision 08-4; Effective October 1, 2008
Click Logout to exit the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) Web application. Users are automatically logged off the application after 30 minutes of inactivity. Three unsuccessful logon attempts or 30 days of inactivity in either TXCSES or TXCSES Web suspends the USER identification (ID). Contact the regional security officer to reset the password if this occurs.
It is important to keep the user name active by logging on periodically. If staff do not logon to TXCSES or TXCSES Web within 90 days of the last logon, the user name is deleted.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
The OAG provides HHSC a weekly interface indicating when anindividual fails to cooperate with child support or medical support requirements. The Office of Family Services receives the interface, processes and maintains the data on the Child Support Noncooperation (CSNC) online system. The online system replaces the manual process for clearing reports of noncooperation.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Texas Works staff responsible for assigning, clearing, reviewing and/or monitoring child support noncooperation data may request access to the system.
Supervisors/managers complete Form 4743, Request for Applications and System Access, for each employee needing access to the CSNC system and writes CSNC in Box 14. The supervisor/manager sends the completed Form 4743 to their regional security officer (or designee). The regional security officer forwards it to the state office security officer.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
Once Form 4743 is approved, the initial password is returned on the form. Staff may change their password at anytime. For password changes, click "Tools" on the CSNC home page and enter the old and new password information in the appropriate fields. For forgotten passwords, contact the HHSC help desk to have the password reset.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
After accessing the HHSC Intranet, enter http://opi-pa.dhs.state.tx.us/1708-Online/1708.aspx for the CSNC website. To log on, select Search/Login from the main menu header. Enter username and password. Click "OK" to complete the login.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
The CSNC system searches the database to locate information by:
When searching by mail code or region, staff may request data by report run date and download the data to Excel. Click "OK" to obtain the request.
When a match is found, CSNC generates a list of noncooperation data meeting the inquiry criteria.
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
The following is a list of data fields and descriptions:
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
To exit CSNC Inquiry, click "Logout" on the menu bar, then:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
DataMart provides a series of online reports, accessed through the State Portal. The reports are used as monitoring tools for various case action activities within Texas Works.
Instructions for accessing and using the various reports may found at the following Texas Works Policy page on the Loop:
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
| Number | The Report … |
|---|---|
| DF-001a | Felony Drug Conviction (FDC) Disqualification for SNAP Provides a monthly count of people previously disqualified for an FDC occurring on or after August 22, 1996 who are now receiving SNAP benefits on an approved SNAP EDG. |
| DF-001b | EDGs Denied for Parole/Community Supervision Compliance Verification Provides data on SNAP EDGs denied for failure to provide verification of compliance with parole or community supervision. |
| DF-001c | SNAP FDC Disqualifications Provides data on the number of people who have a two-year or permanent SNAP disqualification related to FDC. |
| DG-001 | Reviews and Recertifications Due by Office Allows managers and appropriate field staff to identify TANF, Texas Works (TW) Medicaid, CHIP and SNAP Redeterminations that are due in a month specified by the user. |
| DG-002 | Pending Applications Allows managers and appropriate field staff to identify pending TANF, SNAP, TW Medicaid, CHIP, CHIP perinatal and Healthy Texas Women (HTW) applications on a daily basis. |
| DG- 003 | Work In Progress (WIP) Allows managers and appropriate field staff to identify open TANF, SNAP, TW Medicaid, CHIP, CHIP perinatal, and HTW actions on a daily basis. |
| DG-004R | Delinquency Analysis Data Report Provides detailed data that is consolidated to aid in the analysis of causal factors contributing to each delinquency. |
| DG- 006 | Task List Manager (TLM) Task Aging by Past Due Date Allows managers and appropriate field staff to identify all the tasks that are not closed by the TLM task due date. |
| DG-007 | Appointment No Show Gathers all the details for an appointment with a No Show (NS) status to ensure TLM No Show task actions are completed timely. |
| DG-008 | Appointment Slots Utilization Allows managers and appropriate field staff to identify all the appointment slots published for a specific office or group of offices using State Portal Scheduler and the number of appointments slots already scheduled for an interview for a selected office and reporting period. |
| DG-009 | Tickets/Service Request Status Report Provides a consolidated source for viewing all open Remedy and Project and Portfolio Management Center (PPM) tickets or recently closed PPM tickets. |
| DG-010 | Disposition Timeliness Report Assists management to efficiently monitor the timeliness percentage, total dispositions for all applications and redeterminations, timely and untimely dispositions and the number of disposing employees for TANF, SNAP, TW Medicaid, CHIP, CHIP perinatal, and Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) programs. This report will display the timeliness based on the disposition date. Note: This report provides timeliness for redeterminations disposed timely or untimely. Types of Assistance (TOAs) that have a passive renewal will be included if a recertification package is received and processed. |
| DG-011 | Review Timeliness Report Assists managers to efficiently monitor the number of delinquent reviews, the age of the delinquent reviews and the percentage of the total caseload that is delinquent for the following three types of assistance in TIERS:
|
| DG-012 | Pending Applications and Redeterminations over 60 Days Assists management to identify and monitor applications and redeterminations pending over 60 days for SNAP, TW Medicaid, CHIP, CHIP perinatal, TANF, and MEPD on a daily basis, and to identify the current employee assigned with pending applications and redeterminations. |
| DG-014 | Merge/Separate (M/S) WIP Report Assist management and Data Integrity staff to identify and monitor pending M/S TLM request tasks on a daily basis. |
| DG-015 | M/S Timeliness Report Assist management to efficiently monitor the number of completed M/S TLM requests, and the number and percentage of timely completed M/S TLM requests. |
| DG-016 | M/S Daily Potential Duplicate Report Provides Data Integrity staff a daily list of potential TIERS duplicate individual IDs created and/or updated on any given day and an individual summary and potential match detailed level reports. |
| DG-017 | Office of Eligibility Services (OES) Community Based Organization (CBO) Data Report Assists with statistics for federal reporting on the Community Partner project. The report provides the number of CBO applications and redeterminations:
|
| DG-020 | Community Partner Case Action and Status View Report Case Action Summary report provides CBOs with the ability to track the volume of applications, redeterminations, and changes submitted by their organization. Case Status View Activity report tracks the inquiries completed. |
| DG-021 | Request for Review Report Allows managers and appropriate field staff to view the CHIP and CHIP perinatal request for review report by region, status, manager and employees. The report captures the number of requests for review pending, completed, and requests for retro coverage. |
| DG-022 | Automated Electronic Reminders Provides the status of the total number of current subscriptions to electronic reminders at the end of each month and provides the number of electronic reminders sent to people for each reminder type. |
| DG-038 | EDG-Level Processing for Medicaid Renewals Provides EDG-level information for EDGs completed through the automated Medicaid Renewal Process. |
| DG-039 | ACA Periodic Income Check Report Provides EDG-level information for EDGs eligible for the periodic income check. |
| DF-040 | Eligibility Performance Report Provides a method for managers to measure productivity at the Employee and Manager Levels; provides daily and monthly statistics for employees and managers; monitors applications, redeterminations, and changes for SNAP, TANF, Texas Works Medical Assistance (including Children's Medicaid, CHIP and CHIP p), MEPD, and State Paid coverage for a selected time period; and presents the average processing time from the file date to date disposed for applications and redeterminations. |
| DM-002 | Qualified Hospital/Qualified Entity Presumptive Eligibility Report Provides Community Access Services (CAS) staff with statistical data on Presumptive Eligibility (PE) regarding the number of approved and denied PE determinations. It also provides the number of Medicaid-assisted approved or denied applications. Allows CAS staff to determine if an error should be counted toward a qualified hospital based on the accuracy and timely submission of a PE determination. |
| DM-005 | Reasonable Opportunity Report Provides the total number of people receiving a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of alien status or citizenship and the number of times a person was given a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of alien status or citizenship. |
| DM-007 |
HB 839 Reinstatement of Medicaid
Provides Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff a listing of children whose TP 44 eligibility has been suspended upon notification from Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD)/Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) of placement in a juvenile facility, or reinstated upon notification from TJJD/JPD of release from a juvenile facility. |
| DM-008 | FFCC Ongoing Monitoring Reports Allows management and appropriate staff to track and review various data regarding people who may be eligible for or are currently receiving Former Foster Care Children's (FFCC) Medicaid (TA 82). There are six sub-reports:
|
| DM-011 | TP40 Transition Report Identifies enrollment patterns and transitions between TP 40 and other programs. The DM-011 TP 40 Transition Report also allows staff to review cases when women enrolled in TP 40 do not transition to other coverage and when Alert 824s are not processed timely. |
| DM-012 | HB 337 County Jail Reporting Identifies persons suspended, terminated, or reinstated due to county jail confinement or release. |
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
The Grandparent Payment System (GPS) is designed to:
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
Users request access to the GPS application by:
Users must register and have access to the HHS Enterprise Portal before access to the GPS application is requested and granted.
First-time portal users must register on the HHS Enterprise Portal at https://hhsportal.hhs.state.tx.us/wps/portal and follow prompts to receive log-in credentials.
Returning portal users do not have to register again. Every 90 days, the user's HHS Enterprise Portal password expires and a prompt will appear to change it.
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
Once in the HHS Enterprise Portal, users must request access to the GPS application by clicking on the Request Application Access tab at the top of the page. Select GPS Account from dropdown list of applications. A request is sent to the user's supervisor for approval and is automatically forwarded to the regional security officer for final approval. An email notification is sent to the user when the request is approved.
After permission to access the GPS application is granted, a tab labeled GPS appears on the HHS Enterprise Portal home page when the user is logged in. A message indicating Sign-On Successful appears on the GPS home page after the user clicks on the GPS tab.
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
This screen allows you to search by case or search by individual. To search by case, enter the case number and click on Search by Case. To search by individual, enter the client number, client name or client SSN and click on Search by Client. When inquiring by name, enter the last name. The first name is optional.
Revision 10-4; Effective October 1, 2010
This screen lists case information. It includes the:
There are three additional options on the screen, View Case Members, View Case Warrants and Return to Inquiry Results. View Case Members lists household members who were included in the One-Time Grandparent certified group. View Case Warrants lists warrants and when they were issued, including the:
Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005
When you search by client and enter the client number, name, or SSN, you get the Client Inquiry screen that lists the:
You must click on the case number to get the Case Inquiry screen. See C-852.1.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
The Birth Verification System (BVS) is a system developed and maintained by the Department of State Health Services (DSHS). The BVS database includes birth records of people who were born in Texas.
Advisors access BVS as a source to verify age, relationship and citizenship. Perform a separate request for each individual.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
BVS inquiry can only be performed when the TIERS case is in read/write mode. From the left navigation bar select Individual from Data Collections to access birth verification information. This displays the Individual Household page, which lists all household members. Click the Edit icon for the appropriate individual. This displays the Individual Information page.
A BVS icon appears on the Individual Information page, near the page title. The icon consists of a circle with the letters BV in it. Click the icon to display the page. TIERS displays the Birth Verification – Details page, displaying the initial demographic information for the individual, individual’s first, middle and last name, gender, and date of birth. Select the Birth County (if available) and enter Mother’s full Maiden Name (if available), then click the Submit button.
TIERS sends an online request to BVS. BVS conducts an online real-time verification of birth information and displays the information on the details page.
Note: TIERS does not display historical birth verification information. If staff make another BVS request for an individual, TIERS generates a new request to the BVS system.
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
TIERS displays the Birth Verification – Details page, displaying the initial demographic information for the individual:
Birth County — Select the birth county from the drop-down menu. Note: Although not a required field, entering the county code shortens the search.
Mother's Maiden Name (optional field) — Enter mother’s full maiden name if available; this is an optional field. Do not enter a single letter, numerical value, spaces or special characters.
Once the BVS request is submitted, the request is transmitted to DSHS. DSHS returns the following response information when there is response from DSHS indicates a positive match:
Status — This field displays one of the following responses to the request submitted.
Y = Match Found
M = Multiple Records Exist
N = No Match Found
F = Fraudulent Record
D = Individual is Deceased
S = Birth File Read Error
T = Invalid Date of Birth
X = Unknown Error. Call Help Desk
When a match is not received, staff must review entries for accuracy and resubmit the BVS request.
Message — The following exception messages are displayed when a response is not received and the request and response have caused some type of exception. This means there is an error with the system or the data. Call the HHSC Help Desk if problems persist at 512-438-4720.
| Message Codes | Descriptions |
|---|---|
|
20745 |
Unable to send MQ message. Please try again later and contact Help Desk if problem persists. |
|
20732 |
Invalid data received in the response. Please try again later and contact Help Desk if problem persists. |
|
20731 |
Response timed out. Please try again later and contact Help Desk if problem persists. |
|
20730 |
An unexpected error has occurred. Please try again later and contact Help Desk if problem persists. |
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
WTPY is an SSA automated system that verifies Social Security benefits, SSI, 40 quarters information and citizenship verification for Medicaid. WTPY is a Windows application. Staff obtain information by using the individual's name, SSN or Social Security claim number (SSCN) (not applicable for Medicaid citizenship verification), and DOB. If staff transmit the request by 2:30 p.m., the response is received the following business day. If staff transmit the request after 2:30 p.m., the response is delayed one additional day.
When an inquiry match occurs, the response provides all available benefit information. If the individual has entitlement under more than one SSCN, those SSCNs and benefits are identified. Staff may have to submit separate inquiries to obtain data related to those claims.
The WTPY system provides the following types of responses:
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Supervisors complete Form 4743, Request for Applications and System Access, for employees who need access to the system. Staff must sign the WTPY User Information Security Agreement. Send both forms to the regional security officer. A user may access WTPY after hardware and software requirements are met and they have a password.
To access the system, staff:
You must change your password every 90 days or the system automatically revokes your access. If this occurs, contact your regional security officer.
The WTPY Reference Guide provides details regarding menus, screen and data field references for all SSA response screens. Access the user guide via Training & Curriculum Eligibility Support's Reference Guides website at https://oss.txhhsc.txnet.state.tx.us/sites/eo/support/tdd/WTPY/Forms/WTPY%20Guides.aspx.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
| For Problems With | Examples of problems the Help Desk handles |
|---|---|
| Security | Security/permissions/lockout problems for TIERS and State Portal only |
| Management Reports | TIERS and DataMart report problems
Prepare to have the following information available:
|
| TIERS |
Prepare to have the following information available:
Note: Individuals call 2-1-1 for issues with the Self-Service Portal. |
| Caller Contact Information |
|
| Error |
Note: Make a screen shot of error message and be prepared to email screen shot as a Microsoft Word attachment. |
| Impact | Identify impact as:
Note: Have specific examples of others impacted. |
Note: Contact your local help desk to report non-TIERS and non-State Portal related issues
Or
| For Problems With | Examples of problems the Help Desk handles |
|---|---|
| Security | Report all security or password-related issues by calling the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk. |
| Management Reports | TIERS and DataMart report problems
Prepare the same information as required above. Note: Make a screen shot of the error message and attach it to the email as a Microsoft Word document. |
| TIERS |
Make a screen shot of the error message and attach it to an email as a Microsoft Word document. Note: It is highly recommended to report TIERS-related issues using the TIERS Application Support Email Ticket Submission at http://hhscx.hhsc.state.tx.us/tech/CS/TIERS%20Template%202013%20(revised%202013-02-13-1910).pdf in a secure email. |
| State Portal |
Provide the same information as required above. Note: Make a screen shot of the error message and attach it to an email as a Microsoft Word document. |
| Self-Service Portal |
Provide the same information as required above. Notes:
|
| Error | When describing your error or issue:
|
| Impact | Identify impact as:
Note: Have specific examples of others impacted. |
http://hhscx.hhsc.state.tx.us/tech/CS/TIERS%20Template%202013%20(revised%202013-02-13-1910).pdf
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
| Mandatory Verifications | At Application | When a Change Occurs | At Redetermination |
|---|---|---|---|
| Household Composition – Out of State Disqualifications for Felony Drug Convictions | All household members applying | Any new household members applying | Any new household members applying |
| Citizenship | All household members applying who claim to be U.S citizens | Any new household members applying who claim to be U.S. citizens | Any new household members applying who claim to be U.S. citizens |
| Alien Status | Household members identified as aliens | New members identified as aliens |
|
| Social Security Number (SSN) | Household members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN | New members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN | Household members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN |
| Age/Relationship | All children applying | New children applying | New children applying |
| Identity | Person being interviewed | If not previously verified | If not previously verified |
| Residence |
|
New Texas resident applying, verify the last month any new member received benefits in another state |
|
| Domicile |
|
|
|
| Child Support – Good Cause Claims | Any good cause claim | Good cause claim for new children applying | Good cause claim for new children applying |
| Resources |
|
|
|
| Income – Nonexempt including Lump Sums | Total gross amount | Total gross amount |
|
| Income - Terminated | When terminated in the application month or prior two months, verify:
|
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated, and termination date for:
|
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated, and termination date for:
|
| Deductions – Dependent Care Costs | Total amount | New amount | Total amount |
| Deductions – Child Support | Total amount | New amount | Total amount |
| Deductions – Alimony and Payment to Persons Outside the Home | Total amount | New amount | Total amount |
| School Attendance | School age children applying | New school age children applying |
|
| Management | If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable | Not Applicable | If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable |
| Employment Services | All exemptions | Any new exemptions | All exemptions |
| Federal Time Limits (FTLs) |
|
|
|
| Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA) |
|
Not Applicable | All certified members are complying with all PRA components:
|
| PRA – When in Pay for Performance | All certified members are complying with all PRA components:
|
Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
| Workforce Orientation | Compliance by caretaker and second parent applying who are not disqualified and reside in a full service Choices county | Compliance by any new caretaker or second parent being added who are not disqualified and reside in a full service Choices county. | Compliance by any new caretaker and second parent applying who are not disqualified and reside in a full service Choices county |
| One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) | Crisis criteria | Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
| Mandatory Verification | At Application | When a Change Occurs | At Redetermination * |
|---|---|---|---|
| Household Composition |
|
|
|
| Citizenship |
If questionable, or if a regional requirement. |
If questionable, or if a regional requirement. |
If questionable, or if a regional requirement. |
| Alien Status |
Household members identified as aliens. |
New members identified as aliens. |
|
| Social Security Number (SSN) |
Household members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN, unless exempt. |
New members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN, unless exempt. |
Household members who cannot provide an SSN, verify they applied for an SSN, unless exempt. |
| Identity |
Individual being interviewed (also, identity of case name if authorized representative is interviewed). |
Individual being interviewed, if not previously verified, or if questionable. |
Individual being interviewed, if not previously verified, or if questionable. |
| Residence** |
|
The last month any new member received benefits in another state. |
|
| Resources** |
Note: If the total combined balance for all checking/savings accounts does not exceed $1,000 on the day of the reported change and is not questionable, accept the individual's statement. Pend the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) only if the reported account balance is questionable or it exceeds $1,000. |
Note: If the total combined balance for all checking/savings accounts does not exceed $1,000 on the day of the reported change and is not questionable, accept the individual's statement. Pend the EDG only if the reported account balance is questionable or it exceeds $1,000. |
Note: If the total combined balance for all checking/savings accounts does not exceed $1,000 on the day of the reported change and is not questionable, accept the individual's statement. Pend the EDG only if the reported account balance is questionable or it exceeds $1,000. |
| Income – Nonexempt including Lump Sums |
Verify total gross amount. |
Verify total gross amount. |
|
| Income – Terminated |
If terminated in the application month or prior two months, verify:
|
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated and termination date for:
|
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated and termination date for:
|
| Deductions – Child Support |
|
|
|
| Deductions – Dependent Care Costs |
Total amount if verification can be obtained at the interview. |
A new amount. |
Total amount if verification can be obtained at the interview. |
| Deductions – Actual and Standard Medical Expenses |
Refer to A-1428.2, Budgeting Medical Deductions. |
Refer to A-1428.2, Budgeting Medical Deductions. |
Refer to A-1428.2, Budgeting Medical Deductions. |
| Deductions – Shelter |
|
|
|
| Management |
If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable. |
Not Applicable |
If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable. |
| Employment Services |
|
|
|
| Federal Time Limits – 18-50 Work Requirement, Able-Bodied Adult Without Dependents (ABAWD) |
Individual's exemption from requirement is based on:
|
Individual's exemption from requirement is based on
|
|
| Elderly or Household Members with a Disability |
If not previously verified:
|
If not previously verified:
|
If not previously verified:
|
* Requirements are the same for all redeterminations whether filed timely or untimely.
** Categorically eligible households in which all members receive Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) cash assistance (TP 01/61) and/or Supplemental Security Income (SSI) are exempt from verification.
Note: Verify the eligible status of the facilities listed below as required in B-400, Special Households:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Mandatory Verifications | At Application | When a Change Occurs* | At Redetermination |
|---|---|---|---|
| Citizenship (except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, and TP 36) | All household members applying | Any new member applying | Any new member applying |
| Alien Status Exception: The Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) procedures do not apply to an alien in TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, and TP 36 who does not meet citizenship or alien status requirements, unless the individual potentially meets the citizenship or alien status requirement for another program |
Any person identified as an alien who wishes to be certified | Any new person identified as an alien who wishes to be certified | Any new person identified as an alien who wishes to be certified |
| Social Security Number (SSN) (except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, and TP 45) |
|
|
|
| Age/Relationship | All children applying; if not available, accept self-declaration For TP 08, if not available, follow the policy in A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion. |
Newly added children; if not available, accept self-declaration For TP 08, if not available, follow the policy in A-523.1. |
Newly added children; if not available, accept self-declaration For TP 08, if not available, follow the policy in A-523.1. |
| Identity (except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, and TP 36) | All individuals requesting benefits When an interview is required, the identity of the person being interviewed must be verified. |
Any new member requesting benefits | Any new member requesting benefits When an interview is required, the identity of the person being interviewed must be verified. |
| Residence Note: Accept self- declaration for Children's Medicaid and TP 56 for a child |
|
Not Applicable |
|
| Three Months Prior |
|
Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
| Third-Party Resources |
|
|
|
| Pregnancy (TP 40 and TP 36) | Accept self-declaration for pregnancy, pregnancy start date, number of children expected and the anticipated date of delivery. | Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
| Medicaid Eligibility of Mother (TP 45 only) | For each certified child | For a newly certified child | For each certified child |
| Emergency Medical Condition Treatment (TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, and TP 36) | For each certified undocumented alien or ineligible alien treated for an emergency condition | Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
| Resources* (Children on TP 56, Children on TP 32, and TP 02 only) |
|
|
|
| Income – Nonexempt including Lump Sums* |
|
|
|
| Income – Terminated | If terminated in the application month or prior two months, verify:
Note: For Children’s Medicaid***, verify only income that terminated in the month of application. |
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated, and termination date for:
|
Verify source, final gross amount, date received, reason terminated, and termination date for:
Note: For Children’s Medicaid, verify only income that terminated in the application month for new members. |
| Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Expenses | Total amount | New amount | Total amount |
| School Attendance (TP 08 only)** | For the only dependent child(ren), if they are age 18 | For the only dependent child(ren), if they are age 18 | For the only dependent child(ren), if they are age 18 |
| Child Support — Good Cause Claims (TP 08 only) | Any good cause claim | Good cause claim for new children applying | Good cause claim for new children applying Note: All good cause claims must be re-evaluated at redetermination. |
| Domicile (TP 08 only) | For a dependent child | When a change impacts the living situation or care and control of the dependent child | For a dependent child |
| Household Composition — Family Violence Exemption | Any family violence exemption | Any new family violence exemption | Any new family violence exemption |
| Management (Except: TP 40 and Children's Medicaid***) | If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable | Not Applicable | If the household's basic expenses are paid or delinquent, when management is questionable |
| * Children certified on TP 43, TP 44, and TP 48 are continuously eligible for the first six months of the 12-month certification period; children certified on TP 45 are continuously eligible for 12 months. Address changes in income as explained in B-600, Changes.
** School attendance is only verified if the only child that makes the parent or caretaker relative eligible for TP 08 is age 18 years. *** Children's Medicaid simplified verification requirements also apply when processing a Medically Needy with Spend Down (TP 56) or Medically Needy with Spend Down — Emergency (TP 32) EDG for a child under age 19. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Consider the individual's statements on the application or during the interview questionable if they:
(Example: The individual states he has had no income for several months, but his application shows $30 cash on hand.)
(Example: The individual states he has no resources. An earlier application was denied because bank accounts and property were over the resource limits.)
(Example: The individual provides paycheck stubs showing a 40-hour week in an industry such as construction that has frequent overtime.)
(Example: The individual states he has not paid rent or utilities for several months, but he has not been evicted or had his utilities cut off.)
Note: The ENHR and other sources in Data Broker may list the corporate name and address instead of the local business name and address. Before denying an EDG, consider that the commonly known name of a business may be different from the corporate name.
Before taking adverse action, allow the individual an opportunity to resolve any discrepancy by providing documentary proof or designating a suitable collateral source.
After the initial application or redetermination interview, if the advisor obtains unverified information from a source other than the individual which contradicts the individual's statement, then the advisor may:
Sources of verification are listed at the end of each applicable section in the Texas Works Handbook.
Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Households or the independent child's representative have the primary responsibility for providing documented or collateral evidence needed for proof of their circumstances. Households do not need to designate a collateral source if that source is named on the application form or during the interview or application processing. The advisor may assist the household in designating a collateral contact by suggesting a source that may be reliable.
If documented evidence is not available or not sufficient, the household must:
Exception: Law enforcement have the primary responsibility for providing verification that a person is a fleeing felon, a probation violator or a parole violator. Households are not responsible for providing proof of their fugitive status.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
When verifying information, follow these guidelines:
Document collateral sources that are designated orally by the individual or by HHSC.
Exception: Do not pend for, or attempt to obtain, the verification of fugitive status for fleeing felons or probation or parole violators from the household. Law enforcement provides verification of fugitive status to HHSC when they are actively seeking to apprehend people.
Assist a person in obtaining documentary evidence of citizenship. Identify if they cannot to provide documentary evidence of citizenship in a timely manner because of incapacity of mind or body or the lack of a representative to assist. Assisting a person consists of referrals to appropriate entities that can help them. Follow A-358.1, Citizenship, when assisting a person with providing documentary evidence of citizenship and identity.
Related Policy
Citizenship, A-358.1
Legal Parent-Child Relationship, A-522
Documentation Requirements, A-540
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), A-1324.18
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Document in TIERS Data Collection and in Case Comments information to support all decisions about eligibility and allotment, whether at application, change, or redetermination. Documentation must be sufficient so that anyone can understand all computations and advisor decisions, including denials.
Always include the following:
Document contacts between redeterminations that may affect eligibility or benefit amount. Note: Documentation requirements are listed at the end in the applicable section in the Texas Works Handbook.
Always document why another verification source such as a collateral contact or home visit was necessary (except when using a collateral contact to verify where the household lives or its size).
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
The Texas Works Documentation Guide
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
TIERS Data Collection pages handle the majority of required documentation for a case record. The documentation requirements not captured by these pages have been compiled into a comprehensive documentation guide, The Texas Works Documentation Guide.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 09-4; Effective October 1, 2009
The IEVS module within the Automated System for Office of Inspector General (ASOIG) automates the distribution and clearance of IEVS data for OIG staff. OIG uses the IEVS module to process and clear IEVS reports within 45 days of the secure automated download of the IRS files to ASOIG.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
OIG staff review case data in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Inquiry screen in the Case Data Change Since Last Disposition and the TIERS Historical Case Report (THCR) located in the ASOIG.
OIG staff research the complete action that occurred right before the time listed on the IEVS. If the information is not found for the period in question, OIG staff review all actions from the period in question through the current action.
OIG staff:
Related Policy:
Employer New Hire Report (ENHR) and National Directory of New Hires (NDNH) Report, C-825.12
Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Wage/Benefits, C-825.13
Revision 18-3; Effective July 1, 2018
OIG staff request verification if the IEVS:
In these situations, verification is required to determine if the income is ongoing and affects current benefits, the income causes an overpayment or both.
OIG staff obtain verification by:
OIG staff allow the person 10 days from the print date of the letter to provide verification. The request for verification letter informs people that the information is needed because OIG is reviewing the case to determine if benefits were issued correctly.
If the person fails to provide verification, the OIG notifies AES Customer Care Center (CCC) through an ASOIG alert.
Revision 18-3; Effective July 1, 2018
OIG staff may create an income action message in the IEVS module for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program and Medicaid programs, except for TP 40, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48, that requires action by Texas Works staff.
OIG creates an income action message when verification indicates income is ongoing and affects current eligibility or benefits.
OIG staff summarize findings in the comment section of the income action message. View detailed information regarding the income on the automated worksheet within the IEVS module.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
When OIG staff create an action message in the IEVS module, regions have the flexibility to process the report by:
The regional IEVS coordinator is responsible for:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
After checking IEVS, the regional coordinator assigns for clearance each action message to the appropriate unit supervisor or designated staff. Create a task for clearance of the action message for cases in TIERS. If clearance of the action message is assigned to individual units, the unit supervisor is responsible for assigning the clearance of the action message request to the appropriate advisor. The regional IEVS coordinator has two workdays after receipt to assign the action message.
If the IEVS regional coordinator assigns clearance of the action message to a supervisor/unit, the supervisor or clerk must assign the action message no later than the next workday. The advisor must complete the change within 10 days after the date it is assigned. The date of assignment is day zero.
If the regional coordinator assigns the clearance of the action message to other designated staff, the designated staff must complete the change within 10 days after the date of assignment.
Each worksheet with a message from OIG will indicate the type of action required. OIG staff process action messages if the household did not provide accurate information during the interview or application processing, or if the increase in income identified via IEVS caused the household income to exceed 130% Federal Income Poverty Limits (FPIL) for SNAP streamlined reporting (SR) cases.
Upon receipt of an action message, Texas Works staff must take the following action to clear the message based on the reason the message was issued.
| If the ... | then Texas Works staff ... |
|---|---|
| verification provided to OIG indicates income affects current eligibility, |
|
| individual fails to provide verification to OIG, |
|
Notes:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Children certified for children’s Medicaid other than TP 45, which is certified for 12 months, receive six months of continuous eligibility, regardless of changes in family income or resources. A pregnant woman certified for TP 40 is continuously eligible regardless of income changes. There is no asset test for TP 40.
OIG staff will create action or information messages for these type programs only if the household did not provide accurate information during the interview or application processing.
At the children's Medicaid renewals, or before certifying a TP 40 recipient for another type program, advisors must inquire in the Income and Eligibility Verification System (IEVS) module to review the reports and handle any information that may affect ongoing eligibility.
Follow normal regional security procedures to request access. To access the ASOIG IEVS module, go to https://hhsportal.hhs.state.tx.us/wps/portal.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If the individual reapplies after being denied for failure to provide information to OIG, advisors must obtain the verification requested by OIG before recertifying the case. Exception: If the individual can reasonably explain why the requested information cannot be obtained or provided, use the best available information. See C-920, Questionable Information.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If the advisor receives a request for an appeal based on action taken by:
If OIG receives a request for an appeal based on action taken by the Texas Works advisor, OIG will notify Texas Works the same day.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
At the region's discretion, Texas Works staff may review the messages in the IEVS module before certification. Information messages serve as a case clue to Texas Works staff to identify potential resources not reported by the individual.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011
The ASOIG Match module with the sources listed as FTI, Self or Earn contains IRS FTI that requires adherence to FTI safeguarding procedures.
IRS FTI is defined as any information included in ASOIG. This includes:
More information about IRS FTI can be found by reviewing the training, "Safeguarding IRS Tax Sensitive Information," at https://hhsc4-sav-prod2.hhsc.txnet.state.tx.us/BusinessApps/cbt/enterprise/Training_login.asp.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
OIG staff follow the procedures in C-1012, Review the Case Record.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
OIG staff follow procedures in C-1013, Request Verification. Page one of the IEVS verification letters (KC-63, KC-64, KC-65 and KC-68) is considered IRS FTI when the IEVS source is identified as such and staff must secure it according to IRS safeguarding requirements.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
There are three different types of action/information messages that OIG may create in the IEVS module for SNAP, TANF and Medicaid programs, except for TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 47 and TP 48 that require action by Texas Works staff.
| OIG creates | when |
|---|---|
| Income Action Message
Note: Action messages created based on IRS FTI are limited to those matches with a source listed as "Self" or "Earn." |
|
| Resource Action Message |
|
| Resource Information Message |
|
OIG staff summarize findings in the TW comments section of the IEVS worksheet. Detailed information regarding the income may be viewed on the automated worksheet of the IEVS module.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
The regional IEVS coordinator and Texas Works staff use the same procedures and time frames found in C-1021, Regional IEVS Coordinator, to process action messages with IRS FTI.
When an IEVS is generated based on IRS FTI, the action or resource message will be on a screen clearly labeled with a FTI warning. All information on the IEVS module (payer name, account number, pay amounts, etc.) is considered IRS FTI. While printing of IEVS module worksheets with Texas Works or TW messages is not prohibited, staff must secure these worksheets according to safeguarding requirements.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Texas Works staff take the following action to clear the action message.
| If the ... | then ... |
|---|---|
| verification provided to OIG indicates income/resource affects current eligibility, |
|
| individual fails to provide verification to OIG, |
Reminder: Texas Works staff must not enter any IRS FTI into TIERS (including individual TW comments). Documentation in TIERS case comments is limited to the following language: "IEVS match, action message generated from IEVS requesting denial." |
Notes:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If the individual reapplies after being denied for failure to provide information to OIG, the advisor must verify the IRS FTI. If the individual indicates the verification was provided to OIG, contact the OIG investigator. If the individual self-discloses the information on the application, the information is no longer considered IRS FTI.
If the individual does not have the resource or income for which OIG requested information, the advisor must request verification of the IRS FTI using a manual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action. If the advisor attaches a verification form, such as a bank verification form or Form H1028, Employment Verification, do not include any IRS FTI on the verification form. File the manual Form H1020 in the case record and secure the case according to the IRS safeguarding requirements because the case record now contains IRS FTI.
When the individual provides the information requested on the verification form, the information on the verification form is no longer considered IRS FTI. The file copy of Form H1020 remains IRS FTI and must be kept in the case record for the duration of the retention period.
If the advisor is requesting additional information that does not contain IRS FTI, the advisor may issue a second Form H1020 through TIERS or request the information on a manual Form H1020.
Note: If the advisor completes a manual Form H1020 because the only required verification is IRS FTI, TIERS will not allow a denial based on failure to provide verification, since Form H1020 was not generated via TIERS. The advisor may generate Form H1020 indicating a manual Form H1020 was provided to the individual. Do not provide the notice generated from TIERS to the individual. The advisor must document in the case comments the reason for generating an electronic pending notice and reference the manual Form H1020 that was issued.
If the individual fails to provide the information, issue a manual Form H1017, Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction, to deny the case for failure to provide information.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If the advisor receives a request for an appeal based on action taken by:
If OIG receives a request for an appeal based on action taken by the Texas Works advisor, OIG will notify Texas Works the same day. Texas Works staff must file Form H4800.
Revision 11-1; Effective January 1, 2011
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Retain IEVS reports for three years for SNAP and four years for TANF. Staff may log and destroy the IEVS module records using IRS safeguarding requirements as soon as they are no longer needed, as they are available in ASOIG.
The following list of forms must be retained for five years from the date of the last entry on the form:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Advisors review information in each case record to identify any IRS FTI as cases come up for recertification or review. Examples of IRS FTI include, but are not limited to hard copies of old IEVS alerts, manual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and notices requesting verification of IRS FTI. If IRS FTI is found in the case record, the advisor evaluates whether retention periods have been met per IRS FTI retention periods addressed in C-1051, Retention and Distribution of IRS FTI. If information can be destroyed, complete Form H1861, Federal Tax Information Destruction Log, before destroying the information. If the information needs to remain in the case record to support documentation or verification, secure the case record in a two-barrier secure environment until the case can be purged. Regions may elect to separate IRS FTI and place it in a secure centralized location. If the local office does not file the IRS FTI in the case record, note in the case record that IRS FTI exists and is located in the centralized location.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
When Texas Works staff purge case records, review the records for IRS FTI. If information can be removed from the actual file, completeForm H1861, Federal Tax Information Destruction Log, and destroy the information. If the record indicates that IRS FTI is filed separately in a secure location, destroy the IRS FTI when the file is purged. Refer to the IRS FTI retention periods addressed in C-1051, Retention and Distribution of IRS FTI.
Follow regional or local office procedures for storage and purging of IRS FTI.
Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014
Upon discovery of an actual or possible compromise of an unauthorized inspection or disclosure of IRS FTI, including breaches and security incidents, the individual making the observation or receiving the information must immediately contact the HHSC IRS coordinator. The individual sends a secure email to HHSC_IRS_FTI_Safeguards@hhsc.state.tx.us.
The HHSC IRS coordinator will report the incident by contacting the office of the appropriate special agent-in-charge, Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), in addition to the IRS Office of Safeguards, as directed in Section 10.2 of IRS Publication 1075.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 05-1; Effective January 1, 2005
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
For links to all State Medicaid Agencies, go to https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/by-state/by-state.html.
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Benefits provided through health insuring agent:
Services provided through contract or by direct vendor payments from the Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC):
*With limitations — see appropriate provider manuals for details.
The benefits of this program do not extend to:
Disclaimer: This list is for convenient reference and does not have the effect of law, regulation or policy. If there is a conflict between this list and law, regulations, and policy, the latter will prevail. If there is a question, use the appropriate provider manuals or filed releases for clarification.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Presumptive eligibility (PE)provides short-term medical coverage to pregnant women, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) applicants, children under age 19, parents and caretaker relatives of dependent children under age 19, and former foster care children. PE provides full fee-for-service Medicaid with the exception of pregnant women. Pregnant women receive ambulatory prenatal care only.
Qualified hospitals (QHs)determine PE for all groups except MBCC.
Qualified entities (QEs)determine PE for pregnant women and MBCC applicants. For MBCC applicants, only QEs that are also Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Breast and Cervical Cancer Services contractors can make MBCC PE determinations, following the process outlined inX-100, Application Processing.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
The following groups can receive presumptive eligibility coverage:
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
The QH/QE uses the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent rules to determine the household composition.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The QH/QE uses a simplified MAGI methodology to determine if an individual meets the income requirements for PE. The income limits for each PE type of assistance are the same as the income limits for the associated regular Medicaid type of assistance. For example, MA-Children Under 1 Presumptive has the same income limit as MA-Children Under 1.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
The individual must attest to being:
For all other PE criteria, the individual's statement is acceptable verification. Additional forms of verification beyond an individual's statement are not required.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The medical effective date (MED) is the date the QH or QE determines the individual is presumptively eligible for Medicaid. If the individual is presumptively eligible, QH/QE staff give the individual Form H1266, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Approved. It informs the individual when the PE coverage begins and when the PE coverage ends, based on whether the individual applies for regular Medicaid.
Note: An individual is not eligible for PE if they are currently receiving Medicaid, Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP perinatal.
If the individual does not apply for regular Medicaid, the PE coverage ends the last day of the month after the month of the PE determination (see scenario 1 below).
If the individual submits Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, or Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, HHSC staff determine whether the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. If the individual is not eligible for regular Medicaid, the individual’s PE coverage ends the date that HHSC determines the individual is ineligible (see scenario 2 below). If the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid, the individual’s PE coverage ends when HHSC makes the Medicaid eligibility determination, following cutoff rules.
If an individual is Medicaid-eligible during the application month, the individual receives Medicaid from the first of that month through the PE MED. Regular Medicaid coverage for the ongoing period begins once the PE period ends (see scenarios 3 and 4 below). Exception: Since PE for pregnant women provides only limited prenatal services, ongoing Medicaid coverage overlays the PE coverage (see scenario 5 below).
Examples:
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 6–18 Presumptive on February 2. Her mother does not submit an application for regular Medicaid. The child’s PE coverage ends on March 31. |
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children Under 1 Presumptive on April 4. Her father submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on April 20 that the child is not eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on April 20. |
|
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 1–5 Presumptive on March 6. His mother submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on March 15 (before cutoff) that the child is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends March 31. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective March 1 to March 5 and April 1 through ongoing. |
|
A former foster care child is determined eligible for MA-FFCC Presumptive on May 9. He submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on May 22 (after cutoff) that the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends June 30. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective May 1 to May 8 and July 1 through ongoing. |
|
A woman is determined eligible for MA-Pregnant Women Presumptive on June 4. She submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on June 10 that the woman is eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on June 30. Regular Medicaid overlays her PE coverage with an effective date of June 1. |
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Pregnant women are allowed one PE period per pregnancy.
For all other PE groups, an individual is allowed no more than one period of PE per two calendar years.Example:An individual receives MA-Children 6–18 Presumptive in June 2015. He cannot receive another period of PE until January 2017.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Three months prior coverage does not apply to presumptive eligibility. Eligibility for three months prior Medicaid coverage is determined when HHSC eligibility staff make a regular Medicaid determination, if requested.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
QH/QE staff first must perform a PE portal inquiry to find out if an individual is currently receiving Medicaid, CHIP or CHIP perinatal or if the applicant has received a period of PE within the PE period limit.
QH/QE staff make the PE determination based on information the individual provides about citizenship/immigration status, Texas residency, income and household composition. To determine whether the individual is presumptively eligible, QH/QE staff fill out Form H1265, Presumptive Eligibility (PE) Worksheet, using the information the individual provides.
If the individual is presumptively eligible, QH/QE staff do the following:
If the individual is not eligible for PE, QH/QE staff issueForm H1267, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Not Approved, to the individual and tell the individual about the right to apply for regular Medicaid.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Within one business day of the PE determination, the QH/QE must submit the PE determination to HHSC through the PE portal.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Hospitals or entities that want to become qualified to make PE determinations must (1) submit to HHSC a notice of intent, (2) sign a Memorandum of Understanding, and (3) complete online training at the PE website at www.TexasPresumptiveEligibility.com.
Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015
Qualified hospital/qualified entity staff use the following forms in the presumptive eligibility process:
Related Policy
Processing Presumptive Eligibility Applications, A-124
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When determining retroactive eligibility for children and pregnant women, use the applicable income, standard MAGI income disregard, and IRS monthly income thresholds charts.
| Federal Poverty Level (FPL) | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Family Size | 133% FPL (3-1-19) TP 44, 34, TA 76 |
144% FPL (3-1-19) TP 48, 33, TA 75 |
198% FPL (3-1-19) TP 40, 42, 43, 36, 35, TA 74 |
| 1 | $1,385 | $1,499 | $2,061 |
| 2 | $1,875 | $2,030 | $2,791 |
| 3 | $2,365 | $2,560 | $3,520 |
| 4 | $2,854 | $3,090 | $4,249 |
| 5 | $3,344 | $3,621 | $4,979 |
| 6 | $3,834 | $4,151 | $5,708 |
| 7 | $4,324 | $4,682 | $6,437 |
| 8 | $4,814 | $5,212 | $7,166 |
| 9 | $5,304 | $5,742 | $7,896 |
| 10 | $5,794 | $6,273 | $8,625 |
| 11 | $6,284 | $6,803 | $9,354 |
| 12 | $6,774 | $7,334 | $10,084 |
| 13 | $7,263 | $7,864 | $10,813 |
| 14 | $7,753 | $8,394 | $11,542 |
| 15 | $8,243 | $8,925 | $12,272 |
| For each additional member | $490 | $531 | $730 |
| Family Size | 200% FPL (3-1-19) TA 41 |
201% FPL (3-1-19) TA 84 |
202% FPL (3-1-19) TA 85 |
400% FPL (3-1-19) TA 77 |
413% FPL (3-1-19) TP 70 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | $2,082 | $2,093 | $2,103 | $4,164 | $4,299 |
| 2 | $2,819 | $2,833 | $2,847 | $5,637 | $5,820 |
| 3 | $3,555 | $3,573 | $3,591 | $7,110 | $7,342 |
| 4 | $4,292 | $4,314 | $4,335 | $8,584 | $8,863 |
| 5 | $5,029 | $5,054 | $5,079 | $10,057 | $10,384 |
| 6 | $5,765 | $5,794 | $5,823 | $11,530 | $11,905 |
| 7 | $6,502 | $6,535 | $6,567 | $13,004 | $13,426 |
| 8 | $7,239 | $7,275 | $7,311 | $14,477 | $14,948 |
| 9 | $7,975 | $8,015 | $8,055 | $15,950 | $16,469 |
| 10 | $8,712 | $8,756 | $8,799 | $17,424 | $17,990 |
| 11 | $9,449 | $9,496 | $9,543 | $18,897 | $19,511 |
| 12 | $10,185 | $10,236 | $10,287 | $20,370 | $21,033 |
| 13 | $10,992 | $10,977 | $11,031 | $21,844 | $22,554 |
| 14 | $11,659 | $11,717 | $11,775 | $23,317 | $24,075 |
| 15 | $12,395 | $12,457 | $12,519 | $24,790 | $25,596 |
| For each additional member | $737 | $741 | $745 | $1,474 | $1,522 |
| Five Percentage Points of FPL | |
|---|---|
| Family Size | 2019 Monthly Disregard Amount |
| 1 | $52.05 |
| 2 | $70.50 |
| 3 | $88.90 |
| 4 | $107.30 |
| 5 | $125.75 |
| 6 | $144.15 |
| 7 | $162.55 |
| 8 | $181.00 |
| 9 | $199.40 |
| 10 | $217.80 |
| 11 | $236.25 |
| 12 | $254.65 |
| 13 | $273.05 |
| 14 | $291.50 |
| 15 | $309.90 |
| Per each additional person | $18.45 |
| IRS Monthly Income Thresholds | ||
|---|---|---|
| Type of Income |
2019 Threshold |
Apply Threshold Value in Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP |
| Unearned Income | $87.50 |
|
| Earned Income | $1,000.00 |
|
| Federal Poverty Level (FPL) | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Family Size | 133% FPL (3-1-20) TP 44, 34, TA 76 |
144% FPL (3-1-20) TP 48, 33, TA 75 |
198% FPL (3-1-20) TP 40, 42, 43, 36, 35, TA 74 |
| 1 | $1,415 | $1,532 | $2,106 |
| 2 | $1,911 | $2,069 | $2,845 |
| 3 | $2,408 | $2,607 | $3,584 |
| 4 | $2,904 | $3,144 | $4,323 |
| 5 | $3,401 | $3,682 | $5,063 |
| 6 | $3,897 | $4,220 | $5,802 |
| 7 | $4,394 | $4,757 | $6,541 |
| 8 | $4,890 | $5,295 | $7,280 |
| 9 | $5,387 | $5,832 | $8,019 |
| 10 | $5,884 | $6,370 | $8,759 |
| 11 | $6,380 | $6,908 | $9,498 |
| 12 | $6,877 | $7,445 | $10,237 |
| 13 | $7,373 | $7,983 | $10,976 |
| 14 | $7,870 | $8,520 | $11,715 |
| 15 | $8,366 | $9,058 | $12,455 |
| For each additional member | $497 | $538 | $740 |
| Family Size | 200% FPL (3-1-20) TA 41 |
201% FPL (3-1-20) TA 84 |
202% FPL (3-1-20) TA 85 |
400% FPL (3-1-20) TA 77 |
413% FPL (3-1-20) TP 70 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | $2,127 | $2,138 | $2,148 | $4,254 | $4,392 |
| 2 | $2,874 | $2,888 | $2,903 | $5,747 | $5,934 |
| 3 | $3,620 | $3,639 | $3,657 | $7,240 | $7,476 |
| 4 | $4,367 | $4,389 | $4,411 | $8,734 | $9,018 |
| 5 | $5,114 | $5,139 | $5,165 | $10,227 | $10,560 |
| 6 | $5,860 | $5,890 | $5,919 | $11,720 | $12,101 |
| 7 | $6,607 | $6,640 | $6,673 | $13,214 | $13,643 |
| 8 | $7,354 | $7,391 | $7,427 | $14,707 | $15,185 |
| 9 | $8,100 | $8,141 | $8,181 | $16,200 | $16,727 |
| 10 | $8,847 | $8,891 | $8,936 | $17,694 | $18,269 |
| 11 | $9,594 | $9,642 | $9,690 | $19,187 | $19,811 |
| 12 | $10,340 | $10,392 | $10,444 | $20,680 | $21,353 |
| 13 | $11,087 | $11,143 | $11,198 | $22,174 | $22,894 |
| 14 | $11,834 | $11,893 | $11,952 | $23,667 | $24,436 |
| 15 | $12,580 | $12,643 | $12,706 | $25,160 | $25,978 |
| For each additional member | $747 | $751 | $755 | $1,494 | $1,542 |
| Five Percentage Points of FPL | |
|---|---|
| Family Size | 2020 Monthly Disregard Amount |
| 1 | $53.20 |
| 2 | $71.85 |
| 3 | $90.50 |
| 4 | $109.20 |
| 5 | $127.85 |
| 6 | $146.50 |
| 7 | $165.20 |
| 8 | $183.85 |
| 9 | $202.50 |
| 10 | $221.20 |
| 11 | $239.85 |
| 12 | $258.50 |
| 13 | $277.20 |
| 14 | $295.85 |
| 15 | $314.50 |
| For each additional person | $18.70 |
| IRS Monthly Income Thresholds | ||
|---|---|---|
| Type of Income |
2020 Threshold |
Apply Threshold Value in Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP |
| Unearned Income | $91.67 |
|
| Earned Income | $1,016.67 |
|
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Immunization by inoculation or vaccination protects against childhood diseases. Except for tetanus, these diseases are contagious. Encourage individuals to follow the Texas Department of Health's recommended schedule found on Form H1012, Immunization Record. If a child is on an alternate schedule refer to A-2125, Immunizations.
The following are descriptions of the diseases and symptoms associated with immunizations.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Information concerning the medical and dental managed care plans with contact information for each plan is located at hhs.texas.gov/services/health/medicaid-chip/programs/medical-dental-plans.
Related Policy
Managed Care,A-821.2
Releasable Information for Medicaid Providers and Their Contractors, B-1230
Office of the Ombudsman,B-1420
Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019
Effective 7/1/19
STEPS TO VERIFICATION
Use the following items to verify the person’s identity. See the Expanded Health Care Orientation and Enrollment Script below for verification instructions.
ESSENTIAL STEPS to EDUCATION
(Effective July 1, 2019)
Introduction
Standard greeting to include your name, program and purpose for calling. For example: Hello, may I speak with [case name]: Hello, Mr./Mrs._______________________. My name is _________________. Since your child/children are new to Medicaid, a state law requires that you receive what is known as a Health Care Orientation. This will only take a few minutes and I will give you some valuable information about how to use your child's/children's Medicaid benefits.
Use the following to verify the caller's identity.
Steps to Caller VERIFICATION
Steps to EDUCATION
Essential Information About Medicaid Health Plans (Managed Care)
Your Texas Benefits Medicaid ID Card-Process
Maintaining Eligibility
Texas Health Steps Program Knowledge
If the parent or caretaker is being interviewed and it is for an initial certification including a reapplication after a break in benefits of 60 days or more, the advisor is responsible for initial Texas Health Steps informing, even if the household does not require a Health Care Orientation.
Refer to the Texas Health Steps Desk Reference for the information that must be covered during the Health Care Orientation or when the parent or caretaker must receive just the initial Texas Health Steps informing.
Refer to the Texas Health Steps Program Desk Reference to educate parents and caretakers about when a child's Texas Health Steps medical and dental* checkups are due and issues a health care provider may address during a Texas Health Steps medical or dental checkup. The health care provider will address specific issues for each age and each child.
* Emergency dental services are available at any age and do not require a check on ID.
Texas Health Steps Desk Reference
Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women
Medical Transportation Program (MTP)
Ways to Travel:
Call to schedule a ride.
Houston/Beaumont area: 855-687-4786
Dallas area: 855-687-3255
Everyone else: 877-633-8747 (877-MED-TRIP)
If you have a complaint or concern, call 877-633-8747 (877-MED-TRIP), Option 2.
Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP)
WIC (Women, Infant, and Children's Program)
Summary
| Resource Directory | ||
|---|---|---|
| Resource List | Toll Free Numbers | TTY LINE |
| 2-1-1-Information and Referral for other types of community resources | 2-1-1, Option 1 | 2-1-1, Option 1 |
| Billing Questions Hotline for Traditional Medicaid, also known as fee-for-service | 800-335-8957 | 800-735-2988 |
| HHSC | 512-424-6500 | 512-424-6597 |
| Medicaid Hotline Number | 800-252-8263 | 800-735-2988 |
| Medical Transportation Program (MTP) | Houston/Beaumont area: 855-687-4786 Dallas area: 855-687-3255 Everyone else: 877-633-8747 (877-MED-TRIP) |
800-735-2988 |
| Social Security Administration (for Medicare and SSI Medicaid) | 800-772-1213 | 800-325-0778 |
| STAR/STAR+PLUS/STAR Kids/STAR Health Help Line | 800-964-2777 | 800-735-2988 |
| HHS Ombudsman Managed Care Assistance Team | 866-566-8989 | 7-1-1 |
| Texas Health Steps | 877-847-8377 | 800-735-2988 |
| HHSC Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women information and referral assistance | 877-847-8377 | 800-735-2988 |
| Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) | 877-543-7669 | 800-735-2988 |
| WIC | 800-942-3678 | 800-735-2988 |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized inspection of an applicant or client’s federal tax information by HHSC staff is punishable by law, including but not limited to:
See United States Code (U.S.C.), Title 26, §7213; 26 U.S.C. §7213A; and 26 U.S.C. §7431 for a complete list of penalties for the unauthorized disclosure or inspection of this information.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Instruct the cardholder to read Form H1185, Important Information About Your Lone Star Card, and to ask questions about any EBT issuance procedures the cardholder does not understand. Advisors must also explain:
Note: HHSC may mail a benefit conversion warrant (full month's TANF benefit only) to the household's new address if the:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
After receiving Form H1172, EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request, authorizing an initial Lone Star Card and PIN to the primary cardholder, take the following actions:
Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
When the individual reports a change timely (i.e., individual reported within 10 days of knowing of the change), use B-600, Changes, B-752.1.2, Errors After Certification, and the following chart to determine the first month of overpayment.
| If the household reported the change... | then the first month of potential overpayment is... |
|---|---|
| January 1-8 January 9-31 |
February March |
| February 1-5 February 6-28 (or 29th) |
March April |
| March 1-8 March 9-31 |
April May |
| April 1-7 April 8-30 |
May June |
| May 1-8 May 9-31 |
June July |
| June 1-7 June 8-30 |
July August |
| July 1-8 July 9-31 |
August September |
| August 1-8 August 9-31 |
September October |
| September 1-7 September 8-30 |
October November |
| October 1-8 October 9-31 |
November December |
| November 1-7 November 8-30 |
December January |
| December 1-8 December 9-31 |
January February |
Note: The first month of overpayment can be no later than two months from the month the change occurred.
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
When the individual fails to report a change timely (i.e., does not report a change later discovered by HHSC or untimely reports a change), use B-600, Changes, B-752.1.2, Errors After Certification, and the following chart to determine the first month of overpayment.
| If the change occurred... | then the first month of potential overpayment is... |
|---|---|
| January 1-31 | March |
| February 1-28 (29) | April |
| March 1-31 | May |
| April 1-30 | June |
| May 1-31 | July |
| June 1-30 | August |
| July 1-31 | September |
| August 1-31 | October |
| September 1-30 | November |
| October 1-31 | December |
| November 1-30 | January |
| December 1-31 | February |
Note: The first month of overpayment can be no later than two months from the month the change occurred.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
| Code | Description | Long Description |
| TA 51 | SNAP-CAP/FS-CAP | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project |
| TA 52 | SNAP-SSI/FS-SSI | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Supplemental Security Income |
| TP 06 | SNAP (PA)/FS-PA | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Public Assistance |
| TP 09 | SNAP/FS-NPA | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program |
| Code | Description | Long Description |
| TP 01 | TANF Basic | Cash assistance for caretakers and deprived children with income below TANF recognizable needs |
| TP 60 | TANF Grandparent Payment | One-time payment for grandparent who is caretaker of their TANF-certified grandchild |
| TP 61 | TANF State Program | Cash assistance for two-parent household with income below TANF recognizable needs |
| TP 71 | OTTANF – 1 Adult | One-Time TANF (OTTANF) payment for households with one parent |
| TP 72 | OTTANF – 2 Parents | OTTANF payment for households with two parents |
| Code | Description | Long Description |
| TA 31 | MA – Parents and Caretaker Relatives – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for parents and caretaker relatives who do not meet alien status requirements and are caring for a dependent child who receives Medicaid |
| TA 41 | Health Care – Healthy Texas Women | Healthy Texas Women (HTW) for women age 15–44 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 66 | MA – MBCC – Presumptive | Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer – Presumptive |
| TA 67 | MA – MBCC | Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer |
| TA 74 | MA – Children Under 1 Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for children under age 1 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 75 | MA – Children 1–5 Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for children ages 1–5 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 76 | MA – Children 6–18 Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for children ages 6–18 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 77 | Health Care – FFCHE | Health Care for Former Foster Care in Higher Education with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 82 | MA – Former Foster Care Children | Medicaid for former foster care children ages 18–25 |
| TA 83 | MA – FFCC Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for former foster care children ages 18–25 |
| TA 84 | CI – CHIP | The Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) is health care coverage for children under age 19 who are ineligible for Medicaid due to income and who have income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 85 | CI – CHIP perinatal | CHIP perinatal is health care coverage for unborn children whose mother is ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP due to income and/or immigration status and whose income is at or below the applicable income limit |
| TA 86 | MA – Parents and Caretaker Relatives Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for parents and caretaker relatives caring for a dependent child |
| TP 07 | MA – Earnings Transitional | Twelve months of transitional Medicaid resulting from an increase in earnings |
| TP 08 | MA – Parents and Caretaker Relatives | Medicaid for parents and caretaker relatives caring for a dependent child with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 20 | MA Alimony/Spousal Support Transitional | Up to four months of post Medicaid resulting from an increase in alimony/spousal support |
| TP 32 | MA – MN w/Spend Down – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for children or pregnant women who do not meet alien status requirements and who are ineligible for any other type of Medicaid, but who have medical expenses that spend down their income to below the Medically Needy Income Limit (MNIL) |
| TP 33 | MA – Children 1–5 – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for children age 1–5 who do not meet alien status requirements and who have income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 34 | MA – Children 6–18 – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for children age 6–18 who do not meet alien status requirements and who have income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 35 | MA – Children Under 1 – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for children under age 1 who do not meet alien status requirements and who have income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 36 | MA – Pregnant Women – Emergency | Medicaid for an emergency condition for pregnant women who do not meet alien status requirements and who have income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 40 | MA – Pregnant Women | Medicaid for pregnant woman with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 42 | MA – Pregnant Women Presumptive | Short-term Medicaid for pregnant women with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 43 | MA – Children Under 1 | Medicaid for children under age 1 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 44 | MA – Children 6–18 | Medicaid for children age 6–18 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 45 | MA – Newborn Children | Medicaid for children through age 1 who are born to a Medicaid-eligible mother |
| TP 48 | MA – Children 1–5 | Medicaid for children age 1–5 with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TP 56 | MA – MN w/Spend Down | Medicaid for children or pregnant women who are ineligible for any other type of Medicaid, but who have medical expenses that spend down their income to below the MNIL |
| TP 70 | Medicaid for the Transitioning Foster Care Youth | Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth people with income at or below the applicable income limit |
| TPAL | MA – Historical FMA – Emergency | N/A |
| TPDE | MA – Deceased Prior Medical | Medicaid for a deceased person |
| TPPM | MA/ME – Historical Prior Medical | Three months of prior Medicaid – not currently eligible |
| Code | Description | Long Description |
| TP 52 | MA – State Foster Care – A | Medicaid |
| TP 53 | MA – State Foster Care – B | Medicaid |
| TP 54 | MA – State Foster Care – 32 | Medicaid |
| TP 57 | MA – State Foster Care – D | Medicaid |
| TP 58 | MA – State Foster Care – JPC | Medicaid |
| TA 78 | PCA Medicaid – Federal Match – No Cash | Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) Medicaid – Federal Match – No Cash |
| TA 79 | PCA Medicaid – No Federal Match – No Cash | PCA Medicaid – No Federal Match – No Cash |
| TA 80 | PCA Medicaid – Federal Match – With Cash | PCA Medicaid – Federal Match – With Cash |
| TA 81 | PCA Medicaid – No Federal Match – With Cash | PCA Medicaid – No Federal Match – With Cash |
| TP 88 | MA – Non-AFDC Foster Care – JPC | Medicaid |
| TP 90 | MA – State Foster Care | Medicaid |
| TP 91 | Adoption Assistance – Federal Match – No Cash | Adoption Assistance – Federal Match – No Cash |
| TP 92 | Adoption Assistance – Federal Match – With Cash | Adoption Assistance – Federal Match – With Cash |
| TP 93 | Foster Care – Federal Match – No Cash | Foster Care – Federal Match – No Cash |
| TP 94 | Foster Care – Federal Match – With Cash | Foster Care – Federal Match – With Cash |
| TP 95 | Adoption Assistance – No Federal Match – No Cash | Adoption Assistance – No Federal Match – No Cash |
| TP 96 | Adoption Assistance – No Federal Match – With Cash | Adoption Assistance – No Federal Match – With Cash |
| TP 97 | Foster Care – No Federal Match – No Cash | Foster Care – No Federal Match – No Cash |
| TP 98 | Foster Care – No Federal Match – With Cash | Foster Care – No Federal Match – With Cash |
| TP 99 | MA – Non-AFDC Foster Care | Medicaid |
| TPAS | MA – Historical Adoption Subsidy | Medicaid |
| Code | Description | Long Description |
| TA 01 | ME – Interim SSI Denied Child | Medicaid (processed by SSA) |
| TA 02 | ME – SSI Waivers | SSI Recipient Waivers |
| TA 03 | ME – Manual SSI Waivers | Manual SSI Waivers |
| TA 04 | ME – Manual SSI State Group Home | Manual SSI Recipient State Community-based Group Homes |
| TA 05 | ME – Manual SSI Non-State Group Home | Manual SSI Recipient Non-State Community-based Group Homes |
| TA 06 | ME – Manual SSI Nursing Facility | Medicaid for Nursing Facility Resident |
| TA 07 | ME – Manual SSI State Hospital | Medicaid for State Hospital Resident |
| TA 08 | ME – SSI State Group Home | SSI Recipient State Community Based Group Home |
| TA 09 | ME – Manual SSI State Supported Living Center | Medicaid for State Supported Living Center Resident |
| TA 10 | ME – Waivers | Medicaid |
| TA 12 | ME – State Group Home | Medicaid for ICF/IID Resident |
| TA 15 | ME – Rider 51 – Non-State Group Home | |
| TA 16 | ME – Rider 51 – State Supported Living Center | Medicaid for State Supported Living Center Resident |
| TA 17 | ME – Rider 51 – Nursing Facility | Medicaid for Nursing Facility Resident |
| TA 18 | ME – Grandfathered LTC | N/A |
| TA 21 | ME – SSI Chest Hospital | Medicaid for Chest Hospital Patient |
| TA 22 | ME – Manual SSI | Manually certified SSI — processed by SSA |
| TA 24 | ME – Rider 51 – State Group Home | |
| TA 25 | ME – Rider 51 – State Hospital | |
| TA 26 | ME – SSI Non-State Group Home | SSI Non-State Community-based Group Homes |
| TA 27 | ME – Prior Medicaid Institutional/Waiver | Prior Medicaid for person applying for Institutional or Waiver Medicaid |
| TA 88 | ME – Medicaid Buy-In for Children | Medicaid benefits to eligible children with disabilities who are not eligible for Supplemental Security Income (SSI) for reasons other than disability. Individuals must pay a share of the Medicaid premium |
| TP 03 | ME – Pickle | RSDI COLA Disregard Programs — considered eligible based on the 1977 Pickle Amendment |
| TP 10 | ME – State Supported Living Center | Medicaid for State Support Living Center Resident |
| TP 11 | ME – SSI Prior | SSI, two or three months prior, as appropriate |
| TP 12 | ME – Temp Manual SSI | Manually certified SSI (processed by SSA) |
| TP 13 | ME – SSI | SSI (processed by SSA) |
| TP 14 | ME – Community Attendant | Community Attendant Services |
| TP 15 | ME – Non-State Group Home | Medicaid for ICF/IID Resident |
| TP 16 | ME – State Hospital | Medicaid for State Hospital Resident |
| TP 17 | ME – Nursing Facility | Medicaid for Nursing Facility Resident |
| TP 18 | ME – Disabled Adult Child | Adult children (at least age 18) who have a disability and who were denied SSI due to an entitlement to or an increase in their RSDI Disabled Adult Child (DAC) benefits and who are eligible for Medicaid to ensure continued coverage |
| TP 21 | ME – Disabled Widow(er) | Widows, widowers or surviving divorced spouses age 50 and less than 60 who have a disability and who are ineligible for Medicare and were denied SSI due to an increase in their RSDI widow/widower benefits. They are eligible for Medicaid under TP 21 until they reach age 60 or become eligible for Medicare, whichever occurs first |
| TP 22 | ME – Early Aged Widow(er) | Early age widows, widowers or surviving divorced spouses age 50–65 who are ineligible for Medicare and who were denied SSI due to an increase in their RSDI widow/widower benefits. They are eligible for Medicaid under TP 22 until they reach age 65 or become eligible for Medicare, whichever occurs first |
| TP 23 | MC – SLMB | Medicare Savings Program — Specified Low-Income Medicare Benefits |
| TP 24 | MC – QMB | Medicare Savings Program — Qualified Medicare Beneficiary |
| TP 25 | MC – QDWI | Qualified Disabled and Working Individuals — A special Medicare savings program that pays Part A Medicare premiums for certain working people under age 65 who have a disability and are no longer eligible for free Medicare Part A because of earnings |
| TP 26 | MC – QI 1 | Medicare savings program — Qualified people |
| TP 27 | MC – QI 2 | Medicare savings program — Qualified people (not an active program) |
| TP 30 | ME – A and D Emergency | Emergency Medicaid for a nonqualified alien |
| TP 38 | ME – SSI Nursing Facility | Medicaid for Nursing Facility Resident |
| TP 39 | ME – SSI State Hospital | Medicaid for State Hospital Resident |
| TP 41 | ME – Skilled Nursing Care | Skilled Nursing Facility Co-payments |
| TP 46 | ME – SSI State Supported Living Center | Medicaid for State Supported Living Center Residents |
| TP 50 | ME – Rider 51J | Medicaid for Nursing Facility Resident |
| TP 51 | ME – Rider 51J Waivers | Medicaid |
| TP 87 | ME – Medicaid Buy In | Working people with disabilities who pay a share of the Medicaid premium to be eligible for Medicaid |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
Staff are required to include the address and phone number of legal services available in the area on individual notices.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
| A | Primary Claimant |
| B | Wife, 62 or over (1st claimant) |
| B1 | Husband, 62 or over (1st claimant) |
| B2 | Young wife with a child in her care (1st claimant) |
| B3 | Wife, 62 or over (2nd claimant) |
| B4 | Husband, 62 or over (2nd claimant) |
| B5 | Young wife with a child in her care (2nd claimant) |
| B6 | Divorced wife, 62 or over (1st claimant) |
| B7 | Young wife with a child in her care (3rd claimant) |
| B8 | Wife, 62 or over (3rd claimant) |
| B9 | Divorced wife, 62 or over (2nd claimant) |
| BA | Wife, 62 or over (4th claimant) |
| BD | Wife, 62 or over (5th claimant) |
| BG | Husband, 62 or over (3rd claimant) |
| BH | Husband, 62 or over (4th claimant) |
| BJ | Husband, 62 or over (5th claimant) |
| BK | Young wife with a child in her care (4th claimant) |
| BL | Young wife with a child in her care (5th claimant) |
| BN | Divorced wife, 62 or over (3rd claimant) |
| BP | Divorced wife, 62 or over (4th claimant) |
| BQ | Divorced wife, 62 or over (5th claimant) |
| BR | Divorced husband, 62 or over (1st claimant) |
| BT | Divorced husband, 62 or over (2nd claimant) |
| BW | Young husband with a child in his care (2nd claimant) |
| BY | Young husband with a child in his care (1st claimant) |
| C1-C9* | Child (minor, disabled or student) |
| CA-CK | Child (minor, disabled or student) CA = C11, CB = C12, etc. |
| D | Widow, 60 or over (1st claimant) |
| D1 | Widower, 60 or over (1st claimant) |
| D2 | Widow, 60 or over (2nd claimant) |
| D3 | Widower, 60 or over (2nd claimant) |
| D4 | Widow (remarried after turning 60) (1st claimant) |
| D5 | Widower (remarried after turning 60) (1st claimant) |
| D6 | Surviving divorced wife, 60 or over (1st claimant) |
| D7 | Surviving divorced wife, 60 or over (2nd claimant) |
| DB | Widow, age 60 or over (3rd claimant) |
| D9 | Widow (remarried after turning 60) (2nd claimant) |
| DA | Widow (remarried after turning 60) (3rd claimant) |
| DC | Surviving divorced husband, 60 or over (1st claimant) |
| DD | Widow, 60 or over (4th claimant) |
| DG | Widow, 60 or over (5th claimant) |
| DH | Widower, 60 or over (3rd claimant) |
| DJ | Widower, 60 or over (4th claimant) |
| DK | Widower, 60 or over (5th claimant) |
| DL | Widow (remarried after turning 60) (4th claimant) |
| DM | Surviving divorced husband, 60 or over (2nd claimant) |
| DN | Widow (remarried after turning 60) (5th claimant) |
| DP | Widower (remarried after turning 60) (2nd claimant) |
| DQ | Widower (remarried after turning 60) (3rd claimant) |
| DR | Widower (remarried after turning 60) (4th claimant) |
| DS | Surviving divorced husband, 60 or over (3rd claimant) |
| DT | Widower (remarried after turning 60) (5th claimant) |
| DV | Surviving divorced wife, 60 or over (3rd claimant) |
| DW | Surviving divorced wife, 60 or over (4th claimant) |
| DX | Surviving divorced husband, 60 or over (4th claimant) |
| DY | Surviving divorced wife, 60 or over (5th claimant) |
| DZ | Surviving divorced husband, 60 or over (5th claimant) |
| E | Mother (widow) (1st claimant) |
| E1 | Surviving divorced mother (1st claimant) |
| E2 | Mother (widow) (2nd claimant) |
| E3 | Surviving divorced mother (2nd claimant) |
| E4 | Father (widower) (1st claimant) |
| E5 | Surviving divorced father (1st claimant) |
| E6 | Father (widower) (2nd claimant) |
| E7 | Mother (widow) (3rd claimant) |
| E8 | Mother (widow) (4th claimant) |
| E9 | Surviving divorced father (2nd claimant) |
| EA | Mother (widow) (5th claimant) |
| EB | Surviving divorced mother (3rd claimant) |
| EC | Surviving divorced mother (4th claimant) |
| ED | Surviving divorced mother (5th claimant) |
| EF | Father (widower) (3rd claimant) |
| EG | Father (widower) (4th claimant) |
| EH | Father (widower) (5th claimant) |
| EJ | Surviving divorced father (3rd claimant) |
| EK | Surviving divorced father (4th claimant) |
| EM | Surviving divorced father (5th claimant) |
| F1 | Father |
| F2 | Mother |
| F3 | Stepfather |
| F4 | Stepmother |
| F5 | Adopting father |
| F6 | Adopting mother |
| F7 | Second alleged father |
| F8 | Second alleged mother |
| G1 – G9 | Claimants of lump-sum death payments |
| J1 | Primary PROUTY entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (General Fund) ** |
| J2 | Primary PROUTY entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| J3 | Primary PROUTY not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (General Fund) |
| J4 | Primary PROUTY not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| K1 | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (General Fund) |
| K2 | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| K3 | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (General Fund) |
| K4 | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| K5 | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (2nd claimant) (General Fund) |
| K6 | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (2nd claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| K7 | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (2nd claimant) (General Fund) |
| K8 | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (2nd claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| K9 | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (3rd claimant) (General Fund) |
| KA | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (3rd claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| KB | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (3rd claimant) (General Fund) |
| KC | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (3rd claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| KD | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (4th claimant) (General Fund) |
| KE | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (4th claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| KF | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (4th claimant) (General Fund) |
| KG | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (4th claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| KH | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (5th claimant) (General Fund) |
| KJ | PROUTY wife entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (5th claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| KL | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (less than 3 Q.C.) (5th claimant) (General Fund |
| KM | PROUTY wife not entitled to HIB (over 2 Q.C.) (5th claimant) (RSI Trust Fund) |
| LM | Black lung miner (1st claimant) |
| LW | Black lung miner's widow (1st claimant) |
| M | Beneficiary not entitled to Title II or monthly benefits (Not qualified for automatic free Part A – HIB) |
| M1 | Similar to M, but qualified for automatic free Part A – HIB, but elects to file for Part B – SMIB only |
| T |
|
| T2-T9 | Multiple eligible children (Medicare Qualified Government Employment (MQGE)) childhood disability benefits) |
| TA | MQGE primary beneficiary |
| TB | MQGE aged spouse (1st claimant) spouse |
| TC | MQGE childhood disability benefits (1st claimant) |
| TD | MQGE aged widow or widower (1st claimant) |
| TF | MQGE father |
| TG, TH, TJ, TK | Multiple eligible MQGE aged spouses |
| TL, TM, TN, TP | Multiple eligible MQGE aged widow(er)s |
| TQ | MQGE mother |
| TE, TR, TS, TT, TU | Multiple eligible MQGE young widow(ers) |
| TV, TW, TX, TY, TZ | Multiple eligible MQGE disabled widow(er)s |
| W | Disabled widow, 50 or over (1st claimant) |
| W1 | Disabled widower, 50 or over (1st claimant) |
| W2 | Disabled widow, 50 or over (2nd claimant) |
| W3 | Disabled widower, 50 or over (2nd claimant) |
| W4 | Disabled widow, 50 or over (3rd claimant) |
| W5 | Disabled widower, 50 or over (3rd claimant) |
| W6 | Disabled surviving divorced wife (1st claimant) |
| W7 | Disabled surviving divorced wife (2nd claimant) |
| W8 | Disabled surviving divorced wife (3rd claimant) |
| W9 | Disabled widow, 50 or over (4th claimant) |
| WB | Disabled widower, 50 or over (4th claimant) |
| WC | Disabled surviving divorced wife (4th claimant) |
| WF | Disabled widow, 50 or over (5th claimant) |
| WG | Disabled widower, 50 or over (5th claimant) |
| WJ | Disabled surviving divorced wife (5th claimant) |
| WR | Disabled surviving divorced husband (1st claimant) |
| WT | Disabled surviving divorced husband (2nd claimant) |
| * Youngest child is assigned suffix "1." When there are more than nine children in an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), the 10th child is coded with an A rather than 10, the 11th child is coded with a B, etc. ** Quarters of covered employment. |
Revision 12-4 Effective October 1, 2012
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The shaded portions on the table in this section indicate monthly (not prorated) allotments available to categorically eligible households, which can be $1 or more.
The minimum monthly (not prorated) Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) allotment for a one- or two-person household is $16.
Related Policy
How to Determine Monthly SNAP Allotments, C-122
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Do not issue prorated benefit allotments of less than $10.
Related Policy
How to Determine Monthly SNAP Allotments, C-122
How to Prorate Benefits, C-123
Whole Monthly Allotments by Household Size, A-2321
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013
This guide provides more detailed information about the eligibility requirements for relationship discussed in A-200, Household Composition, and A-520, Relationship. This guide is not all-inclusive.
| A | B | C |
|---|---|---|
| When the child no longer lives with the relative listed below ... | and the child now lives with ... | can the person listed in Column B be a caretaker/payee for the child? |
| 1. Mother | 1. Stepfather | 1. Yes |
| 2. Father | 2. Stepmother | 2. Yes |
| 3. Stepfather | 3. Stepfather's Spouse | 3. Yes |
| 4. Stepmother | 4. Stepmother's Spouse | 4. Yes |
| 5. Stepfather's Spouse | 5. New Spouse | 5. No |
| 6. Stepmother's Spouse | 6. New Spouse | 6. No |
| *7. Grandmother | 7. Step Grandfather | 7. Yes |
| *8. Grandfather | 8. Step Grandmother | 8. Yes |
| *9. Step Grandfather | 9. New Spouse | 9. No |
| *10. Step Grandmother | 10. New Spouse | 10. No |
| 11. Brother | 11. Sister-in-law | 11. Yes |
| 12. Sister | 12. Brother-in-law | 12. Yes |
| 13. Brother-in-law | 13. New Spouse | 13. No |
| 14. Sister-in-law | 14. New Spouse | 14. No |
| 15. Stepbrother | 15. Stepbrother's Spouse | 15. Yes |
| 16. Stepbrother's Spouse | 16. New Spouse | 16. No |
| 17. Stepsister | 17. Stepsister's Spouse | 17. Yes |
| 18. Stepsister's Spouse | 18. New Spouse | 18. No |
| *19. Aunt | 19. Aunt's Spouse | 19. Yes |
| *20. Uncle | 20. Uncle's Spouse | 20. Yes |
| 21. Aunt's Spouse | 21. New Spouse | 21. No |
| 22. Uncle's Spouse | 22. New Spouse | 22. No |
| **23. First Cousin | 23. First Cousin's Spouse | 23. Yes |
| **24. First Cousin's Spouse | 24. New Spouse | 24. No |
| *25. Niece | 25. Niece's Spouse | 25. Yes |
| 26. Niece's Spouse | 26. New Spouse | 26. No |
| *27. Nephew | 27. Nephew's Spouse | 27. Yes |
| 28. Nephew's Spouse | 28. New Spouse | 28. No |
| *Extends to the degree of "Great-great" for items 19, 20, 25, and 27 and to the degree of "Great-great-great" for items 7, 8, 9 and 10. **Extends to the first cousin once removed. |
Revision 06-1; Effective January 1, 2006
Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| Form H1025, Report of Quality Control Assessment Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Not reviewed (reason):
Refusal to Cooperate1 |
Yes | Issue Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, entering the comments for the appropriate program: "Your SNAP or TANF benefits are denied due to your refusal to cooperate with the Quality Control (QC) review. You will incur this penalty through Feb. 2, 20YY, 2 or until you decide to cooperate with the QC review process, whichever occurs first. You will need to contact (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) at (insert the QC contact’s phone number) to complete the QC review process." Include the Texas Health and Human Services Commission's (HHSC's) Spanish translation: "Sus beneficios de SNAP o TANF se negaron porque usted se negó a cooperar con la revisión de Control de Calidad (QC). Esta sanción se le aplicaráá hasta el 2 de febrero de [Año] o hasta que decida cooperar con el proceso de revisión de la QC, lo que ocurra primero. Para completar el trámite de revisión de la Valoración de Control de Calidad (QC), tiene que comunicarse con (insert the QC contact designated by State Office) al (insert the QC contact’s telephone number)."
Allow advance notice of adverse action and deny only the EDG for which Form H1025 was received. Do not deny associated EDGs. (See A-2343, Advance Notice.) Call the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) helpdesk before disposing the denied EDG to ensure only the appropriate EDG is denied. Notes:
When the EDG is denied for any other reason before the time Form H1025 is received (for example, the person failed to return pending information and the EDG is denied effective Sept. 30, the QC review month was September, and Form H1025 is received in October), continue to send Form TF0001 to the household notifying them of the penalty for refusal to cooperate with the QC review.. |
| Not reviewed (reason): Failure to Cooperate3 |
No | Analyze any information provided by QC and adjust the EDG, if necessary. |
Notes:
1 Refusal to cooperate indicates the person has refused to cooperate with the QC review process by refusing to provide information or refusing to be interviewed.
2 The penalty period always expires 125 days after the reporting period. The reporting period ends Sept. 30 each year. The penalty period for federal fiscal year (FFY) is October through September of the following year. QC refusal to cooperate penalties expire Feb. 2, 20YY. Example: The person's sample month is October 2019. The person refuses to cooperate and is penalized. The penalty period expires Feb. 2, 2021 (125 days after Sept. 30, 2020).
3 Failure to cooperate indicates the person has provided all the information and cooperated with the QC review process; however, the QC analyst is unable to complete the review due to an aspect beyond the person's control (for example, the employer or landlord refused to provide information).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Form H1025, Report of Quality Control Assessment Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Not reviewed (reason): Moved Out of State |
No | If the individual reports in advance of moving, issue Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and deny the EDG simultaneously allowing adequate notice. See A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice). Deny the EDG for which Form H1025 was received.
When the individual reports after they move out of state or it is determined by QC, deny the EDG following A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required. Adjust/deny any other EDGs in which the individual/household members are included. |
| Not reviewed (reason): Referred to Fraud, Under Active Fraud Investigation or Intentional Program Violation (IPV) EDG |
No | No action is required.
If, as of the date the EDG is selected for QC sampling, the EDG meets one of the following:
the IPV EDG is not subject to review. |
| Not reviewed (reason): Retroactive Benefits |
No | No action is required. The sample month benefits were issued retroactively; therefore, the EDG is not subject to review. Example: The file date is November 15 and the certification date is December 15. Benefits for November are issued (retroactively) in December; if November is the sample month, the EDG is not subject to review. |
| Not reviewed (reason): Unable to Locate |
No | When Form H1025 indicates that returned mail has been received by QC, the advisor must send Form TF0001 and deny the EDG simultaneously to allow adequate notice. (See A-2344.1.)
When Form H1025 does not indicate that returned mail has been received but that the individual has not been located, advisors must send Form TF0001 to deny for unable to locate allowing advance notice of adverse action. (See A-2343, Advance Notice.) Adjust/deny any other EDGs in which the individual/household members are included. |
| Not reviewed (reason): All Individuals Who Could Be Interviewed Are Hospitalized, Incarcerated or Placed in a Mental Institution |
No | Information discovered by QC is forwarded to the advisor via this format. The advisor needs to analyze the information and adjust the EDG appropriately, including denial.
Adjust/deny any other EDGs in which the individual/household members are included. |
| Not reviewed (reason): EDG Pending a Hearing |
No | No action is required. |
| Not reviewed (reason): Household Did Not Receive Benefits for Sample Month |
No | No action is required. |
| Form H1025 QC Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Not reviewed (reason):
Death of All Available Adult Household Members |
No | Deny the EDG, allow adequate notice and send Form TF0001 simultaneously. Adjust/deny any other EDGs in which the individual/household members are included. (See A-2344.1.)
The child(ren) may be certified as independent children on appropriate Medicaid EDGs (see A-241.1, Who Is Included) or they may be determined eligible in a new TANF household when all other eligibility requirements are met. |
| Not reviewed (reason):
Dormant Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Account |
No | No action is required. |
| Form H1025 QC Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Not reviewed (reason): Death of All Household Members |
No | Deny the EDG. Adjust/deny any other EDGs in which the individual/household members are included. (See A-2344.2.) |
| Not reviewed (reason):
Dormant Account, No Activity in EBT Account, Sample Month and Two Following Months Up To and Including Transmission to Food and Nutrition Services |
No | No action is required. |
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| Form H1025, Report of Quality Control Assessment Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Completed – Person Refused to Cooperate 1 | Yes | Issue Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, with the following message: "Your SNAP/TANF benefits are denied due to your refusal to cooperate with the Quality Control (QC) review. You will incur this penalty through Feb. 2, 20YY, 2 or until you decide to cooperate with the QC review process, whichever occurs first. You will need to contact (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) at (insert the QC contact’s phone number) to complete the QC review process." Include HHSC's Spanish translation: "Sus beneficios de SNAP o TANF se negaron porque usted se negó a cooperar con la revisión de Control de Calidad (QC). Esta sanción se le aplicará hasta el 2 de febrero de [YEAR] o hasta que decida cooperar con el proceso de revisión de la QC, lo que ocurra primero. Para completar el trámite de revisión de la Valoración de Control de Calidad (QC), tiene que comunicarse con (insert the QC contact designated by State Office) al (insert the QC contact’s telephone number)."
Allow advance notice of adverse action and deny only the EDG for which Form H1025 was received. Do not deny associated EDGs. (See A-2343, Advance Notice.) Notes:
|
| Information(al) Only | No | Information discovered by the QC analyst is forwarded to eligibility staff via this form. Eligibility staff need to analyze the information and adjust the EDG appropriately, including denial, if necessary.
Refer all instances of SNAP overissuance identified during the QC review process to the Office of Inspector General (OIG), regardless of the dollar amount. (See policy in B-720, When to File an Overpayment Referral, prior to sending the referral to OIG.) |
| Amount Correct: | No | No action is required. |
Notes:
1 Refusal to cooperate indicates the person has refused to cooperate with the QC review process by refusing to provide information or refusing to be interviewed.
2 The penalty period always expires 125 days after the reporting period. The reporting period ends Sept. 30th each year. The penalty period for the FFY is October through September of the following year. QC reviews expire Feb. 2, 20YY. Example: The person's sample month is March 2020. The person refuses to cooperate and is penalized. The penalty period expires Feb. 2, 2021 (125 days after Sept. 30, 2020).
| Form H1025 QC Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Underpayment | No |
Adjust the EDG accordingly (See B-800, Restored Benefits) and issue supplemental benefits for the current month if the person is currently eligible. Note: Consider all reported changes when determining the amount of supplemental or restored benefits. The dollar amount listed is not necessarily the amount of the underpayment. Adjust or deny any other EDGs in which the person or household members are included. |
| Overpayment | No |
Adjust the EDG accordingly and enter the overpayment referral in TIERS. Note: Consider all reported changes when determining the amount of the overpayment claim, including changes reported to QC during the exclusionary period and any other information listed by QC as “information only.” The dollar amount listed is not necessarily the amount of the overpayment. Adjust or deny any other EDGs in which the person or household members are included. |
| Form H1025 QC Findings | Penalty | What to do ... |
|---|---|---|
| Underissuance | No |
Adjust the EDG accordingly. (See B-800, Restored Benefits.) Issue supplemental benefits for the current month if the person is currently eligible. For agency errors only, issue restored benefits for past months regardless of whether the person is currently eligible. Do not restore benefits for unreported changes or household errors. Note: Consider all reported changes when determining the amount of supplemental or restored benefits. The dollar amount listed is not necessarily the amount of the underissuance. Adjust or deny any other EDGs in which the person or household members are included. |
| Overissuance | No |
Adjust the EDG accordingly and enter the overissuance referral in TIERS. Refer all SNAP overissuances identified during the QC review process to OIG, regardless of the dollar amount. (See policy in B-720, When to File an Overpayment Referral, prior to sending the referral to OIG.) Note: Consider all reported changes when determining the amount of the overissuance claim, including changes reported to QC during the exclusionary period and any other information listed by QC as “information only.” The dollar amount listed is not necessarily the amount of the overissuance. Adjust or deny any other EDGs in which the person or household members are included. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| When the penalized individual comes in to reapply for benefits after the EDG is closed and the penalty period has ... | and the penalized individual is applying with ... | then the advisor ... |
|---|---|---|
| not expired, | the same household composition as was on the EDG reviewed by QC, | checks with the QC State Office staff who issued Form H1025, Report of Quality Control Assessment Findings. If the individual has cooperated with the QC review, the advisor proceeds with the application process. When the individual has not cooperated with the QC review, the advisor denies the application and informs the individual to reapply after they comply with the QC review process. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, must include the following: "You will need to contact (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) at (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) to complete the QC review process." Include HHSC's Spanish translation: "Para completar el trámite de revisión de la Valoración de Control de Calidad (QC), tiene que comunicarse con (insert QC contact designated by State Office) al (insert QC contact designated by State Office)." |
| not expired, | another household or moved into another household and is a required member of that household, | checks with the QC State Office staff who issued Form H1025. The penalty follows the penalized individual, and the new household is not eligible until the individual complies with QC. When the individual has cooperated with the QC review, the advisor proceeds with the application process. When the individual has not cooperated with the QC review, the advisor denies the application and imposes the disqualification until the individual cooperates or the penalty period expires, whichever comes first, informing the individual to reapply after they comply with the QC review process. Form TF0001 must include the following: "You will need to contact (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) at (insert the QC contact designated by QC State Office) to complete the QC review process." Include HHSC's Spanish translation: "Para completar el trámite de revisión de la Valoración de Control de Calidad (QC), tiene que comunicarse con (insert QC contact designated by State Office) al (insert QC contact designated by State Office)".
Do not disqualify other adults or children who were members of the original penalized household when they apply with or enter another household and the penalized individual(s) is not applying with or entering the new household with them. |
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
| 1. | Q: | What is the difference between refusal to cooperate and failure to cooperate? |
| "Refusal to cooperate" is a QC response used when the person has refused to cooperate with the QC review process, by refusing to provide information or refusing to be interviewed. "Failure to cooperate" is used when the person has provided all the information and cooperated with the QC review process. However, QC is unable to complete the review because of something beyond the person's control. For example, the person’s employer or landlord refused to provide information. A penalty is incurred when the person refuses to cooperate. A penalty is not incurred for failure to cooperate. | ||
| 2. | Q: | How do I know if a penalty has been imposed on a case? |
| The Data Broker Combined Report displays active QC penalties, including the name and phone number of the QC contact designated by QC State Office.
Additionally, QC maintains a list of sampled cases with imposed penalties. The list can be viewed from the Eligibility Services portal to view the list
|
||
| 3. | Q: | Are staff required to send Form TF0001 with the appropriate penalty wording for people who are no longer receiving benefits by the time Form H1025, Report of Quality Control Assessment Findings, is received? Example: The EDG is denied in March 2020, and staff receive Form H1025 information June …. 2020. The person is not receiving benefits when Form H1025 is received. The penalty period expires Feb. 2, 2021. |
| Yes. The person must be notified of the penalty period. Form TF0001 must advise the person that the person cannot receive benefits through Feb. 2, 2021, or until the person cooperates with the QC analyst, whichever is earlier as noted in #3 above. | ||
| 4. | Q: | Does the penalty period ever change? If so, how does it change? |
| The penalty period is always 125 days after the reporting period ends. The reporting period ends each federal fiscal year on Sept. 30. One hundred twenty-five days from Sept. 30 is Feb. 2. These are for the prior federal fiscal year. | ||
| 5. | Q: | Do we deny the entire EDG or just the person listed on Form H1025? |
| Deny the entire EDG reviewed by QC. Note: When denying a TANF EDG for refusal to cooperate, the associated SNAP benefits should not be increased (the TANF grant should not be removed from the budget) as the person failed to cooperate with a QC review (see A-1324.18, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF]). | ||
| 6. | Q: | Can the person appeal the denial of the EDG when it has been denied for refusal to cooperate? |
| Yes, the decision may be appealed. (Refer to B-1000, Fair Hearings.) |
| 1. | Q: | Is the person entitled to restored benefits when QC discovers an underpayment? |
| When the household is currently eligible for and receiving TANF, then the answer is yes. (See B-810, Entitlement to Restored Benefits.) | ||
| 2. | Q: | What happens when we restore benefits and the person has an overpayment claim filed? |
| The restored benefits must be used to offset the claim first. (See B-810.) |
| 1. | Q: | Is the person entitled to restored benefits when QC discovers an underissuance? |
| When the QC error was caused by the agency, then the answer is yes. When the QC error was caused by the person due to unreported changes or other personal errors, no, they are not entitled to restored benefits. (See B-840, Notice to the Household.) | ||
| 2. | Q: | What happens when we restore benefits and the person has an overissuance claim filed? |
| The restored benefits must be used to offset the claim first. (See B-810.) |
Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019
Use the following list of toll-free phone numbers for reference purposes, or print the list and provide it to applicants or recipients.
| Question or Concern | Organization | Telephone Number |
|---|---|---|
|
Questions about social services or community resources in Texas, including the location and phone number of local agency offices. |
2-1-1 Texas Information and Referral Network |
2-1-1 or |
|
Provides households with information about EDG status such as active, on hold or denied; benefit amounts; and availability dates of current benefits. |
Automated Voice Response (AVR) system hotline |
2-1-1 or |
|
Assists the public with issues or complaints about health and human services programs that have not been resolved under the agency's normal complaint process. |
Texas Health and Human Services Office of the Ombudsman |
877-787-8999 |
|
To report suspicions of the abuse or neglect of children, or the abuse, neglect or exploitation of people age 65 or older or adults with disabilities. |
Texas Department of Family and Protective Services |
800-252-5400 |
|
Questions about Social Security Administration benefits or the maintenance of an individual's record. |
Social Security Administration |
800-772-1213 |
|
For claims of discrimination experienced by either individuals or applicants. |
HHSC Civil Rights Office |
888-388-6332 |
|
Concerns about fraud, waste or abuse of SNAP, Medicaid, TANF or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) services or benefits. |
Office of Inspector General |
800-436-6184 |
|
The Children with Special Health Care Needs Services Program, within the Division for Family and Community Health Services, which provides services to children with extraordinary medical needs, disabilities and chronic health conditions. |
Texas Department of State Health Services |
800-252-8023 |
|
For child support services including the collection of court-ordered child support, information about the Crime Victims Compensation Fund and enforcement of the state's consumer protection laws. |
Office of Attorney General |
800-252-8011 |
|
For information on early intervention services for children with disabilities and developmental delays, services for people who are deaf or hard of hearing or children who are blind or visually impaired. |
Texas Health and Human Services |
Main number: TTY number: |
| For information on vocational rehabilitation for persons with disabilities, and services for adults who are blind or visually impaired. | Texas Workforce Commission | 800-628-5115 |
| For information on disability determination services. | Social Security Administration |
800-772-1213 TTY number: |
|
Information and assistance concerning family violence. |
National Domestic Violence 24-hour hot line |
800-799-SAFE (7233) TTY number |
| Question or Concern | Organization | Telephone Number |
|---|---|---|
|
Help finding or questions about a doctor, dentist or case manager for a person age 20 or younger. |
Texas Health Steps |
877-847-8377 |
|
For transportation assistance to a doctor's appointment. |
Medical Transportation (HHSC) |
877-633-8747 |
|
Helps people enrolled in STAR, STAR+PLUS, STAR Health or STAR Kids with Medicaid managed care issues. |
HHSC Medicaid Managed Care Helpline |
866-566-8989 |
|
Questions about services covered by Medicaid, or help when a bill is received from a Medicaid provider, or questions about Medically Needy with Spend Down cases. |
Statewide Medicaid help line |
800-335-8957 |
|
Questions about enrolling in the STAR Managed Care Program or help changing a health plan. |
State of Texas Access Reform (STAR) |
800-964-2777 |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Texas Works serves applicants and recipients in Texas through a variety of eligibility environments. The following is a brief summary of each type.
Local eligibility offices: HHSC staff conduct business in a face-to-face environment with people seeking information or applying for health and human services programs. Interviewing tasks are performed at the local eligibility office either in person or by telephone.
The eligibility staff in local offices provide information and application assistance, receive applications, perform Data Broker and other third-party inquiries, collect data, assess missing information, determine eligibility, issue benefits, and perform other tasks associated with eligibility services operations. Work is processed by eligibility staff in local offices in TIERS. Individuals are assigned to specific offices and a single eligibility worker processes an EDG until it is disposed as approved or denied.
Eligibility staff in a local office process multiple types of assistance: SNAP, Medicaid, CHIP, and TANF. Eligibility staff in the offices work all types of EDGs/cases; however, some offices may have specialized staff based on workload. Clerical staff handle front desk and lobby-area tasks, telephones, mail, faxes, scheduling and other support duties.
Vendor staff creates and routes tasks for applications received via mail or fax to staff in the local eligibility offices or changes received via telephone, mail or fax to staff in the Customer Care Centers (CCCs). The vendor may register a new application or reschedule an appointment, then route the interviewing tasks to local eligibility offices. Applications, redeterminations and changes submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com are routed to the appropriate areas by the State Portal.
Centralized units: These units are able to specialize in certain programs or tasks and conduct eligibility work through the mail and by telephone without face-to-face contact. The centralized units help balance the workload of local eligibility offices. In a centralized unit, tasks are assigned based on due dates. Centralized functions have centralized mail, centralized telephone systems and do not require lobby space as eligibility offices do. Centers also have staff to answer telephones and provide status information, in addition to the staff working the cases.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
The following chart details various specialized and centralized casework units.
| Unit Name | Description | |
|---|---|---|
| Centralized Representation Unit (CRU) | The CRU files appeal requests and assembles EDG information in preparation for hearings for TIERS cases. The CRU represents the agency at fair hearings and implements all decisions for EDGs statewide. Members of this unit are housed across the state in local eligibility offices. HHSC created the unit in September 2007, and the unit initially processed EDG actions resulting from TIERS fair hearings for both Texas Works and MEPD. More details are available in the Eligibility Services State Processes document. Staff must file all appeal requests using the Hearings and Appeal — Create Appeal functionality in TIERS, accessed through the left navigation menu. Form H4800, Fair Hearing Request Summary, which is sent directly to the hearings division, will be returned to staff with instructions to enter the information in TIERS. | |
| Customer Care Centers (CCCs) | The CCCs are located in Athens, Austin, El Paso, Houston and San Antonio. State staff, along with vendor staff, conduct business using the 2-1-1 Texas telephone system. CCC staff handle inquiries and concerns that vendor staff cannot resolve. The vendor creates tasks and routes non-interview changes received via telephone, mail, fax or the Self-Service Portal to state staff in the CCCs. The CCCs are supported by TIERS and by Eligibility Supporting Technologies, such as the Task List Manager and the State Portal. CCC state staff perform Data Broker and other third-party inquiries, collect data, assess missing information, determine eligibility, issue benefits, process individual- and agency-generated changes, perform other non-interview tasks, and process six-month income check task. CCC performs these functions, as applicable, for TW and MEPD. The CCC operates Monday to Friday from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Central time (excluding state holidays). Below are some helpful toll-free numbers:
Effective Jan. 15, 2013, HHSC centralized the clearance of Income Eligibility and Verification System (IEVS) Internal Revenue Service (IRS) data matches for TW and MEPD. Data matches that OIG identifies for each program are processed by CCC staff. HHSC set up CCCs with the Integrated Eligibility and Enrollment pilot rollout in January 2006. |
|
| Assistance Response Team (ART) | ART staff housed throughout the state serve as on-site support to regional staff. These state staff offer TIERS technical support for Texas Works and MEPD on-the-job trainings (OJT), conduct clerical OJTs, offer TIERS technical support to eligibility staff (offer pre-ticket support to all regions to mitigate unneeded tickets), process Texas Works cases based on MEPD email box referrals and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) referrals for all regions, and assist State Office Data Integrity with merging assignments. HHSC set up ART with the Integrated Eligibility and Enrollment pilot rollout in January 2006. | |
| Unit Name | Description | |
|---|---|---|
|
MEPD |
HHSC created a special statewide eligibility unit in January 2007 to process eligibility for MEPD programs. Statewide staff specialize in MEPD eligibility programs to help make sure MEPD casework is evenly distributed. Members of this unit are housed across the state in local eligibility offices. |
|
| Unit Name | Description |
|---|---|
| Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) | Staff in this centralized Austin location process SNAP EDGs for households in which all members get Supplemental Security Income (SSI), using specialized automation that supports the modified eligibility requirements for these households. In addition, the unit also processes applications and redeterminations for:
When the baby cannot be certified for ongoing newborn Medicaid, the EDG is referred to Data Integrity to add coverage for the birth of the baby under a state-paid medical program. |
| Children's Medicaid Center (CMC) | Centralized CMCs process applications and/or renewals for Children's Medicaid and CHIP, but do not process other associated-program case actions, to ensure a streamlined, timely approach. The CMCs are located in regions across the state:
|
| Region 8 Central Processing Unit | Staff in this centralized Region 8 location process applications and redeterminations for all SNAP-interviewed applications from the Community Partners Interviewer (CPI) Project. This single regional structure simplifies reporting and data gathering; centralizes EBT activities under one EBT coordinator, which streamlines record keeping and adds integrity to the EBT accounting and audit functions; adds efficiency to training activities since there is one location for staff; and enhances accountability as all regional activities will be under one management structure. The five CPI project food banks as of June 2011 were:
|
| Healthy Texas Women (HTW) | This center, located in San Antonio, processes statewide HTW applications, changes and renewals. The HTW center also process Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification, for CHIP perinatal mothers. |
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) provides health care coverage for children under 19 whose family income exceeds the Children's Medicaid income limit but is less than or equal to 201 percent of the federal poverty level (FPL), which is the applicable income limit for TA 84 (CHIP). Children who do not qualify for Medicaid and remain ineligible for Medicaid, are eligible to enroll in CHIP and receive up to 12 months of continuous coverage. Families with net income above 151 percent of the FPL are required to pay an enrollment fee. Families with income above 185 percent of the FPL will have an income check during their sixth month of eligibility. Most families also have copayments for doctor visits, prescription drugs and emergency care.
When an applicant requests children's health coverage, the child is first tested for Medicaid eligibility. If ineligible for Medicaid, the child is then tested for CHIP eligibility. When processing a change for a person certified for CHIP, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will automatically test the person for Medicaid eligibility. A new application is not required.
CHIP eligibility is prospective. The effective date is based on whether the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed before or after cutoff and when the enrollment process is completed. TIERS provides the potential eligibility begin date, and Enrollment Broker provides the actual eligibility begin date.
CHIP perinatal provides services to unborn children of pregnant women, regardless of age. These pregnant women are ineligible for:
When processing a change for a person certified for CHIP perinatal, TIERS will automatically test the person for Medicaid eligibility. A new application is not required.
The unborn children of pregnant women eligible for CHIP perinatal are granted 12 months of continuous enrollment from the month the eligibility determination is made. The 12-month period includes the months of CHIP perinatal coverage before and after birth. The mother receives CHIP coverage related to the birth only; she does not receive personal health care coverage.
Because CHIP perinatal only provides coverage for pregnancy related services, women certified for CHIP perinatal must apply for Emergency Medicaid or Medically Needy (MN) with Spend Down to receive coverage for medical conditions not related to their pregnancy. Receiving CHIP perinatal does not affect the mother's eligibility for:
Pregnant women may receive the program(s) above in the same month as CHIP perinatal. This is not considered dual coverage.
When a child is born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is above the applicable income limit for Pregnant Women Medicaid, the child's coverage begins on the date of birth and the mother's coverage is terminated on the last day of the month the birth occurs. The mother is eligible to receive two postpartum visits that may occur after the mother's CHIP perinatal coverage ends. At birth, the child receives perinatal coverage for the remainder of the 12-month eligibility period. The child's CHIP perinatal enrollment is terminated at the end of the 12-month period.
When a child is born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below the applicable income limit for Pregnant Women Medicaid and the mother receives Emergency Medicaid to cover the labor with delivery charges, the advisor must enroll the child in TP 45 effective the child's date of birth. The mother's perinatal coverage ends the last day of the child's birth month or the pregnancy's termination month. The mother is eligible to receive two postpartum visits that may occur after her CHIP perinatal coverage ends.
Related Policy
Federal Poverty Level (FPL), C-131.1
Type Programs (TP) and Type Assistance (TA), C-1150
Adding a New Child, D-1433.1
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A child must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To be eligible for CHIP perinatal, a woman must:
A pregnant woman is considered to be an adult the month of her 18th birthday.
A pregnant woman must be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP before being tested for perinatal eligibility. CHIP perinatal coverage begins the first day of the month in which the eligibility determination is made.
The woman's age is calculated as of the month in which the proposed effective date of coverage will occur.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A woman is not eligible for perinatal coverage if she applies after the child is born. The advisor must deny the application upon becoming aware that the pregnant woman has delivered or had a miscarriage before the eligibility determination is made. The advisor must then determine whether the newborn is eligible for Medicaid or CHIP.
If the pregnant woman delivers or has a miscarriage before the eligibility determination and the advisor becomes aware of the delivery or miscarriage after the eligibility determination has been made, the woman's coverage is terminated. The woman will receive one month of CHIP perinatal coverage.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Staff are notified of the perinatal child's birth via the:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applications may be received in person, by telephone, fax, email, Internet or mail. Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) Benefits Offices are equipped with telephones, lobby computers and fax machines for applicants to submit applications.
Households can apply using any of the Medical Program application channels explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
If the applicant fails to provide a name, address or signature on a faxed or mailed application, consider it an invalid application.
No interview is required for the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP perinatal. Schedule an appointment only upon the household's request.
On the same day of the application receipt, advisors mail the applicant Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration. If the individual contacts HHSC to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, the advisors mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the individual for a signature. Advisors send Form H1350 for imaging when the individual returns the form and retain the form for at least 22 months.
Related Policy
Application Processing, A-100
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an applicant needs help completing the application packet, a volunteer or staff member must help. The person helping the applicant complete an application must initial the part he/she completed, or sign the application showing that he/she helped complete it.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The applicant's file date is the date the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) or an HHSC agent receives an application that contains, at a minimum, the person's name, address and signature. A faxed or electronic signature (if using the online application available through YourTexasBenefits.com) is acceptable. A typed signature is not valid if the application is received via fax, mail or in person. If the application does not contain a signature, return the application with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting a signature.
The file date is the date an application is received at an HHSC Benefits Office or online through YourTexasBenefits.com during state business hours. For applications received outside of state business hours, the file date is established as the next business day.
Once the initial application disposition occurs, requests for coverage for additional types of assistance are handled separately and a new application is required.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
The file date is the date the applicant submits the application by telephone through 2-1-1, and the telephonic application contains the applicant's:
An applicant may complete and sign an application by telephone following the policy for Medical Programs explained at A-122.1, Application Signature.
Related Policy
Application Signature, A-122.1
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
A person with case authority may submit a request to voluntarily disenroll a member. The case authority person must sign and submit the request in writing.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A household may designate an individual or organization as an AR, following the policy explained in A-170, Authorized Representatives (AR).
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
When a household is denied for failure to provide information, the household has until the 60th day after the file date to provide the information without submitting a new application. The date the household submits all of the missing information becomes the new file date. Review the information provided by the household with the information listed on the application to ensure all information remains accurate.
If the household submits the missing information after the time frame, the household must reapply by submitting a new application.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, by the:
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Pregnant women who apply for medical assistance are screened for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40). If ineligible for Medicaid, pregnant women under age 19 are tested for CHIP. If ineligible for CHIP because of age, income, or immigration status, pregnant women are tested for CHIP perinatal.
Women certified on CHIP perinatal due to not meeting immigration status requirements and whose household income is at or below Medicaid for Pregnant Women income limits at the time of application must submit Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification, to cover the costs of labor and delivery.
Accept the applicant’s (pregnant woman’s, case name’s or authorized representative’s) verbal or written statement of pregnancy, including the start month, number of children expected and the anticipated date of delivery, unless questionable. The woman’s statement would be considered questionable if the information provided regarding the due date is discrepant, such as the pregnancy start month and pregnancy end month are less than or more than nine months apart or if the woman reports a pregnancy with overlapping start and end months.
If questionable, verify the applicant's pregnancy by using:
The verification must be from an acceptable source such as a physician, hospital, family planning agency, or social service agency.
A physician, nurse, advanced nurse practitioner or other medical professional must sign Form H3037 or another document for it to be considered verification from a medical source. If it is completed by another medical professional, ensure that the information about the supervising physician is provided.
The application contains a field for the number of children expected and the anticipated date of delivery, but does not contain a field for the applicant to enter the pregnancy start month. Staff must use the following procedures when certain information regarding pregnancy is left blank on any application for benefits:
If the pregnancy verification is not received by the 15th workday from the request, deny the application. See D-220, Reopening an Application, if the verification is provided after the application is denied.
Related Policy
Pregnancy, A-144.5
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If an application is received for a minor pregnant woman, request all missing information and test for potential Medicaid eligibility.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If additional information is required, send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action. Upon receipt of the missing information, determine if the household is eligible.
Allow the household until the final due date to provide all the missing information. If the missing information is not provided by the final due date, deny the application.
If the missing information is received after the application is denied, but by the 60th day, reopen the application following the policy explained in D-220, Reopening an Application.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
A child may be eligible from birth through the month of the child’s 19th birthday. Age is self-declared.
The certified group contains only the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) eligible child. Only one child is certified per Eligibility Determination Group (EDG).
A pregnant woman of any age may qualify for perinatal coverage.
When the pregnant woman is age 18 and it is anticipated that she will turn age 19 before her CHIP enrollment start date, the CHIP coverage is denied. She is tested for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40) and then for CHIP perinatal, if ineligible for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40). If eligible for CHIP perinatal, her enrollment start date is the first day of the eligibility determination month.
Only one pregnant woman is certified per EDG.
If the mother’s income is:
The following individuals are not eligible to receive CHIP or CHIP perinatal:
Exception: A child who is institutionalized (except for inmates of a public institution) during the child's continuous enrollment period remains eligible until the CHIP redetermination.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition is used to determine whose needs, income, and expenses are considered in determining an individual’s eligibility for CHIP and CHIP perinatal. Each MAGI household composition is determined on the individual level. Individuals living at the same physical address may have a different MAGI household composition. MAGI household composition is based on federal income tax rules.
An individual does not have to file a federal income tax return to apply for CHIP or CHIP perinatal.
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors must follow the policy described in A-240, Medical Programs, to determine who should be included in each individual’s MAGI household composition.
When determining eligibility for a pregnant child, the expected number of the pregnant child's unborn children are included in the pregnant child's MAGI household composition.
When determining eligibility for a pregnant woman, the expected number of unborn children are included in the pregnant woman's MAGI household composition.
If the CHIP perinatal MAGI household composition includes other pregnant women, the expected number of unborn children of the other pregnant women are also included in the CHIP perinatal MAGI household composition, regardless of whether the other pregnant women are certified on a medical program.
Related Policy
Inclusion of the Unborn, A-241.1.5
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
Advisors must follow the policy described in A-240, Medical Programs, to determine who should be included in each individual’s MAGI household composition.
The expected number of unborn children are not included in a non-pregnant child's MAGI household composition for CHIP when a pregnant child is included in the household.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow the policy described in A-240, Medical Programs, to determine who should be included in each individual’s MAGI household composition.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Either parent may apply on behalf of the child(ren) if they meet the criteria explained in A-121, Receipt of Application for Medical Programs. A custodial parent is established based on the policy explained in A-240, Medical Programs, Living Arrangements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Children in state hospitals may be eligible as independent children for a 12-month period. In order to be admitted to a state hospital, the child must:
A representative from the state hospital completes the application and attaches a cover sheet to specify the application is from the state hospital. In addition, the representative attaches copies of unpaid medical bills and, if applicable, Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage.
The application lists the:
Note: Resources are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for CHIP or CHIP perinatal.
If the independent child has no income, no other information is required to complete the application processing.
An institutionalized child is not eligible to apply for CHIP. Exception: When a child is currently enrolled in CHIP and enters a state mental health facility, the child remains enrolled in CHIP until the end of the child's current enrollment segment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual must be a U.S. citizen or alien with acceptable status to qualify for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). The date of entry does not apply.
Review the alien status document from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) and status code to determine the immigration/alien status. Refer to A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts.
A pregnant woman does not have to meet the citizenship or alien status requirements in order to be eligible for CHIP perinatal.
Applicants who possess temporary visas are eligible for CHIP perinatal as long as they meet residency eligibility requirements. See D-700, Residency.
Pregnant women potentially eligible for Medicaid who fail to provide verification of citizenship or alien status are not eligible for CHIP perinatal.
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
U.S. citizens meet the citizenship criteria for CHIP and CHIP perinatal. U.S. citizens are persons born:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Qualifying immigrants and non-immigrants, as defined in A-311.1, Definition of Qualified Immigrant, are eligible for CHIP regardless of the date of entry. Review the alien status document and code to determine if the child meets the immigration/alien status requirements. Refer to A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts.
Immigration/alien status is not applicable to CHIP perinatal.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
CHIP applicants or recipients who declare that they are U.S. citizens must provide verification of citizenship.
Use Medicaid Programs proof/verification sources found in A-358.1, Citizenship, for citizenship and A-621, Verification Sources, for identity.
Citizenship is self-declared.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CHIP applicants or recipients who declare themselves to be a U.S. citizen or declare an alien status, but for whom verification is unavailable, must be allowed a period of reasonable opportunity explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an applicant has a Social Security number, use SOLQ or WTPY to verify citizenship. See A-351.2, Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Access the Verification Information System (VIS) through the USCIS using the Department of Homeland Security's SAVE program for verification validity.
Do not reverify an alien’s documents if the non-citizen status was previously verified and documented, and the documents have not expired. If the USCIS document is expired, and the alien wants to continue receiving or reapplies for benefits, then request updated documents. If the family fails to provide the updated documents, the child cannot receive benefits.
Immigration status is self-declared. The pregnant woman may be:
Do not trigger missing information for immigration status or date of entry.
If the applicant provides documents other than those listed in A-358.2, Alien Status, take the following action to request additional verification:
If the applicant's name changed since the alien registration card was issued, the applicant must provide verification of the change.
If the alien is otherwise eligible, do not delay or deny the child's eligibility while waiting for a response from USCIS. When USCIS returns Form G-845, follow these procedures:
| If the response indicates that the alien's document is... | then ... |
|---|---|
| valid, | document the detailed information and send the documents for imaging. |
| not valid and the child is enrolled, |
|
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification.
CHIP follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
A pregnant woman is not required to provide or apply for an SSN.
The applicant is not required to provide SSNs for other members included in the budget group. If SSNs are provided, staff record and may attempt to verify the SSN using the procedures explained in A-440, Verification Requirements. If verification is not available through electronic data sources, verification of the SSN must not be requested from the applicant.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of all individuals applying for Medical coverage. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not re-verify.
Identity is self-declared.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must verify the identity of the certified individual if identity has not been previously verified.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Birth records and other official records are preferred sources of verification.
Advisors use proof/verification sources from the list under Medical Programs in A-621, Verification Sources. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not re-verify.
Note: If an applicant/recipient receives reasonable opportunity, verification of identity will be required when the reasonable opportunity period expires.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Document the source of identity proof/verification.
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
An eligible applicant must be a Texas resident. Residency in Texas is self-declared. An applying person does not lose resident status when out of state for less than a 12-month period.
Applicants meet the residency requirement if they live in Texas and intend to make Texas their home. The household is not required to have a permanent dwelling or fixed residence. A Texas residence address listed on the application meets the "intent to make Texas their home" rule.
People who live in Texas for a temporary purpose do not meet the residency requirement.
Migrant and itinerant workers meet the residency requirement when applying if they:
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Child support requirements do not apply to CHIP. Applicants may obtain child and medical support assistance by contacting the Office of Attorney General.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Resources are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP perinatal.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income is any type of payment that is of gain or benefit to a household. Income is either counted or exempted from the budgeting process. Earned income is related to employment and entitles a household to deductions not allowed for unearned income. Unearned income is income received without performing work-related activities. It includes benefits from other programs. To determine the date income can reasonably be anticipated, the advisor should use factors specific to the source of income, distance it has to travel through the mail, weekends and holidays.
Advisors must use Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules to determine financial eligibility for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) and CHIP perinatal following the Medical Programs policy, explained in A-1300, Income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income limits for CHIP and CHIP perinatal are defined in C-131.1, Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Use the Medical Programs policy, explained in A-1320, Types of Income, to determine the countable and exempt income types for CHIP and CHIP perinatal.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For CHIP and CHIP perinatal, each individual’s MAGI household income is calculated following the Medical Programs policy explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income received must be converted to a monthly amount, unless received monthly. Advisors must use the following conversion factors. (Monthly pay means that the employee is paid once a month.)
| Income Frequency | Conversion Factor |
|---|---|
| Weekly (paid once every week) | Multiply by 4.33 |
| Bi-weekly (paid every other week) | Multiply by 2.17 |
| Semi-monthly (paid twice a month) | Multiply by 2.0 |
| Annually (paid once a year) | Divide by 12 |
If the income frequency cannot be determined based on the information listed on the application or from the verification, the advisor must generate Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request the income frequency.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Count terminated income in the month received. Use actual income and do not use conversion factors if terminated income is less than a full month's income. If the income terminated in the application month, the advisor must request missing information to verify the termination. Self-declaration is not acceptable verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system will determine CHIP eligibility for the following months:
At Application
At Redetermination
The month following the last month of CHIP coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income verification requirements for CHIP and CHIP perinatal align with the Medical Programs policy explained in A-1370, Verification Requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Determining whether client-reported income is reasonably compatible with electronic data sources is the preferred method of wage verification for CHIP and CHIP perinatal. Reasonable compatibility is explained in A-1370, Verification Requirements, Medical Programs.
Other income verification sources for CHIP and CHIP perinatal align with the Children’s Medicaid (TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48) policy explained in A-1371, Verification Sources.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt Income
Document:
Terminated Income
Document:
Income
Document the:
Income Computations
Document verification and computation of household income at the initial application, when a change is reported and at each subsequent application/redetermination. Record all sources, amounts, dates and computations.
Other Income
Document the method used to verify income other than earned income. This documentation includes the type of income, the check or document seen, the date on the check or document, the amount recorded on the check or document, the date the income was verified and any computations performed to determine the total income.
Self-Employment
Document:
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households may be allowed the Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) deductions explained in A-1410, General Policy, for Medical Programs.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The deduction verification requirements for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) and CHIP perinatal align with the Medical Programs policy explained in A-1440, Verification Requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The deduction verification sources for CHIP and CHIP perinatal align with those for Medical Programs explained in A-1441, Verification Sources.
Revision 11-4; Effective October 1, 2011
Document:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Third-party resources (TPR) are sources of payment for medical expenses other than the recipient or Medicaid. TPR includes payments from private and public health insurance and from other liable third parties that can be applied toward the recipient’s medical expenses. Note: Separate dental or vision plans, auto, workers’ compensation, county medical discount cards, student accident, travel insurance or sports-related insurance are not considered TPRs.
Consider Medicare a TPR. Do not certify a Medicare recipient for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP perinatal.
Households that have health insurance in which the monthly premium amount for the child(ren) costs:
Households that have health insurance in which the monthly premium amount for the family’s coverage that includes the child(ren) costs:
When the family reports TPR at application or redetermination, send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request:
Deny the CHIP Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) if the household does not provide the verification by the due date and the verification is required for all certified group members. If the verification is not required for all individuals, the affected individual will be disqualified.
Acceptable verification of the private health insurance end date includes:
At any time during the child's enrollment segment, if the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) is notified that the child remains on health insurance or that the child has Medicare (the household did not drop the TPR at application or redetermination), the child is denied and disenrolled.
If a household reports that it has obtained health insurance during the continuous enrollment period, document the change and process the change at the next redetermination.
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will pend the TPR logical unit of work at redetermination when HHSC receives TPR information via the TPR interface for a child currently eligible or enrolled in CHIP.
Related Policy
Third Party Resources Changes, D-1437
Health Insurance, D-1632.2
Exceptions to the Continuous Enrollment Period, D-1731
Pregnant women with any type of private health insurance are not eligible for perinatal coverage, even if the current health insurance does not provide maternity coverage. Pregnant women cannot be covered by perinatal and private health insurance at the same time.
The 5 percent and 9.5 percent rules regarding monthly premium costs compared to the household’s monthly net income that apply to CHIP do not apply to CHIP perinatal.
Related Policy
Third Party Resources Changes, D-1437
Exceptions to the Continuous Enrollment Period, D-1731
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Case disposition is the result of the eligibility determination once all required information is obtained and an individual’s notice of eligibility status is generated.
The notice explains if the case/application is pended, certified, sustained or denied.
The household must submit all missing information by the 45th calendar day from the file date. If the family fails to submit the required information timely, the application is denied.
When an eligibility determination is made, the household is notified of the child's eligibility status in writing. In addition, households must be informed in the denial and disenrollment letter of:
The system automatically sends individuals determined ineligible for Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) at application, redetermination or when processing a change to the Marketplace for an eligibility determination for federal health care coverage programs.
To qualify for the federal health care coverage programs, all individuals must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP. Advisors must test whether an individual is eligible for all Medical Programs. The Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy, explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, does this automatically for most clients.
Note: Advisors must follow a manual process when retesting eligibility for a minor parent aging out of CHIP, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, advises the household of the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CHIP correspondence refers to written documents or a request for review from a household or applicant for enrollment into CHIP. Correspondence may be submitted online at YourTexasBenefits.com, by fax, or through the mail. Uploaded, faxed, or hard copy correspondence documents are linked with the appropriate case. Types of correspondence may include:
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Changes are situations in a household that may affect eligibility. Action must be taken on reported changes to ensure program integrity.
Cost share adjustments are handled by the Enrollment Broker at application, redetermination and the six-month income check.
When a change is processed that is missing required information, send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, within one business day from the report date. Allow 10 full days to provide the requested information or verification. Action must be taken on the change within one business day of receipt of the missing information.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households must report the following changes to:
Exceptions: A child is disenrolled if the child reapplies and becomes eligible for Medicaid or at the end of the month of the child’s 19th birthday.
Process all other changes, including agency-generated changes, at the time of report.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Persons with case authority may report changes by one of the following means:
A person with case authority is an individual who has the authority to apply on the child’s behalf, as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application, for Medical Programs.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Households may request a receipt to acknowledge the change report. The receipt includes the type of change(s) and the date reported. If an individual requests a receipt, issue Form H1800, Receipt for Application/Medicaid Report/Verification/Report of Change.
Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
The case address is updated when the household reports an address change.
If the household reports a change of address, the individual is mailed Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to register to vote based on the new address. If the individual declines the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the individual for their signature. Send Form H1350 for imaging when the individual returns Form and retain Form for at least 22 months.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
For moves within Texas, the case is updated to reflect the newly reported address.
For moves outside of Texas, the case is updated to reflect the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
No action is taken on a request to add or remove a non-certified person from an existing perinatal Eligibility Determination Group (EDG).
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
A separate application is required to start benefits for a new child being added if there is not an existing Medicaid or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) EDG on the case. A separate application is also required if a household requests benefits for a sibling of a child released from a juvenile facility whose TP 44 eligibility is reinstated to a denied or newly created case.
When a household reports a new child in the household, determine if the new child and other children in the household that are certified for CHIP meet Medicaid eligibility criteria. Certify the children for Medicaid if they are eligible. A new application is not required. Note: When a household reports a new child in the household, determine if the new child and other children in the household that are certified for CHIP meet Medicaid eligibility criteria. Certify the children for Medicaid if they are eligible. A new application is not required.
Note: If the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) or Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) reports via the TJJD/JPD Released Logical Unit of Work that a child was released from a juvenile facility and is now living in the household, TIERS automatically tests the child's eligibility for Medicaid.
If the new child is ineligible for Medicaid but eligible for CHIP and has siblings or a parent currently enrolled in the program, they are considered to meet good cause. TIERS calculates the new child's effective date of coverage for the next possible month following cutoff. The new child will receive the remaining months of coverage with the siblings or parent. The coverage end date is the same date as the child's currently enrolled siblings or parent. The new child may not receive the full 12 months of coverage and is required to renew coverage along with the child’s siblings or parent on the scheduled renewal date.
Once the new child is determined eligible for CHIP, TIERS notifies the Enrollment Broker via an interface. The Enrollment Broker generates and mails a welcome letter to the household.
A child born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is above 198 percent of the federal poverty level (FPL), which is the applicable income limit for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40), will have an effective date beginning with the date of birth and continuing through the remainder of the 12-month CHIP perinatal enrollment segment. The mother's perinatal coverage ends the last day of the child's birth month or the pregnancy's termination month. The mother will receive two postpartum visits even if they are beyond the birth month.
Example: A pregnant mother is approved for CHIP perinatal effective June 1. The child is born on Oct. 4. The newborn's effective date of coverage is Oct. 4, and the end date is May 30. The mother's perinatal coverage ends Oct. 31.
A perinatal child whose coverage ends, and who has siblings currently enrolled in CHIP, meets good cause upon determination of CHIP eligibility. The child's enrollment start date is the first day of the month following the perinatal end date. The child's CHIP end date is the end date of the existing CHIP enrollment segment. The child may not receive the 12 months of CHIP coverage and must renew eligibility in accordance with the existing CHIP redetermination date.
A child born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below 198 percent of the FPL, which is the applicable income limit for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40) and who receives Emergency Medicaid to cover the labor with delivery charges will be enrolled in TP 45 coverage effective the date of birth. The mother's perinatal coverage ends the last day of the child's birth month or the pregnancy's termination month. The mother will receive two postpartum visits even if they are beyond the birth month.
Related Policy
Receipt of Application, A-121
CHIP Perinatal Application Process, A-128.3
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) Newborn Process, A-126.3.1
Federal Poverty Level (FPL), C-131.1
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Under MAGI household composition rules, explained in A-240, Medical Programs, a certified child leaving the home may or may not affect their continued eligibility for CHIP based on their tax status, tax relationships, and family relationships.
When a child dies, terminate the child’s eligibility effective the last day of the month the child died.
Follow policy in B-510, Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, if the child is confined in any public institution, including a juvenile facility.
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Persons Confined in a Texas County Jail, B-542
Child Placed in a Juvenile Facility, B-543
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
CHIP, CHIP Perinatal
When a certified child enters a state hospital or institution for a temporary absence, the child remains enrolled for the remainder of the 12-month period. See A-920, Temporary Absence From the Home, to determine if stay is considered a temporary absence.
Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Under MAGI household composition rules, explained in A-240, Medical Programs, a head of household leaving the home may or may not affect eligibility depending on that person’s tax status, tax relationships, and family relationships.
When the current head of household dies or leaves the home, change the head of household to another responsible adult household member without requiring the remaining household members to reapply for benefits. An adult household member is someone 19 years or older.
If there is no responsible adult member identified in the household, and a child in the household is receiving benefits, send Form H1020 to notify the household that a responsible adult who is caring for the child must apply for benefits if the child continues to need assistance. If an application is not submitted by the Form H1020 due date, deny benefits since the whereabouts of the child is unknown.
Related Policy
Who Is Included, D-321
New Head of Household, D-1632.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A demographic change is a change to a person's identifying information, such as date of birth, Social Security number (SSN), gender or name.
Process these changes and do not interrupt the child’s continuous coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a household reports a CHIP child's pregnancy before her CHIP end date, the child is tested for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40) and verification of the pregnancy is requested. A verbal or written statement of pregnancy from the pregnant child, case name or authorized representative that includes the pregnancy start month, number of children expected and the anticipated date of delivery is an acceptable verification source. If potentially eligible and the household provides the pregnancy verification, the child is terminated from CHIP and certified for Medicaid.
If the pregnant child is determined ineligible for Pregnant Women Medicaid (TP 40), she remains in CHIP up to two months beyond the original CHIP end date if the pregnancy due date is in the 11th or 12th month of her CHIP coverage, unless the:
Before the pregnancy ends, extend coverage for:
If the household does not report a CHIP child’s pregnancy until she gives birth or later, the child remains in CHIP, and the CHIP child’s newborn is tested for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, the newborn is certified for Children Under Age One Medicaid (TP 43). If not eligible, the newborn is enrolled in the mother’s CHIP health plan. The effective date of CHIP coverage is the next possible month following cutoff. The newborn’s CHIP coverage ends with the household’s current enrollment segment.
Related Policy
Adding a New Child, D-1433.1
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
When a household reports a change in income, test the child or children for Medicaid eligibility. A new application is not required. If the child is still eligible for CHIP and the household requests that its cost share responsibilities be recalculated, refer the household to the Enrollment Broker.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a household reports that they have obtained health insurance during the continuous enrollment period, document the change and process the change at the next redetermination.
Related Policy
Health Insurance, D-1632.2
Do not take any action if a woman reports private health insurance coverage during her certification period.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Children certified on the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) with income above 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) will have a six-month income check to determine whether the child remains financially eligible.
An automated income check, explained in B-637, Periodic Income Checks, is run in the fifth month of the certification period when the following conditions have been met:
The result of the income check may impact eligibility in the seventh month.
The household is given at least 30 days advance notice before disenrollment. The household is entitled to a request for review and continued enrollment based on actions related to the six-month income check.
Note: The household is not eligible for continued enrollment if the denial is because the household failed to provide the information requested during the six-month income check.
If the household's income is at or below the applicable income limit for CHIP, the household remains on CHIP.
At the six-month income check, updated eligibility status or cost share details are automatically sent to the CHIP enrollment broker.
CHIP perinatal households are not subject to the income check.
Related Policy
Periodic Income Checks, B-637
Exceptions to the Continuous Enrollment Period, D-1731
Request for Review, D-1920
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals enrolled in the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) must complete the administrative renewal process explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
Depending on the renewal status outcome and client action, final eligibility determinations for CHIP may be made manually by advisors processing renewal documents or automatically by the system.
For individuals required to return a renewal packet, advisors must process the manual renewal as explained in B-122.4.2, Processing a Manual Renewal, while following the timelines explained in D-1630, Timely Redeterminations, and D-1631, Redetermination Processing Time Frames.
There is no redetermination of CHIP perinatal coverage. The household is mailed a packet during the ninth month of eligibility, allowing the household to apply for medical coverage for the child.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system generates and sends renewal correspondence to individuals enrolled in CHIP following the process explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration, for TP 08 and Children's Medicaid (TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48).
A packet is mailed to the household after cutoff in the ninth month of coverage. This mailing occurs over a five-day period. The household is instructed to complete the application, attach verification and return the application within seven days.
In the 10th month of the perinatal enrollment segment, TIERS determines if the case has both a CHIP and a CHIP perinatal Eligibility Determination Group (EDG). If the CHIP perinatal enrollment segment ends before the end of the CHIP enrollment segment, the perinatal child is added to the CHIP EDG if the child is not eligible for Medicaid.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Form H1014-A, Children’s Health Care Benefits – Final Reminder, is mailed to individuals who are required to return a signed renewal form as part of the administrative renewal process, as explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals, and have not returned the packet. Form H1014-A is sent to individuals who have not responded by the first calendar day of the 11th month of coverage.
The letter reminds households that coverage will end if the completed redetermination form is not received.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A CHIP redetermination is considered received timely when received by cutoff of the 11th month of the certification period. This allows time for the enrollment process to be completed by the cutoff of the 12th month to avoid the client having a break in coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For individuals required to return a renewal form for CHIP, staff must process renewals, received timely or untimely, by the 30th day from the date the renewal form is received or by cutoff of the 11th month of the certification period, whichever is later.
When an acceptable Medical Programs renewal form is not returned, the system automatically makes an eligibility determination through a mass update based on the eligibility outcome from the automated renewal process. This does not require the advisor to run eligibility or dispose the EDG.
If the renewal form is received after the date of denial, advisors follow the policy for TP 08, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 explained in B-124, Processing Untimely Redeterminations.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Accept a renewal form as valid when it is received reflecting a new head of household who is not someone with existing case authority.
Take the following action:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a household reports that it has acquired health insurance, determine if:
If the health insurance coverage meets one of the scenarios above, deny the CHIP EDG.
If the health insurance coverage does not meet either of the scenarios above, the child(ren) is(are) still eligible for CHIP, but the household must drop the insurance in order to continue to receive CHIP. Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to the household requesting proof of the insurance end date. If the household does not provide proof, the child(ren) is(are) no longer eligible for CHIP. Deny the CHIP EDG.
Acceptable verification of the private health insurance end date includes:
Related Policy
Health Insurance, D-1210
Third Party Resources Changes, D-1437
Exceptions to Continuous Enrollment Period, D-1731
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
During the automated renewal process, electronic data is used to automatically verify the following required verifications for CHIP:
Depending on the outcome of the automated renewal process, the system generates and sends renewal correspondence, including Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, if more information is needed, to individuals enrolled in CHIP following the process explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration, for TP 08 and Children’s Medicaid (TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48).
All missing information must be received before cutoff of the 11th month of the coverage period to receive continuous coverage. If the missing information is received before cutoff of the child's 11th month of coverage, update the EDG with the new information. If the information is received after cutoff of the 11th month of coverage, there may be a break in CHIP coverage.
When a renewal is denied due to failure to provide information or verification, advisors follow the policy for TP 08, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 explained in B-122.3.2, Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification.
Households that complete the redetermination process (eligibility and enrollment) by cutoff in the 11th month of the eligibility period and remain eligible will be enrolled for a new 12-month period. If the individual fails to pay the enrollment fee by cutoff of the first month of the new 12-month period, the EDG is placed in a Pending Enrollment Fee and/or Plan Selection and/or TPR Delay status for up to three months. If the household pays the enrollment fee within the three months, the EDG is reinstated and the child(ren) receive the remainder of the 12-month enrollment segment beginning with the month of reinstatement.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Once the household completes the redetermination and is eligible for CHIP, health care coverage begins the first of the next possible month after the household pays the applicable enrollment fee.
Households that complete the redetermination process receive a Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, indicating the potential outcome for each child. If an enrollment fee is due, the Enrollment Broker sends the household a payment coupon and return envelope. The enrollment fee due date is set to 10 calendar days.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
CHIP
If a household completes the redetermination process, but does not pay the applicable enrollment fee by the cutoff date of the 12th month, the child receives a one-month extension of CHIP coverage. The Enrollment Broker mails the family a letter to inform the family of the one-month extension and the requirement to pay the enrollment fee by cutoff in the first month of the new 12-month period, in order to continue coverage. The extended month of coverage is counted as month one in the new 12-month enrollment segment.
The Enrollment Fee Extension (EFX) letter is mailed the first week of the first month of the new 12-month enrollment segment. The letter advises households that the household must pay the enrollment fee to continue the child(ren)'s coverage.
If the household:
If the household pays the enrollment fee after the:
Note: If the payment is returned with non-sufficient funds (NSF), an NSF letter is mailed to the household as if the household had not paid the enrollment fee, and the EDG is placed on Pending Enrollment Fee and/or Plan Selection and/or TPR Delay status the following month.
Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014
When processing a redetermination application, test the application for Medicaid eligibility. If a child in the CHIP household is eligible for Medicaid and the action is processed:
Any children in the household who are ineligible for Medicaid remain on CHIP through the end of the current CHIP certification period. They are then certified with a new CHIP certification period if they continue to be eligible for CHIP.
A child who is eligible for Medicaid based on income, and who has reported that she is pregnant, is denied at the end of the next possible month and certified for Medicaid. If the pregnancy due date is later than the end date of her CHIP coverage month and she is not eligible for Medicaid, she continues on CHIP through the end of the current certification period. Certify her with a new certification period if she continues to be eligible for CHIP.
If the household no longer qualifies for CHIP, deny the CHIP EDG at the end of the CHIP certification period. Send the household Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, notifying the household that the child is no longer eligible for CHIP.
Related Policy
Advisor Action for Determining Eligibility for Children, A-126.3
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Once determined eligible for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP perinatal, households must complete the enrollment process in order to receive benefits. The enrollment process includes choosing a health and dental plan and paying an enrollment fee, if applicable.
CHIP eligibility is prospective. TIERS provides the potential eligibility begin date and the Enrollment Broker provides the actual eligibility begin date.
The earliest a child can be eligible for CHIP is based on cutoff rules. When the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed on or before the cutoff date, the potential eligibility begin date is the first of the month following the disposition month. When the EDG is disposed after cutoff, the potential eligibility begin date is the first of the second month following the disposition month.
Disposed May 1, 2015; eligible June 1, 2015
Disposed May 23, 2015; eligible July 1, 2015
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Individuals who transfer during their non-continuous eligibility period to CHIP before their Medicaid certification period ends and who owe a CHIP enrollment fee may be eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment, with no gap in coverage if they are certified for one of the following Medicaid types of assistance:
Individuals who meet the criteria may be enrolled in CHIP beginning the first of the month following their last month on Medicaid even when an enrollment fee is due but not yet paid.
The following case actions are eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment:
The following case actions are not eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment:
If determined eligible for CHIP, the Enrollment Broker will send an enrollment packet to households with eligible members. The enrollment packet will indicate the enrollment fee and options for selecting a health and dental plan.
Expedited CHIP enrollment is only applicable when transferring from Medicaid to CHIP when an enrollment fee is owed to ensure health coverage is maintained with no gap in coverage. Once the enrollment fee is paid in full, the household follows normal CHIP policy and procedure. If the enrollment fee is not paid by the deadline, the household is disenrolled.
Households who do not owe an enrollment fee do not qualify for Expedited CHIP Enrollment and are enrolled in CHIP and defaulted into a plan following current policies and procedures and cutoff rules if a health and/or dental plan is not selected.
Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Enrollment Fees at Application, D-1821
Expedited CHIP Enrollment Process, D-1720.1
Involuntary Disenrollment, D-1761
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342
Eligibility Transition from Medicaid to CHIP, B-123.4
Actions on Changes, B-631
Periodic Income Checks, B-637
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The Enrollment Broker receives a daily enrollment request that consists of member information for the eligible members. The Enrollment Broker sends an enrollment packet or confirmation notice to households with eligible members within three business days of receipt of the eligibility information. The household completes the enrollment process by choosing a health plan and dental plan and by paying a fee, if applicable.
Once the enrollment process is complete, the household is mailed an enrollment confirmation letter confirming the child's enrollment start date.
Related Policy
Dental Providers, D-1751
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Households eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment are enrolled in CHIP beginning the first of the month following their last month on Medicaid. This occurs even when a fee is due but not yet paid, with no gap in coverage. The household is given at least 90 days to pay the enrollment fee and remains enrolled pending payment of the enrollment fee.
For households determined eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment, the length of the expedited CHIP enrollment period depends upon when HHSC completes the action:
| When action is processed during the classification period ... |
Length of Expedited CHIP Enrollment period is ... |
|---|---|
| Before or on cutoff of the 5th month | Up to three months. |
|
After cutoff of the 5th month Note: This includes changes completed in |
Up to four months. |
If the fee is not paid by the due date, all individuals in the household enrolled in CHIP are disenrolled. The household must reapply for benefits and would follow normal CHIP processing. In reapplying for benefits, the household would not be eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment.
If the fee is paid by the due date, all individuals in the household remain enrolled in CHIP and receive the remainder of the 12-month CHIP certification period. The months a household received CHIP coverage through expedited CHIP enrollment count towards the 12-month CHIP certification period.
Notes:
Related Policy
Expedited CHIP Enrollment, D-1711
Enrollment and Non-Sufficient Funds, D-1723.4
Involuntary Disenrollment, D-1761
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The enrollment packet includes a variety of information including a Welcome Letter, cost share requirement information, and health and dental plan choice information.
Enrollment packets are mailed to all households. The enrollment packet includes the:
Households that are not required to pay an enrollment fee, or that paid the enrollment fee but did not select a health plan, are defaulted into the available health plan and sent an enrollment confirmation notice.
CHIP perinatal members are not subject to cost sharing. All members receive an enrollment packet. The enrollment packet includes the:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The enrollment packet includes a list of questions as determined by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) to identify Children with Special Health Care Needs (CSHCN).
Health plans evaluate and confirm whether a child meets the CSHCN criteria by contacting the self-identified families. If the plan determines the child does not meet the CSHCN criteria, the plan sends the CSHCN status determination to the Enrollment Broker.
The Enrollment Broker reports the number of CSHCN monthly.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Households can make a health plan selection by phone, online, or by submitting a completed Enrollment Transfer Form (ETF) by mail or fax. If making the selection by phone, the requirement for a signed enrollment form is waived.
Households that do not choose a health plan are automatically defaulted into a health plan. Families are notified that they have been defaulted and are given 90 days to choose a new health plan.
People with case authority select the health plan for CHIP-eligible children. Households that fail to choose a health plan are defaulted into a health plan.
Information concerning CHIP health plans and the areas covered is available at hhs.texas.gov/services/health/medicaid-chip/programs/medical-dental-plans.
Upon completion of the enrollment process, the system triggers an Enrollment Confirmation Notice (ECN) that informs the household of each CHIP-eligible child's:
The ECN includes a Medical Payments Form (MPF). The MPF helps the household track expenditures by date, event and amount. See D-1800, Cost Sharing.
If a child is subsequently added to a CHIP-enrolled case, the Enrollment Broker mails the household an ECN.
People with case authority select a health plan for CHIP perinatal eligible children. Households that do not select a health plan are defaulted into a health plan.
Information concerning CHIP perinatal health plans and the areas covered is available at hhs.texas.gov/services/health/medicaid-chip/programs/medical-dental-plans.
Upon completion of the enrollment process, the system triggers an ECN that includes the pregnant woman's:
Related Policy
Health Plan Change, D-1740
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Fifteen calendar days after the enrollment packets are mailed, an enrollment reminder notification is mailed to households that fail to select a health plan and/or pay the enrollment fee.
If the household does not respond within 90 calendar days of mailing the enrollment packet and the household fails to pay any required enrollment fee, the EDG is denied and the household must submit a new application.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Missing information for an enrollment form must be received within 90 calendar days of the date the Welcome Packet is mailed.
When all missing information is received before cutoff of the month before the member's enrollment start date (and within 90 calendar days of the date the Welcome Packet is mailed), the Enrollment Broker updates the enrollment information and the child's/children's enrollment start date is recalculated to the first day of the next possible month.
After 90 calendar days from the day the Welcome Packet is mailed, if the enrollment fee is not received, the Enrollment Broker sends an eligibility request to deny for non-payment. The denial letter informs the household that the enrollment missing information was not received or was received beyond the required period, and the household must submit a new application and reapply.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
At initial application, health plan changes are allowed when the household moves to a new coverage service area and enrollment is complete, but pending a future enrollment start date due to the 90-day waiting period or cutoff.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Households with children in a pended status, determined to have paid the enrollment fee with non-sufficient funds (NSF), do not receive health care coverage until the enrollment fee is received and processed. The household must submit the enrollment fee in full so that the child(ren) can be moved to a CHIP-eligible status. Households have 90 calendar days to submit the enrollment fee. If the household's payment is received before the due date, the child(ren) is (are) enrolled, based on the scheduled coverage date or the first month thereafter, and receives a new enrollment segment of 12 months.
If a child has an active enrollment segment and the Enrollment Broker determines the enrollment fee as NSF, the child is disenrolled at the next possible month, and the household must submit payment via money order, cashier's check, or debit or credit card via YourTexasBenefits.com. Once the household submits an acceptable payment, the Enrollment Broker re-establishes the child's enrollment the next possible month and provides the remaining months of coverage.
The following chart shows NSF situations and the action taken by the Enrollment Broker in each situation.
| If the enrollment fee is... | then the Enrollment Broker... |
|---|---|
| returned with NSF before cutoff of the first month of a new 12-month enrollment period, | disenrolls the child and places the case in suspension starting in the second month for a period of up to three months. |
| submitted by a replacement payment after the extension month cutoff but before renewal month four cutoff, | reopens the case in the following month for the remainder of the 12-month period. |
| returned with NSF before the extension month cutoff and no replacement payment is made by renewal month four cutoff (the end of the suspension period), | does not reopen the case. The household must submit a new application. |
| returned with NSF after the extension month cutoff and a replacement payment is made before renewal month two cutoff, | continues enrollment for the remainder of the 12-month period. |
| returned with NSF after the extension month cutoff and a replacement payment is received after renewal month two cutoff but before renewal month three cutoff, | disenrolls the child and suspends the case for one month. The case is reinstated for the remainder of the 12-month period (nine more months). |
| returned with NSF after the extension month cutoff and a replacement payment is received after renewal month three cutoff but before renewal month four cutoff, | disenrolls the child and suspends the case for two months. The case is reinstated for the remainder of the 12-month period (eight more months). |
| returned with NSF after the extension month cutoff and a replacement payment is not made before renewal month four cutoff, | does not reopen the case. The household must submit a new application. |
Related Policy
Missing Enrollment Fee, D-1634.1
Households whose enrollment fee returns with NSF will be disenrolled and must reapply for benefits.
Related Policy
Expedited CHIP Enrollment, D-1711
Expedited CHIP Enrollment Process, D-1720.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the enrollment process is completed prior to cutoff, the coverage start date begins the first of the following month, unless the household is subject to the 90-day waiting period or has a future Medicaid end date.
If the enrollment process is completed after cutoff, the coverage start date begins the first of the second month following the disposition month, unless the household is subject to the 90-day waiting period or has a future Medicaid end date.
Enrollment completed May 1, 2015; coverage starts June 1, 2015
Enrollment completed May 23, 2015; coverage starts July 1, 2015
For children subject to the 90-day waiting period, the coverage start date is 90 days (three calendar months) after the last month in which the child was covered by a third-party health benefits plan, as long as the enrollment fee is paid.
The waiting period only applies to children who were covered by a third-party health benefits plan (private health insurance) at any time during the 90 days (three calendar months) before the date of application for CHIP. The good cause exemptions apply to children subject to the waiting period. See D-1723.6, Good Cause Exemptions for Children Subject to the 90-day Waiting Period.
The coverage start date begins the first day of the month in which eligibility is determined. When the child is born, the child begins coverage on the date of birth. The mother may receive two postpartum visits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The CHIP coverage start date is coordinated with the Medicaid end date, if applicable.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The waiting period for CHIP enrollment may be waived if the household claims one of the following good cause exemptions:
An applicant may declare good cause at any point during the application processing or after eligibility is determined. An applicant may claim a good cause exemption as follows:
Staff must accept the client’s self-declaration of a good cause exemption to the CHIP 90-day waiting period, except as follows.
Staff must not grant the applicant or client a good cause exemption to the CHIP 90-day waiting period if:
Children exempt from the 90-day waiting period whose households subsequently report a change that nullifies the exemption become subject to the 90-day waiting period. The child(ren)'s scheduled coverage date is determined from the date the eligibility determination is made.
There is no 90-day waiting period for CHIP perinatal. Good cause exemptions do not apply.
Note: A perinatal child whose coverage ends, and who has siblings currently enrolled in CHIP, meets good cause upon determination of CHIP eligibility. The system calculates the child's enrollment start date as the first day of the month following the perinatal end date. The child's CHIP end date is the end date of the existing CHIP enrollment segment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a client is determined eligible for CHIP but is subject to the 90-day waiting period, HHSC will transfer that individual’s account information to the Marketplace to be assessed for eligibility for other health care coverage programs. This allows the individual access to coverage during the 90-day waiting period and to avoid sanctions for failing to acquire health coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Children are granted 12 months of continuous coverage. Note: Households with income above 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) are subject to the six-month income check. See D-1510, General Information.
CHIP perinatal recipients are granted 12 months of continuous enrollment from the first day of the eligibility determination month. The 12-month period includes the months of CHIP perinatal coverage before and subsequent to birth. When the child is born, if the household's income was above the income limit for TP 40, defined in C-131.1, Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL), the child's coverage begins on the date of birth. The pregnant woman's coverage ends on the last day of the month that the child is born. The child's enrollment ends at the end of the original 12-month segment.
The child receives full CHIP benefits from the date of birth through the end of the continuous perinatal enrollment segment. Subsequent to delivery, the mother of the perinatal child qualifies for two postpartum care visits.
If a household reports a change in household size or income that would otherwise impact the household's eligibility, there is no disruption to the child's active enrollment segment.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
The following are exceptions to the period of continuous enrollment:
Note: Households with income above 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) are subject to the six-month income check.
The following are exceptions to the period of continuous enrollment:
Related Policy
Health Insurance, D-1210
Third Party Resources Changes, D-1437
General Information, D-1510
Health Insurance, D-1632.2
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A pregnant CHIP member who ages out of CHIP before her expected due date and who is determined eligible for CHIP perinatal is enrolled in perinatal beginning the first day of the month following her CHIP end date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households are eligible to change health plans for any reason up to 90 calendar days after the enrollment start date. There is no limit to the number of times a household may change plans within that time frame. In addition, households may change health plans once per year at redetermination for any reason or during the child’s enrollment segment for specific reasons.
The household may request and complete a health plan transfer:
HHSC
PO Box 149023
Austin, TX 78714-9023
Households are eligible to change health plans for any reason up to 120 calendar days after the enrollment start date. There is no limit to the number of times a household may change plans within that time frame. Households may change health plans during the enrollment segment for specific reasons.
The household may request and complete a health plan transfer:
HHSC
PO Box 149023
Austin, TX 78714-9023
Related Policy
Plan Change During Current Enrollment Segment, D-1741
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Following the first 90 days of CHIP enrollment or 120 days for CHIP perinatal, a household is allowed to change health plans during the child's enrollment segment if the household:
A household may submit a request for a health plan change or disenrollment to the Enrollment Broker, who reviews and considers each request on an individual basis. If the household disagrees with the decision, the household may request a review. The household, health plan and Enrollment Broker receive notification from HHSC regarding disposition of the review.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households can change health plans once per year during redetermination.
If the household’s request for a health plan change is received by the cutoff date of the last month of the child's certification period, the ECN letter is sent to inform the household of the new health plan selection.
For a household with health plan change information processed after the cutoff date of its last month of certification, a grace period extends to the cutoff date of the first month of the child's new certification period. The household's CHIP coverage continues under the original health plan through the end of the first month of the child's new certification period. Coverage under the new health plan begins the first day of the following month. The household is sent the Health Plan Transfer (HCC) letter informing the household of the new health plan selection.
Health plan change requests received by the Enrollment Broker as part of the redetermination process are applied to the new certification period and do not affect the current certification period, unless the requests are submitted due to a change of address or other good cause reason.
Once the health plan change form is received and processed, additional enrollment health plan changes are granted for address changes and other good cause reasons only.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If the redetermination form indicates a household moved and now has different health plan options, a Health Plan Change (HPC) letter is mailed to the household and includes:
The health plan change/redetermination instruction letter informs the household they may change health plans:
HHSC
PO Box 149023
Austin, TX 78714-9023
The Enrollment Broker must receive the completed health plan change form before enrolling a household in a new health plan. A household that moves to an area of choice remains with its current health plan until the Enrollment Broker receives the completed health plan change form or the health plan transfer is completed by phone. If the household reports the change of address online, the household is also able to make a health plan change online. If the household does not return its completed health plan change form by the cutoff of its last month of certification, the household is enrolled in the next available health plan using a default process. The household is sent the ECN informing the household of the new health plan selection.
The child is enrolled in the designated health plan during the next certification period.
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
All children enrolled in CHIP are eligible to receive dental benefits. Dental benefits include both therapeutic and preventive services. CHIP perinatal pregnant women do not receive dental benefits. However, upon birth, the newborn is eligible for dental benefits. The dental benefit is for a 12-month period that is the same as the child's 12-month enrollment period. Note: Children with private dental insurance still qualify for CHIP.
Households are required to pay copayments for dental services. Assess dental office visit copays at the office visit copay rate. The applicable copayment requirements are:
| Coverage Description | At or below 151% FPIL | Above 151% up to and including 186% FPIL | Above 186% up to and including 201% FPIL |
|---|---|---|---|
| Office visit |
$5 |
$20 |
$25 |
| Non-emergency ER visit |
$5 |
$75 |
$75 |
| Generic prescription |
$0 |
$10 |
$10 |
| Name-brand prescription |
$5 |
$35 |
$35 |
| Inpatient hospital care (per admission) |
$35 |
$75 |
$125 |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
DentaQuest and Managed Care of North America (MCNA) Dental are the dental managed care organizations (DMOs) for dental benefits. Eligible CHIP households receive an enrollment packet that provides information on the DMOs available in their area and how to choose a dental plan. The packet contains plan comparison charts, an enrollment form and a business reply envelope. A 30-day reminder letter is sent to households that have not made a dental plan selection. CHIP households make a dental plan selection through the following options:
HHSC
PO Box 149023
Austin, TX 78714-9023
Related Policy
Enrollment Process, D-1720
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The applicant or someone with case authority may request disenrollment at any time. Disenrollment requests received and processed before the current month’s cutoff are effective at the end of the current month unless the applicant requests a specific date. Disenrollment requests received after cutoff of the current month are effective the next possible month. When the request is due to death, the member is disenrolled effective the last day of the month the member died.
Upon completion of processing the disenrollment request, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is sent to the household. Form TF0001 informs the household of the reason the member’s coverage is ending.
Once eligibility has been terminated, members will be disenrolled.
Regardless of the disenrollment reason or month, if a member has received at least one month of CHIP coverage, the household is not eligible for a refund of the enrollment fee.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Verbal notification is sufficient to generate an involuntary disenrollment for a CHIP-enrolled child. Reasons for involuntary disenrollment include:
Verbal notification is sufficient to generate an involuntary disenrollment for women enrolled in CHIP perinatal. Reasons for involuntary disenrollment include:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Based on Texas Department of Insurance guidelines, a limited number of situations exist when a health plan may request the disenrollment of a member from its plan.
The situations in which a health plan may request the disenrollment of a member are limited to one or more of the following:
The Enrollment Broker has the option of enrolling the member in another health plan and notifies the second plan of the reason for disenrollment from the first.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
There are two types of cost share obligations – enrollment fees and copayments. Most CHIP eligible households are subject to cost share obligations. Exceptions:
Cost sharing is processed by the Enrollment Broker.
CHIP perinatal recipients are not subject to cost share obligations. Perinatal recipients do not pay enrollment fees or copayments.
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
The enrollment broker assesses an enrollment fee before initial enrollment and at redetermination. The enrollment fee is money submitted by a family for CHIP coverage to the enrollment broker. The enrollment broker bases the amount of the enrollment fee on the household’s FPIL. It covers the continuous enrollment period. The enrollment broker assesses all enrollment fee requirements on a per-household basis, not on a per-child basis.
Enrollment fees are:
Related Policy
General Information, D-1810
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Eligible children cannot enroll and receive covered benefits before receipt of the enrollment fee.
Exception: Children determined eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment can enroll and receive covered benefits before receipt of the enrollment fee. See D-1711, Expedited CHIP Enrollment.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If during the enrollment process, a reported change alters the cost share obligation, the child or children begin health care coverage based on the payment requirement of the current eligibility determination. The household is charged or credited the difference and a letter is sent to the household explaining the change.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Households must pay the enrollment fee at redetermination before continuing coverage.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
If the household is denied at redetermination due to income and requests a review and continued enrollment coverage before the stated deadline, the child continues to receive CHIP and the enrollment fee is waived until the request for review staff complete the eligibility review. If the request for review staff determine the household is eligible for CHIP, the Enrollment Broker will send the household an enrollment packet to request the applicable enrollment fees.
Related Policy
Enrollment Fees, D-1820
Request for Review. D-1920
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Enrollment fee payments can be submitted in one of the following ways.
Method of Payment at Initial Enrollment:
Method of Payment at Redetermination:
Payment for enrollment must be received and processed before cutoff prior to the last month of current CHIP certification.
The vendor receives all payments made to the program via money order, personal check or cashier's check. The vendor scans images and processes the payments. If the household mistakenly sends the payment to the Document Processing Center (DPC), the DPC logs the receipt of the payment and forwards the payment to the vendor for normal processing.
Enrollment fees submitted via www.yourtexasbenefits.com are charged a $2 non-refundable convenience fee. The household is mailed an electronic receipt.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Households that overpay the enrollment fee can request a refund. In addition, refunds are sent to households that submit the enrollment fee, but are never enrolled or have credit balances due at the time of disenrollment from the program. Note: Households enrolled in CHIP are not eligible for a refund if the household received at least one month of CHIP coverage and was required to pay an enrollment fee.
The Enrollment Broker issues a refund in Form of an individual check to the household, regardless of how the household made the payment. If the household pays by credit card, the $2 convenience fee is not refunded. Undeliverable refund checks are returned and voided. The vendor annotates the CHIP case and makes the necessary adjustment to the case to reflect the returned and voided refund. Once a refund is voided and processed, households may request reissuance of a voided refund. The vendor confirms the correct address with the individual before reissuing the previously voided refund.
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
Households are required to pay copayments for medical services or prescription drugs at the time of the service. The applicable copayment requirements are:
| Coverage Description | At or below 151% FPIL | Above 151% up to and including 186% FPIL | Above 186% up to and including 201% FPIL |
|---|---|---|---|
| Preventative health care and shots | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Non-emergency ER visit | $5 | $75 | $75 |
| Generic prescription | $0 | $10 | $10 |
| Name-brand prescription | $5 | $35 | $35 |
| Inpatient hospital care (per admission) | $35 | $75 | $125 |
| Outpatient hospital care | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Other doctor visits | $5 | $20 | $25 |
Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018
The cost-sharing cap is the maximum amount of out-of-pocket expenses a household is required to pay during the certification period. When a household reaches its cost-sharing cap during the certification period, the household is not required to make copayments for the remainder of the certification period. Households are assigned a cost-sharing cap and a reporting threshold at application and at each redetermination. The reporting threshold is the amount in expenditures the household must report to the enrollment broker. The threshold is a cushion to ensure additional cost-sharing expenditures are not made during the period the enrollment broker and the health plan process the documentation.
The cost-sharing cap amount and reporting threshold are based on the household’s net income as it relates to the FPIL amount.
The cost-sharing cap is 5.0% of the total net income for the term of coverage. The reporting threshold is 4.75%.
The household is informed of the reporting threshold and sent a medical payments form (MPF) with the welcome letter and enrollment packet. The MPF helps the family track medical expenditures by type, date and amount.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The household must complete and submit the MPF to report that it meets the cost sharing cap.
When the MPF is submitted, the Enrollment Broker reviews the types of expenses listed on Form. The household is not required to provide receipts. Valid medical expenses include:
The Enrollment Broker reviews the amounts and dates of the expenses to ensure that the household incurred the expenses during the current certification period.
If the household meets the cost sharing cap, a Cost Share Met (CSM) letter is sent to inform the household that it is exempt from copayments for the remainder of the current certification period. The Enrollment Broker notifies the affected health plan within two business days. The health plan is responsible for issuing a new identification card reflecting the absence of copayments.
If the household does not meet the cost sharing cap, the Enrollment Broker triggers a Cost Share Not Met (CSN) letter to inform the household that the cost sharing limit was not met. The following situations may cause the household not to meet the cost sharing cap:
The CSN includes the cost sharing limit and the total amount of valid expenses submitted. An MPF is included with the CSN.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
The household’s cost sharing is re-evaluated at redetermination and the six-month income check.
For children who are currently enrolled, the Enrollment Broker does not use new income for eligibility determination.
The Enrollment Broker determines if all information is present to complete the evaluation at the six-month income check. If the income verification is not received and the reported income:
When no information is missing, the Enrollment Broker uses the new income reported during the six-month income check to determine if there has been a change in the household’s cost sharing amount.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016
Households may call 2-1-1 to report complaints regarding:
To report a delay in the CHIP enrollment process or complaints regarding plan selection, cost sharing and/or amount of the enrollment fee, households may contact the Enrollment Broker at 1-800-964-2777.
If a household is not satisfied with the response it received, the household must submit the issues in writing to:
Health and Human Services Commission
Attention: Complaint Department
P.O. Box 149027
Austin, TX 78714-9027
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
A request for review (RFR) is any expression of dissatisfaction with an adverse action taken by HHSC.
Following an adverse action taken on a CHIP EDG, HHSC sends a disenrollment or denial letter to the family. The letter informs the CHIP household of its right to request a review.
Households have 30 business days from the date of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to submit a written request for review concerning the decision that resulted in an adverse action. Households can submit the written request for review by:
The request must come from the head of household or authorized representative or the child’s provider or health plan (for expedited situations). If the child's physician or health plan determines that a suspension or termination of enrollment could seriously jeopardize the child's life, health or the ability to attain, maintain or regain maximum function, the household is entitled to an expedited review process. When disenrolled at the six-month income check, the household has 30 business days from the date of Form TF0001 to submit a request for review.
Allow continued enrollment for all people when HHSC receives the request for review anytime from the first day of the last benefit month through cutoff of the last benefit month.
Exception: A household is not eligible for continued enrollment if the household was denied for failure to provide information requested during a six-month income check.
Related Policy
Six-Month Income Check, D-1500
Exceptions to the Continuous Enrollment Period, D-1731
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
If any member of a household or the household's representative expresses dissatisfaction with a decision regarding benefits or services, take the following action:
Note: The member is entitled to any information used to determine suspension, reduction or termination of benefits. See B-1210, Disclosure of Information, for information considered confidential.
Upon receipt of the request for review, review the adverse action and send Form H1063, Request for Review Outcome Letter, within 10 business days from the date of receipt of the request. The response letter contains information addressing the answer to the request for review. Document the final decision.
When the request for review is received, validate that the person requesting the review has case authority.
Review all case information and supporting evidence the household provides. If the case was processed accurately, deny the request for review. Send Form H1063 to inform the household of the request for review outcome.
If the EDG was not processed accurately or the person submitted additional information with the request for review that changes the eligibility outcome, approve the request for review and take the necessary action to re-establish eligibility or enrollment. Send Form H1063 and Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to inform the household of its eligibility.
When the request for review is approved and the reason for the request is related to a disenrollment decision, review the child's current status to determine if the child is currently enrolled. If the child is:
When HHSC receives a request for review after 30 business days from the date of Form TF0001 or determines that the request for review is not for an adverse action, deny the request and generate Form H1063 to inform the household of the denial reason.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) information may be released to individuals who have case authority.
A CHIP or CHIP perinatal household member may give verbal permission to discuss their case with a third party. Staff must authenticate the CHIP or CHIP perinatal household member before discussing the case with a third party.
Limited information may be released to contracted organizations, providers and their contractors, public officials and other state agencies. Reasonable efforts must be made to limit the use, request or disclosure of individually identifiable health information to the minimum necessary to determine eligibility and operate the program. The disclosure of individual medical information from agency records must be limited to the minimum necessary to accomplish the requested disclosure.
It is acceptable to release the following general denial or disenrollment reasons.
It is unacceptable to provide specific EDG details, such as the specific reason for denial (excess assets, excess income).
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Limited information may be released to contracted or sub-contracted community-based organization (CBO) representatives. The CBO representative must provide the CBO identification number in order to receive EDG information. In addition, the CBO representative must provide the:
Staff may then release the following CHIP EDG information to the CBO:
Do not release specific EDG details, such as:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Limited information may be released to providers and health plans. Health care providers must give their provider identification number. If a provider participates with more than one CHIP health plan, the provider may have multiple identification numbers. Accept and document any identification number the provider gives.
The provider or health plan must confirm the:
Staff may then release the following EDG information to the provider or health plan:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Limited information may be released to federal and state executive and legislative branch members and their staff. Managers and supervisors may release to State of Texas legislators and legislative staff members the following information:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Limited information may be released to TRS representatives. In order to obtain any EDG information, the representative must provide the assigned TRS personal identification number and any of the following CHIP EDG information:
Staff may then release the following EDG information to the TRS representative:
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Policies and procedures have been established for the secure communication of Protected Health Information (PHI) or confidential information to ensure employees do not use or share any PHI in violation of HIPAA laws and standards. Unauthorized disclosure of PHI is grounds for disciplinary action.
When sharing information is appropriate, HIPAA allows staff to speak to the individual or others with case authority about PHI.
Calls received by the Customer Care Center staff are recorded, which safeguards PHI. These records keep track of who has accessed a recipient's information. Requests from recipients for copies of their records, corrections to mistakes in records and information pertaining to who has accessed the records are forwarded to HHSC.
The Enrollment Broker must ensure that individual correspondence is clear, concise and has been approved by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC).
| Acronym/Form | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|
| CBL | Charge Back Letter | Sent to notify an individual that the individual’s credit card was charged more than once for the enrollment fees and that the individual will need to contact the credit card company or bank to get a refund. |
| CSC | Cost Share Recalculation | Sent when a household submits new income information and its cost share is re-evaluated. |
| CSM | Cost Share Met | Sent to notify an applicant that the cost share has been met. |
| CSN | Cost Share Not Met | Sent to notify a household that the cost share has not been met. |
| DTF | Dental Enrollment Transfer Form | Captures dental plan selections. |
| E1R | Enrollment Reminder | Sent to remind the applicant that the enrollment form and/or enrollment fee has not been received. |
| ECN | Enrollment Confirmation Notice | Sent to confirm enrollment for new enrollees and at redetermination. It also informs the applicant of their cost share amount. |
| EFX | Enrollment Fee Extension Letter | Sent to households who have completed their Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) redetermination process completely by cutoff of the 12th month of their current coverage, but who have not paid the enrollment fee. The letter tells the household they have until cutoff of their first month of new coverage to pay this fee. |
| EMI | Enrollment Missing Information | Sent to notify the applicant that the enrollment form was either missing, incomplete or was received without the entire enrollment fee amount due. |
| EPM | Welcome Letter | Sent with the new enrollment packet. The child is pending eligibility for enrollment and enrollment fee, if not entered. |
| ETF | Enrollment Transfer Form | Captures health plan and primary care physician (PCP) selections along with special health care needs. |
| FEF | Form Request – Enrollment Transfer Form (medical and dental) | Sent when an individual requests a new ETF and/or DTF. |
| FPB | Form Request – Medical Payment Form (blank) | Sent when an individual requests a blank Medical Payments Form (MPF). |
| FPC | Form Request – Medical Payment Coupon | Sent when an individual requests a new Payment Coupon (MPC). |
| FPF | Form Request – Medical Payment Form (prepopulated)
|
Sent when an individual requests a new prepopulated MPF. |
| FPR | Form Request – All Forms (ETF, DTF, MPC, Blank MPC)
|
Sent when an individual requests a new copy of any combination of ETF, DTF, MPC, prepopulated MPF and/or blank MPF. |
| HCC | Health Plan Transfer Letter | Sent to notify the applicant of the completion of either a forced or requested plan transfer. |
| HPC | Health/Dental Plan Transfer Approval Letter | Sent to notify the applicant of the individual's authorization to make a plan transfer. |
| HPD | Health Plan Change Denial Letter | Sent to notify the applicant that the individual's transfer request was denied. |
| LPD | Last Payment Due Reminder Letter | Sent to inform the applicant their enrollment fee has not been received, and the final day it can be paid
|
| MPC | Payment Coupon | Coupon requesting that the household pay its enrollment fee. |
| MPF | Medical Payments Form | Used by the individual to track all copay cost sharing so that the individual can report it. |
| NSF | Non-Sufficient Funds | Sent to notify an individual that a payment was returned for non-sufficient funds. The letter instructs the individual on how to make a new payment. |
| PHL | Payment History Letter | Letter that provides a listing of payments made during a specified time period. The letter is manually printed and mailed to the individual by the Enrollment Broker Funds team. |
| PNL | Payment Not Needed | Sent to inform an individual that a payment is being returned to the household because the household does not owe any payments at this time or the payment is unable to be processed. |
| POD Cover Letter | Print on Demand Cover Letter | Cover letter sent when a client requests a copy of the letter that had previously been sent to the individual. |
| RAC | Refund Address Confirmation | Sent to a CHIP household that qualifies for a refund in order to confirm the household’s current mailing address. The letter is generated when the household is owed a refund and a current phone number does not exist in the case or when the customer care representative is unable to reach the household using the existing phone listed in the case. |
| RNL | Retro Notification Letter | Sent to inform an individual that the enrollment start date for their children has changed. |
| UPR | Unclaimed Property Letter | Sent to a participant of CHIP or the Medicaid Buy-In (MBI) program who is owed a refund of $250 or more for a closed Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) and who has had no account activity for at least three years. The letter is generated on a yearly basis. |
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
Advance Notice — A notice of adverse action that expires 13 days after it is sent, with the exception of a six-month income check. Households denied at a six-month income check are given a 30-day advance notice of adverse action.
Adverse Action — An action resulting in denial or termination of assistance.
Applicant — An individual who submits an application to apply for assistance.
Case Authority — An individual who has the authority to act on behalf of the child. Examples include parents who live with the child, grandparents who live with the child, spouse, independent child, payee or authorized representative.
Children's Insurance — Includes Children’s Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP).
Community Based Organization (CBO) — Organization providing assistance to an applicant applying for and enrolling in state-funded programs by aiding in the application process and seeking answers to case inquiries.
Disenrollment — The process by which a child's CHIP coverage is removed.
Enrollment — The process by which a child's CHIP coverage begins.
Enrollment Broker – Entity that enrolls an eligible child into CHIP or an eligible pregnant woman into CHIP perinatal once health and dental plan selections have been made and any required enrollment fees have been paid.
Enrollment Missing Information — Required information needed to complete the enrollment process that includes choosing a health plan and paying an enrollment fee.
Net Income — Gross income less the allowable child care deduction.
Perinate — An individual from the period of conception to birth. The unborn child.
Plan Partners — Organizations contracted through HHSC to provide health, dental or vision care services to CHIP enrolled children.
Request for Review — A written expression of dissatisfaction of an adverse action taken on a CHIP case. CHIP recipients are not allowed fair hearings.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Public Law 111-152), commonly referred to together as the Affordable Care Act (ACA), requires states to extend Medicaid coverage to the population of youth who are between ages 18 and 26 and aged out of foster care at age 18 or older.
The process to cover these individuals is coordinated between the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS), which administers the foster care program, and the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC). When a child ages out of foster care, Medicaid eligibility for these youths is transferred from Foster Care Medicaid to FFCC. DFPS certifies initial FFCC eligibility for youths aging out of foster care and HHSC is then responsible for determining their future Medicaid eligibility.
Note: There may be situations in which HHSC processes the initial certification.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
To be eligible for FFCC, a person must:
Specialized staff process all FFCC case actions.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) receives:
Note: DFPS provides a notice of eligibility to each individual.
CBS staff are notified by DFPS or HHSC Quality Assurance when a referral/interface is not completed. In cases where a DFPS referral/interface is not completed or processed, CBS staff must contact DFPS to determine the reason why the individual was not sent to HHSC via the interface and confirm whether eligibility criteria is met for FFCC. If the individual meets the eligibility criteria in Section E-111 , Type of Assistance (TA) 82 - Medical Assistance - FFCC, CBS staff certify the individual for FFCC without requiring an application.
There are instances when an individual is denied ongoing FFCC coverage and must submit a new application for benefits. An individual may be denied ongoing FFCC coverage if the individual:
Individuals denied ongoing FFCC benefits may experience gaps in coverage. When there is a gap in coverage, individuals must apply using any of the Medical Programs application channels explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
One of the following questions must be marked Yes on the application for eligibility to be considered for FFCC.
If ineligible for FFCC, the individual will be considered for eligibility under other Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants may request to apply for FFCC as explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual may designate an individual or organization as an AR, following the policy explained in A-170, Authorized Representatives (AR).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
individuals who wish to apply for FFCC, can;
sign an application as explained in A-121, Application Signature.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The file date is the day an application is received in one of the following ways:
The file date for cases received through the DFPS interface is the date HHSC receives the interface. To be a valid application, it must contain the applicant's name, address, and appropriate signature/electronic signature. The day of receipt is day zero in the application process.
Document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
Note: For applications received outside of normal business hours, the file date is the next business day.
Related Policy
Application Signature, A-122.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An interview is not required when applying for or renewing an application for the FFCC program. Schedule a phone interview only if the individual requests an interview. The State Portal Scheduler does not support scheduling for the FFCC program. Any requests for an interview must be scheduled manually.
Note: Advisors must continue determining eligibility, rather than denying the application, if the applicant misses the interview.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The certified group consists of only the individual.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are no verification requirements for household composition. Advisors must accept the individual's statement as verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Verify citizenship and alien status following the Medical Programs policy for citizenship and alien status eligibility in A-300, Citizenship. Applicants who are U.S. citizens and certain legally admitted alien residents are eligible for Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
The alien status policy for FFCC follows Chart D in Section A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts. Individuals are no longer eligible for FFCC the month after their 21st birthday if they no longer qualify under Chart D. For individuals age 21 and older, continue eligibility if they are otherwise eligible based on Charts A, B, and C.
Allow applicants and recipients a period of reasonable opportunity, if applicable, to verify their citizenship or alien status, as explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) interface provides the following information pre-populated into the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) for individuals with an alien status:
Verification of alien status is required when the information received via the interface does not match the information in TIERS or when the document type is marked "other." Do not request verification from the individual until efforts to verify alien status through DFPS have been attempted. Staff must request an image of the alien status documentation from DFPS to verify the alien status.
Within 10 days of receiving the task, staff must email the DFPS FC-ADO mailbox at fcadomedex@dfps.state.tx.us and copy tonya.eason@dfps.state.tx.us to request the image of the alien documentation. The email must include the individual's name, date of birth, and Social Security number (SSN) and must be encrypted. Do not include any client information in the subject line of the email. DFPS should reply to this request within five workdays.
If the DFPS image does not provide sufficient information to verify alien status, then FFCC applicants must receive a period of reasonable opportunity, explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity, to verify their alien status.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification.
The Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants are eligible to receive Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) benefits from age 18 through the month of their 26th birthday.
Exception: An individual is no longer eligible for FFCC the month after the individual’s 21st birthday if the individual no longer qualifies due to alien status, as explained in E-310, General Policy.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors accept self-declaration as verification of age.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Document the individual's self-declaration establishing the age.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Relationship requirements are not applicable in the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To establish identity, follow Medical Programs policy in A-600, Identity.
To determine residence eligibility, follow the Medical Programs policy in A-700, Residence.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) recipients may have adequate health coverage. Adequate health coverage is also known as a third-party resource (TPR). FFCC follows TPR policy in A-860, Third-Party Resources (TPR). FFCC recipients with TPR must cooperate in providing details of the TPR.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The TPR information has been verified when the “NHIC” box is checked and greyed out. Staff cannot end/terminate the coverage. If the individual has TPR and the “NHIC” box is greyed out, this information has already been verified by the Office of Inspector General – Third Party Liability area.
Request verification if:
Some former foster care individuals’ parents may have TPR coverage for the applicant without the individual being aware of this coverage. If the individual states they are not aware of the TPR or do not know the details of the TPR, but the TPR has been verified by the claims administrator, advise the applicant to call the claims administrator’s Third Party Liability Customer Service Line at 1-800-846-7307 and select option 2. This will allow the individual to obtain information regarding the TPR.
If the TPR information in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) has been verified by the claims administrator but needs to be updated, fax the completed Form H1039, Medical Insurance Input, to the claims administrator at 512-514-4215.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
To determine the correct eligibility begin dates, follow policy in A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage. A person is continuously eligible beginning the first day of the application month if all eligibility criteria are met. Certified applicants are eligible to receive benefits beginning the month of their 18th birthday through the end of the month of their 26th birthday.
The Medical Effective Date (MED) cannot precede:
Follow policy in B-500, Medical Coverage for Individuals Confined in a Public Institution, for people who are confined in a public institution.
Related Policy
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Medical Coverage for Individuals Confined in a Public Institution, B-500
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants for Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) are eligible for three months prior coverage.
Three months prior coverage under FFCC cannot precede January 1, 2014. If eligible under another Medicaid program, an individual can receive three months prior coverage for months requested prior to January 1, 2014, on the Medicaid program for which the individual would have qualified prior to January 1, 2014. Coverage from January 1, 2014, forward will be under the FFCC program.
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
FFCC recipients are automatically enrolled in STAR Health through the month of their 21st birthday. STAR Health provides a full range of Medicaid-covered medical and behavioral health services for Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) individuals. Individuals may opt out of STAR Health for STAR, which allows for a choice of health plans.
People under age 21 who receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) or reside in a nursing facility have the choice of staying in STAR Health or opting into STAR Kids if they meet one of the following criteria:
Once an FFCC recipient attains age 21, coverage will transfer to STAR. STAR provides a full range of Medicaid-covered medical and other services for many children and adults. Exception: Individuals ages 21 up to age 26 who meet the STAR+PLUS criteria must enroll in the STAR+PLUS managed care program.
Related Policy
Managed Care, A-821.2
Managed Care Plans, C-1116
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Domicile requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Deprivation requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Child and medical support requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Resources are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income is not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Since there is no income test, deductions are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
School attendance requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Management requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying applicants and recertifying recipients, advisors must:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must document that Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant, authorized representative or representative payee in the Agency Use Only section of the application.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When processing an application, redetermination or change, advisors are required to inform the individual if their request is pended, certified, sustained, or denied. Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) disposition is the end result of processing the request for assistance and will generate Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. However, if the EDG cannot be disposed because it is pending for additional information/verification, the advisor must provide the individual with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
Form H1020, Request for Information or Action
Form H1020 informs the individual the:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action
Form TF0001 informs the individual:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates the eligibility end date from the date the advisor disposes the EDG as follows:
Individuals are continuously eligible for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) benefits for 12 months or through the month of their 26th birthday, whichever is earlier.
Exception: An individual is not eligible to receive 12 months of continuous eligibility if the individual:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Use Medical Programs policy in A-2330, Setting Special Reviews, to set special reviews.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations, households may continue receiving benefits pending an appeal. After certification, advisors give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
For adverse action, advisors use current policy in A-2340, Adverse Action.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must make an eligibility determination by the 45th day from the file date.
Reopen an application denied for failing to furnish information/verification if the missing information is provided by the 60th day from the file date. Use the date the missing information/verification was provided as the new file date.
Use the original application, until it is 60 days old.
If the information on the form has changed or is more than 45 days old, the individual and advisor must update the form.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, the same day eligibility is determined for an application but no later than 45 days from the file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
No interview is required to process an application or renewal unless requested by the applicant/individual. If an interview is requested, advisors provide the applicant/individual a telephone interview. If the individual fails to keep the interview, advisors must not deny the application or renewal but continue to process the request for assistance.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors may not request additional information or documentation from clients unless such information is not available electronically or the information obtained electronically is not consistent with the information provided by the client.
If additional information is needed, advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household and are considered to be sufficient verification. Each handbook section lists potential verification sources. C-900, Verification and Documentation, gives information on verification procedures.
In determining eligibility, advisors must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. Include any information the individual reports during the application decision process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system generates and sends renewal correspondence to individuals enrolled in Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) following the process explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration, for TP 08 and Children's Medicaid (TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48).
Note: The system will generate Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal - FFCC, rather than Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal - MA, for individuals renewing FFCC.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
FFCC completes an administrative renewal process. An administrative renewal is initiated by the system and requires no advisor action. The administrative renewal process uses the automated renewal process, explained in E-2161.1, Automated Renewal Process, to gather information from a client’s existing case and from electronic data sources to determine whether the client remains potentially eligible for Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The automated renewal process is the first step in an administrative renewal. The automated renewal process runs the weekend before cutoff in the ninth month of the certification period and does not require advisor action.
The process uses electronic data to automatically:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
During the automated renewal process, the system verifies:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Once available verifications are assessed during the automated renewal process, the system runs eligibility. The following chart lists the possible eligibility outcomes of the automated renewal process.
| Automated Renewal Process: Eligibility Outcomes | |
|---|---|
| Eligibility Potentially Approved |
|
| Additional Information Needed |
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system generates client correspondence according to the eligibility outcome of the automated renewal process and the action needed by the client.
The following chart lists the correspondence generated for each eligibility outcome of the automated renewal process and the required client response.
| Automated Renewal Process: Renewal Correspondence | |
|---|---|
| Eligibility Outcomes | Correspondence and Required Client Response |
| Eligibility Potentially Approved |
|
| Additional Information Needed |
|
Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is sent when a final eligibility determination has been made. Depending on the renewal status outcome and client action, final eligibility determinations may be made by advisors manually processing renewal documents or by the system automatically. Form TF0001 identifies the dates of the new certification period for Medicaid benefits or the denial reason for not recertifying the case.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
If a person is required to return a renewal form and returns a paper Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal - FFCC, the form is routed to CBS for processing. If an FFCC renewal is submitted to a local office, it may be processed by the local office advisor but only CBS staff may dispose the FFCC EDG. If an FFCC renewal needs to be disposed, a Task List Manager (TLM) task will be generated for CBS instructing them to dispose the renewal.
The file date is the day that any local eligibility determination office receives an acceptable FFCC renewal form. The following are considered acceptable FFCC forms:
A redetermination is considered timely if a renewal form is received by the first calendar day of the 11th month of the certification period. A redetermination is considered untimely if a renewal form is received after the first calendar day of the 11th month of the certification period and through the last day of the 12th month.
Note: If the first calendar day of the 11th benefit month falls on a weekend or a holiday and the redetermination is received on the following business day, the redetermination is considered timely.
Process redeterminations, received timely or untimely, by the 30th day from the date the renewal form is received or by cutoff of the 12th month of the certification period, whichever is later.
When an acceptable FFCC renewal form is received, review the information provided and determine if the case needs to be updated to reflect the most recent information reported by the person on the form.
Only request information and verification needed to determine eligibility from the person when it is not available through electronic data sources. Verification previously provided must be used to renew eligibility when the verification is still valid. Determine if there is any verification that can be used before requesting verification from the person. Allow the household at least 10 days to provide missing information. The due date must fall on a workday.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When an acceptable FFCC renewal form is not returned, the system automatically makes an eligibility determination through a mass update based on the eligibility outcome from the automated renewal process. This does not require the CBS advisor to run eligibility or dispose the EDG.
Below are the eligibility outcomes during the automated process:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a renewal is denied due to failure to provide information or verification and the information or verification is provided after the date of denial but by the 90th day after the last day of the last benefit month, CBS staff must reopen the EDG. The date the information or verification is provided is the new file date.
If a renewal form is not received by the date of denial in the 12th month of the certification period, the EDG is denied for failure to return a renewal packet. A renewal form received after the last day of the 12-month certification period must be treated as an application using application processing time frames. The file date is the day that any local eligibility determination office receives the FFCC renewal form.
Note: If the renewal form is received after the date of denial but before the last day of the 12th month of the certification period, reopen the EDG and process as a renewal.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For individuals required to return a renewal packet, CBS advisors must process the manual renewal following the time frames explained in E-2161.2, Processing a Manual Renewal.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must allow the household at least 10 days to provide missing information/verification. The due date must be a workday. Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household if the documents are anticipated to be sufficient verification. If the applicant has any active or inactive EDGs, check to see if any verification previously provided for the other EDGs can be used to determine eligibility for FFCC.
Advisors use verifications accepted for the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program, Medical Programs or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP).
Exception: Only Medical Programs sources of verification of U.S. citizenship for applicants can be used.
Note: Advisors must not use verification that is over 90 days old from the FFCC file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Case Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Renewal | 10 days |
|
| Incomplete review | 10 days | 10th day |
Note: Staff have until the 45th day from the file date to determine eligibility for applications.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Customer Care Center (CCC) staff process all changes for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) recipients. FFCC recipients can report changes:
Note: When a change is reported by telephone, staff must verify that the person speaking is the individual or an authorized representative as explained in A-2000, Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation.
An individual must report the following changes:
Advisors process all other changes, including agency-generated changes, at the next renewal.
Exception: If the individual failed to report required information at the time of the application that causes the individual to be ineligible for FFCC, advisors must deny the benefits and send a fraud referral to the Office of the Inspector General.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
All changes or agency generated change tasks received during the 12-month continuous eligibility period should be documented and the change processed at renewal, except:
If a change of address is received, mail the person Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration. If the person contacts CBS or 2-1-1 to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the person for a signature. File Form H1350 in the case record when the person returns the form and retain the form for at least 22 months.
Follow policy in B-532, Medicaid Reinstatement for Persons Released from Texas County Jails, if a person was incarcerated in a Texas County Jail and Medicaid is suspended.
Follow Medical Programs policy in B-600, Changes, for verification and documentation requirements.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Medicaid Reinstatement for Persons Released from Texas County Jail, B-532
Changes, B-600
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
When returned mail is received, the vendor creates and assigns a Returned Mail (RTML) task to Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff for processing.
Upon receipt of the RTML task, CBS staff must take the following actions:
1. Review the address on the returned mail, the case record, and the State Portal to determine whether the household has reported a new address. If a new address has been reported, process the address change and, if there is a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), any related changes in shelter expenses.
2. If a new address has not been reported and a forwarding address was not provided, attempt to contact the household via telephone to obtain an updated address and document the attempt. If the household provides a new address, process the address change and, if there is a SNAP EDG, any related changes in shelter expenses. Otherwise go to Step 3.
3. If there is an individual(s) in the household who receives Retirement, Survivor's and Disability Insurance (RSDI) or Supplemental Security Income (SSI), use the State Online Query (SOLQ) to verify the household's address. Use the address in SOLQ to update the address if the address in SOLQ differs from the address on file and, if there is a SNAP EDG, explore shelter expenses.
If the address in SOLQ matches the address in the TIERS record, document in TIERS Case Comments that the SOLQ inquiry address matches the TIERS address and take no further action.
If unable to contact the individual by phone and there is not an individual(s) in the household who receives RSDI or SSI for the:
4. If unable to update the address, simultaneously send emails using the following CBS email box to:
HPO Process
PAL Process
Note:
For an individual who aged out of the Unaccompanied Refugee Minor (URM) Resettlement program, contact the following agencies and individuals to determine if the agency or individual has an updated address for the former URM:
5. The MCD HPO and DFPS PAL staff have ten calendar days to respond. It is important that staff make the request as soon as possible. The response will include either:
MCD HPO responds to the CBS email mailbox (cbs_ffche-mtfcy@hhsc.state.tx.us ) and copies the original requestor with information from the plan by the tenth calendar day from when the email is sent, either confirming or denying that they have an address on file for the client. If they confirm, the response will include the address on file.
The DFPS PAL program responds to the email box (OES_FFCC@hhsc.state.tx.us ) and copies the original requestor with information from the Lead Regional PAL staff by the tenth calendar day from when the email is sent, either confirming or denying that they have an address on file for the client. If they confirm, the response will include the address on file.
Note: If the MCD HPO and DFPS PAL both respond and provide different addresses, use the address received from the MCD HPO (unless the individual has already provided an address).
6. For cases with a SNAP EDG, if by the Form H1020 due date, the household:
For the FFCC EDG, if by the 10th calendar day due date the HPO/PAL information:
Note: The HPO/PAL information cannot be used to verify residence for SNAP EDGs.
7. If MCD HPO or DFPS PAL provide an updated address within 30 days of the EDG's denial due to "Unable to Locate,” reopen the EDG.
For the SNAP EDG, if the household is denied for failure to provide information and provides a correct address within the advance notice adverse action period, reopen the EDG using the original certification period and process any related changes in shelter expenses. Please refer to the TIERS Advance Notice of Adverse Action Reference Guide in the ASK iT Knowledge Base for instructions.
Notes:
Related Policy
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Individuals on Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) have the right to appeal within 90 days from the effective date of any Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) action. The individual's request may be oral or in writing.
See B-1000, Fair Hearings, for specific appeals policy and procedures.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow the policy explained in C-817, Electronic Data Sources (ELDS), and C-820, Data Broker.
Exception: The consent policy explained in C-817 does not apply to individuals who are transferred to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) via the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) interface.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
The Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program provides medical coverage to certain former foster care youth enrolled in an institution of higher education located in Texas. FFCHE is funded entirely by the state and is not considered Medicaid. It is identified as a Health Care Benefits program instead of Medicaid or medical assistance.
People living in Texas who age out of foster care under an Interstate Compact on the Placement of Children (ICPC) agreement may be eligible for FFCHE or Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY), explained in Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY). Automatically recertify current FFCHE recipients who are up for eligibility redetermination.
A person who ages out of foster care under an ICPC agreement may apply for FFCHE by completing Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, or Form H1205-S and submitting the form:
or
Applicants may request to apply for FFCHE as explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
When a request for Form H1205 is received, Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff determine if the applicant needs the English or Spanish version of the form.
Note: CBS staff accept any of the applications explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions, and request any additional information needed to make an eligibility determination.
If a local eligibility determination office receives an application, staff must date stamp and fax the application to the DPC non-expedited fax line (877-447-2839) no later than the next business day.
Note: Policy found in A-121, Receipt of Application, outlines what constitutes a valid application and what process to follow when the agency receives an incomplete application.
Related Policy
Receipt of Application, A-121
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
To be eligible for FFCHE benefits, a person must:
*Staff must contact the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) to determine whether the person had an ICPC agreement. DFPS has three business days to respond.
Specialized staff process all FFCHE case actions.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual may designate an individual or organization as an AR, following the policy explained in A-170, Authorized Representatives (AR).
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The file date is the day any local eligibility determination office, call center vendor, or other HHSC-contracted entity accepts an application containing the applicant's name, address and an appropriate signature. The file date is considered day zero in the application process.
Advisors must document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
Note: For applications received outside of normal business hours, the file date is the next business day.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An interview is not required when applying for or renewing an application for the FFCHE program. Advisors must schedule a phone interview only if the individual requests an interview. The State Portal Scheduler does not support scheduling an interview for the FFCHE program. Any requests for an interview must be scheduled manually.
Note: An application must not be denied if the applicant misses the interview, and the advisor should continue to determine eligibility.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition and certified Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) consists of the applicant only. The applicant is the only certified member on the FFCHE EDG.
Example: An individual, age 22, is married and lives with her husband and their child. The individual applies for and is eligible for the FFCHE program. The MAGI household composition and certified EDG consists of only the individual. Her husband and child are not included.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are no verification requirements for household composition. Accept the individual’s statement as verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program follows the Medical Programs policy for citizenship and alien status eligibility in A-300, Citizenship.
Exception: Applicants do not receive the period of reasonable opportunity explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.
Applicants who are U.S. citizens and certain legally admitted alien residents are eligible for FFCHE if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
Reminder: The State Online Query (SOLQ) and the Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) inquiry systems cannot be used to verify citizenship for this program. See F-2140, Pending Information on Applications.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration before certification. The Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants are eligible to receive Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program benefits beginning the month after their 21st birthday through the end of the month of their 23rd birthday. Applicants who wish to have coverage during the month of their 21st birthday must apply for benefits under an appropriate Medicaid program.
Note: These individuals may be eligible for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) during the month of their 21st birthday. See Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Accept self-declaration as verification of age.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Document the individual's self-declaration establishing the age.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Relationship requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
To establish identity, follow the Medical Programs policy in A-600, Identity.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To determine residence eligibility, follow TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48 policy in A-700, Residence.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
An applicant/recipient is not eligible to receive Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) benefits if the individual currently has adequate health coverage. Adequate health coverage is also known as a third-party resource (TPR). Adequate health coverage is defined as receiving coverage under:
Deny an application for an individual who has adequate health coverage.
Do not consider a plan with a limited scope of coverage such as dental, vision, long-term care, etc., or for only a specific illness/disease, such as drug/substance abuse, as adequate health coverage.
Consider an applicant/recipient as having adequate health coverage even if it has limits on benefits or high deductibles.
If staff receive a task with information that the individual has TPR and the “NHIC” box is greyed out, advisors deny rather than pend the EDG. This information has already been verified by the Office of Inspector General – Third Party Liability area.
When an FFCHE applicant is denied due to adequate health care coverage, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, will read:
“We found that you already have private health insurance. To learn more about the insurance you already get, call toll-free 1-800-846-7307 (after you pick a language, press 2).”
In some instances, the parents of FFCHE recipients have TPR coverage for them without the individual knowing. If the individual states they are not aware of the TPR, staff should advise them to call the claims administrator’s Third Party Liability Customer Service Line at 1-800-846-7307 and select option 2. This will allow the individual to obtain information regarding their TPR.
If the TPR information in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) has been verified by the claims administrator but needs to be updated, staff should fax the completed Form H1039, Medical Insurance Input, to the claims administrator at 512-514-4215.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Accept self-declaration of adequate health coverage.
Exception: If an applicant is denied due to receiving adequate health coverage and the applicant calls to notify HHSC that the medical insurance is not adequate health coverage, staff would need to verify if the coverage is considered adequate health coverage.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Staff must document in case comments the existence of adequate health coverage.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The applicant is eligible for 12 months beginning the first day of the application month if all eligibility criteria are met. The applicants are eligible to receive benefits beginning the month after their 21st birthday through the end of the month of their 23rd birthday.
The medical effective date cannot precede the:
If an applicant applies in the month of the applicant’s 21st birthday, the individual cannot be eligible for the Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program until the following month.
Applicants who wish to have coverage during the month of their 21st birthday must apply for benefits under an appropriate Medicaid program.
Note: These individuals may be eligible for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) during the month of their 21st birthday. See Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Examples:
Three months prior coverage is not available in the FFCHE program. An applicant may apply for three months prior coverage under a Medicaid program and receive assistance if eligible.
In the event an FFCHE recipient becomes pregnant and does not apply for or is not eligible for Medicaid, the newborn is not eligible for TP 45 – Medicaid for Newborn Children. If the mother wants coverage for the baby, she must apply for Medicaid; if eligible, the child will be certified for TP 43 – Medical Assistance for Children Under Age 1.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
FFCHE recipients will have two types of coverage. The type of coverage determines how recipients access their health care services.
Fee-for-Service – Initial coverage for FFCHE recipients. Although FFCHE individuals are not Medicaid recipients, they will have access to any Medicaid provider and will be allowed to self-refer to specialists. The provider submits claims directly to the claims administrator for reimbursement of the FFCHE-covered services (the coverage mirrors services available to Medicaid recipients). The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) will use state funds to pay these claims.
Managed Care – A service delivery program that provides medical care in a managed care setting. The state pays a monthly premium to the health maintenance organization (HMO) for each recipient enrolled in the plan. The plan processes all provider claims.
Enrollment into managed care is mandatory for FFCHE recipients; however, when a recipient is determined eligible for the FFCHE program, fee-for-service coverage is provided until the recipient is enrolled into managed care. Managed care coverage is determined using prospective enrollment following current cutoff rules. Managed care health benefits are provided through the STAR Program.
Example: An application is received on January 1 and processed on January 25 (after cutoff); the managed care effective date is March 1. The initial months (January and February) will be covered as fee-for-service.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Domicile requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care in Higher Education program.
Deprivation requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care in Higher Education program.
Child and medical support requirements do not apply to the Former Foster Care in Higher Education program.
Resources are not considered in determining eligibility for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).
Income is not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).
Since there is no income test, deductions are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An applicant or recipient must be enrolled in an institution of higher education located in Texas to receive Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) health care benefits. The applicant/recipient may be attending school half-time or full-time. There is no requirement regarding the number of hours the student must be taking. The following are considered institutions of higher education:
Note: Trade schools such as beauty schools or mechanic schools do not meet the definition of an institution of higher education.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
School enrollment must be verified at application and renewal. The following are valid sources of verification for school enrollment:
Note: Online courses are only acceptable if the university/college has a branch located in Texas.
Management requirements are not applicable for the Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying applicants and recertifying recipients, complete the following:
There is no requirement to inform individuals to report accidents.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Document that Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant, authorized representative or representative payee in the Agency Use Only section of the application.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When processing an application, redetermination or change, advisors are required to inform the individual if their request is pended, certified, sustained, or denied. Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) disposition is the end result of processing the request for assistance and will generate Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. However, if the EDG cannot be disposed because it is pending for additional information/verification, the advisor must provide the individual with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
Form H1020 informs the individual of the:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
TF0001F informs the individual:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates the eligibility end date from the date the advisor disposes the EDG as follows:
Individuals are eligible for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) health care benefits for 12 months or through the month of their 23rd birthday, whichever is earlier.
Exception: A individual is not eligible to receive 12 months of coverage if the individual:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Use Medical Programs policy in A-2330, Setting Special Reviews, to set special reviews.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
After certification, give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
Former FFCHE recipients receiving a notice of adverse action do not have the right to request a fair hearing. FFCHE recipients can request a review of their case action. See F-2300, Request for Review.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must make an eligibility determination by the 45th day from the file date.
Reopen an application denied for failing to furnish information/verification if the missing information is provided by the 60th day from the file date. Use the date the missing information/verification was provided as the new file date.
Use the original application or renewal form until it is 60 days old. If the information on the form has changed or is more than 45 days old, the individual and advisor must update the form.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Provide Form TF0001-F, Notice of Case Action, the same day eligibility is determined for an application but no later than 45 days from the file date.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
No interview is required to process an application or renewal unless requested by the applicant or recipient. If requested, provide the individual with a telephone interview. If the individual fails to keep the interview, do not deny the application or renewal but continue to process the request for assistance.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household and consider it sufficient verification. Use the verification sources listed in the various eligibility elements of Part A, Determining Eligibility, as potential and acceptable sources of verification. C-900, Verification and Documentation, gives information on verification procedures.
In determining eligibility, staff must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. Include any information the individual reports during the application decision process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) sends a renewal packet containing Form H1869, Renewal for Health Care Services; Form H1870, School Enrollment Verification Form; and a business reply envelope in the 11th month of the 12-month certification period.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) recipients receive a passive renewal. Individuals are only required to return a renewal packet if information they provided during the application process has changed. If the individual does not return a renewal packet by the first calendar day of the last month of the certification period, TIERS automatically re-certifies the FFCHE Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) for another 12-month period, or through the month of the individual’s 23rd birthday, whichever is earlier. This will not require the Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) advisor to run eligibility or dispose the case.
Exception: School enrollment must be verified at application or renewal for FFCHE. If an FFCHE individual does not return the renewal packet, TIERS will process the passive renewal and will pend the EDG for school enrollment verification. If verification is not provided, the advisor will be required to run eligibility and dispose the case to sustain or deny benefits.
There is no interview requirement for an FFCHE renewal. The file date is the day any local Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) eligibility determination office receives the FFCHE application.
Verification from an associated EDG can be used if provided within 90 days of the FFCHE file date.
Follow the policy below when Form H1869/Form H1869-S, Renewal for Health Care Benefits, is returned for a renewal.
If the individual provides Form H1869/Form H1869-S indicating no change and has an associated EDG, review the associated EDG to determine if there is any conflicting data and if there is any documentation to clear the conflicting information. If not, request new verification via Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
If the individual returns Form H1869/Form H1869-S reporting changes, provides verification and there are no associated EDGs, process the renewal using the new verification.
If the individual returns Form H1869/Form H1869-S reporting changes, provides verification and there are associated EDGs, review the associated EDGs and use the most recent information provided.
If the associated EDGs have other information the family did not report for the FFCHE EDG that would impact FFCHE eligibility, contact the individual (by telephone or Form H1020 with due date) to determine if the information in the associated EDGs is correct before denying or taking adverse action on the EDG.
If the individual returns Form H1869/Form H1869-S reporting changes without verification and has associated EDGs, request new verification via Form H1020.
If the individual returns Form H1869/Form H1869-S indicating changes, does not provide verification and does not have associated EDGs, request information needed to determine eligibility. If the individual does not provide the information, do not renew eligibility.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
If the individual returns a renewal packet, advisors must make an eligibility determination by the 30th day from the file date.
Note: A renewal application is considered a renewal if it is received by the last day of the 12-month certification period.
Reopen a renewal application denied for failing to furnish information or verification if the missing information/verification is provided by the 60th day from the file date. Use the date the missing information/verification was provided as the new file date.
Use the original Form H1869/Form H1869-S, Renewal for Health Care Benefits, until it is 60 days old. If the information on Form H1869/Form H1869-S has changed or is more than 45 days old, the individual and advisor must update the form.
Reminder: Consider a renewal application received after the last day of the 12-month certification period as an application using application processing time frames.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Allow the household at least 10 days to provide missing information/verification. The due date must be a workday. Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household if the documents are anticipated to be sufficient verification. If the applicant has any active or inactive EDGs, check to see if any verification previously provided for another EDG can be used to determine eligibility for FFCHE.
Use verifications accepted for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Medical Programs or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP).
For example, if you accept wage verification for a SNAP case, that same verification is acceptable for TANF, Medical Programs or FFCHE.
Exception: Verification of U.S. citizenship for applicants must be from a Medicaid-acceptable source. Staff cannot access the State Online Query/Wire Third-Party Query (SOLQ/WTPY) inquiry to verify citizenship or Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI) for FFCHE processing. Advisors must request other types of verification, such as copies of birth certificates for citizenship and award letters for RSDI benefits.
Note: Do not use verification that is over 90 days old from the FFCHE file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Case Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Renewal | 10 days | 30th day, or by the 10th day if the household's Form H1020 due date extends beyond the last day of the last benefit month |
| Incomplete review | 10 days | 10th day |
Note: Staff have until the 45th day from the file date to determine eligibility for applications.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff process all changes for Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) recipients. FFCHE recipients can report changes:
Note: When an FFCHE recipient reports a change by telephone, staff must verify that the person speaking is the individual or the authorized representative.
An FFCHE recipient must report the following changes:
Exception: Individuals receiving FFCHE as of December 2013 and not eligible for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) must also report income changes.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Follow policy listed in B-600, Changes, for Medical Programs to determine how to process changes for FFCHE recipients.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
FFCHE recipients receiving notice of adverse action are not entitled to continued benefits when benefits are denied for any reason and granting continued benefits would extend the 12-month eligibility period or extend the benefits past the person’s 23rd birthday.
FFCHE recipients do not have the right to request a fair hearing. FFCHE recipients can request a review of the case action. A request for review is any expression of dissatisfaction with an adverse action. Inform FFCHE recipients that requests for review must be submitted in writing.
FFCHE recipients have 30 business days from the date of the notification letter to submit a request for review concerning the decision that resulted in an adverse action. They must submit the request for review in writing to:
Upon receipt of the request for review, CBS staff review the adverse action and respond in writing within 10 business days from the date of receipt of the request. The response letter (Form TF0001F, Notice of Case Action) has information about the agency’s answer to the request for review. Document the final decision in TIERS Case Comments.
When a request for review is received after 30 business days or the request for review is not for an adverse action, deny the request and generate Form TF0001F, to inform the household of the denial reason.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Chafee Foster Care Independence Act of 1999 gave states the option to extend Medicaid coverage to the population of youth who are between ages 18 and 21 and have aged out of foster care. Senate Bill 51, 77th Texas Legislature, Regular Session, 2001, was passed and signed into law effective September 1, 2001. This law allows the state to provide Medicaid coverage to youths who are aging out of foster care until they reach their 21st birthday.
The process to cover these individuals is coordinated between the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS), which administers the foster care program, and the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC). When a child who is not eligible for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) ages out of foster care in Texas, Medicaid eligibility is transferred from Foster Care Medicaid to Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY). DFPS certifies initial MTFCY eligibility for youths aging out of foster care and HHSC is then responsible for determining their future Medicaid eligibility.
Note: There may be situations in which HHSC processes the initial certification.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
To be eligible for MTFCY, a person must:
* Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff must contact DFPS to determine whether the person had an ICPC agreement. DFPS has three business days to respond.
Specialized staff process all MTFCY case actions.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff receive:
Note: DFPS provides a notice of eligibility to each person.
CBS staff are notified by DFPS or HHSC Quality Assurance when a referral or interface is not completed. If a DFPS referral or interface is not completed or processed, CBS staff must contact DFPS to determine the reason the person was not sent to HHSC via the interface and confirm whether eligibility criteria are met for MTFCY. If the person meets the eligibility criteria in M-111, Type of Assistance (TP) 70 - Medical Assistance - MTFCY, CBS staff certify the person for MTFCY without requiring an application.
There are instances when a person is denied ongoing MTFCY coverage and must submit a new application for benefits. A person may be denied ongoing MTFCY coverage if they:
A person denied ongoing MTFCY benefits may experience a gap in coverage. When there is a gap in coverage, the person must apply using any of the Medical Programs application channels explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
The question "Were you in foster care at age 18 or older?" must be marked Yes on the application for eligibility to be considered for MTFCY.
If ineligible for MTFCY, the person will be considered for eligibility under other Medical Programs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Applicants may request to apply for MTFCY as explained in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions.
If an applicant requests help completing an application, a volunteer or staff member must provide assistance. Anyone assisting the applicant in completing a paper application must initial the part completed, or sign the form indicating assistance was provided.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual may designate an individual or organization as an AR, following the policy explained in A-170, Authorized Representatives (AR).
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
Individuals who wish to apply for MTFCY can:
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The file date is the day an application is received in one of the following ways:
The file date is the day any HHSC eligibility determination office or call center vendor accepts an application containing the applicant's name, address, and appropriate signature. This is day zero in the application process.
Document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
Note: For applications received outside of normal business hours, the file date is the next business day.
Related Policy
Application Signature, A-122.1
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
An interview is not required when applying for or renewing an application for the MTFCY program. Schedule a phone interview only if the individual requests an interview. The State Portal Scheduler does not support scheduling of the MTFCY program. Any requests for an interview must be scheduled manually.
Note: Do not deny the application if the applicant misses the interview; continue determining eligibility.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To determine the Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY), the advisor follows the policy explained in A-240, Medical Programs.
Exception: An individual received via the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) interface will continue to have a MAGI household size of one. MAGI household size may change at the time of redetermination if additional information is received indicating that additional people should be included in the MAGI household composition.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
There are no verification requirements for household composition. Accept the individual’s statement as verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For most Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) applications received via the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) interface, citizenship and alien status has been verified. For MTFCY applications not received via the DFPS interface, a period of reasonable opportunity may be granted if necessary, following the Medical Programs policy for citizenship and alien status eligibility in A-300, Citizenship.
Applicants who are U.S. citizens and certain legally admitted alien residents are eligible for MTFCY if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification.
The Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) program follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
To receive Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth benefits, individuals must be at least age 18 and younger than age 21. Applicants are eligible to receive benefits from age 18 through the month of their 21st birthday.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Accept self-declaration as verification of age.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Document the individual's self-declaration establishing the age.
Relationship requirements are not applicable in the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
To establish identity, follow Medical Programs policy in A-600, Identity.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
To determine residence eligibility, follow TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 policy in A-700, Residence.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An applicant or recipient is not eligible to receive Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) benefits if the individual currently has adequate health coverage. Adequate health coverage is also known as a third-party resource (TPR). Adequate health coverage is defined as receiving coverage under:
Deny an application for an individual who has adequate health coverage.
Do not consider a plan with a limited scope of coverage such as dental, vision, long-term care, etc., or for only a specific illness/disease such as drug/substance abuse as adequate health coverage.
Consider an applicant/recipient as having adequate health coverage even if it has limits on benefits or high deductibles.
If staff receive a task with information that the individual has TPR and the "NHIC" box is greyed out, advisors deny rather than pend the EDG. This information has already been verified by the Office of Inspector General – Third Party Liability area.
When an MTFCY applicant is denied due to adequate health care coverage, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, will read:
"We found that you already have private health insurance. To learn more about the insurance you already get, call toll-free 1-800-846-7307 (after you pick a language, press 2)."
In some instances, the parents of MTFCY recipients have TPR coverage for them without the individual knowing. If the individual states they are not aware of the TPR, staff should advise them to call the claims administrator's Third Party Liability Customer Service Line at 1-800-846-7307 and select option 2. This will allow the individual to obtain information regarding their TPR.
If the TPR information in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) has been verified by the claims administrator but needs to be updated, staff should fax the completed Form H1039, Medical Insurance Input, to the claims administrator at 512-514-4215.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Accept self-declaration of adequate health coverage.
Exception: If an applicant is denied due to receiving adequate health coverage and the applicant calls to notify HHSC that the medical insurance is not adequate health coverage, staff would need to verify if the coverage is considered adequate health coverage.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Staff must document in case comments the existence of adequate health coverage.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The person is continuously eligible for 12 months beginning the first day of the application month if all eligibility criteria are met. Applicants are eligible to receive benefits beginning the month of their 18th birthday through the end of the month of their 21st birthday.
The medical effective date cannot precede the month of the applicant’s 18th birthday.
Follow policy in B-500, Medical Coverage for Individuals Confined in a Public Institution, for people who are confined in a public institution .
Related Policy
Medical Coverage for Individuals Confined in a Public Institution, B-500
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Follow policy in A-830, Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, to provide Medicaid coverage if the individual meets eligibility criteria.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The type of coverage determines how recipients access Medicaid services. There are two types of coverage. They are fee-for-service and managed care.
Fee-for-Service — Also known as traditional Medicaid, allows access to any Medicaid provider and self-referral to specialists. The provider submits claims directly to the claims administrator for reimbursement of Medicaid-covered services.
Managed Care — A service delivery program that provides medical care in a managed care setting. The state pays a monthly premium to the health maintenance organization (HMO) for each recipient enrolled in the plan. The plan processes all provider claims.
Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth recipients have the option to enroll in either type of coverage. See A-821.2, Managed Care.
Related Policy
Types of Coverage, A-821
Domicile requirements do not apply to the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
Deprivation requirements do not apply to the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
Child and medical support requirements do not apply to the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
Resources are not considered in determining eligibility for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) individuals must have income less than or equal to the applicable income limit for TP 70, defined in C-131.1, Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL).
Advisors must use Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules to determine financial eligibility for MTFCY following the Medical Programs policy, explained in A-1300, Income.
Exception: Individuals who have had an Interstate Compact on the Placement of Children (ICPC) agreement do not need to meet the income requirement.
Use Medical Programs policy in A-1400, Deductions, to determine which deductions a household is eligible to receive.
School attendance requirements are not applicable for the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
Management requirements are not applicable for the Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth program.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying applicants and recertifying recipients, advisors must:
There is no requirement to inform individuals to report accidents.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Document that Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant, authorized representative or representative payee in the Agency Use Only section of the application.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
When processing an application, redetermination or change, advisors are required to inform the individual if their request is pended, certified, sustained, or denied. Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) disposition is the end result of processing the request for assistance and will generate Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. However, if the EDG cannot be disposed because it is pending for additional information/verification, the advisor must provide the individual with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
Form H1020 informs the individual the:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
TF0001 informs the individual:
Note: For Spanish-speaking only individuals, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates the eligibility end date from the date the advisor disposes the EDG as follows:
Individuals are continuously eligible for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth benefits for 12 months or through the month of their 21st birthday, whichever is earlier.
Exception: An individual is not eligible to receive 12 months of continuous eligibility if the individual:
Use Medical Programs policy in A-2330, Setting Special Reviews, to set special reviews.
Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations, households may continue receiving benefits pending an appeal. After certification, give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
For adverse action, use current policy in A-2340, Adverse Action.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must make an eligibility determination by the 45th day from the file date.
Advisors reopen an application denied for failing to furnish information/verification if the missing information is provided by the 60th day from the file date. Use the date the missing information/verification was provided as the new file date.
Advisors use the original application until it is 60 days old.
If the information on the form has changed or is more than 45 days old, the individual and advisor must update the form.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Provide Form TF-0001, Notice of Case Action, the same day eligibility is determined for an application but no later than 45 days from the file date.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
No interview is required to process an application or renewal unless requested by the applicant/individual. If requested, provide the applicant/individual a telephone interview. If the individual fails to keep the interview, do not deny the application or renewal but continue to process the request for assistance.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors may not request additional information or documentation from clients unless such information is not available electronically or the information obtained electronically is not consistent with the information provided by the client.
If additional information is needed, advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household and are considered to be sufficient verification. Each handbook section lists potential verification sources. C-900, Verification and Documentation, gives information on verification procedures.
In determining eligibility, advisors must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. Include any information the individual reports during the application decision process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The system generates and sends renewal correspondence to individuals enrolled in Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) following the process explained in B-121, Notice of Redetermination/Certification Expiration, for TP 08 and Children's Medicaid (TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48).
Note: The system will generate Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal – MTFCY, rather than Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal – MA, for individuals renewing MTFCY.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
MTFCY recipients complete the administrative renewal process explained in B-122.4, Medical Program Administrative Renewals.
Note: If an individual is required to return a renewal form and returns a paper Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal – MTFCY, the form is routed to Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) for processing.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
For individuals required to return a renewal packet, advisors must process the manual renewal as explained in B-122.4.2, Processing a Manual Renewal.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Allow the household at least 10 days to provide missing information/verification. The due date must be a workday. Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household if the documents are anticipated to be sufficient verification. If the applicant has any active or inactive Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs), check to see if any verification previously provided for the other EDGs can be used to determine eligibility for MTFCY.
Use verifications accepted for the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program, Medical Programs or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP).
For example, if you accept wage verification for a SNAP case, that same verification is acceptable for TANF, Medical Programs or MTFCY.
Exception: Only Medical Programs sources of verification of U.S. citizenship for applicants can be used.
Note: Do not use verification that is over 90 days old from the MTFCY file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| Case Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Renewal | 10 days |
|
| Incomplete review | 10 days | 10th day |
Note: Staff have until the 45th day from the file date to determine eligibility for applications.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff process all changes for Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) recipients. MTFCY recipients can report changes:
Document Processing Center:
HHSC
P.O. Box 149024
Austin, TX 78714-9024
Toll-free fax: 1-877-447-2839
Note: When a change is reported by telephone, staff must verify that the person speaking is the individual or an authorized representative.
An individual is continuously eligible for MTFCY for 12 months or through the month of his 21st birthday, whichever is earlier.
An individual must report the following changes:
Process all other changes, including agency-generated changes, at the next renewal.
Exception: If the individual failed to report required information at the time of the application that causes the individual to be ineligible for MTFCY, advisors must deny the benefits and send a fraud referral to the Office of the Inspector General.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Document all changes or agency generated change tasks received during the 12-month continuous eligibility period and process the change at renewal, except:
If a change of address is received, mail the person Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration. If the person contacts CBS or 2-1-1 to decline the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025, mail Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to the person for a signature. File Form H1350 in the case record when the person returns the form and retain the form for at least 22 months.
Follow policy in B-532, Medicaid Reinstatement for Persons Released from Texas County Jails, if a person was incarcerated in a Texas County Jail and Medicaid is suspended.
Follow Medical Programs policy in B-600, Changes, for verification and documentation requirements.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Medicaid Reinstatement for Persons Released from Texas County Jail, B-532
Changes, B-600
Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016
When returned mail is received, the vendor creates and assigns a Returned Mail (RTML) task to Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff for processing.
Upon receipt of the RTML task, CBS staff must take the following actions:
If the address in SOLQ matches the address in the TIERS record, document in TIERS Case Comments that the SOLQ inquiry address matches the TIERS address and take no further action.
If unable to contact the individual by phone and there is not an individual(s) in the household who receives RSDI or SSI for the:
HPO Process
PAL Process
Note:
For an individual who aged out of the Unaccompanied Refugee Minor (URM) Resettlement program, contact the following agencies and individuals to determine if the agency or individual has an updated address for the former URM:
MCD HPO responds to the CBS email mailbox (cbs_ffche-mtfcy@hhsc.state.tx.us ) and copies the original requestor with information from the plan by the tenth calendar day from when the email is sent, either confirming or denying that they have an address on file for the client. If they confirm, the response will include the address on file.
The DFPS PAL program responds to the email box (OES_FFCC@hhsc.state.tx.us ) and copies the original requestor with information from the Lead Regional PAL staff by the tenth calendar day from when the email is sent, either confirming or denying that they have an address on file for the client. If they confirm, the response will include the address on file.
Note: If the MCD HPO and DFPS PAL both respond and provide different addresses, use the address received from the MCD HPO (unless the individual has already provided an address).
For the MTFCY EDG, if by the tenth calendar day due date the HPO/PAL information:
Note: The HPO/PAL information cannot be used to verify residence for SNAP EDGs.
For the SNAP EDG, if the household is denied for failure to provide information and provides a correct address within the advance notice adverse action period, reopen the EDG using the original certification period and process any related changes in shelter expenses. Please refer to the TIERS Advance Notice of Adverse Action Reference Guide in the ASK iT Knowledge Base for instructions.
Notes:
Related Policy
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth applicants or recipients receiving a notice of adverse action are not entitled to continued benefits when benefits are denied for any reason if doing so would extend the 12-month continuous eligibility period or benefits past their 21st birthday.
See B-1000, Fair Hearings, for specific appeals policy and procedures.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow the policy explained in C-817, Electronic Data Sources (ELDS), and C-820, Data Broker.
Exception: The consent policy explained in C-817 does not apply to individuals that are transferred to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) via the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) interface.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Effective February 1, 2017, HHSC no longer determines eligibility for Refugee Medical Assistance (RMA) and benefits provided to Unaccompanied Refugee Minors (URM's) under Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) or Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
HTW provides for a continuous 12-month certification period with the following limited health care benefits:
Note: For individuals ages 15-17, a parent or legal guardian's signature is required.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
To qualify for HTW, applicants must:
Notes:
Related Policy
General Policy, W-510
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Applicants must complete Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application Form, or Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal.
Note: No other application can be used to apply for HTW.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application, may be downloaded from the HHSC Texas Works Handbook and is also available:
On the same day the request is received, provide the applicant an application packet that includes the following:
Texas Health and Human Services Commission
P.O. Box 149021
Austin, TX 78714-9021
Note: Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, is not required.
If an applicant requests help completing Form H1867/H1867-S or Form H0025, a volunteer or staff member must give help and initial the parts completed or sign Form H1867/H1867-S to show the applicant received help.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Applicants submit Form H1867, Healthy Texas Women Application:
Texas Health and Human Services Commission
P.O. Box 149021
Austin, TX 78714-9021
If a local HHSC benefits office receives any Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application; Form H1867-R, Healthy Texas Women Renewal; or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, date stamp and fax it to the designated fax line no later than the next business day. When an HHSC office receives Form H1867-R or Form H1831, date stamp and fax it to the Document Processing Center using current procedures.
Accept all submitted forms if they have the person’s name, address and signature. HHSC does not need an original signature for faxed applications.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The HTW program allows individuals who apply via 2-1-1 to submit applications using a telephonic signature. HHSC will send the following correspondence based on the actions taken by the individual.
| Action | Correspondence |
|---|---|
| Individual telephonically signs the application. | Form H1031, Telephonic Signatures Cover Letter, notifies the HTW applicant or parent/legal guardian of a minor HTW applicant they submitted a telephonically signed application or renewal. |
| Individual declines to telephonically sign the application. | Form M5021A, Signature Form, notifies the individual a signature is needed to complete the application process, and Form H1867, Healthy Texas Women Application, populated with the information provided over the phone. |
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The file date is the day any HHSC benefits office accepts Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application; Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal; or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, containing the applicant's name, address and appropriate signature. This is day zero in the application process.
Document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
Note: Because family planning providers may have extended weekend hours and will fax a majority of the applications, the file date is the day it is faxed to the HTW fax line.
Related Policy
General Policy, W-910
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
When an individual or provider states that an application was faxed to the HTW designated fax line, but it is determined that the fax was not received, verbally inform the individual or provider to fax the confirmation page and original application to determine the correct file date.
If HTW staff receives the fax confirmation page and the original application:
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
An interview is not required when applying for or renewing an application for HTW. Schedule a telephone interview only if the individual requests an interview. Process an application or renewal by mail or telephone.
Note: Do not deny the application if the applicant misses the interview; continue determining eligibility.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Household composition is self-declared. Married minors are not eligible for the Healthy Texas Women (HTW) program.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The budget group for a minor applicant consists of the:
The budget group for an adult applicant consists of the:
A woman may not exclude a mandatory child from her budget group.
Do not include the following individuals in the HTW budget group:
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Treat women age 18 as adults. The certified group consists only of the woman (adult or minor) applying, and there can only be one certified woman on an HTW EDG. Do not certify an incarcerated woman or married minors.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
There are no verification requirements for household determination.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
The Healthy Texas Women (HTW) program follows the Medical Programs citizenship policy in A-300, Citizenship.
Applicants, who are U.S. citizens and certain legally admitted alien residents, are eligible for HTW if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
Related Policy
Citizenship, A-300
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification.
The Healthy Texas Women (HTW) program follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
To receive Healthy Texas Women (HTW) benefits, an individual must be age 15 through 44. An applicant is considered age 15 the month of her 15th birthday and age 44 through the month of her 45th birthday. For individuals ages 15 through 17, a parent or legal guardian must apply on the individual's behalf.
Ten days prior to a women turning 18 years old, she will receive Form H1871, HTW Client Turning 18 Years Old, to inform her she is now responsible for managing her own HTW EDG. The form also provides information about how to report a confidential address.
Married minors are not eligible for HTW; the TF0001-W will inform the minor of other services they may be eligible to receive.
Age is self-declared. If questionable, verify the applicant's age using the Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS). If unable to verify using BVS, attempt to contact the applicant to clear the discrepancy. Use information provided by the applicant on a previous Eligibility Determination Group, if possible.
Use the following denial reason:
Married minors ages 15 through 17 are not eligible for HTW. Advisors must use the denial reason, “Denied 15-17 married minors”. The TF0001, Notice of Case Action will include the following language:
English:
Notice Language –You are not able to get Healthy Texas Women services because you are an emancipated minor. You might be able to get services through other programs:
Medicaid or CHIP. Apply by: (1) going to YourTexasBenefits.com or (2) calling 2-1-1 or 1-877-541-7905 for an application (after you pick a language, press 2).
Family Planning Program services. Apply by: (1) going to HealthyTexasWomen.org or (2) calling 2-1-1 or 1-877-541-7905 (after you pick a language, press 2).
Spanish:
Notice Language – Usted no puede recibir servicios de Healthy Texas Women porque es una menor de edad emancipada. Es posible que usted pueda recibir servicios a través de otros programas:
Medicaid o CHIP. Para hacer la solicitud: (1) vaya a YourTexasBenefits.com o (2) llame al 2-1-1 o al 1-877-541-7905 para pedir una solicitud (después de seleccionar un idioma, oprima el 2).
Servicios del Programa de Planificación Familiar. Para hacer la solicitud: (1) vaya a HealthyTexasWomen.org o (2) llame al 2-1-1 o al 1-877-541-7905 (después de seleccionar un idioma, oprima el 2).
When a parent or legal guardian does not apply for a minor between the ages of 15 through 17 Advisors must use the denial reason of, “Denied 15 -17 without parent or legal guardian’s signature” The TF0001, Notice of Case Action will include the following language:
Notice Language–You are not able to get Healthy Texas Women services. A parent or legal guardian must apply for young women ages 15 to 17 -- that was not done in this case. You might be able to get services through other programs:
Medicaid or CHIP. Apply by: (1) going to YourTexasBenefits.com or (2) calling 2-1-1 or 1-877-541-7905 for an application (after you pick a language, press 2).
Family Planning Program services. Apply by: (1) going to HealthyTexasWomen.org or (2) calling 2-1-1 or 1-877-541-7905 (after you pick a language, press 2).
Spanish:
Notice Language – Usted no puede recibir servicios de Healthy Texas Women. Uno de los padres o un tutor deben llenar la solicitud para jovencitas de 15 a 17 años, lo cual no se hizo en este caso. Es posible que usted pueda recibir servicios a través de otros programas:
Medicaid o CHIP. Para hacer la solicitud: (1) vaya a YourTexasBenefits.com o (2) llame al 2-1-1 o al 1-877-541-7905 para pedir una solicitud (después de seleccionar un idioma, oprima el 2).
Servicios del Programa de Planificación Familiar. Para hacer la solicitud: (1) vaya a HealthyTexasWomen.org o (2) llame al 2-1-1 o al 1-877-541-7905 (después de seleccionar un idioma, oprima el 2).
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Accept self-declaration as verification of age.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Document the individual's self-declaration establishing her age.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
To be part of the budget group, a legal parent-child relationship must exist between a child and:
Related Policy
Budget Group, W-211
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Accept self-declaration as verification for establishing relationship.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Advisors must document the individual's self-declaration for establishing relationship.
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
To establish identity, follow policy for Medical Programs in A-600, Identity.
Revision 17-2; Effective April1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April1, 2017
The Healthy Texas Women (HTW) program follows Children's Medicaid policy in A-700, Residence, to determine acceptable residence eligibility.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
A woman is continuously eligible for 12 months beginning the first day of the month all eligibility criteria are met. There is no three months prior eligibility for the Healthy Texas Women (HTW) program.
Note: This does not include three months prior only Medicaid or Medical Assistance - Medically Needy with Spend Down programs. A HTW applicant can apply for and receive three months prior benefits under a Medicaid program.
The medical effective date (MED) cannot precede the month of the woman's 15th birthday.
Follow policy in B-510, Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, if the woman is confined in any public institution.
HTW is a fee-for-service program. Fee-for-service allows access to any health care provider and self-referral to specialists. The provider submits claims directly to the claims administrator for reimbursement of covered services.
If a household fails to report required information at the time of the application that causes the woman to be ineligible for HTW, deny the case.
Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) with end dates do not require an action to deny when the person does not return Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter. These EDGs will terminate the last day in the 12th month of the certification period.
Note: Women are eligible to receive HTW during their Pay for Performance forfeit month(s).
Related Policy
Pay for Performance, A-2150
Eligibility Begin Dates, W-1920
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
A woman is not eligible to receive Healthy Texas Women (HTW) benefits if currently receiving Medicaid, Medicare (Part A or B) or CHIP. If an application is received for a woman who is actively receiving Medicaid, Medicare (Part A or B) or CHIP, deny the application using the following disposition denial reason:
Staff must verify via State Online Query (SOLQ) that an applicant is not currently enrolled in Medicare (Part A or B). The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) verifies if the applicant is receiving Medicaid or CHIP benefits at application, renewal and during the HTW 12-month continuous eligibility period.
| If applications are received for … | and the … | the advisors must … | TIERS will … | Note: |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| both HTW and Medicaid before either are processed, | HTW application is certified first, | continue working on the Medicaid application. If the Medicaid EDG is certified, | automatically deny the HTW EDG. If the individual is eligible, the MED for the Medicaid application will follow current MED policy. | If the applicant is not certified for Medicaid, she will continue to receive ongoing HTW benefits. |
| both HTW and Medicaid before either are processed, | Medicaid application is certified first, | deny the HTW application. Use the appropriate denial code and provide the individual with Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action. | issue an error if the worker attempts to certify a HTW EDG and the individual is actively receiving Medicaid benefits. |
Note: This does not include three months prior only Medicaid or Medical Assistance - Medically Needy with Spend Down programs. An applicant can apply for and receive three months prior benefits under Medicaid. The three months prior check boxes will be disabled when Health Care-HTW is selected.
Related Policy
Eligibility Begin Dates, W-1920
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Women who are pregnant are ineligible to receive HTW benefits. Deny the application or renewal and add the statement below to the comment section of Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, if the question, "Are you pregnant?" is marked Yes on:
Include Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, along with Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, and a self-addressed stamped envelope addressed to the Document Processing Center when denying an application due to pregnancy.
If the question, “Are you pregnant?”, is not answered, pend the application for verification. Allow the applicant normal processing time frames to provide an answer to the pregnancy question. Verification is self-declared. Deny the application for failure to provide verification if the applicant or recipient does not provide the information.
If the recipient reports she is pregnant during the 12-month continuous coverage period, determine if she is eligible for Medicaid for Pregnant Women or CHIP-P. Do not require the recipient to complete a new application.
TIERS will deny the HTW EDG once the recipient is certified to receive benefits for her pregnancy.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
A woman is ineligible to receive HTW benefits if she has creditable health coverage (TPR). The applicant/recipient has creditable health coverage if her private health insurance covers family planning services.
An applicant/recipient's private health insurance is considered to cover family planning services if it provides both:
In making this determination, only consider whether the private health insurance provides coverage and do not give consideration to other issues such as high deductibles or dollar limits on drug coverage.
Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application, and Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, ask the applicant the following questions:
A HTW applicant with creditable health coverage is eligible to receive benefits only if identifying and providing information to assist in pursuing third parties is against her best interest.
Staff must pend the applicant if she does not answer questions 1 and/or 2. Allow the applicant normal processing time frames to provide an answer. Verification is self-declared by the applicant. If the applicant does not self-declare the answer to question 1 and/or 2 by the deadline, deny the application for failure to provide.
If the applicant states Yes to question 1 and question 2 but leaves question 3 blank, do not pend the applicant for an answer; continue determining eligibility.
If the applicant states Yes to question 1 and No to question 2, deny the application using the following denial reason code and add the statement below to the comment section of Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action.
If during the recipient's 12-month continuous coverage period she reports having creditable health insurance, record the change and take action on the TPR information at the next renewal.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Individuals receiving Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP40) are auto-enrolled in HTW at the end of their TP40 certification (with or without a birth outcome), if the woman is not eligible for Medicaid or CHIP.
To be auto-enrolled to HTW the individual must meet the following eligibility requirements:
Individuals receiving Medicaid for pregnant women who also meet auto-enrollment eligibility requirements are auto-enrolled into HTW even if they:
TIERS triggers Alert 824, Pregnancy Ending Test MAGI, on first day of the TP40 last benefit month to create a Task List Manager. Staff run the full modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) cascade. If the cascade results in a denial of Medicaid and CHIP because the individual:
No additional financial or non-financial rules are applied for individuals who are auto-enrolled in HTW.
The effective date of the HTW EDG is the first day of the month following the end of the TP40 certification month.
When a woman is auto-enrolled into HTW, TIERS generates:
The Form H1872 provides the HTW individual with an opportunity to voluntarily withdrawal (opt out) and report a confidential address. The Form TF001W and H1872 is mailed to the individual's current case address, since a confidential address for the HTW individual may not be available at the time of auto-enrollment.
Related Policy
Confidentiality, W-2400
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Accept self-declaration of pregnancy and TPR.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
For TPR, staff must document in case comments:
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Domicile verification is used to determine who is included in the budget group. A child must live in the home with a Healthy Texas Women (HTW) applicant/individual to be included in the budget group. A home is the family setting maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child by the relative with whom the child is living.
A child living in the home is not a requirement to receive HTW benefits. Domicile verification is not required when the HTW applicant has no children.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Accept self-declaration as verification of domicile.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Deprivation does not apply to Healthy Texas Women (HTW).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Child and medical support requirements do not apply to Healthy Texas Women (HTW).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Resources are exempt for Healthy Texas Women (HTW). However, staff must remember to verify income, such as royalties, dividends or interest generated by a resource.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Income is any type of payment that is of gain or benefit to a household. Income is either counted or exempted from the budgeting process. Earned income is related to employment and entitles a household to deductions not allowed for unearned income. Unearned income is income received without performing work-related activities. It includes benefits from other programs. To determine the date income can reasonably be anticipated, use factors specific to the source of income and the distance it has to travel through the mail, weekends and holidays.
Consider the income of any person who is included in the certified or budget group/Eligibility Determination Group (EDG).
Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance (RSDI); Supplemental Security Income (SSI); Veterans Affairs (VA) benefits; or other such funds legally obligated to a beneficiary are not counted if a payee who is not a member of the household:
In the beneficiary’s EDG, the total amount of the legally obligated funds the payee makes available to the beneficiary in cash, by way of vendor payment or through items purchased for the beneficiary using the beneficiary's money (includes payments made by the payee to a third party on behalf of the beneficiary) is counted as unearned income. Any portion of the funds the payee keeps for the payee's own use is counted as unearned income in the payee's EDG.
The income of the following individuals must be considered:
Exception: the income of a legal guardian for an HTW minor is not considered when determining the HTW eligibility.
If a woman is determined to be eligible, the EDG should not be denied if the budget group income increases above the income limit. The budget should be adjusted to reflect the new income.
Do not set a special review if the individual indicates that a change in income from any source will occur before the next renewal.
Since the Healthy Texas Women (HTW) provides limited benefits, a woman is not required to pursue and accept all income to which she is legally entitled per A-1311, Requirement to Pursue Income.
Note: As a prudent worker judgment, staff should inform the applicant of any income for which she may be eligible to receive.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Agent Orange Settlement Payments disbursed by AETNA Insurance Company and paid to the following individuals are exempt:
These veterans receive yearly payments. Survivors of these deceased veterans receive a lump-sum settlement payment.
Note: Veteran's Administration payments are counted as unearned income, including benefits paid to veterans with service-connected disabilities resulting from exposure to Agent Orange. See W-1411.4.20, Veterans Benefits.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Count as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments from the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act (the "Act"), Public Law 101-426, are exempt.
The Act established a program to pay damages to individuals for injuries or deaths caused by exposure to radiation from nuclear testing and uranium mining. When the affected individual is deceased, the surviving spouse, children, parents, grandchildren, or grandparents receive the payments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The gross benefit is counted as unearned income, less amounts:
A deduction from the gross benefit for court-ordered child support payments is not allowed.
Exception: Worker's compensation benefits paid to the individual for out-of-pocket medical expenses are considered as reimbursements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Educational assistance, including educational loans, are exempt, regardless of the source. Loans for education, including loans from relatives or other people, are considered as educational assistance only if payment is deferred.
Educational assistance is:
Note: "Post-secondary" includes institutions of higher education and others not requiring a high school diploma (such as community colleges and vocational educational programs) authorized by the state to provide educational or training programs beyond secondary education.
The U.S. Office of Education under Title IV of the Higher Education Act administers most educational assistance programs. A few examples of the most common Title IV educational assistance grants include:
The National Community Services Act (NCSA) program also provides educational assistance. Individuals are awarded from $1,000 to $4,000 per year of completed services to apply toward past or future educational expenses. The educational award is not counted, as it is always made payable directly to the financial institution or institution of higher learning.
The Department of Veterans Affairs administers education programs designed for veterans, reservists, members of the National Guard, and their widows and orphans. These include:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All WIOA payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Portions of payments earmarked as reimbursements for training-related expenses are exempt, and any excess is counted as earned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Exempt the earnings of a child under age 18 who is:
Exempt the earnings of an 18-year-old in the budget group if the 18-year-old is:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Contractual earnings are wages and salaries only. Self-employment income, unearned income, or income received on an hourly or piecework basis are not included. The two basic types of contractual earnings are:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Contractual earnings may be budgeted monthly by:
If the individual's employment situation changes and the income is not received as stipulated in the contract or if labor disputes interrupt income, advisors should:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Military pay and allowances for housing, food, base pay, and flight pay is counted as earned income, less pay withheld to fund education under the GI Bill.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
FSSA is a monthly payment made to certain low-income service members and their families so they will not have to depend on the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) to meet their needs. The service members' pay statements usually include the FSSA and are counted as earned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
All of the combat payments, also known as hazardous duty payments, received by a legal parent who is a member of the U.S. military, absent solely because the individual has been deployed to a combat zone, are counted as earned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Self-employment income is usually income from one's own business, trade, or profession rather than from an employer. However, some individuals may have an employer and receive a regular salary. If an employer does not withhold income taxes or Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) taxes, even if required to do so by law, the person is considered self-employed.
Advisors must inform households in writing to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, contains the self-employment information.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Types of self-employment include, but are not limited to:
To determine the amount of self-employment income, follow policy in:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Income from renting, leasing, or selling property on an installment plan is self-employment income. Property includes equipment, vehicles, and real property.
Income from property is counted as:
Work-related expenses are allowed for earned income. For unearned income, only the expenses associated with producing the income should be deducted.
If the individual sells property on an installment plan, the payments are counted as income. The balance of the note is exempted as an inaccessible resource.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The noncommercial roomer/boarder policy is used if a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship. Payments made by boarders for room, meals, and other shelter expenses are counted. Payments made by roomers for room and other shelter expenses are counted.
See A-1323.4.5, Allowable Costs of Producing Income, to determine the countable amount of noncommercial roomer/boarder payments. If there is not a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, policy applies.
Roomer/boarder status should not be given to:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The actual gross amount of all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses and tips count as earned income before deductions such as flexible fringe benefits, cafeteria plans and employee retirement contributions are withheld from the amount.
Wages held by the employer at the request of the employee or garnished wages are counted as income in the month the household would otherwise have been paid. If, however, an employer holds the employee's wages as a general practice, this money counts as income in the month it is paid.
An advance counts in the month it is received. When an advance is repaid, the payback amount is deducted from the gross pay and the remainder is budgeted as the countable gross amount.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households with tax dependents and earnings below levels established by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) are potentially eligible to receive EIC payments from the IRS.
EIC money is included in an individual's:
Federal tax refunds and EIC payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Fringe benefit plans allow the employee to choose from benefit components such as insurance, extra vacation time, and payments to third parties for medical bills or child care. These are also called "cafeteria plans."
Under some plans, employers may:
Some plans may pay the remaining unused credit as part of the employee's wages.
| If the employer … | the advisor must count … |
|---|---|
| withholds the employee's wages to purchase benefits, | the held wages as earnings in the pay period the employee would have normally received them. |
| provides credit in addition to wages, | as earnings only the portion that is paid directly to the employee. If the employer pays the unused credit in cash, the advisor must follow the steps below to determine the countable excess income:
|
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Household members who are employed in service-related occupations (beauticians, waiters, delivery staff, etc.) are likely to earn tips in addition to wages. Tips are counted as earned income.
Tip income is added to wages before applying conversion factors.
Note: Tips are not considered as self-employment income unless related to a self-employment enterprise.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| If an individual receives vacation pay … | the payment is considered … |
|---|---|
| during or before termination of employment, | earned income. |
| after termination of employment in one lump sum, | a liquid resource in the month received. |
| after termination of employment in multiple checks, | unearned income. |
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt wages.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Government payments are counted unless exempted in this section or by other policy in W-1400, Income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Adoption assistance payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Crime victim's compensation payments are provided from the funds authorized by state legislation to assist a person who:
The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) distributes the payments monthly or in a lump sum. These payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Federal disaster payments and comparable disaster assistance provided by states, local governments, and disaster assistance organizations are exempt if the household is subject to legal penalties when the funds are not used as intended (including temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant).
Examples:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The value of government housing or rental subsidies, whether cash, two-party check, in-kind, or vendor-paid, are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Transitional living allowances (TLA) are exempt. The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) distributes TLA to a foster child who:
Payments:
Revision 18-3; Effective July 1, 2018
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The NCSA established a corporation to administer paid volunteer service programs. The corporation provides funds, training, and technical assistance to states and communities to develop and expand human, education, environmental, and public safety services.
The corporation oversees programs created under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act (DVSA) of 1973 such as:
The corporation also administers programs established in 1993 that include:
For programs established in 1973:
Payments, living allowances, and stipends are exempt.
For programs established in 1993:
Payments except on-the-job-training (OJT) payments are exempt.
OJT payments for adults are counted as earned income. A child's OJT payment is exempt if the child is under:
Exception: OJT payments received by AmeriCorps volunteers are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempted payments made to Native Americans under various public laws include, but are not limited to, the following:
Exception: Money given to Native Americans from gaming revenues (such as from casino profits, race tracks, lotteries, etc.) is not exempt under these laws. Gaming revenues are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following amounts are exempt:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
One-Time Grandparent payments are exempt as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
OTTANF is exempt as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
These VA payments made to Vietnam veterans' children who are born with spina bifida are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
VA payments made to the children of women Vietnam veterans who are born with a birth defect are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments made to individuals because of their status as victims of Nazi persecution are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Division A, Title X, Section 1002), some World War II Filipino veterans who served in the military forces of the Government of Commonwealth of the Philippines, and their spouses, are authorized to receive one-time lump-sum payments of up to $15,000.
These payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following payments are exempt if provided under:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The benefit amount, including the deduction for the Medicare premium, less any amount that is being recouped for a prior RSDI overpayment, is counted as unearned income.
Note: The Social Security Administration (SSA) may deposit RSDI benefits into a Direct Express card debit account. See www.ssa.gov/pubs/10073.html.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The income of an SSI recipient is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The TANF benefit amount (after recoupment) counts as unearned income.
Retroactive or restored TANF or refugee cash assistance payments are exempt as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
TANF annual school subsidy payments are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The gross unemployment insurance benefit (UIB), less any amount being recouped for a UIB overpayment, counts as unearned income.
Exception: The gross amount counts if the household agreed to repay a SNAP overpayment through voluntary garnishment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The VA provides payments to veterans with disabilities and/or their spouses/dependents and to spouses/dependents of deceased veterans. VA benefits are not subject to federal or state income tax or child support garnishment.
Three basic VA benefit programs are described in this section:
VA pension payments are made to certain veterans with disabilities based on financial needs. Low-income veterans who either have a disability or are age 65 and older may be eligible for a VA pension if they have 90 days or more of active military service with at least one day during a period of war. Payments are made to bring the veteran's total income, including other retirement or Social Security income, to a level set by Congress. Recipients must re-qualify each year to continue to receive payments. There is a similar pension benefit available for surviving spouses and dependent minor children of such deceased veterans.
VA disability compensation is a payment made to a veteran with a service-related disability. Eligibility is not based on financial need. The amount of the payment varies with the percentage of the veteran's disability and the number of the veteran's dependents living in or out of the home. The payment can also be made to a spouse, child or parent of a veteran because of the service-related death of the veteran.
DIC is a monthly benefit paid to eligible survivors of active duty service members and survivors of those veterans whose deaths are determined by VA to be service-related. This payment is a flat monthly payment, regardless of other income. The payment is payable for the life of the spouse, provided the spouse does not remarry before age 57; however, should a remarriage end, DIC benefits can be reinstated. This payment is adjusted annually for cost-of-living increases and is non-taxable. VA adds a monthly transitional payment to the surviving spouse with minor children for the first two years of DIC entitlement or until the last child turns age 18, whichever occurs first. See http://benefits.va.gov/Compensation/current_rates_dic.asp for current payment amounts.
Veterans with certain disabilities may be eligible for additional special monthly compensation such as:
The gross benefit less any amount recouped or suspended for VA overpayment is counted as unearned income, except as described below for reimbursement for medical and attendant care expenses. These special compensation payments that are intended to cover medical and attendant care expenses are exempt. These payments are exempt as reimbursement as explained in A-1332, Reimbursements.
Apportioned VA payments are a direct payment of the dependent's portion of the VA benefit to a dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran. Apportioned VA payments are unearned income to the dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran.
At retirement, retirees may choose to purchase the SBP. In this case, the SBP pays retired military members’ eligible survivors an inflation-adjusted monthly income. Basic SBP for a spouse pays a benefit equal to 55 percent of the retired individual's pay. Eligible children may also be SBP beneficiaries while they are dependents of the retired individual, either alone or added to spouse coverage. Any VA DIC paid to a spouse is subtracted from SBP payments, although VA DIC payments to or for children do not affect SBP payments. SBP premiums are refunded to the survivor if the monthly VA DIC amount is greater than the SBP monthly annuity.
The gross amount of any SBP payment is counted as unearned income.
VA educational assistance programs — Different programs provide education assistance, including vocational rehabilitation. The policy in A-1322.1, Educational Assistance, applies.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
One-time integration payments are exempt from income.
Flexible support payments are exempt from income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A payment received for completing the Healthy Marriage Development Program is exempt. The advisor must document as required by policy in A-1380, Documentation Requirements.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Dividends count as unearned income. Exception: Dividends from insurance policies are exempt as income.
Royalties count as unearned income, less any amount deducted for production expenses and severance taxes.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments for mineral rights count as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
Cash gifts and contributions count as unearned income unless they:
If these contributions exceed $300 in a quarter, the excess amount counts as income in the month received.
Exception: Contributions from noncertified household members are budgeted according to policy explained in W-1411.6.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members.
Related Policy
MyGoalsPayments, A-1326.1
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If a noncertified person(s) lives in the home with a member of the budget group and shares household expenses (no landlord/tenant relationship), any payments the noncertified person makes to the unit for common household expenses (including food, shelter, utilities, and items for home maintenance) are exempt. If a noncertified household member makes additional payments for use by a certified member, it is a contribution.
If a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, countable income is determined according to the roomer/boarder policy in W-1411.3.4.3, Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Gifts from tax-exempt organizations are exempt if the gift is for a child with a life-threatening condition and the amount of the gift is:
If the gift is converted into cash or exceeds $2,000 a year, the conversion or the excess counts as unearned income in the month of receipt and is exempt as a resource in the months that follow.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments obtained on behalf of a child count as unearned income. Payments are considered as child support if:
Advisors must consider the following in determining child support:
If an absent parent is making child support payments but moves back into the home of the caretaker and child, the child support is not counted. The earnings and/or other income count as a regular household member.
If a caretaker receives current child support for a nonmember (or a member who is no longer in the home) but uses the money for personal or household needs, the amount counts as unearned income. The amount actually used for or provided to the nonmember for whom it is intended to cover is not counted.
If a single payment covers two or more children (including at least one who is not an applicant/recipient) and the support order does not specify a portion for each child, the payment is prorated among all of the children. When two or more children receive child support from the same father and one child receives Supplemental Security Income, the payment is always prorated.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
| For child support paryments issued via … | funds are … |
|---|---|
| warrants, | mailed from Austin, Texas, the day after the disbursement date listed on the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) inquiry system. When determining availability, consider the distance the payment has to travel through the mail. |
| direct deposit/electronic transfers, | available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system. |
| Texas debit cards, | available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system. |
Full child support payments are counted, less the $75 disregard deduction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Lump-sum child support payments received or anticipated to be received more often than once a year count as unearned income in the month received. Lump-sum child support payments received once a year or less frequently are not counted as income. See W-1412.1, Lump-Sum Payments.
Lump-sum payments on child support arrears are received from the following sources:
Lump-sum payments on current child support are received from the following sources:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
When a court order is entered, it designates the amount of child support and/or medical support a parent receives on behalf of the children. Medical support is in the form of:
If the individual does not receive Medicaid and is responsible for paying medical expenses, the payments are considered a reimbursement and the policy for reimbursement in W-1412.2, Reimbursements, applies.
If the individual has an open child support EDG with the OAG for children receiving Medicaid, the OAG processes medical support payments through an interface with HHSC/Third Party Recovery, and the individual does not receive a direct payment. If an individual is not referred to the OAG for services and is receiving or begins receiving cash medical support payments, the individual is required to remit the payments to the Third Party Recovery unit. Cash medical support payments that the individual receives and remits to Third Party Recovery are not counted. Any of the cash medical support payment from the absent parent that the individual continues to keep counts as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Exempt energy assistance.
Exception: Count cash payments received from private nonprofit organizations as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Foster care or permanency care payments are exempt.
Note: Do not include a person receiving foster care or permanency care payments in a budget or certified group.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
In-kind income is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Interest counts as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Financial assistance is considered a loan if:
These loans are exempt from income. Contributions that are not considered loans are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A pension is any benefit derived from former employment (such as retirement benefits or a disability pension). A pension counts as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Withdrawals or dividends that the household can receive from a trust fund that is exempt from resources count as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
R&P counts as income in the month received.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
RCA counts as income in the month received.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Count match grant as income in the month received.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The portion of income from a spouse or parent in a nursing facility that is diverted to the family members living in the community counts as unearned income.
The spousal diversion and dependent allowance are determined by the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities worker processing the application for nursing facility coverage. When nursing facility coverage is approved and disposed, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will add this income in the community family member's approved Texas Works (TW) EDGs upon running Eligibility. Advisors do not make Data Collection entries for this income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Welfare-to-work income is exempt.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
Alimony payments, also referred to as spousal support, are payments received from a spouse or former spouse under a divorce or separation agreement.
If the divorce or separation agreements that include alimony payments were executed or last modified:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An annuity is a series of payments paid under a contract and made at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year. Payments can be either fixed (under which one receives a definite amount) or variable (not fixed). An individual can buy the contract alone or with the help of an employer.
Annuity payments are counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Capital gains are profit from the sale of property or of an investment when the sale price is higher than the initial purchase price (for example, profits from the sale of stocks, bonds, or from the sale of real estate).
Capital gains are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Housing allowances are exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Life estate income is income an individual receives from ownership of property that an individual only possesses ownership of for the duration of one’s life (for example, rental income).
Life estate income is counted as unearned income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Jury duty pay is taxable income received from jury duty as compensation.
Jury duty pay is exempt.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Court awards are taxable money that an individual receives as the result of a lawsuit (for example, compensation for lost wages or punitive damages awards).
Follow policy in W-1412.1, Lump-Sum Payments.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Canceled debts are debts that have been canceled, forgiven, or discharged, and the canceled amount is included as countable income on federal income tax returns (for example, loan foreclosures or canceled credit card debt).
Canceled debt income is exempt.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
MyGoals payments are cash payments received by participants in the MyGoals for Employment Success demonstration project. The demonstration studies the impact of combining workforce development and financial payments on employment outcomes for recipients of the Housing and Urban Development, Section 8 Rental Assistance. Only residents within the jurisdiction of the Houston Housing Authority are selected to participate in the project.
MyGoals payments are counted as cash contributions made by a private, nonprofit organization according to policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Lump sums received once a year or less are exempt, unless specifically listed as income. Note: Retroactive or restored payments are considered to be lump-sum payments and are exempt. Any portion that is ongoing income is separated from a lump-sum amount and counted as income.
Example: A person receives a lump-sum payment in the amount of $4,950 from the SSA in the month of March. Effective that same month, the person receives his first monthly RSDI payment of $950, which is included in the $4,950 lump-sum payment. Staff must budget the $950 RSDI payment beginning with the month of March as an ongoing payment and consider the $4,000 as a lump-sum payment.
A lump-sum payment counts as income in the month received if the individual gets it or expects to get it more often than once a year.
Exceptions: Contributions, gifts, and prizes count as unearned income in the month received, regardless of frequency of pay.
If a lump sum reimburses a household for burial, legal, medical bills or damaged/lost possessions, the countable amount of the lump sum is reduced by the amount earmarked for these items.
Federal tax refunds and EICs are exempt as income.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A reimbursement (not to exceed the individual's expense) is exempt if it is provided specifically for a past or future expense:
If the reimbursement exceeds the individual's expenses, any excess counts as unearned income. A reimbursement to exceed the individual's expenses is not considered unless the individual or provider indicates the amount is excessive.
Note: A reimbursement for future expenses is exempt only if the individual plans to use it as intended.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Money an individual receives that is intended and used for maintenance of a nonmember is exempt.
If an individual receives a single payment for more than one beneficiary, the amount actually used for the nonmember is excluded up to the nonmember's identifiable portion or prorated portion, if the portion is not identifiable.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Payments that a person or organization outside the household makes directly to the individual's creditor or person providing the service are exempt.
Exception: Money legally obligated to the household, but which the payer makes to a third party for a household expense is counted as income.
Example: The absent parent is court-ordered to pay $400 a month. Instead, the absent parent pays $150 cash support and also pays $300 of the custodial parent's rent directly to the landlord for a total of $450. The $150 cash and $250 of the vendor-paid rent counts as child support, since that portion is legally obligated to the individual. The $50 amount over the legally obligated child support of $400 is considered an exempt vendor payment.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
See the income limit for HTW (TA 41) in C-131.1, Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Use the policy in A-1350, Calculating Household Income, for TP 40, MA – Pregnant Women.
Exceptions:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Use the policy in A-1360, Determining Countable Income in Special Household Situations, for TP 40, MA – Pregnant Women.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Do not verify income or expenses if it is determined the applicant or recipient is adjunctively eligible. A woman is adjunctively eligible if in the application month or in the ninth month of the 12-month certification period she is included in an active:
Exception: A woman is not adjunctively eligible if the only services received in the month adjunctive eligibility is being determined are expedited SNAP benefits with postponed verification.
Adjunctive eligibility is determined at application and renewal. TIERS determines adjunctive eligibility and omits the income and expense pages if the applicant/individual is determined adjunctively eligible.
A woman can also be adjunctively eligible if it is verified that she or someone in her budget group received Women, Infants and Children (WIC) benefits in the HTW application month.
Note: At renewal, consider a woman adjunctively eligible for HTW if the household received WIC benefits in any of the last three months of the 12-month certification period.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Acceptable WIC eligibility verification sources are a(n):
WIC verification must be current. Verify that the person received WIC benefits in the HTW application month.
When to Request WIC Verification
| If the woman | Then |
| is adjunctively eligible through another program, | do not pend for WIC verification. |
| is not adjunctively eligible through another program and has not provided verification of her qualifying income, |
manually pend for WIC verification. TIERS automatically pends for income verification. Add the WIC verification request to the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action. Deny the EDG if the woman does not provide the income or WIC verification. |
| is not adjunctively eligible through another program and the woman’s income is above the income limit, | TIERS automatically pends for WIC verification. |
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
If the applicant or recipient is determined adjunctively eligible, do not verify income or expenses.
For proof/verification of income, accept a copy of any one or more of the following:
Use the Children's Medicaid verification policy in A-1371, Verification Sources, and the additional sources listed below to verify the household income.
Additional income verification sources for HTW include:
When two or more consecutive pay stubs are submitted and the income amounts on the stubs are not identical, the eligibility determination is based on an average of the income reflected in the multiple pay stubs. Exclude pay stubs that appear to be non-representative when averaging.
When two or more non-consecutive pay stubs are submitted, if representative, the most recent pay stub is used to determine the income. If non-representative, use the next most recent representative pay stub.
Note: When possible, use the year-to-date method to determine the amount of the missing pay stubs.
Related Policy
Adjunctive Eligibility, W—1420
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Follow the current Medical Programs policy for documenting income in A-1380, Documentation Requirements.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Households are allowed the following deductions:
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Actual amounts (amounts that have already been billed) are used for the interview month, and amounts that have not been billed may be projected.
Deductions must not be allowed if:
Note: The EDG must not be denied for failure to provide the verification.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The earned income deduction is the work-related expense.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A work-related expense deduction of up to $120 a month (not to exceed the person's monthly earnings) is allowed from the earned income of each employed household member whose needs are included in the budget or certified group.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The maximum dependent care deduction is up to and including:
An earned income deduction is allowed for the actual cost of unreimbursed payments up to and including the maximum amount when the individual incurs an expense for:
The expense must be both necessary for employment and incurred by an employed person who is included in the budget group.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The following deductions are allowed:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Child support payments made by a member of the budget group are deducted.
Exceptions:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Allowable child support payments may be in the form of:
A levy or garnish fee charged by an employer is not deductible.
A legal obligation is not required to allow the deduction.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Child support collected through a tax intercept is not an allowable child support deduction.
A child support payment may be owed by one household member but be paid by another member. The child support expense for the household member paying the expense is allowed.
If the household member with the legal obligation or the household member paying the legal obligation leaves the home, the household's eligibility for the deduction must be redetermined.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Up to $75 of child support received by members of the budget group may be deducted.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Verify the following at application, complete review (if the deduction is new) or if the amount changes:
Note: Do not reverify deductions at renewal unless the individual reports a change in the amount.
Use the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) verification sources listed in A-1441, Verification Sources.
If an individual fails to provide proof/verification of deductions, do not deny the case. Disallow the deduction. If the individual subsequently provides proof/verification, use the proof/verification at the next renewal if the proof/verification is dated within 90 days of the renewal file date.
If by omitting the deduction the application is denied, and the individual subsequently provides the proof/verification by the 60th day of the file date, reopen the application using the date the proof/verification was provided as the new file date.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Use the TANF and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) documentation policy found in A-1450, Documentation Requirements.
Note: Do not delay disposition if an applicant does not provide verification by the due date on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and all other pended information has been provided if the applicant is income-eligible to receive Healthy Texas Women (HTW) benefits without the deductions.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
School attendance requirements are not applicable for Healthy Texas Women (HTW).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Management requirements are not applicable for Healthy Texas Women (HTW).
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Before certifying applicants and recertifying individuals, complete the following:
Note: HTW applications and renewals may have a telephonic signature when the applicant/client calls 2-1-1 and applies for or renews eligibility for HTW.
There is no requirement to inform individuals to report accidents.
Related Policy
Telephonic Signatures, A-122
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Document that Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant in the Agency Use Only section of Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application Form.
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
Case disposition is the individual's notice of eligibility status. At the end of the interview or during the processing of Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application; Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal; or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, give the individual one or more of the following notices if the case is pended, certified, sustained or denied:
Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, which informs the individual of the:
Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, which informs the individual of the:
HTW individuals who are auto-enrolled receive Form H1872, HTW Opting Out and Reporting Confidential Address, along with Form TF001W. The Form H1872 informs the individual of the:
HTW individuals turning 18 years old receive Form H1871, HTW Client Turning 18 Years Old, ten days prior to their 18th birthday, which informs the individual of:
Note: For individuals who only speak Spanish, ensure that all comments provided are in Spanish.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The applicant is eligible the first day of the file date month or, if ineligible the month of application for certain reasons, the month following the month of application.
Women who are auto-enrolled into Healthy Texas Women (HTW) have an effective date of the first of the month following the Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40) end date. Example: If the TP 40 end date is September 30, then the HTW effective date is October 1.
A woman is ineligible to receive HTW benefits if she applies the month after her 45th birthday.
Related Policy
Current Medicaid, Medicare (Part A or B) and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Recipients, W-911
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates an end date from the date the advisor certifies the application/renewal as follows:
Women are continuously eligible for Healthy Texas Women benefits for 12 months or through the month of the woman's 45th birthday, whichever is earlier.
Exception: A woman does not receive her 12 months of continuous eligibility if she:
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Do not set a special review even if a known change is to occur during the woman's 12-month continuous eligibility period. Document the known change and use the information at the next renewal. Follow current procedures and report the known change if the applicant has other active Eligibility Determination Group cases.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations, households may continue benefits pending an appeal. After certification, give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
For adverse action, use current policy in A-2340, Adverse Action.
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Advisors must make an eligibility determination by the 45th day from the file date.
Reopen an application denied for failing to furnish information/verification if the missing information is provided by the 60th day from the file date. Use the date the missing information was provided as the new file date.
Use the original Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application, or an untimely Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, until it is 60 days old. If the information on the form has changed or is more than 45 days old, the individual and advisor must update the form.
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
Provide Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, the same day eligibility is determined for an application but no later than 45 days from the file date.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
No appointment is required to process an application or renewal unless requested by the applicant/individual. If requested, provide the applicant/individual a telephone interview. If she fails to keep the appointment, do not deny the application/renewal but continue to process.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household to be sufficient verification. Each handbook section lists potential verification sources. C-900,Verification and Documentation, gives information on verification procedures.
In determining eligibility, advisors must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. Include any information the individual reports during the application decision process.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) sends a renewal packet during the 10th month of the 12-month continuous eligibility period if it is determined that the recipient is not adjunctively eligible. If she is determined adjunctively eligible, TIERS sends Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, in lieu of the renewal application.
Staff must determine if a woman is eligible to continue to receive Healthy Texas Women (HTW) benefits using the same eligibility requirements for an application. If Form H1831 states Yes to the pregnancy question, deny the renewal using the denial reason language in W-913, Pregnant Women.
If the woman states on Form H1831 that she has creditable health insurance that covers family planning services and that filing a claim will not cause her physical, emotional or other harm, deny the renewal using the denial reason language in W-914, Third-Party Resource (TPR).
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Renewals are processed online, by mail or phone. There is no interview requirement for Healthy Texas Women (HTW) renewals.
Eligibility can be verified using an associated Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) if the information was received within 90 days of the HTW file date.
Follow the policy below when Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, is returned for a renewal if the:
Exception: Do not verify an income or expense change at renewal that was reported during the 12-month eligibility period if the person is only required to provide Form H1831 at renewal since they were determined adjunctively eligible.
Process a denial action to close the EDG and record workload activity if the woman is not eligible for another 12-month continuous eligibility period.
Process the action before cutoff in the 12th month to ensure the denial code reflects the specific reason for denial.
Note: If the woman does not return the renewal form or adjunctive eligibility letter, take no action. TIERS automatically terminates the TA 41 EDG at the end of the 12-month eligibility period through a Mass Update.
When a TA 41 EDG exceptions out of the Mass Update auto-denial process and does not automatically terminate for failure to return a renewal packet, TIERS triggers Alert 876, Mass Update Exception: Run EDBC to terminate TA 41 EDG, which instructs staff to take manual action to terminate the TA 41 EDG.
Revision 07-0; Effective July 1, 2007
| Case Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days |
|
| Untimely renewal | 10 days |
|
| Timely renewal | 10 days |
|
| Incomplete review | 10 days |
|
Note: Staff have until the 45th day of the file date to determine eligibility.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
HHSC must receive an individual's renewal application on or before the first day of the last month of certification. Consider a renewal untimely if received after the first day of the last month of certification. Process an untimely renewal using application processing time frames.
Staff must determine renewal eligibility on a timely submitted renewal no later than the last workday of the last month of certification to be considered processed timely.
If an individual is determined adjunctively eligible, TIERS mails the individual Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, in the 10th month of the 12-month certification period. Form H1831 informs the individual that the certification is ending and that she is financially eligible for a new 12-month certification. The individual must also meet non-financial requirements for HTW. Form H1831 asks the individual if she is pregnant or has creditable health insurance. Staff must determine, based on the answers provided by the individual, if she is eligible to continue receiving HTW benefits.
Individuals must sign and return the form, complete the renewal process via YourTexasBenefits.com, or call 2-1-1 to complete a telephone renewal and meet all non-financial requirements in order to receive continued benefits.
HHSC must receive Form H1831 no later than the last workday of the last certification month for the individual to receive a new 12-month continuous eligibility period. If HHSC does not receive the form by the last workday of the last certification month, the individual must reapply using Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application Form.
For adjunctively eligible individuals, staff must complete renewals by the last workday of the last certification month, or within five workdays from receiving Form H1831 if received on the last workday of the last certification month.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
If the applicant cannot furnish all required proof/verification during the interview or with the application, allow the household at least 10 days to provide it. The due date must be a workday. Determine what sources of proof/verification are readily available to the household and request those first if you expect them to be sufficient proof/verification. If the applicant has an active or inactive EDG, check to see if any proof/verification previously provided on another EDG can be used to determine eligibility for HTW.
Note: Do not use proof/verification more than 90 days old from the HTW file date.
Use verification accepted for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Medical Programs or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) for all programs.
For example, if you accept wage verification for a SNAP case, that same verification is acceptable for TANF or Medical Programs.
Exception: Verification of U.S. citizenship for applicants must be from a Medicaid acceptable source.
Form H1867/H1867-S, Healthy Texas Women Application Form, and Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, provide the applicant/individual the opportunity to provide a different mailing address and contact telephone number due to confidentiality issues. Since HTW provides family planning services, it is imperative for advisors to respect the privacy of an applicant/individual.
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Women enrolled in Healthy Texas Women (HTW) can report changes:
Note: When a change is reported by calling 2-1-1, verify that the person speaking has the authority to report a change.
A woman is continuously eligible for HTW for 12 months or through the month of her 45th birthday, whichever is earlier.
HTW recipients are required to report the following changes:
Process required changes, except for receipt of creditable health coverage, following Medical Programs policy in B-600, Changes.
Note: Update the case information for all reported changes regardless of whether the recipient is required to report the change.
Exception: If the person failed to report required information at the time of the application that causes the person to be ineligible for HTW, deny the case.
Related Policy
Changes, B-600
Pregnant Women, W-912
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
When an individual reports a change by telephone that includes a HTW Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) in the case, staff must verify that the person reporting the change is the HTW applicant/recipient, or for HTW minor recipients, the parent or legal guardian, before discussing any information regarding the HTW EDG.
If the individual is the HTW applicant/recipient or parent/legal guardian, ask the individual which EDGs the change pertains to – all EDGs including HTW, all EDGs excluding HTW or only HTW, and take the appropriate action.
If the individual is not the HTW applicant/recipient or parent/legal guardian, do not discuss the HTW EDG information with this person; only discuss the information regarding the other EDGs.
If the change is a mailing address change for only the HTW EDG, enter the mailing/confidential address into the Issuance Address page for the HTW EDG. Do not enter the new mailing address in the Address page, as this will change the Case Level Address for all of the other EDGs.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
When a person reports a change by mail and there is an HTW EDG in the case, staff must determine if the change pertains to all EDGs including HTW, all EDGs excluding HTW, or only the HTW EDG.
If the written change:
Note: The written report of change must specifically state the name of the person reporting the change to process an HTW change. Compare the name provided to the HTW recipient, or parent or legal guardian for HTW minors. If this person is not the HTW recipient or parent or legal guardian, do not change the mailing or confidential address for the HTW EDG.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
If an individual visits a local eligibility office, staff must determine the person is the HTW applicant/recipient or parent/legal guardian of an HTW minor.
If the individual is the HTW applicant/recipient or parent/legal guardian, ask the individual which EDGs the change pertains to – all EDGs including HTW, all EDGs excluding HTW or only HTW, and take the appropriate action.
If the individual is not the HTW applicant/recipient or parent/legal guardian, do not discuss the HTW EDG information with this person; only discuss the information regarding the other EDGs.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
If an individual reports a change or the advisor receives an agency-generated change during the 12-month continuous eligibility period and has:
Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
When an advisor processes a HTW application/renewal during a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF)/Medicaid/Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) certification period and a household member's source of income currently budgeted on another active EDG has not changed, the advisor must determine whether the member is reporting a change in income. To do this, the advisor determines if the income verification the applicant provided with the HTW application/renewal is:
If a change is reported during the HTW application/renewal, the advisor processing the HTW EDG must take action on the associated TANF/Medicaid/SNAP EDG. The file date is considered the report date for purposes of determining the effective date of the change. The date the advisor works the HTW EDG and becomes aware of the change is day zero for purposes of taking action on the change for the associated EDG. The individual must provide any requested verification by the due date on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to be considered timely verification.
For more information, see policy in B-623.1, Determining Whether New Income Information Is a Reported Change.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Healthy Texas Women (HTW) applicants/individuals receiving a notice of adverse action are not entitled to continued benefits when benefits are denied for any reason if doing so would extend the 12-month continuous eligibility period.
Refer to B-1000, Fair Hearings, for specific appeals policy and procedures.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors must follow the policy explained in C-817, Electronic Data Sources (ELDS), and C-820, Data Broker.
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) must accommodate reasonable requests to receive communications by alternative means or at alternate locations.
The individual must specify in writing the alternate mailing address or means of contact and include a statement that using the home mailing address or normal means of contact could endanger the individual. The following forms allow individuals to provide a confidential mailing address and/or telephone number:
Staff must not provide any information regarding Healthy Texas Women (HTW) to anyone other than the certified household member or the parent/legal guardian of an HTW minor.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
When a woman submits an HTW application and provides a mailing/confidential address, staff must determine if the current mailing address, if any, on the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) is the same as the mailing/confidential address on the HTW application.
If the current mailing address is:
If the physical address is different on the HTW application than what is verified in TIERS, report the new address using current change processes for the other EDGs.
Related Policy
How to Report a Change, W-2110
Changes, B-600
Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019
TIERS mails out Form H1867-R/H1867-RS, Healthy Texas Women Renewal, or Form H1831, Adjunctive Eligibility Letter, in the 10th month of the 12-month certification period. TIERS uses the Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, address hierarchy when mailing these correspondences.
When staff receive Form H1867-R, H1867-RS or Form H1831, staff must determine if the person has provided a new mailing or confidential address for the HTW EDG. Staff perform an inquiry in the Issuance Address page to determine if the mailing/confidential address has changed or was not entered.
Staff must also determine if the person has a different mailing address for the HTW renewal than the other EDGs.
If the mailing or confidential address:
If the physical address is different on the HTW renewal packet or the adjunctive eligibility letter than what is verified in TIERS, report the new address using current change processes for the other EDGs.
Related Policy
How to Report a Change, W-2110
Changes, B-600
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Staff must determine if the telephone number provided by the HTW applicant is different than what was provided for the other EDGs.
If the telephone number is different, document the following in the case comments:
Use (insert telephone number) when contacting the individual regarding HTW EDG information.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
Follow the steps listed below to determine if a new case is needed when a woman applies for HTW. Perform an inquiry for every woman applying for HTW to determine if she is included in an existing EDG.
| If the applicant … | and … | then … |
|---|---|---|
| does not have an existing HTW EDG, | she or her spouse (or non-spouse with mutual children in the budget group) is the case name on an existing case, | associate her HTW application with that case. |
| does not have an existing HTW EDG, | she is included in an EDG in someone else’s case such as her mother, father, non-spouse with no mutual children, etc., | create a new case for her and associate the HTW application with the new case. |
Because of the confidentiality issues with HTW, staff must correctly determine and create a separate case. Failure to correctly create a separate HTW case will cause TIERS to send Form TF001W, Notice of Case Action, to an incorrect address and include the HTW information on the notice.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Breast and Cervical Cancer Control Program and Treatment Act of 2000 gives states the authority to provide Medicaid to low-income women previously not eligible under the Medicaid program. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services approved a state plan amendment to allow Texas to provide full Medicaid benefits to uninsured women under age 65 who are identified through the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Breast and Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) programs and who are in need of treatment for breast or cervical cancer, including pre-cancerous conditions. The program was implemented September 1, 2002.
The 80th Texas Legislature, Regular Session, 2007, provided funding to expand the pool of providers who provide screening and diagnostic services to women. As of September 1, 2007, any provider can diagnose a woman for breast or cervical cancer so that she may be eligible for Medicaid through MBCC.
MBCC is displayed in the Texas Integrated Eligibility and Redesign System (TIERS) as TA 67, MA-MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Presumptive eligibility is a Medicaid option that allows states to enroll women in Medicaid for a limited period of time based on a determination by a Medicaid provider of likely Medicaid eligibility. Texas chose the presumptive eligibility option offered in the Breast and Cervical Cancer Control Program and Treatment Act of 2000. The option facilitates prompt Medicaid enrollment and immediate access to services for women who are in need of treatment for breast or cervical cancer.
BCCS contractors determine a woman’s presumptive eligibility for MBCC and indicates this on Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer. Specialized staff at Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) certify the woman for MBCC-Presumptive if additional information or verification is needed to determine eligibility for another type of Medicaid or ongoing MBCC.
MBCC-Presumptive is displayed in TIERS as TA 66, MA – MBCC-Presumptive.
Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017
To qualify for MBCC, an applicant must:
Only specified staff at CBS determines eligibility for MBCC-Presumptive and MBCC.
If a woman returns the requested information or verification and meets Medicaid eligibility requirements for another type of Medicaid or MBCC, her MBCC-Presumptive Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is denied prospectively and she is certified for the other type of Medicaid or MBCC. If the woman fails to return the requested information or if based on the information provided, she does not meet Medicaid eligibility requirements, her MBCC-Presumptive EDG is denied effective the date she is found ineligible for ongoing Medicaid.
Once determined eligible for MBCC, a woman remains eligible for Medicaid through the duration of her cancer treatment or until she no longer meets the eligibility criteria, whichever is earlier.
If field staff receives inquiries regarding this program, refer the woman to 2-1-1. Staff at 2-1-1 can assist the woman in locating a Breast and Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) contractor near their residence who can determine if they have a qualifying diagnosis for MBCC and, if so, assist the woman in applying for MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017
New applicants apply for MBCC using Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer. New applicants cannot apply for MBCC using any other application.
Form H1034 can only be obtained through a contracted BCCS provider.
A woman can locate a contracted BCCS provider in her area at https://www.healthytexaswomen.org/find-a-doctor.
The BCCS provider assists the individual in completing the application.
A former MBCC recipient can reapply for MBCC, without going through a BCCS provider to be screened, using Form H2340, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer Renewal, and Form H1551, Treatment Verification, if it has been 12 months or less since the diagnosis date for breast or cervical cancer or the date her active treatment was last verified, whichever is later.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer uses the following specialized forms:
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, is faxed by a contracted provider to HHSC's WHS unit. The WHS contact validates Form H1034 as having been received and completed by a contracted BCCS provider and indicates if the individual has a qualifying medical diagnosis. Once validated, WHS faxes the application to the vendor. Providers are not allowed to fax Form H1034 directly to the vendor or the HHSC eligibility staff.
Note: Do not process an application if it is not received from WHS without contacting WHS to determine if it is a valid MBCC application.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
The file date is the date the BCCS contractor determines the woman is presumptively eligible for MBCC. The contractor enters this date in Section 3 of the BCCS Contractor Certification page on Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer. If the application is not forwarded to the HHSC vendor within five business days from the presumptive eligibility date, the file date is the date HHSC receives the application.
Document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
An interview is not required when applying for or renewing an application for the MBCC. Schedule a phone interview only if the individual requests an interview.
Note: Do not deny the application if the applicant misses her interview; continue determining eligibility.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
An individual may designate an individual or organization as an AR, following the policy explained in A-170, Authorized Representatives (AR).
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Only the Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) applicant is included in the budget and certified groups for MBCC-Presumptive and MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) follows the Medical Programs citizenship policy in A-300, Citizenship.
Applicants who are U.S. citizens and certain legally admitted alien residents are eligible for MBCC if they meet all other eligibility criteria.
Note: MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC recipients who are qualified immigrant or non-immigrant who meet the eligibility criteria in A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts, Chart D, who applied before their 19th birthday, remain eligible for MBCC through the duration of their cancer treatment or until they no longer meet all the other eligibility criteria, whichever is earlier.
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration.
If the woman applies using Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, and does not provide an SSN or proof that she has applied for one, certify for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive while awaiting the information.
If the woman applies using Form H2340-OS, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, and does not provide an SSN, send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request the SSN or proof of an application for an SSN. If the information is not provided, do not certify for MBCC unless good cause for not providing an SSN is applicable as outlined in A-410, General Policy.
MBCC follows the SSN policy in A-400, Social Security Number, under the All Programs or Medical Programs headings.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A woman is eligible to receive Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC through the month of her 65th birthday. She becomes ineligible the month after her 65th birthday.
Note: The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) automatically denies an MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) at the end of the month in which the MBCC recipient turns age 65 and generates Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, notifying the woman of the denial.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Accept self-declaration as verification of age.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Document the individual's self-declaration establishing her age.
Relationship does not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
To establish identity, follow policy for Medical Programs in A-600, Identity.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive and MBCC follow Children’s Medicaid (TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48) policy in A-700, Residence.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
To qualify for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC, applicants must have been screened and found to need active treatment for either breast or cervical cancer.
Related Policy
Screening, X-911
At each periodic review, MBCC recipients must provide verification that they continue to receive treatment for breast or cervical cancer.
Related Policy
Active Treatment, X-912
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A woman must be screened for breast and cervical cancer under the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC’s) National Breast and Cervical Cancer Early Detection Program (NBCCEDP). The Breast and Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) contractor or provider, through the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), is responsible for providing the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) with verification that a woman has been screened and diagnosed using the NBCCEDP criteria.
A woman is considered screened under the NBCCEDP if:
The 80th Texas Legislature passed Senate Bill 10, the Medicaid Reform Act, which authorized any health care provider to refer eligible women in need of treatment for breast or cervical cancer to Medicaid. Beginning September 1, 2007, any woman diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer may receive MBCC if they meet all eligibility requirements. The diagnosing provider refers the woman to a BCCS contractor who assists the woman in applying for MBCC.
If Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, is received and the woman does not have a qualifying medical diagnosis, deny the application due to the woman not having a diagnosis for breast or cervical cancer.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
At reapplication and at each redetermination, the MBCC applicant or recipient must provide Form H1551, Treatment Verification, completed by her treating health professional verifying that she needs active treatment services for breast or cervical cancer. Active cancer treatment includes services related to the individual's condition as documented in her plan of care, such as:
These services also may include diagnostic services that are necessary to determine the extent and proper course of treatment and active disease surveillance for triple negative receptor breast cancer.
Women who are determined to require only routine health screening services for a breast or cervical condition (for example, annual clinical breast examinations, mammograms and pap tests as recommended by the American Cancer Society and the U.S. Preventative Services Task Force) are not considered to need treatment and are not eligible for MBCC. A woman may reapply for MBCC if she is later diagnosed with a new breast or cervical cancer, pre-cancerous condition or a metastatic or recurrent breast or cervical cancer.
If the woman’s treating health professional indicates on Form H1551 that she is not actively receiving treatment, deny the MBCC Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) due to the woman not actively receiving treatment.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Women who are eligible for MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC receive full regular Medicaid benefits.
Before certifying a woman for MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC, Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) staff must complete inquiry into the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) to verify whether the applicant is currently receiving Medicaid or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) benefits. Deny the application if the woman is receiving other Medicaid coverage. Exceptions: Do not deny the application if it is determined that the other Medicaid coverage is ending or being denied.
Related Policy
Other Medical Assistance, X-932
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Medicaid eligibility begins the date an applicant meets all eligibility criteria. The MED cannot precede the day after the diagnosis date.
For MBCC-Presumptive, the MED is the date the BCCS contractor determines the woman is presumptively eligible for MBCC, but no earlier than the date after the woman was diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer. If the woman provides information needed for MBCC eligibility, provide MBCC coverage for dates that precede the MBCC-Presumptive MED.
Related Policy
Prior Coverage, X-922
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
A woman may be eligible for up to three months of prior coverage under MBCC if all other eligibility requirements are met. MBCC only covers unpaid medical bills for services received after the individual's breast and cervical cancer diagnosis date. If a woman indicates on Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, that she has unpaid medical bills that occurred during the three months before she applied for MBCC, assign an MED of the day after her diagnosis date. Do not require the woman to provide proof of the unpaid medical bills or a completed Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage.
For medical expenses incurred before or on her date of diagnosis, the client must apply for prior Medicaid coverage using Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits; Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application; or online at YourTexasBenefits.com. Refer the client to an HHSC eligibility office for the appropriate application or have the client call 2-1-1 to locate the nearest HHSC eligibility office.
Example One: The applicant was diagnosed on August 15 and applied for MBCC on November 21 indicating that she has unpaid medical bills for August, September, October and November. Assign an MED of August 16.
Example Two: The applicant was diagnosed on July 7 and applied for MBCC on July 21 indicating that she has unpaid medical bills for May and June. The individual is not eligible for prior coverage under MBCC since the unpaid medical bills were before her diagnosis date. Assign an MED of July 8.
Example Three: The applicant was diagnosed on January 31 and applied for MBCC on June 4 indicating she has unpaid bills for February. The woman is not eligible for prior coverage since her unpaid medical bills occurred prior to the three-month period before she applied for MBCC.
Note: If the applicant had creditable coverage before applying for MBCC and indicates she has unpaid medical bills for the months she was covered by insurance, the client is not eligible for prior coverage under MBCC. The client must apply for prior Medicaid coverage using Form H1010, Form H1205, or online at YourTexasBenefits.com to determine whether she meets all eligibility requirements for prior Medicaid. See A-831, Three Months Prior Coverage.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
MBCC eligibility ends when the recipient first meets any of the following conditions. The recipient:
Related Policy
Termination of Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution, B-510
Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018
People certified for MBCC-Presumptive receive their medical care via fee-for-service.
People certified for MBCC are enrolled in the STAR+PLUS managed care program.
Related Policy
Managed Care, A-821.2
Managed Care Plans, C-1116
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
A woman is ineligible to receive MBCC if she has creditable coverage. Deny an MBCC application if her plan covers breast or cervical cancer treatment.
Creditable coverage is defined as:
Do not consider a plan with a limited scope of coverage such as dental, vision, long-term care, etc., or for only a specific illness/disease, such as drug/substance abuse, as creditable coverage. Note: Healthy Texas Women (TA 41) is not considered creditable coverage.
Consider a woman as having creditable coverage even if it has limits on benefits, such as limited drug coverage or limits on the number of outpatient visits, or high deductibles. A woman is considered to no longer have creditable coverage if she:
Note: Set a special review if it is known that the exclusion period of the creditable coverage will expire (pre-existing period has expired) or the woman’s yearly benefits for breast or cervical cancer treatment will be reinstated before the next periodic review. See X-1930, Setting Special Reviews.
Women screened under BCCS are not subject to a waiting period if they had prior creditable coverage.
As long as the termination of the creditable coverage occurs before disposition, a woman is eligible to receive benefits under the MBCC program.
A woman is required to report when she has obtained creditable coverage.
If an MBCC applicant indicates she has health insurance but does not know whether it provides coverage for breast or cervical cancer, certify the woman for MBCC-Presumptive. Contact the insurance provider to verify whether the policy provides coverage for breast or cervical cancer.
Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017
An MBCC applicant is not eligible to receive benefits if she is currently receiving Medicaid, Medicare Part A or B, or coverage through CHIP. If an application is received for a woman who receives Medicaid, Medicare (Part A or B) or CHIP, or if a Medicaid or CHIP application is certified before the MBCC application, deny the MBCC application.
Staff must verify via TIERS, the State Online Query (SOLQ) or the Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) system that an applicant is not currently enrolled in Medicaid, Medicare Part A or B, CHIP, or Healthy Texas Women (HTW) before disposition. If a woman is eligible for MBCC and is currently receiving HTW, the HTW EDG must be denied.
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
A woman receiving MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC who is found eligible for another type of Medicaid program is ineligible to continue to receive MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC. The MBCC advisor receives a task to prospectively deny the MBCC-Presumptive/MBCC EDG so that the advisor processing the application can certify the woman for the other type of Medicaid. The MED for the other Medicaid type begins the first of the month following the MBCC-Presumptive/MBCC EDG denial.
When the other Medicaid type of assistance is denied, the woman may be eligible for MBCC if she continues to be in need of active treatment for breast or cervical cancer and she meets all other eligibility criteria. When the other type of Medicaid is denied (unless the denial is due to death, unable to locate or a move out of state), TIERS generates a reapplication packet if the woman is under age 65 and less than 12 months has passed since her diagnosis date or the date her active treatment was last verified, whichever is later. The reapplication packet contains:
The woman must return the completed Form H2340 and Form H1551 for her eligibility for MBCC to be reconsidered.
If more than 12 months have passed since the woman's diagnosis date or her active treatment was last verified, the woman must be screened and reapply for MBCC through a Breast or Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) contractor using Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer. TIERS generates either Form H1833-L, Other Medicaid Ending, or Form H1834-L, Other Medicaid Denied, informing the woman how to reapply for MBCC and provides the web address (http://txclinics.dshs.texas.gov/chcl/) where the woman can locate a BCCS contractor in her area.
Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013
If a woman is screened in another state through the CDC’s National Breast and Cervical Cancer Early Detection Program (NBCCEDP) and moves to Texas, she may be eligible for MBCC in Texas. If a woman meets the MBCC eligibility criteria in Texas, her screening in another state does not prohibit her from receiving MBCC in Texas.
A new state resident requests MBCC in Texas by contacting 2-1-1. Form H2340-OS, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, is mailed to the woman for her to complete and return.
Upon receipt of Form H2340-OS, CBS determines the woman’s eligibility for MBCC. Staff must verify with the losing state the woman’s screening under NBCCEDP and termination of any Medicaid benefits received in that state, if any, before certification. Use Form H1550, Out of State NBCCEDP Verification, to verify the applicants screening and diagnosis.
Related Policy
New Texas Residents, A-720
Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents, A-822
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Domicile requirements do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Deprivation does not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Child and medical support requirements do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Resources do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Health and Human Services Commission does not test for financial eligibility for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
The woman must meet the financial eligibility criteria for the Breast and Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) program to be eligible for MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC. This financial eligibility criteria is household income at or below 200 percent of the federal poverty income limit. The BCCS contractor verifies the woman’s financial eligibility for the BCCS program before referring a woman to MBCC.
Deductions do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
School attendance requirements do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Management requirements do not apply to Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015"X
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Before certifying applicants and processing reviews, complete the following:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Document that the application was mailed along with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, and Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Case disposition is the result of processing a request for assistance. Advisors must produce a notice of eligibility status. At the end of the interview, if one was requested by the client, or once Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer; Form H2340, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer Renewal; or Form H2340-OS, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, has been processed, mail the client one of the following notices to inform the individual that the case is pended, certified, sustained or denied.
Form H1020 informs the individual the:
If all required proof/verification is not available when processing the application, the advisor allows the household at least 10 days to provide it. The due date must be a workday. Advisors determine what sources of proof/verification are readily available to the household and request those sources first if the advisor expects them to be sufficient proof/verification. If the applicant has an active or inactive Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS), the advisor checks to see whether any proof/verification previously provided on any other EDG can be used to determine eligibility for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC).
Note: Verification previously provided on another case/EDG is only acceptable if it was provided within the 90 days preceding the file date.
If eligible for MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC, Form TF0001 informs the client of:
If the woman is certified for MBCC-Presumptive, a separate Form H1020 is sent informing her of the additional information needed to determine her eligibility for MBCC.
If ineligible for MBCC-Presumptive or MBCC, Form TF0001 informs the client of:
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
| Case Action | Due Date | Final Due Date |
|---|---|---|
| Application | 10 days from the date issued |
|
| Renewal | 10 days from the date issued | By cutoff of review month |
| Incomplete review | 10 days from the date issued | 10 days |
Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013
MBCC EDGS do not have a certification period.
TIERS calculates a review date from the date the advisor disposes the case action as follows:
Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013
When processing an application or renewal, set a special review if it is known that before the next periodic review the exclusion period of the creditable coverage will expire (pre-existing condition period has expired) or the woman’s yearly benefits for breast or cervical cancer treatment will be reinstated.
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations, households may continue receiving benefits pending an appeal. After certification, give households advance notice of adverse action to deny benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.
For adverse action, use current policy found in A-2340, Adverse Action.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Process the application within two business days of receipt, but no later than 15 business days from the application file date.
Re-open an application denied for failure to provide information or verification if the missing information is provided. Use the date all of the missing information was provided as the new file date. The original Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, is valid for up to 60 days. If the information on Form H1034 has changed or is more than 45 days old, the person and staff must update the form.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, the same day eligibility is determined. Determine eligibility no later than 15 days from the file date.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
No appointment is required to process an application or renewal unless requested by the applicant or recipient. If requested, provide a telephone interview. If she fails to keep her appointment, do not deny the application or renewal; continue to process the application/renewal.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
Advisors may not request additional information or documentation from clients unless such information is not available electronically or the information obtained electronically is not consistent with the information provided by the client.
Advisors must request documents that are readily available to the household if the advisor anticipates them to be sufficient verification. Each Texas Works Handbook section lists potential verification sources. C-900, Verification and Documentation, provides information on verification procedures.
In determining eligibility, the advisor must consider any information the individual reports between the application date and the decision date. Include any information the individual reports during the application decision process.
Note: Verification previously provided on another Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is only acceptable if it was provided within the 90 days preceding the file date.
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) generates a renewal packet to a recipient two months before the periodic review due date.
The renewal packet includes:
Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015
The file date is the date the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) receives the renewal application. Process the renewal by mail or telephone.
Note: Send the individual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, if the individual did not provide Form H1551, Treatment Verification, with Form H2340, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer Renewal.
A woman remains eligible for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) when it is verified that she:
Deny a recipient if it is verified that she has creditable coverage, is not actively receiving treatment or is age 65 or older.
Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016
Advisors must process periodic reviews before cutoff in the month:
If the household must provide verification to complete the review, allow the household at least 10 days to provide it.
Advisors must reopen a renewal form denied for failing to furnish information or verification if the missing information is provided by the 60th day from the file date. The date the missing information/verification was provided is the new file date.
The original Form H2340, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer Renewal, can be used until it is 60 days old, following the policy explained in B-111, Reuse of an Application Form After Denial.
Advisors must consider a Form H2340 received after the last day of the certification period as an application using application processing time frames in X-2010, Applications, if it is received 12 months or less after the woman's breast or cervical cancer diagnosis date or the date active treatment was last verified, whichever is later.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Recipients must report the following changes:
Note: If a change for a Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC recipient is received in an eligibility office:
Revision 10-2; Effective April 1, 2010
Centralized Benefit Services staff follow change processing procedures and time frames in B-631, Actions on Changes, under All Programs.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC applicants/recipients receiving a notice of adverse action are entitled to continued benefits if the recipient requests them and appeals the decision within the advance adverse action time frame.
All renewal denials must receive advance notice of adverse action.
Refer to B-1000, Fair Hearings, for specific appeals policy and procedures.
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)-Presumptive or MBCC follows policy in B-1200, Confidentiality, for confidentiality policy and procedures.
Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
401(k) — A retirement plan allowing an employee to postpone receiving a portion of current income until retirement.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Able Bodied Adult Without Dependents (ABAWD) — An individual, beginning the month after the individual turns age 18 and ending the month the individual turns age 50, who receives Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits and is physically and mentally able to work at least an average of 20 hours per week, is not a member of a SNAP Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) where a household member on the SNAP EDG is under age 18, and is not pregnant.
Absent Parent — A child's parent who is not living in the home.
Accessibility Date — The date that benefits are deposited into an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account.
Account Transfer — The manner in which an applicant’s information moves between the Marketplace and the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) when applying for medical programs. The account transfer from the Marketplace to HHSC, and from HHSC to the Marketplace, will include the information the applicant submitted through the original application in addition to information from verifications performed by either the Marketplace or HHSC.
Active Duty Military Member — An individual currently serving in the U.S. Armed Forces/Reserves (Army, Marine Corps, Navy, Air Force or Coast Guard), National Guard (Army, Marine Corps, Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard or Reserve Guard) or the State Military Forces/Texas State Guard.
Adequate Notice — A notice of adverse action that expires the same day it is sent.
Administrative Renewal — The method used to redetermine eligibility for most Medical Programs, including Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) and the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). The automated process uses existing client information, electronic data source information, and reasonable compatibility when income verification is required. This results in:
the requirement of additional information from the client to manually process the redetermination.
Administrative Review — A desk review of the fair hearing record by a Health and Human Services (HHS) attorney to determine whether the hearing officer's decision is correct. A request for an administrative review must be submitted in writing within 30 calendar days from the date of the hearing officer's decision.
Administrative Terminal Application (ATA) — A software program accessible on one or more Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) desktop computers in each office and used for Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card issuance and replacement. The ATA allows access to the EBT system and may also be used for inquiry on EBT-related information, expedited Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefit authorization, and account transaction updates to the EBT database.
Advance Notice — A notice of adverse action that expires 13 days after it is sent.
Advanced Authentication —Personal security questions generated by third-party software to perform authentication of an applicant's identity before granting the individual an account through YourTexasBenefits.com with Case Visibility.
Advanced Nurse Practitioner — A registered nurse with additional training and certification in a specific area of medicine. Examples include certified nurse-midwives, clinical nurse specialists, and pediatric nurse practitioners.
Advanced Premium Tax Credit (APTC) — The payment of a tax credit by the federal government, provided on an advanced basis or at tax filing time, to an eligible individual enrolled in a qualified health plan (QHP) through the Marketplace.
Adverse Action — Any Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) action resulting in denial, suspension, reduction, or termination of assistance. The term also applies to decisions regarding protective and restricted payments.
Agriculturally Related Activities — Employment:
Aid — A benefit, coverage, or service in programs that the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) administers.
Alert — A system or user-generated reminder that action needs to be taken on a case or a notification that an action has taken place.
Alerts — A functional area on a navigation bar that allows eligibility staff to request alerts and view outstanding and processed alerts.
Alien Sponsor — A person who signed an affidavit of support (U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services [USCIS] Form I-864 or I-864-A) on or after December 19, 1997, agreeing to support an alien as a condition of the alien's entry into the U.S.
Note: Not all aliens must obtain a sponsor before being admitted into the U.S.
Alimony — Payments received from a spouse or former spouse under a divorce or separation decree. It is also referred to as spousal support.
Alimony Paid — Payments to a spouse or former spouse under a divorce or separation decree. It is also referred to as spousal support paid.
Alternate Payee — An individual who receives the benefits for the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) when the EDG is unable or ineligible to receive them. Types of alternate payees include a court appointed guardian, Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) representative, Financial Management Information System (FMIS) payee, long-term care (LTC) payee, protective payee, and representative payee.
Annualize — Averaging income over a 12-month period.
Annuity — A series of payments paid under a contract and made at regular intervals over more than one full year. Payments may be either fixed (under which one receives a definite amount) or variable (not fixed). An individual may buy the contract alone or with the help of an employer.
Annulment — A court order declaring a marriage invalid.
Appeal — A request for a fair hearing concerning an Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) action. Appeals are logged and updated in the "Hearing" functional area on the navigation bar.
Application — A form that an individual or household uses to apply for assistance, such as Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, or Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application.
Application Registration — The functional area in which an individual's application for assistance is recorded.
Application Visibility — Type of YourTexasBenefits.com account given to an applicant who has selected not to go through Advanced Authentication. Individuals with Application Visibility accounts may only apply for benefits and view and modify applications created under their user name.
Applied Income — The countable amount of income after allowing deductions for tax dependents, child support, alimony, and persons a legal parent is legally obligated to support.
Assets — All items of monetary value owned by an individual.
Assignable — Time periods that are available to be used to schedule appointments using the "Scheduling" functional area.
Authorization Code — A code that identifies a retailer as a Food and Nutrition Service (FNS)-participating store. The code is used to request permission to use the Lone Star Card in a transaction.
Authorized Representative (AR) —
An individual or organization designated by an applicant or recipient to take the following actions on the applicant’s behalf:
Automated Income Check Process — The first step in a periodic income check (PIC). During this step, information from electronic data sources is automatically requested and a reasonable compatibility test is run. This process occurs without advisor action.
Automated Renewal Process — The first step in an administrative renewal. During this step, information from electronic data sources is automatically requested, reasonable compatibility is run when income verification is required, and correspondence is sent to the client. This process occurs without advisor or specialist action.
Availability Date — The date that benefits are deposited into the Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Balance Receipt — A paper receipt that shows the available balance in an individual's cash and/or food account.
Basic Utility Allowance (BUA) — Deduction given to a household that has utility costs, but does not qualify for the standard utility allowance (SUA).
Batch Processing — Actions postponed until a later time when they can be processed by the system more efficiently. In many instances, batch processing occurs overnight, when Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) offices are closed and the system is not being heavily used throughout the state. Examples of batch processing include scheduling system-generated correspondence to be printed at and mailed from a central site; mailing out review packets at scheduled intervals from the central mail facility; and gathering information and sharing it through interfaces with other agencies.
Batch Scheduling — The inclusion of an appointment date and time with eligibility staff within application packets mailed from the central mail facility. See Batch Processing.
Bendex (Beneficiary Data Exchange) — A computer tape from the Social Security Administration that provides Social Security and Medicare information about Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) individuals. The system generates an alert when the amount on file does not match the information on the Bendex file.
Beneficiary — The person named to receive benefits.
Benefit Issuance — The functional area that supports the issuance and tracking of benefits that were calculated in the Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC) and authorized by staff in disposition. See dispose.
Birth Verification System (BVS) — The inquiry system used by eligibility staff to verify birth information.
Blocked — Time periods that are designated for specific purposes and cannot be used to schedule appointments using the Scheduling functional area.
Boarder — A person paying reasonable compensation for room and meals. A boarder can receive Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits only with the household in which he or she boards. Note: This does not include anyone who otherwise qualifies as a resident of a drug and alcohol treatment center, federally subsidized housing for the elderly, a qualifying group living arrangement, a shelter for battered persons, or a shelter for the homeless.
Bona Fide Agent — A person who is familiar with an individual applicant and knowledgeable of the individual's financial affairs.
Budgetary Needs — The full basic needs amount as defined by Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) necessary for a family to obtain food, clothing, housing, utilities, and incidentals such as telephone, laundry, and recreation. This calculation is based on family size and is used in the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) 100 percent budgetary needs gross income test.
Budgeting — The method used to determine eligibility and benefits for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Medical Programs, and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) by calculating income and deductions.
Business Day — Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. local time. Business day excludes Saturday, Sunday, and federal, state, or agency-designated holidays.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Cafeteria Plan — Flexible fringe benefit plans offered to employees by their employers.
Canceled Debts — Debts that have been canceled, forgiven, or discharged. The canceled amount is included as countable income on federal income tax returns. Examples include loan foreclosures and canceled credit card debt.
Capital Gains — A profit from the sale of property or of an investment when the sale price is higher than the initial purchase price, such as profits from the sale of stocks, bonds, or real estate.
Capital Goods — The accumulated possessions (property, goods and products) used to produce income or other goods.
Cardholders — Persons authorized to use the Lone Star Card to access benefits in the household's Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account(s). There are two types of cardholders: primary cardholders and secondary cardholders.
Card Sleeve — A durable paper envelope folded to the dimensions of the plastic EBT card so that the card can be slid in and out of the sleeve. The primary use of the sleeve is to protect the magnetic stripe from being damaged by scratches. The sleeve also has important information printed on it for easy reference, such as the Lone Star Help Desk number.
Carryover Standby List — Applicants from a previous day's standby list who have not been interviewed.
Cascade Logic — A hierarchy of logic used to build Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) and evaluate eligibility for Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) programs and types of assistance. The EDG is built and eligibility is established at the highest level. If there are no eligible members after cascade logic is applied, the household is ineligible for the program. See definitions of Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC), rebuild EDG, run EDBC and Wrap Up.
Case — All the persons living together, and alien sponsors, who are related by Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) affiliation. The persons may or may not be included in EDGs as certified members.
Case Mode — Status of a case that identifies that:
Case Number — A unique 10-digit number that identifies a group of Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs). See Case.
Case Visibility — Type of YourTexasBenefits.com account given to an applicant who has been through Advanced Authentication and is therefore granted a Case Visibility level account. With this type of access, individuals can view and modify an application created under their user name and any case data for cases in which they are the head of household, an adult member within the household, or an authorized representative.
Catchment Area — The area covered by service.
Categorically Eligible Household — Households in which all members are either eligible for or receive benefits from Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), or state-financed general assistance programs and have already gone through the eligibility determination for those programs. These households may bypass the income and resources tests and are deemed financially eligible. There are two types of categorically eligible households:
Certificate of Coverage — A certificate that serves as proof of a Medicaid recipient's most recent period of Medicaid coverage. The certificate, a requirement of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), is sent to denied recipients by the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS). Former Medicaid recipients may request a certificate within 24 months after their Medicaid is denied by calling 1-800-723-4789.
Certification Date — The date that eligibility staff dispose the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) to certify an applicant as eligible.
Certification Period — The period of time of eligibility established at disposition. Not all Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) programs and types of assistance have certification periods.
Certified Group — The members in an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) who are eligible for a given program.
Change Action — A data collection interview mode that allows eligibility staff to navigate to pages on which they want to record information. See Case Mode.
Child — A child is an adoptive, step, or natural child who is under age 19.
Child in a Two-Parent Family — For:
Child Support — A payment made from a biological or adoptive parent to a biological or adoptive child. Child support may be:
Child Support Disregard — The first $75 of the total child support collected in a month that is subtracted before determining TANF eligibility or benefits. After certification, the Office of Attorney General (OAG) sends the individual the first $75 received on monthly child support collections. If the total collection is less than $75, then the amount of the collection is sent to the individual.
Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) — Medical coverage for children under age 19 whose family income exceeds the limits for Children's Medicaid.
Children's Medicaid — Medical coverage for children whose family income is under the applicable income limit. In most instances, Children's Medicaid relates to comprehensive policy for Type Programs (TPs) 43, 44, 45, and 48, unless specifically stated otherwise in a particular handbook section.
CHIP Perinatal — Medical services to unborn children of pregnant women ineligible for Medicaid due to income or alien status.
Choices County Service Levels — Counties designated by the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) as Choices counties. TWC has designated all counties in Texas as Choices counties, and the Local Workforce Development Boards (LWDBs), after coordination with the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) state office, assign a service level designation for each county depending upon services available in that county. The two levels of service are:
Claim — An amount owed by an individual for an overpayment of benefits.
Clearinghouse — A centrally located site that processes medical bills submitted by applicants for Medically Needy with Spend Down. Functions of the clearinghouse include:
Collateral Contact — A person the advisor can contact to verify an individual's information. The person must have no vested interest in the household's situation.
Colonias — Unincorporated and unregulated settlements (neighborhoods) along the U.S./Mexico border.
Combat Pay — Supplemental incentive payments for hazardous duty and special pay for duty subject to hostile fire or imminent danger.
Combat Zone — The geographic area or country to which a military member is deployed for combat.
Commingled Resources — Resources of a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Supplemental Security Income (SSI) recipient combined with those of a non-TANF or SSI household member.
Common Law Marriage — Relationship in which the parties age 18 or older:
A minor child in Texas is not legally allowed to enter a common law marriage unless the claim of common law marriage began before September 1, 1997.
Communal Dining — A public or non-profit establishment approved by Food and Nutrition Services (FNS) that prepares and serves meals to elderly persons or individuals who receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and their spouses.
Community Supervision — The placement of a misdemeanor or felony offender under supervision for a specified length of time ordered by the court. Sentences are served in the community rather than in jail or prison. Also formally known as (adult) probation.
Complete Action — A data collection interview mode that sets up the driver flow for a complete review of all eligibility requirements in an ongoing case. See case mode and interview mode.
Complete Review — A re-evaluation of ongoing eligibility.
Comprehensive Energy Assistance Program (CEAP) — A utility assistance program funded annually by the Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP). CEAP replaced the Home Energy Assistance Program (HEAP).
Continued Benefits — Continuing or restoring benefits to the level authorized immediately before the notice of adverse action.
Continuing Scheme — A situation in which a recipient commits two or more acts, such as falsifying a document or a statement or providing false information in an interview, with the intent to commit fraud. Failure to report a required Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) program change in conjunction with one or more of the aforementioned acts may be considered a basis to commit fraud.
Continuous Eligibility — A period of time during which an individual remains eligible during a continuous eligibility period regardless of any change in circumstances, except for:
Convertible Bond — A bond that can be converted to cash according to program policy. Convertible bonds are countable resources.
Copayment — Payment made directly to a provider according to a fee schedule.
Correspondence — The functional area in which system- and user-generated notices and forms are processed. The notices and forms processed in this functional area are also called correspondence. All notices and forms processed in this functional area are linked to a specific case. System-generated correspondence cannot be deleted. See batch processing, pending correspondence, print mode, print type, system-generated and user-generated.
Cost-Sharing Reductions — Federal payments toward out-of-pocket costs made for an eligible individual enrolled in a qualified health plan (QHP) through the Marketplace.
Court Awards — Taxable money that an individual receives as the result of a lawsuit, such as compensation for lost wages or punitive damages awards.
Crime Victim's Compensation — Payments from the funds authorized by state legislation to assist a person who:
The payments are distributed by the Office of the Attorney General (OAG) in monthly payments or in a lump-sum payment.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Data Broker — An intranet application used by eligibility staff to access online data about individuals. The information is compiled from a number of sources. This information is compared to the application and details from the interview to identify case discrepancies, reducing the possibility of case error and fraud. See permissible purpose.
Data Collection — The functional area where individual household, non-financial, resource, income, and deduction information is recorded for use in building Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) and determining eligibility for types of assistance. See EDBC and driver flow.
Deductible Part of Self-Employment Tax — A federal income tax deduction for self-employed individuals paying self-employment taxes.
Deferred Adjudication — A type of probation where the decision for a conviction is postponed until the end of the probationary period.
Deprivation — Loss of parental support caused by death, incapacity, continued absence of one or both natural or adoptive parents, or because of unemployment or underemployment of both parents in a two-parent family.
Derivative Citizenship — U.S. citizenship that is claimed by a person born outside of the U. S. to one or both U.S. citizen parents.
Detail Page — Click the Edit or View icon to edit or view details of a record listed on a Summary Page.
Discovery Date — The date an individual learns of a change. The discovery date is compared with the report date to determine whether a change is reported timely.
Dispose — To process an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) so eligibility is established or denied.
Disqualified Person — Someone who normally would be considered a participating member of a household but whose needs are not considered because the person failed to meet or comply with a program requirement.
Domestic Production Activities Deduction — A federal income tax deduction that individuals may receive for certain qualified production activities, such as construction of real property or lease, rental, license, sale, exchange, or other disposition of personal property, computer software, sound recordings, produced films, produced electricity, natural gas, or potable water.
Domicile — A residence maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child, by the relative with whom the child is living.
Dormant Account — An active Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account that has not been accessed by an individual for:
Dormant EDG — An EDG becomes dormant when the EBT account is dormant. See Dormant Account.
Driver Flow — The logical sequence of data collection pages that appear as a case is completed or read. The driver flow is determined by the programs, types of assistance, and answers to questions as the case is worked. In some interview modes, staff cannot advance to pages that have not yet been accessed as part of the driver flow.
Duplicate Application — An application filed after another application has already been filed and:
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Earned Income — Income a person receives for a certain activity or work.
Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC) — Payments from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to people with gross monthly earnings at or below levels established by the IRS.
Educational Expenses/Student Loan Interest — A federal income tax deduction for people paying interest on student loans or for people with education expenses such as tuition, fees, room and board, books, and other supplies.
Educator Expenses — Expenses for which educators, kindergarten through grade 12 teachers, counselors, principals, or aides can receive a federal income tax deduction. Qualified expenses include purchased books, supplies, equipment, and other classroom materials.
Effective Month — The first month benefits can be affected based on the monthly cutoff date or applicable policy regarding advance and adequate notice of adverse action.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) — A system that uses electronic technology to complete some or all of a benefit program's functional requirements. EBT involves computers, a variety of cards or types of cards, electronic funds transfer techniques, automated teller machines (ATMs), point-of-sale terminals or other types of terminals, and software to complete the EBT process without the loss of program integrity or individual confidentiality.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Account — A benefit account established by the EBT system in which HHSC deposits the household's benefits. There are three types of benefit accounts:
The person or their representative uses the Lone Star Card and a personal identification number (PIN) to access benefits in the account.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Card — A plastic card called the Lone Star Card issued to primary and secondary cardholders that allows the cardholders access to the benefits in the EBT system. A stripe of magnetic material, which is machine-readable and allows for the activation of point-of-sale equipment, is affixed to the back of the card at the time of manufacture.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Issuance Staff — An HHSC employee who issues and registers EBT cards for people in the local HHSC office.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Regional Coordinator — A regional coordinator designated to oversee, monitor, lead regional planning, and act as a point of contact for EBT security procedures.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Representative — A primary cardholder other than the case name. This person has access to the EBT account for the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG). This may be a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) representative payee or protective payee or a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) authorized representative for a resident of a Drug & Alcohol Treatment Center or Group Living Arrangement. See alternate payee.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) System — A system HHSC staff with security access use to issue and replace Lone Star cards. Staff also use the EBT system to perform such functions as inquiry, account transaction update to the vendor database and, in certain very restricted situations, priority Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefit authorization.
Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Vendor — One of the companies that performs EBT-related services for the state of Texas.
Electronic Data Sources (ELDS) — Verification sources that are available electronically and presented to advisors in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) during Data Collection.
Eligibility — The functional area that supports Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC).
Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC) — The process of applying program policy to household, non-financial, resource, income and deduction information entered in the Data Collection functional area. This information is used in the EDBC process to build Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) and determine eligibility for programs and types of assistance. See cascade logic.
Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) — Members of a household whose needs, resources, income, and deductions are considered in determining eligibility for benefits. The EDG includes members who are eligible and may include members who are not certified for benefits.
Emancipated Minor — A person under age 18 who has been married. The marriage must not have been annulled.
Emergency Medicaid — All types of emergency Medicaid coverage programs for people who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens, or certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible. When the term is used in the handbook, it means all of the following programs combined:
Emergency Medical Condition — An eligibility requirement for Emergency Medicaid for nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent resident aliens. It is a medical condition (including emergency labor and delivery) manifesting itself by acute symptoms of sufficient severity (including severe pain) that the absence of immediate medical attention could reasonably have been expected to result in:
Employable Household Member — A person whose earnings are countable and:
Employer-Paid Taxes — Taxes that are paid by the employer on behalf of the employee rather than deducting the tax amount from the employee's wages. The amount the employer pays is counted as part of the person's gross income.
Employment Services Program (ESP) — The program for employment assistance and work registration of Temporary Assistance for Needy Families and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program recipients. ESP includes Choices and Employment and Training (E&T).
Equity — The fair market value of an item minus all money owed on it and the cost associated with its sale or transfer.
Essential Person — The need for a particular member of a household to be in the home on a continuous basis because another member has a (certified) mental or physical impairment.
Evaluative Conclusion — An advisor's decision, subject to supervisory approval, to accept something other than a birth or hospital certificate or baptismal record as proof of age and relationship.
Excess Payment — A payment sent to a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) recipient by the Office of the Attorney General (OAG). When the OAG receives a child support collection on the current monthly obligation and that payment exceeds the TANF grant plus any unreimbursed assistance, the excess is sent to the person.
Excluded Provider — A Medicaid provider who is not allowed for a period of time to continue participating in the Texas Medicaid program because of fraud conviction, program abuse, and other reasons.
Expedited Service — Special, faster processing of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) applicants who qualify for an emergency food allotment, for active duty military members and their dependents applying for medical coverage, and for pregnant women applicants who qualify for current or ongoing medical coverage.
Expenses of Fee-Basis Government Officials — Federal income tax deductible employment-related expenses paid for or accrued by employees of a state or political subdivision who are compensated on a fee basis.
Expenses of Performing Artists — Federal income tax deductible expenses for qualified performing artists paid or accrued through performances while serving as an employee in the performing arts.
Expenses of Reservists — Federal income tax deductible expenses for National Guard and military reserve members who traveled more than 100 miles from home for service.
Expunged Benefits — Benefits that are removed from an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account by the issuer of the benefits.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Fair Hearing — A meeting conducted by a regional hearing officer with an applicant or individual who disagrees with and wishes to appeal some action taken on the individual's case.
Fair Market Value — Amount of money an item would bring if sold in the current local market.
Falsified Document — Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits; Form H1019, Report of Change; or another signed and dated document that does not report all current income or circumstances.
Falsified Interview — An interview with agency personnel at which time the individual does not report all current income or accurate circumstances.
Falsified Statement — A statement made by an individual, orally or in writing, that is not true, such as claiming to have been without work since a certain date, when the individual was employed during that time period.
Family Violence — An act by a member of a family or household against another member of the family or household that is:
File Clearance — This feature determines whether an applicant has a case record with HHSC. When an individual is added, File Clearance can be processed in Application Registration. If File Clearance is not processed in Application Registration, the system will perform it in Data Collection. File Clearance compares the individual's demographic information against databases for potential matches. These databases contain information for individuals who are currently on assistance and for individuals who have applied for or received assistance in the past.
First Cousin Once Removed — A person who is either one's first cousin's child or the parent's first cousin.
Fixed Income — Unearned income that does not vary.
Fluctuating Income — Income in which the amount varies because of an increase or decrease in hours worked, rate of pay, or inclusion of a bonus.
Four Months Post-Medical — Medicaid coverage extended for a maximum of four months after denial of a case because of spousal support income.
Fugitive — An individual fleeing to avoid prosecution of or confinement for a felony criminal conviction or found by a court to be violating federal or state probation or parole.
Functional Area — Functions and processes that appear in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Left Navigation area and represent a particular business process. Each functional area contains pages that allow authorized staff to perform activities related to the business process. The functional areas that are available to the user are determined by the user's job title and security role(s).
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
General Equivalency Diploma (GED) — A high school equivalency certificate issued after an individual completes a State Board of Education-approved high school equivalency program.
General Residential Operations Facility — Residential care facilities that provide a live-in house parent model of care for children under their care. The house parent assumes responsibility and acts in lieu of the parent in meeting the children’s ongoing needs. These facilities have limited power of attorney to obtain health care and educational services for the children under their care.
Good Cause — A term used to indicate that an individual has an acceptable reason for not complying with a program requirement.
Grandparent Payment System (GPS) — An electronic, web-based data system used to inquire, request, and record the issuance of one-time grandparent payments.
Grant in Jeopardy — The Office of the Attorney General's (OAG's) designation for a case that is potentially ineligible for the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) grant because the OAG received a child support collection on the current monthly obligation and it equals or exceeds the TANF grant plus the disregard.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) — A reimbursement program administered by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission’s (HHSC’s) Third-Party Resource Unit, which pays for the cost of premiums, coinsurance, and deductibles. The program reimburses the policy holder for private health insurance payroll deductions for Medicaid-eligible persons when HHSC determines that it is cost-effective.
Health Savings Account — A savings account for medical-related expenses that is available to taxpayers. The money contributed to these accounts is not subject to federal income tax at the time of deposit.
Hearing — The functional area where individual appeals are recorded and tracked.
HHSC — The Texas Health and Human Services Commission.
High School Diploma — Certification issued by a state-accredited school to a student who successfully completes the curriculum requirements for secondary school as approved by the State Board of Education.
Historical Correspondence — Records of forms and notices that have been printed. See Correspondence, Print Mode and Print Type.
Historical Data — Records of case, Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) and individual information.
Home Energy Assistance Program (HEAP) — A federal program that pays benefits to help eligible people pay utility costs.
Home School — A type of education in which children are taught by their parents, or someone acting in parental authority, at home, using a set curriculum. The parent oversees the curriculum and ensures that the children are actually being educated.
Homeless Household — Households that have no regular nighttime residence or that live in:
Hotline (TANF/SNAP Complaints) — Toll-free number (877-787-8999) where staff receive complaints for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) cases.
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) — U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Identical Application — One or more exact copies of an application previously submitted by an applicant.
Illegally Present Alien — A non-citizen living in the U.S. without proper approval from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) and who has received a final order of deportation.
Immigrant — An alien who abandons residence in a foreign country to live in the U.S. as a permanent resident, for example a lawful permanent resident (LPR).
Inaccessible Resources — Resources not legally available to the individual.
Independent Child — A child who does not live with a parent and who is:
Independent Living Payments — Payments from Title IV-E funds that are distributed by Child Protective Services to certain individuals when they leave foster care. Payments:
Indian Tribal Household — A household in which at least one household member is recognized as a tribal member by any Indian tribe.
Indigent Alien — An indigent alien is a sponsored alien whose total income in the month of application does not exceed 130 percent of the poverty income guidelines for the alien's household size. The following factors are considered in determining the alien's total income:
Individual Development Accounts (IDAs) — An account similar to a savings account that enables an individual to save earned income for a qualifying purpose. IDAs are generally matched dollar-for-dollar with funds from private citizens, corporations, banks, communities, or charitable organizations. The matching funds are inaccessible to the individual if the funds are paid directly to a bank or loan institution, an individual selling a home, or a business account.
Individual Number — A unique nine-digit number that identifies any person known to the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS).
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) — An account in which an individual contributes an amount of money to supplement retirement income, regardless of the individual’s participation in a group retirement plan.
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) Deduction — A federal income tax deduction for individuals who contributed to a traditional IRA.
Individually Identifiable Health Information — Information that either identifies or could be used to identify an individual and that relates to the:
Ineligible Alien — A non-citizen whose alien status makes the individual ineligible for program benefits.
Initial Benefits — Benefits issued for the first month of eligibility. Also benefits issued for the first month of eligibility after a break in eligibility of at least one month.
In-Kind Contribution — Any gain or benefit to a person that is not in the form of money payable directly to the individual such as clothing, public housing, or food.
Inquiry — Refers to the functional area that allows users to view case, Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), and individual information.
Institution of Higher Education — Any college (public or private), community college, junior college, technical institute, or university that usually requires a high school diploma or equivalency certificate such as general equivalency diploma (GED) to enter.
Interactive Voice Response (IVR) — A dial-in inquiry system that provides access to automated account information via a digital telephone. This is a toll-free number (2-1-1 or 1-877-541-7905) that individuals may call and inquire about their case, next appointment time, or whether the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) received information. The client’s case number or the case name’s Social Security number (SSN) is used to access information. (Also known as the Automated Voice Response [AVR] system.)
Intentional Program Violation (IPV) — The act of intentionally making a false or misleading statement, or misrepresenting, concealing or withholding facts for the purpose of receiving assistance under the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Medicaid program. Also, the act of trafficking in SNAP benefits. A household member may be charged with an IPV even if the individual has not actually received benefits to which the individual is not entitled.
Interfaces — The functional area that exchanges information with other systems and agencies.
Interview Mode — A designation in Data Collection that queues the driver flow through appropriate pages for a type of action.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Judicial Review — A review of the fair hearing decision by a district court in Travis County to determine whether the agency decision is correct. A petition for judicial review must be filed by the appellant in a district court in Travis County within 30 calendar days after the date the administrative decision is issued.
Jury Duty Pay — Taxable income received as compensation for jury duty.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Keogh — An individual retirement account (IRA) for a self-employed individual.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Left Navigation — The list of functional areas that appears on the left side of the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) page. A user can click the plus sign next to a functional area or sub-functional area to display the names of pages available within that area.
Legal Parents — Mother, by having given birth to the child, by proof of adoption, legal document or court adjudication; father, by proof of adoption, legal document, court adjudication or his acknowledgement of paternity.
Legal Requirements — The non- financial eligibility requirements for a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families(TANF) or Medicaid child, such as age, relationship, domicile, citizenship, Social Security number (SSN), and deprivation.
Legally Obligated Child Support — Court order or a legally recorded document requiring the payments of child support to be made in the form of cash, medical support, or to a third party. The official document indicates to and for whom the support is paid, the frequency and the amount of payment.
Licensed Practitioner — A person who has met certain educational requirements and passed an examination to be licensed in the state of Texas and regulated by a state board.
Life Estate — Income an individual receives from ownership of property that an individual only possesses for the duration of one’s life, such as rental income.
Liquid Resources — Resources that are readily negotiable, such as cash, checking or savings accounts, Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cash account, savings certificates, stocks, or bonds.
Lock-in — A status created by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) for certain individuals to help contain Medicaid costs, which allows additional review of high Medicaid users. Those who see several doctors each month and make questionable visits to hospital emergency rooms are limited to seeing one doctor or using one pharmacy for a minimum of six months. Individuals with illnesses that require expensive treatment are not subject to lock-in status.
Logical Unit of Work (LUW) — A set of Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) pages that must be completed before information entered on these pages is saved. The LUW is represented by a set of tabs at the top of a TIERS page. To ensure that information has been saved in an LUW in Data Collection, the user can click on the Next button that advances the user to the next LUW or on the Previous button that returns the user to the previous LUW. On the Case Assignment page, the user has reached the end of the driver flow and must use the Left Navigation to return to pages in the case. Clicking the Add, Update or Submit button saves information on specific pages.
Lone Star Card — See Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card.
Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP) — The federal program that funds assistance for energy costs for low-income households.
Lump-Sum Payment — A financial settlement that often involves funds accumulated over an extended period and that is paid in a single payment.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Manage Office Resources (MOR) — The functional area that supports the administrative structure in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) and relationships between regional offices and their local offices, units, and employees.
Managed Care — A health care delivery system with the aim of controlling costs. In this system, patients go to their primary care physician to obtain other health services such as specialty medical care, surgery or physical therapy. Managed care includes the health maintenance organization (HMO) model.
Management — The way in which a household pays its expenses with available income.
Managing Conservator — A person designated by a court to have daily legal responsibility for a child.
Manual Voucher Transaction — A paper-based debit transaction completed by the food retailer when the automated Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) system is down or unavailable. A transaction may also be pre-authorized by phone.
Marketplace — The governmental entity that makes qualified health plans available to qualified people, qualified employers or both. The Marketplace in Texas is operated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The Marketplace is also known as the Exchange, Health Insurance Marketplace, and Federally Facilitated Marketplace (FFM).
Marriage — A legally or formally recognized union between two people. A same-sex marriage that occurred before June 26, 2015, is considered valid effective June 26, 2015. A same-sex marriage that occurred on or after June 26, 2015, is considered valid on the date it occurred.
Married Minor — An person, age 14-17, who is married. These people must have parental consent or court permission. A person under 18 may not be a party to an informal (common law) marriage.
Meal delivery services — A non-profit establishment approved by Food and Nutrition Services (FNS) that prepares and delivers meals to elderly people or people who are housebound, have a physical handicap, or otherwise have a disability that prevents the person from adequately preparing all their meals.
Medicaid — A state and federal cooperative program authorized under Title XIX of the Social Security Act (United States Code [U.S.C.], Title 42, §1396 et seq.) and Texas Human Resources Code, Title 2, Subtitle C, Chapter 32, that pays for certain medical and health care costs for people who qualify. Medicaid is also known as the medical assistance program.
Medicaid Card – An identification card issued to people determined eligible for Medicaid that verifies Medicaid coverage.
Medicaid Report – (Form H1146) — A form completed by a transitional Medicaid household in the fourth, seventh and tenth months of medical coverage to report earnings and household composition changes.
Medical Support — Health insurance that absent parents will be ordered to obtain for their children who receive Medicaid when it is available at reasonable cost. Available at reasonable cost is usually defined as being available through the employer.
Migrant Farmworker in the Workstream — Farmworkers who travel to work in agriculture or a related industry and who are presently employed away from their permanent residence or home base.
Migrant Farmworker Not in the Workstream — Farmworkers who travel to work in agriculture or a related industry during part of the year, but who are presently residing at their permanent residence or home base.
Military Member — A person in the U.S. Armed Forces/Reserves (Army, Marine Corps, Navy, Air Force or Coast Guard), National Guard (Army, Marine Corps, Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard or Reserve Guard) or the State Military Forces/Texas State Guard.
Minor Child — A person under 18.
Minor Parent — A person under 18 who has a dependent.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) — The rules used to determine financial eligibility for certain Medical Programs that are based on Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax rules.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Financial Eligibility — The result of a comparison between an applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household income to the applicable Medicaid or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) income limit based on the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) and the MAGI household size.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Household Composition — The people whose income and needs are considered when determining eligibility for an applicant or recipient for certain Medical Programs based on tax status, tax relationships, living arrangement, and family relationships.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Household Income — The sum of every person's MAGI individual income within an applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition, from which is subtracted the standard MAGI disregard.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Household Size — The number of people in an applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition, including the number of unborn children, if applicable.
Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Individual Income — The sum of certain income received by a person in a MAGI household composition, from which certain expenses are subtracted.
Molar Pregnancy — Also known as hydatidiform mole, a molar pregnancy is considered a degenerating pregnancy. Conception occurs, but no fetus ever develops. A molar pregnancy is considered a normal pregnancy that terminates early because of miscarriage or abortion.
Monthly Obligation — The amount of child support which the absent parent has been ordered to pay each month.
Moving Expenses — Federal income tax deductible expenses an active duty member of the military may claim for relocating to a new duty station.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Newborn Child — A child receiving Type Program (TP) 45, Medical Assistance for Newborn Children, because the child's mother was eligible for and received Medicaid coverage at time of the child's birth or whose mother was eligible for and received Medicaid coverage retroactively for the time of the child's birth. The newborn Medicaid coverage can continue through the month of the child's first birthday as long as the child continues to reside in Texas.
Non-Continuous Eligibility — A period of time during which changes in circumstances may affect an individual’s eligibility.
Nonconvertible Bond — A bond that cannot be converted to cash according to program policy. Nonconvertible bonds are exempt resources.
Non-Employment and Training (E&T) Counties — Those Texas counties in which the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) determines it does not have sufficient offices to assist individuals who are mandatory work registrants. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) applicants and individuals in these counties are still subject to E&T work registration requirements with TWC, but are exempt from E&T participation and are not subject to SNAP federal time limits.
Non-Immigrant — An alien temporarily admitted to the U.S. for a purpose other than permanent residency, such as a religious worker or the fiancé/fiancée of a U.S. citizen.
Nonliquid Resources — Resources such as vehicles, buildings, land, or certain other property that are considered countable, except as explained in the vehicles portion of resource policy or unless the resource is specifically exempted.
Non-Public Assistance (NPA) Household — Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) households in which no one receives Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or only some of the members receive TANF.
Non-Secure Facility — A publicly operated community residence that serves no more than 16 residents, such as a county emergency shelter or non-public group or foster home.
Non-Traditional Retailer — A food retailer who operates in a farmer's market or as a roadside vendor.
Normal Living Expense — Items necessary for a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) household to carry on its normal daily activities. These items include housing, utilities, deposits for housing or utilities, food, clothing, and incidentals. Incidentals include such things as normal day-to-day transportation, telephone, laundry, medical supplies not paid by Medicaid, home remedies, recreation, and household equipment.
Notice of Adverse Action — A notice provided to the household on TF 0002 explaining the proposed adverse action, reason for the action, right to a fair hearing, availability of continued benefits, etc.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Office of Inspector General (OIG) — A division of the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) created by the 78th Texas Legislature, Regular Session, 2003, to prevent and reduce waste, abuse, and fraud within the Texas Health and Human Services system.
Off-Line Transaction — The processing of Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) transactions using a manual voucher.
Ongoing Benefits — Benefits issued for months after the initial benefit month.
Opportunity to Participate — Providing a certified applicant with benefits, a Lone Star Card, personal identification number (PIN), and Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) training material.
Other-Related Temporary Assistance for Needy Families/Medical Program (TANF/MP) Child — An eligible child living with a relative other than the child's legal parent.
Overpayment — The amount of benefits issued in excess of what should have been issued.
Override — A Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) procedure that allows the user to make a change to the system-determined Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) results. This procedure can be used when policy has changed and TIERS has not yet been updated to process the policy change correctly. Overrides always require Second Level Review before they can be disposed.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Parent — An individual with either a natural, biological, adopted, or stepchild.
Parental Control — A minor living with an adult is under parental control if one of the following conditions applies:
Parole — The discretionary and conditional release of an eligible offender sentenced to serve the remainder of the sentence under supervision in the community rather than prison.
Participation Status — The designation of an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) member as an eligible or ineligible member of the certified group. The participation status indicates whether the individual is considered an adult or a child according to policy.
Passive Renewal — A process by which the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) automatically recertifies a Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) active Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) for another certification period. This process occurs through a mass update and does not require advisor action.
Payee — A person to whom the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits are issued if no one in the household qualifies or wants to be a caretaker. The payee must be within the required degree of relationship.
Payments to Civilians Relocated During Wartime — Payments made to Aleuts or individuals of Japanese ancestry (or their heirs) who were relocated during World War II.
Penalty on Early Withdrawal — A federal income tax deduction for individuals who withdrew money from a time-deposit savings account prior to the certificate maturing and who were charged a penalty for early withdrawal.
Pending — Awaiting conclusion.
Pending Correspondence — Forms or notices that have been generated on a case and are waiting to be processed in batch. All system-generated correspondence is sent to pending correspondence, but it can be retrieved and printed locally. Once correspondence is printed, whether in batch or locally, the record of the printing is stored in History Correspondence. See Print Mode.
Periodic Income Check (PIC) — The process to determine whether electronic data indicates that there has been a change in the Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household income that could make the client ineligible for certain Medical Programs. Changes in income identified through this process may impact eligibility for other programs.
Permissible Purpose — A federal requirement that allows staff to legally request a credit report from the Data Broker system only for the purpose of eligibility determination. Permissible purpose means the individual whose credit report is requested must be:
Staff who request credit information without permissible purpose are subject to fines and/or imprisonment in addition to disciplinary action from the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC).
Personal Account Number (PAN) — The 19-digit number on the front of the Lone Star Card representing the individual's Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account number on the EBT database. The PAN is not related to the individual's Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) case number.
Personal Identification Number (PIN) — A four-digit numeric code assigned to each cardholder and used to control access to the individual's account. The PIN must be entered on a key pad before any electronic transaction can be processed.
Personal Identification Number (PIN) Security — Actions cardholders should take to prevent others from gaining access to their PIN and Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account. Instructions include not writing their PIN on the card sleeve or anything they carry in their purse or wallet, not revealing their PIN to anyone, or letting anyone use their card.
Personal Possessions — Possessions that include furniture, appliances, jewelry, clothing, livestock, farm equipment, and other items that an applicant uses to meet personal needs essential for daily living.
Personal Representative — An individual who can represent another individual's rights with respect to individually identifiable health information. Only an individual's personal representative may authorize the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information or obtain individually identifiable health information on behalf of an individual.
Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA) — A requirement for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) that certain individuals must be in compliance with the conditions of the agreement. Noncompliance with the PRA results in a sanction.
Point-of-Sale (POS) Transaction — An electronic transaction using an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card to make a purchase, a cash withdrawal, or inquiry.
Power of Attorney (POA) — Written legal authorization to represent or act on another's behalf in private affairs, business, or some other legal matters.
Practitioner — An individual who holds a license to practice medicine, including a physician (M.D.), osteopathic medical physician (D.O.), dentist (D.D.S.), advanced nurse practitioner (A.N.P.) or registered nurse (R.N.).
Note: A licensed vocational nurse or licensed practical nurse does not meet the definition of practitioner.
Prepaid Burial Insurance — Insurance that pays for a specific funeral arrangement. Also known as a pre-need plan or prepaid funeral agreement.
Preschool Children — Children who are under age six.
Presumptive Eligibility (PE) — Short-term Medicaid coverage provided to individuals determined potentially eligible for regular Medicaid by a qualified hospital or a qualified entity. This coverage is provided while the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) determines eligibility for regular Medicaid.
Primary Cardholder (PCH) — The person designated to receive and be responsible for the household's Lone Star Card. A household may designate a secondary cardholder who has a Lone Star Card and access to the household's Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account. The primary cardholder is usually the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) name, but the EDG may have an alternate payee who is the primary cardholder.
Print Mode — Indicates where historical correspondence was printed. Batch and Online are the types of print modes. Batch is correspondence managed by batch processing and printed at a central mail facility. All system-generated correspondence is scheduled for batch printing although it can be retrieved from Pending Correspondence and printed locally.
Print Type — Classification of historical correspondence as the original record or a reprint of the original. Each original correspondence is given a unique Correspondence ID (identifying number). Each reprint of an original has the same Correspondence ID as the original.
Priority Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Issuances — Expedited SNAP benefits, benefits issued on or after the 25th day from the date of application, and issuances ordered by a hearing officer decision that must be made available in order to meet fair hearing timeliness requirements. These issuances are available to the individual the same day the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed.
Processing Time Frames — Number of days eligibility staff has to complete a particular action.
Proration — Portion of total monthly benefits a household is entitled to receive.
Prospective Budgeting —Determination of eligibility for and the amount and type of benefits using the best estimate of the household's current and future circumstances and income.
Protective Payee — Person selected to receive and manage the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefit when the caretaker is not using the TANF payments for the children's benefit. See alternate payee.
Prudent Person Principle — Reasonable decision made by staff based on the best information available and common sense in a particular situation.
Public Assistance (PA) Household — A Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) in which:
Public Institution — A facility that is either an organizational part of a governmental entity or over which a governmental unit exercises final administrative control. Examples of public institutions include county and city jails and Texas Department of Corrections prisons. Inmates of facilities that meet the definition of public institution are not eligible for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Medicaid.
Note: See Publicly Operated Community Residence for additional information about a public facility not considered to be a public institution.
Publicly Operated Community Residence — A facility designed to serve no more than 16 residents and to provide some services beyond food and shelter, such as social services, training in socialization, and life skills. An example of a publicly operated community residence that is not a public institution is a county homeless shelter with a capacity of no more than 16 people. Residents of a publicly operated community residence are potentially eligible for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and Medicaid. They are not considered inmates of a public institution.
Even if designed to serve no more than 16 residents, the following facilities are not considered publicly operated community residences:
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Qualified Entity (QE) — A Medicaid provider (in most instances, but can also be an organization such as a school or clinic) that notifies the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) of its election to make presumptive eligibility determinations and agrees to make presumptive eligibility determinations for pregnant women only, per HHSC policies and procedures. Qualified entities that are also Breast and Cervical Cancer Services (BCCS) contractors with the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) may make presumptive eligibility determinations for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) applicants.
Qualified Health Plan (QHP) — A private insurance plan that is certified by the Marketplace, provides essential health benefits, follows established limits on cost-sharing (such as deductibles, copayments, and out-of-pocket maximum amounts), and meets certain other requirements.
Qualified Health Professional — A person who provides care under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or a medical or dental practice that is state regulated.
Qualified Hospital (QH) — A Medicaid provider that notifies the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) of its intent to make presumptive eligibility determinations and agrees to make PE determinations per HHSC policies and procedures. The qualified hospital may choose to make PE determinations for pregnant women, children under age 19, parents and caretaker relatives of dependent children under age 19, and former foster care children.
Quality Control — The functional area that supports the state's approach to quality control and allows authorized staff to enter sample selection criteria. Based on the criteria, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) generates a sample list.
Questionable Information — Information that is contradictory or incomplete.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Radiation Exposure Payments — A program to compensate individuals for injury or death resulting from the exposure to radiation from nuclear testing and uranium mining. When the affected individual is deceased, payments are made to the surviving spouse, children, parents, grandchildren or grandparents.
Range of Payment — The highest to the lowest representative pay amounts used to determine the current ongoing budget.
Reactivation Date — The effective date on which benefits for an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) should be reinstated. This date is entered for various situations including denied in error, continued benefits for a denied EDG, reinstating Transitional Medicaid Assistance (TMA), and reactivating an EDG without requiring a new application form.
Real Property — Land and any improvements on it.
Note: Verification requirements are the same for both timely and untimely applications.
Reapplication Date — Date a new application for redetermination or complete review of eligibility is received by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC).
Reasonable Compatibility — The method of verification used for Medical Programs that compares a client’s statement of income against income provided by electronic data sources.
Reasonable Opportunity — The 95-day period following the date on which a notice is sent to an individual to provide a source of citizenship or alien status verification for certain Medical Programs.
Rebuild EDG (Eligibility Determination Group) — A button in the Wrap Up management group used to apply cascade logic by reforming EDGs until eligibility or ineligibility is established. See EDBC and run EDBC.
Reception Log — The functional area in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) where office contacts by telephone, mail, fax and in-person can be recorded.
Recognizable Needs — The maximum needs amount allowed by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) when determining eligibility.
Recoupment — Withholding part of an individual's current benefit because of a previous overpayment.
Redetermination — A complete action to determine eligibility for a new certification period in a program.
Reimbursement — Repayment for a specific item or service.
Reinstatement — Process of providing Transitional Medical Assistance (TMA) to a household that was denied because of failure to return a complete Medicaid Report.
Report Date — The date on which information is reported to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC). Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC) uses the discovery and report dates to determine whether a required report of change is reported timely.
Reports — The functional area that collects information from throughout the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) and produces reports that meet Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC), state and federal reporting requirements.
Representative Payee — In Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), a person designated to receive and manage the household's benefits for an individual who is incapacitated or incompetent. See alternate payee.
Resident Seasonal Farmworkers — Farmworkers who do not leave their permanent residence to work in agriculture or a related industry.
Resources — Both liquid and nonliquid assets an individual can convert to meet immediate needs.
Restored Benefits — Full or partial months of benefits for a past month that are owed to a household due to an agency error.
Retroactive Benefits — Initial benefits issued for a month before the application is certified.
Review — Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) evaluative interview that must take place before the individual receives a seventh warrant.
Royalty — A payment to an individual for permitting another to use or market property (such as mineral rights, patents, or copyrights).
RSDI — Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance benefits (RSDI) paid by the Social Security Administration.
Run EDBC (Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation) — A process in the Wrap Up eligibility management group used to determine eligibility of the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG). See EDBC.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Sanction — Either a disqualification or a penalty applied to a case program because an individual failed to comply with a program requirement.
Scheduling — The functional area that manages eligibility staff's appointments. See Batch Scheduling.
Second Chance Home — An adult-supervised living arrangement that provides independent living services to teen mothers and their children. Independent living services may include, but are not limited to, case management, counseling, mentoring, parenting skills, child development, child care services, school-to-work transition services and family reunification services.
Second Level Review — Review of a case by a second party before the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed. The second party selects the Second Level Review interview mode.
Second Parent — The parent who is not the caretaker, when a child lives with both legal parents and both parents are requesting and are eligible for coverage.
Secondary Cardholder — A person designated by the individual (primary cardholder) as eligible to access the individual's Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) account with a second EBT card and personal identification number (PIN).
Secure Facility — Secure boot camp settings, such as a county holding facility for juveniles or a facility over which a government unit exercises final administrative authority.
Self-Employed Health Insurance — A federal income tax deduction for self-employed individuals paying for health insurance for themselves, their spouse, their tax dependents, or their child under age 27.
Self-Employed Individual Retirement Account (IRA), Simple IRA, and Qualified Plan Deductions — A federal income tax deduction for self-employed individuals or for partners in a business.
Self-Employment Income — Earned or unearned income available from one's own business, trade or profession rather than from an employer.
Self-Service Portal (SSP) — A web-based application, at www.YourTexasBenefits.com, available to applicants and Community Partners assisting applicants to:
Also referred to as YourTexasBenefits.com.
Sibling — Brother or sister, including legally adopted and half-brothers and half-sisters.
Social Security Number — A unique number for each person, used to track Social Security benefits and for other identification purposes.
Special Review — A procedure to explore one or more areas of eligibility, such as management, medical, etc., at a specified time other than at application or complete action. A special review is conducted in Special Review mode. See Interview Mode and Case Mode.
Spend Down — The amount of excess income that the applicant must deplete with incurred medical bills before the individual can be certified as medically needy.
Standard MAGI Income Disregard — An income disregard equal to five percentage points of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) for the applicable Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household size.
Standard Medical Expense — A $137 deduction applied to a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) budget and given to an elderly household member and/or a household member with a disability who incurs medical expenses of more than $35 but less than or equal to $137.
Standard of Need — Basic needs of Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) families represented by a figure predetermined by the state of Texas according to the number of certified persons in the group. This figure represents food, clothing, housing, utilities, and incidentals. Incidentals include such things as normal day-to-day transportation, telephone, laundry, medical supplies not paid by Medicaid, home remedies, recreation and household equipment.
Standard Utility Allowance (SUA) — A standard deduction for the cost of utilities given to a household that either incurs a heating or cooling cost separate from the rent or received a Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP) payment.
Standby List — Applicants who are awaiting an interview without a specific appointment. See Carryover Standby List.
State Data Exchange (SDX) — Computer tape from the Social Security Administration that provides Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and Medicaid information on Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) individuals. Social Security information is also available on individuals who receive SSI and/or Medicaid. SDX information can be used as a source of verification and is available to advisors in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS).
State Online Query — SOLQ allows states real-time online access to SSA's SSN verification service. SOLQ enables State social services to rapidly obtain information they need to qualify people for programs.
Step Grandparent — The spouse of a blood-related grandparent.
Streamlined Reporting (SR) —Households in which all adults are exempt from the 18-50 work requirements due to disability, having a child under age 18 (or is a member of a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program [SNAP] Eligibility Determination Group [EDG] where a household member is under age 18), or being pregnant meet the SR criteria. These households receive a six-month certification period.
Subsistence — Life supporting; survival.
Sufficient Employment — Earnings from a job, other than seasonal work such as migrant or seasonal farm work, that would result in Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) ineligibility without including the 90 percent earned income disregard.
Summary Page — A page that lists a summary of all records available for that Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) page. See Detail Page.
Supplemental Benefit — Additional benefits for a current month provided to a household during a month that the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) already issued initial or ongoing benefits.
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) — Program previously called the Food Stamp Program.
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) — A demonstration project that outreaches elderly Supplemental Security Income (SSI) recipients who are not currently certified for SNAP.
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program – Supplemental Security Income (SNAP-SSI) Caseload — The Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) unit administers the SNAP-SSI caseload. Households are automatically converted to the SNAP-SSI caseload following an initial certification by a local eligibility office if all household members receive SSI and there is no earned income in the case. There is no age requirement, and households are certified for three years.
Supplemental Security Income (SSI) — A needs-tested program administered by the Social Security Administration providing monthly income to aged individuals and individuals who are blind or have a disability.
Suspended Benefits — The Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is flagged to prevent the ongoing issuance of benefits until eligibility staff review the EDG.
System-Generated — Created by a computer system programmed with given parameters. For example, a notice is system-generated when an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is disposed. The notice contains programmed information based on the program, type of assistance, and eligibility result. See user-generated.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Tax Dependent — A person who expects to be claimed by someone else as a dependent on a federal income tax return for the taxable year in which Medicaid or Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) eligibility is requested.
Taxable Year — The 12-month period that a person uses to report income for federal income tax purposes. For most people, their tax year is the calendar year. A calendar tax year is 12 consecutive months beginning Jan. 1 and ending Dec. 31.
Taxpayer — A person or a married couple who expects:
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) – Basic — Cash assistance for families that include a dependent child and no more than one eligible adult. The Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) name must be within the required degree of relationship to the dependent child.
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) Certified Child — A child who is included in a TANF grant.
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families – Non-Cash (TANF-NC) — Consists of services for family planning; adult education; the prevention and treatment of substance abuse; employment services; domestic violence; and Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) nutrition.
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) Redirect — A Texas Works message to TANF applicants delivered up front by Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) staff before the application process begins, explaining that:
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families – State Program (TANF-SP) — Cash assistance for families with a dependent child and at least two adults. Adults on the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) must be legal parents (including a certified stepparent) to the dependent child. This includes legal parents and stepparents who are disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, Who Is Not Included, No. 4, Disqualified Members, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements.
Ten-Ten-Thirteen Concept — Time periods used to determine the first month of an over-issuance claim. The person has 10 days to report the change; the advisor has 10 days to act on the change; and the notice of adverse action expires in 13 days.
Texas Health Steps — A health care program of prevention, diagnosis, and treatment for Medicaid persons.
Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) — A computer system that:
Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) — The state governmental agency charged with overseeing and providing workforce development services to employers and job seekers of Texas. TWC is part of a local and state network dedicated to developing the workforce of Texas. The network is comprised of the statewide efforts of TWC along with planning and service provision by 28 local workforce boards on a regional level.
The Workforce Information System of Texas (TWIST) — The computer system used by the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) for intake, eligibility determination, assessment, service tracking, and reporting of TWC-administered programs, such as child care, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Employment and Training, Choices, and the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.
Third Party — Person or organization outside the certified household.
Third-Party Resource — A source of payment of medical expenses other than the recipient or the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC).
Three Months Prior — The three-month period before the Medicaid application month. Applicants who meet eligibility requirements during any of the months in this period receive Medicaid benefits for the eligible month(s).
Time Limit — The functional area where Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) state and federal time-limited months can be viewed. Authorized staff can correct months in this functional area.
Timely Disposed — An Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) that is disposed in accordance with program timeliness standards.
Tip Income — Income earned in addition to wages that is paid by patrons to people employed in service-related occupations (beauticians, waiters, valets, pizza delivery staff, etc.).
Trade Adjustment Assistance Act Program — A program for workers displaced by foreign workers.
Trafficking Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) —
Transitional Medical Assistance (TMA) — Medicaid coverage provided after denial of certain Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) because of new or increased earnings or new or increased spousal support income. EDGs denied because of new or increased earnings will receive a maximum of 12 months of coverage. EDGs denied because of new or increased spousal support income will receive a maximum of four months of coverage.
Trust — Property held by one person for the benefit of another.
Tuition or GI Bill Deduction — A federal income tax deduction for people who paid qualified tuition fees to eligible post-secondary educational institutions for themselves, their spouse, or their dependents.
Type of Assistance (TOA) — The specific aid for one or more persons in an Eligibility Determination Group (EDG). For example, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) has two types of assistance: PA (public assistance) and NPA (non-public assistance).
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Underpayment — Issuance of fewer benefits than an individual is entitled to receive.
Undocumented Alien — An alien living in the U.S. without the knowledge and permission of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).
Unearned Income — Payments received without performing work-related activities, including benefits from other programs.
Unreimbursed Assistance — Money paid in prior months in the form of public assistance under the Title IV-A program (that is, under the current Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF] program or the former Aid to Families with Dependent Children [AFDC] program) that has not yet been recovered from collections that are applied to assigned arrears.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) — The government agency that oversees lawful immigration to the U.S. In 2003, USCIS officially assumed responsibility for the immigration service functions of the federal government. The Homeland Security Act of 2002 dismantled the former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) and separated the former agency into three components within the Department of Homeland Security. The:
User-Generated — Action generated directly by an individual's computer input. For example, a user can:
User Guide — A Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) help tool accessed by clicking on the Help icon in the upper right corner of TIERS pages. The User Guide includes information about numerous TIERS topics.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Vendor Payment — Payment made directly to the individual's creditor or person providing the service by a person or organization outside the household.
Vested Interest — A situation or circumstance to which a person has a strong personal commitment.
Vested Retirement Account — An account to which an employee makes contributions for a specified period of time as defined by the employer. The employer does not match the money contributed by the employee until the defined period of time ends.
Voluntary Quit — Leaving a job without good cause.
# A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Waiver Counties — Texas counties with an unemployment rate over 10 percent. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) applicants and individuals in these counties are not subject to SNAP federal time limits because of the job market. They are still required to be registered for work with the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) and are mandatory participants if they do not meet work registration exemption requirements.
Waiver of Continued Benefits — An individual option to allow eligibility staff to process an adverse action during the individual's appeal process.
Welfare-to-Work — A federal program designed to support state and local efforts to move hard-to-employ Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) recipients into unsubsidized jobs and promote their self-sufficiency.
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act — A federal program to streamline state workforce development systems combining job training, adult education and literacy, and vocational rehabilitation. The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act replaced the Workforce Investment Act of 1998.
Wrap Up — The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) program page in Data Collection where Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs) are built and the Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC) is run to determine the highest level of eligibility or ineligibility. See Cascade Logic, Rebuild EDG, and Run EDBC.
ES = Spanish version available.
| Number | Title | |
|---|---|---|
| H0003 | Agreement to Release Your Facts | ES |
| H0004 | Consent for a Person Sponsoring an Immigrant | ES |
| H0005 | Policy Clarification Request | |
| H0025 | HHSC Application for Voter Registration | ES |
| H0050 | Parent Profile Questionnaire | |
| H0070 | Food Stamps Streamlined Reporting (Income Calculation Worksheet) | |
| H0901 | HHSC Enhanced Data Gathering Worksheet | |
| H0920 | Notice from the Community Organization Helping You | |
| H0926 | Sharing Facts About Me and My Case with a Community Partner | ES |
| H1000-A | Notice of Application | |
| H1003 | Appointment of an Authorized Representative | ES |
| H1004 | Cover Letter: Authorized Representative Not Verified | ES |
| H1008 | Authorization for Cancellation or Issuance of Public Assistance Warrants | |
| H1008-A | Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-receipt of Warrant | |
| H1009 | TANF/SNAP Benefits Notice of Eligibility | |
| H1010 | Texas Works Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits (English and Spanish) | ES |
| H1010-MR | MAGI Renewal Addendum | ES |
| H1010-R | Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form | |
| H1012 | Immunization Record | |
| H1013 | Electronic Correspondence Confirmation Letter | ES |
| H1014-A | Children's Health Care Benefits - Final Reminder | ES |
| H1015 | Electronic Correspondence Failed Delivery | ES |
| H1016 | Supplemental Security Income Referral | |
| H1017 | Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction | |
| H1017-A | Notice of Benefit Denial or Reduction - Client Rights/Responsibilities | |
| H1017-B | Transitional Medicaid | |
| H1017-P | Notice of Benefit Denial/Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA) Reasons | ES |
| H1018 | Overpayment Claim | |
| H1019 | Report of Change | ES |
| H1019-F | Reporting Changes to Your Case | ES |
| H1020 | Request for Information or Action | ES |
| H1020-A | Sources of Proof | |
| H1021 | Payment Agreement - Verbal Authorization for One-Time Debit of an Active Lone Star Food Account | |
| H1022 | Notice to Apply Benefits in a Dormant Lone Star Food Account to a SNAP Claim | ES |
| H1023 | Installment Payment Agreement - Debit of a Lone Star Food Account | |
| H1024 | Subject: Self-Declaration Notice | |
| H1026 | Verification of Railroad Retirement Benefits | |
| H1026-FTI | Verification of Railroad Retirement Benefits - FTI | |
| H1027-A | Medicaid Eligibility Verification | |
| H1027-B | Medicaid Eligibility Verification - MQMB | |
| H1027-C | Medicaid Eligibility Verification - QMB | |
| H1027-F | Proof of Health Care Coverage | |
| H1028 | Employment Verification | ES |
| H1029 | Notice of Case Action | |
| H1030 | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Lone Star Card Assistance | ES |
| H1036 | Refugee Cash Assistance Verification Form | |
| H1038 | Medical Facility Referral | |
| H1039 | Medical Insurance Input | |
| H1040-A | Application Suspense File Card | |
| H1040-B | Review Suspense File Card | |
| H1040-C | Change Suspense File Card | |
| H1041 | Worker Activity Log | |
| H1042 | Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP | |
| H1044 | Standby Log | |
| H1046 | Inpatient Medical Services Certification | ES |
| H1049 | Client's Statement of Self-Employment Income | ES |
| H1050 | Check Verification | |
| H1057 | Declaration of Informal Marriage | |
| H1059 | Interview Observation Instrument | |
| H1060 | Case Preparation Guide | |
| H1061 | Birth Outcome Letter | ES |
| H1062 | Birth Outcome Reminder Letter | ES |
| H1063 | Request for Review Outcome Letter | ES |
| H1064 | CHIP Continued Enrollment Letter | ES |
| H1065 | Tuition and Fee Exemption Letter | |
| H1071 | Family Violence Exemption for Medicaid and CHIP | ES |
| H1072 | One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Acknowledgement | |
| H1073 | Personal Responsibility Agreement | ES |
| H1074 | SNAP Force Change Request | |
| H1075 | Welfare Reform Force Change Request | |
| H1076-A | Notice of TANF State Time Limits | |
| H1076-B | Notice of TANF State Time Limit Months Used/Changed/Corrected | |
| H1076-C | Notice of End of TANF State Time Limit/Hardship Exemption | |
| H1077 | Notice of TANF Federal Time Limits | |
| H1079 | Qualifying Quarters of Social Security Earnings | |
| H1082 | TANF Grandparent Supplement Payment Request | |
| H1084 | Certification for Warrants Lost, Destroyed, Stolen or Not Received | |
| H1086 | School Attendance Verification | |
| H1087 | Verification of Texas Health Steps Checkup | |
| H1088 | Verification of Parenting Skills Training | |
| H1093 | Texas Health Steps Extra Effort Referral | |
| H1094 | Notice of TANF-SP Time Limit | ES |
| H1095 | Treatment Facility Fraud Referral | |
| H1096 | Notification Letter | |
| H1097 | Affidavit for Citizenship/Identity | ES |
| H1100 | Addendum Income Worksheet | |
| H1101 | TANF Worksheet | |
| H1102 | TANF Worksheet for Special Reviews and Denials | |
| H1103 | Verification of TANF Eligibility | |
| H1104 | 90% Earned Income Deduction (EID) Eligibility and Tracking | |
| H1105 | SNAP Expedited Screening Sheet | |
| H1106 | Enumeration Referral | ES |
| H1106-A | Proofs You Need to Apply for a Social Security Number Card | |
| H1107 | Request for Forced Change of Medical Coverage | |
| H1111 | Card Order Discrepancy Verification | |
| H1113 | Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage | |
| H1119 | Medical Programs Income Worksheet | |
| H1120 | Medical Bills Transmittal/Insurance Information | |
| H1122 | Medicaid Action Notice | |
| H1122-A | Medicaid Information - Client Rights/Responsibilities | |
| H1131 | Individually Identifiable Health Information Fax Transmittal | |
| H1133 | Account Verification | |
| H1134 | Assistance Statement Verification | |
| H1135 | Child Care Expense Verification | |
| H1136 | Child Support Verification | |
| H1137 | Confirmation of Office Visit Work/School Excuse | |
| H1138 | Living Arrangement Verification | |
| H1139 | Medical Expense Verification | |
| H1140 | Verification of Benefits | |
| H1146-M | Medicaid Report (Manual) | |
| H1155 | Request for Domicile Verification | |
| H1161 | Eligibility Case Reading | |
| H1163 | TWC Employment Registration | |
| H1172 | EBT Card, PIN and Data Entry Request | ES |
| H1173 | EBT Card Issuance and PIN Self-Selection/Issuance Log | |
| H1174 | Inventory of EBT Cards/PIN Packets | |
| H1175 | EBT Change Request | |
| H1177 | Transmittal and Receipt for Controlled EBT Documents | |
| H1184 | Benefit Issuance Schedule | ES |
| H1185 | Important Information About Your Lone Star Card | |
| H1187 | Welcome to Texas Health Steps Medicaid! | |
| H1188 | Common Questions Asked About Texas Health Steps and Your Child's Medicaid | |
| H1190 | Ending TANF Five Year Freeze Out Disqualification | |
| H1205 | Texas Streamlined Application | ES |
| H1213 | Children's Health-Care Benefits: More Facts Needed from the Parent Who Has Custody | ES |
| H1240 | Request for Information from Bureau of Veterans Affairs and Client's Authorization | |
| H1265 | Presumptive Eligibility (PE) Worksheet | |
| H1266 | Short-term Medicaid Notice: Approved | ES |
| H1267 | Short-term Medicaid Notice: Not Approved | ES |
| H1350 | Opportunity to Register to Vote | |
| H1550 | Out of State NBCCEDP Verification | |
| H1551 | Treatment Verification | |
| H1701 | Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange | |
| H1706 | Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption | |
| H1708-A | Report of Noncooperation (Automated) | |
| H1710 | Payment Identification/Identificacion Pagado | |
| H1712 | Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause | ES |
| H1713 | Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause | ES |
| H1800 | Receipt for Application/Medicaid Report/Verification/Report of Change | |
| H1801 | SNAP Worksheet | |
| H1802 | Voluntary Withdrawal from Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) | |
| H1803 | Food Stamp Identification Card | |
| H1805 | SNAP Food Benefits: Your Rights and Program Rules | ES |
| H1806 | Parole/Community Supervision Report | ES |
| H1808 | SNAP Work Rules | ES |
| H1816 | SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report | |
| H1817 | SNAP Information Transmittal | |
| H1822 | ABAWD E&T Work Requirement Verification | |
| H1825 | Entitlement to Restored Benefits | ES |
| H1826 | Case Information Release | ES |
| H1830 | Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice | |
| H1830-I | Interview Notice (Applications or Reviews) | |
| H1830-R | Texas Works Renewal Notice | |
| H1832 | Affidavit for Meal Providers to the Homeless | |
| H1833 | Your Medicaid Benefits Are Ending - Cover Letter | ES |
| H1833-L | Your Medicaid Benefits Are Ending | ES |
| H1834 | Your Medicaid Benefits Have Ended - Cover Letter | ES |
| H1834-L | Your Medicaid Benefits Have Ended | ES |
| H1836-A | Medical Release/Physician's Statement | ES |
| H1836-B | Medical Release/Physician's Statement | ES |
| H1837 | Physician's Statement of Permanent Disability | |
| H1840 | SNAP Food Benefits Renewal Form | ES |
| H1841 | SNAP-CAP Application | ES |
| H1842 | SNAP-CAP Renewal Application | ES |
| H1843 | FNS Authorized SNAP-CAP Benefit Increase Notice | |
| H1845 | Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facility Review | |
| H1846 | Facility Authorized Representative Interview | |
| H1847 | Reminder to Submit Form H1852 | |
| H1851 | Reference Guide for Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities | |
| H1852 | List of Resident Participants in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) | |
| H1853 | Documentation of Findings for Form H1852 | |
| H1855 | Affidavit for Nonreceipt or Destroyed Food Stamp Benefits | |
| H1856 | SNAP Out-of-State Intentional Program Violations | |
| H1857 | Landlord Verification | |
| H1858 | Items We Might Need from Anyone on Your Case | ES |
| H1859 | Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF | |
| H1860 | TANF Social Security Outreach Letter | |
| H1861 | Federal Tax Information Record Keeping and Destruction Log | |
| H1862 | Federal Tax Information Transmittal Memorandum | |
| H1863 | Federal Tax Information Removal Log | |
| H1864 | Federal Tax Information Fax Transmittal | |
| H1866 | Federal Tax Information Visitor Access Log | |
| H1869 | Renewal for Health Care Benefits | ES |
| H1870 | School Enrollment Verification Form | ES |
| H1898 | Restored Benefits Documentation | |
| H1901 | TIERS Data Collection Worksheet | |
| H2067 | Case Information | |
| H2340-OS | Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer | ES |
| H2580 | TANF Employment Services Notice | ES |
| H2581 | Choices Noncooperation Report | |
| H2583 | Choices Information Transmittal | |
| H2588 | Workforce Orientation Referral | |
| H2776 | Job Search Worksheet for TANF Employment Hardship Exemption | ES |
| H3037 | Report of Pregnancy | |
| H3038 | Emergency Medical Services Certification | ES |
| H3038-P | CHIP Perinatal - Emergency Medical Services Certification | ES |
| H4100 | Money Receipt | |
| H4701 | HHSC Out Card | |
| H4800 | Fair Hearing Request Summary | |
| H4800-A | Fair Hearing Request Summary (Addendum) | |
| H4803 | Notice of Hearing | |
| H4804 | Request and Authorization for Fair Hearing Record to Remain Open | |
| H4807 | Action Taken on Hearing Decision | |
| H4837 | Fair Hearings Evidence Packet Cover Letter | |
| H4857 | Notice of Decision, Administrative Disqualification Hearing | |
| H4870 | Client Complaint of Discrimination (English-Spanish Version) | |
| H5799 | TANF Warrant/Envelope | |
| HRG-83 | SSN Maintenance Memorandum | |
| LSC | Lone Star Card | |
| LSCRS | Lone Star Card Registration Sticker | |
| LSCS | Lone Star Card Sleeve | |
| SCRF | Second Cardholder Form | |
| SSA-2853 | Message From Social Security | |
| SSA-3288 | Social Security Administration Consent for Release of Information | |
Revision Notice 21-2, Effective April 1, 2021
Archived Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021
Archived Revision 20-3; Effective October 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Revisions
The following sections were revised in the Texas Works Handbook:
| Sections | Section Title | Change |
|---|---|---|
| A-100 TOC A-128.2 D-110 D-1433.1 D-1436 D-1731 |
Advisor Action for Determining Eligibility for Pregnant Women; General Policy; Adding a New Child; Income and Deduction Changes; Exceptions to the Continuous Enrollment Period |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-25, Retest Medicaid Eligibility for Persons Certified on Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP Perinatal (CHIP-P), released on Oct. 22, 2020. (CHIP-P) |
| A-128.3 | CHIP Perinatal Application Process | Clarifies policy to state financial rules will not be applied when determining Emergency Medicaid eligibility for the labor with delivery charges for a CHIP-P recipient. It also clarifies that a CHIP-P recipient with household income over the TP 40 FPL cannot be certified for Emergency Medicaid to cover the labor with delivery charges. (CHIP-P) |
| A-131 | Interviews | Removes Community Partners as being allowed to conduct interviews. The pilot allowing Community Partners to conduct SNAP eligibility interviews is no longer in operation. (SNAP) |
| A-851 A-1326.17 A-1424 W-1400 TOC W-1411.6.15 |
General Eligibility Information; Alimony (Spousal Support) Received; Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home; Alimony Received |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-22, 2. MAGI Updates for Alimony, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (All Texas Works Medicaid Programs except TP 45 and CHIP) |
| A-880 A-1355.2 B-122.4.1.1 B-122.4.1.2.1 C-820 |
Documentation Requirements; How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income; Verifications Required by Type Program for Renewals; Determining if Verification is Required for SNAP or TANF During an Administrative Renewal; Data Broker |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 19-10, Discontinuation of The Work Number (TWN), released Oct. 31, 2019. (All Programs) |
| A-1130 | Explanation of Good Cause | Clarifies processes for child support good cause recommendations. (TANF and TP 08) |
| A-1210 A-1233.2 A-1260 |
General Policy; Prepaid Burial Insurance; Documentation Requirements |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-03, 3 Excluding the Full Value of Prepaid Burial Insurance, released on March 2, 2020. (SNAP) |
| A-1310 A-1341 |
General Policy; Wages, Salaries, Commissions, and Tips; Income Limits and Eligibility Tests |
Makes non-substantial corrections. (All Programs) |
| A-1323.4.5 A-1428.1 |
Allowable Costs of Producing Income; Allowable Medical Expenses |
Corrects policy to indicate that when determining eligibility for Children’s Medicaid for a child whose parent is a sponsored alien and required member of the budget group, do not count the income of the parent’s sponsor. (TP 43, TP 44, TP 48) |
| A-1323.5 | Wages, Salaries, Commissions, and Tips | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-22, 1. TIERS Updates Related to Pre-Tax Contributions, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (All Texas Works Medicaid Programs except TP 45 and CHIP) |
| A-1323.5.1 Glossary E |
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC); Glossary E |
Deletes “tax dependent” from the description of who qualifies for an Earned Income Tax Credit. (Medical Programs) |
| A-1410 Glossary M |
General Policy | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-22, #3. MAGI Updates for Moving Expenses, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (All Texas Works Medicaid Programs except TP 45 and CHIP) |
| Noncooperation with E&T; Reasons for Good Cause; |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-22, 4. Determining Good Cause for SNAP Employment and Training Noncompliance, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (SNAP) | |
| B-231.3 B-232.3 B-232.3.1 (Delete) B-232.3.2 (Delete) B-233.1 B-233.2 B-233.2.2 B-233.2.3 (Reserve) B-233.2.4 B-233.4 B-233.5.2 B-234.1 (Reserve) B-234.2.1 B-235.1 B-254.1 B-255 B-260 B-261 B-261.2 B-261.3 B-261.3.1 (Delete) B-261.3.2 (Delete) B-261.4 B-261.5 B-261.6 B-261.8 B-261.8.1 (Delete) B-261.8.2 (Delete) B-446.1 B-446.3 B-447 B-448 B-463 Glossary E |
Sending a New PCH Record; Secondary Cardholders Established by the Advisor; Secondary Cardholder Authorization by a Household Member Other than the PCH; Secondary Cardholder Authorization by the Advisor; When to Reuse a Lone Star Card; Issuing Lone Star Cards for PCHs; Applicants Interviewed in the Office; Applicants Interviewed by Phone; Applicants Interviewed by Phone in a Location Different Than Interviewing Worker; Applicants Interviewed by Home Visit; Issuing Lone Star Cards to Secondary Cardholders; Special Card Registration Procedures; Personal Identification Number (PIN) Selection and Issuance Procedures; Initial PIN Self-Selection Procedures for TANF Protective and Representative Payees; Lone Star Card Replacement Procedures; Priority Issuances; Priority Issuances Using the Administrative Terminal Application (ATA); Administrative Terminal Application (ATA); ATA Functions; Creating a Cardholder Record; Splitting and Merging Primary Cardholder Records; Splitting Primary Cardholder Records; Merging Primary Cardholder Records; Updating a Primary Cardholder Record; Creating a SNAP Benefit Record; Performing ATA Inquiry; Requiring Card Registration or Registering a Lone Star Card; Requiring Card Registratio; Registering a Lone Star Card; New Resident (or Denied Resident with No Benefits in an Electronic Benefit Transfer [EBT] Account) Who Moves into a D&A/GLA Facility and Applies for SNAP; All Other Situations; Resident Moves Out of a Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A)/Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facility Replaces the Authorized Representative (AR); Advisor Responsibilities |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-27, Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Form Updates, released Nov. 30, 2020. (SNAP) |
| B-445.1.1 | Account Access | Clarifies Authorized Representatives (ARs) in Drug & Alcohol (D&A) and Group Living Arrangement (GLA) facilities can use the pin pad in the local office to select a PIN. (SNAP) |
| C-131.1 C-131.3 C-131.4 C-131.5 C-1114 |
Federal Poverty Level (FPL); Transitional Medicaid; Standard MAGI Income Disregard; IRS Monthly Income Thresholds; Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 21-03, 4. 2021 Federal Poverty Level, released on Feb. 5, 2021. (All Programs) |
| C-321 C-322 |
Current TANF State Time Limit County Hardship List; Previous TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists |
Updates the TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists to reflect the current quarter and last three previous quarterly dates. Adds Bee, Brooks, Chambers, Jim Hogg, Liberty, Matagorda, Morris, Reagan, Tyler, and Winkler counties to the TANF State Time Limit Hardship County List. The list is updated every three months as needed. (TANF) |
| C-1420 | SSA Claim Number Suffixes | Corrects SSA Claim Number Suffixes table. (All Programs) |
Forms
The following forms were revised in the Texas Works Handbook:
| Form | Title | Change |
|---|---|---|
| Form H1816 Instructions | SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 20-22, 4. Determining Good Cause for SNAP Employment and Training Noncompliance, released on Sept. 11, 2020. |
Retired Bulletins
The following bulletins are deleted from in the Texas Works Handbook since the information has either been incorporated into the handbook or is no longer necessary:
| Release Date | Bulletin Number | Title |
|---|---|---|
| 11-30-20 | 20-27 | Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Form Updates |
| 11-2-20 | 20-26 | COVID Policy Updates #18 |
| 10-22-20 | 20-25 | Retest Medicaid Eligibility for Persons Certified on Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) or CHIP Perinatal (CHIP-P) |
| 09-21-20 | 20-23 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #16 |
| 09-01-20 | 20-20 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #14 |
| 08-28-20 | 20-19 | COVID Policy Updates #13 |
| 07-29-20 | 20-18 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #12 |
| 07-02-20 | 20-17 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #11 |
| 06-05-20 | 20-15 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #10 |
| 05-20-20 | 20-14 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #9 |
| 04-22-20 | 20-09 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #6 |
| 04-14-20 | 20-08 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #6 |
| 04-08-20 | 20-07 | COVID-19 Policy Updates #4 |
| 10-21-19 | 19-09 | 1. Alimony Paid for MAGI Expenses 2. Data Broker - Predictive Analytics Phase II |
| 09-18-17 | 17-13 | Revised - Statewide - Hurricane Harvey - Disaster Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) Policy |
| 09-14-17 | 17-11 | Implementation of Disaster Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (DSNAP) for Hurricane Harvey - Phase I - 11 Counties |
| 12-7-16 | 16-16 | 2017 Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for Federal Benefits |
| 09-21-16 | 16-08 | Implementation of Disaster Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) for Newton County Residents - REVISED |
| 12-14-15 | 16-03 | 2016 Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for Federal Benefits |
Revision Notice 21-1, Effective January 1, 2021
Archived Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Revisions
The following sections were revised in the Texas Works Handbook:
| Sections | Section Title | Change |
|---|---|---|
| A-170 | Authorized Representatives (AR) | Incorporates MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #18-8, 3. Authorized Representatives (AR) Correspondence, released Sept. 6, 2018. Updates policy to indicate who correspondence is sent to when a person has an authorized representative (AR) or legal guardian with the same or different mailing address. |
| A-341 | SNAP Alien Status Eligibility Charts | Corrects listing error in Chart C. (SNAP) |
| A-521 A-1630 Glossary |
Failure to Cooperate with Attendance; Eligibility Requirements; Dependent child | Adds clarifying language to indicate that a child who will not graduate until after the month of their 19th birthday is not considered a dependent child after the month of their 18th birthday. (Medical Programs and TANF) |
| A-821.2 | Managed Care | Removes people 20 or younger who receive SSI and do not reside in a facility from the list of exempt special populations who are subject to mandatory enrollment in managed care. (Medical Programs) |
| A-840 TOC A-844.1 A-844.2 A-847.1 A-851 |
Staff Action on the Fourth Month Medicaid Report; Staff Action on the Seventh and Tenth Month Medicaid Reports; Changes Affecting Transitional Medicaid EDGs; General Eligibility Information | Adds requirement to test household members certified for transitional Medicaid for TP 40 eligibility if they report a pregnancy. (TP 07 and TP 20) |
| A-940 | Verification Requirements | Corrects erroneous information or cross-references. (TANF, TP 08 and TA 31) |
| A-1251 A-1371 |
Verification Sources; Verification Sources | Clarifies and aligns the income and resource verification sources for Texas Works programs. (SNAP, TANF, TP 32 and TP 56) |
| A-1300 TOC A-1326.16 (reserved) |
Welfare-to-work Income | Reserves section for future use which removes obsolete income source. (All Programs) |
| A-1361 | Alien Sponsor’s Income | Corrects policy to indicate that when determining eligibility for Children’s Medicaid for a child whose parent is a sponsored alien and required member of the budget group, do not count the income of the parent’s sponsor. (TP 43, TP 44, TP 48) |
| A-1428.1 | Allowable Medical Expenses | Clarifies the definition of herbal products and provides examples. Adds medical marijuana to the list of unallowable medical deductions. (SNAP) |
| B-412 B-941 |
Student Eligibility Requirements; Disqualifying a Household Member with a Current SNAP Out-of-State IPV Disqualification | Corrects listing formatting errors in the charts. (SNAP) |
| C-321 C-322 |
Current TANF State Time Limit County Hardship List; Previous TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists | Updates the TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists to reflect the current quarter and last three previous quarterly dates. Adds Cameron, Crane, Duval, Ector, Hidalgo, Jasper, Jefferson, Jim Wells, Newton, Orange, Presidio, Sabine, San Patricio, Willacy, Yoakum, and Zapata counties to the TANF State Time Limit Hardship County List. The list is updated every three months as needed. (TANF) |
| C-825.15.1 (delete) C-825.18 |
Texas Lottery Winnings; Texas Lottery Commission | Corrects erroneous information or cross-references. (All Programs) |
The following bulletins are deleted from the Texas Works Handbook since the information has either been incorporated into the handbook or is no longer necessary:
| Release Date | Bulletin Number | Title |
|---|---|---|
| 09-10-19 | 19-08 |
1. Revised SNAP Income Limits, Deductions, and Allotments Attachment – SNAP Allotment Chart |
| 02-20-19 | 19-03 | Federal Government Shutdown Update |
| 01-14-09 | 19-01 | Federal Government Shutdown Information |
| 10-08-12 | 13-02 |
1. Name and Funding Source Change for the Women’s Health Program (WHP) |
Revision Notice 20-4, Effective October 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Archived Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Revisions
The following sections were revised in the Texas Works Handbook:
| Sections | Section Title | Change |
|---|---|---|
| A-100 TOC A-116.4 (Reserved) |
SNAP Applications from a Contracted Community Partner (CP) | Reserves section for future use. The pilot allowing Community Partners to conduct SNAP eligibility interviews is no longer operating. (SNAP) |
| A-116.7.4 A-351.1 A-800 TOC A-820 A-825.2 A-826 A-2343.1 B-122.4 B-400 TOC B-474.1.2 B-474.1.2.1 (Reserved) B-474.1.2.1.1 (Deleted) B-474.1.2.2 (Reserved) B-474.1.2.2.1 (Deleted) B-474.1.2.2.2 (Deleted) B-474.1.2.7 (Deleted) B-500 TOC B-500 (New) B-510 (New) B-520 (New) B-530 (New) B-531 (New) B-532 (New) B-533 (New) B-540 (New) B-541 (New) B-542 (New) B-543 (New) B-544 (New) B-545 (New) B-546 (New) B-631 B-641 D-1433.2 E-1010 E-2220 M-1010 M-2220 W-910 X-923 |
Medicaid Coverage for Youth in Juvenile Probation Custody or Released from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department; Reasonable Opportunity; Regular Medicaid Coverage; Medicaid Suspension; Medicaid Reinstatement; How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required; Medical Program Administrative Renewals; Medical Programs; Child Placed in a Juvenile Facility; Child Placed in a Non-Secure Facility; Child Released from a Juvenile Facility; Notification of Anticipated Release; Notification of Actual Release; Medicaid Coverage for Inmates of a Public Institution; Reserved for Future Use; Actions on Changes; Additions to the Household; Child Leaves the Home; General Policy; Action on Changes; General Policy; Action on Changes; General Policy; Medicaid Termination | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin 18-10, 3, Suspension, Termination and Reinstatement of Health Care Coverage for Persons Confined to a County Jail, released on December 14, 2018. Additionally, a new section, B-500, Medical Coverage for People Confined in a Public Institution has been created to consolidate all policy regarding healthcare benefits for people confined in a public institution. (Medical Programs) |
| A-121 B-641 |
Receipt of Application, Additions to the Household | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-11, 2. Alignment of Medicaid Certification Periods for all Children Living in the Same Household, revised on June 4, 2020. A separate application is not needed to add a non-sibling child to the household’s Medicaid case if the new child lives in the same household as a child who currently receives Medicaid. (Medical Programs) |
| A-122.1 A-1355 B-122 B-122.4.2 B-372 B-382 B-476.2 D-212 D-1410 D-1720 D-1841 D-1920 D-1921 E-122 E-2161.2 F-2310 M-122 W-121 X-2010 Glossary |
Application Signature; How to Project Income; Processing Redeterminations; Processing a Manual Renewal; Advisor Procedures for Expunged Benefits; Client Inquiries; Applications Filed in Public Institutions; Applications Received by Fax, Email, Mail or Internet; General Policy; Enrollment Process; Cost Sharing Processing; Request for Review; Request for Review Processing; File Date; Processing a Manual Renewal; Request for Review Procedures; Filing an Application; Applications | Adds definition of business day. (All Programs) |
| A-124.9 | Questions About the Presumptive Eligibility Process | Corrects link to presumptive eligibility website. Corrects Medicaid help line number. (Medicaid) |
| A-140 B-112 |
Expedited Service; Deadlines | Clarifies processes and adds related policy. (All Programs) |
|
A-222 |
Who is Not Included; Disqualified Persons; When the Person Signs Form H1073; Staff Responsibilities; Returning Unspent Benefits When a Resident Moves Out; Fair Hearings; IPV Disqualification Penalties; Texas Works (TW) Responsibilities; OIG Responsibilities; HHSC Employee Fraud; Texas Criminal Convictions | Updates process and contact information for the Office of Inspector General (OIG). (All Programs) |
| A-831.2.1 | Reopening Three Months Prior Applications | Clarifies that Medicaid eligibility can only be established within two years after the application file date regardless of whether the request was not processed due to agency or applicant error. (Medical Programs) |
| C-800 TOC C-825.11 C-825.11.1 C-932 C-1012 Glossary |
The Work Number; Using The Work Number as Verification; Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information; Review the Case Record | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-10, Discontinuation of The Work Number (TWN), released on Oct. 31, 2019. The Work Number/TALX is no longer available as an electronic data source. (All Programs) |
| A-1429.3.1 A-1429.3.3 Glossary |
Determining the Appropriate Utility Allowance | Incorporates policy from Texas Works Bulletin #14-11, 2, Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP), released on June 2, 2014. (SNAP) |
| A-1554 B-239.1 |
Use of SNAP Benefits; Advisor Interview Requirements for Client Training | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-12, SNAP Online Purchasing Pilot, released on May 12, 2020. Removes and updates references to outdated EBT issuance processes and forms. (SNAP) |
| B-251 | Monthly Benefit Issuance Schedule | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-11, New SNAP Benefits Distribution Schedule, revised on June 4, 2020. (SNAP) |
| B-475.1 | Overview | Updates the SNAP-Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) allotment amounts as required to reflect changes in SNAP and SSI benefit levels by incorporating policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-22, 7. Revised SNAP-CAP Allotment, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (SNAP-CAP) |
| C-111 | Income Limits | Updates the TANF maximum grant amounts for Fiscal Year (FY) 2021 non-caretaker cases, caretaker cases without a second parent, and caretaker cases with a second parent. State law requires that the monthly TANF maximum grant amounts be adjusted to 17 percent of the current federal poverty level (FPL). Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-22, 6. Revised TANF Maximum Grant Amounts, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (TANF) |
| C-121 C-121.1 C-122 C-1431 |
Maximum Income Limits; Deduction Amounts; How to Determine Monthly SNAP Allotments; Whole Monthly Allotments by Household Size | Updates the maximum SNAP income limits, deduction amounts, monthly allotment amounts, and the SNAP allotment chart as a part of the FY 2021 Cost-of-Living Adjustments (COLA) provided by the Food and Nutrition Service (FNS). Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-22, 5. Revised SNAP Income Limits, Deductions, and Allotments, released on Sept. 11, 2020. (SNAP) |
| C-131.1 C-131.3 C-131.4 |
Federal Poverty Level (FPL); Transitional Medicaid; Standard MAGI Income Disregard | Corrects policy from TW and MEPD Bulletin #19-11, Federal Benefits 2020 Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA), released on Dec. 3, 2019. Corrects policy from TW and MEPD Bulletin #20-01, 2020 Federal Poverty Level, released on Feb. 2, 2020. (All Programs) |
| C-321 C-322 |
Current TANF State Time Limit County Hardship List; Previous TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists | Updates the TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists to reflect the current quarter and last three previous quarterly dates. Adds Maverick County and Zavala County to the TANF State Time Limit Hardship County List. The list is updated every three months as needed. (TANF) |
| C-1451 C-1453 C-1455 |
QC Reviews | Adds notice and case comments language for QC findings. (All Programs) |
The following bulletins are deleted from the Texas Works Handbook as the information has either been incorporated into the handbook or is no longer necessary:
| Release Date | Bulletin Number | Title |
|---|---|---|
| 10-31-19 | 19-10 | 1. Discontinuation of The Work Number (TWN) |
| 08-15-19 | 19-07 | 1. Revised - Monthly Guardianship Fees 2. Child Support Payments Directed into a Special Needs Trust |
| 08-01-17 | 17-09 | Updates to Managed Care Enrollment for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer, Adoption Assistance, Permanency Care Assistance, and Former Foster Care Children Types of Assistance |
| 07-07-17 | 17-08 | Retroactive Medicaid Coverage for Children Abandoned in Psychiatric Hospitals |
| 06-01-17 | 17-07 | 1. Spousal Dependent Allowance Adjustment 2017 2. MyGoals for Employment Success Participant Payments |
| 05-22-17 | 17-06 | Medicaid for Residents of the Texas Juvenile Justice Department and Juvenile Probation Department Halfway Houses |
| 02-17-15 | 15-08 | 2015 Texas Women’s Health Program (TWHP) Income Limits |
| 12-09-14 | 15-04 | 2015 Federal Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA): Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance (RSDI); Supplemental Security Income (SSI); Railroad Retirement (RR) Benefits; Medicare Part B Premiums |
| 06-02-14 | 14-11 | 1. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) Card Monitoring and Replacements 2. Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP) |
Revision Notice 20-3, Effective July 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020
Archived Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020
Archived Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019
Archived Revision 19-3, Effective September 1, 2019
Revisions
The following sections were revised in the Texas Works Handbook:
| Section | Title | Change |
|---|---|---|
| A-1232.6 A-1324.7 A-1324.8 |
Native and Indian Claims; National and Community Services Act (NCSA); Native and Indian Claims |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-11, 1, Counting Certain Income for SNAP, revised Feb. 12, 2020. (SNAP) |
| A-1323.4.5 | Allowable Costs of Producing Income | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-11, 2, SNAP Illegal Self-Employment Income Deductions, revised Feb. 12, 2020. (SNAP) |
| A-1323.6 | Temporary Census Income | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-11, 4, Temporary Census Income, revised Feb. 12, 2020. (Medical Programs) |
| A-1362.3 A-1429 B-433 |
Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements; Shelter Costs; Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-11, 3, SNAP Uncapped Shelter Deduction, revised Feb. 12, 2020. (SNAP) |
| A-1822 | E&T Procedures | Clarifies staff informing requirements for SNAP Employment and Training. (SNAP) |
| A-1940 A-1961 |
SNAP ABAWD Work Requirements; Second Time-Limited Three-Month SNAP Eligibility Period |
Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #19-11, 5, Countable ABAWD Months for SNAP, revised Feb. 12, 2020. (SNAP) |
| B-434 | Verification Requirements | Corrects inaccurate information. (SNAP) |
| C-321 C-322 |
Current TANF State Time Limit County Hardship List; Previous TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists |
Updates the TANF State Time Limit County Hardship Lists to reflect the current and the last three previous quarterly dates. There are no counties being added or removed from the TANF State Time Limit Hardship County List. The list is updated every three months as needed. (TANF) |
| M-112 | Application Processing | Removes reference to the Unaccompanied Minor Refugee Resettlement program. (Medical Programs) |
| W-310 | General Policy | Incorporates policy from MEPD and Texas Works Bulletin #20-02, Reasonable Opportunity for Healthy Texas Women (HTW), issued on Feb. 18, 2020. Removes the exception to a period of Reasonable Opportunity. The Reasonable Opportunity policy now applies to Healthy Texas Women (HTW) applicants and recipients. (HTW) |
| W-912 | Pregnant Women | Clarifies that HTW recipients who become pregnant are not required to submit a new application to determine their eligibility for Medicaid for Pregnant Women or CHIP-Perinatal. (Medical Programs) |
| W-2110 | How to Report a Change | Clarifies that pregnancy is a circumstance that must be reported during the HTW continuous eligibility period. (HTW) |
The purpose of this section is to make the most current policy and procedures available with a single resource. Memoranda containing policy or procedural information will be placed on this list at the time of distribution. They will remain on the list until the information contained is completely incorporated into the handbook.
Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020
For technical or accessibility issues with this handbook, please email the HHSC Editorial Services mailbox.
For questions about the Texas Works Handbooks (TWH) email the HHSC Texas Works Policy Support mailbox.